Business Strategy for CPA's Transistor (https://transistor.fm) https://feeds.transistor.fm/business-strategy-for-cpas Business Strategy for CPAs: work less and make more. You know how to be an accountant – it’s running your business you need help with. With guests interviews and solo episodes, you will get business strategy every week to help you simplify your practice, get out of the compliance trap, get your time back, and command higher fees. Stop missing out on life: start working less while adding the next six figures of income. Business Strategy for CPA's is the show for you! Copyright 2018-2026 by Geraldine Carter. All Rights Reserved. 8a2ec458-8ce4-53c2-9945-c327d1b3d67f yes en Wed, 25 Mar 2026 04:00:28 -0600 Wed, 25 Mar 2026 04:02:09 -0600 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/ https://img.transistorcdn.com/hPParmyqsNN-hTh7kPKAbh1D0nNQMEXZH8w7wEL13C4/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lZmE1/ODU2OWRkNzA4ZDQ2/ODg2YmEwYjYzNmEw/NjkzNC5wbmc.jpg Business Strategy for CPA's https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/ episodic Geraldine Carter Business Strategy for CPAs: work less and make more. You know how to be an accountant – it’s running your business you need help with. With guests interviews and solo episodes, you will get business strategy every week to help you simplify your practice, get out of the compliance trap, get your time back, and command higher fees. Stop missing out on life: start working less while adding the next six figures of income. Business Strategy for CPA's is the show for you! Business Strategy for CPAs: work less and make more. Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo Geraldine Carter gc@geraldinecarter.com No No 388 Packaging for CPAs: It’s Not About Your Services 388 388 388 Packaging for CPAs: It’s Not About Your Services full a1dd3aef-5934-4504-abb3-ce9deb70c8d0 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/388 Are you working too many hours and not sure what to fix first?
It’s not your time management. It’s your packages.

There’s a new private podcast feed inside Peak Freedom, entirely dedicated to packaging for CPAs, plus the Creating Packages Toolkit to help you actually build them. 

If your scope is messy, your pricing feels like guessing, or your hours are out of control, come inside. 

Start fixing your packages, and you’ll fix your revenue, your boundaries, and your time.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/388


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free, and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want to hear what works, from 57+ clients?


Check out the Client Interviews podcast:
LISTEN »


👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆

…

Want a House Tour of Peak Freedom?

Get the complete walkthrough:
WATCH »

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

]]> Are you working too many hours and not sure what to fix first?
It’s not your time management. It’s your packages.

There’s a new private podcast feed inside Peak Freedom, entirely dedicated to packaging for CPAs, plus the Creating Packages Toolkit to help you actually build them. 

If your scope is messy, your pricing feels like guessing, or your hours are out of control, come inside. 

Start fixing your packages, and you’ll fix your revenue, your boundaries, and your time.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/388


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free, and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want to hear what works, from 57+ clients?


Check out the Client Interviews podcast:
LISTEN »


👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆

…

Want a House Tour of Peak Freedom?

Get the complete walkthrough:
WATCH »

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

]]> Wed, 25 Mar 2026 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 230 Are you working too many hours and not sure what to fix first?
It’s not your time management. It’s your packages.

There’s a new private podcast feed inside Peak Freedom, entirely dedicated to packaging for CPAs, plus the Creating Packages Toolkit to help you actually build them. 

If your scope is messy, your pricing feels like guessing, or your hours are out of control, come inside. 

Start fixing your packages, and you’ll fix your revenue, your boundaries, and your time.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/388


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free, and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want to hear what works, from 57+ clients?


Check out the Client Interviews podcast:
LISTEN »


👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆

…

Want a House Tour of Peak Freedom?

Get the complete walkthrough:
WATCH »

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 387 57 Client Success Stories: What Actually Works 387 387 387 57 Client Success Stories: What Actually Works full fd714f30-d16f-4c5b-be4b-5ec349046968 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/387 Wondering if this could work for you – or if your situation is just different enough that it won’t?

You’re probably more similar to other successful firms than you think.

This episode pulls together 57 real client interviews and the patterns that consistently show up when CPAs change their pricing, narrow their focus, and protect their capacity. If you want steady proof and practical clarity, this is a great place to start.

Link to Client Success Stories podcast: 

https://business-strategy-for-cpas-success-stories.transistor.fm/

👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/387


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wondering if this could work for you – or if your situation is just different enough that it won’t?

You’re probably more similar to other successful firms than you think.

This episode pulls together 57 real client interviews and the patterns that consistently show up when CPAs change their pricing, narrow their focus, and protect their capacity. If you want steady proof and practical clarity, this is a great place to start.

Link to Client Success Stories podcast: 

https://business-strategy-for-cpas-success-stories.transistor.fm/

👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/387


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 11 Mar 2026 05:45:30 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 483 Wondering if this could work for you – or if your situation is just different enough that it won’t?

You’re probably more similar to other successful firms than you think.

This episode pulls together 57 real client interviews and the patterns that consistently show up when CPAs change their pricing, narrow their focus, and protect their capacity. If you want steady proof and practical clarity, this is a great place to start.

Link to Client Success Stories podcast: 

https://business-strategy-for-cpas-success-stories.transistor.fm/

👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆👆


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/387


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 386 Podcast Update: What’s Coming Next 386 386 386 Podcast Update: What’s Coming Next full 620f3015-f5ee-4148-a033-11f730430be9 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/386 Hey podcast listener – quick update.

I’m taking an intentional pause from producing new episodes for the main podcast, and I’m genuinely excited about what’s coming next.

Behind the scenes, I’m working on several big projects designed to help Peak Freedom members get better results, faster – with far less second-guessing, worry, and uncertainty.

And here’s what’s exciting: the results members are getting right now are coming faster and cleaner than ever before. We’re seeing high-leverage changes that fix firms for good – often in under eight months, and sometimes in just three to four months inside Accelerator. The relief is unmistakable.

That’s because the resources are solid, the community is tight and high-caliber, and the obstacles that used to slow people down are being removed.

Instead of guessing, members know what to do.
Instead of worrying, they test the plan.
Instead of grinding, they’re fixing their firms with confidence – and bringing them back under control.

I’m doubling down on building the best content anywhere for accountants who want healthy, smooth, sustainable firms.

While the main feed is on pause, be on the lookout for curated, topic-specific podcast feeds – pricing, packaging, niching, Simple Systems, Free Time, and a client-interview-only feed where you can hear your own story reflected back.

This pause is intentional.
Content is still coming – it’s just getting sharper.
And I’ll be back with brand-new episodes and interviews very soon.

What’s coming next is worth the wait.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/386


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Hey podcast listener – quick update.

I’m taking an intentional pause from producing new episodes for the main podcast, and I’m genuinely excited about what’s coming next.

Behind the scenes, I’m working on several big projects designed to help Peak Freedom members get better results, faster – with far less second-guessing, worry, and uncertainty.

And here’s what’s exciting: the results members are getting right now are coming faster and cleaner than ever before. We’re seeing high-leverage changes that fix firms for good – often in under eight months, and sometimes in just three to four months inside Accelerator. The relief is unmistakable.

That’s because the resources are solid, the community is tight and high-caliber, and the obstacles that used to slow people down are being removed.

Instead of guessing, members know what to do.
Instead of worrying, they test the plan.
Instead of grinding, they’re fixing their firms with confidence – and bringing them back under control.

I’m doubling down on building the best content anywhere for accountants who want healthy, smooth, sustainable firms.

While the main feed is on pause, be on the lookout for curated, topic-specific podcast feeds – pricing, packaging, niching, Simple Systems, Free Time, and a client-interview-only feed where you can hear your own story reflected back.

This pause is intentional.
Content is still coming – it’s just getting sharper.
And I’ll be back with brand-new episodes and interviews very soon.

What’s coming next is worth the wait.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/386


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 25 Feb 2026 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 276 Hey podcast listener – quick update.

I’m taking an intentional pause from producing new episodes for the main podcast, and I’m genuinely excited about what’s coming next.

Behind the scenes, I’m working on several big projects designed to help Peak Freedom members get better results, faster – with far less second-guessing, worry, and uncertainty.

And here’s what’s exciting: the results members are getting right now are coming faster and cleaner than ever before. We’re seeing high-leverage changes that fix firms for good – often in under eight months, and sometimes in just three to four months inside Accelerator. The relief is unmistakable.

That’s because the resources are solid, the community is tight and high-caliber, and the obstacles that used to slow people down are being removed.

Instead of guessing, members know what to do.
Instead of worrying, they test the plan.
Instead of grinding, they’re fixing their firms with confidence – and bringing them back under control.

I’m doubling down on building the best content anywhere for accountants who want healthy, smooth, sustainable firms.

While the main feed is on pause, be on the lookout for curated, topic-specific podcast feeds – pricing, packaging, niching, Simple Systems, Free Time, and a client-interview-only feed where you can hear your own story reflected back.

This pause is intentional.
Content is still coming – it’s just getting sharper.
And I’ll be back with brand-new episodes and interviews very soon.

What’s coming next is worth the wait.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/386


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 385 The Invisible Power of Marination with Natalie Hunt 385 385 385 The Invisible Power of Marination with Natalie Hunt full 66fcac4b-0c33-40a2-9954-ca787f2133ee https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/385 Feeling too overwhelmed to “work on the business” – but you still want things to get easier?

Progress doesn’t always come from pushing harder. 

In this episode, we talk about the invisible power of “marination” – how being in the right environment quietly changes what feels normal and doable. 

You’ll hear 10 real ways that marinating inside Peak Freedom helps accountants move faster, including borrowing courage, shifting identity, raising standards, learning faster from other people’s wins (and mistakes), getting feedback in hours instead of weeks, and staying even-keeled during tax season.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/385


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Feeling too overwhelmed to “work on the business” – but you still want things to get easier?

Progress doesn’t always come from pushing harder. 

In this episode, we talk about the invisible power of “marination” – how being in the right environment quietly changes what feels normal and doable. 

You’ll hear 10 real ways that marinating inside Peak Freedom helps accountants move faster, including borrowing courage, shifting identity, raising standards, learning faster from other people’s wins (and mistakes), getting feedback in hours instead of weeks, and staying even-keeled during tax season.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/385


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 18 Feb 2026 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2127 Feeling too overwhelmed to “work on the business” – but you still want things to get easier?

Progress doesn’t always come from pushing harder. 

In this episode, we talk about the invisible power of “marination” – how being in the right environment quietly changes what feels normal and doable. 

You’ll hear 10 real ways that marinating inside Peak Freedom helps accountants move faster, including borrowing courage, shifting identity, raising standards, learning faster from other people’s wins (and mistakes), getting feedback in hours instead of weeks, and staying even-keeled during tax season.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/385


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 384 How I Stopped Working Out of My Inbox After 20 Years, with Lori Yearwood, CPA 384 384 384 How I Stopped Working Out of My Inbox After 20 Years, with Lori Yearwood, CPA full 0415ba27-4834-4129-9f2f-f44c6aa790bb https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/384 Still running your firm out of your Inbox?
In this episode, a CPA who spent 20 years living in her Inbox shares how she got down to Inbox Zero, shredded the paper piles, stopped the late-night deadline sprints, and finally knew what to work on next.

You’ll hear exactly how Simple Systems, Free Time works in real life, why it feels slightly terrifying at first, and how it quietly frees up hours without perfection, new tech, or heroics.

Lori's email:
lori.yearwood@zealaccounting.com
…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/384


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Still running your firm out of your Inbox?
In this episode, a CPA who spent 20 years living in her Inbox shares how she got down to Inbox Zero, shredded the paper piles, stopped the late-night deadline sprints, and finally knew what to work on next.

You’ll hear exactly how Simple Systems, Free Time works in real life, why it feels slightly terrifying at first, and how it quietly frees up hours without perfection, new tech, or heroics.

Lori's email:
lori.yearwood@zealaccounting.com
…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/384


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 11 Feb 2026 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2054 Still running your firm out of your Inbox?
In this episode, a CPA who spent 20 years living in her Inbox shares how she got down to Inbox Zero, shredded the paper piles, stopped the late-night deadline sprints, and finally knew what to work on next.

You’ll hear exactly how Simple Systems, Free Time works in real life, why it feels slightly terrifying at first, and how it quietly frees up hours without perfection, new tech, or heroics.

Lori's email:
lori.yearwood@zealaccounting.com
…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/384


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 383 How Simple Systems Saves Suzanne Green, CPA 8–10 Hours a Week 383 383 383 How Simple Systems Saves Suzanne Green, CPA 8–10 Hours a Week full 7a71e222-f7be-4f1d-8fe8-aa5299d1bf9e https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/383 Do you ever feel like you’re doing everything right – solid clients, fair prices, full days – and yet the hours and money still aren’t quite where you want them?

That tension usually isn’t about missing one thing.

It’s the accumulation of small leaks most CPAs learn to live with: time lost re-reading emails, tracking tasks in your head, chasing clients for missing info, and doing quiet cleanup work that never shows up on an invoice.

Pricing is one major leak.

Systems is another.

In this episode, Suzanne Green shares how tightening a few simple systems – not adding software or staff – helps her save 8–10 hours a week.

Same clients, same output, less mental load, and the equivalent of a 17% higher effective hourly rate.

It’s a grounded, relatable conversation about where hours really go when your systems aren’t doing their share of the work.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/383


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Do you ever feel like you’re doing everything right – solid clients, fair prices, full days – and yet the hours and money still aren’t quite where you want them?

That tension usually isn’t about missing one thing.

It’s the accumulation of small leaks most CPAs learn to live with: time lost re-reading emails, tracking tasks in your head, chasing clients for missing info, and doing quiet cleanup work that never shows up on an invoice.

Pricing is one major leak.

Systems is another.

In this episode, Suzanne Green shares how tightening a few simple systems – not adding software or staff – helps her save 8–10 hours a week.

Same clients, same output, less mental load, and the equivalent of a 17% higher effective hourly rate.

It’s a grounded, relatable conversation about where hours really go when your systems aren’t doing their share of the work.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/383


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 04 Feb 2026 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2040 Do you ever feel like you’re doing everything right – solid clients, fair prices, full days – and yet the hours and money still aren’t quite where you want them?

That tension usually isn’t about missing one thing.

It’s the accumulation of small leaks most CPAs learn to live with: time lost re-reading emails, tracking tasks in your head, chasing clients for missing info, and doing quiet cleanup work that never shows up on an invoice.

Pricing is one major leak.

Systems is another.

In this episode, Suzanne Green shares how tightening a few simple systems – not adding software or staff – helps her save 8–10 hours a week.

Same clients, same output, less mental load, and the equivalent of a 17% higher effective hourly rate.

It’s a grounded, relatable conversation about where hours really go when your systems aren’t doing their share of the work.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/383


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 382 [WIP Series] The Messy Middle of Reshaping a Tax Firm with Michelle Kinnison, CPA 382 382 382 [WIP Series] The Messy Middle of Reshaping a Tax Firm with Michelle Kinnison, CPA full c679ce97-fce2-4427-a353-fa9709c66f25 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/382 Ever catch yourself comparing your firm to someone else’s after picture and wondering what you’re doing wrong?

Here’s a different perspective – you’re not behind, you’re just still in it.

This Work in Progress episode is for anyone mid-messy change, not standing at the finish line.

You’ll hear what it sounds like to raise prices, disengage legacy clients (including ones you paid for!), test tiered pricing, and still question the hours while it’s happening.

No tidy ending, no highlight reel – just the normal, uncomfortable middle.

Listen to feel less alone, see what “working on it” actually looks like, and borrow some camaraderie from a peer doing the hard work alongside you.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/382


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Ever catch yourself comparing your firm to someone else’s after picture and wondering what you’re doing wrong?

Here’s a different perspective – you’re not behind, you’re just still in it.

This Work in Progress episode is for anyone mid-messy change, not standing at the finish line.

You’ll hear what it sounds like to raise prices, disengage legacy clients (including ones you paid for!), test tiered pricing, and still question the hours while it’s happening.

No tidy ending, no highlight reel – just the normal, uncomfortable middle.

Listen to feel less alone, see what “working on it” actually looks like, and borrow some camaraderie from a peer doing the hard work alongside you.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/382


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 28 Jan 2026 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1850 Ever catch yourself comparing your firm to someone else’s after picture and wondering what you’re doing wrong?

Here’s a different perspective – you’re not behind, you’re just still in it.

This Work in Progress episode is for anyone mid-messy change, not standing at the finish line.

You’ll hear what it sounds like to raise prices, disengage legacy clients (including ones you paid for!), test tiered pricing, and still question the hours while it’s happening.

No tidy ending, no highlight reel – just the normal, uncomfortable middle.

Listen to feel less alone, see what “working on it” actually looks like, and borrow some camaraderie from a peer doing the hard work alongside you.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/382


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 381 60% Less Clients, Same Money, More Control with Hunter Bracy, CPA 381 381 381 60% Less Clients, Same Money, More Control with Hunter Bracy, CPA full e28635ae-37e4-4d9f-9b02-ec5fee8552ee https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/381 Ever look at your client list and think, “There’s no way I can cut this in half and still make the same money”…?
Turns out, that belief is backwards.

Hunter Bracey walks through how he went from 105 clients to roughly 40 without losing revenue, cut his tax-season hours in half, and went from chaos to feeling in control. 

It’s an honest, practical, nothing-fancy conversation about what real change looks like — and why it’s way more doable (and freeing) than you might think.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/381


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Ever look at your client list and think, “There’s no way I can cut this in half and still make the same money”…?
Turns out, that belief is backwards.

Hunter Bracey walks through how he went from 105 clients to roughly 40 without losing revenue, cut his tax-season hours in half, and went from chaos to feeling in control. 

It’s an honest, practical, nothing-fancy conversation about what real change looks like — and why it’s way more doable (and freeing) than you might think.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/381


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Wed, 21 Jan 2026 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1346 Ever look at your client list and think, “There’s no way I can cut this in half and still make the same money”…?
Turns out, that belief is backwards.

Hunter Bracey walks through how he went from 105 clients to roughly 40 without losing revenue, cut his tax-season hours in half, and went from chaos to feeling in control. 

It’s an honest, practical, nothing-fancy conversation about what real change looks like — and why it’s way more doable (and freeing) than you might think.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/381


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 380 You Might Be Closer to “Enough” Than You Think 380 380 380 You Might Be Closer to “Enough” Than You Think full 066571ca-9f95-4b70-abff-dbea94de9037 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/380 Does running your firm have to feel this uncertain to be working?

Most CPAs assume uncertainty, discomfort, and the unknown are signs of risk – but they’re often just signs you’re doing something new.

This episode breaks down six practical truths that help firm owners stop overthinking, make calmer decisions, and move faster toward “enough.” Enough money. Enough time. And real freedom.

If you’ve been grinding, hesitating, or waiting to feel ready, this episode reframes what actually matters – and what doesn’t.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/380


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Does running your firm have to feel this uncertain to be working?

Most CPAs assume uncertainty, discomfort, and the unknown are signs of risk – but they’re often just signs you’re doing something new.

This episode breaks down six practical truths that help firm owners stop overthinking, make calmer decisions, and move faster toward “enough.” Enough money. Enough time. And real freedom.

If you’ve been grinding, hesitating, or waiting to feel ready, this episode reframes what actually matters – and what doesn’t.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/380


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Wed, 14 Jan 2026 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 899 Does running your firm have to feel this uncertain to be working?

Most CPAs assume uncertainty, discomfort, and the unknown are signs of risk – but they’re often just signs you’re doing something new.

This episode breaks down six practical truths that help firm owners stop overthinking, make calmer decisions, and move faster toward “enough.” Enough money. Enough time. And real freedom.

If you’ve been grinding, hesitating, or waiting to feel ready, this episode reframes what actually matters – and what doesn’t.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/380


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 379 Your CPA Firm Can Handle More Than You Think 379 379 379 Your CPA Firm Can Handle More Than You Think full d74cab8c-68c5-45dc-bc34-313712494f24 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/379 Is your firm one bad decision away from falling apart?
Probably not – even though it sometimes feels that way.

This episode reframes what actually puts an accounting firm at risk, and what just hurts in the moment.

You’ll hear why most firms are far more resilient than their owners realize, how to tell the difference between real danger and normal business pain, and why small experiments are safer than endless overthinking.

If January has you cautious, stuck, or second-guessing everything, this will steady the ground under your feet.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/379

…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Is your firm one bad decision away from falling apart?
Probably not – even though it sometimes feels that way.

This episode reframes what actually puts an accounting firm at risk, and what just hurts in the moment.

You’ll hear why most firms are far more resilient than their owners realize, how to tell the difference between real danger and normal business pain, and why small experiments are safer than endless overthinking.

If January has you cautious, stuck, or second-guessing everything, this will steady the ground under your feet.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/379

…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 07 Jan 2026 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 412 Is your firm one bad decision away from falling apart?
Probably not – even though it sometimes feels that way.

This episode reframes what actually puts an accounting firm at risk, and what just hurts in the moment.

You’ll hear why most firms are far more resilient than their owners realize, how to tell the difference between real danger and normal business pain, and why small experiments are safer than endless overthinking.

If January has you cautious, stuck, or second-guessing everything, this will steady the ground under your feet.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/379

…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 378 6th Annual: Accounting Jokes with Hazel and Remy 378 378 378 6th Annual: Accounting Jokes with Hazel and Remy full d7ca6c50-36ff-494b-86b8-146deb4611c9 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/ Happy New Year!
Enjoy the annual tradition of accounting humor hosted by my two kids, Hazel and Remy. I’ll be back soon with a fresh batch of content to kick off 2026.

Find all episodes of the Business Strategy for CPAs here:
https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

---------

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Happy New Year!
Enjoy the annual tradition of accounting humor hosted by my two kids, Hazel and Remy. I’ll be back soon with a fresh batch of content to kick off 2026.

Find all episodes of the Business Strategy for CPAs here:
https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

---------

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Wed, 31 Dec 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 239 Happy New Year!
Enjoy the annual tradition of accounting humor hosted by my two kids, Hazel and Remy. I’ll be back soon with a fresh batch of content to kick off 2026.

Find all episodes of the Business Strategy for CPAs here:
https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

---------

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 377 Money Mindset: The Numbers Will Never Be Enough, with Natalie Hunt 377 377 377 Money Mindset: The Numbers Will Never Be Enough, with Natalie Hunt full 9e4a4a9f-a7ab-4f19-9b4d-a2ab608116ce https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/377 Still think the safest move is squeezing in more clients and chasing bigger numbers? 


The numbers will never fix money worry – thinking differently will.

In this episode, hear Peak Freedom’s resident mindset coach Natalie Hunt unpack beliefs driving overwork: more-is-better, don’t-leave-money-on-the-table, guilt over pricing, fear of being “greedy.” 

Learn to redefine success, spot “can’t” stories, price to value, and say no without spiraling. 


Walk away with practical reframes to create time, calm, and profit – on purpose and it ways that actually stick.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/377


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Connect with Natalie:

https://www.simplylovingleadership.com/

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Still think the safest move is squeezing in more clients and chasing bigger numbers? 


The numbers will never fix money worry – thinking differently will.

In this episode, hear Peak Freedom’s resident mindset coach Natalie Hunt unpack beliefs driving overwork: more-is-better, don’t-leave-money-on-the-table, guilt over pricing, fear of being “greedy.” 

Learn to redefine success, spot “can’t” stories, price to value, and say no without spiraling. 


Walk away with practical reframes to create time, calm, and profit – on purpose and it ways that actually stick.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/377


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Connect with Natalie:

https://www.simplylovingleadership.com/

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Wed, 17 Dec 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2333 Still think the safest move is squeezing in more clients and chasing bigger numbers? 


The numbers will never fix money worry – thinking differently will.

In this episode, hear Peak Freedom’s resident mindset coach Natalie Hunt unpack beliefs driving overwork: more-is-better, don’t-leave-money-on-the-table, guilt over pricing, fear of being “greedy.” 

Learn to redefine success, spot “can’t” stories, price to value, and say no without spiraling. 


Walk away with practical reframes to create time, calm, and profit – on purpose and it ways that actually stick.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/377


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Connect with Natalie:

https://www.simplylovingleadership.com/

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 376 “The Hours Were Killing Me”: What Finally Had to Change, with Suzanne Green, CPA 376 376 376 “The Hours Were Killing Me”: What Finally Had to Change, with Suzanne Green, CPA full 14afcc09-8a89-498b-b6a9-9149b6b039ba https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/376 What if scaling back didn’t have to mean awkwardness or guilt?


In this episode, Suzanne talks about how she reduced her hours, increased prices, and let go of not-fitting clients in a way that still felt kind — kind enough that she’d be perfectly happy to bump into past clients at the post office. 

If you’re craving fewer hours but want to handle the transition with warmth and respect, this conversation shows exactly how that can look.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/376


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> What if scaling back didn’t have to mean awkwardness or guilt?


In this episode, Suzanne talks about how she reduced her hours, increased prices, and let go of not-fitting clients in a way that still felt kind — kind enough that she’d be perfectly happy to bump into past clients at the post office. 

If you’re craving fewer hours but want to handle the transition with warmth and respect, this conversation shows exactly how that can look.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/376


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 10 Dec 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2444 What if scaling back didn’t have to mean awkwardness or guilt?


In this episode, Suzanne talks about how she reduced her hours, increased prices, and let go of not-fitting clients in a way that still felt kind — kind enough that she’d be perfectly happy to bump into past clients at the post office. 

If you’re craving fewer hours but want to handle the transition with warmth and respect, this conversation shows exactly how that can look.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/376


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 375 Boundaries: The Quiet System Behind Every Calm Firm, with Natalie Hunt 375 375 375 Boundaries: The Quiet System Behind Every Calm Firm, with Natalie Hunt full f92802ef-e1f6-4875-98c1-2cb10a8459e6 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/375 Struggling to hold business boundaries without risking relationships?

Here’s the thing: boundaries aren’t barriers; they’re operating instructions that make your firm calmer, more profitable, and easier to run.

In this episode, Peak Freedom’s mindset coach Natalie Hunt helps unpack what gets in the way – people-pleasing, guilt, and the urge to control reactions – and replaces it with better beliefs, rules you choose, and scripts.

Learn to stop rescuing late clients, end after-hours emailing, protect time, and feel in the driver’s seat.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/375


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Struggling to hold business boundaries without risking relationships?

Here’s the thing: boundaries aren’t barriers; they’re operating instructions that make your firm calmer, more profitable, and easier to run.

In this episode, Peak Freedom’s mindset coach Natalie Hunt helps unpack what gets in the way – people-pleasing, guilt, and the urge to control reactions – and replaces it with better beliefs, rules you choose, and scripts.

Learn to stop rescuing late clients, end after-hours emailing, protect time, and feel in the driver’s seat.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/375


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Wed, 03 Dec 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1969 Struggling to hold business boundaries without risking relationships?

Here’s the thing: boundaries aren’t barriers; they’re operating instructions that make your firm calmer, more profitable, and easier to run.

In this episode, Peak Freedom’s mindset coach Natalie Hunt helps unpack what gets in the way – people-pleasing, guilt, and the urge to control reactions – and replaces it with better beliefs, rules you choose, and scripts.

Learn to stop rescuing late clients, end after-hours emailing, protect time, and feel in the driver’s seat.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/375


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 374 [WIP Series] From Hourly to Packages with Lori Yearwood, CPA 374 374 374 [WIP Series] From Hourly to Packages with Lori Yearwood, CPA full bf69f664-8513-4393-acbc-fcc28bafaf83 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/374 Stuck in hourly billing and chaos? 


The smarter path to growth might be saying no more – turning away work, raising prices, and standardizing before you scale. 

In this episode, Lori Yearwood, CPA, shares how she let go of clients, dropped hourly, and built packages with add-ons, gaining a day-plus each week to work on the business while revenue climbed.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/374


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Lori’s website:

https://www.zealaccountingsolutions.com/

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Stuck in hourly billing and chaos? 


The smarter path to growth might be saying no more – turning away work, raising prices, and standardizing before you scale. 

In this episode, Lori Yearwood, CPA, shares how she let go of clients, dropped hourly, and built packages with add-ons, gaining a day-plus each week to work on the business while revenue climbed.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/374


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Lori’s website:

https://www.zealaccountingsolutions.com/

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 26 Nov 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2293 Stuck in hourly billing and chaos? 


The smarter path to growth might be saying no more – turning away work, raising prices, and standardizing before you scale. 

In this episode, Lori Yearwood, CPA, shares how she let go of clients, dropped hourly, and built packages with add-ons, gaining a day-plus each week to work on the business while revenue climbed.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/374


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Lori’s website:

https://www.zealaccountingsolutions.com/

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 373 Where Are Your Optimum Prices Hiding? 373 373 373 Where Are Your Optimum Prices Hiding? full f1c25a4e-52cb-4089-8bc6-dd4e5729af3d https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/373 Ever wonder why finding “the right price” never seems to work?


Because you’re probably looking in the wrong place. 


This episode explains why your computer can’t know your optimum price, why a little courage matters more than a calculator, and how testing real prices with real humans leads to better profit and saner hours.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/373


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Ever wonder why finding “the right price” never seems to work?


Because you’re probably looking in the wrong place. 


This episode explains why your computer can’t know your optimum price, why a little courage matters more than a calculator, and how testing real prices with real humans leads to better profit and saner hours.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/373


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 19 Nov 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 427 Ever wonder why finding “the right price” never seems to work?


Because you’re probably looking in the wrong place. 


This episode explains why your computer can’t know your optimum price, why a little courage matters more than a calculator, and how testing real prices with real humans leads to better profit and saner hours.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/373


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 372 [WIP Series] 1/3 Fewer Clients, 2x-3x the Prices, and Sundays Off, with Jan Schaffner, EA 372 372 372 [WIP Series] 1/3 Fewer Clients, 2x-3x the Prices, and Sundays Off, with Jan Schaffner, EA full fb059985-306f-4744-8bb0-b2153933ecee https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/372 Ever wonder what it really feels like to let go of a third of your clients?
It’s not spreadsheets and strategy.

In this episode, Jan Schaffner, EA, shares how hard it was to release clients she genuinely cared about—and the fear that no one would stay or pay more.

But when she finally did it, the reaction surprised her: the clients who valued her most were the ones who stayed.

This episode is an honest look at what it takes to make space for better work, a calmer firm, and—finally—Sundays off in tax season.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/372


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Connect with Jan:

https://www.schaffnertaxsolutions.com/

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Ever wonder what it really feels like to let go of a third of your clients?
It’s not spreadsheets and strategy.

In this episode, Jan Schaffner, EA, shares how hard it was to release clients she genuinely cared about—and the fear that no one would stay or pay more.

But when she finally did it, the reaction surprised her: the clients who valued her most were the ones who stayed.

This episode is an honest look at what it takes to make space for better work, a calmer firm, and—finally—Sundays off in tax season.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/372


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Connect with Jan:

https://www.schaffnertaxsolutions.com/

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 12 Nov 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2668 Ever wonder what it really feels like to let go of a third of your clients?
It’s not spreadsheets and strategy.

In this episode, Jan Schaffner, EA, shares how hard it was to release clients she genuinely cared about—and the fear that no one would stay or pay more.

But when she finally did it, the reaction surprised her: the clients who valued her most were the ones who stayed.

This episode is an honest look at what it takes to make space for better work, a calmer firm, and—finally—Sundays off in tax season.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/372


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Connect with Jan:

https://www.schaffnertaxsolutions.com/

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 371 How to Handle Client Referrals Without Burning Bridges 371 371 371 How to Handle Client Referrals Without Burning Bridges full 686a6033-8326-49c2-af9e-42538c3eb0fa https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/371 Ever get a referral email from a great client and think, “Ugh… now what?” You want to honor the relationship, but you’re dreading another 45-minute discovery call that goes nowhere. 


In this episode, I share a simple, transparent system that saves everyone’s time — yours, your client’s, and the prospect’s. You’ll learn how to filter early, protect every relationship in the chain, and stay in control of your calendar without burning your energy or goodwill.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/371


…


Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Ever get a referral email from a great client and think, “Ugh… now what?” You want to honor the relationship, but you’re dreading another 45-minute discovery call that goes nowhere. 


In this episode, I share a simple, transparent system that saves everyone’s time — yours, your client’s, and the prospect’s. You’ll learn how to filter early, protect every relationship in the chain, and stay in control of your calendar without burning your energy or goodwill.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/371


…


Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 05 Nov 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 695 Ever get a referral email from a great client and think, “Ugh… now what?” You want to honor the relationship, but you’re dreading another 45-minute discovery call that goes nowhere. 


In this episode, I share a simple, transparent system that saves everyone’s time — yours, your client’s, and the prospect’s. You’ll learn how to filter early, protect every relationship in the chain, and stay in control of your calendar without burning your energy or goodwill.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/371


…


Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 370 From Launch to Autopilot: A 3-Year Journey with Matt Chiappetta, CPA 370 370 370 From Launch to Autopilot: A 3-Year Journey with Matt Chiappetta, CPA full c3aaead8-9945-4f87-bd40-296a481e22ed https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/370 Ever wonder what really happens between “starting from scratch” and “running on autopilot”?


Most success stories skip the messy middle. Over three years, Matt Chiappetta went from zero clients to a $250K solo firm working 25 hours a week. 


Hear the real story: the things that didn’t pan out, the fixes, the mindset shifts, and what actually matters at each stage. 


It’s the rare, unvarnished look at what a sustainable, calm practice really takes to build.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/370


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Matt’s website:

https://www.mattchia.cpa/

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Ever wonder what really happens between “starting from scratch” and “running on autopilot”?


Most success stories skip the messy middle. Over three years, Matt Chiappetta went from zero clients to a $250K solo firm working 25 hours a week. 


Hear the real story: the things that didn’t pan out, the fixes, the mindset shifts, and what actually matters at each stage. 


It’s the rare, unvarnished look at what a sustainable, calm practice really takes to build.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/370


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Matt’s website:

https://www.mattchia.cpa/

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 29 Oct 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1752 Ever wonder what really happens between “starting from scratch” and “running on autopilot”?


Most success stories skip the messy middle. Over three years, Matt Chiappetta went from zero clients to a $250K solo firm working 25 hours a week. 


Hear the real story: the things that didn’t pan out, the fixes, the mindset shifts, and what actually matters at each stage. 


It’s the rare, unvarnished look at what a sustainable, calm practice really takes to build.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/370


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Matt’s website:

https://www.mattchia.cpa/

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 369 Your Marketplace Is Malleable; You’re the One Who Shapes It 369 369 369 Your Marketplace Is Malleable; You’re the One Who Shapes It full 10813565-f3a4-49d7-9da4-08bc5f4d30ee https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/369 Think you’re stuck with the clients you’ve got?

You’re not. This episode shows how your marketplace isn’t fixed—it’s something you can shape. Through three simple examples, you’ll see how pricing, network, and positioning all affect who shows up at your door, and how to move your firm toward clients you actually want to work with.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/369


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Think you’re stuck with the clients you’ve got?

You’re not. This episode shows how your marketplace isn’t fixed—it’s something you can shape. Through three simple examples, you’ll see how pricing, network, and positioning all affect who shows up at your door, and how to move your firm toward clients you actually want to work with.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/369


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 22 Oct 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 662 Think you’re stuck with the clients you’ve got?

You’re not. This episode shows how your marketplace isn’t fixed—it’s something you can shape. Through three simple examples, you’ll see how pricing, network, and positioning all affect who shows up at your door, and how to move your firm toward clients you actually want to work with.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/369


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 368 Outworking Exhaustion: The Rest You’ve Been Denying Yourself 368 368 368 Outworking Exhaustion: The Rest You’ve Been Denying Yourself full 1130d94c-9556-4452-b9cf-c9a4e3ed2345 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/368 Do you keep telling yourself you’ll rest when the work is done?


That time never comes. Rest isn’t what you do after the work — it’s what makes the work go well.

This episode breaks down eight kinds of rest accountants need, how to get them, and why your firm runs better when you stop running on fumes.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/368


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Do you keep telling yourself you’ll rest when the work is done?


That time never comes. Rest isn’t what you do after the work — it’s what makes the work go well.

This episode breaks down eight kinds of rest accountants need, how to get them, and why your firm runs better when you stop running on fumes.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/368


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 15 Oct 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 717 Do you keep telling yourself you’ll rest when the work is done?


That time never comes. Rest isn’t what you do after the work — it’s what makes the work go well.

This episode breaks down eight kinds of rest accountants need, how to get them, and why your firm runs better when you stop running on fumes.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/368


…

Want Pricing Essentials?

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, it’s not because of the work – it’s how you’ve priced the work. 


Too many accountants are stuck in undercharging, overdelivering, and people-pleasing cycles. 


Break the pattern with my short PDF guide:
7 Pricing Essentials »
It’s free and you can read it in 5 minutes.


I want to help you get your prices up without losing loyal clients.  

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 367 Strategy-Based Pricing & the October Pivot 367 367 367 Strategy-Based Pricing & the October Pivot full b5627608-8120-4994-a65c-9dfa48ca3bf5 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/367 Tired of hearing “value-based pricing” and still not sure how to price without working 80–hour weeks?

In this episode, I cut through the hype and show you how to pick the right pricing tool for the problem you actually have.

I walk through the October Pivot, share a simple one-price, two-payment option you can deploy fast, and how to batch-test prices to find your price ceiling.

Fewer clients, saner workflow, same revenue – on purpose.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/367


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Tired of hearing “value-based pricing” and still not sure how to price without working 80–hour weeks?

In this episode, I cut through the hype and show you how to pick the right pricing tool for the problem you actually have.

I walk through the October Pivot, share a simple one-price, two-payment option you can deploy fast, and how to batch-test prices to find your price ceiling.

Fewer clients, saner workflow, same revenue – on purpose.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/367


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Wed, 08 Oct 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1096 Tired of hearing “value-based pricing” and still not sure how to price without working 80–hour weeks?

In this episode, I cut through the hype and show you how to pick the right pricing tool for the problem you actually have.

I walk through the October Pivot, share a simple one-price, two-payment option you can deploy fast, and how to batch-test prices to find your price ceiling.

Fewer clients, saner workflow, same revenue – on purpose.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/367


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 366 Scheduled Tax Prep: Why 90-Hour Weeks Are a Choice 366 366 366 Scheduled Tax Prep: Why 90-Hour Weeks Are a Choice full d92d65e3-2aa9-4fd0-89ae-3bd13bb7abf5 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/366 Last week, I hosted a webinar on creating the 2026 tax season you actually want. 


More than 100 CPAs tuned in live or on replay. 


In this podcast episode, I share the exact system: deciding your hours, doing the math, raising prices, scheduling clients, and communicating clearly. 


ICYMI, you can catch the full replay here: geraldinecarter.com/free.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/366


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Last week, I hosted a webinar on creating the 2026 tax season you actually want. 


More than 100 CPAs tuned in live or on replay. 


In this podcast episode, I share the exact system: deciding your hours, doing the math, raising prices, scheduling clients, and communicating clearly. 


ICYMI, you can catch the full replay here: geraldinecarter.com/free.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/366


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 01 Oct 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 879 Last week, I hosted a webinar on creating the 2026 tax season you actually want. 


More than 100 CPAs tuned in live or on replay. 


In this podcast episode, I share the exact system: deciding your hours, doing the math, raising prices, scheduling clients, and communicating clearly. 


ICYMI, you can catch the full replay here: geraldinecarter.com/free.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/366


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 365 SOLD OUT! The Business Move No One Teaches CPAs 365 365 365 SOLD OUT! The Business Move No One Teaches CPAs full 1f4e443d-7ec7-448a-b79d-456d3f79537f https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/365 What if clients lined up for you instead of you chasing them?

In this episode, I show you 12 ways selling out changes everything – your confidence, your focus, your pricing power, even how your clients behave.

Most CPAs think being oversold and overwhelmed is “just how tax season works.”

It’s not. I’ll show you why being sold out is the ninja move that lowers your stress and gives you back time, money, and control.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/365


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> What if clients lined up for you instead of you chasing them?

In this episode, I show you 12 ways selling out changes everything – your confidence, your focus, your pricing power, even how your clients behave.

Most CPAs think being oversold and overwhelmed is “just how tax season works.”

It’s not. I’ll show you why being sold out is the ninja move that lowers your stress and gives you back time, money, and control.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/365


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 24 Sep 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1128 What if clients lined up for you instead of you chasing them?

In this episode, I show you 12 ways selling out changes everything – your confidence, your focus, your pricing power, even how your clients behave.

Most CPAs think being oversold and overwhelmed is “just how tax season works.”

It’s not. I’ll show you why being sold out is the ninja move that lowers your stress and gives you back time, money, and control.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/365


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 364 A Handful of High-Level Clients with Radhika Sundar, CPA 364 364 364 A Handful of High-Level Clients with Radhika Sundar, CPA full e9fb7ddd-7b65-4cf4-bc9c-7ea2584c23fb https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/364 What happens when you stop trying to serve everyone and commit to a few high-level clients?

Radhika Sundar shares how choosing agencies and working with a small, premium roster sharpened her focus and increased confidence.

She explains transparent tiered pricing, catching scope creep early, and giving upgrade/downgrade paths.

If you want a calmer, profitable firm by serving fewer, better clients, this episode maps it.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/364


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


Connect with Radhika:

https://www.sundaraccounting.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/radhika-sundar-a854b819/

]]> What happens when you stop trying to serve everyone and commit to a few high-level clients?

Radhika Sundar shares how choosing agencies and working with a small, premium roster sharpened her focus and increased confidence.

She explains transparent tiered pricing, catching scope creep early, and giving upgrade/downgrade paths.

If you want a calmer, profitable firm by serving fewer, better clients, this episode maps it.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/364


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


Connect with Radhika:

https://www.sundaraccounting.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/radhika-sundar-a854b819/

]]> Wed, 17 Sep 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1511 What happens when you stop trying to serve everyone and commit to a few high-level clients?

Radhika Sundar shares how choosing agencies and working with a small, premium roster sharpened her focus and increased confidence.

She explains transparent tiered pricing, catching scope creep early, and giving upgrade/downgrade paths.

If you want a calmer, profitable firm by serving fewer, better clients, this episode maps it.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/364


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


Connect with Radhika:

https://www.sundaraccounting.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/radhika-sundar-a854b819/

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 363 Pick Your Primary Lane: Full-Service is a Trap 363 363 363 Pick Your Primary Lane: Full-Service is a Trap full c72d5a8d-cbb3-456e-9857-2e43d6e4f099 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/363 Feeling scattered because you’re offering every service under the sun to every kind of client?


In this episode, I talk about the real cost of being in too many lanes — the wasted time, the extra software, the messy systems, and the lost leverage. I’ll walk you through the four lanes you can choose from, how to decide on your primary lane, and when it actually makes sense to allow exceptions. If you’re tired of tax season chaos and running on fumes, this episode will help you simplify and get your sanity back.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/363


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Feeling scattered because you’re offering every service under the sun to every kind of client?


In this episode, I talk about the real cost of being in too many lanes — the wasted time, the extra software, the messy systems, and the lost leverage. I’ll walk you through the four lanes you can choose from, how to decide on your primary lane, and when it actually makes sense to allow exceptions. If you’re tired of tax season chaos and running on fumes, this episode will help you simplify and get your sanity back.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/363


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Wed, 10 Sep 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 443 Feeling scattered because you’re offering every service under the sun to every kind of client?


In this episode, I talk about the real cost of being in too many lanes — the wasted time, the extra software, the messy systems, and the lost leverage. I’ll walk you through the four lanes you can choose from, how to decide on your primary lane, and when it actually makes sense to allow exceptions. If you’re tired of tax season chaos and running on fumes, this episode will help you simplify and get your sanity back.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/363


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 362 The Knock It Off List: 14 Habits Keeping Your Firm Stuck 362 362 362 The Knock It Off List: 14 Habits Keeping Your Firm Stuck full c5509d77-4194-431f-ac33-27e80c42b35a https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/362 Feeling overwhelmed, scattered, and all over the map in your firm?

In this episode, I run through The Knock It Off List—14 habits that are eating your time, energy, and sanity. From people-pleasing and inbox living to free calls, unbilled work, and hanging on to “that one” legacy client, I’ll show you what to quit and what to do instead. 

These aren’t small tweaks—they’re the everyday habits that quietly keep you stuck.  Knock them off and you’ll have more space, more focus, and a firm that finally feels manageable.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/362

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Feeling overwhelmed, scattered, and all over the map in your firm?

In this episode, I run through The Knock It Off List—14 habits that are eating your time, energy, and sanity. From people-pleasing and inbox living to free calls, unbilled work, and hanging on to “that one” legacy client, I’ll show you what to quit and what to do instead. 

These aren’t small tweaks—they’re the everyday habits that quietly keep you stuck.  Knock them off and you’ll have more space, more focus, and a firm that finally feels manageable.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/362

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 03 Sep 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 515 Feeling overwhelmed, scattered, and all over the map in your firm?

In this episode, I run through The Knock It Off List—14 habits that are eating your time, energy, and sanity. From people-pleasing and inbox living to free calls, unbilled work, and hanging on to “that one” legacy client, I’ll show you what to quit and what to do instead. 

These aren’t small tweaks—they’re the everyday habits that quietly keep you stuck.  Knock them off and you’ll have more space, more focus, and a firm that finally feels manageable.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/362

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 361 Taking a Short Break from Podcasting - See You in September 361 361 361 Taking a Short Break from Podcasting - See You in September full e70fd07f-7365-4f43-919d-238c88f9dc5a https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/361 Hey podcast listener, just a heads up — I’m in France for five weeks and not recording while I’m here.


I hope you’re enjoying the episodes I lined up before I left — and if you're a new listener, the back catalog is full of gems worth digging into.


Enjoy the rest of your summer, and I’ll meet you back here with a brand new episode on September 3rd.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/361


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Hey podcast listener, just a heads up — I’m in France for five weeks and not recording while I’m here.


I hope you’re enjoying the episodes I lined up before I left — and if you're a new listener, the back catalog is full of gems worth digging into.


Enjoy the rest of your summer, and I’ll meet you back here with a brand new episode on September 3rd.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/361


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Wed, 13 Aug 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 22 Hey podcast listener, just a heads up — I’m in France for five weeks and not recording while I’m here.


I hope you’re enjoying the episodes I lined up before I left — and if you're a new listener, the back catalog is full of gems worth digging into.


Enjoy the rest of your summer, and I’ll meet you back here with a brand new episode on September 3rd.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/361


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 360 Pick Your Week Tax Season with Holly Sexton, CPA 360 360 360 Pick Your Week Tax Season with Holly Sexton, CPA full 7c717753-95d3-4f92-8831-4f68b95455c4 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/360 Does tax season have to feel chaotic?

Before Pick Your Week, Holly never knew who was coming or when. Some weeks felt overwhelming, others eerily quiet. The mental whiplash was constant, good one day, uh-oh the next. In this episode, she shares how she smoothed out the workload and (!!) “ran two weeks ahead all tax season.”

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/360


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Does tax season have to feel chaotic?

Before Pick Your Week, Holly never knew who was coming or when. Some weeks felt overwhelming, others eerily quiet. The mental whiplash was constant, good one day, uh-oh the next. In this episode, she shares how she smoothed out the workload and (!!) “ran two weeks ahead all tax season.”

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/360


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 06 Aug 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2673 Does tax season have to feel chaotic?

Before Pick Your Week, Holly never knew who was coming or when. Some weeks felt overwhelming, others eerily quiet. The mental whiplash was constant, good one day, uh-oh the next. In this episode, she shares how she smoothed out the workload and (!!) “ran two weeks ahead all tax season.”

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/360


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 359 Pick Your Week Tax Season with Rebecca Warnick, CPA 359 359 359 Pick Your Week Tax Season with Rebecca Warnick, CPA full 272cfa76-cf00-4715-b95f-faa856c0cc60 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/359 Tired of chaotic tax seasons? 
Rebecca Warnick, CPA, shares how she transformed hers using “Pick Your Week.” With smoother workflows, happier clients, and less stress, she explains how this simple change brought massive benefits—without working more or earning less. A must-listen if you want more control and calm in busy season.


https://www.thewarnickgroup.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/359

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Tired of chaotic tax seasons? 
Rebecca Warnick, CPA, shares how she transformed hers using “Pick Your Week.” With smoother workflows, happier clients, and less stress, she explains how this simple change brought massive benefits—without working more or earning less. A must-listen if you want more control and calm in busy season.


https://www.thewarnickgroup.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/359

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 30 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1353 Tired of chaotic tax seasons? 
Rebecca Warnick, CPA, shares how she transformed hers using “Pick Your Week.” With smoother workflows, happier clients, and less stress, she explains how this simple change brought massive benefits—without working more or earning less. A must-listen if you want more control and calm in busy season.


https://www.thewarnickgroup.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/359

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 358 Let it Be Easy: $250K & 15 Hrs/Wk with Sheila Hansen, CPA 358 358 358 Let it Be Easy: $250K & 15 Hrs/Wk with Sheila Hansen, CPA full ee687660-86ba-48ef-9506-8419cb0154a4 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/358 Wondering if it’s really possible to make good money without grinding 60 hours a week?

Sheila Hansen shares how she built a values-aligned accounting firm that brings in $250K+ while working ~15 hours a week. Learn how she escaped standard accounting, overcame pricing and money mindset blocks, built a product ladder, and created offerings rooted in strategy—not compliance. A must-listen for CPAs craving more ease.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/358


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wondering if it’s really possible to make good money without grinding 60 hours a week?

Sheila Hansen shares how she built a values-aligned accounting firm that brings in $250K+ while working ~15 hours a week. Learn how she escaped standard accounting, overcame pricing and money mindset blocks, built a product ladder, and created offerings rooted in strategy—not compliance. A must-listen for CPAs craving more ease.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/358


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 23 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2582 Wondering if it’s really possible to make good money without grinding 60 hours a week?

Sheila Hansen shares how she built a values-aligned accounting firm that brings in $250K+ while working ~15 hours a week. Learn how she escaped standard accounting, overcame pricing and money mindset blocks, built a product ladder, and created offerings rooted in strategy—not compliance. A must-listen for CPAs craving more ease.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/358


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 357 How to Stop Emailing Yourself at 3am with Meagan Rutkowski, CPA 357 357 357 How to Stop Emailing Yourself at 3am with Meagan Rutkowski, CPA full 92048197-44b4-445f-be73-9478b4d2256f https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/357 Feeling overwhelmed and wondering if there’s a way to finally get out from under the chaos?

If your brain never shuts off and your to-do list is chaos, this episode is for you. Meagan Rutkowski, CPA shares how implementing Simple Systems, Free Time gave her mental clarity, reduced overwhelm, and uncovered hidden scope creep. 

Now, Meagan has calmer mornings, the space to think strategically about her business, and more time for what matters.

…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/357

…
Connect with Meagan:
mrutkowski@bullmoosefinancial.com
...

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

]]> Feeling overwhelmed and wondering if there’s a way to finally get out from under the chaos?

If your brain never shuts off and your to-do list is chaos, this episode is for you. Meagan Rutkowski, CPA shares how implementing Simple Systems, Free Time gave her mental clarity, reduced overwhelm, and uncovered hidden scope creep. 

Now, Meagan has calmer mornings, the space to think strategically about her business, and more time for what matters.

…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/357

…
Connect with Meagan:
mrutkowski@bullmoosefinancial.com
...

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

]]> Wed, 16 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1897 Feeling overwhelmed and wondering if there’s a way to finally get out from under the chaos?

If your brain never shuts off and your to-do list is chaos, this episode is for you. Meagan Rutkowski, CPA shares how implementing Simple Systems, Free Time gave her mental clarity, reduced overwhelm, and uncovered hidden scope creep. 

Now, Meagan has calmer mornings, the space to think strategically about her business, and more time for what matters.

…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/357

…
Connect with Meagan:
mrutkowski@bullmoosefinancial.com
...

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 356 84 Hours → 45 Hours: The Software and Systems Combo with Mark Kuca, CPA 356 356 356 84 Hours → 45 Hours: The Software and Systems Combo with Mark Kuca, CPA full c4805f3c-e1e1-42c8-b7ad-4cd2e6ea3615 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/356 Spend all day in your Inbox? 

Mark Kuka cut his hours from 84 to 45 a week, replaced 20% of his revenue after firing high-maintenance clients, and still grew. 

Hear how “Simple Systems, Free Time” helped him get control, reduce stress, and make space to go fishing with his son.

Mark's website
https://jaxlegalcpa.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/356


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Spend all day in your Inbox? 

Mark Kuka cut his hours from 84 to 45 a week, replaced 20% of his revenue after firing high-maintenance clients, and still grew. 

Hear how “Simple Systems, Free Time” helped him get control, reduce stress, and make space to go fishing with his son.

Mark's website
https://jaxlegalcpa.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/356


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 09 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1648 Spend all day in your Inbox? 

Mark Kuka cut his hours from 84 to 45 a week, replaced 20% of his revenue after firing high-maintenance clients, and still grew. 

Hear how “Simple Systems, Free Time” helped him get control, reduce stress, and make space to go fishing with his son.

Mark's website
https://jaxlegalcpa.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/356


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 355 Simple Systems, Free Time: The Framework that Frees Your CPA Brain 355 355 355 Simple Systems, Free Time: The Framework that Frees Your CPA Brain full 93d1995e-f7b7-463b-a2ac-e06bd159b63c https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/355 Do you ever wonder why running your firm still feels so hard?

Most CPAs are reacting all day—to emails, interruptions, and mental to-do lists. But with the right systems, that all gets easier. In this episode, learn how a few missing tools can bring calm, structure, and breathing room back into your day.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/355


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 


]]> Do you ever wonder why running your firm still feels so hard?

Most CPAs are reacting all day—to emails, interruptions, and mental to-do lists. But with the right systems, that all gets easier. In this episode, learn how a few missing tools can bring calm, structure, and breathing room back into your day.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/355


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 


]]> Wed, 02 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1266 Do you ever wonder why running your firm still feels so hard?

Most CPAs are reacting all day—to emails, interruptions, and mental to-do lists. But with the right systems, that all gets easier. In this episode, learn how a few missing tools can bring calm, structure, and breathing room back into your day.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/355


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 354 No Ads. No Posting. Just SEO for $194K New ARR 354 354 354 No Ads. No Posting. Just SEO for $194K New ARR full e2e3b75f-7b7a-4484-a8b5-6157aec05b5a https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/354
Ever wondered if a new website is worth it?

Catherine Ozment, CPA ditched her DIY site for a professionally built one… then let it sit. For 24 months, nothing happened. Then suddenly, it started bringing in monthly clients. In the last year, it’s brought in $194K+ of niche and niche-adjacent revenue—on autopilot.

If you’re questioning the value of a niche, SEO, or a pro website, this episode has your answer.

Catherine's Websites:
https://www.farmandagcpa.com/
https://www.clocpa.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/354

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]>
Ever wondered if a new website is worth it?

Catherine Ozment, CPA ditched her DIY site for a professionally built one… then let it sit. For 24 months, nothing happened. Then suddenly, it started bringing in monthly clients. In the last year, it’s brought in $194K+ of niche and niche-adjacent revenue—on autopilot.

If you’re questioning the value of a niche, SEO, or a pro website, this episode has your answer.

Catherine's Websites:
https://www.farmandagcpa.com/
https://www.clocpa.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/354

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 25 Jun 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Catherine Ozment CPA Geraldine Carter with Guest Catherine Ozment CPA 2371
Ever wondered if a new website is worth it?

Catherine Ozment, CPA ditched her DIY site for a professionally built one… then let it sit. For 24 months, nothing happened. Then suddenly, it started bringing in monthly clients. In the last year, it’s brought in $194K+ of niche and niche-adjacent revenue—on autopilot.

If you’re questioning the value of a niche, SEO, or a pro website, this episode has your answer.

Catherine's Websites:
https://www.farmandagcpa.com/
https://www.clocpa.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/354

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 353 Lean Learning with Pat Flynn 353 353 353 Lean Learning with Pat Flynn full a19a2e17-671a-4d7f-8915-dd737d1e9b4a https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/353 Is progress slower than you want it to be?

It might be because you're stuck trying to learn everything first, waiting for the perfect answer, or avoiding the messy part—testing new ways of doing. 

In this episode, Pat Flynn shares why action beats over-prep, and how CPAs can move faster by running small, low-risk experiments with less overthinking and overplanning.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/353


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Is progress slower than you want it to be?

It might be because you're stuck trying to learn everything first, waiting for the perfect answer, or avoiding the messy part—testing new ways of doing. 

In this episode, Pat Flynn shares why action beats over-prep, and how CPAs can move faster by running small, low-risk experiments with less overthinking and overplanning.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/353


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 18 Jun 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Pat Flynn Geraldine Carter with Pat Flynn 1709 Is progress slower than you want it to be?

It might be because you're stuck trying to learn everything first, waiting for the perfect answer, or avoiding the messy part—testing new ways of doing. 

In this episode, Pat Flynn shares why action beats over-prep, and how CPAs can move faster by running small, low-risk experiments with less overthinking and overplanning.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/353


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 352 Outcome-Driven Package Design. Labor Not Allowed 352 352 352 Outcome-Driven Package Design. Labor Not Allowed full ef2c71c3-ae47-4aee-a67b-f51e54495ef6 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/352 What would it even look like to build a package that required no labor to deliver?

This episode is a thought exercise: what if you had to design packages that delivered results without any labor? Not from you, not from your team. It’s a creative way to rethink how you build and deliver value—one that opens doors to scalable, low-effort, high-impact possibilities for your firm.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/352


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> What would it even look like to build a package that required no labor to deliver?

This episode is a thought exercise: what if you had to design packages that delivered results without any labor? Not from you, not from your team. It’s a creative way to rethink how you build and deliver value—one that opens doors to scalable, low-effort, high-impact possibilities for your firm.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/352


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 11 Jun 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 757 What would it even look like to build a package that required no labor to deliver?

This episode is a thought exercise: what if you had to design packages that delivered results without any labor? Not from you, not from your team. It’s a creative way to rethink how you build and deliver value—one that opens doors to scalable, low-effort, high-impact possibilities for your firm.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/352


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 351 Vague Packages = Messy Pricing 351 351 351 Vague Packages = Messy Pricing full 9b722460-42be-425e-8f30-b7e80ddb0141 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/351 Have you ever packaged and priced to get off hourly, only to get killed on scope?

This episode walks you through a practical, spreadsheet-based process for building Bronze, Silver, and Gold service packages that protect your time and reflect your value. If you’re tired of pricing guesswork, scope creep, or endless custom proposals, this gives you the clarity and structure you’ve been missing.

…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/351

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Have you ever packaged and priced to get off hourly, only to get killed on scope?

This episode walks you through a practical, spreadsheet-based process for building Bronze, Silver, and Gold service packages that protect your time and reflect your value. If you’re tired of pricing guesswork, scope creep, or endless custom proposals, this gives you the clarity and structure you’ve been missing.

…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/351

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 04 Jun 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 914 Have you ever packaged and priced to get off hourly, only to get killed on scope?

This episode walks you through a practical, spreadsheet-based process for building Bronze, Silver, and Gold service packages that protect your time and reflect your value. If you’re tired of pricing guesswork, scope creep, or endless custom proposals, this gives you the clarity and structure you’ve been missing.

…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/351

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 350 What It Feels Like When 300 Clients Don’t Come Back with Kathy Hayden, EA 350 350 350 What It Feels Like When 300 Clients Don’t Come Back with Kathy Hayden, EA full a95056d3-41b3-4620-b0f2-865ceb0d86bf https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/350 Worried you’ll lose too many clients if you raise prices?

Kathy Hayden shares the raw, emotional truth behind raising prices on 800+ legacy clients—what worked, what didn’t, and what it really feels like to lose hundreds of clients and still come out okay. If you’re afraid of making changes, this is the episode that tells the real story.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/350

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Worried you’ll lose too many clients if you raise prices?

Kathy Hayden shares the raw, emotional truth behind raising prices on 800+ legacy clients—what worked, what didn’t, and what it really feels like to lose hundreds of clients and still come out okay. If you’re afraid of making changes, this is the episode that tells the real story.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/350

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Wed, 28 May 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2109 Worried you’ll lose too many clients if you raise prices?

Kathy Hayden shares the raw, emotional truth behind raising prices on 800+ legacy clients—what worked, what didn’t, and what it really feels like to lose hundreds of clients and still come out okay. If you’re afraid of making changes, this is the episode that tells the real story.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/350

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 349 Turns Out, You Don’t Need 1,000 Clients with Melissa Downs, EA 349 349 349 Turns Out, You Don’t Need 1,000 Clients with Melissa Downs, EA full 750329d1-2c79-4e3b-b57d-0602bd6f3347 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/349 Feeling buried in clients, working too many hours, and wondering if change is even possible? 


In this episode, Melissa Downs, EA is back after her second year of working on her firm inside the GC ecosystem. 


She shares how she cut 800 clients, dropped 10 hours a week, and now takes home more money – with waaaaay less stress. 


Her journey proves: you don’t need volume to have the firm you want.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/349


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Previous interviews with Melissa:

#272

#258

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Feeling buried in clients, working too many hours, and wondering if change is even possible? 


In this episode, Melissa Downs, EA is back after her second year of working on her firm inside the GC ecosystem. 


She shares how she cut 800 clients, dropped 10 hours a week, and now takes home more money – with waaaaay less stress. 


Her journey proves: you don’t need volume to have the firm you want.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/349


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Previous interviews with Melissa:

#272

#258

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Wed, 21 May 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2146 Feeling buried in clients, working too many hours, and wondering if change is even possible? 


In this episode, Melissa Downs, EA is back after her second year of working on her firm inside the GC ecosystem. 


She shares how she cut 800 clients, dropped 10 hours a week, and now takes home more money – with waaaaay less stress. 


Her journey proves: you don’t need volume to have the firm you want.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/349


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Previous interviews with Melissa:

#272

#258

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 348 [Roadmap Session] Untangling an Overgrown Firm with AM, CPA – Part 2 348 348 348 [Roadmap Session] Untangling an Overgrown Firm with AM, CPA – Part 2 full 5c123c26-a68f-492d-97a9-97af2dd0f357 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/348
Feeling like your firm has taken on a life of its own?

In this episode, you’ll hear a live Roadmap Session with a CPA whose growth has gotten away from her. Success is great! Until you buckle under the weight of it. 

Tune in to hear how we break her firm down—and then build a practical, doable plan to reclaim control without giving too much away.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/348


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]>
Feeling like your firm has taken on a life of its own?

In this episode, you’ll hear a live Roadmap Session with a CPA whose growth has gotten away from her. Success is great! Until you buckle under the weight of it. 

Tune in to hear how we break her firm down—and then build a practical, doable plan to reclaim control without giving too much away.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/348


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Wed, 14 May 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1027
Feeling like your firm has taken on a life of its own?

In this episode, you’ll hear a live Roadmap Session with a CPA whose growth has gotten away from her. Success is great! Until you buckle under the weight of it. 

Tune in to hear how we break her firm down—and then build a practical, doable plan to reclaim control without giving too much away.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/348


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 347 [Roadmap Session] Untangling an Overgrown Firm with AM, CPA - Part 1 347 347 347 [Roadmap Session] Untangling an Overgrown Firm with AM, CPA - Part 1 full 308523c2-0274-4bdc-9f8d-203fa0479753 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/347
Feeling like your firm has taken on a life of its own?

In this episode, you’ll hear a live Roadmap Session with a CPA whose growth has gotten away from her. Success is great! Until you buckle under the weight of it. 

Tune in to hear how we break her firm down—and then build a practical, doable plan to reclaim control without giving too much away.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/347


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]>
Feeling like your firm has taken on a life of its own?

In this episode, you’ll hear a live Roadmap Session with a CPA whose growth has gotten away from her. Success is great! Until you buckle under the weight of it. 

Tune in to hear how we break her firm down—and then build a practical, doable plan to reclaim control without giving too much away.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/347


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Wed, 07 May 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2784
Feeling like your firm has taken on a life of its own?

In this episode, you’ll hear a live Roadmap Session with a CPA whose growth has gotten away from her. Success is great! Until you buckle under the weight of it. 

Tune in to hear how we break her firm down—and then build a practical, doable plan to reclaim control without giving too much away.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/347


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/mo
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at multiple six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 

…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 346 Way Less Stressed with Holly Sexton, CPA 346 346 346 Way Less Stressed with Holly Sexton, CPA full a955e81f-5dd8-49be-ad40-53e76eace40d https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/346 Ever feel like your to-do list never ends, and work is always in your head? 

My guest was right there, raising a second grader, drinking from a firehose, and constantly stressed. She didn’t have the answer—but she knew something had to change.

A year later, her stress levels are way down, and she makes double the money for the time she puts in. 

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/346


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

THREE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture

]]> Ever feel like your to-do list never ends, and work is always in your head? 

My guest was right there, raising a second grader, drinking from a firehose, and constantly stressed. She didn’t have the answer—but she knew something had to change.

A year later, her stress levels are way down, and she makes double the money for the time she puts in. 

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/346


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

THREE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture

]]> Wed, 30 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2007 Ever feel like your to-do list never ends, and work is always in your head? 

My guest was right there, raising a second grader, drinking from a firehose, and constantly stressed. She didn’t have the answer—but she knew something had to change.

A year later, her stress levels are way down, and she makes double the money for the time she puts in. 

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/346


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

THREE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 345 Invisible Value, Tangible Dollars: Change What You Look At and You’ll See More Money 345 345 345 Invisible Value, Tangible Dollars: Change What You Look At and You’ll See More Money full 26697b06-0da0-44c6-b441-d629a6803f55 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/345 Do you get frustrated when you give away valuable expertise and don't know how to price it? 

This episode teaches you to look for the invisible—hidden value that you’re already creating for every single client. 

When you learn to shift your focus from hours to value creation, you’ll change the very nature of your firm. 

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/345


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Do you get frustrated when you give away valuable expertise and don't know how to price it? 

This episode teaches you to look for the invisible—hidden value that you’re already creating for every single client. 

When you learn to shift your focus from hours to value creation, you’ll change the very nature of your firm. 

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/345


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 23 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 680 Do you get frustrated when you give away valuable expertise and don't know how to price it? 

This episode teaches you to look for the invisible—hidden value that you’re already creating for every single client. 

When you learn to shift your focus from hours to value creation, you’ll change the very nature of your firm. 

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/345


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 344 Pricing Leap: 7x Prices, 2x Work with Laurie Rauk, CPA 344 344 344 Pricing Leap: 7x Prices, 2x Work with Laurie Rauk, CPA full c77987f1-5ff7-476f-a76b-c9b4aa2a977a https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/344 If you’re overwhelmed and underpaid, this episode is for you. My guest went from stressed and overworked to calm and in control—while increasing her prices 7X with only 2X the work. Hear how she did it, what changed in her mindset, and how you can apply it to your firm.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/344


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


…

]]> If you’re overwhelmed and underpaid, this episode is for you. My guest went from stressed and overworked to calm and in control—while increasing her prices 7X with only 2X the work. Hear how she did it, what changed in her mindset, and how you can apply it to your firm.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/344


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


…

]]> Wed, 16 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2279 If you’re overwhelmed and underpaid, this episode is for you. My guest went from stressed and overworked to calm and in control—while increasing her prices 7X with only 2X the work. Hear how she did it, what changed in her mindset, and how you can apply it to your firm.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/344


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 343 17 Reasons CPAs Overwork: Conventional Wisdom is Missing the Boat 343 343 343 17 Reasons CPAs Overwork: Conventional Wisdom is Missing the Boat full ef944d57-4f01-4bb0-a1df-6c2d2cb20937 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/343 Overworking and thinking about hiring? Many assume adding staff is the cure, but unless you first solve for all the systems and mindset-related reasons you overwork, your overwork will stay with you no matter how many people you hire. 

In this episode, I share 17 ways I see CPAs keeping themselves working extra hours. Remember, freedom is on the other side of addressing these issues.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/343


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Overworking and thinking about hiring? Many assume adding staff is the cure, but unless you first solve for all the systems and mindset-related reasons you overwork, your overwork will stay with you no matter how many people you hire. 

In this episode, I share 17 ways I see CPAs keeping themselves working extra hours. Remember, freedom is on the other side of addressing these issues.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/343


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 09 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 745 Overworking and thinking about hiring? Many assume adding staff is the cure, but unless you first solve for all the systems and mindset-related reasons you overwork, your overwork will stay with you no matter how many people you hire. 

In this episode, I share 17 ways I see CPAs keeping themselves working extra hours. Remember, freedom is on the other side of addressing these issues.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/343


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 342 Drowning in Work? 7 Hidden Time Wasters CPAs Can Eliminate 342 342 342 Drowning in Work? 7 Hidden Time Wasters CPAs Can Eliminate full 200992d0-7575-4c69-a5d5-83fa08ea9ca1 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/342
Feeling buried in work and like there’s never enough time? In this episode, we’re breaking down 7 simple ways to cut wasted time, work more efficiently, and finally get some breathing room.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]>
Feeling buried in work and like there’s never enough time? In this episode, we’re breaking down 7 simple ways to cut wasted time, work more efficiently, and finally get some breathing room.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 02 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 586
Feeling buried in work and like there’s never enough time? In this episode, we’re breaking down 7 simple ways to cut wasted time, work more efficiently, and finally get some breathing room.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 341 Burned Out Uh-gain? May = Carousel Exit Month 341 341 341 Burned Out Uh-gain? May = Carousel Exit Month full 68e411ac-0d21-44e5-b3a7-c2c4c5c1c40d https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/341 Caught on the burnout carousel? 


I've been there—spinning, fried, and desperate to jump off. 


Here's the key: your best window to safely exit the madness is May–July. 


Use these months strategically to shed bad-fit clients, increase prices, and get your sanity back without sacrificing revenue. 


Don't squander May.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/341


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Caught on the burnout carousel? 


I've been there—spinning, fried, and desperate to jump off. 


Here's the key: your best window to safely exit the madness is May–July. 


Use these months strategically to shed bad-fit clients, increase prices, and get your sanity back without sacrificing revenue. 


Don't squander May.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/341


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 26 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 745 Caught on the burnout carousel? 


I've been there—spinning, fried, and desperate to jump off. 


Here's the key: your best window to safely exit the madness is May–July. 


Use these months strategically to shed bad-fit clients, increase prices, and get your sanity back without sacrificing revenue. 


Don't squander May.

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/341


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 340 [Marteting Series] How Accountants Can Make Marketing Dollars More Efficient with Matt Banker 340 340 340 [Marteting Series] How Accountants Can Make Marketing Dollars More Efficient with Matt Banker full 9fe9af6b-8bca-4e61-918e-33b89cd3c086 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/340 If you’re ready for ads, here’s what you need to know about the money and the math of marketing.


…

Connect with Matt:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mattbanker/

Website:  https://bankercreative.com/
…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/340


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> If you’re ready for ads, here’s what you need to know about the money and the math of marketing.


…

Connect with Matt:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mattbanker/

Website:  https://bankercreative.com/
…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/340


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 19 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Matt Banker Geraldine Carter with Guest Matt Banker 2346 If you’re ready for ads, here’s what you need to know about the money and the math of marketing.


…

Connect with Matt:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mattbanker/

Website:  https://bankercreative.com/
…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/340


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 339 [Marketing Series] How CPAs Can Quickly Generate High-Quality Leads Using Social Media Ads with Alexis Slama 339 339 339 [Marketing Series] How CPAs Can Quickly Generate High-Quality Leads Using Social Media Ads with Alexis Slama full c11c1674-b6eb-49b6-9db6-cd1c5b1392cd https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/339 Many accountants don’t want to market because it feels like a black box and they don’t want to pour money down the drain. 

When marketing is done well, it pays for itself and brings you the exact kinds of clients you want to work with. 

Marketing is worth learning to do well. 

Listen to my conversation with Alexis Slama to get up to speed on what works. 


…

Connect with Alexis:
Web: www.boosterdigital.fr

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/boosterdigitalfr/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCULPWRkvfQ-bQ1n2NSGvRpw

Podcast: https://accountingbusinessclub.com/


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/339


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Many accountants don’t want to market because it feels like a black box and they don’t want to pour money down the drain. 

When marketing is done well, it pays for itself and brings you the exact kinds of clients you want to work with. 

Marketing is worth learning to do well. 

Listen to my conversation with Alexis Slama to get up to speed on what works. 


…

Connect with Alexis:
Web: www.boosterdigital.fr

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/boosterdigitalfr/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCULPWRkvfQ-bQ1n2NSGvRpw

Podcast: https://accountingbusinessclub.com/


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/339


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 12 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Alexis Slama Geraldine Carter with Guest Alexis Slama 2735 Many accountants don’t want to market because it feels like a black box and they don’t want to pour money down the drain. 

When marketing is done well, it pays for itself and brings you the exact kinds of clients you want to work with. 

Marketing is worth learning to do well. 

Listen to my conversation with Alexis Slama to get up to speed on what works. 


…

Connect with Alexis:
Web: www.boosterdigital.fr

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/boosterdigitalfr/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCULPWRkvfQ-bQ1n2NSGvRpw

Podcast: https://accountingbusinessclub.com/


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/339


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 338 [Marketing Series] The High Cost of Being Wrong About Marketing 338 338 338 [Marketing Series] The High Cost of Being Wrong About Marketing full d20e1de4-454c-469c-994a-1eea0e547fef https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/338
If you’ve ever felt like marketing doesn’t work for accountants, this episode will change your perspective. Learn why many CPAs waste money on marketing, the key fundamentals you need before spending a dime, and how patience and strategy can make marketing a predictable growth engine for your firm.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/338


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]>
If you’ve ever felt like marketing doesn’t work for accountants, this episode will change your perspective. Learn why many CPAs waste money on marketing, the key fundamentals you need before spending a dime, and how patience and strategy can make marketing a predictable growth engine for your firm.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/338


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 05 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 714
If you’ve ever felt like marketing doesn’t work for accountants, this episode will change your perspective. Learn why many CPAs waste money on marketing, the key fundamentals you need before spending a dime, and how patience and strategy can make marketing a predictable growth engine for your firm.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/338


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 337 [Marketing Series] Start with the Fundamentals with Matt Wilkinson 337 337 337 [Marketing Series] Start with the Fundamentals with Matt Wilkinson full 214b187b-dab5-4d2d-b37e-b09c322131b4 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/337 If you wonder where to start with marketing, take heart. Start with the fundamentals, do those well, and you’ll have plenty of low-hanging fruit. 


…

Find Matt Wilkinson on the..

Web: bizinkonline.com

LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/mattbizink/

Twitter: twitter.com/bizinkonline

Facebook: facebook.com/mattbizink


RESOURCES

Marketing Blueprint

Ideal Client Personal Template

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/337

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> If you wonder where to start with marketing, take heart. Start with the fundamentals, do those well, and you’ll have plenty of low-hanging fruit. 


…

Find Matt Wilkinson on the..

Web: bizinkonline.com

LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/mattbizink/

Twitter: twitter.com/bizinkonline

Facebook: facebook.com/mattbizink


RESOURCES

Marketing Blueprint

Ideal Client Personal Template

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/337

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 26 Feb 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Matt Wilkinson Geraldine Carter with Guest Matt Wilkinson 3168 If you wonder where to start with marketing, take heart. Start with the fundamentals, do those well, and you’ll have plenty of low-hanging fruit. 


…

Find Matt Wilkinson on the..

Web: bizinkonline.com

LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/mattbizink/

Twitter: twitter.com/bizinkonline

Facebook: facebook.com/mattbizink


RESOURCES

Marketing Blueprint

Ideal Client Personal Template

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/337

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 336 Working Too Many Hours? The Solution is Easier Than You Think 336 336 336 Working Too Many Hours? The Solution is Easier Than You Think full 13f80ccf-f93c-4d17-b821-f0b6c4a202cc https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/336
Today's episode is an audio replay of a webinar I hosted last week, "Working Too Many Hours? The Solution is Easier Than You Think."

In this session, I walk you through the solution to overworking, what’s at stake if you solve (or don’t solve) the problem, the money being left on the table, and the steps you need to take to start reducing your hours—without sacrificing revenue.

Since this was a live webinar, there were visuals, but even without them, I think you’ll get the full picture.

I also talk about Peak Freedom, my community for EAs and CPAs who want to work fewer hours while maintaining profitability. You’ll hear me mention a special replay, "Roadmap to Peak Freedom: The 6 Doable Steps You’re Missing," which was available for a limited time.

If you don’t want to miss the next live session, be sure to get on my email list at https://geraldinecarter.com.

And of course, if everything I share makes perfect sense and you're ready to take action, I’d love to welcome you inside Peak Freedom.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/336

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]>
Today's episode is an audio replay of a webinar I hosted last week, "Working Too Many Hours? The Solution is Easier Than You Think."

In this session, I walk you through the solution to overworking, what’s at stake if you solve (or don’t solve) the problem, the money being left on the table, and the steps you need to take to start reducing your hours—without sacrificing revenue.

Since this was a live webinar, there were visuals, but even without them, I think you’ll get the full picture.

I also talk about Peak Freedom, my community for EAs and CPAs who want to work fewer hours while maintaining profitability. You’ll hear me mention a special replay, "Roadmap to Peak Freedom: The 6 Doable Steps You’re Missing," which was available for a limited time.

If you don’t want to miss the next live session, be sure to get on my email list at https://geraldinecarter.com.

And of course, if everything I share makes perfect sense and you're ready to take action, I’d love to welcome you inside Peak Freedom.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/336

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 19 Feb 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 3477
Today's episode is an audio replay of a webinar I hosted last week, "Working Too Many Hours? The Solution is Easier Than You Think."

In this session, I walk you through the solution to overworking, what’s at stake if you solve (or don’t solve) the problem, the money being left on the table, and the steps you need to take to start reducing your hours—without sacrificing revenue.

Since this was a live webinar, there were visuals, but even without them, I think you’ll get the full picture.

I also talk about Peak Freedom, my community for EAs and CPAs who want to work fewer hours while maintaining profitability. You’ll hear me mention a special replay, "Roadmap to Peak Freedom: The 6 Doable Steps You’re Missing," which was available for a limited time.

If you don’t want to miss the next live session, be sure to get on my email list at https://geraldinecarter.com.

And of course, if everything I share makes perfect sense and you're ready to take action, I’d love to welcome you inside Peak Freedom.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/336

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 335 Niche, Price, & Productize in the Legal Space with Heather Pearce Campbell 335 335 335 Niche, Price, & Productize in the Legal Space with Heather Pearce Campbell full 7ccbc598-b526-4bf5-95c2-55955c5c6c3e https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/335 Have you ever wondered how you might create digital products for your accounting firm to sell from your website with only a mouse click?


Find out how Heather Pearce Campbell broke out of the “do-everything-for-everyone-by-the-hour” trap by providing essential legal support for online business owners in a scaled model. 


…


Find Heather:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/heatherpearcecampbell/

Website: https://legalwebsitewarrior.com/


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/335


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Have you ever wondered how you might create digital products for your accounting firm to sell from your website with only a mouse click?


Find out how Heather Pearce Campbell broke out of the “do-everything-for-everyone-by-the-hour” trap by providing essential legal support for online business owners in a scaled model. 


…


Find Heather:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/heatherpearcecampbell/

Website: https://legalwebsitewarrior.com/


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/335


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 12 Feb 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Heather Pearce Campbell Geraldine Carter with Guest Heather Pearce Campbell 2686 Have you ever wondered how you might create digital products for your accounting firm to sell from your website with only a mouse click?


Find out how Heather Pearce Campbell broke out of the “do-everything-for-everyone-by-the-hour” trap by providing essential legal support for online business owners in a scaled model. 


…


Find Heather:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/heatherpearcecampbell/

Website: https://legalwebsitewarrior.com/


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/335


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 334 4 Pricing Tools to Help CPAs Ditch Hourly Billing and Increase Margins 334 334 334 4 Pricing Tools to Help CPAs Ditch Hourly Billing and Increase Margins full 28dee415-3b99-423e-872e-36888d0b20e8 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/334 If you're a CPA still billing by the hour, you're limiting your income. This episode covers four pricing tools to help you ditch hourly billing, price based on value, and increase profits—without working more. Learn how to price strategically, get paid for expertise, and manage demand. Stop pricing based on time! 🚀


…


Pricing Tools are the Key to Improving Margins

Using these pricing tools helps my clients raise their prices by 30% at first, then 50%, 100%, and even 300% or 500% over time.

✅ Tiered Pricing lets clients self-sort and removes pressure to find the "perfect price."
✅ DUO Pricing gives you a simple formula to avoid defaulting to hourly billing.
✅ Single-Item-One-Time Pricing ensures you get paid for valuable expertise.
✅ Congestion Pricing smooths demand and prevents burnout.

💡 Pricing tools are the secret to making more money from your expertise and providing great service—without working more hours. 🚀

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/334


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> If you're a CPA still billing by the hour, you're limiting your income. This episode covers four pricing tools to help you ditch hourly billing, price based on value, and increase profits—without working more. Learn how to price strategically, get paid for expertise, and manage demand. Stop pricing based on time! 🚀


…


Pricing Tools are the Key to Improving Margins

Using these pricing tools helps my clients raise their prices by 30% at first, then 50%, 100%, and even 300% or 500% over time.

✅ Tiered Pricing lets clients self-sort and removes pressure to find the "perfect price."
✅ DUO Pricing gives you a simple formula to avoid defaulting to hourly billing.
✅ Single-Item-One-Time Pricing ensures you get paid for valuable expertise.
✅ Congestion Pricing smooths demand and prevents burnout.

💡 Pricing tools are the secret to making more money from your expertise and providing great service—without working more hours. 🚀

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/334


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 05 Feb 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1068 If you're a CPA still billing by the hour, you're limiting your income. This episode covers four pricing tools to help you ditch hourly billing, price based on value, and increase profits—without working more. Learn how to price strategically, get paid for expertise, and manage demand. Stop pricing based on time! 🚀


…


Pricing Tools are the Key to Improving Margins

Using these pricing tools helps my clients raise their prices by 30% at first, then 50%, 100%, and even 300% or 500% over time.

✅ Tiered Pricing lets clients self-sort and removes pressure to find the "perfect price."
✅ DUO Pricing gives you a simple formula to avoid defaulting to hourly billing.
✅ Single-Item-One-Time Pricing ensures you get paid for valuable expertise.
✅ Congestion Pricing smooths demand and prevents burnout.

💡 Pricing tools are the secret to making more money from your expertise and providing great service—without working more hours. 🚀

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/334


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 333 Strategy Session with Logan George, CPA 333 333 333 Strategy Session with Logan George, CPA full bbf7c92b-98df-44b0-a71c-f7eb9a794ea4 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/333
A strategy session with Peak Freedom member Logan George, CPA. 

Logan recently purchased a firm and had success bringing in his own new clients. We talk about prioritizing niche clients and phasing out non-niche clients over the next 1-2 years while protecting necessary cash flow. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/333


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]>
A strategy session with Peak Freedom member Logan George, CPA. 

Logan recently purchased a firm and had success bringing in his own new clients. We talk about prioritizing niche clients and phasing out non-niche clients over the next 1-2 years while protecting necessary cash flow. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/333


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 29 Jan 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1354
A strategy session with Peak Freedom member Logan George, CPA. 

Logan recently purchased a firm and had success bringing in his own new clients. We talk about prioritizing niche clients and phasing out non-niche clients over the next 1-2 years while protecting necessary cash flow. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/333


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 332 4 Ways Accountants Can Stop Selling Gold at Bronze Prices 332 332 332 4 Ways Accountants Can Stop Selling Gold at Bronze Prices full dc9a21b5-6d85-4ed0-a210-d5aeecec0f54 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/332 When it comes to offering price increases to Legacy clients who have been enjoying Gold-level service at Bronze prices, it's important to take action. 


Failing to adjust these prices means you risk being significantly underpriced over the years, which can lead to excessive hours worked for insufficient revenue. We want to reverse that dynamic—increase your income while reducing the hours you work.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/332


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> When it comes to offering price increases to Legacy clients who have been enjoying Gold-level service at Bronze prices, it's important to take action. 


Failing to adjust these prices means you risk being significantly underpriced over the years, which can lead to excessive hours worked for insufficient revenue. We want to reverse that dynamic—increase your income while reducing the hours you work.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/332


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 22 Jan 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 891 When it comes to offering price increases to Legacy clients who have been enjoying Gold-level service at Bronze prices, it's important to take action. 


Failing to adjust these prices means you risk being significantly underpriced over the years, which can lead to excessive hours worked for insufficient revenue. We want to reverse that dynamic—increase your income while reducing the hours you work.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/332


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 331 Create the Accounting Firm You’re Meant to Own 331 331 331 Create the Accounting Firm You’re Meant to Own full 18e4be84-0b06-4216-a5b6-7192c6215a54 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/331 I want you to create the accounting firm you’re meant to own, rather than the one you think you’re supposed to build. 


This episode isn’t for everyone. 


It’s for those who feel frustrated, disheartened, dispirited, or distressed about their current situation. 


It’s specifically for those who feel alone in their struggle and find it difficult to articulate what they’re experiencing or don’t have anyone who “gets it.”


You can reshape your firm with a bit of time, focus, and commitment. 


It won’t always be fun, but it’s worth the effort to build a practice and do the work you were meant for.


…


SETH GODIN’S TED TALK ON TRIBES WE LEAD »

https://www.ted.com/talks/seth_godin_the_tribes_we_lead?subtitle=en
This is an excellent TED Talk; skip to 13:20 if you’re in a hurry. 

…


Haven’t been to my website recently? 

Check out the FREE RESOURCES »


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/331


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> I want you to create the accounting firm you’re meant to own, rather than the one you think you’re supposed to build. 


This episode isn’t for everyone. 


It’s for those who feel frustrated, disheartened, dispirited, or distressed about their current situation. 


It’s specifically for those who feel alone in their struggle and find it difficult to articulate what they’re experiencing or don’t have anyone who “gets it.”


You can reshape your firm with a bit of time, focus, and commitment. 


It won’t always be fun, but it’s worth the effort to build a practice and do the work you were meant for.


…


SETH GODIN’S TED TALK ON TRIBES WE LEAD »

https://www.ted.com/talks/seth_godin_the_tribes_we_lead?subtitle=en
This is an excellent TED Talk; skip to 13:20 if you’re in a hurry. 

…


Haven’t been to my website recently? 

Check out the FREE RESOURCES »


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/331


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 15 Jan 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 694 I want you to create the accounting firm you’re meant to own, rather than the one you think you’re supposed to build. 


This episode isn’t for everyone. 


It’s for those who feel frustrated, disheartened, dispirited, or distressed about their current situation. 


It’s specifically for those who feel alone in their struggle and find it difficult to articulate what they’re experiencing or don’t have anyone who “gets it.”


You can reshape your firm with a bit of time, focus, and commitment. 


It won’t always be fun, but it’s worth the effort to build a practice and do the work you were meant for.


…


SETH GODIN’S TED TALK ON TRIBES WE LEAD »

https://www.ted.com/talks/seth_godin_the_tribes_we_lead?subtitle=en
This is an excellent TED Talk; skip to 13:20 if you’re in a hurry. 

…


Haven’t been to my website recently? 

Check out the FREE RESOURCES »


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/331


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 330 The High Cost of Switching Accountants 330 330 330 The High Cost of Switching Accountants full 0106b56b-acbc-4e79-b156-e3e64ecfc3ef https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/330 Your clients’ Switching Costs are HIGH. 


The better you understand this concept, the easier it will be for you to increase prices with less fear you’ll send them running. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/330


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Your clients’ Switching Costs are HIGH. 


The better you understand this concept, the easier it will be for you to increase prices with less fear you’ll send them running. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/330


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 08 Jan 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 730 Your clients’ Switching Costs are HIGH. 


The better you understand this concept, the easier it will be for you to increase prices with less fear you’ll send them running. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/330


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 329 5th Annual: Accounting Jokes with Hazel and Remy 329 329 329 5th Annual: Accounting Jokes with Hazel and Remy full 4fe0fb3b-1ff5-46d4-ad39-e07131a2935d https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/329 Happy holidays! Enjoy the annual tradition of accounting humor hosted by my two kids, Hazel and Remy. I’ll be back soon with a fresh batch of content to kick off 2025.


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Happy holidays! Enjoy the annual tradition of accounting humor hosted by my two kids, Hazel and Remy. I’ll be back soon with a fresh batch of content to kick off 2025.


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 01 Jan 2025 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 143 Happy holidays! Enjoy the annual tradition of accounting humor hosted by my two kids, Hazel and Remy. I’ll be back soon with a fresh batch of content to kick off 2025.


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 328 Cross-Post with Alexis Slama of The Accounting Business Club 328 328 328 Cross-Post with Alexis Slama of The Accounting Business Club full 9ceeaf2b-1a34-460e-a9fa-e57c2c369c29 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/328 You might have heard me say I wasn’t planning to record while in France for 5 weeks, but then a funny thing happened:

Alexis Slama, Founder of The Accounting Business Club, reached out and asked if I would record an episode for his eponymously named podcast while in Paris.

Naturally, I said, “Oui.”

It’s in French, so you’re welcome to give this one a pass. :)

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…


Find Alexis Slama and The Accounting Business Club


Website

LinkedIn

Podcast


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> You might have heard me say I wasn’t planning to record while in France for 5 weeks, but then a funny thing happened:

Alexis Slama, Founder of The Accounting Business Club, reached out and asked if I would record an episode for his eponymously named podcast while in Paris.

Naturally, I said, “Oui.”

It’s in French, so you’re welcome to give this one a pass. :)

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…


Find Alexis Slama and The Accounting Business Club


Website

LinkedIn

Podcast


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Mon, 30 Dec 2024 10:55:15 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 5008 You might have heard me say I wasn’t planning to record while in France for 5 weeks, but then a funny thing happened:

Alexis Slama, Founder of The Accounting Business Club, reached out and asked if I would record an episode for his eponymously named podcast while in Paris.

Naturally, I said, “Oui.”

It’s in French, so you’re welcome to give this one a pass. :)

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…


Find Alexis Slama and The Accounting Business Club


Website

LinkedIn

Podcast


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 3000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 327 Happy Holidays 327 327 327 Happy Holidays full 2cc0adc7-2aa9-4588-b5fa-b7dc42ea6d54 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/327 Wishing you and yours a wonderful holiday season.
I'll see you in in 2025!
Geraldine


FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wishing you and yours a wonderful holiday season.
I'll see you in in 2025!
Geraldine


FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 11 Dec 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 22 Wishing you and yours a wonderful holiday season.
I'll see you in in 2025!
Geraldine


FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 326 Solopreneurship Rocks. With Matt Chiappetta, CPA 326 326 326 Solopreneurship Rocks. With Matt Chiappetta, CPA full 1dfe9d7e-6aa3-40aa-8e1a-6b3cd037247c https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/326 Wish you could never have another staff meeting?

I talk with Matt Chiappetta, CPA about his journey as a soloist: how long it took and what decisions he made to build a $250K accounting practice working 30 hours a week in two years. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/326


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wish you could never have another staff meeting?

I talk with Matt Chiappetta, CPA about his journey as a soloist: how long it took and what decisions he made to build a $250K accounting practice working 30 hours a week in two years. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/326


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 04 Dec 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with guest Matt Chiappetta Geraldine Carter with guest Matt Chiappetta 1660 Wish you could never have another staff meeting?

I talk with Matt Chiappetta, CPA about his journey as a soloist: how long it took and what decisions he made to build a $250K accounting practice working 30 hours a week in two years. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/326


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 325 Radical Pricing to Optimize Profits with Jody Padar, CPA 325 325 325 Radical Pricing to Optimize Profits with Jody Padar, CPA full e949bfd5-0f83-4044-99a0-c4580a3421c0 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/324 Do you wish you brought in more revenue for the hours you put in?


Jody Padar helps you see the path to higher prices and profits while knowing where to start. 


https://theradicalcpa.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Do you wish you brought in more revenue for the hours you put in?


Jody Padar helps you see the path to higher prices and profits while knowing where to start. 


https://theradicalcpa.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 27 Nov 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Jody Padar Geraldine Carter with Guest Jody Padar 2032 Do you wish you brought in more revenue for the hours you put in?


Jody Padar helps you see the path to higher prices and profits while knowing where to start. 


https://theradicalcpa.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 324 A Systematic Approach for Accountants to Increase Prices 324 324 324 A Systematic Approach for Accountants to Increase Prices full 4d420646-05eb-42b6-9551-5493d6c1f976 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/324
Almost every CPA I work with is underpriced. However, increasing prices can be scary because you’re worried you will send clients running. 

Yet, when we apply pricing tools thoughtfully and systematically, we can increase prices significantly, reduce hours, weed out minnow clients, restore sanity to the firm, and bring revenue, profit, hours, workload, and client satisfaction back into balance.

…


Link to Pricing Intangibles:

https://geraldinecarter.com/intangibles


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]>
Almost every CPA I work with is underpriced. However, increasing prices can be scary because you’re worried you will send clients running. 

Yet, when we apply pricing tools thoughtfully and systematically, we can increase prices significantly, reduce hours, weed out minnow clients, restore sanity to the firm, and bring revenue, profit, hours, workload, and client satisfaction back into balance.

…


Link to Pricing Intangibles:

https://geraldinecarter.com/intangibles


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 20 Nov 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1366
Almost every CPA I work with is underpriced. However, increasing prices can be scary because you’re worried you will send clients running. 

Yet, when we apply pricing tools thoughtfully and systematically, we can increase prices significantly, reduce hours, weed out minnow clients, restore sanity to the firm, and bring revenue, profit, hours, workload, and client satisfaction back into balance.

…


Link to Pricing Intangibles:

https://geraldinecarter.com/intangibles


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 323 7 Payment Options CPAs Can Use for Tax Returns 323 323 323 7 Payment Options CPAs Can Use for Tax Returns full d8c115b8-f678-47c5-b96c-9905a59d497a https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/323 Providing payment options is an intangible form of value that can be captured to increase revenue without adding more hours or work. 


Rather than say to your client, “Here’s how much you need to pay me,” instead you are saying, “How would you like to pay me?” You client appreciates the choice, and may choose an option that is a higher price for you for the same work.


Payment options provide flexibility that your client appreciates, and you can use payment options to incentivize the behavior that works best for your firm. 


…


Link to: 

21 Intangibles CPAs Can Price: 

https://geraldinecarter.com/intangibles

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Providing payment options is an intangible form of value that can be captured to increase revenue without adding more hours or work. 


Rather than say to your client, “Here’s how much you need to pay me,” instead you are saying, “How would you like to pay me?” You client appreciates the choice, and may choose an option that is a higher price for you for the same work.


Payment options provide flexibility that your client appreciates, and you can use payment options to incentivize the behavior that works best for your firm. 


…


Link to: 

21 Intangibles CPAs Can Price: 

https://geraldinecarter.com/intangibles

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 13 Nov 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1208 Providing payment options is an intangible form of value that can be captured to increase revenue without adding more hours or work. 


Rather than say to your client, “Here’s how much you need to pay me,” instead you are saying, “How would you like to pay me?” You client appreciates the choice, and may choose an option that is a higher price for you for the same work.


Payment options provide flexibility that your client appreciates, and you can use payment options to incentivize the behavior that works best for your firm. 


…


Link to: 

21 Intangibles CPAs Can Price: 

https://geraldinecarter.com/intangibles

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 322 21 Intangibles CPAs Can Price to Increase Margins 322 322 322 21 Intangibles CPAs Can Price to Increase Margins full 7e89c846-53a4-449c-bca6-57f86e585a24 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/322 21 ways to leverage intangibles to increase the value you provide to clients without significantly increasing your workload. By doing so, you can:

- Capture the value you are already creating by implementing more strategic pricing 

- Segment your marketplace and existing clients 

- Offer increased value at a higher price 

- Offer reduced value at a lower price

- Maximize the potential revenue from your client base 

- Maximize the potential revenue from incoming prospects 


Mastering these strategies will allow you to generate more revenue without taking on additional work, while also giving your clients the ability to choose the value they desire and pay a price that suits them that’s still profitable for you.

…

(If you can't make the button work on mobile, go to desktop)

Get 21 Intangibles to Price: 

Now only available to community members inside Peak Freedom. 

…
Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:  geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> 21 ways to leverage intangibles to increase the value you provide to clients without significantly increasing your workload. By doing so, you can:

- Capture the value you are already creating by implementing more strategic pricing 

- Segment your marketplace and existing clients 

- Offer increased value at a higher price 

- Offer reduced value at a lower price

- Maximize the potential revenue from your client base 

- Maximize the potential revenue from incoming prospects 


Mastering these strategies will allow you to generate more revenue without taking on additional work, while also giving your clients the ability to choose the value they desire and pay a price that suits them that’s still profitable for you.

…

(If you can't make the button work on mobile, go to desktop)

Get 21 Intangibles to Price: 

Now only available to community members inside Peak Freedom. 

…
Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:  geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 06 Nov 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1239 21 ways to leverage intangibles to increase the value you provide to clients without significantly increasing your workload. By doing so, you can:

- Capture the value you are already creating by implementing more strategic pricing 

- Segment your marketplace and existing clients 

- Offer increased value at a higher price 

- Offer reduced value at a lower price

- Maximize the potential revenue from your client base 

- Maximize the potential revenue from incoming prospects 


Mastering these strategies will allow you to generate more revenue without taking on additional work, while also giving your clients the ability to choose the value they desire and pay a price that suits them that’s still profitable for you.

…

(If you can't make the button work on mobile, go to desktop)

Get 21 Intangibles to Price: 

Now only available to community members inside Peak Freedom. 

…
Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:  geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 321 When Your Revenue Dries Up Overnight with Minnie Lau, CPA 321 321 321 When Your Revenue Dries Up Overnight with Minnie Lau, CPA full 14f3f662-fdfc-4b93-8761-b7265c8bb6ab https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/321
What do you do when the market throws your business a giant curve-ball and your revenue streams dry up overnight?

Minnie Lau CPA shares the good, the bad, and the ugly of niching into stock option planning and watching IPOs evaporate.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list includes episodes 167 and 137 with Minnie at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]>
What do you do when the market throws your business a giant curve-ball and your revenue streams dry up overnight?

Minnie Lau CPA shares the good, the bad, and the ugly of niching into stock option planning and watching IPOs evaporate.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list includes episodes 167 and 137 with Minnie at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 30 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 3016
What do you do when the market throws your business a giant curve-ball and your revenue streams dry up overnight?

Minnie Lau CPA shares the good, the bad, and the ugly of niching into stock option planning and watching IPOs evaporate.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list includes episodes 167 and 137 with Minnie at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 320 Not Cracking 40 Hours Next Tax Season with Kyle Wesely, CPA 320 320 320 Not Cracking 40 Hours Next Tax Season with Kyle Wesely, CPA full a52bfaf3-2ea4-49af-9ee2-20af1d8d53c6 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/320
Have you ever wondered how fast you might be able to make meaningful improvements to your practice?

With baby #2 on the way, time was of the essence. 

Find out what changes Kyle made, in what order, and what the impact of those changes was. 

Connect with Kyle here: https://www.weselycpas.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]>
Have you ever wondered how fast you might be able to make meaningful improvements to your practice?

With baby #2 on the way, time was of the essence. 

Find out what changes Kyle made, in what order, and what the impact of those changes was. 

Connect with Kyle here: https://www.weselycpas.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 23 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Kyle Wesely Geraldine Carter & Kyle Wesely 2617
Have you ever wondered how fast you might be able to make meaningful improvements to your practice?

With baby #2 on the way, time was of the essence. 

Find out what changes Kyle made, in what order, and what the impact of those changes was. 

Connect with Kyle here: https://www.weselycpas.com/

…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 319 Peak Freedom: Say Hello to Your People 319 319 319 Peak Freedom: Say Hello to Your People full 13eb3a15-d243-49fe-a61e-bd5aae6156f0 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/319 The very thing you need to help you create the accounting practice you want to own that has the time, freedom, revenue, control, and clients you want. It’s time to find and be with your people. 


Peak Freedom

Join Now »
https://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> The very thing you need to help you create the accounting practice you want to own that has the time, freedom, revenue, control, and clients you want. It’s time to find and be with your people. 


Peak Freedom

Join Now »
https://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 16 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1266 The very thing you need to help you create the accounting practice you want to own that has the time, freedom, revenue, control, and clients you want. It’s time to find and be with your people. 


Peak Freedom

Join Now »
https://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want client interviews?

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FIVE ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


PEAK FREEDOM COMMUNITY – $197/mo

geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom
For solo and small accounting firm owners who want to rise above the insanity of hustle-culture


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 318 The Power of Your Dread in Your Accounting Firm 318 318 318 The Power of Your Dread in Your Accounting Firm full da86941a-301d-4b10-996e-2e761b861501 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/318 The more we avoid the things that we dread, the more problems it creates in our business. I know that dealing with dread is no fun, but sometimes it's a part of business. 


When you learn how to harness your dread, you get what’s on the other side: glory. 


…


Take 45 seconds to watch Alex Hormozi coach this firm owner - from the 17:50 mark to the 18:40 mark.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bgBIO6nZawg&t=1027s


Email me at gc@geraldinecarter.com to tell me what you think.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> The more we avoid the things that we dread, the more problems it creates in our business. I know that dealing with dread is no fun, but sometimes it's a part of business. 


When you learn how to harness your dread, you get what’s on the other side: glory. 


…


Take 45 seconds to watch Alex Hormozi coach this firm owner - from the 17:50 mark to the 18:40 mark.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bgBIO6nZawg&t=1027s


Email me at gc@geraldinecarter.com to tell me what you think.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 09 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1560 The more we avoid the things that we dread, the more problems it creates in our business. I know that dealing with dread is no fun, but sometimes it's a part of business. 


When you learn how to harness your dread, you get what’s on the other side: glory. 


…


Take 45 seconds to watch Alex Hormozi coach this firm owner - from the 17:50 mark to the 18:40 mark.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bgBIO6nZawg&t=1027s


Email me at gc@geraldinecarter.com to tell me what you think.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 317 Bring the CPA Firm You Envision to Life with Belita Blasingame, CPA 317 317 317 Bring the CPA Firm You Envision to Life with Belita Blasingame, CPA full d319f4c8-0a19-4403-ab65-5d5e57efb785 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/317
Have you ever felt frustrated or discouraged when you imagined your firm being a certain way but couldn’t make it your reality?

Belita Blasingame knew she was up to the challenge of reshaping a firm she had purchased into the one she envisioned. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Three ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


…

]]>
Have you ever felt frustrated or discouraged when you imagined your firm being a certain way but couldn’t make it your reality?

Belita Blasingame knew she was up to the challenge of reshaping a firm she had purchased into the one she envisioned. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Three ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


…

]]> Wed, 02 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Belita Blasingame, CPA Geraldine Carter with Guest Belita Blasingame, CPA 2186
Have you ever felt frustrated or discouraged when you imagined your firm being a certain way but couldn’t make it your reality?

Belita Blasingame knew she was up to the challenge of reshaping a firm she had purchased into the one she envisioned. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Three ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 316 Pricing vs. Value-Billing 316 316 316 Pricing vs. Value-Billing full 69e630c0-0a06-44d8-830f-5eda0baa89e6 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/316 Do you think like someone who bills, or like someone who prices?


If you think like a person who bills, you might be leaving profit on the table. Learning how to price requires thinking like a person who prices. 


This episode will help you get this concept into your bones so you can start thinking like a pricer and bring in more revenue for equivalent work. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Do you think like someone who bills, or like someone who prices?


If you think like a person who bills, you might be leaving profit on the table. Learning how to price requires thinking like a person who prices. 


This episode will help you get this concept into your bones so you can start thinking like a pricer and bring in more revenue for equivalent work. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 25 Sep 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 447 Do you think like someone who bills, or like someone who prices?


If you think like a person who bills, you might be leaving profit on the table. Learning how to price requires thinking like a person who prices. 


This episode will help you get this concept into your bones so you can start thinking like a pricer and bring in more revenue for equivalent work. 


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 315 Nine Reasons for CPAs to Disengage Clients 315 315 315 Nine Reasons for CPAs to Disengage Clients full e9008594-d6e1-406d-8b61-915aa5751298 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/315 If you don’t fire client who need to be disengaged or fired, you risk: 

  • Getting resentful
  • Reducing work efficiency
  • Not enjoying your work
  • Not enjoying your accounting firm
  • Staff suffering or feeling demoralized
  • Staff leaving
  • Not having capacity for a great client to onboard


Lest I sound cold-hearted, I always advocate for letting clients go with integrity and respect. 


Template Disengagement Letter »


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> If you don’t fire client who need to be disengaged or fired, you risk: 

  • Getting resentful
  • Reducing work efficiency
  • Not enjoying your work
  • Not enjoying your accounting firm
  • Staff suffering or feeling demoralized
  • Staff leaving
  • Not having capacity for a great client to onboard


Lest I sound cold-hearted, I always advocate for letting clients go with integrity and respect. 


Template Disengagement Letter »


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 18 Sep 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1195 If you don’t fire client who need to be disengaged or fired, you risk: 

  • Getting resentful
  • Reducing work efficiency
  • Not enjoying your work
  • Not enjoying your accounting firm
  • Staff suffering or feeling demoralized
  • Staff leaving
  • Not having capacity for a great client to onboard


Lest I sound cold-hearted, I always advocate for letting clients go with integrity and respect. 


Template Disengagement Letter »


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 314 How CPAs Can Reduce Overwhelm During Tax Season 314 314 314 How CPAs Can Reduce Overwhelm During Tax Season full 07d6104b-73e5-4c6e-9cb5-3b95ba1ac464 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/314 We’re talking today about overwhelm, and it’s kissing cousins, stress and pressure. 

During the spring and fall tax seasons, I hear many CPAs expressing frustration that clients wait until the last minute to submit documentation despite months of begging and pleading. 

And then, like clockwork, a slew of clients submit their documents a week before the deadline and expect the world from the CPA who is thinking, ”Where the heck have you been all summer!” 

The CPA feels overwhelmed by the amount of work that needs to be done in a short amount of time. 

In today’s episode, I will give you two paths to deal with overwhelm and prevent it from happening next tax season.

  1. The mindset side
  2. The tactical side


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> We’re talking today about overwhelm, and it’s kissing cousins, stress and pressure. 

During the spring and fall tax seasons, I hear many CPAs expressing frustration that clients wait until the last minute to submit documentation despite months of begging and pleading. 

And then, like clockwork, a slew of clients submit their documents a week before the deadline and expect the world from the CPA who is thinking, ”Where the heck have you been all summer!” 

The CPA feels overwhelmed by the amount of work that needs to be done in a short amount of time. 

In today’s episode, I will give you two paths to deal with overwhelm and prevent it from happening next tax season.

  1. The mindset side
  2. The tactical side


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 11 Sep 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 691 We’re talking today about overwhelm, and it’s kissing cousins, stress and pressure. 

During the spring and fall tax seasons, I hear many CPAs expressing frustration that clients wait until the last minute to submit documentation despite months of begging and pleading. 

And then, like clockwork, a slew of clients submit their documents a week before the deadline and expect the world from the CPA who is thinking, ”Where the heck have you been all summer!” 

The CPA feels overwhelmed by the amount of work that needs to be done in a short amount of time. 

In today’s episode, I will give you two paths to deal with overwhelm and prevent it from happening next tax season.

  1. The mindset side
  2. The tactical side


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 313 Geraldine on The Soul of Enterprise with Ron Baker and Ed Kless 313 313 313 Geraldine on The Soul of Enterprise with Ron Baker and Ed Kless full e348e07d-be74-4154-8b2b-9b4aa3cf4894 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/313
Ron Baker and Ed Kless had me on The Soul of Enterprise to go deeper into topics in my book, DOWN TO 40 HOURS – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Giving Up Revenue.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]>
Ron Baker and Ed Kless had me on The Soul of Enterprise to go deeper into topics in my book, DOWN TO 40 HOURS – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Giving Up Revenue.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Wed, 04 Sep 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Ron Baker and Ed Kless Geraldine Carter with Ron Baker and Ed Kless 2718
Ron Baker and Ed Kless had me on The Soul of Enterprise to go deeper into topics in my book, DOWN TO 40 HOURS – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Giving Up Revenue.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

FOUR ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue. 

THE BOOK – $9.99

geraldinecarter.com/book
Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
geraldinecarter.com/video
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
geraldinecarter.com/40
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence. 
…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 312 7 Price Increase Lessons Learned with Julie Wagner and Kathy Hayden, EA 312 312 312 7 Price Increase Lessons Learned with Julie Wagner and Kathy Hayden, EA full a462656d-19ad-46e2-8f04-7f62b55a47d1 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/312
Do you know you need to raise prices but are intimidated by all the factors going into the decisions?

Kathy Hayden, EA, and her sister, Julie Wagner, had 1100 clients with varying degrees of complexity, legacy, and price discrepancy.

They share the 7 most important lessons they learned from their experience, including how it changed them and their firm for the better.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…

]]>
Do you know you need to raise prices but are intimidated by all the factors going into the decisions?

Kathy Hayden, EA, and her sister, Julie Wagner, had 1100 clients with varying degrees of complexity, legacy, and price discrepancy.

They share the 7 most important lessons they learned from their experience, including how it changed them and their firm for the better.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…

]]> Wed, 28 Aug 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter, Julie Wagner and Kathy Hayden Geraldine Carter, Julie Wagner and Kathy Hayden 1703
Do you know you need to raise prices but are intimidated by all the factors going into the decisions?

Kathy Hayden, EA, and her sister, Julie Wagner, had 1100 clients with varying degrees of complexity, legacy, and price discrepancy.

They share the 7 most important lessons they learned from their experience, including how it changed them and their firm for the better.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want more client interviews?

310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

Complete list:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends, wants to implement overdue changes, and doesn’t want to do it alone. You’ll make progress faster and with more confidence.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 311 4 Ways CPAs Can Price Intangibles 311 311 311 4 Ways CPAs Can Price Intangibles full 202b4a8f-d7f4-4e4c-b5f4-0115118e89fc https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/311 Just how much revenue did that ship mechanic leave on the table?


Had he been better at pricing, he might have been able to price more profitably. 


Pricing intangibles is a skill, and the better a seller does it, the more revenue he can generate for the time and effort he puts in. 


But how do you price intangibles when they are hard to pin down?


In today’s episode, I offer four ways to price intangible value. 


…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

307 Take the shortcut!! With Hector Cantu, EA

306 25 Hours for Everyone, Team Included with Rebecca Warnick, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list of client interviews at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…

]]> Just how much revenue did that ship mechanic leave on the table?


Had he been better at pricing, he might have been able to price more profitably. 


Pricing intangibles is a skill, and the better a seller does it, the more revenue he can generate for the time and effort he puts in. 


But how do you price intangibles when they are hard to pin down?


In today’s episode, I offer four ways to price intangible value. 


…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

307 Take the shortcut!! With Hector Cantu, EA

306 25 Hours for Everyone, Team Included with Rebecca Warnick, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list of client interviews at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…

]]> Wed, 21 Aug 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 527 Just how much revenue did that ship mechanic leave on the table?


Had he been better at pricing, he might have been able to price more profitably. 


Pricing intangibles is a skill, and the better a seller does it, the more revenue he can generate for the time and effort he puts in. 


But how do you price intangibles when they are hard to pin down?


In today’s episode, I offer four ways to price intangible value. 


…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

307 Take the shortcut!! With Hector Cantu, EA

306 25 Hours for Everyone, Team Included with Rebecca Warnick, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list of client interviews at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA 310 310 310 From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA full 59f464f7-5958-4000-8237-db99b25df6b3 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/310
Two years ago, Wendy was working 70 hours a week in her firm. She was exhausted and “wanted to hide under the bed.”

Now, she works 30 - 40 hours a week, has her life back, and brings in more revenue at higher margins.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/310


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

307 Take the shortcut!! With Hector Cantu, EA

306 25 Hours for Everyone, Team Included with Rebecca Warnick, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list of client interviews at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/call


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…

..

.

]]>
Two years ago, Wendy was working 70 hours a week in her firm. She was exhausted and “wanted to hide under the bed.”

Now, she works 30 - 40 hours a week, has her life back, and brings in more revenue at higher margins.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/310


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

307 Take the shortcut!! With Hector Cantu, EA

306 25 Hours for Everyone, Team Included with Rebecca Warnick, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list of client interviews at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/call


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…

..

.

]]> Wed, 14 Aug 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Wendy Norman CPA Geraldine Carter with Guest Wendy Norman CPA 2487
Two years ago, Wendy was working 70 hours a week in her firm. She was exhausted and “wanted to hide under the bed.”

Now, she works 30 - 40 hours a week, has her life back, and brings in more revenue at higher margins.


…


Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/310


…


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

307 Take the shortcut!! With Hector Cantu, EA

306 25 Hours for Everyone, Team Included with Rebecca Warnick, CPA

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list of client interviews at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/call


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…

..

.

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 309 How to Start Niching When You Don't Know Where to Start 309 309 309 How to Start Niching When You Don't Know Where to Start full 654beb0d-98de-4c71-86a0-45332c201964 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/309 When it comes to creating revenue for your accounting practice, you need to create value and you need to price effectively. 


Niching is a powerful way to create more value with less time and effort, and niching is a powerful way to price more effectively. 


Niching also makes your accounting practice less expensive to run because the more clients look like each other, the more efficient your systems get. 


…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Complete list of client interviews at

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Complete list of niche-related episodes at

https://geraldinecarter.com/niching-episodes

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to make progress faster, with more confidence.
geraldinecarter.com/40


]]> When it comes to creating revenue for your accounting practice, you need to create value and you need to price effectively. 


Niching is a powerful way to create more value with less time and effort, and niching is a powerful way to price more effectively. 


Niching also makes your accounting practice less expensive to run because the more clients look like each other, the more efficient your systems get. 


…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Complete list of client interviews at

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Complete list of niche-related episodes at

https://geraldinecarter.com/niching-episodes

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to make progress faster, with more confidence.
geraldinecarter.com/40


]]> Wed, 07 Aug 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 4242 When it comes to creating revenue for your accounting practice, you need to create value and you need to price effectively. 


Niching is a powerful way to create more value with less time and effort, and niching is a powerful way to price more effectively. 


Niching also makes your accounting practice less expensive to run because the more clients look like each other, the more efficient your systems get. 


…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Complete list of client interviews at

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Complete list of niche-related episodes at

https://geraldinecarter.com/niching-episodes

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to make progress faster, with more confidence.
geraldinecarter.com/40


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 308 How CPAs Can Create and Communicate Value 308 308 308 How CPAs Can Create and Communicate Value full 4ce29a04-74cb-4f63-bfb9-2167ad75c5c9 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/308 Do you want to increase your revenue without working harder? 


If so, deepening your appreciation of creating value for clients and clearly communicating that value is a great bet. 


The less a business-owning accountant appreciates value, the more she’ll work hours to create dollars, and who wants that? 


LINK TO VIDEO REPLAY IN CROWDCAST:

https://www.crowdcast.io/c/5bfv3mty0p2d


LINK TO MASTER VALUE CREATION CHECKLIST:

https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tkvq1rcPMqbff_FXDvZ_RdqrFHPW6u5tmMnrnmT3nWE/edit?usp=sharing


…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

Complete list of client interviews at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40


]]> Do you want to increase your revenue without working harder? 


If so, deepening your appreciation of creating value for clients and clearly communicating that value is a great bet. 


The less a business-owning accountant appreciates value, the more she’ll work hours to create dollars, and who wants that? 


LINK TO VIDEO REPLAY IN CROWDCAST:

https://www.crowdcast.io/c/5bfv3mty0p2d


LINK TO MASTER VALUE CREATION CHECKLIST:

https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tkvq1rcPMqbff_FXDvZ_RdqrFHPW6u5tmMnrnmT3nWE/edit?usp=sharing


…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

Complete list of client interviews at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40


]]> Wed, 31 Jul 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 3600 Do you want to increase your revenue without working harder? 


If so, deepening your appreciation of creating value for clients and clearly communicating that value is a great bet. 


The less a business-owning accountant appreciates value, the more she’ll work hours to create dollars, and who wants that? 


LINK TO VIDEO REPLAY IN CROWDCAST:

https://www.crowdcast.io/c/5bfv3mty0p2d


LINK TO MASTER VALUE CREATION CHECKLIST:

https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tkvq1rcPMqbff_FXDvZ_RdqrFHPW6u5tmMnrnmT3nWE/edit?usp=sharing


…

Link to full shownotes: 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

Complete list of client interviews at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 307 Take the shortcut!! With Hector Cantu, EA 307 307 307 Take the shortcut!! With Hector Cantu, EA full 4fd32373-6bab-4e8a-8201-b2f52a9d2650 https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/307 You can figure out how to make the changes you need to make to your firm out on your own. But just because you can doesn’t mean you should. I talk with Down to 40 Hours CPA Masterminder Hector Cantu about the difference between DIYing and taking the shortcut. 


– “It would have taken me years on my own to figure out the changes we made in less than a year.”


In less that ten months, Hector cut his hours by 19% and increased his revenue 32%. His prices are about 3x higher than where he started. Now he has time to think about hiring, training, and growing his practice.  And he doesn’t feel as rushed or stressed when working with his clients. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm and are fed up with PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes from client interviews:

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:


GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free


THE BOOK

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99


THE VIDEO COURSE
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$994 » 50% off for a limited time! » $497


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> You can figure out how to make the changes you need to make to your firm out on your own. But just because you can doesn’t mean you should. I talk with Down to 40 Hours CPA Masterminder Hector Cantu about the difference between DIYing and taking the shortcut. 


– “It would have taken me years on my own to figure out the changes we made in less than a year.”


In less that ten months, Hector cut his hours by 19% and increased his revenue 32%. His prices are about 3x higher than where he started. Now he has time to think about hiring, training, and growing his practice.  And he doesn’t feel as rushed or stressed when working with his clients. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm and are fed up with PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes from client interviews:

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:


GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free


THE BOOK

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99


THE VIDEO COURSE
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$994 » 50% off for a limited time! » $497


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Wed, 24 Jul 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with guest Hector Cantu Geraldine Carter with guest Hector Cantu 1334 You can figure out how to make the changes you need to make to your firm out on your own. But just because you can doesn’t mean you should. I talk with Down to 40 Hours CPA Masterminder Hector Cantu about the difference between DIYing and taking the shortcut. 


– “It would have taken me years on my own to figure out the changes we made in less than a year.”


In less that ten months, Hector cut his hours by 19% and increased his revenue 32%. His prices are about 3x higher than where he started. Now he has time to think about hiring, training, and growing his practice.  And he doesn’t feel as rushed or stressed when working with his clients. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm and are fed up with PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes from client interviews:

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:


GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free


THE BOOK

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99


THE VIDEO COURSE
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$994 » 50% off for a limited time! » $497


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 306 25 Hours for Everyone, Team Included with Rebecca Warnick, CPA 306 306 306 25 Hours for Everyone, Team Included with Rebecca Warnick, CPA full f31e0798-0d26-434a-b9e9-b9666803d701 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/305 Running and growing your accounting practice can feel like a lot –– and maybe sometimes a hair more than you care to manage. Yet, how to change, what to change, and in what order to change things can be far from obvious. In this conversation, I want listeners to hear what it sounds like to make a bunch of progress in four months, while being owner of a company where the baseline is 25 hours for everyone. 


Find Rebecca at www.thewarnickgroup.com/.

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like hearing client stories, you might enjoy these episodes:

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free


THE BOOK

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99


THE VIDEO COURSE
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$994 » 50% off for a limited time! » $497


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Running and growing your accounting practice can feel like a lot –– and maybe sometimes a hair more than you care to manage. Yet, how to change, what to change, and in what order to change things can be far from obvious. In this conversation, I want listeners to hear what it sounds like to make a bunch of progress in four months, while being owner of a company where the baseline is 25 hours for everyone. 


Find Rebecca at www.thewarnickgroup.com/.

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like hearing client stories, you might enjoy these episodes:

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free


THE BOOK

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99


THE VIDEO COURSE
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$994 » 50% off for a limited time! » $497


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Wed, 17 Jul 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with guest Rebecca Warnick Geraldine Carter with guest Rebecca Warnick 2406 Running and growing your accounting practice can feel like a lot –– and maybe sometimes a hair more than you care to manage. Yet, how to change, what to change, and in what order to change things can be far from obvious. In this conversation, I want listeners to hear what it sounds like to make a bunch of progress in four months, while being owner of a company where the baseline is 25 hours for everyone. 


Find Rebecca at www.thewarnickgroup.com/.

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like hearing client stories, you might enjoy these episodes:

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free


THE BOOK

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99


THE VIDEO COURSE
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$994 » 50% off for a limited time! » $497


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 305 Hiring is not the Solution to CPAs Overworking 305 305 305 Hiring is not the Solution to CPAs Overworking full 08c42167-45d1-4d60-9524-670beb8d007a https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/305 Working more hours than you want can be a tough place to be. A place that you want to get out of as fast as possible. It would make sense to think that hiring someone to handle the excess work is the solution. 


I want to show you why hiring may not be the best option and how it might actually make the overworking problem worse.


…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability

Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…


]]> Working more hours than you want can be a tough place to be. A place that you want to get out of as fast as possible. It would make sense to think that hiring someone to handle the excess work is the solution. 


I want to show you why hiring may not be the best option and how it might actually make the overworking problem worse.


…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability

Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…


]]> Wed, 10 Jul 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 866 Working more hours than you want can be a tough place to be. A place that you want to get out of as fast as possible. It would make sense to think that hiring someone to handle the excess work is the solution. 


I want to show you why hiring may not be the best option and how it might actually make the overworking problem worse.


…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability

Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA 304 304 304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA full cd774030-0277-4eb2-b6d8-6601319d655d https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/304 Melissa Downs, EA completed two rounds of Down to 40 Hours and one round of Down to 25 Hours.


A year ago, she was caught in the hustle and grind. Now, she works 15 hours a week and is testing out what it feels like to coast. 


Want numbers?

She cut 70% of her client load, works 73% fewer hours, and kept her take-home pay the same. 


Find out how in this week’s episode.

And be sure to catch my two previous episodes with Melissa so that you can hear the change over time:
272 More Free Time, More Confidence, with Melissa Downs, EA

258 Cut 74% of Clients and Have the Same Net Profit, with Melissa Downs, EA

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability

Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…



]]> Melissa Downs, EA completed two rounds of Down to 40 Hours and one round of Down to 25 Hours.


A year ago, she was caught in the hustle and grind. Now, she works 15 hours a week and is testing out what it feels like to coast. 


Want numbers?

She cut 70% of her client load, works 73% fewer hours, and kept her take-home pay the same. 


Find out how in this week’s episode.

And be sure to catch my two previous episodes with Melissa so that you can hear the change over time:
272 More Free Time, More Confidence, with Melissa Downs, EA

258 Cut 74% of Clients and Have the Same Net Profit, with Melissa Downs, EA

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability

Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…



]]> Wed, 03 Jul 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Melissa Downs Geraldine Carter with Melissa Downs 2347 Melissa Downs, EA completed two rounds of Down to 40 Hours and one round of Down to 25 Hours.


A year ago, she was caught in the hustle and grind. Now, she works 15 hours a week and is testing out what it feels like to coast. 


Want numbers?

She cut 70% of her client load, works 73% fewer hours, and kept her take-home pay the same. 


Find out how in this week’s episode.

And be sure to catch my two previous episodes with Melissa so that you can hear the change over time:
272 More Free Time, More Confidence, with Melissa Downs, EA

258 Cut 74% of Clients and Have the Same Net Profit, with Melissa Downs, EA

…

If you feel trapped by your own accounting firm, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours without losing revenue or hiring. Join 5000+ other CPAs who get my single-tip daily emails.

.
Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

.

Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

WANT MORE?

Client Interviews

304 From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA

…

Complete list at:

geraldinecarter.com/client-interview-episodes

…

Greatest Hits

201 Effortless Value

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA

…
..
.

Ways I help overworked CPAs go down to 40 hours without losing revenue or hiring:

.
THE EMAIL COURSE – Free
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


THE BOOK – $9.99

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book


THE VIDEO COURSE – $497
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/video


A 1:1 CONSULTATION – $1297
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/


CPA MASTERMIND – $9500
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or undergoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while navigating scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability

Make progress faster and with more confidence. Your purchase is protected by my risk-free guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/40

…



]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 303 Delivering CFO & Advisory Services with Adam Lean of the CFO Project 303 303 303 Delivering CFO & Advisory Services with Adam Lean of the CFO Project full 2951afee-5079-4940-af38-cd8ea8c402f4 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/303 I talk with Adam Lean of the CFO Project about what you need to know to deliver high-value CFO / Advisory services for your clients.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


More about today’s guest:

Website: thecfoproject.com


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/adamlean/

]]> I talk with Adam Lean of the CFO Project about what you need to know to deliver high-value CFO / Advisory services for your clients.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


More about today’s guest:

Website: thecfoproject.com


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/adamlean/

]]> Wed, 26 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Adam Lean Geraldine Carter with Guest Adam Lean 2202 I talk with Adam Lean of the CFO Project about what you need to know to deliver high-value CFO / Advisory services for your clients.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


More about today’s guest:

Website: thecfoproject.com


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/adamlean/

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 302 Permission to Travel Your Own Path with Shana Cooper, CPA 302 302 302 Permission to Travel Your Own Path with Shana Cooper, CPA full f76b0496-e116-4271-9c9f-4b8ba86bee05 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/302 For the listener who feels the tension between the path he’s on and the one he really wants to be on, I talk with Masterminder Shana Cooper, CPA about giving yourself permission to travel your own path. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.
…

If you like hearing client stories, you might enjoy these episodes:

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99



THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


More about today’s guest, Shana Cooper, CPA:


Website: https://www.theaccountabilityteam.com/


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shana-cooper-reconciliation-strong/

]]> For the listener who feels the tension between the path he’s on and the one he really wants to be on, I talk with Masterminder Shana Cooper, CPA about giving yourself permission to travel your own path. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.
…

If you like hearing client stories, you might enjoy these episodes:

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99



THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


More about today’s guest, Shana Cooper, CPA:


Website: https://www.theaccountabilityteam.com/


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shana-cooper-reconciliation-strong/

]]> Wed, 19 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Shana Cooper Geraldine Carter with Shana Cooper 2307 For the listener who feels the tension between the path he’s on and the one he really wants to be on, I talk with Masterminder Shana Cooper, CPA about giving yourself permission to travel your own path. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.
…

If you like hearing client stories, you might enjoy these episodes:

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99



THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


More about today’s guest, Shana Cooper, CPA:


Website: https://www.theaccountabilityteam.com/


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shana-cooper-reconciliation-strong/

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 301 The Four Factors that Drive CPA Firm Multiples with Todd Steinberg 301 301 301 The Four Factors that Drive CPA Firm Multiples with Todd Steinberg full 28e3492f-9b03-4250-bcb8-d9e777314d3c https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/301 Are you considering selling in a few years and wondering where to focus? 

My guest, Todd Steinberg, President of Thrive Financial Group, discusses how client mix, profitability, location, and transition assistance impact sales multiples. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


Connect with Todd Steinberg:


Website: www.thrivefinancialgrp.com


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/todd-steinberg-b471437/

]]> Are you considering selling in a few years and wondering where to focus? 

My guest, Todd Steinberg, President of Thrive Financial Group, discusses how client mix, profitability, location, and transition assistance impact sales multiples. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


Connect with Todd Steinberg:


Website: www.thrivefinancialgrp.com


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/todd-steinberg-b471437/

]]> Wed, 12 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Todd Steinberg Geraldine Carter with Guest Todd Steinberg 2279 Are you considering selling in a few years and wondering where to focus? 

My guest, Todd Steinberg, President of Thrive Financial Group, discusses how client mix, profitability, location, and transition assistance impact sales multiples. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


Connect with Todd Steinberg:


Website: www.thrivefinancialgrp.com


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/todd-steinberg-b471437/

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 300 Making Your Dream of Working Fewer Hours Attainable 300 300 300 Making Your Dream of Working Fewer Hours Attainable full e5a7d533-f143-426c-a2d0-0817f87eb81c https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/300 What to think about (and what not to think!) to bring your hours down off the shelf of “wouldn’t that be dreamy” and make what you want a reality. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes:

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$994 » 50% off for a limited time! » $497


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> What to think about (and what not to think!) to bring your hours down off the shelf of “wouldn’t that be dreamy” and make what you want a reality. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes:

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$994 » 50% off for a limited time! » $497


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Wed, 05 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1613 What to think about (and what not to think!) to bring your hours down off the shelf of “wouldn’t that be dreamy” and make what you want a reality. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes:

295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA

293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA

281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to reduce your hours without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

Down to 40 Hours – A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Access 30+ video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, get a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$994 » 50% off for a limited time! » $497


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 299 [Hire Well] Leveraging Near-Shore Talent in Guadalajara with Kristen Keats, CPA 299 299 299 [Hire Well] Leveraging Near-Shore Talent in Guadalajara with Kristen Keats, CPA full 93eae990-7be1-4969-be28-00a90177e6f4 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/299 As part of the [Hire Well] series, I talk with Kristen Keats, founder of founder of Breakaway Bookkeeping & Advising, owner of Sherwood Tax & Accounting, founder and client of Cadencia, about how to use near-shore talent in Guadalajara, Mexico, to build a team that works smoothly together.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> As part of the [Hire Well] series, I talk with Kristen Keats, founder of founder of Breakaway Bookkeeping & Advising, owner of Sherwood Tax & Accounting, founder and client of Cadencia, about how to use near-shore talent in Guadalajara, Mexico, to build a team that works smoothly together.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Wed, 22 May 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Kristen Keats Geraldine Carter with Guest Kristen Keats 1663 As part of the [Hire Well] series, I talk with Kristen Keats, founder of founder of Breakaway Bookkeeping & Advising, owner of Sherwood Tax & Accounting, founder and client of Cadencia, about how to use near-shore talent in Guadalajara, Mexico, to build a team that works smoothly together.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 298 3 Key Factors Driving Sales Multiples with Brannon Poe, CPA 298 298 298 3 Key Factors Driving Sales Multiples with Brannon Poe, CPA full b634536f-b9a9-474c-acec-902ddb1437ac https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/298 I get an update from Brannon Poe, CPA, on the marketplace, what’s driving multiples, and how P/E is impacting the space. We also discuss strategies and considerations for selling to an internal staff member. 

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

OTHER EPISODES WITH BRANNON POE

162 - How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe

199 - Selling Cloud-based vs Traditional CPA Firms with Brannon Poe

246 - How to Improve Sale Multiples with Brannon Poe


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


DOWN TO 40 HOURS – THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> I get an update from Brannon Poe, CPA, on the marketplace, what’s driving multiples, and how P/E is impacting the space. We also discuss strategies and considerations for selling to an internal staff member. 

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

OTHER EPISODES WITH BRANNON POE

162 - How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe

199 - Selling Cloud-based vs Traditional CPA Firms with Brannon Poe

246 - How to Improve Sale Multiples with Brannon Poe


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


DOWN TO 40 HOURS – THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Wed, 15 May 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Brannon Poe Geraldine Carter with Brannon Poe 1914 I get an update from Brannon Poe, CPA, on the marketplace, what’s driving multiples, and how P/E is impacting the space. We also discuss strategies and considerations for selling to an internal staff member. 

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

OTHER EPISODES WITH BRANNON POE

162 - How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe

199 - Selling Cloud-based vs Traditional CPA Firms with Brannon Poe

246 - How to Improve Sale Multiples with Brannon Poe


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


DOWN TO 40 HOURS – THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 297 9 Common Characteristics of Success 297 297 297 9 Common Characteristics of Success full 1fa0db7e-21e0-463d-98b9-819621c0dc2e https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/297 What’s most important to focus on – and where do you not need to focus – in order to make the most progress toward your goals in your accounting practice?


I see nine common characteristics among the accountants who’ve made the most progress. 


Know what they are so you can use your time wisely and not get pulled away by tempting, shiny objects. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free


THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99



THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> What’s most important to focus on – and where do you not need to focus – in order to make the most progress toward your goals in your accounting practice?


I see nine common characteristics among the accountants who’ve made the most progress. 


Know what they are so you can use your time wisely and not get pulled away by tempting, shiny objects. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free


THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99



THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Mon, 06 May 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1151 What’s most important to focus on – and where do you not need to focus – in order to make the most progress toward your goals in your accounting practice?


I see nine common characteristics among the accountants who’ve made the most progress. 


Know what they are so you can use your time wisely and not get pulled away by tempting, shiny objects. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free


THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99



THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No Q & A: Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind 296 296 Q & A: Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind full e52089ca-0567-46cf-a64b-13354d480159 https://share.transistor.fm/s/8199a1f4 Wondering if Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind is right for you?


It might be, if you're a single-owner or partner CPA who wants to work fewer hours without losing revenue.


In this short episode, I answer:

✋ Who is it for? (Is it for me?)

✋ How does it work?

✋ What's the time commitment?

✋ What if I'm going on vacation?

✋ Is there a payment plan?

✋ What happens if I make the wrong decision?

✋ Is there a guarantee?

✋ When does it start/end?

✋ How big is the group?

✋ What’s up with renewing?


Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind is the only program of its kind designed specifically for CPAs who want to stop working insane hours, fix their pricing problems, figure out their niche, disengage non-fitting clients, and get their website to work for them so they can have the freedom, time, and revenue they want.


If you have questions about whether Down to 40 Hours is right for you, shoot me an email: gc@geraldinecarter.com


]]> Wondering if Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind is right for you?


It might be, if you're a single-owner or partner CPA who wants to work fewer hours without losing revenue.


In this short episode, I answer:

✋ Who is it for? (Is it for me?)

✋ How does it work?

✋ What's the time commitment?

✋ What if I'm going on vacation?

✋ Is there a payment plan?

✋ What happens if I make the wrong decision?

✋ Is there a guarantee?

✋ When does it start/end?

✋ How big is the group?

✋ What’s up with renewing?


Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind is the only program of its kind designed specifically for CPAs who want to stop working insane hours, fix their pricing problems, figure out their niche, disengage non-fitting clients, and get their website to work for them so they can have the freedom, time, and revenue they want.


If you have questions about whether Down to 40 Hours is right for you, shoot me an email: gc@geraldinecarter.com


]]> Fri, 03 May 2024 03:12:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1313 Wondering if Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind is right for you?


It might be, if you're a single-owner or partner CPA who wants to work fewer hours without losing revenue.


In this short episode, I answer:

✋ Who is it for? (Is it for me?)

✋ How does it work?

✋ What's the time commitment?

✋ What if I'm going on vacation?

✋ Is there a payment plan?

✋ What happens if I make the wrong decision?

✋ Is there a guarantee?

✋ When does it start/end?

✋ How big is the group?

✋ What’s up with renewing?


Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind is the only program of its kind designed specifically for CPAs who want to stop working insane hours, fix their pricing problems, figure out their niche, disengage non-fitting clients, and get their website to work for them so they can have the freedom, time, and revenue they want.


If you have questions about whether Down to 40 Hours is right for you, shoot me an email: gc@geraldinecarter.com


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA 295 295 295 Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA full 6c4a753c-a7cd-4607-bafe-b3dc5d185a67 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/294 Many CPAs see the value in niching but find it difficult to get started. Sheila Hansen, CPA went from having a wide variety of clients to having a clear, narrow niche with clients whose challenges are consistent. Doing so has helped her standardize and systematize, save time, and increase prices by a factor of five. 

…


Connect with Sheila:


Website: https://www.hansenllc.net/


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sheila-hansen-cpa/


Podcast: https://www.hansenllc.net/profitable-women-podcast/


Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheila.hansen.cpa/


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…

17 MORE EPISODES ON NICHING (!!)

287 How CPAs Can Decide Their Niche When They Can’t Decide

285 The Niche River of Fear

270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche?

269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

263 Navigating Pricing and Niche Challenges with Jackie Meyer, CPA

260 The Value of Niching

245 Niching into Female-Owned Law Firms with Julie Powell, CPA

239 Finding Your Niche with Matt Chiappetta, CPA

221 12 Reasons to Niche Your Accounting Practice

212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA

208 Minting New Niches for CPAs: Inside the CHIPS and IRA Bills

203 Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment

198 Killer Intel for CPAs on the Real Estate Investor Niche with Tom Wheelwright

195 How to Position Your CPA Firm to Stop Getting Overlooked in the Marketplace

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

174 More Confidence, Time, & Wealth When You Niche with SaraEllen Hutchison

]]> Many CPAs see the value in niching but find it difficult to get started. Sheila Hansen, CPA went from having a wide variety of clients to having a clear, narrow niche with clients whose challenges are consistent. Doing so has helped her standardize and systematize, save time, and increase prices by a factor of five. 

…


Connect with Sheila:


Website: https://www.hansenllc.net/


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sheila-hansen-cpa/


Podcast: https://www.hansenllc.net/profitable-women-podcast/


Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheila.hansen.cpa/


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…

17 MORE EPISODES ON NICHING (!!)

287 How CPAs Can Decide Their Niche When They Can’t Decide

285 The Niche River of Fear

270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche?

269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

263 Navigating Pricing and Niche Challenges with Jackie Meyer, CPA

260 The Value of Niching

245 Niching into Female-Owned Law Firms with Julie Powell, CPA

239 Finding Your Niche with Matt Chiappetta, CPA

221 12 Reasons to Niche Your Accounting Practice

212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA

208 Minting New Niches for CPAs: Inside the CHIPS and IRA Bills

203 Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment

198 Killer Intel for CPAs on the Real Estate Investor Niche with Tom Wheelwright

195 How to Position Your CPA Firm to Stop Getting Overlooked in the Marketplace

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

174 More Confidence, Time, & Wealth When You Niche with SaraEllen Hutchison

]]> Wed, 01 May 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Sheila Hansen, CPA Geraldine Carter with Guest Sheila Hansen, CPA 1928 Many CPAs see the value in niching but find it difficult to get started. Sheila Hansen, CPA went from having a wide variety of clients to having a clear, narrow niche with clients whose challenges are consistent. Doing so has helped her standardize and systematize, save time, and increase prices by a factor of five. 

…


Connect with Sheila:


Website: https://www.hansenllc.net/


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sheila-hansen-cpa/


Podcast: https://www.hansenllc.net/profitable-women-podcast/


Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheila.hansen.cpa/


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99




THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…

17 MORE EPISODES ON NICHING (!!)

287 How CPAs Can Decide Their Niche When They Can’t Decide

285 The Niche River of Fear

270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche?

269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

263 Navigating Pricing and Niche Challenges with Jackie Meyer, CPA

260 The Value of Niching

245 Niching into Female-Owned Law Firms with Julie Powell, CPA

239 Finding Your Niche with Matt Chiappetta, CPA

221 12 Reasons to Niche Your Accounting Practice

212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA

208 Minting New Niches for CPAs: Inside the CHIPS and IRA Bills

203 Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment

198 Killer Intel for CPAs on the Real Estate Investor Niche with Tom Wheelwright

195 How to Position Your CPA Firm to Stop Getting Overlooked in the Marketplace

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

174 More Confidence, Time, & Wealth When You Niche with SaraEllen Hutchison

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 294 On CPAs Going Down to 25 Hours 294 294 294 On CPAs Going Down to 25 Hours full 02e87eb4-975c-4e54-b132-6d173fd3d44e https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/294 I used to think I needed more time. If I just had more time, I could solve so many more problems. But thinking that way never solved enough problems to give me more time. Instead, I maintained a status quo of “never having enough time.”


You might want more time. More free time. For your health. For your family. To travel. You might think you need more time. But “more time” isn’t the solution to the “not-enough-time” problem. 


If what you want is more time, the answer lies in changing what you think.


Changing what you think in order to get what you want might be the simplest but hardest thing you can do. 


I hope you’ll accept the challenge. :) 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99



THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> I used to think I needed more time. If I just had more time, I could solve so many more problems. But thinking that way never solved enough problems to give me more time. Instead, I maintained a status quo of “never having enough time.”


You might want more time. More free time. For your health. For your family. To travel. You might think you need more time. But “more time” isn’t the solution to the “not-enough-time” problem. 


If what you want is more time, the answer lies in changing what you think.


Changing what you think in order to get what you want might be the simplest but hardest thing you can do. 


I hope you’ll accept the challenge. :) 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99



THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Tue, 30 Apr 2024 11:36:43 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 4165 I used to think I needed more time. If I just had more time, I could solve so many more problems. But thinking that way never solved enough problems to give me more time. Instead, I maintained a status quo of “never having enough time.”


You might want more time. More free time. For your health. For your family. To travel. You might think you need more time. But “more time” isn’t the solution to the “not-enough-time” problem. 


If what you want is more time, the answer lies in changing what you think.


Changing what you think in order to get what you want might be the simplest but hardest thing you can do. 


I hope you’ll accept the challenge. :) 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:



GO DOWN TO 40 HOURS

THE EMAIL COURSE
Stop Working Weekends will teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends
Free



THE BOOK

A Roadmap for CPAs to End Overworking Without Losing Revenue

geraldinecarter.com/book

$9.99



THE VIDEO COURSE
Get access to 16 video lessons, bonus training, template letters, website teardowns, and more. Plus, a $1000 credit toward my DT40H Mastermind and a money-back guarantee.
geraldinecarter.com/down-to-40-hours-video-course
$997


A 1:1 CONSULTATION
Do you have a burning question about the material in Down to 40 Hours? Book a one-on-one call with me to get guidance on implementing the material in your specific situation.
geraldinecarter.com/coaching-options/
$1295


CPA MASTERMIND
For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA 293 293 293 What it Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA full cdf799df-3e85-4deb-bcf5-57f148e6d0d4 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/293 If you think working only 15 hours per week, taking home almost $200K in Total Owner Benefit, and living stress-free while enjoying your business seems:

  • Insane
  • Impossible
  • The Promised Land 

Check out Erica Goode, CPA’s playbook for getting it done. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes:

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


Connect with Erica Goode, CPA


Website: https://www.ericagoode.com/


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/erica-goode-cpa-00205616/

]]> If you think working only 15 hours per week, taking home almost $200K in Total Owner Benefit, and living stress-free while enjoying your business seems:

  • Insane
  • Impossible
  • The Promised Land 

Check out Erica Goode, CPA’s playbook for getting it done. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes:

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


Connect with Erica Goode, CPA


Website: https://www.ericagoode.com/


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/erica-goode-cpa-00205616/

]]> Wed, 24 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Erica Goode Geraldine Carter with Guest Erica Goode 2910 If you think working only 15 hours per week, taking home almost $200K in Total Owner Benefit, and living stress-free while enjoying your business seems:

  • Insane
  • Impossible
  • The Promised Land 

Check out Erica Goode, CPA’s playbook for getting it done. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes:

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

…


Connect with Erica Goode, CPA


Website: https://www.ericagoode.com/


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/erica-goode-cpa-00205616/

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 292 [Hire Well] Offshore as a Strategy, Not a Tactic with Nick Sinclair of TOA Global 292 292 292 [Hire Well] Offshore as a Strategy, Not a Tactic with Nick Sinclair of TOA Global full bd4ba5f1-0598-43d6-98eb-e365f3474525 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/292 Accountants run into many hiring and staffing-related challenges. 


You want to know:

  • Which role to fill next
  • Where to find talent
  • If it’s time to go offshore
  • How to hire well the first time. 


Because there are so many questions related to hiring and staffing, I am doing a series of podcast episodes to get insight into the problems and solutions related to staff and hiring challenges. Making hiring mistakes is expensive—in terms of money, time, and emotional investment. Making a great hire can really pay off. I want to help you hire as well as you can. 


This interview is the fourth in the series, and we are talking about how to be successful when going offshore. 


My guest is Nick Sinclair, founder and CEO of TOA Global, TOA is the global leader in talent solutions for the accounting industry. They supply 3500+ great offshore people to over 1000 firms in the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the UK.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Accountants run into many hiring and staffing-related challenges. 


You want to know:

  • Which role to fill next
  • Where to find talent
  • If it’s time to go offshore
  • How to hire well the first time. 


Because there are so many questions related to hiring and staffing, I am doing a series of podcast episodes to get insight into the problems and solutions related to staff and hiring challenges. Making hiring mistakes is expensive—in terms of money, time, and emotional investment. Making a great hire can really pay off. I want to help you hire as well as you can. 


This interview is the fourth in the series, and we are talking about how to be successful when going offshore. 


My guest is Nick Sinclair, founder and CEO of TOA Global, TOA is the global leader in talent solutions for the accounting industry. They supply 3500+ great offshore people to over 1000 firms in the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the UK.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 17 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Nick Sinclair Geraldine Carter with Guest Nick Sinclair 1604 Accountants run into many hiring and staffing-related challenges. 


You want to know:

  • Which role to fill next
  • Where to find talent
  • If it’s time to go offshore
  • How to hire well the first time. 


Because there are so many questions related to hiring and staffing, I am doing a series of podcast episodes to get insight into the problems and solutions related to staff and hiring challenges. Making hiring mistakes is expensive—in terms of money, time, and emotional investment. Making a great hire can really pay off. I want to help you hire as well as you can. 


This interview is the fourth in the series, and we are talking about how to be successful when going offshore. 


My guest is Nick Sinclair, founder and CEO of TOA Global, TOA is the global leader in talent solutions for the accounting industry. They supply 3500+ great offshore people to over 1000 firms in the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the UK.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 291 [Hire Well] Down to One Hour with Scott Scarano, EA 291 291 291 [Hire Well] Down to One Hour with Scott Scarano, EA full 519a7d6c-ee9f-4f3d-a432-6e318d0cfb08 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/291 After being stuck at a “$1.2M and working-all-hours” plateau for six years, it took Scott Scarano four years to get down to a one-hour work week. Find out what he needed to learn to get there. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.
…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes:

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> After being stuck at a “$1.2M and working-all-hours” plateau for six years, it took Scott Scarano four years to get down to a one-hour work week. Find out what he needed to learn to get there. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.
…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes:

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 10 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Scott Scarano Geraldine Carter with Guest Scott Scarano 2138 After being stuck at a “$1.2M and working-all-hours” plateau for six years, it took Scott Scarano four years to get down to a one-hour work week. Find out what he needed to learn to get there. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.
…

If you like the idea of working less, you might enjoy these episodes:

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who is ready to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on increasing prices without overdoing it or underdoing it
  • Disengage problem clients at a pace you’re comfortable with
  • Create packages while knowing how to navigate scope creep
  • Focus on your client niche without feeling like you’re jumping off a ledge
  • Be in a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share best practices, have a sounding board, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with greater confidence and ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 290 [Hire Well] Onshore Hiring Done Well for Accountants 290 290 290 [Hire Well] Onshore Hiring Done Well for Accountants full 16e30880-5e5f-4ac0-8279-5e85b811b8e8 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/290 Accountants run into many hiring and staffing-related challenges. 


You want to know:

  • Which role to fill next
  • Where to find talent
  • If it’s time to go offshore
  • How to hire well the first time. 


Because there are so many questions related to hiring and staffing, I am doing a series of podcast episodes to get insight into the problems and solutions related to staff and hiring challenges. Making hiring mistakes is expensive—in terms of money, time, and emotional investment. Making a great hire can really pay off. I want to help you hire as well as you can. 


In this episode, my guest, Laurence Whittam, Founder and Managing Director Impact Global Solutions, takes us through five keys to hiring virtual onshore accountants well. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Accountants run into many hiring and staffing-related challenges. 


You want to know:

  • Which role to fill next
  • Where to find talent
  • If it’s time to go offshore
  • How to hire well the first time. 


Because there are so many questions related to hiring and staffing, I am doing a series of podcast episodes to get insight into the problems and solutions related to staff and hiring challenges. Making hiring mistakes is expensive—in terms of money, time, and emotional investment. Making a great hire can really pay off. I want to help you hire as well as you can. 


In this episode, my guest, Laurence Whittam, Founder and Managing Director Impact Global Solutions, takes us through five keys to hiring virtual onshore accountants well. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Wed, 03 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Laurence Whittam Geraldine Carter with Guest Laurence Whittam 1740 Accountants run into many hiring and staffing-related challenges. 


You want to know:

  • Which role to fill next
  • Where to find talent
  • If it’s time to go offshore
  • How to hire well the first time. 


Because there are so many questions related to hiring and staffing, I am doing a series of podcast episodes to get insight into the problems and solutions related to staff and hiring challenges. Making hiring mistakes is expensive—in terms of money, time, and emotional investment. Making a great hire can really pay off. I want to help you hire as well as you can. 


In this episode, my guest, Laurence Whittam, Founder and Managing Director Impact Global Solutions, takes us through five keys to hiring virtual onshore accountants well. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 289 Fear of Niche Boredom with Jonathan Stark 289 289 289 Fear of Niche Boredom with Jonathan Stark full 9a1419ec-6316-478c-adf7-6eb655dfc0c4 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/289 I talk with Jonathan Stark about the fear of niche boredom and the benefits of niching down in business. 


We explore the idea that niching down does not lead to boredom, but rather opens up new opportunities for variety and growth. 


By focusing on a specific target market or problem, businesses can automate repetitive tasks, systematize processes, and delegate work, allowing for more free time and the ability to pursue other interests. 


Niching down also leads to increased expertise, client satisfaction, better referrals, and higher profits. 


Our conversation highlights the importance of creating value for clients and the fulfillment that comes from making a meaningful impact in their lives. 


We discuss the importance of knowing your audience and how it can impact your choice of words and communication style. 


We explore the power of niche expertise and how it can attract higher-quality leads and larger clients. 


We also highlight the rewards of niching down, including increased revenue and a sense of stability and freedom. The conversation delves into the craft of business ownership and the need for continuous learning and improvement. 


Finally, we emphasize the possibility of having a sense of purpose and making a meaningful difference in your clients' lives.

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

17 MORE EPISODES ON NICHING (!!)

287 How CPAs Can Decide Their Niche When They Can’t Decide

285 The Niche River of Fear

270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche?

269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

263 Navigating Pricing and Niche Challenges with Jackie Meyer, CPA

260 The Value of Niching

245 Niching into Female-Owned Law Firms with Julie Powell, CPA

239 Finding Your Niche with Matt Chiappetta, CPA

221 12 Reasons to Niche Your Accounting Practice

212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA

208 Minting New Niches for CPAs: Inside the CHIPS and IRA Bills

203 Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment

198 Killer Intel for CPAs on the Real Estate Investor Niche with Tom Wheelwright

195 How to Position Your CPA Firm to Stop Getting Overlooked in the Marketplace

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

174 More Confidence, Time, & Wealth When You Niche with SaraEllen Hutchison

…

OTHER EPISODES WITH JONATHAN STARK

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark
111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms, with Jonathan Stark

157 Altitudes of Involvement for CPAs with Jonathan Stark



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> I talk with Jonathan Stark about the fear of niche boredom and the benefits of niching down in business. 


We explore the idea that niching down does not lead to boredom, but rather opens up new opportunities for variety and growth. 


By focusing on a specific target market or problem, businesses can automate repetitive tasks, systematize processes, and delegate work, allowing for more free time and the ability to pursue other interests. 


Niching down also leads to increased expertise, client satisfaction, better referrals, and higher profits. 


Our conversation highlights the importance of creating value for clients and the fulfillment that comes from making a meaningful impact in their lives. 


We discuss the importance of knowing your audience and how it can impact your choice of words and communication style. 


We explore the power of niche expertise and how it can attract higher-quality leads and larger clients. 


We also highlight the rewards of niching down, including increased revenue and a sense of stability and freedom. The conversation delves into the craft of business ownership and the need for continuous learning and improvement. 


Finally, we emphasize the possibility of having a sense of purpose and making a meaningful difference in your clients' lives.

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

17 MORE EPISODES ON NICHING (!!)

287 How CPAs Can Decide Their Niche When They Can’t Decide

285 The Niche River of Fear

270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche?

269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

263 Navigating Pricing and Niche Challenges with Jackie Meyer, CPA

260 The Value of Niching

245 Niching into Female-Owned Law Firms with Julie Powell, CPA

239 Finding Your Niche with Matt Chiappetta, CPA

221 12 Reasons to Niche Your Accounting Practice

212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA

208 Minting New Niches for CPAs: Inside the CHIPS and IRA Bills

203 Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment

198 Killer Intel for CPAs on the Real Estate Investor Niche with Tom Wheelwright

195 How to Position Your CPA Firm to Stop Getting Overlooked in the Marketplace

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

174 More Confidence, Time, & Wealth When You Niche with SaraEllen Hutchison

…

OTHER EPISODES WITH JONATHAN STARK

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark
111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms, with Jonathan Stark

157 Altitudes of Involvement for CPAs with Jonathan Stark



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Wed, 27 Mar 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Jonanthan Stark Geraldine Carter with Jonanthan Stark 3880 I talk with Jonathan Stark about the fear of niche boredom and the benefits of niching down in business. 


We explore the idea that niching down does not lead to boredom, but rather opens up new opportunities for variety and growth. 


By focusing on a specific target market or problem, businesses can automate repetitive tasks, systematize processes, and delegate work, allowing for more free time and the ability to pursue other interests. 


Niching down also leads to increased expertise, client satisfaction, better referrals, and higher profits. 


Our conversation highlights the importance of creating value for clients and the fulfillment that comes from making a meaningful impact in their lives. 


We discuss the importance of knowing your audience and how it can impact your choice of words and communication style. 


We explore the power of niche expertise and how it can attract higher-quality leads and larger clients. 


We also highlight the rewards of niching down, including increased revenue and a sense of stability and freedom. The conversation delves into the craft of business ownership and the need for continuous learning and improvement. 


Finally, we emphasize the possibility of having a sense of purpose and making a meaningful difference in your clients' lives.

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

17 MORE EPISODES ON NICHING (!!)

287 How CPAs Can Decide Their Niche When They Can’t Decide

285 The Niche River of Fear

270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche?

269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

263 Navigating Pricing and Niche Challenges with Jackie Meyer, CPA

260 The Value of Niching

245 Niching into Female-Owned Law Firms with Julie Powell, CPA

239 Finding Your Niche with Matt Chiappetta, CPA

221 12 Reasons to Niche Your Accounting Practice

212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA

208 Minting New Niches for CPAs: Inside the CHIPS and IRA Bills

203 Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment

198 Killer Intel for CPAs on the Real Estate Investor Niche with Tom Wheelwright

195 How to Position Your CPA Firm to Stop Getting Overlooked in the Marketplace

178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelwright

174 More Confidence, Time, & Wealth When You Niche with SaraEllen Hutchison

…

OTHER EPISODES WITH JONATHAN STARK

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark
111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms, with Jonathan Stark

157 Altitudes of Involvement for CPAs with Jonathan Stark



Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$9500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 288 [Hire Well] Five Offshoring Mistakes for CPAs to Avoid 288 288 288 [Hire Well] Five Offshoring Mistakes for CPAs to Avoid full 58deef11-59ad-41a3-af12-7854244ac7c4 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/288 Accountants run into many hiring and staffing-related challenges. 


You want to know:

  • Which role to fill next
  • Where to find talent
  • If it’s time to go offshore
  • How to hire well the first time. 


Because there are so many questions related to hiring and staffing, I am doing a series of podcast episodes to get insight into the problems and solutions related to staff and hiring challenges. Making hiring mistakes is expensive—in terms of money, time, and emotional investment. Making a great hire can really pay off. I want to help you hire as well as you can. 


In this episode, my guest, Isaac Smith, founder of TeamUp, takes us through five painful hiring mistakes to avoid when going offshore.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Accountants run into many hiring and staffing-related challenges. 


You want to know:

  • Which role to fill next
  • Where to find talent
  • If it’s time to go offshore
  • How to hire well the first time. 


Because there are so many questions related to hiring and staffing, I am doing a series of podcast episodes to get insight into the problems and solutions related to staff and hiring challenges. Making hiring mistakes is expensive—in terms of money, time, and emotional investment. Making a great hire can really pay off. I want to help you hire as well as you can. 


In this episode, my guest, Isaac Smith, founder of TeamUp, takes us through five painful hiring mistakes to avoid when going offshore.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 20 Mar 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Isaac Smith Geraldine Carter with Isaac Smith 2023 Accountants run into many hiring and staffing-related challenges. 


You want to know:

  • Which role to fill next
  • Where to find talent
  • If it’s time to go offshore
  • How to hire well the first time. 


Because there are so many questions related to hiring and staffing, I am doing a series of podcast episodes to get insight into the problems and solutions related to staff and hiring challenges. Making hiring mistakes is expensive—in terms of money, time, and emotional investment. Making a great hire can really pay off. I want to help you hire as well as you can. 


In this episode, my guest, Isaac Smith, founder of TeamUp, takes us through five painful hiring mistakes to avoid when going offshore.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 4200+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 287 How CPAs Can Decide Their Niche When They Can’t Decide 287 287 287 How CPAs Can Decide Their Niche When They Can’t Decide full 86985bf0-0c11-4ae5-99b4-20aa80a069de https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/287 If you’ve ever wanted to niche but thought, “I can’t decide,” this episode is for you. 

By the end of it, you will not only know you can decide but also be able to take your next niche step with confidence. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

OTHER EPISODES ON NICHING

270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche?

269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

260 The Value of Niching

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> If you’ve ever wanted to niche but thought, “I can’t decide,” this episode is for you. 

By the end of it, you will not only know you can decide but also be able to take your next niche step with confidence. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

OTHER EPISODES ON NICHING

270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche?

269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

260 The Value of Niching

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 13 Mar 2024 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 960 If you’ve ever wanted to niche but thought, “I can’t decide,” this episode is for you. 

By the end of it, you will not only know you can decide but also be able to take your next niche step with confidence. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

OTHER EPISODES ON NICHING

270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche?

269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

260 The Value of Niching

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 286 What do I say on my website? #4: Fix / Packages 286 286 286 What do I say on my website? #4: Fix / Packages full 68492bf1-d940-4ca0-94be-46829a9689a4 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/286 We’re talking today about what to put in the fix section of your website. 
If you do this well, the flow of your website copy will make sense to your reader. If you don’t do this well, there’s a risk and opportunity cost of not attracting the clients you want to work with, doing the kind of work you enjoy at prices you enjoy.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…


REFERENCED EPISODES


If you want to check out other episodes on this topic, you might like:


282 - What do I say on my website? #3: Headline and Subtitle

277 - What do I say on my website? #2: Pain & Dream Examples

275 - What do I say on my website? #1: Pain & Dream


…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> We’re talking today about what to put in the fix section of your website. 
If you do this well, the flow of your website copy will make sense to your reader. If you don’t do this well, there’s a risk and opportunity cost of not attracting the clients you want to work with, doing the kind of work you enjoy at prices you enjoy.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…


REFERENCED EPISODES


If you want to check out other episodes on this topic, you might like:


282 - What do I say on my website? #3: Headline and Subtitle

277 - What do I say on my website? #2: Pain & Dream Examples

275 - What do I say on my website? #1: Pain & Dream


…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 06 Mar 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 425 We’re talking today about what to put in the fix section of your website. 
If you do this well, the flow of your website copy will make sense to your reader. If you don’t do this well, there’s a risk and opportunity cost of not attracting the clients you want to work with, doing the kind of work you enjoy at prices you enjoy.


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…


REFERENCED EPISODES


If you want to check out other episodes on this topic, you might like:


282 - What do I say on my website? #3: Headline and Subtitle

277 - What do I say on my website? #2: Pain & Dream Examples

275 - What do I say on my website? #1: Pain & Dream


…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 285 The Niche River of Fear 285 285 285 The Niche River of Fear full 8601f1c9-c4ea-48f5-9179-7a67c301ca6b https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/285 Niching feels scary. 


The journey includes uncertainty, doubt, and overwhelm. 


“We definitely should turn around.”


It’s the Niche River of Fear. 


If you know it exists and what to be on the lookout for, you’ll make it across. 


In so doing, you’ll reap the benefits of having made the traverse: new skillsets, capabilities, and tool to last a lifetime in your accounting firm, as well as the confidence that comes with learning, growth, and expertise. 


Get the single most important tool you need to make it across. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Niching feels scary. 


The journey includes uncertainty, doubt, and overwhelm. 


“We definitely should turn around.”


It’s the Niche River of Fear. 


If you know it exists and what to be on the lookout for, you’ll make it across. 


In so doing, you’ll reap the benefits of having made the traverse: new skillsets, capabilities, and tool to last a lifetime in your accounting firm, as well as the confidence that comes with learning, growth, and expertise. 


Get the single most important tool you need to make it across. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 28 Feb 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 868 Niching feels scary. 


The journey includes uncertainty, doubt, and overwhelm. 


“We definitely should turn around.”


It’s the Niche River of Fear. 


If you know it exists and what to be on the lookout for, you’ll make it across. 


In so doing, you’ll reap the benefits of having made the traverse: new skillsets, capabilities, and tool to last a lifetime in your accounting firm, as well as the confidence that comes with learning, growth, and expertise. 


Get the single most important tool you need to make it across. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 284 Use “So That” to Communicate More Value 284 284 284 Use “So That” to Communicate More Value full b6d8afb9-3981-4ab4-8e8a-81b8d47bdaf6 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/284 A simple way to improve how you communicate the value you create.

If you are not already great at communicating the value you create, you might default to selling accounting to your clients. 


Selling accounting is less valuable than what accounting does,  so if you don’t know how to convert from what accounting IS to what accounting DOES, you might be pricing too low.


Because the client needs to perceive the value you create to justify paying your prices, you need to communicate that value. 


If the value is there – you’re creating it – but you’re not communicating it, you can’t price to capture it.


This is how money gets left on the table.


What words do you need to translate?


…


Hey, CPA firm owner. I'm glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> A simple way to improve how you communicate the value you create.

If you are not already great at communicating the value you create, you might default to selling accounting to your clients. 


Selling accounting is less valuable than what accounting does,  so if you don’t know how to convert from what accounting IS to what accounting DOES, you might be pricing too low.


Because the client needs to perceive the value you create to justify paying your prices, you need to communicate that value. 


If the value is there – you’re creating it – but you’re not communicating it, you can’t price to capture it.


This is how money gets left on the table.


What words do you need to translate?


…


Hey, CPA firm owner. I'm glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 21 Feb 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 339 A simple way to improve how you communicate the value you create.

If you are not already great at communicating the value you create, you might default to selling accounting to your clients. 


Selling accounting is less valuable than what accounting does,  so if you don’t know how to convert from what accounting IS to what accounting DOES, you might be pricing too low.


Because the client needs to perceive the value you create to justify paying your prices, you need to communicate that value. 


If the value is there – you’re creating it – but you’re not communicating it, you can’t price to capture it.


This is how money gets left on the table.


What words do you need to translate?


…


Hey, CPA firm owner. I'm glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 283 Feelings for Profit 283 283 283 Feelings for Profit full 9e7e356e-56e3-4455-bc18-b850ebe5c333 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/283 In increasing order of value, clients buy one of five things:

  • Commodities
  • Deliverables
  • Services
  • Experiences
  • Transformations


The kinds of transformations you can create are typically related to four things:

  • Money
  • Time
  • Feelings
  • Clarity


The more you understand about what your clients feel before they work with you and once they’re working with you, the easier your accounting practice gets. 


LINK TO A FEELINGS CHART


https://www.amazon.com/Emotions-Emotional-Classroom-Counseling-12x12inch/dp/B0B5TGSGLW/ref=asc_df_B0B5TGSGLW/?tag=hyprod-20&linkCode=df0&hvadid=598229501205&hvpos=&hvnetw=g&hvrand=15276508905861896069&hvpone=&hvptwo=&hvqmt=&hvdev=c&hvdvcmdl=&hvlocint=&hvlocphy=9029472&hvtargid=pla-1751094789736&mcid=e10d3a2ccc2d36c1964d18fff114d616&gclid=CjwKCAiAt5euBhB9EiwAdkXWO55zbV2uRZfaMDZpvSVNdKf_q7QWP7p5RcxJ5JYU4yOWn7QyKUU4zBoC6iwQAvD_BwE&th=1


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> In increasing order of value, clients buy one of five things:

  • Commodities
  • Deliverables
  • Services
  • Experiences
  • Transformations


The kinds of transformations you can create are typically related to four things:

  • Money
  • Time
  • Feelings
  • Clarity


The more you understand about what your clients feel before they work with you and once they’re working with you, the easier your accounting practice gets. 


LINK TO A FEELINGS CHART


https://www.amazon.com/Emotions-Emotional-Classroom-Counseling-12x12inch/dp/B0B5TGSGLW/ref=asc_df_B0B5TGSGLW/?tag=hyprod-20&linkCode=df0&hvadid=598229501205&hvpos=&hvnetw=g&hvrand=15276508905861896069&hvpone=&hvptwo=&hvqmt=&hvdev=c&hvdvcmdl=&hvlocint=&hvlocphy=9029472&hvtargid=pla-1751094789736&mcid=e10d3a2ccc2d36c1964d18fff114d616&gclid=CjwKCAiAt5euBhB9EiwAdkXWO55zbV2uRZfaMDZpvSVNdKf_q7QWP7p5RcxJ5JYU4yOWn7QyKUU4zBoC6iwQAvD_BwE&th=1


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 14 Feb 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1116 In increasing order of value, clients buy one of five things:

  • Commodities
  • Deliverables
  • Services
  • Experiences
  • Transformations


The kinds of transformations you can create are typically related to four things:

  • Money
  • Time
  • Feelings
  • Clarity


The more you understand about what your clients feel before they work with you and once they’re working with you, the easier your accounting practice gets. 


LINK TO A FEELINGS CHART


https://www.amazon.com/Emotions-Emotional-Classroom-Counseling-12x12inch/dp/B0B5TGSGLW/ref=asc_df_B0B5TGSGLW/?tag=hyprod-20&linkCode=df0&hvadid=598229501205&hvpos=&hvnetw=g&hvrand=15276508905861896069&hvpone=&hvptwo=&hvqmt=&hvdev=c&hvdvcmdl=&hvlocint=&hvlocphy=9029472&hvtargid=pla-1751094789736&mcid=e10d3a2ccc2d36c1964d18fff114d616&gclid=CjwKCAiAt5euBhB9EiwAdkXWO55zbV2uRZfaMDZpvSVNdKf_q7QWP7p5RcxJ5JYU4yOWn7QyKUU4zBoC6iwQAvD_BwE&th=1


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 282 What do I say on my website? #3: Headline and Subtitle 282 282 282 What do I say on my website? #3: Headline and Subtitle full 29356829-a70a-4e09-810e-d92ebf476f86 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/282 Have you ever gotten stuck, wondering what to say on your website? 


Having the words that grab the kinds of clients you want to work with (and repel the ones you don’t) can make a big difference.


Because you only have a moment to capture the attention of those who land on your website, you want to nail your headline and subtitle.


Here are the three questions your headline and subtitle need to answer:

  1. What it is
  2. What it does
  3. Who it’s for

Get these right, and you’ll attract more high-paying clients, shorten your sales cycle, increase your conversion rates, do higher-margin work, and you’ll be able to work fewer hours for the revenue you want to bring in. 


…


NEW HERE?


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Have you ever gotten stuck, wondering what to say on your website? 


Having the words that grab the kinds of clients you want to work with (and repel the ones you don’t) can make a big difference.


Because you only have a moment to capture the attention of those who land on your website, you want to nail your headline and subtitle.


Here are the three questions your headline and subtitle need to answer:

  1. What it is
  2. What it does
  3. Who it’s for

Get these right, and you’ll attract more high-paying clients, shorten your sales cycle, increase your conversion rates, do higher-margin work, and you’ll be able to work fewer hours for the revenue you want to bring in. 


…


NEW HERE?


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 07 Feb 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 813 Have you ever gotten stuck, wondering what to say on your website? 


Having the words that grab the kinds of clients you want to work with (and repel the ones you don’t) can make a big difference.


Because you only have a moment to capture the attention of those who land on your website, you want to nail your headline and subtitle.


Here are the three questions your headline and subtitle need to answer:

  1. What it is
  2. What it does
  3. Who it’s for

Get these right, and you’ll attract more high-paying clients, shorten your sales cycle, increase your conversion rates, do higher-margin work, and you’ll be able to work fewer hours for the revenue you want to bring in. 


…


NEW HERE?


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 3500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA 281 281 281 4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA full 77a9a72e-fd3f-4942-8cf2-362d29b98f3a https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/281 THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Pricing is rarely just one problem. Often there are many challenges embedded in the problem. It might sound like this: “I know I need to raise my prices but it hurts my brain to think about how to navigate the complexity, the details, and the relationships.”

In today’s episode, I talk with CPA Masterminder Kathy Hayden, EA. With 1200+ clients, overhauling her prices needed to be done but was too daunting to do alone. 

Her challenges were:

  1. Repricing legacy clients
  2. Removing tax preparers from being involved in the billing
  3. Making prices consistent across the board
  4. Visibility into clients’ income interfering with objectivity 


She worked through each challenge systematically, set herself up for a more controlled tax season, a 10% increase in revenue, and consistent prices she’s happy about.

…


NEW HERE?


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?
Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Pricing is rarely just one problem. Often there are many challenges embedded in the problem. It might sound like this: “I know I need to raise my prices but it hurts my brain to think about how to navigate the complexity, the details, and the relationships.”

In today’s episode, I talk with CPA Masterminder Kathy Hayden, EA. With 1200+ clients, overhauling her prices needed to be done but was too daunting to do alone. 

Her challenges were:

  1. Repricing legacy clients
  2. Removing tax preparers from being involved in the billing
  3. Making prices consistent across the board
  4. Visibility into clients’ income interfering with objectivity 


She worked through each challenge systematically, set herself up for a more controlled tax season, a 10% increase in revenue, and consistent prices she’s happy about.

…


NEW HERE?


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?
Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 31 Jan 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1968 THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Pricing is rarely just one problem. Often there are many challenges embedded in the problem. It might sound like this: “I know I need to raise my prices but it hurts my brain to think about how to navigate the complexity, the details, and the relationships.”

In today’s episode, I talk with CPA Masterminder Kathy Hayden, EA. With 1200+ clients, overhauling her prices needed to be done but was too daunting to do alone. 

Her challenges were:

  1. Repricing legacy clients
  2. Removing tax preparers from being involved in the billing
  3. Making prices consistent across the board
  4. Visibility into clients’ income interfering with objectivity 


She worked through each challenge systematically, set herself up for a more controlled tax season, a 10% increase in revenue, and consistent prices she’s happy about.

…


NEW HERE?


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?
Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 280 Mastering Leverage to Create Value in Less Time 280 280 280 Mastering Leverage to Create Value in Less Time full d7e547ce-5627-40ea-862c-ef0ff64219bd https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/280 Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 

In this episode, I discuss the concept of leverage and how to use it to optimize your accounting practice. 


We dive into the importance of recognizing and utilizing various forms of leverage, from people and systems to time and technology. 


Drawing parallels with physical leverage, I invite you to consider the need to design your business for efficiency and reduced friction. 


I encourage you to focus on your genius zone and choose specific levers that align with your strengths, and I prompt you to consider where you want to create leverage in your accounting practice, be it through staff, systems, technology, time, money, networks/audience, or expertise.


…


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

]]> Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 

In this episode, I discuss the concept of leverage and how to use it to optimize your accounting practice. 


We dive into the importance of recognizing and utilizing various forms of leverage, from people and systems to time and technology. 


Drawing parallels with physical leverage, I invite you to consider the need to design your business for efficiency and reduced friction. 


I encourage you to focus on your genius zone and choose specific levers that align with your strengths, and I prompt you to consider where you want to create leverage in your accounting practice, be it through staff, systems, technology, time, money, networks/audience, or expertise.


…


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

]]> Wed, 24 Jan 2024 05:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1346 Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 

In this episode, I discuss the concept of leverage and how to use it to optimize your accounting practice. 


We dive into the importance of recognizing and utilizing various forms of leverage, from people and systems to time and technology. 


Drawing parallels with physical leverage, I invite you to consider the need to design your business for efficiency and reduced friction. 


I encourage you to focus on your genius zone and choose specific levers that align with your strengths, and I prompt you to consider where you want to create leverage in your accounting practice, be it through staff, systems, technology, time, money, networks/audience, or expertise.


…


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 279 The Real Reason You Started Your Accounting PracticE 279 279 279 The Real Reason You Started Your Accounting PracticE full 9948c44a-2d09-4fb0-86f5-d93db62b5c0f https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/278 THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


On the real reasons you started your accounting practice: time, freedom, flexibility, control, autonomy.

And how working more, adding more clients, more staff, and more hours is not the path to getting you there. 


It’s not. 

the.

path.


I’ll walk you through why inverting your thinking is required: how the key to working less is not to make more money first. 


You need to work less first, so that you can make more money. 


If you want to grow your revenue, you need to start with working less. Not more. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


////////////////

NEW TO MY PODCAST?

Check out some “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244


////////////////

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495

DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


On the real reasons you started your accounting practice: time, freedom, flexibility, control, autonomy.

And how working more, adding more clients, more staff, and more hours is not the path to getting you there. 


It’s not. 

the.

path.


I’ll walk you through why inverting your thinking is required: how the key to working less is not to make more money first. 


You need to work less first, so that you can make more money. 


If you want to grow your revenue, you need to start with working less. Not more. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


////////////////

NEW TO MY PODCAST?

Check out some “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244


////////////////

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495

DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 10 Jan 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 653 THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


On the real reasons you started your accounting practice: time, freedom, flexibility, control, autonomy.

And how working more, adding more clients, more staff, and more hours is not the path to getting you there. 


It’s not. 

the.

path.


I’ll walk you through why inverting your thinking is required: how the key to working less is not to make more money first. 


You need to work less first, so that you can make more money. 


If you want to grow your revenue, you need to start with working less. Not more. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


////////////////

NEW TO MY PODCAST?

Check out some “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244


////////////////

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495

DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 278 How to Get Your Accounting Firm Under Control in the Next 4 Months 278 278 278 How to Get Your Accounting Firm Under Control in the Next 4 Months full 6dcbaca7-6d0a-45cb-a8ff-c399b1fd53ef https://share.transistor.fm/s/cb2a5896 Hey podcast listener, today’s episode is the audio from a webinar I hosted recently.


You’re going to want to listen because it shows you the path to go from working 55 hours a week to working 40 hours a week. 


Because it’s audio from video, the visuals and the slides are missing, of course. I don’t think it’s a huge deal, but if you want to watch the video replay, you can do that by clicking this link:

https://www.crowdcast.io/@geraldine-carter


I also mentioned the capacity planner, a spreadsheet designed to help you see clearly how many hours you are setting yourself up to work. 

You can get it here, and make your own copy.


I answer questions about DT40H at the 50-minute mark: what it’s like, what’s included, and so on, so if you want to go directly to that part, you can skip ahead to the 50-minute mark.


…

New to the podcast?
Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Please feel free to book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> Hey podcast listener, today’s episode is the audio from a webinar I hosted recently.


You’re going to want to listen because it shows you the path to go from working 55 hours a week to working 40 hours a week. 


Because it’s audio from video, the visuals and the slides are missing, of course. I don’t think it’s a huge deal, but if you want to watch the video replay, you can do that by clicking this link:

https://www.crowdcast.io/@geraldine-carter


I also mentioned the capacity planner, a spreadsheet designed to help you see clearly how many hours you are setting yourself up to work. 

You can get it here, and make your own copy.


I answer questions about DT40H at the 50-minute mark: what it’s like, what’s included, and so on, so if you want to go directly to that part, you can skip ahead to the 50-minute mark.


…

New to the podcast?
Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Please feel free to book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> Mon, 08 Jan 2024 16:23:03 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 3882 Hey podcast listener, today’s episode is the audio from a webinar I hosted recently.


You’re going to want to listen because it shows you the path to go from working 55 hours a week to working 40 hours a week. 


Because it’s audio from video, the visuals and the slides are missing, of course. I don’t think it’s a huge deal, but if you want to watch the video replay, you can do that by clicking this link:

https://www.crowdcast.io/@geraldine-carter


I also mentioned the capacity planner, a spreadsheet designed to help you see clearly how many hours you are setting yourself up to work. 

You can get it here, and make your own copy.


I answer questions about DT40H at the 50-minute mark: what it’s like, what’s included, and so on, so if you want to go directly to that part, you can skip ahead to the 50-minute mark.


…

New to the podcast?
Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Please feel free to book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 277 What do I say on my website? #2: Pain & Dream Examples 277 277 277 What do I say on my website? #2: Pain & Dream Examples full 4825cddd-e21b-4a55-8610-6a06a8e9773e https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/277 In this episode, we will dive into the practical side of Pains and Dreams to make it easier to know what to say on your accounting firm’s website.


We talked about the “pains” and the “dreams” in theory in episode 275, so now I want to share with you how it sounds in practice on the homepage of my own site. 


This will help you to understand the concept better and start listening to your clients and prospects with these two categories in mind. 


By organizing your thoughts and putting the right words on your website, you can:

 

  • attract the kinds of clients you want to work with
  • make your sales conversations more effective
  • waste less time in discovery calls with prospects who aren't a good fit for your firm. 


No need to burn thousands of dollars on website copy that doesn't speak to anyone. There’s an easier way. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> In this episode, we will dive into the practical side of Pains and Dreams to make it easier to know what to say on your accounting firm’s website.


We talked about the “pains” and the “dreams” in theory in episode 275, so now I want to share with you how it sounds in practice on the homepage of my own site. 


This will help you to understand the concept better and start listening to your clients and prospects with these two categories in mind. 


By organizing your thoughts and putting the right words on your website, you can:

 

  • attract the kinds of clients you want to work with
  • make your sales conversations more effective
  • waste less time in discovery calls with prospects who aren't a good fit for your firm. 


No need to burn thousands of dollars on website copy that doesn't speak to anyone. There’s an easier way. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 03 Jan 2024 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 750 In this episode, we will dive into the practical side of Pains and Dreams to make it easier to know what to say on your accounting firm’s website.


We talked about the “pains” and the “dreams” in theory in episode 275, so now I want to share with you how it sounds in practice on the homepage of my own site. 


This will help you to understand the concept better and start listening to your clients and prospects with these two categories in mind. 


By organizing your thoughts and putting the right words on your website, you can:

 

  • attract the kinds of clients you want to work with
  • make your sales conversations more effective
  • waste less time in discovery calls with prospects who aren't a good fit for your firm. 


No need to burn thousands of dollars on website copy that doesn't speak to anyone. There’s an easier way. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 276 Hazel and Remy Serve Up Accounting Jokes for the Holiday Break 276 276 276 Hazel and Remy Serve Up Accounting Jokes for the Holiday Break full 2e0c9b28-9f26-4787-a099-b7ad2a1dd4da https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/276
Now in their fourth year as moonlight podcast hosts, my little kids Hazel and Remy dish out a few delicious accounting jokes.

Enjoy the holidays!

]]>
Now in their fourth year as moonlight podcast hosts, my little kids Hazel and Remy dish out a few delicious accounting jokes.

Enjoy the holidays!

]]> Wed, 27 Dec 2023 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 154
Now in their fourth year as moonlight podcast hosts, my little kids Hazel and Remy dish out a few delicious accounting jokes.

Enjoy the holidays!

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 275 What Do I Put On My Website? #1: Pains and Dreams 275 275 275 What Do I Put On My Website? #1: Pains and Dreams full 5becd34b-761b-4494-8fb4-ef0093376226 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/275 If you’ve ever sat staring at a blinking cursor, burned time trying to find the right words, or wasted money working with a shiny marketing firm who served you generic, templated, meaningless website copy, this episode is for you. 


In it, you’ll learn how to use your client’s pains and dreams to signal to prospects that you understand what they are struggling with and what they’re looking for. 


Once you know how to do this – use pains and dreams – writing website copy will get easier and more effective.


Even better? You don’t have to write this part, because it’s your clients who give you the words. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> If you’ve ever sat staring at a blinking cursor, burned time trying to find the right words, or wasted money working with a shiny marketing firm who served you generic, templated, meaningless website copy, this episode is for you. 


In it, you’ll learn how to use your client’s pains and dreams to signal to prospects that you understand what they are struggling with and what they’re looking for. 


Once you know how to do this – use pains and dreams – writing website copy will get easier and more effective.


Even better? You don’t have to write this part, because it’s your clients who give you the words. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> Wed, 20 Dec 2023 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 733 If you’ve ever sat staring at a blinking cursor, burned time trying to find the right words, or wasted money working with a shiny marketing firm who served you generic, templated, meaningless website copy, this episode is for you. 


In it, you’ll learn how to use your client’s pains and dreams to signal to prospects that you understand what they are struggling with and what they’re looking for. 


Once you know how to do this – use pains and dreams – writing website copy will get easier and more effective.


Even better? You don’t have to write this part, because it’s your clients who give you the words. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 274 Only 3 Problems 274 274 274 Only 3 Problems full 7b2fe7ab-30aa-4fe7-a7f4-f4fbd32c6216 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/274
What if your accounting practice only had 3 problems?

It might suddenly feel simpler and easier to think about being able to address each one.
…
..
.

Your accounting practice only has 3 problems.

  1. Create value for clients
  2. Capture value with pricing
  3. Deliver results efficiently.

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]>
What if your accounting practice only had 3 problems?

It might suddenly feel simpler and easier to think about being able to address each one.
…
..
.

Your accounting practice only has 3 problems.

  1. Create value for clients
  2. Capture value with pricing
  3. Deliver results efficiently.

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 13 Dec 2023 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1130
What if your accounting practice only had 3 problems?

It might suddenly feel simpler and easier to think about being able to address each one.
…
..
.

Your accounting practice only has 3 problems.

  1. Create value for clients
  2. Capture value with pricing
  3. Deliver results efficiently.

…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 273 Work from Anywhere There’s WiFi 273 273 273 Work from Anywhere There’s WiFi full 2786eaa3-3daf-4865-89ae-a69d1aa80298 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/273 How to implement better guardrails and boundaries for your clients to nudge behavior in the direction you want it to go. 


If you’ve ever chased clients for documents or had them turn stuff in way late and you’ve twisted yourself, your business and your staff into pretzels to get the work done before the deadline, this episode is for you. 


Listen in as my podcast coach and editor Tim Wohlberg shares how implementing simple boundaries (that can easily translate into the accounting world) transformed his business and life.


Tim’s website:
https://podcastperformancecoach.com/


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> How to implement better guardrails and boundaries for your clients to nudge behavior in the direction you want it to go. 


If you’ve ever chased clients for documents or had them turn stuff in way late and you’ve twisted yourself, your business and your staff into pretzels to get the work done before the deadline, this episode is for you. 


Listen in as my podcast coach and editor Tim Wohlberg shares how implementing simple boundaries (that can easily translate into the accounting world) transformed his business and life.


Tim’s website:
https://podcastperformancecoach.com/


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> Wed, 06 Dec 2023 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Tim Wohlberg Geraldine Carter with Guest Tim Wohlberg 1850 How to implement better guardrails and boundaries for your clients to nudge behavior in the direction you want it to go. 


If you’ve ever chased clients for documents or had them turn stuff in way late and you’ve twisted yourself, your business and your staff into pretzels to get the work done before the deadline, this episode is for you. 


Listen in as my podcast coach and editor Tim Wohlberg shares how implementing simple boundaries (that can easily translate into the accounting world) transformed his business and life.


Tim’s website:
https://podcastperformancecoach.com/


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 272 More Free Time, More Confidence, with Melissa Downs, EA 272 272 272 More Free Time, More Confidence, with Melissa Downs, EA full 4415dff3-87f0-4778-9048-2544ad818756 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/272 If you’ve ever felt stressed to the max and near the end of your rope, this episode is for you. Less than six months ago, Down to 40 Hours Masterminder and repeat guest, Melissa Downs was maxed out. 


She got her client load underneath capacity, used tiered pricing to get clients where they needed to be, and started saying no. It wasn’t always easy, but now she’s on the other side, with free time on her hands and no drop in take-home pay. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Listen to other stories from clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> If you’ve ever felt stressed to the max and near the end of your rope, this episode is for you. Less than six months ago, Down to 40 Hours Masterminder and repeat guest, Melissa Downs was maxed out. 


She got her client load underneath capacity, used tiered pricing to get clients where they needed to be, and started saying no. It wasn’t always easy, but now she’s on the other side, with free time on her hands and no drop in take-home pay. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Listen to other stories from clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 29 Nov 2023 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Melissa Downs Geraldine Carter with Guest Melissa Downs 1769 If you’ve ever felt stressed to the max and near the end of your rope, this episode is for you. Less than six months ago, Down to 40 Hours Masterminder and repeat guest, Melissa Downs was maxed out. 


She got her client load underneath capacity, used tiered pricing to get clients where they needed to be, and started saying no. It wasn’t always easy, but now she’s on the other side, with free time on her hands and no drop in take-home pay. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Listen to other stories from clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 271 2 Years of Progress in 4 Months with Randy Larkin, CPA 271 271 271 2 Years of Progress in 4 Months with Randy Larkin, CPA full c27ff668-683a-42b5-8cdb-41175ddf03a2 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/271 If you’re wondering just how much you can implement in a short time in Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, listen in to hear what Randy Larkin, CPA has to say. 

He’s been in Mastermind for barely 10 weeks and has made miles of progress on numerous projects. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Listen to other stories from clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> If you’re wondering just how much you can implement in a short time in Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, listen in to hear what Randy Larkin, CPA has to say. 

He’s been in Mastermind for barely 10 weeks and has made miles of progress on numerous projects. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Listen to other stories from clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> Wed, 22 Nov 2023 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Randy Larkin Geraldine Carter with Guest Randy Larkin 2148 If you’re wondering just how much you can implement in a short time in Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, listen in to hear what Randy Larkin, CPA has to say. 

He’s been in Mastermind for barely 10 weeks and has made miles of progress on numerous projects. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 2500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Listen to other stories from clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche? 270 270 270 How long does it take for a CPA to niche? full f3518c7a-64bc-4257-aa90-b72872fe60a7 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/270 THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

How long it takes to niche, what that timeline looks like, and what to expect along the way. 


The more the CPA has a sense of what the range of normal experiences is, the more confidence it creates, and more confidence leads to faster and better decision making, faster and better decision making accelerates progress.   

…

Related episodes:


#269 - Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

#268 - How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

#260 - The Value of Niching

#266 - Transformations Without Woo


…


Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:


STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue. 
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

How long it takes to niche, what that timeline looks like, and what to expect along the way. 


The more the CPA has a sense of what the range of normal experiences is, the more confidence it creates, and more confidence leads to faster and better decision making, faster and better decision making accelerates progress.   

…

Related episodes:


#269 - Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

#268 - How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

#260 - The Value of Niching

#266 - Transformations Without Woo


…


Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:


STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue. 
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 15 Nov 2023 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 666 THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

How long it takes to niche, what that timeline looks like, and what to expect along the way. 


The more the CPA has a sense of what the range of normal experiences is, the more confidence it creates, and more confidence leads to faster and better decision making, faster and better decision making accelerates progress.   

…

Related episodes:


#269 - Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid

#268 - How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map

#260 - The Value of Niching

#266 - Transformations Without Woo


…


Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…


Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:


STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue. 
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid 269 269 269 Four Niche Sirens for CPAs to Avoid full c6c7e465-5476-499d-bf64-c28193016816 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/269 Four niche sirens whose messages you want to be on the lookout for, so you can be sure to steer clear and save yourself time, headache, and “nerve-wracking” on your niche journey. 


Those 4 sirens are:

  • Fancy
  • Money
  • Right 
  • Waste Time

When you ignore these messages, you’ll work with clients you genuinely enjoy, and you get to be more authentic, the money comes more easily because you create value for clients you like, you stop fixating on the niche itself being right and start fixating on the solutions to their money, time, stress and clarity problems, and you know that there could be no better use of time than fixating on the solutions your clients need. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Four niche sirens whose messages you want to be on the lookout for, so you can be sure to steer clear and save yourself time, headache, and “nerve-wracking” on your niche journey. 


Those 4 sirens are:

  • Fancy
  • Money
  • Right 
  • Waste Time

When you ignore these messages, you’ll work with clients you genuinely enjoy, and you get to be more authentic, the money comes more easily because you create value for clients you like, you stop fixating on the niche itself being right and start fixating on the solutions to their money, time, stress and clarity problems, and you know that there could be no better use of time than fixating on the solutions your clients need. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 08 Nov 2023 04:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 649 Four niche sirens whose messages you want to be on the lookout for, so you can be sure to steer clear and save yourself time, headache, and “nerve-wracking” on your niche journey. 


Those 4 sirens are:

  • Fancy
  • Money
  • Right 
  • Waste Time

When you ignore these messages, you’ll work with clients you genuinely enjoy, and you get to be more authentic, the money comes more easily because you create value for clients you like, you stop fixating on the niche itself being right and start fixating on the solutions to their money, time, stress and clarity problems, and you know that there could be no better use of time than fixating on the solutions your clients need. 


…


Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue.
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map 268 268 268 How to Start Niching When Your Clients are All Over the Map full dda05d7c-205f-4d03-8f0e-5aea63e1a5bf https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/268 How to get started niching when you’re all over the map, so that you can break out of the cycle of being all-things-to-all people, working weekends, and doing work you can’t stand. 


Related episodes:

#260 - The Value of Niching

#266 - Transformations Without Woo

…

Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:


STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue. 
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> How to get started niching when you’re all over the map, so that you can break out of the cycle of being all-things-to-all people, working weekends, and doing work you can’t stand. 


Related episodes:

#260 - The Value of Niching

#266 - Transformations Without Woo

…

Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:


STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue. 
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 01 Nov 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 865 How to get started niching when you’re all over the map, so that you can break out of the cycle of being all-things-to-all people, working weekends, and doing work you can’t stand. 


Related episodes:

#260 - The Value of Niching

#266 - Transformations Without Woo

…

Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:


STOP WORKING WEEKENDS

A free five-day email course to teach you how to get your hours down without giving up revenue. 
https://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends


GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 267 How CPAs Can Use a Waitlist to Manage Capacity 267 267 267 How CPAs Can Use a Waitlist to Manage Capacity full c1fde228-50de-4f8a-b07b-17e4466ca846 https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/267 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 25 Oct 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 572 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 266 Client Transformation Without Woo 266 266 266 Client Transformation Without Woo full cea5fd70-4102-4e0d-a7b7-f6d045f5f424 https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/266 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 18 Oct 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 684 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1500+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 265 How to Uncover Value Using the Why Questions 265 265 265 How to Uncover Value Using the Why Questions full 3de4d768-5662-4f9f-bb88-a5e433357f5c https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/265 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


Recently, I surveyed my list of readers asking what they found most challenging and what would be helpful if I talked about it. The clear winner was understanding and communicating value.


So today I want to give you a tool you can use to better understand the value that your buyer perceives.


The more deeply the seller appreciates the value the buyer perceives (or doesn’t), the easier it becomes to communicate value, price relative the value, and have more satisfied clients.  

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


Recently, I surveyed my list of readers asking what they found most challenging and what would be helpful if I talked about it. The clear winner was understanding and communicating value.


So today I want to give you a tool you can use to better understand the value that your buyer perceives.


The more deeply the seller appreciates the value the buyer perceives (or doesn’t), the easier it becomes to communicate value, price relative the value, and have more satisfied clients.  

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 11 Oct 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 757 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


Recently, I surveyed my list of readers asking what they found most challenging and what would be helpful if I talked about it. The clear winner was understanding and communicating value.


So today I want to give you a tool you can use to better understand the value that your buyer perceives.


The more deeply the seller appreciates the value the buyer perceives (or doesn’t), the easier it becomes to communicate value, price relative the value, and have more satisfied clients.  

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 264 Hourly Mindset vs End Result Mindset 264 264 264 Hourly Mindset vs End Result Mindset full 8ecc857a-ea0e-4f89-87be-cbcc0e8ed993 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/264 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


In this episode I talk about the Hourly Mindset compared to the End Result Mindset.


Hourly is both a pricing tool, and a mindset. 


As a pricing tool, hourly creates a price based on the time that is input. 


As a mindset, hourly creates and binds the accountant to working hours. 


The problem is, if an accountant shifts from hourly billing to flat rate pricing, without shifting their mindset, they may impart unneccessary suffering upon themselves. 


It can be hard to shift out of the mentality of your time, effort, and work being valuable, into a mindset where it’s the end result that’s valuable. 


But the more this concept sinks in, the more money you make with less effort. Without this concept, you’re likely to work a lot more hours than are necessary in order to create the revenue you want.


It’s not just about the pricing tool you use. 


It’s also about the mindset.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


In this episode I talk about the Hourly Mindset compared to the End Result Mindset.


Hourly is both a pricing tool, and a mindset. 


As a pricing tool, hourly creates a price based on the time that is input. 


As a mindset, hourly creates and binds the accountant to working hours. 


The problem is, if an accountant shifts from hourly billing to flat rate pricing, without shifting their mindset, they may impart unneccessary suffering upon themselves. 


It can be hard to shift out of the mentality of your time, effort, and work being valuable, into a mindset where it’s the end result that’s valuable. 


But the more this concept sinks in, the more money you make with less effort. Without this concept, you’re likely to work a lot more hours than are necessary in order to create the revenue you want.


It’s not just about the pricing tool you use. 


It’s also about the mindset.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 04 Oct 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 837 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


In this episode I talk about the Hourly Mindset compared to the End Result Mindset.


Hourly is both a pricing tool, and a mindset. 


As a pricing tool, hourly creates a price based on the time that is input. 


As a mindset, hourly creates and binds the accountant to working hours. 


The problem is, if an accountant shifts from hourly billing to flat rate pricing, without shifting their mindset, they may impart unneccessary suffering upon themselves. 


It can be hard to shift out of the mentality of your time, effort, and work being valuable, into a mindset where it’s the end result that’s valuable. 


But the more this concept sinks in, the more money you make with less effort. Without this concept, you’re likely to work a lot more hours than are necessary in order to create the revenue you want.


It’s not just about the pricing tool you use. 


It’s also about the mindset.

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 263 Navigating Pricing and Niche Challenges with Jackie Meyer, CPA 263 263 263 Navigating Pricing and Niche Challenges with Jackie Meyer, CPA full b1b68e97-2cce-4d53-a5fc-d64d62bf2a17 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/263 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Listen to this episode where I talk  with Jackie Meyer, Founder of Meyer Tax Consulting LLC, TaxPlanIQ, and the Concierge Accountant Coaching program, about ways to navigate common pricing and common niche challenges for accountants and CPAs. 

Jackie had direct experience in her firm and has seen first hand the challenges that accountants face when making the transition from the traditional model into a model that focuses on value creation for clients. 

…

MENTIONED

Jackie Meyer:
https://www.jackiemeyercpa.com/

TaxPlanIQ
https://www.taxplaniq.com/

Link to AICPA Pricing Tool:
https://www.aicpa-cima.com/resources/download/trusted-client-adviser-pricing-tool

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Listen to this episode where I talk  with Jackie Meyer, Founder of Meyer Tax Consulting LLC, TaxPlanIQ, and the Concierge Accountant Coaching program, about ways to navigate common pricing and common niche challenges for accountants and CPAs. 

Jackie had direct experience in her firm and has seen first hand the challenges that accountants face when making the transition from the traditional model into a model that focuses on value creation for clients. 

…

MENTIONED

Jackie Meyer:
https://www.jackiemeyercpa.com/

TaxPlanIQ
https://www.taxplaniq.com/

Link to AICPA Pricing Tool:
https://www.aicpa-cima.com/resources/download/trusted-client-adviser-pricing-tool

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 27 Sep 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Jackie Meyer Geraldine Carter with Guest Jackie Meyer 2333 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1400+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Listen to this episode where I talk  with Jackie Meyer, Founder of Meyer Tax Consulting LLC, TaxPlanIQ, and the Concierge Accountant Coaching program, about ways to navigate common pricing and common niche challenges for accountants and CPAs. 

Jackie had direct experience in her firm and has seen first hand the challenges that accountants face when making the transition from the traditional model into a model that focuses on value creation for clients. 

…

MENTIONED

Jackie Meyer:
https://www.jackiemeyercpa.com/

TaxPlanIQ
https://www.taxplaniq.com/

Link to AICPA Pricing Tool:
https://www.aicpa-cima.com/resources/download/trusted-client-adviser-pricing-tool

…

Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

12 Reasons to Niche #221

Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright #178

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 262 How CPAs Can Build a Product Ladder 262 262 262 How CPAs Can Build a Product Ladder full e03ae287-fb8a-4633-a8d8-5c7cf8316b39 https://share.transistor.fm/s/c4c62b61 Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


In this week’s episode, I talk about the idea or concept of a product ladder and what it looks like to build one. 


A product ladder is a useful tool or concept that when you put it in play, can help you convert more prospects into clients more easily, and it gives you visibility into the warmth of your pipeline of prospects. It also filters in higher quality clients while filtering out less well-fitting clients, and it does those things while generating revenue. 

…


REFERENCED EPISODES

Listen to these two episodes for rungs that can go on a product ladder:

250 Productized Services: Sell Your Expertise, Not You Working

251 Digital Products: Sell Your Expertise, Not You Working


…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


In this week’s episode, I talk about the idea or concept of a product ladder and what it looks like to build one. 


A product ladder is a useful tool or concept that when you put it in play, can help you convert more prospects into clients more easily, and it gives you visibility into the warmth of your pipeline of prospects. It also filters in higher quality clients while filtering out less well-fitting clients, and it does those things while generating revenue. 

…


REFERENCED EPISODES

Listen to these two episodes for rungs that can go on a product ladder:

250 Productized Services: Sell Your Expertise, Not You Working

251 Digital Products: Sell Your Expertise, Not You Working


…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 20 Sep 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 532 Hey CPA firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE


In this week’s episode, I talk about the idea or concept of a product ladder and what it looks like to build one. 


A product ladder is a useful tool or concept that when you put it in play, can help you convert more prospects into clients more easily, and it gives you visibility into the warmth of your pipeline of prospects. It also filters in higher quality clients while filtering out less well-fitting clients, and it does those things while generating revenue. 

…


REFERENCED EPISODES

Listen to these two episodes for rungs that can go on a product ladder:

250 Productized Services: Sell Your Expertise, Not You Working

251 Digital Products: Sell Your Expertise, Not You Working


…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 261 The Gift of Difficult Clients 261 261 261 The Gift of Difficult Clients full 8fd7bffe-9c8b-4aba-b8ad-8454efe471ff https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/261 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Many CPAs have difficult clients. 

Many CPAs (think they) have difficult clients. 

…

In today’s episode, I offer a more useful and effective framework for thinking about your most difficult clients, so that you can reshape your accounting practice into one that only has amazing clients, and clients who help you be better. 

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Many CPAs have difficult clients. 

Many CPAs (think they) have difficult clients. 

…

In today’s episode, I offer a more useful and effective framework for thinking about your most difficult clients, so that you can reshape your accounting practice into one that only has amazing clients, and clients who help you be better. 

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 13 Sep 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 624 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Many CPAs have difficult clients. 

Many CPAs (think they) have difficult clients. 

…

In today’s episode, I offer a more useful and effective framework for thinking about your most difficult clients, so that you can reshape your accounting practice into one that only has amazing clients, and clients who help you be better. 

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 260 The Value of Niching 260 260 260 The Value of Niching full a96bb0c0-e952-428e-b41e-61e262f54674 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/260 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Listen to this episode where I cut right to the chase on the value of niching. It’s a clip from a podcast interview I did with John Randoplh, host of the CPA Life podcast.

To catch our 2-part episode, check out the CPA Life podcast:

– Work Smarter, Not Harder on AUG 23 2023

– The Value of Understanding What Clients Want on AUG 30 2023

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:


  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:


  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Listen to this episode where I cut right to the chase on the value of niching. It’s a clip from a podcast interview I did with John Randoplh, host of the CPA Life podcast.

To catch our 2-part episode, check out the CPA Life podcast:

– Work Smarter, Not Harder on AUG 23 2023

– The Value of Understanding What Clients Want on AUG 30 2023

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:


  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:


  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 06 Sep 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 226 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Listen to this episode where I cut right to the chase on the value of niching. It’s a clip from a podcast interview I did with John Randoplh, host of the CPA Life podcast.

To catch our 2-part episode, check out the CPA Life podcast:

– Work Smarter, Not Harder on AUG 23 2023

– The Value of Understanding What Clients Want on AUG 30 2023

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:


  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:


  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA 259 259 259 Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA full 3fcddff2-a680-4b64-a7f9-b5e11bc20e4d https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/259 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Have you ever felt at the edge of burning out or like your sanity is on the line? 

Many CPAs get into the profession because they want to help people; they find saying no to prospects to be nearly impossible. 

Some end up with an overflowing client roster of underpriced clients and an unrelenting workload that keeps them stuck at the office eight days a week. 

There’s a better path.


 “Change is 110% possible – you just have to take action.”

Listen to Michael Berry, CPA, as he talks about what he has changed over 8 months in Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, as he ratchets down his hours, increases his prices, and gets a deeper appreciation for the value he provides for his clients. 

…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

Cut 74% of Clients and Have the Same Net Profit, with Melissa Downs, EA

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  


]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Have you ever felt at the edge of burning out or like your sanity is on the line? 

Many CPAs get into the profession because they want to help people; they find saying no to prospects to be nearly impossible. 

Some end up with an overflowing client roster of underpriced clients and an unrelenting workload that keeps them stuck at the office eight days a week. 

There’s a better path.


 “Change is 110% possible – you just have to take action.”

Listen to Michael Berry, CPA, as he talks about what he has changed over 8 months in Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, as he ratchets down his hours, increases his prices, and gets a deeper appreciation for the value he provides for his clients. 

…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

Cut 74% of Clients and Have the Same Net Profit, with Melissa Downs, EA

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  


]]> Wed, 23 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Michael Berry Geraldine Carter with Guest Michael Berry 2217 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1300+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Readers say they love it because they’re short and on point.


…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

Have you ever felt at the edge of burning out or like your sanity is on the line? 

Many CPAs get into the profession because they want to help people; they find saying no to prospects to be nearly impossible. 

Some end up with an overflowing client roster of underpriced clients and an unrelenting workload that keeps them stuck at the office eight days a week. 

There’s a better path.


 “Change is 110% possible – you just have to take action.”

Listen to Michael Berry, CPA, as he talks about what he has changed over 8 months in Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, as he ratchets down his hours, increases his prices, and gets a deeper appreciation for the value he provides for his clients. 

…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

Cut 74% of Clients and Have the Same Net Profit, with Melissa Downs, EA

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue?

Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 258 Cut 74% of Clients and Have the Same Net Profit, with Melissa Downs, EA 258 258 258 Cut 74% of Clients and Have the Same Net Profit, with Melissa Downs, EA full fb6b5a24-1fa9-4075-b483-716db01ec6ac https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/258 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

What if you could cut your client roster waaaaaaay down, without taking a hit to your bottom line?

Melissa Downs, EA did just that. In Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, she worked through her client roster, updated her pricing, sent out 600+ disengagement letters, and kept her net profit exactly the same. 

Six months ago she said she didn’t think it was possible. Not for her, anyway. 

Now, she has a 3-week unplugged cruise planned for the fall, and the eventual goal is to live overseas for a few months while the firm runs without her coming in everyday. 

You can find Melissa via her website:
https://midwestbkpg.com/

…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue? 
Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

What if you could cut your client roster waaaaaaay down, without taking a hit to your bottom line?

Melissa Downs, EA did just that. In Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, she worked through her client roster, updated her pricing, sent out 600+ disengagement letters, and kept her net profit exactly the same. 

Six months ago she said she didn’t think it was possible. Not for her, anyway. 

Now, she has a 3-week unplugged cruise planned for the fall, and the eventual goal is to live overseas for a few months while the firm runs without her coming in everyday. 

You can find Melissa via her website:
https://midwestbkpg.com/

…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue? 
Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Fri, 18 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Melissa Downs Geraldine Carter with Guest Melissa Downs 2174 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…


THIS WEEK’S EPISODE

What if you could cut your client roster waaaaaaay down, without taking a hit to your bottom line?

Melissa Downs, EA did just that. In Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, she worked through her client roster, updated her pricing, sent out 600+ disengagement letters, and kept her net profit exactly the same. 

Six months ago she said she didn’t think it was possible. Not for her, anyway. 

Now, she has a 3-week unplugged cruise planned for the fall, and the eventual goal is to live overseas for a few months while the firm runs without her coming in everyday. 

You can find Melissa via her website:
https://midwestbkpg.com/

…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

…

Want to get your life back while protecting your revenue? 
Here are a few ways I help overworked CPAs:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • Disengage problem clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • Have a community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 257 6 Ways to Get Your Time Back 257 257 257 6 Ways to Get Your Time Back full 07d30615-8fe8-45b4-ae1a-89c0403a0844 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/257 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


…


In this episode, I share 6 ways to get your hours back in your accounting firm. Rather than having “work less” be some vague, hand-wavy “wouldn’t that be nice” idea, I give you six ways to go about getting your hours down. 


Without losing revenue. 


You’ll get the option to challenge the way you think about revenue creation, from one of working, to one of not-working. 


…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

How to Diengage Clients #215

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


…


In this episode, I share 6 ways to get your hours back in your accounting firm. Rather than having “work less” be some vague, hand-wavy “wouldn’t that be nice” idea, I give you six ways to go about getting your hours down. 


Without losing revenue. 


You’ll get the option to challenge the way you think about revenue creation, from one of working, to one of not-working. 


…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

How to Diengage Clients #215

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 16 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 686 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


…


In this episode, I share 6 ways to get your hours back in your accounting firm. Rather than having “work less” be some vague, hand-wavy “wouldn’t that be nice” idea, I give you six ways to go about getting your hours down. 


Without losing revenue. 


You’ll get the option to challenge the way you think about revenue creation, from one of working, to one of not-working. 


…


Check out my “greatest hits” episodes:

Effortless Value #201

Pricing for Improved Profitability #211

How to Diengage Clients #215

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability

Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 256 Overcoming Price Increase Resistance 256 256 256 Overcoming Price Increase Resistance full 93e34511-6e46-437c-a336-7f49220b9056 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/256 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


….


Here are five questions you can ask yourself to get your brain on board with all the reasons raising prices will be good for you clients and for you, to help you get past price increase resistance you may be experiencing:


  1. In what ways will it be good for my best clients when I lift my prices?
  2. In what ways will raising prices help me be more effective for my best clients?
  3. In what ways will I be able to increase the value I create for my best clients when I raise my prices?
  4. How will raising my prices give me more time that I can use to focus on serving my best clients better, and making my accounting firm better?
  5. In what ways do I love raising prices?

…

DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


….


Here are five questions you can ask yourself to get your brain on board with all the reasons raising prices will be good for you clients and for you, to help you get past price increase resistance you may be experiencing:


  1. In what ways will it be good for my best clients when I lift my prices?
  2. In what ways will raising prices help me be more effective for my best clients?
  3. In what ways will I be able to increase the value I create for my best clients when I raise my prices?
  4. How will raising my prices give me more time that I can use to focus on serving my best clients better, and making my accounting firm better?
  5. In what ways do I love raising prices?

…

DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Wed, 09 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 574 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


….


Here are five questions you can ask yourself to get your brain on board with all the reasons raising prices will be good for you clients and for you, to help you get past price increase resistance you may be experiencing:


  1. In what ways will it be good for my best clients when I lift my prices?
  2. In what ways will raising prices help me be more effective for my best clients?
  3. In what ways will I be able to increase the value I create for my best clients when I raise my prices?
  4. How will raising my prices give me more time that I can use to focus on serving my best clients better, and making my accounting firm better?
  5. In what ways do I love raising prices?

…

DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 255 Burnout Recovery with Randy Crabtree, CPA 255 255 255 Burnout Recovery with Randy Crabtree, CPA full abad74b7-0366-4f61-bb42-d183901fa261 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/255 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

Burnout is rampant in accounting. Many CPAs are overworked, overwhelmed, tired, and fried. They know work is hard, they know something’s wrong, they know they don’t like what they have. But the problem is they don’t know how to stop it. Many keep working, hoping that by working more hours, the overworking problem will somehow solve itself. 

Working more to solve the overworking problem only makes things worse, and can lead straight to burnout. The cost of burnout can be high: it can take a physical or emotional toll, or both. 

Listen to today’s episode to hear stories from both Randy Crabtree and Geraldine on what burnout cost, what we can see now in retrospect that we couldn’t see when caught in it, and concrete steps for changing course before the consequences get dire. 

You don’t have to work long hours to make money. Listen to 1:1 clients who made the switch:


15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

…


Connect with Randy Crabtree:


Website: tri-merit.com


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/randy-crabtree-1945a67/


Bridging the Gap Conference: 
https://tri-merit.com/tucpa-conference-2023/

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

Burnout is rampant in accounting. Many CPAs are overworked, overwhelmed, tired, and fried. They know work is hard, they know something’s wrong, they know they don’t like what they have. But the problem is they don’t know how to stop it. Many keep working, hoping that by working more hours, the overworking problem will somehow solve itself. 

Working more to solve the overworking problem only makes things worse, and can lead straight to burnout. The cost of burnout can be high: it can take a physical or emotional toll, or both. 

Listen to today’s episode to hear stories from both Randy Crabtree and Geraldine on what burnout cost, what we can see now in retrospect that we couldn’t see when caught in it, and concrete steps for changing course before the consequences get dire. 

You don’t have to work long hours to make money. Listen to 1:1 clients who made the switch:


15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

…


Connect with Randy Crabtree:


Website: tri-merit.com


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/randy-crabtree-1945a67/


Bridging the Gap Conference: 
https://tri-merit.com/tucpa-conference-2023/

]]> Wed, 02 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1865 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

Burnout is rampant in accounting. Many CPAs are overworked, overwhelmed, tired, and fried. They know work is hard, they know something’s wrong, they know they don’t like what they have. But the problem is they don’t know how to stop it. Many keep working, hoping that by working more hours, the overworking problem will somehow solve itself. 

Working more to solve the overworking problem only makes things worse, and can lead straight to burnout. The cost of burnout can be high: it can take a physical or emotional toll, or both. 

Listen to today’s episode to hear stories from both Randy Crabtree and Geraldine on what burnout cost, what we can see now in retrospect that we couldn’t see when caught in it, and concrete steps for changing course before the consequences get dire. 

You don’t have to work long hours to make money. Listen to 1:1 clients who made the switch:


15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

…


Connect with Randy Crabtree:


Website: tri-merit.com


LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/randy-crabtree-1945a67/


Bridging the Gap Conference: 
https://tri-merit.com/tucpa-conference-2023/

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 254 Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA 254 254 254 Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA full 246bc615-a653-4ff5-9b83-17ba74752e69 https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/254 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Listen to this episode where I interview Prithi Daswani, CPA a 1:1 client. We worked together for about a year, starting two years ago. 


In her story, you’ll hear how she went from 750 clients down to 50 over the course of that time. You’ll hear about the decisions and modifications she made to her practice, so that she could get out from under the relentless workload to find happiness again. 


You’ll hear which steps made the biggest impact, which fears she needed to work through in order to implement improvements, and what happened to her revenue over the course of the journey. 


The end result? More happiness, a lot less work, steady take-home pay, and the freedom to choose not to double revenue.


Connect with Prithi at https://prithidaswani.com/.


…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Listen to this episode where I interview Prithi Daswani, CPA a 1:1 client. We worked together for about a year, starting two years ago. 


In her story, you’ll hear how she went from 750 clients down to 50 over the course of that time. You’ll hear about the decisions and modifications she made to her practice, so that she could get out from under the relentless workload to find happiness again. 


You’ll hear which steps made the biggest impact, which fears she needed to work through in order to implement improvements, and what happened to her revenue over the course of the journey. 


The end result? More happiness, a lot less work, steady take-home pay, and the freedom to choose not to double revenue.


Connect with Prithi at https://prithidaswani.com/.


…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 26 Jul 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2529 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Listen to this episode where I interview Prithi Daswani, CPA a 1:1 client. We worked together for about a year, starting two years ago. 


In her story, you’ll hear how she went from 750 clients down to 50 over the course of that time. You’ll hear about the decisions and modifications she made to her practice, so that she could get out from under the relentless workload to find happiness again. 


You’ll hear which steps made the biggest impact, which fears she needed to work through in order to implement improvements, and what happened to her revenue over the course of the journey. 


The end result? More happiness, a lot less work, steady take-home pay, and the freedom to choose not to double revenue.


Connect with Prithi at https://prithidaswani.com/.


…

Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 253 When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA 253 253 253 When you need to explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA full 617333b5-a388-4f08-a53c-a4dbe4b28e7a https://smartstrategyforcpas.com/253 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

My guest today is Rebecca Driscoll, of Conscious Accounting. 

Sometimes we know that we are not where we want to be in our business, or in our life. But what to do about it and how to fix it remains elusive. Rebecca knew she wanted to find a different path, but didn’t know what path she wanted to be on. She had the courage to explore options, until the one she wanted to be on revealed itself to her. For those who sometimes wander, feel a bit hopeless, or lost, I hope you find the story of Rebecca’s explorations to be inspiring. 


…


Connect with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

https://conscious-accounting.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/rebecca-driscoll-cpa/


…


Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  


]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

My guest today is Rebecca Driscoll, of Conscious Accounting. 

Sometimes we know that we are not where we want to be in our business, or in our life. But what to do about it and how to fix it remains elusive. Rebecca knew she wanted to find a different path, but didn’t know what path she wanted to be on. She had the courage to explore options, until the one she wanted to be on revealed itself to her. For those who sometimes wander, feel a bit hopeless, or lost, I hope you find the story of Rebecca’s explorations to be inspiring. 


…


Connect with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

https://conscious-accounting.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/rebecca-driscoll-cpa/


…


Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  


]]> Wed, 19 Jul 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2312 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

My guest today is Rebecca Driscoll, of Conscious Accounting. 

Sometimes we know that we are not where we want to be in our business, or in our life. But what to do about it and how to fix it remains elusive. Rebecca knew she wanted to find a different path, but didn’t know what path she wanted to be on. She had the courage to explore options, until the one she wanted to be on revealed itself to her. For those who sometimes wander, feel a bit hopeless, or lost, I hope you find the story of Rebecca’s explorations to be inspiring. 


…


Connect with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA

https://conscious-accounting.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/rebecca-driscoll-cpa/


…


Listen to other stories from 1:1 clients:

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA

Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment, CPA

130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott

How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA

From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA

Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA 252 252 252 How Accountants Can Use ChatGPT with Jason Staats, CPA full 154b6c10-5a93-418c-bf58-e7b5482253bd https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/252 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

ChatGPT has taken the world by storm, and many accountants are wondering where its use fits into their accounting practice – now, and two years from now. If you want to find out where to get started, how you might begin using ChatGPT in your accounting practice, and what to watch out for (Hint: the cost of not leaning into it), tune in for answers.


Also be sure to check out my previous episode with Jason, #219 Automation as Business Strategy.

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

ChatGPT has taken the world by storm, and many accountants are wondering where its use fits into their accounting practice – now, and two years from now. If you want to find out where to get started, how you might begin using ChatGPT in your accounting practice, and what to watch out for (Hint: the cost of not leaning into it), tune in for answers.


Also be sure to check out my previous episode with Jason, #219 Automation as Business Strategy.

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 12 Jul 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Jason Staats Geraldine Carter with Guest Jason Staats 2085 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

ChatGPT has taken the world by storm, and many accountants are wondering where its use fits into their accounting practice – now, and two years from now. If you want to find out where to get started, how you might begin using ChatGPT in your accounting practice, and what to watch out for (Hint: the cost of not leaning into it), tune in for answers.


Also be sure to check out my previous episode with Jason, #219 Automation as Business Strategy.

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 251 Digital Products: Sell Your Expertise, Not You Working 251 251 251 Digital Products: Sell Your Expertise, Not You Working full 23a39de3-3202-4a71-b584-4fe3bd519d3a https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/251 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Be sure to listen to this episode if you’re interested in getting paid for your expertise, without having to do so much hard work. You’ll hear about how, when, and why to use Digital Products in your accounting firm while understanding the pros and cons of them. You’ll also learn how to think about when your accounting practice is ready to introduce these, and when it might be too soon to be worthwhile. 

If you want to check out other episodes on this topic, you might like:

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA #243

…

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST (or)

KNOW EXACTLY WHAT TO DO NEXT

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Be sure to listen to this episode if you’re interested in getting paid for your expertise, without having to do so much hard work. You’ll hear about how, when, and why to use Digital Products in your accounting firm while understanding the pros and cons of them. You’ll also learn how to think about when your accounting practice is ready to introduce these, and when it might be too soon to be worthwhile. 

If you want to check out other episodes on this topic, you might like:

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA #243

…

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST (or)

KNOW EXACTLY WHAT TO DO NEXT

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 05 Jul 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 952 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Be sure to listen to this episode if you’re interested in getting paid for your expertise, without having to do so much hard work. You’ll hear about how, when, and why to use Digital Products in your accounting firm while understanding the pros and cons of them. You’ll also learn how to think about when your accounting practice is ready to introduce these, and when it might be too soon to be worthwhile. 

If you want to check out other episodes on this topic, you might like:

Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall #179

Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard #244

15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA #243

…

…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST (or)

KNOW EXACTLY WHAT TO DO NEXT

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:

  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:

  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 250 Productized Services: Sell Your Expertise, Not You Working 250 250 250 Productized Services: Sell Your Expertise, Not You Working full 62242d1b-2fb7-4552-9a79-41774fa418bf https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/250 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 

…


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

Be sure to listen to this episode if you’re interested in getting paid for your expertise, without having to do so much hard work. You’ll hear about how, when, and why to use Productized Services in your accounting firm while understanding the pros and cons of them. You’ll also hear some examples of how they are used and what to price them at so you’re not stabbing in the dark. 

If you want to check out other episodes on this topic, you might like:


  1. Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA #240
  2. 15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA #243
  3. Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau #167


…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:


  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:


  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 

…


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

Be sure to listen to this episode if you’re interested in getting paid for your expertise, without having to do so much hard work. You’ll hear about how, when, and why to use Productized Services in your accounting firm while understanding the pros and cons of them. You’ll also hear some examples of how they are used and what to price them at so you’re not stabbing in the dark. 

If you want to check out other episodes on this topic, you might like:


  1. Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA #240
  2. 15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA #243
  3. Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau #167


…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:


  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:


  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Wed, 28 Jun 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1289 Hey CPA Firm owner, glad you found the podcast. 


If you feel like you’ve become trapped by your own accounting firm, you’re fed up PiTB clients who get you their stuff late, don’t appreciate the value you provide, and complain to you when you don’t turn it around on a dime, I can help you stop the chaos and end the long hours, without losing revenue. 

…


If you like the podcast, join 1000+ other CPAs who get Vitamin G, my daily dose of single-tip business strategy delivered straight to their inbox: 

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

…

Be sure to listen to this episode if you’re interested in getting paid for your expertise, without having to do so much hard work. You’ll hear about how, when, and why to use Productized Services in your accounting firm while understanding the pros and cons of them. You’ll also hear some examples of how they are used and what to price them at so you’re not stabbing in the dark. 

If you want to check out other episodes on this topic, you might like:


  1. Offer Productized Services with Sheila Hansen, CPA #240
  2. 15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA #243
  3. Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau #167


…

A few ways to work with me:

GET LOTS OF ANSWERS FAST

For the solo CPA with a bunch of rapid-fire questions they want answers to, like:


  • How high can I go on prices without sending my clients running?
  • What do you think of my niche?
  • How do I upsell my legacy clients?
  • What’s the script for talking to prospects about higher-level and Advisory services?
  • What do I put in my tiered packages?


Book a single strategy call with me, to get answers to questions like these and more. It’s covered by my 100% satisfaction guarantee. If at the end of the call, you don’t feel like it was worth it, just say the word and I‘ll refund your purchase in full. 

geraldinecarter.com/call
$495


DOWN TO 40 HOURS CPA MASTERMIND

For the overworked CPA at six figures of revenue who wants to stop working weekends and wants to implement overdue changes, but has trouble doing it alone:


  • Get guidance on prices, packages, and becoming more specialized
  • How to fire clients without blowing a hole in your firm
  • A community of like-minded CPAs on a similar journey to share what you’re working on, bounce ideas off, and get accountability


Make more progress faster and with more ease. Guaranteed to get you down to 40 hours.
geraldinecarter.com/
$7500

1:1 PRIVATE COACHING

For the firm owner with $1M+ in revenue who is caught in the weeds of tax work and fielding never-ending staff questions, I offer a high-touch 5-month experience. The aim is to get you down to working only 5 days a week, while 5-10x-ing your investment. 

geraldinecarter.com/custom-vip-coaching
$24,500  

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 249 Extraordinary Results Through 1:Many with Laura Dixon 249 249 249 Extraordinary Results Through 1:Many with Laura Dixon full 6bae2345-9148-439a-abd8-c81f2b69b3d7 https://businessstrategforcpas.com/249 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Transitioning from a one-on-one business model to a one-to-many business model is a strategic move that some business owners consider as their practices expand and evolve. 


While one-on-one work offers personalized attention and guidance to individual clients, the one-to-many model enables business owners to reach a larger audience, scale their impact, and increase their revenue potential. 


Laura Dixon helps women who are obsessive about food and dieting become naturally thin for life. 


Laura shares how she started her coaching business using a one-to-one model and then shifted it to a monthly membership model. 


Highlights:


— “I always knew what I wanted long-term is recurring consistent revenue in a way that I sell to clients that I love to serve. 


— “I set up my business where I'm able to have the flexibility that I want with my family, but also do what I love, help the people that I love to help, and make the money that I want.


— “Long term, I want a massive business. And that means getting really good at delivering something extraordinary, being really good at selling it. And so I'm willing to charge less now because I know what I want 10, 20, 30 years down the road.” 


— “I don't want people that kind of want to try stuff in my program. I want people that want to come in, they want to do the work, they want to get the result and they want to get out, and then just live the rest of their life.” 


— “I'm able to produce probably five times as much as I was able to when I was working more hours because I'm so clear on who I help.”

Connect with Laura:

Website: https://lauradixoncoaching.com/

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Transitioning from a one-on-one business model to a one-to-many business model is a strategic move that some business owners consider as their practices expand and evolve. 


While one-on-one work offers personalized attention and guidance to individual clients, the one-to-many model enables business owners to reach a larger audience, scale their impact, and increase their revenue potential. 


Laura Dixon helps women who are obsessive about food and dieting become naturally thin for life. 


Laura shares how she started her coaching business using a one-to-one model and then shifted it to a monthly membership model. 


Highlights:


— “I always knew what I wanted long-term is recurring consistent revenue in a way that I sell to clients that I love to serve. 


— “I set up my business where I'm able to have the flexibility that I want with my family, but also do what I love, help the people that I love to help, and make the money that I want.


— “Long term, I want a massive business. And that means getting really good at delivering something extraordinary, being really good at selling it. And so I'm willing to charge less now because I know what I want 10, 20, 30 years down the road.” 


— “I don't want people that kind of want to try stuff in my program. I want people that want to come in, they want to do the work, they want to get the result and they want to get out, and then just live the rest of their life.” 


— “I'm able to produce probably five times as much as I was able to when I was working more hours because I'm so clear on who I help.”

Connect with Laura:

Website: https://lauradixoncoaching.com/

]]> Wed, 21 Jun 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Laura Dixon Geraldine Carter with Guest Laura Dixon 2661 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe


Transitioning from a one-on-one business model to a one-to-many business model is a strategic move that some business owners consider as their practices expand and evolve. 


While one-on-one work offers personalized attention and guidance to individual clients, the one-to-many model enables business owners to reach a larger audience, scale their impact, and increase their revenue potential. 


Laura Dixon helps women who are obsessive about food and dieting become naturally thin for life. 


Laura shares how she started her coaching business using a one-to-one model and then shifted it to a monthly membership model. 


Highlights:


— “I always knew what I wanted long-term is recurring consistent revenue in a way that I sell to clients that I love to serve. 


— “I set up my business where I'm able to have the flexibility that I want with my family, but also do what I love, help the people that I love to help, and make the money that I want.


— “Long term, I want a massive business. And that means getting really good at delivering something extraordinary, being really good at selling it. And so I'm willing to charge less now because I know what I want 10, 20, 30 years down the road.” 


— “I don't want people that kind of want to try stuff in my program. I want people that want to come in, they want to do the work, they want to get the result and they want to get out, and then just live the rest of their life.” 


— “I'm able to produce probably five times as much as I was able to when I was working more hours because I'm so clear on who I help.”

Connect with Laura:

Website: https://lauradixoncoaching.com/

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 248 What Works for CPA Firms with Donny Shimamoto, CPA 248 248 248 What Works for CPA Firms with Donny Shimamoto, CPA full e215bda2-b4a5-4dfd-bd10-41e5795456b6 https://businessstrategyforcpas/com/248 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Take the survey!

https://link.improvetheworld.net/BusinessStrategyforCPAs

By analyzing relevant data, business owners can identify patterns, trends, and insights that enable them to make well-informed decisions, mitigate risks, and capitalize on opportunities.


In this episode, Donny Shimamoto of the Center for Accounting Transformation talks about the two different surveys that his firm is doing right now. 


The surveys aim to understand what works and what doesn't work for accounting firms, specifically in the areas of advisory services and staffing strategies. 


​​Conducting surveys to identify the successful practices of accounting firms in terms of advisory services and staffing is crucial for understanding the key factors that contribute to client success. 


Donny believes that accountants are here to help improve the world, and the more accountants who contribute to their research, the more the results of that research can help improve the world.

Highlights:


— “Really good business-driven innovation is driven off of data.”


— “Accounting is the foundation of a business. And it is absolutely necessary.” 


— “Accounting has the power to help small business owners be much more successful.”


— “Many of us are scared of the word “failure,” but learning from errors or mistakes creates the opportunity to help others learn from what we did.”

Connect with Donny:

Website: https://improvetheworld.net/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/donnyitk/

Episode mentions:
Take the survey!

URL: https://link.improvetheworld.net/BusinessStrategyforCPAs

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Take the survey!

https://link.improvetheworld.net/BusinessStrategyforCPAs

By analyzing relevant data, business owners can identify patterns, trends, and insights that enable them to make well-informed decisions, mitigate risks, and capitalize on opportunities.


In this episode, Donny Shimamoto of the Center for Accounting Transformation talks about the two different surveys that his firm is doing right now. 


The surveys aim to understand what works and what doesn't work for accounting firms, specifically in the areas of advisory services and staffing strategies. 


​​Conducting surveys to identify the successful practices of accounting firms in terms of advisory services and staffing is crucial for understanding the key factors that contribute to client success. 


Donny believes that accountants are here to help improve the world, and the more accountants who contribute to their research, the more the results of that research can help improve the world.

Highlights:


— “Really good business-driven innovation is driven off of data.”


— “Accounting is the foundation of a business. And it is absolutely necessary.” 


— “Accounting has the power to help small business owners be much more successful.”


— “Many of us are scared of the word “failure,” but learning from errors or mistakes creates the opportunity to help others learn from what we did.”

Connect with Donny:

Website: https://improvetheworld.net/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/donnyitk/

Episode mentions:
Take the survey!

URL: https://link.improvetheworld.net/BusinessStrategyforCPAs

]]> Wed, 14 Jun 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Donny Shimamoto Geraldine Carter with Guest Donny Shimamoto 1367 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Take the survey!

https://link.improvetheworld.net/BusinessStrategyforCPAs

By analyzing relevant data, business owners can identify patterns, trends, and insights that enable them to make well-informed decisions, mitigate risks, and capitalize on opportunities.


In this episode, Donny Shimamoto of the Center for Accounting Transformation talks about the two different surveys that his firm is doing right now. 


The surveys aim to understand what works and what doesn't work for accounting firms, specifically in the areas of advisory services and staffing strategies. 


​​Conducting surveys to identify the successful practices of accounting firms in terms of advisory services and staffing is crucial for understanding the key factors that contribute to client success. 


Donny believes that accountants are here to help improve the world, and the more accountants who contribute to their research, the more the results of that research can help improve the world.

Highlights:


— “Really good business-driven innovation is driven off of data.”


— “Accounting is the foundation of a business. And it is absolutely necessary.” 


— “Accounting has the power to help small business owners be much more successful.”


— “Many of us are scared of the word “failure,” but learning from errors or mistakes creates the opportunity to help others learn from what we did.”

Connect with Donny:

Website: https://improvetheworld.net/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/donnyitk/

Episode mentions:
Take the survey!

URL: https://link.improvetheworld.net/BusinessStrategyforCPAs

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 247 Effective Marketing for Accounting Firms with Matt Banker 247 247 247 Effective Marketing for Accounting Firms with Matt Banker full ae381aa7-b493-4795-810f-6658bb6d14c2 https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/247 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

For a lot of accountants, marketing can either be this thing they know they ought to be doing, but aren’t, or they're doing it and not seeing the response they want. Sometimes it feels like they're pouring money down a hole.


Like any other business, accounting firms are not immune to making marketing mistakes. 


In this episode, Matt Banker, founder of Benchmark Growth Marketing, shares some common marketing mistakes that accounting firms make and offers insights on how they can effectively promote their services and stand out in a competitive market.


Highlights:


— “The most common marketing mistake I see is accountants undervalue their website, or spending money sending good traffic to a bad website.”


— “Whatever you're communicating on your website is really influencing a lot of prospects’ first impression of who and what you are.”


— “The words on your website need to be right: the messaging, positioning, making sure that you're communicating what you do and for whom. You want your website to qualify people either in, or out..” 


— “A lot of the marketing materials that are targeted for accounting firms are written for everybody. It's generalist content, and no one cares about it. What I really want is someone who has specific expertise that applies to me. The more specific, the more valuable.” 


— “The main reason marketing feels expensive is that you haven't budgeted for it. You haven't thought about it as something that is built into your business model.” 

Connect with Matt:

Website: https://marketingforaccountingfirms.com/


Free Email Templates:

https://marketingforaccountingfirms.com/free-email-templates-for-accounting-firms/


]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

For a lot of accountants, marketing can either be this thing they know they ought to be doing, but aren’t, or they're doing it and not seeing the response they want. Sometimes it feels like they're pouring money down a hole.


Like any other business, accounting firms are not immune to making marketing mistakes. 


In this episode, Matt Banker, founder of Benchmark Growth Marketing, shares some common marketing mistakes that accounting firms make and offers insights on how they can effectively promote their services and stand out in a competitive market.


Highlights:


— “The most common marketing mistake I see is accountants undervalue their website, or spending money sending good traffic to a bad website.”


— “Whatever you're communicating on your website is really influencing a lot of prospects’ first impression of who and what you are.”


— “The words on your website need to be right: the messaging, positioning, making sure that you're communicating what you do and for whom. You want your website to qualify people either in, or out..” 


— “A lot of the marketing materials that are targeted for accounting firms are written for everybody. It's generalist content, and no one cares about it. What I really want is someone who has specific expertise that applies to me. The more specific, the more valuable.” 


— “The main reason marketing feels expensive is that you haven't budgeted for it. You haven't thought about it as something that is built into your business model.” 

Connect with Matt:

Website: https://marketingforaccountingfirms.com/


Free Email Templates:

https://marketingforaccountingfirms.com/free-email-templates-for-accounting-firms/


]]> Wed, 07 Jun 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2583 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

For a lot of accountants, marketing can either be this thing they know they ought to be doing, but aren’t, or they're doing it and not seeing the response they want. Sometimes it feels like they're pouring money down a hole.


Like any other business, accounting firms are not immune to making marketing mistakes. 


In this episode, Matt Banker, founder of Benchmark Growth Marketing, shares some common marketing mistakes that accounting firms make and offers insights on how they can effectively promote their services and stand out in a competitive market.


Highlights:


— “The most common marketing mistake I see is accountants undervalue their website, or spending money sending good traffic to a bad website.”


— “Whatever you're communicating on your website is really influencing a lot of prospects’ first impression of who and what you are.”


— “The words on your website need to be right: the messaging, positioning, making sure that you're communicating what you do and for whom. You want your website to qualify people either in, or out..” 


— “A lot of the marketing materials that are targeted for accounting firms are written for everybody. It's generalist content, and no one cares about it. What I really want is someone who has specific expertise that applies to me. The more specific, the more valuable.” 


— “The main reason marketing feels expensive is that you haven't budgeted for it. You haven't thought about it as something that is built into your business model.” 

Connect with Matt:

Website: https://marketingforaccountingfirms.com/


Free Email Templates:

https://marketingforaccountingfirms.com/free-email-templates-for-accounting-firms/


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 246 How to Improve Sale Multiples with Brannon Poe 246 246 246 How to Improve Sale Multiples with Brannon Poe full 15bfb94b-8771-440f-a7da-d0591de21bde https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/246 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

How can CPA businesses make themselves more attractive to potential buyers and command a higher sale price?


Brannon Poe offers tips for improving sale multiples for CPA businesses.


Brannon is a CPA and is the founder of Poe Group Advisors, a brokerage business focused solely on accounting and CPA firms. 


Highlights:


— ”In the landscape of buying and selling of accounting firms, the biggest change is the increase in the focus on the quality of staff in acquisitions. Because quality staff are scarce.”


— ”There's increasing comfort and demand with virtual firms. We are seeing multiples increase as banks are getting more comfortable with those firms.”


— ”If you want to sell in three to five years, it's smart to get an understanding of how much the practice is worth.” 


— ”If I had to give one piece of advice to a firm owner who was thinking of selling in three to five years, it would be to focus on pricing.”


Connect with Brannon:

Website: https://poegroupadvisors.com/


Brannon’s new book: Prepare Your CPA Firm for A Sale

https://poegroupadvisors.com/prepare/


Previous episodes with Brannon:

162 How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/162

199 Selling Cloud-based vs Traditional CPA Firms with Brannon Poe

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/199


]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

How can CPA businesses make themselves more attractive to potential buyers and command a higher sale price?


Brannon Poe offers tips for improving sale multiples for CPA businesses.


Brannon is a CPA and is the founder of Poe Group Advisors, a brokerage business focused solely on accounting and CPA firms. 


Highlights:


— ”In the landscape of buying and selling of accounting firms, the biggest change is the increase in the focus on the quality of staff in acquisitions. Because quality staff are scarce.”


— ”There's increasing comfort and demand with virtual firms. We are seeing multiples increase as banks are getting more comfortable with those firms.”


— ”If you want to sell in three to five years, it's smart to get an understanding of how much the practice is worth.” 


— ”If I had to give one piece of advice to a firm owner who was thinking of selling in three to five years, it would be to focus on pricing.”


Connect with Brannon:

Website: https://poegroupadvisors.com/


Brannon’s new book: Prepare Your CPA Firm for A Sale

https://poegroupadvisors.com/prepare/


Previous episodes with Brannon:

162 How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/162

199 Selling Cloud-based vs Traditional CPA Firms with Brannon Poe

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/199


]]> Wed, 31 May 2023 04:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1790 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

How can CPA businesses make themselves more attractive to potential buyers and command a higher sale price?


Brannon Poe offers tips for improving sale multiples for CPA businesses.


Brannon is a CPA and is the founder of Poe Group Advisors, a brokerage business focused solely on accounting and CPA firms. 


Highlights:


— ”In the landscape of buying and selling of accounting firms, the biggest change is the increase in the focus on the quality of staff in acquisitions. Because quality staff are scarce.”


— ”There's increasing comfort and demand with virtual firms. We are seeing multiples increase as banks are getting more comfortable with those firms.”


— ”If you want to sell in three to five years, it's smart to get an understanding of how much the practice is worth.” 


— ”If I had to give one piece of advice to a firm owner who was thinking of selling in three to five years, it would be to focus on pricing.”


Connect with Brannon:

Website: https://poegroupadvisors.com/


Brannon’s new book: Prepare Your CPA Firm for A Sale

https://poegroupadvisors.com/prepare/


Previous episodes with Brannon:

162 How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/162

199 Selling Cloud-based vs Traditional CPA Firms with Brannon Poe

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/199


]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 245 Niching into Female-Owned Law Firms with Julie Powell, CPA 245 245 245 Niching into Female-Owned Law Firms with Julie Powell, CPA full 42fa4214-7bc6-4518-956c-98e52324cef4 https://share.transistor.fm/s/b80ba953 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Many CPAs are hesitant to niche because they are afraid of limiting their potential client base and revenue.


But niching can actually help CPA firms attract more qualified clients and grow their business faster.


Julie Powell is a CPA from Tennessee who is currently in Down to 25 Hours CPA Mastermind. She shares her journey of niching and the benefits that it has created for her CPA firm.

Highlights:


— “Niching is not irreversible.  If I focus on this niche for a couple of years and then find out it's not the best fit, I can always pivot and select a different niche.”


— “One obvious benefit has been the efficiencies in our internal workflows. By doing more work for clients that are similar, we can really dial in our processes.” 


— “The more we're focused on this niche, and the more we really understand them, the better we are able to communicate that to potential clients in a way that really resonates with them and attracts them to our firm.”


— “Having that deeper understanding of a client makes the discovery process so much better. Not just for me in delivering it, but also for the client in understanding what we do and how we can help them.”


— “Niching hasn’t been limiting at all. Because now that we're beginning to really understand this type of client better, we can do more things for them.” 

Connect with Julie:

Website: https://www.jpsolutions-llc.com/

Email: jpowell@jpsolutions-llc.com/

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Many CPAs are hesitant to niche because they are afraid of limiting their potential client base and revenue.


But niching can actually help CPA firms attract more qualified clients and grow their business faster.


Julie Powell is a CPA from Tennessee who is currently in Down to 25 Hours CPA Mastermind. She shares her journey of niching and the benefits that it has created for her CPA firm.

Highlights:


— “Niching is not irreversible.  If I focus on this niche for a couple of years and then find out it's not the best fit, I can always pivot and select a different niche.”


— “One obvious benefit has been the efficiencies in our internal workflows. By doing more work for clients that are similar, we can really dial in our processes.” 


— “The more we're focused on this niche, and the more we really understand them, the better we are able to communicate that to potential clients in a way that really resonates with them and attracts them to our firm.”


— “Having that deeper understanding of a client makes the discovery process so much better. Not just for me in delivering it, but also for the client in understanding what we do and how we can help them.”


— “Niching hasn’t been limiting at all. Because now that we're beginning to really understand this type of client better, we can do more things for them.” 

Connect with Julie:

Website: https://www.jpsolutions-llc.com/

Email: jpowell@jpsolutions-llc.com/

]]> Tue, 23 May 2023 22:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1386 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Many CPAs are hesitant to niche because they are afraid of limiting their potential client base and revenue.


But niching can actually help CPA firms attract more qualified clients and grow their business faster.


Julie Powell is a CPA from Tennessee who is currently in Down to 25 Hours CPA Mastermind. She shares her journey of niching and the benefits that it has created for her CPA firm.

Highlights:


— “Niching is not irreversible.  If I focus on this niche for a couple of years and then find out it's not the best fit, I can always pivot and select a different niche.”


— “One obvious benefit has been the efficiencies in our internal workflows. By doing more work for clients that are similar, we can really dial in our processes.” 


— “The more we're focused on this niche, and the more we really understand them, the better we are able to communicate that to potential clients in a way that really resonates with them and attracts them to our firm.”


— “Having that deeper understanding of a client makes the discovery process so much better. Not just for me in delivering it, but also for the client in understanding what we do and how we can help them.”


— “Niching hasn’t been limiting at all. Because now that we're beginning to really understand this type of client better, we can do more things for them.” 

Connect with Julie:

Website: https://www.jpsolutions-llc.com/

Email: jpowell@jpsolutions-llc.com/

]]> Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 244 Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard 244 244 244 Get More from Technology with Joe Woodard full a69acd90-72fa-4c14-832d-74371450ed72 https://share.transistor.fm/s/7dbc1e1a *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

For many accountants, depending on the day, technology can be a powerful tool or a frustrating time sink. 

Here today to talk with me about effectively leveraging technology is my guest, Joe Woodard. 

Joe has trained over 125,000 accounting and business professionals in areas of practice development, changing technology trends, strategic consulting, and how to maximize the use of accounting software in their practices.

He's the host of Scaling New Heights, one of the world's leading training conferences for accountants and bookkeepers, which is coming up in St. Louis, June 25th to 28th.

Highlights:

— “What I would encourage you not to do is directly engage one-to-one with a business that can't afford to pay you.”

— “There is an endless vacuum of human need. It is not your job to fill it.”

— “Common classic mistakes that accountants are making when it comes to software are disparate technology and under-adoption.”

— “Be the accountant or bookkeeper in the pocket of your client, not in the inbox of your client.” 

— “You got to build a niche. If I did what I did for other professionals, it wouldn't work and would fall apart. I know my audience. I know what I'm passionate about and that's what makes it work.”

Connect with Joe:

Website: www.woodard.com 

Upcoming Event:

Scaling New Heights 2023: www.ScalingNewHeights.com

Book mention:

Boundaries: When to Say Yes, How to Say No to Take Control of Your Life

by Henry Cloud and John Townsend 

https://www.amazon.com/Boundaries-Updated-Expanded-When-Control-dp-0310351804/dp/0310351804/

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

For many accountants, depending on the day, technology can be a powerful tool or a frustrating time sink. 

Here today to talk with me about effectively leveraging technology is my guest, Joe Woodard. 

Joe has trained over 125,000 accounting and business professionals in areas of practice development, changing technology trends, strategic consulting, and how to maximize the use of accounting software in their practices.

He's the host of Scaling New Heights, one of the world's leading training conferences for accountants and bookkeepers, which is coming up in St. Louis, June 25th to 28th.

Highlights:

— “What I would encourage you not to do is directly engage one-to-one with a business that can't afford to pay you.”

— “There is an endless vacuum of human need. It is not your job to fill it.”

— “Common classic mistakes that accountants are making when it comes to software are disparate technology and under-adoption.”

— “Be the accountant or bookkeeper in the pocket of your client, not in the inbox of your client.” 

— “You got to build a niche. If I did what I did for other professionals, it wouldn't work and would fall apart. I know my audience. I know what I'm passionate about and that's what makes it work.”

Connect with Joe:

Website: www.woodard.com 

Upcoming Event:

Scaling New Heights 2023: www.ScalingNewHeights.com

Book mention:

Boundaries: When to Say Yes, How to Say No to Take Control of Your Life

by Henry Cloud and John Townsend 

https://www.amazon.com/Boundaries-Updated-Expanded-When-Control-dp-0310351804/dp/0310351804/

 

]]> Wed, 17 May 2023 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Joe Woodard Geraldine Carter with Guest Joe Woodard 2861 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe For many accountants, depending on the day, technology can be a powerful tool or a frustrating time sink.  Here today to talk with me about effectively leveraging technology is my guest, Joe Woodard.  Joe has trained over 125,000 accounting and business professionals in areas of practice development, changing technology trends, strategic consulting, and how to maximize the use of accounting software in their practices. He's the host of Scaling New Heights, one of the world's leading training conferences for accountants and bookkeepers, which is coming up in St. Louis, June 25th to 28th. Highlights: — “What I would encourage you not to do is directly engage one-to-one with a business that can't afford to pay you.” — “There is an endless vacuum of human need. It is not your job to fill it.” — “Common classic mistakes that accountants are making when it comes to software are disparate technology and under-adoption.” — “Be the accountant or bookkeeper in the pocket of your client, not in the inbox of your client.”  — “You got to build a niche. If I did what I did for other professionals, it wouldn't work and would fall apart. I know my audience. I know what I'm passionate about and that's what makes it work.” Connect with Joe: Website: www.woodard.com  Upcoming Event: Scaling New Heights 2023: www.ScalingNewHeights.com Book mention: Boundaries: When to Say Yes, How to Say No to Take Control of Your Life by Henry Cloud and John Townsend  https://www.amazon.com/Boundaries-Updated-Expanded-When-Control-dp-0310351804/dp/0310351804/   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe For many accountants, depending on the day, technology can be a powerful tool or a frustrating time sink.  Here today to talk with me about Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 243 15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA 243 243 243 15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA full 320e13c0-cf2f-4f00-8e13-daaae40be989 https://share.transistor.fm/s/225ebaac *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Niching is not a one-time task but an ongoing discovery process and refining and developing your expertise.

It can be a powerful tool for CPAs who want to build a thriving practice while enjoying the freedom to work with the clients they love and set prices in a way that reflects the value they create.

Erica Goode shares the challenges she faced when she started her business and how niching helped her build a more profitable accounting practice.

Based in Idaho, Erica is a seasoned financial expert and CPA who provides CFO services to coaches and consultants.

HIGHLIGHTS:

— “The best thing about running your own practice is you decide who you get to work with and who you don't get to work with. It's so liberating.” 

— “I had been resisting what felt easy and obvious to me. I was trying to find something fancy.” 

— “Niching is a process, not a task.” 

— “The more you can narrow down to what you actually need to know, then it just makes your job so much easier. And you don't feel like you're behind because you're choosing not to stay up to speed on certain things, because it doesn't seem relevant to your client base.”

— “As accountants, we underestimate how much relationship people are looking at from us. Clients want their tax person to sit next to them and explain stuff.” 

Connect with Erica:

Podcast: Coaches, Consultants + Money: https://www.ericagoode.com/podcast

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/erica-goode-cpa-00205616/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/erica.goode.cpa/

Episode mentions:

116 From Hourly Billing to Flat Rate for Cares Act Documentation

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/116

175 Paid Strategy Sessions and Half-Day Workshops with Erica Goode, CPA

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/175

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Niching is not a one-time task but an ongoing discovery process and refining and developing your expertise.

It can be a powerful tool for CPAs who want to build a thriving practice while enjoying the freedom to work with the clients they love and set prices in a way that reflects the value they create.

Erica Goode shares the challenges she faced when she started her business and how niching helped her build a more profitable accounting practice.

Based in Idaho, Erica is a seasoned financial expert and CPA who provides CFO services to coaches and consultants.

HIGHLIGHTS:

— “The best thing about running your own practice is you decide who you get to work with and who you don't get to work with. It's so liberating.” 

— “I had been resisting what felt easy and obvious to me. I was trying to find something fancy.” 

— “Niching is a process, not a task.” 

— “The more you can narrow down to what you actually need to know, then it just makes your job so much easier. And you don't feel like you're behind because you're choosing not to stay up to speed on certain things, because it doesn't seem relevant to your client base.”

— “As accountants, we underestimate how much relationship people are looking at from us. Clients want their tax person to sit next to them and explain stuff.” 

Connect with Erica:

Podcast: Coaches, Consultants + Money: https://www.ericagoode.com/podcast

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/erica-goode-cpa-00205616/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/erica.goode.cpa/

Episode mentions:

116 From Hourly Billing to Flat Rate for Cares Act Documentation

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/116

175 Paid Strategy Sessions and Half-Day Workshops with Erica Goode, CPA

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/175

]]> Wed, 10 May 2023 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Erica Goode Geraldine Carter with Guest Erica Goode 2233 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Niching is not a one-time task but an ongoing discovery process and refining and developing your expertise. It can be a powerful tool for CPAs who want to build a thriving practice while enjoying the freedom to work with the clients they love and set prices in a way that reflects the value they create. Erica Goode shares the challenges she faced when she started her business and how niching helped her build a more profitable accounting practice. Based in Idaho, Erica is a seasoned financial expert and CPA who provides CFO services to coaches and consultants. HIGHLIGHTS: — “The best thing about running your own practice is you decide who you get to work with and who you don't get to work with. It's so liberating.”  — “I had been resisting what felt easy and obvious to me. I was trying to find something fancy.”  — “Niching is a process, not a task.”  — “The more you can narrow down to what you actually need to know, then it just makes your job so much easier. And you don't feel like you're behind because you're choosing not to stay up to speed on certain things, because it doesn't seem relevant to your client base.” — “As accountants, we underestimate how much relationship people are looking at from us. Clients want their tax person to sit next to them and explain stuff.”  Connect with Erica: Podcast: Coaches, Consultants + Money: https://www.ericagoode.com/podcast LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/erica-goode-cpa-00205616/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/erica.goode.cpa/ Episode mentions: 116 From Hourly Billing to Flat Rate for Cares Act Documentation https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/116 175 Paid Strategy Sessions and Half-Day Workshops with Erica Goode, CPA https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/175 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Niching is not a one-time task but an ongoing discovery process and refining and developing your expertise. It can be a powerful tool for CP Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 242 Time and Cash Runway to Transition Your CPA Firm 242 242 242 Time and Cash Runway to Transition Your CPA Firm full fd55123f-b80a-4cd6-8279-c82a9ea8ef84 https://share.transistor.fm/s/c332fc13 Wed, 26 Apr 2023 02:30:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1033 Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 241 How to Get Down to 25 Hours 241 241 241 How to Get Down to 25 Hours full c521cdf2-3c13-4364-9186-f22eec4ef4f1 https://share.transistor.fm/s/6ce0d8a3 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

The hustle can be tempting: all that activity seems to have a positive effect. 

Hustle too much, and risk becoming stretched too thin across too many areas of your accounting practice. 

Hustle for too many years, and risk burning out.

If you don't solve your hustle problems now, you run the risk of carrying your hustle problems with you as your accounting practice grows. 

And as your accounting practice grows, the problems that caused hustle in the first place continue to grow, leading to more and more hustle.

Consider solving problems that cause hustle now, so you don’t carry them with you.

In this episode, I give you eight hustle-related thought patterns to consider shifting:

 

  1. From: “The way to solve this is by working more.” To: “Working less is better for me, my clients, and my business.” 
  2. From: “I am always behind.” To: “I am on top of my work.” To: I am getting ahead of my work.” 
  3. From: “There’s always more to do.” To: “My responsibilities are finite.” 
  4. From: One-time, this-time solutions to the solution that also works when your accounting practice is twice the size.
  5. From: “This is how we’ve done it.” To: Bigger, better, faster results for your clients. 
  6. From: Speed and intensity. To: Slowing both mind and actions down.
  7. To: All the ways that when you work less your clients have a better experience. 
  8. To: All the ways that extra time is good for you and extra time is good for your staff.

 

Going from 40 down to 25 hours requires a new set of skills, and a new way of thinking. 

When you work less, it’s better for your accounting practice, it’s better for your clients, and it’s better for you. 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

The hustle can be tempting: all that activity seems to have a positive effect. 

Hustle too much, and risk becoming stretched too thin across too many areas of your accounting practice. 

Hustle for too many years, and risk burning out.

If you don't solve your hustle problems now, you run the risk of carrying your hustle problems with you as your accounting practice grows. 

And as your accounting practice grows, the problems that caused hustle in the first place continue to grow, leading to more and more hustle.

Consider solving problems that cause hustle now, so you don’t carry them with you.

In this episode, I give you eight hustle-related thought patterns to consider shifting:

 

  1. From: “The way to solve this is by working more.” To: “Working less is better for me, my clients, and my business.” 
  2. From: “I am always behind.” To: “I am on top of my work.” To: I am getting ahead of my work.” 
  3. From: “There’s always more to do.” To: “My responsibilities are finite.” 
  4. From: One-time, this-time solutions to the solution that also works when your accounting practice is twice the size.
  5. From: “This is how we’ve done it.” To: Bigger, better, faster results for your clients. 
  6. From: Speed and intensity. To: Slowing both mind and actions down.
  7. To: All the ways that when you work less your clients have a better experience. 
  8. To: All the ways that extra time is good for you and extra time is good for your staff.

 

Going from 40 down to 25 hours requires a new set of skills, and a new way of thinking. 

When you work less, it’s better for your accounting practice, it’s better for your clients, and it’s better for you. 

]]> Wed, 26 Apr 2023 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1492 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe The hustle can be tempting: all that activity seems to have a positive effect.  Hustle too much, and risk becoming stretched too thin across too many areas of your accounting practice.  Hustle for too many years, and risk burning out. If you don't solve your hustle problems now, you run the risk of carrying your hustle problems with you as your accounting practice grows.  And as your accounting practice grows, the problems that caused hustle in the first place continue to grow, leading to more and more hustle. Consider solving problems that cause hustle now, so you don’t carry them with you. In this episode, I give you eight hustle-related thought patterns to consider shifting:   From: “The way to solve this is by working more.” To: “Working less is better for me, my clients, and my business.”  From: “I am always behind.” To: “I am on top of my work.” To: I am getting ahead of my work.”  From: “There’s always more to do.” To: “My responsibilities are finite.”  From: One-time, this-time solutions to the solution that also works when your accounting practice is twice the size. From: “This is how we’ve done it.” To: Bigger, better, faster results for your clients.  From: Speed and intensity. To: Slowing both mind and actions down. To: All the ways that when you work less your clients have a better experience.  To: All the ways that extra time is good for you and extra time is good for your staff.   Going from 40 down to 25 hours requires a new set of skills, and a new way of thinking.  When you work less, it’s better for your accounting practice, it’s better for your clients, and it’s better for you.  *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe The hustle can be tempting: all that activity seems to have a positive effect.  Hustle too much, and risk becoming stretched too thin acro Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 240 Offer One-Time Intensives with Sheila Hansen, CPA 240 240 240 Offer One-Time Intensives with Sheila Hansen, CPA full f2127171-a3a8-4e81-ab67-22160e9ae3d0 https://share.transistor.fm/s/ae32b197 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Acquiring and retaining clients is crucial for maintaining a successful accounting practice. 

But not all potential clients are the right fit for an accounting firm, and working with the wrong clients can drain resources and decrease overall profitability. 

One solution to this problem is offering paid intensives to pre-filter potential monthly accounting clients. 

This approach allows firms to work closely with clients over a short period to assess their needs, expectations, and overall fit before committing to a longer-term relationship. 

In this episode, Sheila Hansen shares her insights on offering her one-time services, particularly the benefits of paid intensives.

Sheila is a CPA from Omaha who focuses on creatives striving for $250K and above in revenue.

Highlights:

—  “Clients know they need an accountant, but they may not know exactly why having a good one is important.”

— “Whether clients have a bookkeeper or are keeping books themselves, often they don’t know what their financials are telling them.”

— “While it might be tempting to “teach clients everything,” often clients find value in just one or two steps that make an impact.”

— “When it came to offering this type of intensive, I finally just put it out there – tried it, tested it – to see what worked.”

Connect with Sheila:

Website: https://www.hansenllc.net/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheila.hansen.cpa/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sheila-hansen-cpa/

Episode mentions:

235 Advanced Decisions

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/235

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Acquiring and retaining clients is crucial for maintaining a successful accounting practice. 

But not all potential clients are the right fit for an accounting firm, and working with the wrong clients can drain resources and decrease overall profitability. 

One solution to this problem is offering paid intensives to pre-filter potential monthly accounting clients. 

This approach allows firms to work closely with clients over a short period to assess their needs, expectations, and overall fit before committing to a longer-term relationship. 

In this episode, Sheila Hansen shares her insights on offering her one-time services, particularly the benefits of paid intensives.

Sheila is a CPA from Omaha who focuses on creatives striving for $250K and above in revenue.

Highlights:

—  “Clients know they need an accountant, but they may not know exactly why having a good one is important.”

— “Whether clients have a bookkeeper or are keeping books themselves, often they don’t know what their financials are telling them.”

— “While it might be tempting to “teach clients everything,” often clients find value in just one or two steps that make an impact.”

— “When it came to offering this type of intensive, I finally just put it out there – tried it, tested it – to see what worked.”

Connect with Sheila:

Website: https://www.hansenllc.net/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheila.hansen.cpa/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sheila-hansen-cpa/

Episode mentions:

235 Advanced Decisions

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/235

]]> Wed, 19 Apr 2023 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Sheila Hansen Geraldine Carter with Guest Sheila Hansen 1893 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Acquiring and retaining clients is crucial for maintaining a successful accounting practice.  But not all potential clients are the right fit for an accounting firm, and working with the wrong clients can drain resources and decrease overall profitability.  One solution to this problem is offering paid intensives to pre-filter potential monthly accounting clients.  This approach allows firms to work closely with clients over a short period to assess their needs, expectations, and overall fit before committing to a longer-term relationship.  In this episode, Sheila Hansen shares her insights on offering her one-time services, particularly the benefits of paid intensives. Sheila is a CPA from Omaha who focuses on creatives striving for $250K and above in revenue. Highlights: —  “Clients know they need an accountant, but they may not know exactly why having a good one is important.” — “Whether clients have a bookkeeper or are keeping books themselves, often they don’t know what their financials are telling them.” — “While it might be tempting to “teach clients everything,” often clients find value in just one or two steps that make an impact.” — “When it came to offering this type of intensive, I finally just put it out there – tried it, tested it – to see what worked.” Connect with Sheila: Website: https://www.hansenllc.net/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheila.hansen.cpa/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sheila-hansen-cpa/ Episode mentions: 235 Advanced Decisions https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/235 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Acquiring and retaining clients is crucial for maintaining a successful accounting practice.  But not all potential clients are the right Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 239 Finding Your Niche with Matt Chiappetta, CPA 239 239 239 Finding Your Niche with Matt Chiappetta, CPA full a9febc43-3960-4c68-aacd-684755d2eb6f https://share.transistor.fm/s/c021f42a *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Starting an accounting practice from scratch can be a challenging journey for any entrepreneur. 

One of the biggest challenges for a new CPA firm owner is finding a niche that aligns with one’s values and expertise.

Today I speak with Matt Chiappetta, a CFO turned CPA firm owner working with digital solopreneurs. 

Starting as a solopreneur just last year, Matt talks about how he found his niche and shares the steps he’s taking to build an audience.

Highlights:

— “You're a soloist and business operator, but that doesn't mean that you need to do everything by yourself all the time.”

— “I don't worry about getting bored in my niche because I feel like there's just so many different ways to serve my target market.”

— “If you don't like your niche, there's nothing preventing you from changing it.” 

— “You get an immense amount of clarity when you pick your niche in terms of the problems you're trying to solve, which makes you more valuable for your client.” 

— “If you're making genuine connections with the content you’re creating, it almost seems like there is going to be a time when you unexpectedly  gain a lot of traction.”

Connect with Matt:

Website: https://www.mattchia.cpa/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/mattchiacpa

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Starting an accounting practice from scratch can be a challenging journey for any entrepreneur. 

One of the biggest challenges for a new CPA firm owner is finding a niche that aligns with one’s values and expertise.

Today I speak with Matt Chiappetta, a CFO turned CPA firm owner working with digital solopreneurs. 

Starting as a solopreneur just last year, Matt talks about how he found his niche and shares the steps he’s taking to build an audience.

Highlights:

— “You're a soloist and business operator, but that doesn't mean that you need to do everything by yourself all the time.”

— “I don't worry about getting bored in my niche because I feel like there's just so many different ways to serve my target market.”

— “If you don't like your niche, there's nothing preventing you from changing it.” 

— “You get an immense amount of clarity when you pick your niche in terms of the problems you're trying to solve, which makes you more valuable for your client.” 

— “If you're making genuine connections with the content you’re creating, it almost seems like there is going to be a time when you unexpectedly  gain a lot of traction.”

Connect with Matt:

Website: https://www.mattchia.cpa/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/mattchiacpa

]]> Tue, 18 Apr 2023 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Matt Chiappetta Geraldine Carter with Guest Matt Chiappetta 1747 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Starting an accounting practice from scratch can be a challenging journey for any entrepreneur.  One of the biggest challenges for a new CPA firm owner is finding a niche that aligns with one’s values and expertise. Today I speak with Matt Chiappetta, a CFO turned CPA firm owner working with digital solopreneurs.  Starting as a solopreneur just last year, Matt talks about how he found his niche and shares the steps he’s taking to build an audience. Highlights: — “You're a soloist and business operator, but that doesn't mean that you need to do everything by yourself all the time.” — “I don't worry about getting bored in my niche because I feel like there's just so many different ways to serve my target market.” — “If you don't like your niche, there's nothing preventing you from changing it.”  — “You get an immense amount of clarity when you pick your niche in terms of the problems you're trying to solve, which makes you more valuable for your client.”  — “If you're making genuine connections with the content you’re creating, it almost seems like there is going to be a time when you unexpectedly  gain a lot of traction.” Connect with Matt: Website: https://www.mattchia.cpa/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/mattchiacpa *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Starting an accounting practice from scratch can be a challenging journey for any entrepreneur.  One of the biggest challenges for a new C Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 238 Getting Control of Your CPA Firm with Laurie Rauk 238 238 238 Getting Control of Your CPA Firm with Laurie Rauk full 97e130e8-622a-4397-ae41-bdf9cfbc27fa https://share.transistor.fm/s/ef9d8f19 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

It's not uncommon for CPA business owners to find themselves overworked and swamped with too many clients.

It's easy to feel overwhelmed, like you're losing control of your business and that it's running you rather than the other way around.

But with the right approach, it's possible to turn the tide and regain control of your CPA practice.

I talk with Laurie Rauk, a CPA from Calgary. She shares the steps she implemented in Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind to transform her business and achieve a manageable practice.

Highlights:

— “When I sent out a price increase letter to my clients and asked them to pay upfront, more of them signed up right away to have me do their personal tax returns this year than I was anticipating.” 

— “The clients who decided to stay with me understand that if I'm overstretched and have too many clients to serve, then they are not going to get the good service that they deserve.”

— “Because I have reduced my client base, I'm not feeling pulled in different directions. I feel a lot more in control of the rest of the month here because I know what I've got on my plate now and what's still coming in.” 

— “I have a deeper appreciation for the value I bring as a highly trained CPA with 20 years experience and the individualized personalized service that my clients get is worth a price premium.”

— “When I cut 15% - 20% of my client base, my revenue has actually gone up because of the price increases that I introduced.”

Connect with Laurie:

Website: https://laurierauk.ca/

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

It's not uncommon for CPA business owners to find themselves overworked and swamped with too many clients.

It's easy to feel overwhelmed, like you're losing control of your business and that it's running you rather than the other way around.

But with the right approach, it's possible to turn the tide and regain control of your CPA practice.

I talk with Laurie Rauk, a CPA from Calgary. She shares the steps she implemented in Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind to transform her business and achieve a manageable practice.

Highlights:

— “When I sent out a price increase letter to my clients and asked them to pay upfront, more of them signed up right away to have me do their personal tax returns this year than I was anticipating.” 

— “The clients who decided to stay with me understand that if I'm overstretched and have too many clients to serve, then they are not going to get the good service that they deserve.”

— “Because I have reduced my client base, I'm not feeling pulled in different directions. I feel a lot more in control of the rest of the month here because I know what I've got on my plate now and what's still coming in.” 

— “I have a deeper appreciation for the value I bring as a highly trained CPA with 20 years experience and the individualized personalized service that my clients get is worth a price premium.”

— “When I cut 15% - 20% of my client base, my revenue has actually gone up because of the price increases that I introduced.”

Connect with Laurie:

Website: https://laurierauk.ca/

 

]]> Mon, 17 Apr 2023 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Laurie Rauk Geraldine Carter with Laurie Rauk 1510 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe It's not uncommon for CPA business owners to find themselves overworked and swamped with too many clients. It's easy to feel overwhelmed, like you're losing control of your business and that it's running you rather than the other way around. But with the right approach, it's possible to turn the tide and regain control of your CPA practice. I talk with Laurie Rauk, a CPA from Calgary. She shares the steps she implemented in Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind to transform her business and achieve a manageable practice. Highlights: — “When I sent out a price increase letter to my clients and asked them to pay upfront, more of them signed up right away to have me do their personal tax returns this year than I was anticipating.”  — “The clients who decided to stay with me understand that if I'm overstretched and have too many clients to serve, then they are not going to get the good service that they deserve.” — “Because I have reduced my client base, I'm not feeling pulled in different directions. I feel a lot more in control of the rest of the month here because I know what I've got on my plate now and what's still coming in.”  — “I have a deeper appreciation for the value I bring as a highly trained CPA with 20 years experience and the individualized personalized service that my clients get is worth a price premium.” — “When I cut 15% - 20% of my client base, my revenue has actually gone up because of the price increases that I introduced.” Connect with Laurie: Website: https://laurierauk.ca/   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe It's not uncommon for CPA business owners to find themselves overworked and swamped with too many clients. It's easy to feel overwhelmed, Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 237 40 Hours Fiction 237 237 237 40 Hours Fiction full 62638535-f909-48c3-a4d6-1ef5cbda218f https://share.transistor.fm/s/53725fd6 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

The need to work 40 hours a week is entirely fictional.

You don’t need to work a 40-hour workweek just because that’s the standard, and because there’s a whole system, economy, business organization structure, all set up around the idea of a 40-hour workweek.

As a CPA firm owner, you can work less and you can work on your business to increase your revenue. And your revenue is not reliant on the time that you put in. Your revenue is reliant on how much value you create for your clients and how effective you are at capturing that value created with your prices.

So I want to talk about the process of getting down from an overworked state, be it 50, 60, 70 hours, or more a week, down to a 40-hour workweek and what that looks like. And then setting up to get down to a 25-hour workweek, and letting go of the appearance of safety of the conventional 40-hour workweek, and taking a fresh approach so that you can have the business that you want and have the life that you want, with your business that supports that and fits nice and neatly inside that life.

Through this process, I also worked on my thinking, because the more I could switch myself into more productive, effective thoughts, the more time I started getting back for myself.

 

Steps to get down to a 40-hour workweek:

1. Disengage 

2. Highgrade your best clients' package and price. 

3. Deal with your most pressing challenges. 

4. Organize and protect your time

5.  Work on the thoughts so that they help you get where you want to go.

 

It is absolutely possible for you to work the number of hours a week that you want to work, whether it's 40, 38, 32, 28, 24, or 18 and a half. You get to design and you get to decide what you want. And it has nothing to do with the 40-hour standard, which is fiction. You get to decide what you want. And you get to design it.

When you do this work going through this process of getting yourself down to a sane workweek and bringing in the high margin revenue that suits you, it's better for your business, it's better for your clients, and it's better for you and you your life on your one trip through space. 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

The need to work 40 hours a week is entirely fictional.

You don’t need to work a 40-hour workweek just because that’s the standard, and because there’s a whole system, economy, business organization structure, all set up around the idea of a 40-hour workweek.

As a CPA firm owner, you can work less and you can work on your business to increase your revenue. And your revenue is not reliant on the time that you put in. Your revenue is reliant on how much value you create for your clients and how effective you are at capturing that value created with your prices.

So I want to talk about the process of getting down from an overworked state, be it 50, 60, 70 hours, or more a week, down to a 40-hour workweek and what that looks like. And then setting up to get down to a 25-hour workweek, and letting go of the appearance of safety of the conventional 40-hour workweek, and taking a fresh approach so that you can have the business that you want and have the life that you want, with your business that supports that and fits nice and neatly inside that life.

Through this process, I also worked on my thinking, because the more I could switch myself into more productive, effective thoughts, the more time I started getting back for myself.

 

Steps to get down to a 40-hour workweek:

1. Disengage 

2. Highgrade your best clients' package and price. 

3. Deal with your most pressing challenges. 

4. Organize and protect your time

5.  Work on the thoughts so that they help you get where you want to go.

 

It is absolutely possible for you to work the number of hours a week that you want to work, whether it's 40, 38, 32, 28, 24, or 18 and a half. You get to design and you get to decide what you want. And it has nothing to do with the 40-hour standard, which is fiction. You get to decide what you want. And you get to design it.

When you do this work going through this process of getting yourself down to a sane workweek and bringing in the high margin revenue that suits you, it's better for your business, it's better for your clients, and it's better for you and you your life on your one trip through space. 

]]> Wed, 12 Apr 2023 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1802 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe The need to work 40 hours a week is entirely fictional. You don’t need to work a 40-hour workweek just because that’s the standard, and because there’s a whole system, economy, business organization structure, all set up around the idea of a 40-hour workweek. As a CPA firm owner, you can work less and you can work on your business to increase your revenue. And your revenue is not reliant on the time that you put in. Your revenue is reliant on how much value you create for your clients and how effective you are at capturing that value created with your prices. So I want to talk about the process of getting down from an overworked state, be it 50, 60, 70 hours, or more a week, down to a 40-hour workweek and what that looks like. And then setting up to get down to a 25-hour workweek, and letting go of the appearance of safety of the conventional 40-hour workweek, and taking a fresh approach so that you can have the business that you want and have the life that you want, with your business that supports that and fits nice and neatly inside that life. Through this process, I also worked on my thinking, because the more I could switch myself into more productive, effective thoughts, the more time I started getting back for myself.   Steps to get down to a 40-hour workweek: 1. Disengage  2. Highgrade your best clients' package and price.  3. Deal with your most pressing challenges.  4. Organize and protect your time 5.  Work on the thoughts so that they help you get where you want to go.   It is absolutely possible for you to work the number of hours a week that you want to work, whether it's 40, 38, 32, 28, 24, or 18 and a half. You get to design and you get to decide what you want. And it has nothing to do with the 40-hour standard, which is fiction. You get to decide what you want. And you get to design it. When you do this work going through this process of getting yourself down to a sane workweek and bringing in the high margin revenue that suits you, it's better for your business, it's better for your clients, and it's better for you and you your life on your one trip through space.  *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe The need to work 40 hours a week is entirely fictional. You don’t need to work a 40-hour workweek just because that’s the standard, and be Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 236 Why CPAs Get Stuck & How to Fix It 236 236 236 Why CPAs Get Stuck & How to Fix It full c37f06a4-9642-4a7e-939e-faba73c2ab80 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2f8777ad *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

When you better understand the nature of your problem – if it’s tactical or mindset in nature –  you can make better sense of your experience in your accounting firm and why sometimes it might feel so hard. 

We try to solve problems with tactics. And we just keep hitting the same nail with the same hammer thinking that we have a tactical problem, not realizing that in fact we have a mindset problem. 

We’re not solving the correct problem. 

Here are three areas of your accounting practice that are critical to your success. 

Here are the tactical challenges and mindset challenges of these three areas: 

  1. Knowing who you're selling to - positioning
  2. What they want to buy - understanding your buyer
  3. How to sell it to them - selling

 

All of them have tactical solutions. And they have mindset problems that tend to come along with them:

  1. Positioning - “I don’t want to limit myself” & “I’ll be bored” & “What if I don’t pick the right niche”
  2. Understanding your buyer - “I don’t have time to talk to my clients” & “I know everything and don’t know how to listen” 🙂
  3. Selling - “Selling is dirty” & “I don’t want to be pushy” & “I don’t like selling”

 

You need the tactical solution, and we see what happens. If it doesn't work, if you can't solve your problem with the tactical solution, then we need to explore and address the mindset challenges.

A tactical solution without a mindset solution is an incomplete solution.

I want you to have a complete solution. 

Because giving you tactics without giving you the mindset help that you need is like giving you a one-sided zipper. Giving you only the mindset without the tactics that you need is like giving you the other side of the zipper.  

And it's the same in your business. 

It doesn't work without tactical solutions, and it doesn't work without mindset solutions. 

Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind is designed to give you the complete solution. Baked into it are tactical solutions, and mindset solutions. It’s the only program of it’s kind to deliver the complete solution you need to get your time and your life back. 

Episode mentions:

232 *You Can* Master Your Time and Calendar, with Dawn Goldberg

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/232

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

When you better understand the nature of your problem – if it’s tactical or mindset in nature –  you can make better sense of your experience in your accounting firm and why sometimes it might feel so hard. 

We try to solve problems with tactics. And we just keep hitting the same nail with the same hammer thinking that we have a tactical problem, not realizing that in fact we have a mindset problem. 

We’re not solving the correct problem. 

Here are three areas of your accounting practice that are critical to your success. 

Here are the tactical challenges and mindset challenges of these three areas: 

  1. Knowing who you're selling to - positioning
  2. What they want to buy - understanding your buyer
  3. How to sell it to them - selling

 

All of them have tactical solutions. And they have mindset problems that tend to come along with them:

  1. Positioning - “I don’t want to limit myself” & “I’ll be bored” & “What if I don’t pick the right niche”
  2. Understanding your buyer - “I don’t have time to talk to my clients” & “I know everything and don’t know how to listen” 🙂
  3. Selling - “Selling is dirty” & “I don’t want to be pushy” & “I don’t like selling”

 

You need the tactical solution, and we see what happens. If it doesn't work, if you can't solve your problem with the tactical solution, then we need to explore and address the mindset challenges.

A tactical solution without a mindset solution is an incomplete solution.

I want you to have a complete solution. 

Because giving you tactics without giving you the mindset help that you need is like giving you a one-sided zipper. Giving you only the mindset without the tactics that you need is like giving you the other side of the zipper.  

And it's the same in your business. 

It doesn't work without tactical solutions, and it doesn't work without mindset solutions. 

Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind is designed to give you the complete solution. Baked into it are tactical solutions, and mindset solutions. It’s the only program of it’s kind to deliver the complete solution you need to get your time and your life back. 

Episode mentions:

232 *You Can* Master Your Time and Calendar, with Dawn Goldberg

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/232

 

]]> Wed, 05 Apr 2023 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1996 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe When you better understand the nature of your problem – if it’s tactical or mindset in nature –  you can make better sense of your experience in your accounting firm and why sometimes it might feel so hard.  We try to solve problems with tactics. And we just keep hitting the same nail with the same hammer thinking that we have a tactical problem, not realizing that in fact we have a mindset problem.  We’re not solving the correct problem.  Here are three areas of your accounting practice that are critical to your success.  Here are the tactical challenges and mindset challenges of these three areas:  Knowing who you're selling to - positioning What they want to buy - understanding your buyer How to sell it to them - selling   All of them have tactical solutions. And they have mindset problems that tend to come along with them: Positioning - “I don’t want to limit myself” & “I’ll be bored” & “What if I don’t pick the right niche” Understanding your buyer - “I don’t have time to talk to my clients” & “I know everything and don’t know how to listen” 🙂 Selling - “Selling is dirty” & “I don’t want to be pushy” & “I don’t like selling”   You need the tactical solution, and we see what happens. If it doesn't work, if you can't solve your problem with the tactical solution, then we need to explore and address the mindset challenges. A tactical solution without a mindset solution is an incomplete solution. I want you to have a complete solution.  Because giving you tactics without giving you the mindset help that you need is like giving you a one-sided zipper. Giving you only the mindset without the tactics that you need is like giving you the other side of the zipper.   And it's the same in your business.  It doesn't work without tactical solutions, and it doesn't work without mindset solutions.  Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind is designed to give you the complete solution. Baked into it are tactical solutions, and mindset solutions. It’s the only program of it’s kind to deliver the complete solution you need to get your time and your life back.  Episode mentions: 232 *You Can* Master Your Time and Calendar, with Dawn Goldberg https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/232   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe When you better understand the nature of your problem – if it’s tactical or mindset in nature –  you can make better sense of your experie Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 235 Advanced Decisions 235 235 235 Advanced Decisions full 305a5db6-f990-4575-bab3-ba18fff9788a https://share.transistor.fm/s/22251463 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

I've been asking myself for a long time: What are the common characteristics among my clients who make the most progress towards their own version of success the most quickly? 

What do I see among them? What are the common traits that they have? Or what are they doing?

I've looked at all the different possible characteristics of their business to try and see what are the commonalities. But when it comes down to it, the most obvious commonality is that they make decisions. And they move. 

It is the ability to make decisions and learn from the decision that enables those ones to make progress toward their goals the most quickly and the most consistently.

In this episode, I want to share with you three advanced decisions that you can make in your business that you can start implementing right away so that you start holding onto the steering wheel of your business bus:

 

  1. making decisions about your prices
  2. making decisions about your deadlines
  3. making decisions about your capacity

 

Advance decisions are critical for your business because they help you make progress in your business much more quickly.

Making decisions ahead of time is just one piece of the puzzle that helps you work less and make more, and enjoy the business and the life that you want to have.

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

I've been asking myself for a long time: What are the common characteristics among my clients who make the most progress towards their own version of success the most quickly? 

What do I see among them? What are the common traits that they have? Or what are they doing?

I've looked at all the different possible characteristics of their business to try and see what are the commonalities. But when it comes down to it, the most obvious commonality is that they make decisions. And they move. 

It is the ability to make decisions and learn from the decision that enables those ones to make progress toward their goals the most quickly and the most consistently.

In this episode, I want to share with you three advanced decisions that you can make in your business that you can start implementing right away so that you start holding onto the steering wheel of your business bus:

 

  1. making decisions about your prices
  2. making decisions about your deadlines
  3. making decisions about your capacity

 

Advance decisions are critical for your business because they help you make progress in your business much more quickly.

Making decisions ahead of time is just one piece of the puzzle that helps you work less and make more, and enjoy the business and the life that you want to have.

]]> Wed, 29 Mar 2023 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1262 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe I've been asking myself for a long time: What are the common characteristics among my clients who make the most progress towards their own version of success the most quickly?  What do I see among them? What are the common traits that they have? Or what are they doing? I've looked at all the different possible characteristics of their business to try and see what are the commonalities. But when it comes down to it, the most obvious commonality is that they make decisions. And they move.  It is the ability to make decisions and learn from the decision that enables those ones to make progress toward their goals the most quickly and the most consistently. In this episode, I want to share with you three advanced decisions that you can make in your business that you can start implementing right away so that you start holding onto the steering wheel of your business bus:   making decisions about your prices making decisions about your deadlines making decisions about your capacity   Advance decisions are critical for your business because they help you make progress in your business much more quickly. Making decisions ahead of time is just one piece of the puzzle that helps you work less and make more, and enjoy the business and the life that you want to have. *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe I've been asking myself for a long time: What are the common characteristics among my clients who make the most progress towards their own v Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 234 Time's Up! with Ron Baker: Subscription Business Model for CPA Firms, Part 2 234 234 234 Time's Up! with Ron Baker: Subscription Business Model for CPA Firms, Part 2 full 09f9eb02-b3ff-47a5-bf45-59512c572536 https://share.transistor.fm/s/ceff4afa *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

How can CPAs grow their accounting practice when they’re over capacity, underutilizing their talents and not providing optimal client support? 

Many CPA firms still rely on the hourly billing business model, where the firm has to log more work hours providing services to increase revenue. It focuses on hours and deliverables, not on results and value.

A compelling alternative is the subscription business model, where the provider enables serial transformations to the buyer, and continually adds value to the experience. The subscription model creates an opening for predictable, recurring, higher margin revenue. 

In this week’s episode, I talk about the subscription model with my guest, Ron Baker. 

Ron is the founder of VeraSage Institute—the leading think tank dedicated to educating professionals internationally, and is a radio talk-show host on the www.VoiceAmerica.com

show: The Soul of Enterprise: Business in the Knowledge Economy.

Ron has authored seven best-selling books, including: The Firm of the Future; Pricing on Purpose; Measure What Matters to Customers; and Implementing Value Pricing. His latest book, co-authored with Paul Dunn, Time’s Up!: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms, was published in November 2022.

 

In this two-part conversation (episodes 233 and 234), we talk about:

  • Sale prices and multiples
  • How AI can help scale businesses
  • Disney and other big businesses using the subscription model
  • Ways to “plus” your offer
  • How CPA firms can shift to subscription model

Highlights:

— “We need to stop charging for the means and pricing the end.” 

— “Strategy is about what you don't do. It's about the customers you don't have, the services you don't provide. It's all about trade offs. You simply can't be all things to all people.” 

— “It's very difficult for a business to disrupt itself.” 

— “CPAs have the ability to enable transformations. It's a privilege and a duty to help our customers, to make that impact on their life.”

Connect with Ron:

Website: https://www.thesoulofenterprise.com/

Ron’s book:

Time's Up: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms

https://www.thesoulofenterprise.com/timesup

Episode mentions:

Subscription Business Model: Build Greater Wealth in Your CPA Firm, with Ron Baker

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/147

Time to Rethink Your Pricing Strategy?, with Ron Baker, Founder of VeraSage Institute

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/081

Breaking Away from the Mainstream Medical Model with Dr. Lewis Weiner

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/206

Selling Summit CPA for Multiples, with Jody Grunden

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/225

Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/212

 

Book mentions:

Uncommon Sense, Common Nonsense by Jules Goddard

https://www.amazon.com/Uncommon-Sense-Common-Nonsense-Organisations/dp/1846686024

Built to Sell: Creating a Business That Can Thrive Without You by John Warrillow

https://www.amazon.com/Built-Sell-Creating-Business-Without-ebook/dp/B004IYISQW

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

How can CPAs grow their accounting practice when they’re over capacity, underutilizing their talents and not providing optimal client support? 

Many CPA firms still rely on the hourly billing business model, where the firm has to log more work hours providing services to increase revenue. It focuses on hours and deliverables, not on results and value.

A compelling alternative is the subscription business model, where the provider enables serial transformations to the buyer, and continually adds value to the experience. The subscription model creates an opening for predictable, recurring, higher margin revenue. 

In this week’s episode, I talk about the subscription model with my guest, Ron Baker. 

Ron is the founder of VeraSage Institute—the leading think tank dedicated to educating professionals internationally, and is a radio talk-show host on the www.VoiceAmerica.com

show: The Soul of Enterprise: Business in the Knowledge Economy.

Ron has authored seven best-selling books, including: The Firm of the Future; Pricing on Purpose; Measure What Matters to Customers; and Implementing Value Pricing. His latest book, co-authored with Paul Dunn, Time’s Up!: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms, was published in November 2022.

 

In this two-part conversation (episodes 233 and 234), we talk about:

  • Sale prices and multiples
  • How AI can help scale businesses
  • Disney and other big businesses using the subscription model
  • Ways to “plus” your offer
  • How CPA firms can shift to subscription model

Highlights:

— “We need to stop charging for the means and pricing the end.” 

— “Strategy is about what you don't do. It's about the customers you don't have, the services you don't provide. It's all about trade offs. You simply can't be all things to all people.” 

— “It's very difficult for a business to disrupt itself.” 

— “CPAs have the ability to enable transformations. It's a privilege and a duty to help our customers, to make that impact on their life.”

Connect with Ron:

Website: https://www.thesoulofenterprise.com/

Ron’s book:

Time's Up: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms

https://www.thesoulofenterprise.com/timesup

Episode mentions:

Subscription Business Model: Build Greater Wealth in Your CPA Firm, with Ron Baker

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/147

Time to Rethink Your Pricing Strategy?, with Ron Baker, Founder of VeraSage Institute

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/081

Breaking Away from the Mainstream Medical Model with Dr. Lewis Weiner

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/206

Selling Summit CPA for Multiples, with Jody Grunden

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/225

Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/212

 

Book mentions:

Uncommon Sense, Common Nonsense by Jules Goddard

https://www.amazon.com/Uncommon-Sense-Common-Nonsense-Organisations/dp/1846686024

Built to Sell: Creating a Business That Can Thrive Without You by John Warrillow

https://www.amazon.com/Built-Sell-Creating-Business-Without-ebook/dp/B004IYISQW

]]> Wed, 22 Mar 2023 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Ron Baker Geraldine Carter with Guest Ron Baker 1840 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe How can CPAs grow their accounting practice when they’re over capacity, underutilizing their talents and not providing optimal client support?  Many CPA firms still rely on the hourly billing business model, where the firm has to log more work hours providing services to increase revenue. It focuses on hours and deliverables, not on results and value. A compelling alternative is the subscription business model, where the provider enables serial transformations to the buyer, and continually adds value to the experience. The subscription model creates an opening for predictable, recurring, higher margin revenue.  In this week’s episode, I talk about the subscription model with my guest, Ron Baker.  Ron is the founder of VeraSage Institute—the leading think tank dedicated to educating professionals internationally, and is a radio talk-show host on the www.VoiceAmerica.com show: The Soul of Enterprise: Business in the Knowledge Economy. Ron has authored seven best-selling books, including: The Firm of the Future; Pricing on Purpose; Measure What Matters to Customers; and Implementing Value Pricing. His latest book, co-authored with Paul Dunn, Time’s Up!: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms, was published in November 2022.   In this two-part conversation (episodes 233 and 234), we talk about: Sale prices and multiples How AI can help scale businesses Disney and other big businesses using the subscription model Ways to “plus” your offer How CPA firms can shift to subscription model Highlights: — “We need to stop charging for the means and pricing the end.”  — “Strategy is about what you don't do. It's about the customers you don't have, the services you don't provide. It's all about trade offs. You simply can't be all things to all people.”  — “It's very difficult for a business to disrupt itself.”  — “CPAs have the ability to enable transformations. It's a privilege and a duty to help our customers, to make that impact on their life.” Connect with Ron: Website: https://www.thesoulofenterprise.com/ Ron’s book: Time's Up: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms https://www.thesoulofenterprise.com/timesup Episode mentions: Subscription Business Model: Build Greater Wealth in Your CPA Firm, with Ron Baker https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/147 Time to Rethink Your Pricing Strategy?, with Ron Baker, Founder of VeraSage Institute https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/081 Breaking Away from the Mainstream Medical Model with Dr. Lewis Weiner https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/206 Selling Summit CPA for Multiples, with Jody Grunden https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/225 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/212   Book mentions: Uncommon Sense, Common Nonsense by Jules Goddard https://www.amazon.com/Uncommon-Sense-Common-Nonsense-Organisations/dp/1846686024 Built to Sell: Creating a Business That Can Thrive Without You by John Warrillow https://www.amazon.com/Built-Sell-Creating-Business-Without-ebook/dp/B004IYISQW *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe How can CPAs grow their accounting practice when they’re over capacity, underutilizing their talents and not providing optimal client suppo Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 233 Time's Up! with Ron Baker: Subscription Business Model for CPA Firms, Part 1 233 233 233 Time's Up! with Ron Baker: Subscription Business Model for CPA Firms, Part 1 full cb07d070-9e62-4db6-b3ac-f7a0f0831381 https://share.transistor.fm/s/25588bca *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

How can CPAs grow their accounting practice when they’re over capacity, underutilizing their talents and not providing optimal client support? 

Many CPA firms still rely on the hourly billing business model, where the firm has to log more work hours providing services to increase revenue. It focuses on hours and deliverables, not on results and value.

A compelling alternative is the subscription business model, where the provider enables serial transformations to the buyer, and continually adds value to the experience. The subscription model creates an opening for predictable, recurring, higher margin revenue. 

In this week’s episode, I talk about the subscription model with my guest, Ron Baker. 

Ron is the founder of VeraSage Institute—the leading think tank dedicated to educating professionals internationally, and is a radio talk-show host on the www.VoiceAmerica.com

show: The Soul of Enterprise: Business in the Knowledge Economy.

Ron has authored seven best-selling books, including: The Firm of the Future; Pricing on Purpose; Measure What Matters to Customers; and Implementing Value Pricing. His latest book, co-authored with Paul Dunn, Time’s Up!: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms, was published in November 2022.

In this two-part conversation (episodes 233 and 234), we talk about:

  • Why Ron wrote his latest book, Time’s Up
  • Pricing strategy and positioning 
  • Subscription model and DPC (direct primary care) doctors
  • How the subscription business model can help CPAs transform their clients’ life

Highlights:

— “If you go to the market with a common offering, you're going to command a common price.”

— “The true value of accountants lie in guiding transformations. They have the power to advance their customers.”

— “To differentiate, CPAs should be able to guide the customer to the desired future state.” 

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

How can CPAs grow their accounting practice when they’re over capacity, underutilizing their talents and not providing optimal client support? 

Many CPA firms still rely on the hourly billing business model, where the firm has to log more work hours providing services to increase revenue. It focuses on hours and deliverables, not on results and value.

A compelling alternative is the subscription business model, where the provider enables serial transformations to the buyer, and continually adds value to the experience. The subscription model creates an opening for predictable, recurring, higher margin revenue. 

In this week’s episode, I talk about the subscription model with my guest, Ron Baker. 

Ron is the founder of VeraSage Institute—the leading think tank dedicated to educating professionals internationally, and is a radio talk-show host on the www.VoiceAmerica.com

show: The Soul of Enterprise: Business in the Knowledge Economy.

Ron has authored seven best-selling books, including: The Firm of the Future; Pricing on Purpose; Measure What Matters to Customers; and Implementing Value Pricing. His latest book, co-authored with Paul Dunn, Time’s Up!: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms, was published in November 2022.

In this two-part conversation (episodes 233 and 234), we talk about:

  • Why Ron wrote his latest book, Time’s Up
  • Pricing strategy and positioning 
  • Subscription model and DPC (direct primary care) doctors
  • How the subscription business model can help CPAs transform their clients’ life

Highlights:

— “If you go to the market with a common offering, you're going to command a common price.”

— “The true value of accountants lie in guiding transformations. They have the power to advance their customers.”

— “To differentiate, CPAs should be able to guide the customer to the desired future state.” 

 

]]> Wed, 15 Mar 2023 10:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Ron Baker Geraldine Carter with Guest Ron Baker 1891 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe How can CPAs grow their accounting practice when they’re over capacity, underutilizing their talents and not providing optimal client support?  Many CPA firms still rely on the hourly billing business model, where the firm has to log more work hours providing services to increase revenue. It focuses on hours and deliverables, not on results and value. A compelling alternative is the subscription business model, where the provider enables serial transformations to the buyer, and continually adds value to the experience. The subscription model creates an opening for predictable, recurring, higher margin revenue.  In this week’s episode, I talk about the subscription model with my guest, Ron Baker.  Ron is the founder of VeraSage Institute—the leading think tank dedicated to educating professionals internationally, and is a radio talk-show host on the www.VoiceAmerica.com show: The Soul of Enterprise: Business in the Knowledge Economy. Ron has authored seven best-selling books, including: The Firm of the Future; Pricing on Purpose; Measure What Matters to Customers; and Implementing Value Pricing. His latest book, co-authored with Paul Dunn, Time’s Up!: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms, was published in November 2022. In this two-part conversation (episodes 233 and 234), we talk about: Why Ron wrote his latest book, Time’s Up Pricing strategy and positioning  Subscription model and DPC (direct primary care) doctors How the subscription business model can help CPAs transform their clients’ life Highlights: — “If you go to the market with a common offering, you're going to command a common price.” — “The true value of accountants lie in guiding transformations. They have the power to advance their customers.” — “To differentiate, CPAs should be able to guide the customer to the desired future state.”    *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe How can CPAs grow their accounting practice when they’re over capacity, underutilizing their talents and not providing optimal client sup Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 232 *You Can* Master Your Time and Calendar, with Dawn Goldberg 232 232 232 *You Can* Master Your Time and Calendar, with Dawn Goldberg full 7677ddda-efb8-4e28-8468-62477d0eac36 https://share.transistor.fm/s/114bf06d *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

Many accountants and CPAs (and business owners!) struggle to manage their time and use it to get done what they want. 

When they lose a grip on time, the tendency is to work more hours than they want to. 

Here today to talk with me about this is Dawn Goldberg, the author of “The Smarter Accountant.”

Dawn shares how accountants and CPAs can get better and more effective with their time. 

It includes 5 simple steps:

1. Plan your time. 

2. Avoid running off of to-do lists. 

3. Manage your mind before, during, and after. 

4. Follow through on your plan. 

5. Assess so that you can learn from your experiment. 

 

Highlights:

— “Working off of a to-do list is the most ineffective way to manage your time because the human brain gets very overwhelmed with a list of things to do, because it cannot put things into context.” 

— “Planning saves so much time. When you make decisions ahead of time you reduce decision fatigue throughout the week.” 

— “You absolutely have to first learn how to manage your mind before you can manage your time.”

— “Our brain thinks everything is urgent and so important. So we have to decide on purpose what is important.” 

— “You will be amazed at how much more you can get done if you put a boundary around your time.”

 

Connect with Dawn:

Website: https://thesmarteraccountant.com/

Podcast: https://cpamoms.com/podcasts/

 

Episode mentions:

193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/193

218 Mindset Coaching for More Powerful Results, with Emma Richter

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/218

 

Dawn’s book:

The Smarter Accountant: How To Eliminate Stress and Overwhelm, Create More Time, Gain a Competitive Advantage, and More!

https://www.amazon.com/Smarter-Accountant-Eliminate-Overwhelm-Competitive/dp/B0B7QFYW8N

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

Many accountants and CPAs (and business owners!) struggle to manage their time and use it to get done what they want. 

When they lose a grip on time, the tendency is to work more hours than they want to. 

Here today to talk with me about this is Dawn Goldberg, the author of “The Smarter Accountant.”

Dawn shares how accountants and CPAs can get better and more effective with their time. 

It includes 5 simple steps:

1. Plan your time. 

2. Avoid running off of to-do lists. 

3. Manage your mind before, during, and after. 

4. Follow through on your plan. 

5. Assess so that you can learn from your experiment. 

 

Highlights:

— “Working off of a to-do list is the most ineffective way to manage your time because the human brain gets very overwhelmed with a list of things to do, because it cannot put things into context.” 

— “Planning saves so much time. When you make decisions ahead of time you reduce decision fatigue throughout the week.” 

— “You absolutely have to first learn how to manage your mind before you can manage your time.”

— “Our brain thinks everything is urgent and so important. So we have to decide on purpose what is important.” 

— “You will be amazed at how much more you can get done if you put a boundary around your time.”

 

Connect with Dawn:

Website: https://thesmarteraccountant.com/

Podcast: https://cpamoms.com/podcasts/

 

Episode mentions:

193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/193

218 Mindset Coaching for More Powerful Results, with Emma Richter

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/218

 

Dawn’s book:

The Smarter Accountant: How To Eliminate Stress and Overwhelm, Create More Time, Gain a Competitive Advantage, and More!

https://www.amazon.com/Smarter-Accountant-Eliminate-Overwhelm-Competitive/dp/B0B7QFYW8N

]]> Wed, 08 Mar 2023 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1637 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   Many accountants and CPAs (and business owners!) struggle to manage their time and use it to get done what they want.  When they lose a grip on time, the tendency is to work more hours than they want to.  Here today to talk with me about this is Dawn Goldberg, the author of “The Smarter Accountant.” Dawn shares how accountants and CPAs can get better and more effective with their time.  It includes 5 simple steps: 1. Plan your time.  2. Avoid running off of to-do lists.  3. Manage your mind before, during, and after.  4. Follow through on your plan.  5. Assess so that you can learn from your experiment.    Highlights: — “Working off of a to-do list is the most ineffective way to manage your time because the human brain gets very overwhelmed with a list of things to do, because it cannot put things into context.”  — “Planning saves so much time. When you make decisions ahead of time you reduce decision fatigue throughout the week.”  — “You absolutely have to first learn how to manage your mind before you can manage your time.” — “Our brain thinks everything is urgent and so important. So we have to decide on purpose what is important.”  — “You will be amazed at how much more you can get done if you put a boundary around your time.”   Connect with Dawn: Website: https://thesmarteraccountant.com/ Podcast: https://cpamoms.com/podcasts/   Episode mentions: 193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/193 218 Mindset Coaching for More Powerful Results, with Emma Richter https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/218   Dawn’s book: The Smarter Accountant: How To Eliminate Stress and Overwhelm, Create More Time, Gain a Competitive Advantage, and More! https://www.amazon.com/Smarter-Accountant-Eliminate-Overwhelm-Competitive/dp/B0B7QFYW8N *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   Many accountants and CPAs (and business owners!) struggle to manage their time and use it to get done what they want.  When they lose a gr Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 231 Seven Stages of Change 231 231 231 Seven Stages of Change full bbb5459a-39e8-476b-82b9-0a2f6100f583 https://share.transistor.fm/s/61c3a083 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Lots of people don’t like change. They have enough going on, thank you very much, and one more thing to change is one more thing they have to learn, and remember to do differently. 

Change, seems like work. 

If we like our currently reality, then there may not be a need to change. 

But many people don’t like their current reality. They want things to change, but don’t want to change things. 

Because they don’t like change. 

I want you to know what change is. I want to unpack it for you, so that it stops being something to avoid or resist or dislike. I want to unpack it for you, so that in seeing what it is, you can make your experience of change easier for you, you can change things more quickly, and better, and eventually, learn to enjoy change. 

Change doesn't have to be this mysterious thing – once we unpack it, we can see how it works. 

Here is change, unpacked, in seven stages.

Learn to observe progress as you move through seven stages. 

And once you know the seven stages, it gets way easier to know where you are in the progression, and you know what stage is next. 

 

Here are the seven stages of change:

Stage 1: Not aware at all.

Stage 2: Aware but believing that you're powerless to change anything.

Stage 3: Aware, and believing you can change things, but aware only after the fact. 

Stage 4: Aware in the moment, but it happens so fast, that you don't change it in the moment. 

Stage 5: Aware that it's happening in the moment and change it while it's happening. 

Stage 6: See it coming and prevent it. 

Stage 7: Permanent change.

 

I hope understanding and appreciating the seven stages of change helps you befriend the change.

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Lots of people don’t like change. They have enough going on, thank you very much, and one more thing to change is one more thing they have to learn, and remember to do differently. 

Change, seems like work. 

If we like our currently reality, then there may not be a need to change. 

But many people don’t like their current reality. They want things to change, but don’t want to change things. 

Because they don’t like change. 

I want you to know what change is. I want to unpack it for you, so that it stops being something to avoid or resist or dislike. I want to unpack it for you, so that in seeing what it is, you can make your experience of change easier for you, you can change things more quickly, and better, and eventually, learn to enjoy change. 

Change doesn't have to be this mysterious thing – once we unpack it, we can see how it works. 

Here is change, unpacked, in seven stages.

Learn to observe progress as you move through seven stages. 

And once you know the seven stages, it gets way easier to know where you are in the progression, and you know what stage is next. 

 

Here are the seven stages of change:

Stage 1: Not aware at all.

Stage 2: Aware but believing that you're powerless to change anything.

Stage 3: Aware, and believing you can change things, but aware only after the fact. 

Stage 4: Aware in the moment, but it happens so fast, that you don't change it in the moment. 

Stage 5: Aware that it's happening in the moment and change it while it's happening. 

Stage 6: See it coming and prevent it. 

Stage 7: Permanent change.

 

I hope understanding and appreciating the seven stages of change helps you befriend the change.

]]> Wed, 01 Mar 2023 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 656 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Lots of people don’t like change. They have enough going on, thank you very much, and one more thing to change is one more thing they have to learn, and remember to do differently.  Change, seems like work.  If we like our currently reality, then there may not be a need to change.  But many people don’t like their current reality. They want things to change, but don’t want to change things.  Because they don’t like change.  I want you to know what change is. I want to unpack it for you, so that it stops being something to avoid or resist or dislike. I want to unpack it for you, so that in seeing what it is, you can make your experience of change easier for you, you can change things more quickly, and better, and eventually, learn to enjoy change.  Change doesn't have to be this mysterious thing – once we unpack it, we can see how it works.  Here is change, unpacked, in seven stages. Learn to observe progress as you move through seven stages.  And once you know the seven stages, it gets way easier to know where you are in the progression, and you know what stage is next.    Here are the seven stages of change: Stage 1: Not aware at all. Stage 2: Aware but believing that you're powerless to change anything. Stage 3: Aware, and believing you can change things, but aware only after the fact.  Stage 4: Aware in the moment, but it happens so fast, that you don't change it in the moment.  Stage 5: Aware that it's happening in the moment and change it while it's happening.  Stage 6: See it coming and prevent it.  Stage 7: Permanent change.   I hope understanding and appreciating the seven stages of change helps you befriend the change. *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Lots of people don’t like change. They have enough going on, thank you very much, and one more thing to change is one more thing they have Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 230 How To Have A Stress-Free Tax Season, with Dawn Goldberg, CPA 230 230 230 How To Have A Stress-Free Tax Season, with Dawn Goldberg, CPA full 6cb18606-8056-4ce6-921d-5683a75151b8 https://share.transistor.fm/s/70976f89 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Not all accountants and CPAs get stressed during tax season. They've got their systems down. Stress isn't their go-to thing. 

But for many CPAs and accountants, stress is a common experience. But it doesn't necessarily have to be that way. 

Here to talk with me about how to go from being stressed to not being stressed in tax season is my guest, Dawn Goldberg.

Dawn Goldberg has been a CPA in public accounting for over 30 years, as well as a mom for over 27 years. She has worked for large firms like Deloitte & Touche and Ernst & Young as well as smaller firms. Dawn is also the author of “The Smarter Accountant – How To Eliminate Stress and Overwhelm, Create More Time, Gain A Competitive Advantage, And More!”

 

Highlights:

—  “Tax season is stressful, is actually an optional thought.”

—  “Accountants have this badge of honor. If we're not overworking or not stressed, then we must not be very good at what we do.”

—  “In coaching jargon, the intentional model is about thinking thoughts on purpose that are going to create the feeling that you want to generate, that will lead to the actions that you want to be taking, that will create eventually the result that you actually want to have.”

—  “Ask yourself this: Do you like what that thought will create if you keep it?”

—  “Using the fuel of focus gets me much better results than the fuel of stress.”

Connect with Dawn:

Website: https://thesmarteraccountant.com/

Podcast: https://cpamoms.com/podcasts/

 

Episode mentions:

193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/193

218 Mindset Coaching for More Powerful Results, with Emma Richter

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/218

 

Dawn’s book:

The Smarter Accountant: How To Eliminate Stress and Overwhelm, Create More Time, Gain a Competitive Advantage, and More!

https://www.amazon.com/Smarter-Accountant-Eliminate-Overwhelm-Competitive/dp/B0B7QFYW8N

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Not all accountants and CPAs get stressed during tax season. They've got their systems down. Stress isn't their go-to thing. 

But for many CPAs and accountants, stress is a common experience. But it doesn't necessarily have to be that way. 

Here to talk with me about how to go from being stressed to not being stressed in tax season is my guest, Dawn Goldberg.

Dawn Goldberg has been a CPA in public accounting for over 30 years, as well as a mom for over 27 years. She has worked for large firms like Deloitte & Touche and Ernst & Young as well as smaller firms. Dawn is also the author of “The Smarter Accountant – How To Eliminate Stress and Overwhelm, Create More Time, Gain A Competitive Advantage, And More!”

 

Highlights:

—  “Tax season is stressful, is actually an optional thought.”

—  “Accountants have this badge of honor. If we're not overworking or not stressed, then we must not be very good at what we do.”

—  “In coaching jargon, the intentional model is about thinking thoughts on purpose that are going to create the feeling that you want to generate, that will lead to the actions that you want to be taking, that will create eventually the result that you actually want to have.”

—  “Ask yourself this: Do you like what that thought will create if you keep it?”

—  “Using the fuel of focus gets me much better results than the fuel of stress.”

Connect with Dawn:

Website: https://thesmarteraccountant.com/

Podcast: https://cpamoms.com/podcasts/

 

Episode mentions:

193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/193

218 Mindset Coaching for More Powerful Results, with Emma Richter

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/218

 

Dawn’s book:

The Smarter Accountant: How To Eliminate Stress and Overwhelm, Create More Time, Gain a Competitive Advantage, and More!

https://www.amazon.com/Smarter-Accountant-Eliminate-Overwhelm-Competitive/dp/B0B7QFYW8N

]]> Wed, 22 Feb 2023 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Dawn Goldberg Geraldine Carter with Guest Dawn Goldberg 1302 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Not all accountants and CPAs get stressed during tax season. They've got their systems down. Stress isn't their go-to thing.  But for many CPAs and accountants, stress is a common experience. But it doesn't necessarily have to be that way.  Here to talk with me about how to go from being stressed to not being stressed in tax season is my guest, Dawn Goldberg. Dawn Goldberg has been a CPA in public accounting for over 30 years, as well as a mom for over 27 years. She has worked for large firms like Deloitte & Touche and Ernst & Young as well as smaller firms. Dawn is also the author of “The Smarter Accountant – How To Eliminate Stress and Overwhelm, Create More Time, Gain A Competitive Advantage, And More!”   Highlights: —  “Tax season is stressful, is actually an optional thought.” —  “Accountants have this badge of honor. If we're not overworking or not stressed, then we must not be very good at what we do.” —  “In coaching jargon, the intentional model is about thinking thoughts on purpose that are going to create the feeling that you want to generate, that will lead to the actions that you want to be taking, that will create eventually the result that you actually want to have.” —  “Ask yourself this: Do you like what that thought will create if you keep it?” —  “Using the fuel of focus gets me much better results than the fuel of stress.” Connect with Dawn: Website: https://thesmarteraccountant.com/ Podcast: https://cpamoms.com/podcasts/   Episode mentions: 193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/193 218 Mindset Coaching for More Powerful Results, with Emma Richter https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/218   Dawn’s book: The Smarter Accountant: How To Eliminate Stress and Overwhelm, Create More Time, Gain a Competitive Advantage, and More! https://www.amazon.com/Smarter-Accountant-Eliminate-Overwhelm-Competitive/dp/B0B7QFYW8N *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Not all accountants and CPAs get stressed during tax season. They've got their systems down. Stress isn't their go-to thing.  Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 229 Get Paid in Full Up Front for Tax Returns 229 229 229 Get Paid in Full Up Front for Tax Returns full f0360786-16da-47c9-b403-9bb103b357e6 https://share.transistor.fm/s/39fb50e6 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

Would you love to get paid in full up front for tax returns?

There’s a long history of paying for your tax return when you pick it up at your CPAs office, or when they send the invoice, which might be weeks or months after you did the work. 

Despite knowing the benefits of getting paid in full up front:

 - You can have a clearer sense of how much of your capacity is now paid and on the books, and how much more you need to sell

 - You have clients who have agreed to your price, so you don’t have send invoices and duck for cover

- You don’t have a pile of A/R, dangling out there in space, that you need to burn time tracking down

- You’re no longer held hostage by client you want to fire, but you don’t want to fire them until they pay you, for the last 3 years

 - You have access to and use of the cash, and cash is queen

You still get hung up on 3 common objections, which are:

1. I haven’t done it this way before, I don’t know how to do it 

2. Clients aren’t used to paying this way

3. I'm worried about underpricing, I don’t know how long returns take, I can’t price if I don’t know how long it’s going to take, what if they show up with some surprise, what if I get killed on scope creep. 

Each of these objections may have some validity. But each objection can be overcome – and I walk you through how, in this episode.

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

Would you love to get paid in full up front for tax returns?

There’s a long history of paying for your tax return when you pick it up at your CPAs office, or when they send the invoice, which might be weeks or months after you did the work. 

Despite knowing the benefits of getting paid in full up front:

 - You can have a clearer sense of how much of your capacity is now paid and on the books, and how much more you need to sell

 - You have clients who have agreed to your price, so you don’t have send invoices and duck for cover

- You don’t have a pile of A/R, dangling out there in space, that you need to burn time tracking down

- You’re no longer held hostage by client you want to fire, but you don’t want to fire them until they pay you, for the last 3 years

 - You have access to and use of the cash, and cash is queen

You still get hung up on 3 common objections, which are:

1. I haven’t done it this way before, I don’t know how to do it 

2. Clients aren’t used to paying this way

3. I'm worried about underpricing, I don’t know how long returns take, I can’t price if I don’t know how long it’s going to take, what if they show up with some surprise, what if I get killed on scope creep. 

Each of these objections may have some validity. But each objection can be overcome – and I walk you through how, in this episode.

]]> Wed, 15 Feb 2023 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 879 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   Would you love to get paid in full up front for tax returns? There’s a long history of paying for your tax return when you pick it up at your CPAs office, or when they send the invoice, which might be weeks or months after you did the work.  Despite knowing the benefits of getting paid in full up front:  - You can have a clearer sense of how much of your capacity is now paid and on the books, and how much more you need to sell  - You have clients who have agreed to your price, so you don’t have send invoices and duck for cover - You don’t have a pile of A/R, dangling out there in space, that you need to burn time tracking down - You’re no longer held hostage by client you want to fire, but you don’t want to fire them until they pay you, for the last 3 years  - You have access to and use of the cash, and cash is queen You still get hung up on 3 common objections, which are: 1. I haven’t done it this way before, I don’t know how to do it  2. Clients aren’t used to paying this way 3. I'm worried about underpricing, I don’t know how long returns take, I can’t price if I don’t know how long it’s going to take, what if they show up with some surprise, what if I get killed on scope creep.  Each of these objections may have some validity. But each objection can be overcome – and I walk you through how, in this episode. *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   Would you love to get paid in full up front for tax returns? There’s a long history of paying for your tax return when you pick it up at y Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 228 Selling Ingredients 228 228 228 Selling Ingredients full 6867c918-6283-464e-8f76-bcdf229debc2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/5da31208 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Can you tell what this is?

Sugar, unbleached enriched flour (wheat flour, niacin, reduced iron, thiamine mononitrate, riboflavin, folic acid), palm oil, cocoa (processed with alkali), high fructose corn syrup, leavening (baking soda and/or calcium phosphate), salt, soy lecithin, chocolate, artificial flavor.

.

Would you pay $4.25 for two sleeves of them?

.

If you’ve ever bought Oreos, then yes. :)

.

Most regular buyers cannot reverse engineer their way from the ingredient list, to the product, to what the product does.

.

Oreos, satisfy your sweet tooth craving.

.

Regular buyers also face the following ingredient list:

Document review, secure file exchange folder, calls, projections, calculations, planning, strategy, preparation, state return, estimates, portal, filing, emails, correspondence.

.

Most regular buyers cannot reverse engineer their way from the ingredient list, to the product, to what the product does.

.

What it is:

Gold-level tax prep and filing

.

What it does:

Get taxes off your mind, so you can do something fun with your weekend.

.

Next time you’re in the cookie aisle, stand before the Oreos and imagine the casing with only the ingredients listed. No Oreo, no glass of milk. No dunk. No quench.

Just an ingredient list.

In black and white.

Flour, sugar, niacin, palm oil, leavening.

.

Now imagine your client.

.

Now imagine the list of a la carte ingredients you sell.

.

Now you can imagine what your client might be experiencing.

.

For some, a milk-dunked Oreo is a heavenly experience. 

 

For some, painless, seamless tax prep is a heavenly experience. 

.

Sell, what it does.

 

Sell, the experience. 

 

Not, the ingredient list.

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Can you tell what this is?

Sugar, unbleached enriched flour (wheat flour, niacin, reduced iron, thiamine mononitrate, riboflavin, folic acid), palm oil, cocoa (processed with alkali), high fructose corn syrup, leavening (baking soda and/or calcium phosphate), salt, soy lecithin, chocolate, artificial flavor.

.

Would you pay $4.25 for two sleeves of them?

.

If you’ve ever bought Oreos, then yes. :)

.

Most regular buyers cannot reverse engineer their way from the ingredient list, to the product, to what the product does.

.

Oreos, satisfy your sweet tooth craving.

.

Regular buyers also face the following ingredient list:

Document review, secure file exchange folder, calls, projections, calculations, planning, strategy, preparation, state return, estimates, portal, filing, emails, correspondence.

.

Most regular buyers cannot reverse engineer their way from the ingredient list, to the product, to what the product does.

.

What it is:

Gold-level tax prep and filing

.

What it does:

Get taxes off your mind, so you can do something fun with your weekend.

.

Next time you’re in the cookie aisle, stand before the Oreos and imagine the casing with only the ingredients listed. No Oreo, no glass of milk. No dunk. No quench.

Just an ingredient list.

In black and white.

Flour, sugar, niacin, palm oil, leavening.

.

Now imagine your client.

.

Now imagine the list of a la carte ingredients you sell.

.

Now you can imagine what your client might be experiencing.

.

For some, a milk-dunked Oreo is a heavenly experience. 

 

For some, painless, seamless tax prep is a heavenly experience. 

.

Sell, what it does.

 

Sell, the experience. 

 

Not, the ingredient list.

]]> Wed, 08 Feb 2023 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 178 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Can you tell what this is? Sugar, unbleached enriched flour (wheat flour, niacin, reduced iron, thiamine mononitrate, riboflavin, folic acid), palm oil, cocoa (processed with alkali), high fructose corn syrup, leavening (baking soda and/or calcium phosphate), salt, soy lecithin, chocolate, artificial flavor. . Would you pay $4.25 for two sleeves of them? . If you’ve ever bought Oreos, then yes. :) . Most regular buyers cannot reverse engineer their way from the ingredient list, to the product, to what the product does. . Oreos, satisfy your sweet tooth craving. . Regular buyers also face the following ingredient list: Document review, secure file exchange folder, calls, projections, calculations, planning, strategy, preparation, state return, estimates, portal, filing, emails, correspondence. . Most regular buyers cannot reverse engineer their way from the ingredient list, to the product, to what the product does. . What it is: Gold-level tax prep and filing . What it does: Get taxes off your mind, so you can do something fun with your weekend. . Next time you’re in the cookie aisle, stand before the Oreos and imagine the casing with only the ingredients listed. No Oreo, no glass of milk. No dunk. No quench. Just an ingredient list. In black and white. Flour, sugar, niacin, palm oil, leavening. . Now imagine your client. . Now imagine the list of a la carte ingredients you sell. . Now you can imagine what your client might be experiencing. . For some, a milk-dunked Oreo is a heavenly experience.    For some, painless, seamless tax prep is a heavenly experience.  . Sell, what it does.   Sell, the experience.    Not, the ingredient list. *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Can you tell what this is? Sugar, unbleached enriched flour (wheat flour, niacin, reduced iron, thiamine mononitrate, riboflav Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 227 The Problem You Solve 227 227 227 The Problem You Solve full d1c77d23-ecbb-4588-947b-d0d6e0752954 https://share.transistor.fm/s/ed9c135c *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

Your clients buy a solution to a problem they have. And the better you get at understanding the nature of their problem, talking to them about their problem, and explaining to them their problem in ways that show them that you understand their problem more deeply than they do, the easier your business will get to run.

Here are 8 questions you can ask to deepen your understanding of your Ideal Buyer’s problem:

  1. How would they describe their problem, in their words?
  2. What would they Google, to try to solve it?
  3. How do they feel now, and how do they want to feel?
  4. Are they willing to pay what it’s worth to you, for the solution?
  5. How does your package help them solve this problem?
  6. Why will your solution work for them, what’s compelling about it?
  7. Why are you the best person to help them?
  8. Why will they be delighted to discover your solution?

 

You have space and permission to design something truly amazing for your clients. With their problems in mind. With your solution being the best one out there in the marketplace. Where there’s nothing else like it, that comes even close. 

Go design that, and sell it. 

 

Episode mentions:

214 - Problem Solution Process Result

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/214

221 - 12 Reasons to Niche

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/221

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

Your clients buy a solution to a problem they have. And the better you get at understanding the nature of their problem, talking to them about their problem, and explaining to them their problem in ways that show them that you understand their problem more deeply than they do, the easier your business will get to run.

Here are 8 questions you can ask to deepen your understanding of your Ideal Buyer’s problem:

  1. How would they describe their problem, in their words?
  2. What would they Google, to try to solve it?
  3. How do they feel now, and how do they want to feel?
  4. Are they willing to pay what it’s worth to you, for the solution?
  5. How does your package help them solve this problem?
  6. Why will your solution work for them, what’s compelling about it?
  7. Why are you the best person to help them?
  8. Why will they be delighted to discover your solution?

 

You have space and permission to design something truly amazing for your clients. With their problems in mind. With your solution being the best one out there in the marketplace. Where there’s nothing else like it, that comes even close. 

Go design that, and sell it. 

 

Episode mentions:

214 - Problem Solution Process Result

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/214

221 - 12 Reasons to Niche

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/221

 

]]> Wed, 01 Feb 2023 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 836 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   Your clients buy a solution to a problem they have. And the better you get at understanding the nature of their problem, talking to them about their problem, and explaining to them their problem in ways that show them that you understand their problem more deeply than they do, the easier your business will get to run. Here are 8 questions you can ask to deepen your understanding of your Ideal Buyer’s problem: How would they describe their problem, in their words? What would they Google, to try to solve it? How do they feel now, and how do they want to feel? Are they willing to pay what it’s worth to you, for the solution? How does your package help them solve this problem? Why will your solution work for them, what’s compelling about it? Why are you the best person to help them? Why will they be delighted to discover your solution?   You have space and permission to design something truly amazing for your clients. With their problems in mind. With your solution being the best one out there in the marketplace. Where there’s nothing else like it, that comes even close.  Go design that, and sell it.    Episode mentions: 214 - Problem Solution Process Result https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/214 221 - 12 Reasons to Niche https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/221   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   Your clients buy a solution to a problem they have. And the better you get at understanding the nature of their problem, talki Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 226 Why We Work Too Much 226 226 226 Why We Work Too Much full f4a877b2-65ff-4fe5-a151-6379c519dfed https://share.transistor.fm/s/d5ef1799 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Falling into the trap of working too much is a common place to land. But working too much doesn’t have to be a thing, even though it’s become normal in our society. The good news: working too much is imminently solvable. Get the solution to 15 reasons you might be overworking and what to do about it. 

I use the term overworking to simply mean “working more hours than you want.”

That might mean working 55 hours when you want to work 40 hours. 

That might mean working 35 hours when you only want to work 25 hours. 

And it also doesn’t mean that working 50 hours a week is necessarily overworking. If you want to work 50 hours a week, you might not be overworking. 

 

15 reasons you might work more hours than you want to:

  1. Too many clients
  2. Too many underpriced clients
  3. Too many types of clients
  4. Stuck in hourly pricing in all its forms
  5. Systems stuck in your head, nonexistent, incomplete, unreliable, or unfindable.
  6. Staff: undertrained, underperforming, or both. 
  7. Too much on your calendar: Too many meetings, meetings longer than they need to be; too many programs, groups, networks. 
  8. Overworking begets overworking. Long hours are inefficient and error prone. 
  9. Doing automatable tasks manually, including digital tasks. 
  10. Work is who you are; it’s how you define yourself
  11. You don’t know what you’d do with your free time or yourself if you did have time
  12. It can be a way to garner sympathy or attention
  13. You think you can multitask
  14. Avoiding home/personal life
  15. Because you allow it by rationalizing it 🙂

 

It’s good news! Each of these is imminently solvable. You can get on the path to working the hours you want. Start by picking 1 or 2 of the most doable ones to work on, that will have the most impact. 

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Falling into the trap of working too much is a common place to land. But working too much doesn’t have to be a thing, even though it’s become normal in our society. The good news: working too much is imminently solvable. Get the solution to 15 reasons you might be overworking and what to do about it. 

I use the term overworking to simply mean “working more hours than you want.”

That might mean working 55 hours when you want to work 40 hours. 

That might mean working 35 hours when you only want to work 25 hours. 

And it also doesn’t mean that working 50 hours a week is necessarily overworking. If you want to work 50 hours a week, you might not be overworking. 

 

15 reasons you might work more hours than you want to:

  1. Too many clients
  2. Too many underpriced clients
  3. Too many types of clients
  4. Stuck in hourly pricing in all its forms
  5. Systems stuck in your head, nonexistent, incomplete, unreliable, or unfindable.
  6. Staff: undertrained, underperforming, or both. 
  7. Too much on your calendar: Too many meetings, meetings longer than they need to be; too many programs, groups, networks. 
  8. Overworking begets overworking. Long hours are inefficient and error prone. 
  9. Doing automatable tasks manually, including digital tasks. 
  10. Work is who you are; it’s how you define yourself
  11. You don’t know what you’d do with your free time or yourself if you did have time
  12. It can be a way to garner sympathy or attention
  13. You think you can multitask
  14. Avoiding home/personal life
  15. Because you allow it by rationalizing it 🙂

 

It’s good news! Each of these is imminently solvable. You can get on the path to working the hours you want. Start by picking 1 or 2 of the most doable ones to work on, that will have the most impact. 

 

]]> Wed, 25 Jan 2023 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1124 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Falling into the trap of working too much is a common place to land. But working too much doesn’t have to be a thing, even though it’s become normal in our society. The good news: working too much is imminently solvable. Get the solution to 15 reasons you might be overworking and what to do about it.  I use the term overworking to simply mean “working more hours than you want.” That might mean working 55 hours when you want to work 40 hours.  That might mean working 35 hours when you only want to work 25 hours.  And it also doesn’t mean that working 50 hours a week is necessarily overworking. If you want to work 50 hours a week, you might not be overworking.    15 reasons you might work more hours than you want to: Too many clients Too many underpriced clients Too many types of clients Stuck in hourly pricing in all its forms Systems stuck in your head, nonexistent, incomplete, unreliable, or unfindable. Staff: undertrained, underperforming, or both.  Too much on your calendar: Too many meetings, meetings longer than they need to be; too many programs, groups, networks.  Overworking begets overworking. Long hours are inefficient and error prone.  Doing automatable tasks manually, including digital tasks.  Work is who you are; it’s how you define yourself You don’t know what you’d do with your free time or yourself if you did have time It can be a way to garner sympathy or attention You think you can multitask Avoiding home/personal life Because you allow it by rationalizing it 🙂   It’s good news! Each of these is imminently solvable. You can get on the path to working the hours you want. Start by picking 1 or 2 of the most doable ones to work on, that will have the most impact.    *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Falling into the trap of working too much is a common place to land. But working too much doesn’t have to be a thing, even though it’s becom Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 225 Selling Summit CPA for Multiples with Jody Grunden 225 225 225 Selling Summit CPA for Multiples with Jody Grunden full 017eeb5f-11d0-438e-a395-505341537d0b https://share.transistor.fm/s/16f2084c *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

Many CPAs work until they're done. And they either hand their firm down, sell it, or turn off the lights and close the door. Some miss an opportunity to be more strategic about what they choose to build with an eye toward future value creation. 

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Jody Grunden. 

Jody is the co-founder & CEO at Summit CPA Group, A Division of Anders CPAs + Advisors. Summit CPA is the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America. 

 

Highlights:

— “High growth and high profit, those are the two big things that companies look for.” 

— “Being remote accelerated growth, because now we could go anywhere and hire anywhere.”

— “There's a great opportunity to get rid of existing clients that are preventing you from making changes [to improve your firm].”

— “Take advantage of the remote atmosphere, whether it's hybrid or fully remote. This is the perfect time.”

— “The most important factors: niche, go remote, and take risks.”

Connect with JODY:

Website: https://www.summitcpa.net/

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/jodygrunden

Twitter: @jgrunden and @SummitCPAGroup

Previous episode with Jody:

086 Secrets of Shifting to vCFO Services, with Jody Grunden

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/086

Book mention:

Time's Up!: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms, by Ron Baker and Paul Dunn

https://www.amazon.com/Times-Up-Subscription-Business-Professional/dp/1119893526

Software mentions:

Reach Reporting: ​​https://reachreporting.com/

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

Many CPAs work until they're done. And they either hand their firm down, sell it, or turn off the lights and close the door. Some miss an opportunity to be more strategic about what they choose to build with an eye toward future value creation. 

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Jody Grunden. 

Jody is the co-founder & CEO at Summit CPA Group, A Division of Anders CPAs + Advisors. Summit CPA is the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America. 

 

Highlights:

— “High growth and high profit, those are the two big things that companies look for.” 

— “Being remote accelerated growth, because now we could go anywhere and hire anywhere.”

— “There's a great opportunity to get rid of existing clients that are preventing you from making changes [to improve your firm].”

— “Take advantage of the remote atmosphere, whether it's hybrid or fully remote. This is the perfect time.”

— “The most important factors: niche, go remote, and take risks.”

Connect with JODY:

Website: https://www.summitcpa.net/

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/jodygrunden

Twitter: @jgrunden and @SummitCPAGroup

Previous episode with Jody:

086 Secrets of Shifting to vCFO Services, with Jody Grunden

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/086

Book mention:

Time's Up!: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms, by Ron Baker and Paul Dunn

https://www.amazon.com/Times-Up-Subscription-Business-Professional/dp/1119893526

Software mentions:

Reach Reporting: ​​https://reachreporting.com/

 

]]> Wed, 18 Jan 2023 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Jody Grunden Geraldine Carter with Guest Jody Grunden 2387 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   Many CPAs work until they're done. And they either hand their firm down, sell it, or turn off the lights and close the door. Some miss an opportunity to be more strategic about what they choose to build with an eye toward future value creation.  Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Jody Grunden.  Jody is the co-founder & CEO at Summit CPA Group, A Division of Anders CPAs + Advisors. Summit CPA is the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America.    Highlights: — “High growth and high profit, those are the two big things that companies look for.”  — “Being remote accelerated growth, because now we could go anywhere and hire anywhere.” — “There's a great opportunity to get rid of existing clients that are preventing you from making changes [to improve your firm].” — “Take advantage of the remote atmosphere, whether it's hybrid or fully remote. This is the perfect time.” — “The most important factors: niche, go remote, and take risks.” Connect with JODY: Website: https://www.summitcpa.net/ LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/jodygrunden Twitter: @jgrunden and @SummitCPAGroup Previous episode with Jody: 086 Secrets of Shifting to vCFO Services, with Jody Grunden https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/086 Book mention: Time's Up!: The Subscription Business Model for Professional Firms, by Ron Baker and Paul Dunn https://www.amazon.com/Times-Up-Subscription-Business-Professional/dp/1119893526 Software mentions: Reach Reporting: ​​https://reachreporting.com/   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   Many CPAs work until they're done. And they either hand their firm down, sell it, or turn off the lights and close the door. Some miss an Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 224 Time Creation: 7 Ways to Get Hours Back in Your Accounting Firm 224 224 224 Time Creation: 7 Ways to Get Hours Back in Your Accounting Firm full df39218f-4c18-4181-b2ab-ca5b63504d21 https://share.transistor.fm/s/0ec71c01 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

You can create time. 

You don’t have to be busy all the time. 

The accounting space mostly believes that CPAs work long hours, and that’s just “how it is.”

That’s not how it needs to be. 

You can create time. 

You create time. 

You can create time with these seven tactics:

  1. Plan to your time
  2. Make decisions - faster, more strongly
  3. Stop wondering - start figuring it out
  4. Constrain - pick 1 or 3 things to focus on
  5. Try things - stop thinking of your attempts as failures
  6. Say no - stop saying you’re a people-pleaser
  7. Stop thinking busy and stop being busy - start saying you create time and start creating time

You CAN create time, and work a 40-hour workweek. Time to put an end to habitual overworking in the accounting industry :)

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

You can create time. 

You don’t have to be busy all the time. 

The accounting space mostly believes that CPAs work long hours, and that’s just “how it is.”

That’s not how it needs to be. 

You can create time. 

You create time. 

You can create time with these seven tactics:

  1. Plan to your time
  2. Make decisions - faster, more strongly
  3. Stop wondering - start figuring it out
  4. Constrain - pick 1 or 3 things to focus on
  5. Try things - stop thinking of your attempts as failures
  6. Say no - stop saying you’re a people-pleaser
  7. Stop thinking busy and stop being busy - start saying you create time and start creating time

You CAN create time, and work a 40-hour workweek. Time to put an end to habitual overworking in the accounting industry :)

]]> Wed, 11 Jan 2023 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1141 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe You can create time.  You don’t have to be busy all the time.  The accounting space mostly believes that CPAs work long hours, and that’s just “how it is.” That’s not how it needs to be.  You can create time.  You create time.  You can create time with these seven tactics: Plan to your time Make decisions - faster, more strongly Stop wondering - start figuring it out Constrain - pick 1 or 3 things to focus on Try things - stop thinking of your attempts as failures Say no - stop saying you’re a people-pleaser Stop thinking busy and stop being busy - start saying you create time and start creating time You CAN create time, and work a 40-hour workweek. Time to put an end to habitual overworking in the accounting industry :) *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe: geraldinecarter.com/subscribe You can create time.  You don’t have to be busy all the time.  The accounting space mostly believes that CPAs work long hours, and that’s just “h Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 223 Time + Work ≠ Money: Value Creation for CPAs 223 223 223 Time + Work ≠ Money: Value Creation for CPAs full 569a485a-264a-4608-b750-a3f888d933d9 https://share.transistor.fm/s/5448980f *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

In this episode, we're talking about value creation. 

In the accounting space, it’s easy for the firm owner to think that revenue comes from clients, work, time, or deliverables.

Because your client pays the bill for the work you did, it can appear that that’s where the money comes from. But the money comes from the value you created. 

The more you think about your clients and creating value for them, and the better you get at capturing the value you create for your clients with effective pricing, the better you'll get at bringing revenue into your accounting practice without having to put in so many hours and so much effort to create that revenue.

When you create more value and capture that value with higher prices, you can meet revenue goals with fewer clients and less work. This is the path to making your accounting practice easier to run. After which, life gets easier. 

Remember: all revenue comes from value creation. Not from clients, not from time, not from deliverables, not from work.

Episode mention:

220 Effortless Value: Price for Access, not Work

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/220

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

In this episode, we're talking about value creation. 

In the accounting space, it’s easy for the firm owner to think that revenue comes from clients, work, time, or deliverables.

Because your client pays the bill for the work you did, it can appear that that’s where the money comes from. But the money comes from the value you created. 

The more you think about your clients and creating value for them, and the better you get at capturing the value you create for your clients with effective pricing, the better you'll get at bringing revenue into your accounting practice without having to put in so many hours and so much effort to create that revenue.

When you create more value and capture that value with higher prices, you can meet revenue goals with fewer clients and less work. This is the path to making your accounting practice easier to run. After which, life gets easier. 

Remember: all revenue comes from value creation. Not from clients, not from time, not from deliverables, not from work.

Episode mention:

220 Effortless Value: Price for Access, not Work

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/220

]]> Wed, 04 Jan 2023 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 777 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe In this episode, we're talking about value creation.  In the accounting space, it’s easy for the firm owner to think that revenue comes from clients, work, time, or deliverables. Because your client pays the bill for the work you did, it can appear that that’s where the money comes from. But the money comes from the value you created.  The more you think about your clients and creating value for them, and the better you get at capturing the value you create for your clients with effective pricing, the better you'll get at bringing revenue into your accounting practice without having to put in so many hours and so much effort to create that revenue. When you create more value and capture that value with higher prices, you can meet revenue goals with fewer clients and less work. This is the path to making your accounting practice easier to run. After which, life gets easier.  Remember: all revenue comes from value creation. Not from clients, not from time, not from deliverables, not from work. Episode mention: 220 Effortless Value: Price for Access, not Work https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/220 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe In this episode, we're talking about value creation.  In the accounting space, it’s easy for the firm owner to think that revenu Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 222 Holiday Accounting Humor with Hazel and Remy 222 222 222 Holiday Accounting Humor with Hazel and Remy full c907af41-1f66-4220-995c-b7560f227977 https://share.transistor.fm/s/d2d52587 Happy holidays!

Enjoy the annual tradition of accounting humor, hosted by Geraldine’s two kids, Hazel and Remy.

This year: Top Ten 10 Signs of a Bad Accountant.

Wishing you all the best in 2023!

 

*Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

]]> Happy holidays!

Enjoy the annual tradition of accounting humor, hosted by Geraldine’s two kids, Hazel and Remy.

This year: Top Ten 10 Signs of a Bad Accountant.

Wishing you all the best in 2023!

 

*Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

]]> Wed, 28 Dec 2022 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 109 Happy holidays! Enjoy the annual tradition of accounting humor, hosted by Geraldine’s two kids, Hazel and Remy. This year: Top Ten 10 Signs of a Bad Accountant. Wishing you all the best in 2023!   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Happy holidays! Enjoy the annual tradition of accounting humor, hosted by Geraldine’s two kids, Hazel and Remy. This year: Top Ten 10 Signs of a Bad Accountant. Wishing you all the best in 2023!   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to yo Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 221 12 Reasons to Niche Your Accounting Practice 221 221 221 12 Reasons to Niche Your Accounting Practice full 8fa0df3b-c889-4195-8ee9-a1b27e4d2ea4 https://share.transistor.fm/s/c6e68ff3 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

In this episode, I want to give you 12 reasons to focus on a niche or an industry, or your ideal buyer or a market segment. Whatever term you like to call it.

There are slight differences in the details but what's most important is understanding how valuable it can be to your business to focus on an ideal buyer, to pick a niche and move in that direction. 

  1. It simplifies your business.
  2. It deepens your expertise
  3. Expertise is more valuable than general knowledge. 
  4. When you create value, it enables your prices to go up. 
  5. When your prices go up, your margins also go up when you niche. 
  6. When your prices go up, you need fewer clients to meet your revenue targets.
  7. Your business starts to feel easier, because there's just less to keep track of.
  8. When all your clients look like each other, it becomes so much easier to systematize.
  9. The more you can get your clients to nest the more space you create in your business and the more mental space you create in your mind. 
  10. When you niche and you focus on an ideal buyer and you deepen your expertise, you become less duplicatable.
  11. You put yourself in a position to sell expertise without having to do any work.
  12. Niching and going in the direction of deepening expertise creates options for you in terms of how to create revenue.

 

And here are some of the objections that I hear about niching: 

  1. Letting go of existing revenue.
  2. I won't be able to create future revenue.
  3. I will be bored.
  4. It feels limiting, as in, “I’m eliminating too many potential customers.”

 

Each of the above objections gets addressed. 

Narrowing your industry, your niche, focusing on an ideal buyer opens up more options for you.

Episode mentions:

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche

220 How to Price for Access, not Work

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA

 

Blake Oliver's Earmark CPE podcast

https://earmarkcpe.com/

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

In this episode, I want to give you 12 reasons to focus on a niche or an industry, or your ideal buyer or a market segment. Whatever term you like to call it.

There are slight differences in the details but what's most important is understanding how valuable it can be to your business to focus on an ideal buyer, to pick a niche and move in that direction. 

  1. It simplifies your business.
  2. It deepens your expertise
  3. Expertise is more valuable than general knowledge. 
  4. When you create value, it enables your prices to go up. 
  5. When your prices go up, your margins also go up when you niche. 
  6. When your prices go up, you need fewer clients to meet your revenue targets.
  7. Your business starts to feel easier, because there's just less to keep track of.
  8. When all your clients look like each other, it becomes so much easier to systematize.
  9. The more you can get your clients to nest the more space you create in your business and the more mental space you create in your mind. 
  10. When you niche and you focus on an ideal buyer and you deepen your expertise, you become less duplicatable.
  11. You put yourself in a position to sell expertise without having to do any work.
  12. Niching and going in the direction of deepening expertise creates options for you in terms of how to create revenue.

 

And here are some of the objections that I hear about niching: 

  1. Letting go of existing revenue.
  2. I won't be able to create future revenue.
  3. I will be bored.
  4. It feels limiting, as in, “I’m eliminating too many potential customers.”

 

Each of the above objections gets addressed. 

Narrowing your industry, your niche, focusing on an ideal buyer opens up more options for you.

Episode mentions:

211 Pricing for Improved Profitability

212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche

220 How to Price for Access, not Work

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA

 

Blake Oliver's Earmark CPE podcast

https://earmarkcpe.com/

 

]]> Wed, 21 Dec 2022 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 922 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe In this episode, I want to give you 12 reasons to focus on a niche or an industry, or your ideal buyer or a market segment. Whatever term you like to call it. There are slight differences in the details but what's most important is understanding how valuable it can be to your business to focus on an ideal buyer, to pick a niche and move in that direction.  It simplifies your business. It deepens your expertise Expertise is more valuable than general knowledge.  When you create value, it enables your prices to go up.  When your prices go up, your margins also go up when you niche.  When your prices go up, you need fewer clients to meet your revenue targets. Your business starts to feel easier, because there's just less to keep track of. When all your clients look like each other, it becomes so much easier to systematize. The more you can get your clients to nest the more space you create in your business and the more mental space you create in your mind.  When you niche and you focus on an ideal buyer and you deepen your expertise, you become less duplicatable. You put yourself in a position to sell expertise without having to do any work. Niching and going in the direction of deepening expertise creates options for you in terms of how to create revenue.   And here are some of the objections that I hear about niching:  Letting go of existing revenue. I won't be able to create future revenue. I will be bored. It feels limiting, as in, “I’m eliminating too many potential customers.”   Each of the above objections gets addressed.  Narrowing your industry, your niche, focusing on an ideal buyer opens up more options for you. Episode mentions: 211 Pricing for Improved Profitability 212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche 220 How to Price for Access, not Work 179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA   Blake Oliver's Earmark CPE podcast https://earmarkcpe.com/   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe In this episode, I want to give you 12 reasons to focus on a niche or an industry, or your ideal buyer or a market segment. What Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 220 Effortless Value: Price for Access, not Work 220 220 220 Effortless Value: Price for Access, not Work full 2f78752c-fb10-4e03-bde4-667072e98813 https://share.transistor.fm/s/e9711e23 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Here are some different ways to think about what you price. 

Why? 

Because what you price informs your revenue. Depending on what you price has a huge impact on how much you work, or don’t work. Depending on what you price will inform your revenue or the revenue that you do not bring in. 

If you look at the accounting space right now, the going model is to price work. 

But there are at least two problems with this method of pricing work: 

  1. When you sell work, you're always on the hook for working.
  2. What if you think that clients value work, when in fact, they really value access more? 

 

What would happen if you priced your packages and differentiated your services based solely on access?

If work is what you want to be doing less of, what if you consider the option of selling less work?

What would happen if you safeguarded your time and you priced and sold access?

If your clients value access and access to you is in short supply, consider pricing for access, so you can do less work. 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Here are some different ways to think about what you price. 

Why? 

Because what you price informs your revenue. Depending on what you price has a huge impact on how much you work, or don’t work. Depending on what you price will inform your revenue or the revenue that you do not bring in. 

If you look at the accounting space right now, the going model is to price work. 

But there are at least two problems with this method of pricing work: 

  1. When you sell work, you're always on the hook for working.
  2. What if you think that clients value work, when in fact, they really value access more? 

 

What would happen if you priced your packages and differentiated your services based solely on access?

If work is what you want to be doing less of, what if you consider the option of selling less work?

What would happen if you safeguarded your time and you priced and sold access?

If your clients value access and access to you is in short supply, consider pricing for access, so you can do less work. 

]]> Wed, 14 Dec 2022 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 411 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Here are some different ways to think about what you price.  Why?  Because what you price informs your revenue. Depending on what you price has a huge impact on how much you work, or don’t work. Depending on what you price will inform your revenue or the revenue that you do not bring in.  If you look at the accounting space right now, the going model is to price work.  But there are at least two problems with this method of pricing work:  When you sell work, you're always on the hook for working. What if you think that clients value work, when in fact, they really value access more?    What would happen if you priced your packages and differentiated your services based solely on access? If work is what you want to be doing less of, what if you consider the option of selling less work? What would happen if you safeguarded your time and you priced and sold access? If your clients value access and access to you is in short supply, consider pricing for access, so you can do less work.  *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Here are some different ways to think about what you price.  Why?  Because what you price informs your revenue. Depending on wha Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 219 Automation as Business Strategy with Jason Staats 219 219 219 Automation as Business Strategy with Jason Staats full 6bdfc38c-2cc0-4ab4-8194-b1a38605583c https://share.transistor.fm/s/ada61f36 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

Accountants and CPAs have loads of systems running through their tax practice. Perhaps some things must still be done manually. But what if more of your work and your staff's work could be automated? 

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Jason Staats. 

Jason is a CPA turned automation nerd who enjoys sharing new ideas and memes on Twitter, Youtube, and Tiktok. He also built Realize, an online community of accounting firm owners.

 

Highlights:

— “Automation today looks a little more bottom-up. It's automating the very workflow and client-specific problems that we have.”

— “If you can surround yourself with people who are at varying levels of the same journey, that's just going to accelerate your learning so much.”

— “The best way to think about where to start, especially if you do a lot of accounting is, what could you just automate inside of a single accounting file?” — “Inbox rules are the greatest automation hack there is.” 

— “In your decision-making feedback loop, you need to have trusted peers or an external coach who can give you honest feedback that isn't subject to the groupthink that you have within a firm.” 

Connect with Jason:

Podcast https://www.automationtown.fm/

YouTube https://www.youtube.com/@jasoncpa

Twitter https://twitter.com/JStaatsCPA

Community https://rlz.io/

Software mentions:

Zapier: https://zapier.com/

Make: https://www.make.com/en/

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

Accountants and CPAs have loads of systems running through their tax practice. Perhaps some things must still be done manually. But what if more of your work and your staff's work could be automated? 

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Jason Staats. 

Jason is a CPA turned automation nerd who enjoys sharing new ideas and memes on Twitter, Youtube, and Tiktok. He also built Realize, an online community of accounting firm owners.

 

Highlights:

— “Automation today looks a little more bottom-up. It's automating the very workflow and client-specific problems that we have.”

— “If you can surround yourself with people who are at varying levels of the same journey, that's just going to accelerate your learning so much.”

— “The best way to think about where to start, especially if you do a lot of accounting is, what could you just automate inside of a single accounting file?” — “Inbox rules are the greatest automation hack there is.” 

— “In your decision-making feedback loop, you need to have trusted peers or an external coach who can give you honest feedback that isn't subject to the groupthink that you have within a firm.” 

Connect with Jason:

Podcast https://www.automationtown.fm/

YouTube https://www.youtube.com/@jasoncpa

Twitter https://twitter.com/JStaatsCPA

Community https://rlz.io/

Software mentions:

Zapier: https://zapier.com/

Make: https://www.make.com/en/

 

]]> Wed, 07 Dec 2022 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Jason Staats Geraldine Carter with Guest Jason Staats 1743 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   Accountants and CPAs have loads of systems running through their tax practice. Perhaps some things must still be done manually. But what if more of your work and your staff's work could be automated?  Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Jason Staats.  Jason is a CPA turned automation nerd who enjoys sharing new ideas and memes on Twitter, Youtube, and Tiktok. He also built Realize, an online community of accounting firm owners.   Highlights: — “Automation today looks a little more bottom-up. It's automating the very workflow and client-specific problems that we have.” — “If you can surround yourself with people who are at varying levels of the same journey, that's just going to accelerate your learning so much.” — “The best way to think about where to start, especially if you do a lot of accounting is, what could you just automate inside of a single accounting file?” — “Inbox rules are the greatest automation hack there is.”  — “In your decision-making feedback loop, you need to have trusted peers or an external coach who can give you honest feedback that isn't subject to the groupthink that you have within a firm.”  Connect with Jason: Podcast https://www.automationtown.fm/ YouTube https://www.youtube.com/@jasoncpa Twitter https://twitter.com/JStaatsCPA Community https://rlz.io/ Software mentions: Zapier: https://zapier.com/ Make: https://www.make.com/en/   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   Accountants and CPAs have loads of systems running through their tax practice. Perhaps some things must still be done manually Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 218 Mindset Coaching for More Powerful Results with Emma Richter 218 218 218 Mindset Coaching for More Powerful Results with Emma Richter full 09c2e9ab-6db7-4cd3-92e3-f63caf1fb3d5 https://share.transistor.fm/s/e758ebd7 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Today we are talking about stress and overwhelm and overworking because it's not just common in the accounting space, but it's almost as if it's expected. It's almost assumed that a firm will have or being a CPA will include long hours, and it will include the stress of meeting client demands and client deadlines.

Not only does mental health suffer as a result of setting things up this way. But what we want to dig into today is a conversation about mindset because people talk about it, but it doesn't typically get understood what it actually is. 

And in my program, CPA Mastermind, we face it head on and we tackle it. I have a team of coaches who coach mindset one-on-one in private coaching with CPA masterminders. 

And today I brought on one of my coaches Emma Richter to talk about what coaching is and isn't, and how it's beneficial inside that program in particular. 

 

Highlights:

— “This mindset work is actually very logical, and emotions and the reactions they cause are logical.”

— “When you can bring the drama out of your statements about time, you'll be surprised at how much more efficient and effective you are with your time.”

— “In reality, your price is up to you. And the market will tell you whether that is a good price or not.”

— “There is no failing. There's only learning. And that is especially true in running a business.”

— “When you help you, you also become a better CPA, a better business owner. And therefore you can help your clients become better business owners.”

 

]]> ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Today we are talking about stress and overwhelm and overworking because it's not just common in the accounting space, but it's almost as if it's expected. It's almost assumed that a firm will have or being a CPA will include long hours, and it will include the stress of meeting client demands and client deadlines.

Not only does mental health suffer as a result of setting things up this way. But what we want to dig into today is a conversation about mindset because people talk about it, but it doesn't typically get understood what it actually is. 

And in my program, CPA Mastermind, we face it head on and we tackle it. I have a team of coaches who coach mindset one-on-one in private coaching with CPA masterminders. 

And today I brought on one of my coaches Emma Richter to talk about what coaching is and isn't, and how it's beneficial inside that program in particular. 

 

Highlights:

— “This mindset work is actually very logical, and emotions and the reactions they cause are logical.”

— “When you can bring the drama out of your statements about time, you'll be surprised at how much more efficient and effective you are with your time.”

— “In reality, your price is up to you. And the market will tell you whether that is a good price or not.”

— “There is no failing. There's only learning. And that is especially true in running a business.”

— “When you help you, you also become a better CPA, a better business owner. And therefore you can help your clients become better business owners.”

 

]]> Wed, 30 Nov 2022 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Emma Richter Geraldine Carter with Guest Emma Richter 2023 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Today we are talking about stress and overwhelm and overworking because it's not just common in the accounting space, but it's almost as if it's expected. It's almost assumed that a firm will have or being a CPA will include long hours, and it will include the stress of meeting client demands and client deadlines. Not only does mental health suffer as a result of setting things up this way. But what we want to dig into today is a conversation about mindset because people talk about it, but it doesn't typically get understood what it actually is.  And in my program, CPA Mastermind, we face it head on and we tackle it. I have a team of coaches who coach mindset one-on-one in private coaching with CPA masterminders.  And today I brought on one of my coaches Emma Richter to talk about what coaching is and isn't, and how it's beneficial inside that program in particular.    Highlights: — “This mindset work is actually very logical, and emotions and the reactions they cause are logical.” — “When you can bring the drama out of your statements about time, you'll be surprised at how much more efficient and effective you are with your time.” — “In reality, your price is up to you. And the market will tell you whether that is a good price or not.” — “There is no failing. There's only learning. And that is especially true in running a business.” — “When you help you, you also become a better CPA, a better business owner. And therefore you can help your clients become better business owners.”   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Today we are talking about stress and overwhelm and overworking because it's not just common in the accounting space, but it Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 217 Get Down to 40 Hours with CPA Mastermind 217 217 217 Get Down to 40 Hours with CPA Mastermind full 9b2761de-d52d-45cb-a508-6b8c0ec3cb59 https://share.transistor.fm/s/c805f1c6 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

In this episode, I share with you how you can get down to a 40-hour workweek, work with great clients you enjoy, all without forsaking revenue. 

It's what we do in Down to 40 Hours with CPA Mastermind, my four-month program designed to help CPAs like you build simpler, more profitable, easier to run businesses. 

It is the best program out there for the CPA who wants to get down to a 40-hour workweek, and now is the best time to give it to yourself.

So an episode today in five parts: 

  1. What you want
  2. What you have instead and how you got here 
  3. What the solution is 
  4. The process for getting out 
  5. What you'll have when you travel the length of the process

 

If you're a CPA who is ready to have a practice you love making solid money, working with clients you enjoy and doing rewarding work without the insane hours, check out CPA Mastermind and get on the waitlist:

https://geraldinecarter.com/waitlist

If want more details, and have questions, check out https://geraldinecarter.com/cpa-mastermind.

And if you still have questions, email me at gc@geraldinecarter.com.

 

Highlights:

— “When you sell work, what that means is that you're going to do work all the time because that's what you're selling.”

— “Focus on the value that you can create for your clients.” 

— “We help you get better at communicating value so that you don't have to feel like you have to justify your prices or your bill to your client after the fact.” 

— “When we focus on exactly your ideal buyer who you want to work with, and you begin to work with only those kinds of clients, you generate efficiencies as you see ways to improve systems and stop doing all kinds of stuff to please all kinds of people.”

— “Knowing what to do is only half the battle. The other half of the battle is having your head in the right space and having a mindset that works in your favor.”

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

In this episode, I share with you how you can get down to a 40-hour workweek, work with great clients you enjoy, all without forsaking revenue. 

It's what we do in Down to 40 Hours with CPA Mastermind, my four-month program designed to help CPAs like you build simpler, more profitable, easier to run businesses. 

It is the best program out there for the CPA who wants to get down to a 40-hour workweek, and now is the best time to give it to yourself.

So an episode today in five parts: 

  1. What you want
  2. What you have instead and how you got here 
  3. What the solution is 
  4. The process for getting out 
  5. What you'll have when you travel the length of the process

 

If you're a CPA who is ready to have a practice you love making solid money, working with clients you enjoy and doing rewarding work without the insane hours, check out CPA Mastermind and get on the waitlist:

https://geraldinecarter.com/waitlist

If want more details, and have questions, check out https://geraldinecarter.com/cpa-mastermind.

And if you still have questions, email me at gc@geraldinecarter.com.

 

Highlights:

— “When you sell work, what that means is that you're going to do work all the time because that's what you're selling.”

— “Focus on the value that you can create for your clients.” 

— “We help you get better at communicating value so that you don't have to feel like you have to justify your prices or your bill to your client after the fact.” 

— “When we focus on exactly your ideal buyer who you want to work with, and you begin to work with only those kinds of clients, you generate efficiencies as you see ways to improve systems and stop doing all kinds of stuff to please all kinds of people.”

— “Knowing what to do is only half the battle. The other half of the battle is having your head in the right space and having a mindset that works in your favor.”

]]> Wed, 23 Nov 2022 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1136 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe In this episode, I share with you how you can get down to a 40-hour workweek, work with great clients you enjoy, all without forsaking revenue.  It's what we do in Down to 40 Hours with CPA Mastermind, my four-month program designed to help CPAs like you build simpler, more profitable, easier to run businesses.  It is the best program out there for the CPA who wants to get down to a 40-hour workweek, and now is the best time to give it to yourself. So an episode today in five parts:  What you want What you have instead and how you got here  What the solution is  The process for getting out  What you'll have when you travel the length of the process   If you're a CPA who is ready to have a practice you love making solid money, working with clients you enjoy and doing rewarding work without the insane hours, check out CPA Mastermind and get on the waitlist: https://geraldinecarter.com/waitlist If want more details, and have questions, check out https://geraldinecarter.com/cpa-mastermind. And if you still have questions, email me at gc@geraldinecarter.com.   Highlights: — “When you sell work, what that means is that you're going to do work all the time because that's what you're selling.” — “Focus on the value that you can create for your clients.”  — “We help you get better at communicating value so that you don't have to feel like you have to justify your prices or your bill to your client after the fact.”  — “When we focus on exactly your ideal buyer who you want to work with, and you begin to work with only those kinds of clients, you generate efficiencies as you see ways to improve systems and stop doing all kinds of stuff to please all kinds of people.” — “Knowing what to do is only half the battle. The other half of the battle is having your head in the right space and having a mindset that works in your favor.” *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe In this episode, I share with you how you can get down to a 40-hour workweek, work with great clients you enjoy, all without for Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 216 Inside CPA Mastermind, with Sheila Hansen 216 216 216 Inside CPA Mastermind, with Sheila Hansen full cbe2149b-8a47-40fb-935b-12099d97ab1a https://share.transistor.fm/s/950b4583 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

We're talking with Sheila Hansen, who is a participant, a masterminder in my program, Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, to get her perspective on the experience of what it's like, and the value of being in this program.

Sheila helps female-owned creative businesses understand their numbers while increasing profit and scaling to $500K-$2M in revenue.

 

Highlights:

— “One value of this program is really digging into niching. In some ways it was giving myself permission to go the route that I wanted to go.”

— “We don't have to have it all figured out exactly today.”

— “Clients care about if we can provide a solution that helps them see where their cash is going, and how to keep more of it and spend (or not spend) in a way that aligns with their goals.”

— “In the 10 weeks since we started, I have grown my monthly recurring contracts by 65% in revenue dollars. And in doing so, I only grew my client roster about 25%.” 

— “The mindset coaching sessions help me go from being paralyzed and not taking any action or avoiding it all together, to actually moving forward and getting something accomplished.” 

Connect with SHEILA:

Website: https://www.hansenllc.net/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheila.hansen.cpa/

Get first access when CPA Mastermind enrollment opens:

https://geraldinecarter.com/waitlist

]]> ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

We're talking with Sheila Hansen, who is a participant, a masterminder in my program, Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, to get her perspective on the experience of what it's like, and the value of being in this program.

Sheila helps female-owned creative businesses understand their numbers while increasing profit and scaling to $500K-$2M in revenue.

 

Highlights:

— “One value of this program is really digging into niching. In some ways it was giving myself permission to go the route that I wanted to go.”

— “We don't have to have it all figured out exactly today.”

— “Clients care about if we can provide a solution that helps them see where their cash is going, and how to keep more of it and spend (or not spend) in a way that aligns with their goals.”

— “In the 10 weeks since we started, I have grown my monthly recurring contracts by 65% in revenue dollars. And in doing so, I only grew my client roster about 25%.” 

— “The mindset coaching sessions help me go from being paralyzed and not taking any action or avoiding it all together, to actually moving forward and getting something accomplished.” 

Connect with SHEILA:

Website: https://www.hansenllc.net/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheila.hansen.cpa/

Get first access when CPA Mastermind enrollment opens:

https://geraldinecarter.com/waitlist

]]> Wed, 16 Nov 2022 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2119 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   We're talking with Sheila Hansen, who is a participant, a masterminder in my program, Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, to get her perspective on the experience of what it's like, and the value of being in this program. Sheila helps female-owned creative businesses understand their numbers while increasing profit and scaling to $500K-$2M in revenue.   Highlights: — “One value of this program is really digging into niching. In some ways it was giving myself permission to go the route that I wanted to go.” — “We don't have to have it all figured out exactly today.” — “Clients care about if we can provide a solution that helps them see where their cash is going, and how to keep more of it and spend (or not spend) in a way that aligns with their goals.” — “In the 10 weeks since we started, I have grown my monthly recurring contracts by 65% in revenue dollars. And in doing so, I only grew my client roster about 25%.”  — “The mindset coaching sessions help me go from being paralyzed and not taking any action or avoiding it all together, to actually moving forward and getting something accomplished.”  Connect with SHEILA: Website: https://www.hansenllc.net/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheila.hansen.cpa/ Get first access when CPA Mastermind enrollment opens: https://geraldinecarter.com/waitlist ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   We're talking with Sheila Hansen, who is a participant, a masterminder in my program, Down to 40 Hours CPA Mastermind, to Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 215 How to Disengage Clients to Strengthen Your Accounting Firm 215 215 215 How to Disengage Clients to Strengthen Your Accounting Firm full 85f72608-82ea-41f5-acb7-a71910b613ea https://share.transistor.fm/s/213f4a73 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Today we're talking about disengaging and disengagement letters and the process of letting go of some, or many of your clients so that you can free up space and bandwidth in your business to focus on generating high-margin revenue. 

I want to share with you what this looks like, sounds like, and feels like, so that you have a sense of the experience, so that you know that this is doable for you. 

Not only is it doable for you: it is imperative if you are a CPA, especially when working 70, 60, 50 hours a week, and you’re exhausted and worn out and want to keep being a CPA. 

 

Highlights:

— “There's more revenue to be created when you focus at the top end of your client roster and figure out and design higher-value, higher-margin services that are designed to solve problems for your clients.”

— “The risk of not appropriately disengaging so that you can get your time and your bandwidth back is that your best clients, who can't get your attention, leave.”

— “Your position is your north star: it informs your strategy, packaging, pricing, and how you promote your business. Without a north star, a business owner wanders all over the map.” 

— “The strategy is universally the same: isolate who you want to work with, decide what problem you're going to solve, choose your prices and your packaging, and then focus on selling to only those people.” 

— “Disengaging is good for you. It's good for your business, and it's good for your clients.”

Episode mentions:

211 Pricing For Improved Profitability 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/211

201 Effortless Value

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/201

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Today we're talking about disengaging and disengagement letters and the process of letting go of some, or many of your clients so that you can free up space and bandwidth in your business to focus on generating high-margin revenue. 

I want to share with you what this looks like, sounds like, and feels like, so that you have a sense of the experience, so that you know that this is doable for you. 

Not only is it doable for you: it is imperative if you are a CPA, especially when working 70, 60, 50 hours a week, and you’re exhausted and worn out and want to keep being a CPA. 

 

Highlights:

— “There's more revenue to be created when you focus at the top end of your client roster and figure out and design higher-value, higher-margin services that are designed to solve problems for your clients.”

— “The risk of not appropriately disengaging so that you can get your time and your bandwidth back is that your best clients, who can't get your attention, leave.”

— “Your position is your north star: it informs your strategy, packaging, pricing, and how you promote your business. Without a north star, a business owner wanders all over the map.” 

— “The strategy is universally the same: isolate who you want to work with, decide what problem you're going to solve, choose your prices and your packaging, and then focus on selling to only those people.” 

— “Disengaging is good for you. It's good for your business, and it's good for your clients.”

Episode mentions:

211 Pricing For Improved Profitability 

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/211

201 Effortless Value

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/201

 

]]> Wed, 09 Nov 2022 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1964 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Today we're talking about disengaging and disengagement letters and the process of letting go of some, or many of your clients so that you can free up space and bandwidth in your business to focus on generating high-margin revenue.  I want to share with you what this looks like, sounds like, and feels like, so that you have a sense of the experience, so that you know that this is doable for you.  Not only is it doable for you: it is imperative if you are a CPA, especially when working 70, 60, 50 hours a week, and you’re exhausted and worn out and want to keep being a CPA.    Highlights: — “There's more revenue to be created when you focus at the top end of your client roster and figure out and design higher-value, higher-margin services that are designed to solve problems for your clients.” — “The risk of not appropriately disengaging so that you can get your time and your bandwidth back is that your best clients, who can't get your attention, leave.” — “Your position is your north star: it informs your strategy, packaging, pricing, and how you promote your business. Without a north star, a business owner wanders all over the map.”  — “The strategy is universally the same: isolate who you want to work with, decide what problem you're going to solve, choose your prices and your packaging, and then focus on selling to only those people.”  — “Disengaging is good for you. It's good for your business, and it's good for your clients.” Episode mentions: 211 Pricing For Improved Profitability  https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/211 201 Effortless Value https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/201   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Today we're talking about disengaging and disengagement letters and the process of letting go of some, or many of your clients s Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 214 Communicate Your Value More Effectively with Six Elements 214 214 214 Communicate Your Value More Effectively with Six Elements full 02a2048f-d96a-42c4-b594-13fcc64db261 https://share.transistor.fm/s/54b1e1e7 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

As an accountant, chances are good you don't like selling: you don't want to be dirty, pushy, smarmy or gross. Nor do you want to have to convince buyers that accounting is good for them (they should know)!

If you’re stuck believing “sales is dirty,” you will hinder revenue coming in the door. 

When you believe that what you offer solves problems for people, and you work in service of your buyer, selling becomes a conversation where you seek an understanding of the problem and the solution, and explore ways to work together that are mutually beneficial.

When you understand the six elements to be looking and listening for, selling gets so much easier. It also helps you see how your buyers view what you offer, which simplifies what you need to communicate when promoting your tax practice, and having discovery conversations. 

These six elements help you understand your prospect more deeply, which makes for conversations that get to the heart of the matter more quickly, quickening the sales cycle and improving your conversion rates. 

 

These elements are: symptom, pain, solution, process, result, and value.

 

Highlights:

— “Your clients are coming to you because they believe that you may be able to help them get from where they are now to where they want to be.” — “When you talk to your buyer, in their buyer's English, that's how they know that you're listening and that you actually understand them.”

— “When your buyers know that you understand them, and you have a process for helping them, it deepens trust which accelerates their journey of working with you.”

— “The more you can create a repeatable process, the easier it will be to systematize, the less work it will be for you. The more you systematize, the more time you get back, through delegation or otherwise.” 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

As an accountant, chances are good you don't like selling: you don't want to be dirty, pushy, smarmy or gross. Nor do you want to have to convince buyers that accounting is good for them (they should know)!

If you’re stuck believing “sales is dirty,” you will hinder revenue coming in the door. 

When you believe that what you offer solves problems for people, and you work in service of your buyer, selling becomes a conversation where you seek an understanding of the problem and the solution, and explore ways to work together that are mutually beneficial.

When you understand the six elements to be looking and listening for, selling gets so much easier. It also helps you see how your buyers view what you offer, which simplifies what you need to communicate when promoting your tax practice, and having discovery conversations. 

These six elements help you understand your prospect more deeply, which makes for conversations that get to the heart of the matter more quickly, quickening the sales cycle and improving your conversion rates. 

 

These elements are: symptom, pain, solution, process, result, and value.

 

Highlights:

— “Your clients are coming to you because they believe that you may be able to help them get from where they are now to where they want to be.” — “When you talk to your buyer, in their buyer's English, that's how they know that you're listening and that you actually understand them.”

— “When your buyers know that you understand them, and you have a process for helping them, it deepens trust which accelerates their journey of working with you.”

— “The more you can create a repeatable process, the easier it will be to systematize, the less work it will be for you. The more you systematize, the more time you get back, through delegation or otherwise.” 

]]> Wed, 02 Nov 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 759 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe As an accountant, chances are good you don't like selling: you don't want to be dirty, pushy, smarmy or gross. Nor do you want to have to convince buyers that accounting is good for them (they should know)! If you’re stuck believing “sales is dirty,” you will hinder revenue coming in the door.  When you believe that what you offer solves problems for people, and you work in service of your buyer, selling becomes a conversation where you seek an understanding of the problem and the solution, and explore ways to work together that are mutually beneficial. When you understand the six elements to be looking and listening for, selling gets so much easier. It also helps you see how your buyers view what you offer, which simplifies what you need to communicate when promoting your tax practice, and having discovery conversations.  These six elements help you understand your prospect more deeply, which makes for conversations that get to the heart of the matter more quickly, quickening the sales cycle and improving your conversion rates.    These elements are: symptom, pain, solution, process, result, and value.   Highlights: — “Your clients are coming to you because they believe that you may be able to help them get from where they are now to where they want to be.” — “When you talk to your buyer, in their buyer's English, that's how they know that you're listening and that you actually understand them.” — “When your buyers know that you understand them, and you have a process for helping them, it deepens trust which accelerates their journey of working with you.” — “The more you can create a repeatable process, the easier it will be to systematize, the less work it will be for you. The more you systematize, the more time you get back, through delegation or otherwise.”  *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe As an accountant, chances are good you don't like selling: you don't want to be dirty, pushy, smarmy or gross. Nor do you want t Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 213 Coaching Confidential: Where One Multi-Six Figure Coach Invests Her Cash 213 213 213 Coaching Confidential: Where One Multi-Six Figure Coach Invests Her Cash full 14ac5f2e-efbb-4cbf-a90a-5bf486be513f https://share.transistor.fm/s/72720683 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe at https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Many CPAs tell me they are looking for high-paying clients. They wonder where those clients are, and “how to get them to spend more.”

Knowing what I'm about to tell you will expand your view of what's possible for you when you have a deeper appreciation for what's valuable to me as a multi six figure coach and what is less so.

This episode is born of a conversation that came about in CPA mastermind, my four-month coaching program for CPAs to help them build businesses that are much easier run and much more profitable. 

They were asking about what my experience as a coach is, so I shared with them where I invest, and how I think about the value of each of the services I receive from my tax return-only CPA to my cashflow CFO/CPA, to my business coach. 

This proved to be a helpful way for them to see where I was investing my money in my business and to help them think about their clients and their buyers and where they may be able to capture and create value that they might not have already been seeing.

 

Highlights:

— “When you don't know where or how to create value, that's value that you cannot capture with your prices.” 

— “Working with coach helps me see what's possible for me in my business that I couldn't have seen myself.”

— “I think of my tax return CPA as somebody who tells me what I owe on what I made. I think of my cashflow CPA as somebody who tells me what I need to make. And I think of my business coach as someone who tells me how to make the money I want to make.”

— “When I invest in expertise, the dollars I give to that expertise come back multiplied.”

— “If you have a roster of smart clients running solid businesses, you have latent high-paying clients.”

 

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe at https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Many CPAs tell me they are looking for high-paying clients. They wonder where those clients are, and “how to get them to spend more.”

Knowing what I'm about to tell you will expand your view of what's possible for you when you have a deeper appreciation for what's valuable to me as a multi six figure coach and what is less so.

This episode is born of a conversation that came about in CPA mastermind, my four-month coaching program for CPAs to help them build businesses that are much easier run and much more profitable. 

They were asking about what my experience as a coach is, so I shared with them where I invest, and how I think about the value of each of the services I receive from my tax return-only CPA to my cashflow CFO/CPA, to my business coach. 

This proved to be a helpful way for them to see where I was investing my money in my business and to help them think about their clients and their buyers and where they may be able to capture and create value that they might not have already been seeing.

 

Highlights:

— “When you don't know where or how to create value, that's value that you cannot capture with your prices.” 

— “Working with coach helps me see what's possible for me in my business that I couldn't have seen myself.”

— “I think of my tax return CPA as somebody who tells me what I owe on what I made. I think of my cashflow CPA as somebody who tells me what I need to make. And I think of my business coach as someone who tells me how to make the money I want to make.”

— “When I invest in expertise, the dollars I give to that expertise come back multiplied.”

— “If you have a roster of smart clients running solid businesses, you have latent high-paying clients.”

 

]]> Wed, 26 Oct 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1123 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe at https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Many CPAs tell me they are looking for high-paying clients. They wonder where those clients are, and “how to get them to spend more.” Knowing what I'm about to tell you will expand your view of what's possible for you when you have a deeper appreciation for what's valuable to me as a multi six figure coach and what is less so. This episode is born of a conversation that came about in CPA mastermind, my four-month coaching program for CPAs to help them build businesses that are much easier run and much more profitable.  They were asking about what my experience as a coach is, so I shared with them where I invest, and how I think about the value of each of the services I receive from my tax return-only CPA to my cashflow CFO/CPA, to my business coach.  This proved to be a helpful way for them to see where I was investing my money in my business and to help them think about their clients and their buyers and where they may be able to capture and create value that they might not have already been seeing.   Highlights: — “When you don't know where or how to create value, that's value that you cannot capture with your prices.”  — “Working with coach helps me see what's possible for me in my business that I couldn't have seen myself.” — “I think of my tax return CPA as somebody who tells me what I owe on what I made. I think of my cashflow CPA as somebody who tells me what I need to make. And I think of my business coach as someone who tells me how to make the money I want to make.” — “When I invest in expertise, the dollars I give to that expertise come back multiplied.” — “If you have a roster of smart clients running solid businesses, you have latent high-paying clients.”   *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe at https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Many CPAs tell me they are looking for high-paying clients. They wonder where those clients are, and “how to get them to spend more Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA 212 212 212 Hold My Beer and Watch Me Niche, with Josh Lance, CPA full 2d3cbece-481f-4450-8dfe-d883da76d7cd https://share.transistor.fm/s/4177eee4 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Many CPAs serve all kinds of clients, from service-based business owners to manufacturers to nonprofits. It seems like accounting is accounting and tax is tax, and you can do these things for anyone who needs them. 

The problem with generalism is that it leads to broad but shallow expertise. And shallow expertise is not worth as much as deep expertise. Acquiring deep expertise requires focusing on a specific type of client.

 Focusing in this way can feel scary and limiting: the thinking is that it will be harder to find clients because there will be fewer of them. Or, “it's hard enough to generate business as it is, so why would I want to limit the kinds of clients I work for?”

Here today to talk with me about his journey taking his CPA firm into niches is my guest, Josh Lance. Josh is a CPA CGMA and the founder of Lance CPA Group. 

 

Highlights:

— “You can't just leave that expertise in your brain. It has to be freely shared within your organization.”

— “If we are really experts, and we are good at what we do, and we're going to solve our clients’ problems and help them achieve their desired outcomes, there's a price to pay for that.”

— “If you want to niche, you have to go all in on the niche.”

— “Specialization is going to be a bit messy at the beginning. But in the long run, it's good.”

— “There's so many more clients out there than we could ever imagine to serve that there's no worry where we box ourselves.” 

Connect with JOSH:

Website: https://lancecpa.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/joshualancecpa/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/lancejd1

Email: josh@lancecpa.com

]]> *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

Many CPAs serve all kinds of clients, from service-based business owners to manufacturers to nonprofits. It seems like accounting is accounting and tax is tax, and you can do these things for anyone who needs them. 

The problem with generalism is that it leads to broad but shallow expertise. And shallow expertise is not worth as much as deep expertise. Acquiring deep expertise requires focusing on a specific type of client.

 Focusing in this way can feel scary and limiting: the thinking is that it will be harder to find clients because there will be fewer of them. Or, “it's hard enough to generate business as it is, so why would I want to limit the kinds of clients I work for?”

Here today to talk with me about his journey taking his CPA firm into niches is my guest, Josh Lance. Josh is a CPA CGMA and the founder of Lance CPA Group. 

 

Highlights:

— “You can't just leave that expertise in your brain. It has to be freely shared within your organization.”

— “If we are really experts, and we are good at what we do, and we're going to solve our clients’ problems and help them achieve their desired outcomes, there's a price to pay for that.”

— “If you want to niche, you have to go all in on the niche.”

— “Specialization is going to be a bit messy at the beginning. But in the long run, it's good.”

— “There's so many more clients out there than we could ever imagine to serve that there's no worry where we box ourselves.” 

Connect with JOSH:

Website: https://lancecpa.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/joshualancecpa/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/lancejd1

Email: josh@lancecpa.com

]]> Wed, 19 Oct 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Josh Lance Geraldine Carter with Guest Josh Lance 2419 *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Many CPAs serve all kinds of clients, from service-based business owners to manufacturers to nonprofits. It seems like accounting is accounting and tax is tax, and you can do these things for anyone who needs them.  The problem with generalism is that it leads to broad but shallow expertise. And shallow expertise is not worth as much as deep expertise. Acquiring deep expertise requires focusing on a specific type of client.  Focusing in this way can feel scary and limiting: the thinking is that it will be harder to find clients because there will be fewer of them. Or, “it's hard enough to generate business as it is, so why would I want to limit the kinds of clients I work for?” Here today to talk with me about his journey taking his CPA firm into niches is my guest, Josh Lance. Josh is a CPA CGMA and the founder of Lance CPA Group.    Highlights: — “You can't just leave that expertise in your brain. It has to be freely shared within your organization.” — “If we are really experts, and we are good at what we do, and we're going to solve our clients’ problems and help them achieve their desired outcomes, there's a price to pay for that.” — “If you want to niche, you have to go all in on the niche.” — “Specialization is going to be a bit messy at the beginning. But in the long run, it's good.” — “There's so many more clients out there than we could ever imagine to serve that there's no worry where we box ourselves.”  Connect with JOSH: Website: https://lancecpa.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/joshualancecpa/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/lancejd1 Email: josh@lancecpa.com *Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?* Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe Many CPAs serve all kinds of clients, from service-based business owners to manufacturers to nonprofits. It seems like accountin Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 211 Pricing for Improved Profitability 211 211 211 Pricing for Improved Profitability full 64443a97-1180-4cc3-97c5-4b5b06525201 https://share.transistor.fm/s/62e83192 Do you wonder how to price accounting services? Stop wondering, stop pricing accounting services, and start pricing for value you create. When you front-load your services with value, you have more latitude to price in a way that ensures both you and your client are mutually profitable in the exchange. 

/////

If you want to know more about working with me to increase your profitability, put 15 minutes on my calendar: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Let me show you how 1:1 VIP coaching can help your business be more profitable and easier to run, in less than 5 months. 

/////

This episode is a summation of everything that I've taken in over the years on pricing and how I've effectively used it for great results for my clients. 

Topics covered:

  •  why use price to improve profitability
  •  six reasons why it's good for your clients when you charge them more
  •  five reasons that hourly is so bad for your clients, and it's bad for you.
  • value and price
  • creating value without having to do that much extra work?
  • tiered pricing or menu pricing
  • how to raise your prices

Highlights:

— “Part of figuring out your pricing is also getting your packages together with your prices on the right track, so that you can stop having a million underpaying clients, and you can get your time back.” 

— Remember, “It is good for your clients when your prices are higher.”

— “Value creation helps you increase your prices.”

— “When you can create a situation where it's high profit for you, the seller, and it's high profit for them the buyer, you create a win-win situation where you love selling, because it's nicely profitable for you, and they love buying, because it's nicely profitable for them.” 

— “If you want to get your firm's packages and prices on the right track, if you want to stop having a million owner paying clients and you want to get your time back, start with value and use pricing as the tool to capture it.” 

Earmark CPE podcast

https://earmarkcpe.com/

]]> Do you wonder how to price accounting services? Stop wondering, stop pricing accounting services, and start pricing for value you create. When you front-load your services with value, you have more latitude to price in a way that ensures both you and your client are mutually profitable in the exchange. 

/////

If you want to know more about working with me to increase your profitability, put 15 minutes on my calendar: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Let me show you how 1:1 VIP coaching can help your business be more profitable and easier to run, in less than 5 months. 

/////

This episode is a summation of everything that I've taken in over the years on pricing and how I've effectively used it for great results for my clients. 

Topics covered:

  •  why use price to improve profitability
  •  six reasons why it's good for your clients when you charge them more
  •  five reasons that hourly is so bad for your clients, and it's bad for you.
  • value and price
  • creating value without having to do that much extra work?
  • tiered pricing or menu pricing
  • how to raise your prices

Highlights:

— “Part of figuring out your pricing is also getting your packages together with your prices on the right track, so that you can stop having a million underpaying clients, and you can get your time back.” 

— Remember, “It is good for your clients when your prices are higher.”

— “Value creation helps you increase your prices.”

— “When you can create a situation where it's high profit for you, the seller, and it's high profit for them the buyer, you create a win-win situation where you love selling, because it's nicely profitable for you, and they love buying, because it's nicely profitable for them.” 

— “If you want to get your firm's packages and prices on the right track, if you want to stop having a million owner paying clients and you want to get your time back, start with value and use pricing as the tool to capture it.” 

Earmark CPE podcast

https://earmarkcpe.com/

]]> Wed, 12 Oct 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2885 Do you wonder how to price accounting services? Stop wondering, stop pricing accounting services, and start pricing for value you create. When you front-load your services with value, you have more latitude to price in a way that ensures both you and your client are mutually profitable in the exchange.  ///// If you want to know more about working with me to increase your profitability, put 15 minutes on my calendar: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Let me show you how 1:1 VIP coaching can help your business be more profitable and easier to run, in less than 5 months.  ///// This episode is a summation of everything that I've taken in over the years on pricing and how I've effectively used it for great results for my clients.  Topics covered:  why use price to improve profitability  six reasons why it's good for your clients when you charge them more  five reasons that hourly is so bad for your clients, and it's bad for you. value and price creating value without having to do that much extra work? tiered pricing or menu pricing how to raise your prices Highlights: — “Part of figuring out your pricing is also getting your packages together with your prices on the right track, so that you can stop having a million underpaying clients, and you can get your time back.”  — Remember, “It is good for your clients when your prices are higher.” — “Value creation helps you increase your prices.” — “When you can create a situation where it's high profit for you, the seller, and it's high profit for them the buyer, you create a win-win situation where you love selling, because it's nicely profitable for you, and they love buying, because it's nicely profitable for them.”  — “If you want to get your firm's packages and prices on the right track, if you want to stop having a million owner paying clients and you want to get your time back, start with value and use pricing as the tool to capture it.”  Earmark CPE podcast https://earmarkcpe.com/ Do you wonder how to price accounting services? Stop wondering, stop pricing accounting services, and start pricing for value you create. When you front-load your services with value, you have more latitude to price in a way that ensures both you and your Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 210 Selling Experience and Transformation Instead of Services and Deliverables 210 210 210 Selling Experience and Transformation Instead of Services and Deliverables full 660e8147-7955-4faf-baa9-3eaeab079547 https://share.transistor.fm/s/6e5f573a ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

I want to talk to you about experience and transformation. Why? Because if you deepen your understanding of these two aspects of what you provide to your clients, you'll be able to make more money without working as hard.

Many accountants are selling only services and deliverables. And they're missing out on selling transformation and selling an experience. And your buyers tend to value transformation and experience more highly than they tend to value services and deliverables. 

I want to show you how you can sell these or how you can think about selling transformation and experience. 

When you think first of the transformation you want your client to have, and the experience you want your client to have while working with you, you set yourself up to attract higher-paying clients. Your work is higher margin. And then you don't have to work so many hours trying to tie everything up at the end of the month and during tax season.

 

Highlights:

— “Many of your clients are looking for transformation in terms of the revenue in their business and in terms of their understanding of and their sense of the handle they have or don't on their money.”

— “Where you can create effortless value is in the onboard experience and your ongoing experience with clients.”

— “Your prospects and clients value transformation and experience much more than they value services.” 

— “When you can create value in ways that are divorced from actually doing work, that's how you get paid better without having to work as hard.”

Episode mentions:

201 Effortless Value

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/201

 

]]> ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe

 

I want to talk to you about experience and transformation. Why? Because if you deepen your understanding of these two aspects of what you provide to your clients, you'll be able to make more money without working as hard.

Many accountants are selling only services and deliverables. And they're missing out on selling transformation and selling an experience. And your buyers tend to value transformation and experience more highly than they tend to value services and deliverables. 

I want to show you how you can sell these or how you can think about selling transformation and experience. 

When you think first of the transformation you want your client to have, and the experience you want your client to have while working with you, you set yourself up to attract higher-paying clients. Your work is higher margin. And then you don't have to work so many hours trying to tie everything up at the end of the month and during tax season.

 

Highlights:

— “Many of your clients are looking for transformation in terms of the revenue in their business and in terms of their understanding of and their sense of the handle they have or don't on their money.”

— “Where you can create effortless value is in the onboard experience and your ongoing experience with clients.”

— “Your prospects and clients value transformation and experience much more than they value services.” 

— “When you can create value in ways that are divorced from actually doing work, that's how you get paid better without having to work as hard.”

Episode mentions:

201 Effortless Value

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/201

 

]]> Wed, 05 Oct 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 633 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   I want to talk to you about experience and transformation. Why? Because if you deepen your understanding of these two aspects of what you provide to your clients, you'll be able to make more money without working as hard. Many accountants are selling only services and deliverables. And they're missing out on selling transformation and selling an experience. And your buyers tend to value transformation and experience more highly than they tend to value services and deliverables.  I want to show you how you can sell these or how you can think about selling transformation and experience.  When you think first of the transformation you want your client to have, and the experience you want your client to have while working with you, you set yourself up to attract higher-paying clients. Your work is higher margin. And then you don't have to work so many hours trying to tie everything up at the end of the month and during tax season.   Highlights: — “Many of your clients are looking for transformation in terms of the revenue in their business and in terms of their understanding of and their sense of the handle they have or don't on their money.” — “Where you can create effortless value is in the onboard experience and your ongoing experience with clients.” — “Your prospects and clients value transformation and experience much more than they value services.”  — “When you can create value in ways that are divorced from actually doing work, that's how you get paid better without having to work as hard.” Episode mentions: 201 Effortless Value https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/201   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe   I want to talk to you about experience and transformation. Why? Because if you deepen your understanding of these two aspe Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 209 How to Communicate Value More Simply and Effectively 209 209 209 How to Communicate Value More Simply and Effectively full 8b746442-4491-4ee5-8057-e82f00d95fd9 https://share.transistor.fm/s/d38d06bc Do you wish you could communicate your value more effectively?

Today I cover how to communicate value in more simple terms and more effectively so that your buyers and clients have a better understanding of what they're buying and why, and to make it more compelling for them to buy from you.

If clients don't understand the terminology that you're using, they will have a very difficult time connecting the dots between the things that you're doing for them, the tasks that you're performing for them, the deliverables, the services, and how that is valuable to them in their businesses and in their lives.

Here are six terms – deliverable services – that accountants and CPAs regularly use, where you can communicate value in more simple terms and more effectively: 

Accounts payable - Make sure you're paying your vendors.

Accounts receivable - You need cash to run your business: make sure that you're getting paid on time by your clients.

Payroll - Avoid costly unforced errors - you don’t want to mess around with the IRS. Set this up right the first time. 

Cash flow, including forecasts and projections - Make sure you know how much money you have available to invest in the growth of your business. Running your bank accounts dry is a recipe for running yourself ragged.

Revenue recognition - Get a more accurate picture of your books and it will map more accurately and better represent how your business operations are running month-to-month.

KPIs (key performance indicators) -  Know when your business is on track or if it's deviating from the plan that we've set, sooner than you would have had we not been tracking KPIs.

Tie out your books, month-end-close - Make sure all your money is accounted for, at the end of every month. 

Those are seven different places you can communicate value more simply, more effectively to better help your buyer see the value in what you're selling so that they appreciate the value more. 

When they appreciate the value more, they're willing to pay more for it. And when they pay more for the very same thing, because you've communicated the value more effectively, it's one piece of you being able to earn more while working less.

]]> Do you wish you could communicate your value more effectively?

Today I cover how to communicate value in more simple terms and more effectively so that your buyers and clients have a better understanding of what they're buying and why, and to make it more compelling for them to buy from you.

If clients don't understand the terminology that you're using, they will have a very difficult time connecting the dots between the things that you're doing for them, the tasks that you're performing for them, the deliverables, the services, and how that is valuable to them in their businesses and in their lives.

Here are six terms – deliverable services – that accountants and CPAs regularly use, where you can communicate value in more simple terms and more effectively: 

Accounts payable - Make sure you're paying your vendors.

Accounts receivable - You need cash to run your business: make sure that you're getting paid on time by your clients.

Payroll - Avoid costly unforced errors - you don’t want to mess around with the IRS. Set this up right the first time. 

Cash flow, including forecasts and projections - Make sure you know how much money you have available to invest in the growth of your business. Running your bank accounts dry is a recipe for running yourself ragged.

Revenue recognition - Get a more accurate picture of your books and it will map more accurately and better represent how your business operations are running month-to-month.

KPIs (key performance indicators) -  Know when your business is on track or if it's deviating from the plan that we've set, sooner than you would have had we not been tracking KPIs.

Tie out your books, month-end-close - Make sure all your money is accounted for, at the end of every month. 

Those are seven different places you can communicate value more simply, more effectively to better help your buyer see the value in what you're selling so that they appreciate the value more. 

When they appreciate the value more, they're willing to pay more for it. And when they pay more for the very same thing, because you've communicated the value more effectively, it's one piece of you being able to earn more while working less.

]]> Wed, 28 Sep 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1077 Do you wish you could communicate your value more effectively? Today I cover how to communicate value in more simple terms and more effectively so that your buyers and clients have a better understanding of what they're buying and why, and to make it more compelling for them to buy from you. If clients don't understand the terminology that you're using, they will have a very difficult time connecting the dots between the things that you're doing for them, the tasks that you're performing for them, the deliverables, the services, and how that is valuable to them in their businesses and in their lives. Here are six terms – deliverable services – that accountants and CPAs regularly use, where you can communicate value in more simple terms and more effectively:  Accounts payable - Make sure you're paying your vendors. Accounts receivable - You need cash to run your business: make sure that you're getting paid on time by your clients. Payroll - Avoid costly unforced errors - you don’t want to mess around with the IRS. Set this up right the first time.  Cash flow, including forecasts and projections - Make sure you know how much money you have available to invest in the growth of your business. Running your bank accounts dry is a recipe for running yourself ragged. Revenue recognition - Get a more accurate picture of your books and it will map more accurately and better represent how your business operations are running month-to-month. KPIs (key performance indicators) -  Know when your business is on track or if it's deviating from the plan that we've set, sooner than you would have had we not been tracking KPIs. Tie out your books, month-end-close - Make sure all your money is accounted for, at the end of every month.  Those are seven different places you can communicate value more simply, more effectively to better help your buyer see the value in what you're selling so that they appreciate the value more.  When they appreciate the value more, they're willing to pay more for it. And when they pay more for the very same thing, because you've communicated the value more effectively, it's one piece of you being able to earn more while working less. Do you wish you could communicate your value more effectively? Today I cover how to communicate value in more simple terms and more effectively so that your buyers and clients have a better understanding of what they're buying and why, and to make it more Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 208 Minting New Niches for CPAs: Inside the CHIPS and IRA Bills 208 208 208 Minting New Niches for CPAs: Inside the CHIPS and IRA Bills full 9dc023b6-71c4-4fbe-bf17-1a41d89cb734 https://share.transistor.fm/s/c88eded3 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

 

There's a giant new bill that just came out that we're trying to get on top of and underneath to understand where the business opportunities are.

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Randy Crabtree, co-founder and owner of Tri-merit Specialty Tax Professionals, and the host of the Unique CPA podcast.

 

Highlights:

— “Probably the major winner from somebody who's looking to build out a niche is something to do with the construction industry.” 

— “There is a new rule regarding R&D, which probably tech startups are going to benefit.”

— “Anybody that is helping manufacture equipment, potentially that's going to support the manufacturing of semiconductors can benefit from the CHIPS Act.”

— “There are two different investment tax credits under the Inflation Reduction Act. One is tied to semiconductor manufacturing, and the other one is tied to green and energy-efficient manufacturing of equipment or recycling of equipment or renewable energies.” 

— “There's an incentive for companies that deal with tech startups doing Research and Development. Startup companies can take the R&D tax credit, and at least a portion of it and offset payroll taxes.” 

Connect with Randy:

Website: https://tri-merit.com/

Webinar mention:

Pricing for Improved Profitability: Practice Management Webinar

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3EkcAAQQlOA

 

]]> ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

 

There's a giant new bill that just came out that we're trying to get on top of and underneath to understand where the business opportunities are.

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Randy Crabtree, co-founder and owner of Tri-merit Specialty Tax Professionals, and the host of the Unique CPA podcast.

 

Highlights:

— “Probably the major winner from somebody who's looking to build out a niche is something to do with the construction industry.” 

— “There is a new rule regarding R&D, which probably tech startups are going to benefit.”

— “Anybody that is helping manufacture equipment, potentially that's going to support the manufacturing of semiconductors can benefit from the CHIPS Act.”

— “There are two different investment tax credits under the Inflation Reduction Act. One is tied to semiconductor manufacturing, and the other one is tied to green and energy-efficient manufacturing of equipment or recycling of equipment or renewable energies.” 

— “There's an incentive for companies that deal with tech startups doing Research and Development. Startup companies can take the R&D tax credit, and at least a portion of it and offset payroll taxes.” 

Connect with Randy:

Website: https://tri-merit.com/

Webinar mention:

Pricing for Improved Profitability: Practice Management Webinar

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3EkcAAQQlOA

 

]]> Wed, 21 Sep 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Randy Crabtree Geraldine Carter with Guest Randy Crabtree 1910 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list   There's a giant new bill that just came out that we're trying to get on top of and underneath to understand where the business opportunities are. Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Randy Crabtree, co-founder and owner of Tri-merit Specialty Tax Professionals, and the host of the Unique CPA podcast.   Highlights: — “Probably the major winner from somebody who's looking to build out a niche is something to do with the construction industry.”  — “There is a new rule regarding R&D, which probably tech startups are going to benefit.” — “Anybody that is helping manufacture equipment, potentially that's going to support the manufacturing of semiconductors can benefit from the CHIPS Act.” — “There are two different investment tax credits under the Inflation Reduction Act. One is tied to semiconductor manufacturing, and the other one is tied to green and energy-efficient manufacturing of equipment or recycling of equipment or renewable energies.”  — “There's an incentive for companies that deal with tech startups doing Research and Development. Startup companies can take the R&D tax credit, and at least a portion of it and offset payroll taxes.”  Connect with Randy: Website: https://tri-merit.com/ Webinar mention: Pricing for Improved Profitability: Practice Management Webinar https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3EkcAAQQlOA   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list   There's a giant new bill that just came out that we're trying to get on top of and underneath to understand wher Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 207 The Flat-Rate Pricing Debate: Cost Plus or Value Minus? 207 207 207 The Flat-Rate Pricing Debate: Cost Plus or Value Minus? full 99b597de-c266-416c-9af5-b9ef860a58f7 https://share.transistor.fm/s/036649dc Making better use of pricing tools is among the longest levers you have in your business to change your profitability, fast. Some say that Flat Rate Pricing is Cost Plus and not to use it, but I disagree, and I tell you why Flat Rate Pricing is a useful pricing tool in your accounting firm. 

If you want more business strategy and pricing tips, be sure to subscribe to my Daily Newsletter at geraldinecarter.com/subscribe.

]]> Making better use of pricing tools is among the longest levers you have in your business to change your profitability, fast. Some say that Flat Rate Pricing is Cost Plus and not to use it, but I disagree, and I tell you why Flat Rate Pricing is a useful pricing tool in your accounting firm. 

If you want more business strategy and pricing tips, be sure to subscribe to my Daily Newsletter at geraldinecarter.com/subscribe.

]]> Wed, 14 Sep 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 378 Making better use of pricing tools is among the longest levers you have in your business to change your profitability, fast. Some say that Flat Rate Pricing is Cost Plus and not to use it, but I disagree, and I tell you why Flat Rate Pricing is a useful pricing tool in your accounting firm.  If you want more business strategy and pricing tips, be sure to subscribe to my Daily Newsletter at geraldinecarter.com/subscribe. Making better use of pricing tools is among the longest levers you have in your business to change your profitability, fast. Some say that Flat Rate Pricing is Cost Plus and not to use it, but I disagree, and I tell you why Flat Rate Pricing is a useful p Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 206 Breaking Away from the Mainstream Medical Model with Dr. Lewis Weiner 206 206 206 Breaking Away from the Mainstream Medical Model with Dr. Lewis Weiner full 979a18b5-fe46-40d5-a206-9460a94c5993 https://share.transistor.fm/s/1221ee04 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Long time listeners to this podcast know I am on the hunt for a better business model for CPAs, than the traditional time-for-money-for-reports model.

In many cases, that model doesn’t work well for the client, and for CPAs who are working long hours, that model doesn’t work great for them either. 

CPAs may want to do things differently, but lack role models and examples they can point to to convince them they have other available options. 

Here today to talk with me about his journey switching from the traditional model to a more limited size practice in medicine is Dr. Lewis Weiner. 

Dr. Weiner is an internal medicine physician in his own private practice in Providence, RI. He offers the MDVIP program - a different approach to primary care with a focus on prevention and a better healthcare experience.

Highlights:

— “The breaking point comes when you feel like you're forsaking the patients you're caring for.”

— “The fear of the status quo, the risk and the knowns of doing nothing were scarier than the potential for change.”

— “What was scary about transitioning away was that people may not, or will not understand this thing. Why is this physician that we all know and has been a part of this community for so long, breaking away from the mainstream?”

— “What helped to get past the angst was that there was so much belief in this being a valid, appropriate and positive option that's being offered to people.”

Connect with Dr. Weiner:

MDVIP Website: https://www.mdvip.com/

 

]]> ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Long time listeners to this podcast know I am on the hunt for a better business model for CPAs, than the traditional time-for-money-for-reports model.

In many cases, that model doesn’t work well for the client, and for CPAs who are working long hours, that model doesn’t work great for them either. 

CPAs may want to do things differently, but lack role models and examples they can point to to convince them they have other available options. 

Here today to talk with me about his journey switching from the traditional model to a more limited size practice in medicine is Dr. Lewis Weiner. 

Dr. Weiner is an internal medicine physician in his own private practice in Providence, RI. He offers the MDVIP program - a different approach to primary care with a focus on prevention and a better healthcare experience.

Highlights:

— “The breaking point comes when you feel like you're forsaking the patients you're caring for.”

— “The fear of the status quo, the risk and the knowns of doing nothing were scarier than the potential for change.”

— “What was scary about transitioning away was that people may not, or will not understand this thing. Why is this physician that we all know and has been a part of this community for so long, breaking away from the mainstream?”

— “What helped to get past the angst was that there was so much belief in this being a valid, appropriate and positive option that's being offered to people.”

Connect with Dr. Weiner:

MDVIP Website: https://www.mdvip.com/

 

]]> Wed, 07 Sep 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Dr. Lewis Weiner Geraldine Carter with Guest Dr. Lewis Weiner 2198 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list Long time listeners to this podcast know I am on the hunt for a better business model for CPAs, than the traditional time-for-money-for-reports model. In many cases, that model doesn’t work well for the client, and for CPAs who are working long hours, that model doesn’t work great for them either.  CPAs may want to do things differently, but lack role models and examples they can point to to convince them they have other available options.  Here today to talk with me about his journey switching from the traditional model to a more limited size practice in medicine is Dr. Lewis Weiner.  Dr. Weiner is an internal medicine physician in his own private practice in Providence, RI. He offers the MDVIP program - a different approach to primary care with a focus on prevention and a better healthcare experience. Highlights: — “The breaking point comes when you feel like you're forsaking the patients you're caring for.” — “The fear of the status quo, the risk and the knowns of doing nothing were scarier than the potential for change.” — “What was scary about transitioning away was that people may not, or will not understand this thing. Why is this physician that we all know and has been a part of this community for so long, breaking away from the mainstream?” — “What helped to get past the angst was that there was so much belief in this being a valid, appropriate and positive option that's being offered to people.” Connect with Dr. Weiner: MDVIP Website: https://www.mdvip.com/   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list Long time listeners to this podcast know I am on the hunt for a better business model for CPAs, than the traditio Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 205 Create High-Paying Clients: a 5-Step Process for CPAs 205 205 205 Create High-Paying Clients: a 5-Step Process for CPAs full ee5ee78a-4502-4ca6-9e65-34991dc9892c https://share.transistor.fm/s/382a7c10 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

One of the most common questions I get from readers of my email list is:  “How do I get high-paying clients?”

This process need not be a mystery.

There is a formula for creating high-paying clients, that gets you out of being at effect of outside forces, and gets you in the driver’s seat. These five steps are ones you can start implementing right away.

Here are five steps you can use to create demand and attract high-paying clients:

STEP 1 - Front-load the crap out of the value your service provides. Find all the ways to provide Effortless Value (listen to episode 201) and build those into your services.STEP 2 - Undercharge relative to the value to the buyer. Make the price an easy win for your client. This is much easier to do when your service is packed with value, because it allows you to float the price up in keeping with the value you added. Of course, make your price profitable for you too.

STEP 3 - Always create demand. Always. Always does not mean sometimes. Or intermittently. Or once in a while. Or when you need a client. Or when you “feel like it,” or “don’t feel like it.” Always means always. You have 4 types of followers: new and existing, ready or not yet ready to buy. Cultivate all four groups by always creating demand.

STEP 4 - Limit supply for your HIGH-VALUE package. The more demand you create, the more limiting supply becomes necessary. And limited supply enables you to select the best clients from your pool of prospects.

STEP 5 - 100% control over 100% results. While you could focus on that which you cannot control, you are better off focusing on that which you can control. Much is within your control. Much more than you realize.

If you're thinking, “Creating demand sounds great. And boy, I could use help with this.” This is what we work on throughout CPA Mastermind. 

We help you niche so you can figure out who you want to provide value to. And we help you build that value out. We create packages so you know what you are selling, and so do your prospects. We price so you understand where your money will come from, how much you need to sell, so your clients know how much the thing they are buying from you costs.

And then we build demand for high value, high-paying clients.

CPA Mastermind is the only program out there of its kind. We're enrolling right now for the fall cohort. Enrollment is open until September 4th. Get in on this round. The next round isn’t until 2023.

If you want high-paying clients and you want to take the mystery out of where they come from, get in on this round. You can go to https://geraldinecarter.com to enroll.

Episode mentions:

201 Effortless Value

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/201

]]> ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

One of the most common questions I get from readers of my email list is:  “How do I get high-paying clients?”

This process need not be a mystery.

There is a formula for creating high-paying clients, that gets you out of being at effect of outside forces, and gets you in the driver’s seat. These five steps are ones you can start implementing right away.

Here are five steps you can use to create demand and attract high-paying clients:

STEP 1 - Front-load the crap out of the value your service provides. Find all the ways to provide Effortless Value (listen to episode 201) and build those into your services.STEP 2 - Undercharge relative to the value to the buyer. Make the price an easy win for your client. This is much easier to do when your service is packed with value, because it allows you to float the price up in keeping with the value you added. Of course, make your price profitable for you too.

STEP 3 - Always create demand. Always. Always does not mean sometimes. Or intermittently. Or once in a while. Or when you need a client. Or when you “feel like it,” or “don’t feel like it.” Always means always. You have 4 types of followers: new and existing, ready or not yet ready to buy. Cultivate all four groups by always creating demand.

STEP 4 - Limit supply for your HIGH-VALUE package. The more demand you create, the more limiting supply becomes necessary. And limited supply enables you to select the best clients from your pool of prospects.

STEP 5 - 100% control over 100% results. While you could focus on that which you cannot control, you are better off focusing on that which you can control. Much is within your control. Much more than you realize.

If you're thinking, “Creating demand sounds great. And boy, I could use help with this.” This is what we work on throughout CPA Mastermind. 

We help you niche so you can figure out who you want to provide value to. And we help you build that value out. We create packages so you know what you are selling, and so do your prospects. We price so you understand where your money will come from, how much you need to sell, so your clients know how much the thing they are buying from you costs.

And then we build demand for high value, high-paying clients.

CPA Mastermind is the only program out there of its kind. We're enrolling right now for the fall cohort. Enrollment is open until September 4th. Get in on this round. The next round isn’t until 2023.

If you want high-paying clients and you want to take the mystery out of where they come from, get in on this round. You can go to https://geraldinecarter.com to enroll.

Episode mentions:

201 Effortless Value

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/201

]]> Wed, 31 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1132 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list One of the most common questions I get from readers of my email list is:  “How do I get high-paying clients?” This process need not be a mystery. There is a formula for creating high-paying clients, that gets you out of being at effect of outside forces, and gets you in the driver’s seat. These five steps are ones you can start implementing right away. Here are five steps you can use to create demand and attract high-paying clients: STEP 1 - Front-load the crap out of the value your service provides. Find all the ways to provide Effortless Value (listen to episode 201) and build those into your services.STEP 2 - Undercharge relative to the value to the buyer. Make the price an easy win for your client. This is much easier to do when your service is packed with value, because it allows you to float the price up in keeping with the value you added. Of course, make your price profitable for you too. STEP 3 - Always create demand. Always. Always does not mean sometimes. Or intermittently. Or once in a while. Or when you need a client. Or when you “feel like it,” or “don’t feel like it.” Always means always. You have 4 types of followers: new and existing, ready or not yet ready to buy. Cultivate all four groups by always creating demand. STEP 4 - Limit supply for your HIGH-VALUE package. The more demand you create, the more limiting supply becomes necessary. And limited supply enables you to select the best clients from your pool of prospects. STEP 5 - 100% control over 100% results. While you could focus on that which you cannot control, you are better off focusing on that which you can control. Much is within your control. Much more than you realize. If you're thinking, “Creating demand sounds great. And boy, I could use help with this.” This is what we work on throughout CPA Mastermind.  We help you niche so you can figure out who you want to provide value to. And we help you build that value out. We create packages so you know what you are selling, and so do your prospects. We price so you understand where your money will come from, how much you need to sell, so your clients know how much the thing they are buying from you costs. And then we build demand for high value, high-paying clients. CPA Mastermind is the only program out there of its kind. We're enrolling right now for the fall cohort. Enrollment is open until September 4th. Get in on this round. The next round isn’t until 2023. If you want high-paying clients and you want to take the mystery out of where they come from, get in on this round. You can go to https://geraldinecarter.com to enroll. Episode mentions: 201 Effortless Value https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/201 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list One of the most common questions I get from readers of my email list is:  “How do I get high-paying clients?” This Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 204 130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott 204 204 204 130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott full 7c4b8eb6-e7df-4bbf-9a1b-ad2575e4f156 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2994a450 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Sometimes you want to transition away from your current situation and create a new set up. 

But between knowing what exactly to create, and how to create it, while transitioning away from the old thing can be a bit daunting. 

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest Paige Gott. 

Paige is the owner of Tidewater Consulting, and successfully navigated this transition over the last 18 months. 

Highlights:

– “I am making basically 130% more per month per client. And I have half the amount of clients than I did at that time.” 

– “The best thing I did was go through my client roster and figure out what clients I had outgrown, or who didn't necessarily want or need the level of services I was going to be providing on a regular basis.”

– “My clients are grateful that they can make decisions based on real evidence.”

– “Getting my first client at four figures per month gave me a huge confidence boost, after which I felt better about giving people my prices.” 

Connect with PAIGE:

Website: https://tidewater-consulting.com/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/tidewaterconsulting/

]]> ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Sometimes you want to transition away from your current situation and create a new set up. 

But between knowing what exactly to create, and how to create it, while transitioning away from the old thing can be a bit daunting. 

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest Paige Gott. 

Paige is the owner of Tidewater Consulting, and successfully navigated this transition over the last 18 months. 

Highlights:

– “I am making basically 130% more per month per client. And I have half the amount of clients than I did at that time.” 

– “The best thing I did was go through my client roster and figure out what clients I had outgrown, or who didn't necessarily want or need the level of services I was going to be providing on a regular basis.”

– “My clients are grateful that they can make decisions based on real evidence.”

– “Getting my first client at four figures per month gave me a huge confidence boost, after which I felt better about giving people my prices.” 

Connect with PAIGE:

Website: https://tidewater-consulting.com/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/tidewaterconsulting/

]]> Wed, 24 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Paige Gott Geraldine Carter with Guest Paige Gott 1504 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list Sometimes you want to transition away from your current situation and create a new set up.  But between knowing what exactly to create, and how to create it, while transitioning away from the old thing can be a bit daunting.  Here today to talk with me about this is my guest Paige Gott.  Paige is the owner of Tidewater Consulting, and successfully navigated this transition over the last 18 months.  Highlights: – “I am making basically 130% more per month per client. And I have half the amount of clients than I did at that time.”  – “The best thing I did was go through my client roster and figure out what clients I had outgrown, or who didn't necessarily want or need the level of services I was going to be providing on a regular basis.” – “My clients are grateful that they can make decisions based on real evidence.” – “Getting my first client at four figures per month gave me a huge confidence boost, after which I felt better about giving people my prices.”  Connect with PAIGE: Website: https://tidewater-consulting.com/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/tidewaterconsulting/ ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list Sometimes you want to transition away from your current situation and create a new set up.  But between knowing wh Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 203 Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment 203 203 203 Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment full 2fdc3748-3af4-4235-b52f-07e7ecc88963 https://share.transistor.fm/s/0eefc172 Many of you know how difficult and time-consuming it can be to run a tax shop. It's all too easy to get buried under a mountain of tax, underprice services, and be in what feels like a near-steady state of chaos.

My guest today is Catherine Ozment. Catherine is a CPA in south Texas who called two years ago now, wanting to get off the hamster wheel and get intentional about creating a thriving practice that is designed and built to sell at a high multiple.

We're talking today about what has changed since we spoke last year on the podcast and what she has learned in the year since then, so that you can have a window into what shifting your accounting practice is actually like. 

Highlights:

— “We have an aging industry. Yet, technology continues to consume our space. Some older and aging senior CPAs are not keeping up with those times, so there’s an opening for those who keep up.” 

— “When you have your sights set on excellence and you build relationships with your people, those people see that value and they are willing to pay you for that value.” 

— “Getting myself out of the tax factory has made it possible for me to start networking in this (ag) space, and has confirmed that the value that we're producing is so well worth it for these people. We are offering a critical service so they can continue to grow in the ag space.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

 

Connect with CATHERINE:

Website: https://www.farmandagcpa.com/

Episode mentions:

141 One Year: From Tax Factory to vCFO & Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/141

 

142 From Impossible to Exponential Growth: The CPA Mindset

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/142

 

192 Free Time and 7 Figures Net Revenue with John Lee Dumas

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/192

]]> Many of you know how difficult and time-consuming it can be to run a tax shop. It's all too easy to get buried under a mountain of tax, underprice services, and be in what feels like a near-steady state of chaos.

My guest today is Catherine Ozment. Catherine is a CPA in south Texas who called two years ago now, wanting to get off the hamster wheel and get intentional about creating a thriving practice that is designed and built to sell at a high multiple.

We're talking today about what has changed since we spoke last year on the podcast and what she has learned in the year since then, so that you can have a window into what shifting your accounting practice is actually like. 

Highlights:

— “We have an aging industry. Yet, technology continues to consume our space. Some older and aging senior CPAs are not keeping up with those times, so there’s an opening for those who keep up.” 

— “When you have your sights set on excellence and you build relationships with your people, those people see that value and they are willing to pay you for that value.” 

— “Getting myself out of the tax factory has made it possible for me to start networking in this (ag) space, and has confirmed that the value that we're producing is so well worth it for these people. We are offering a critical service so they can continue to grow in the ag space.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

 

Connect with CATHERINE:

Website: https://www.farmandagcpa.com/

Episode mentions:

141 One Year: From Tax Factory to vCFO & Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/141

 

142 From Impossible to Exponential Growth: The CPA Mindset

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/142

 

192 Free Time and 7 Figures Net Revenue with John Lee Dumas

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/192

]]> Wed, 17 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Catherine Ozment Geraldine Carter with Guest Catherine Ozment 1957 Many of you know how difficult and time-consuming it can be to run a tax shop. It's all too easy to get buried under a mountain of tax, underprice services, and be in what feels like a near-steady state of chaos. My guest today is Catherine Ozment. Catherine is a CPA in south Texas who called two years ago now, wanting to get off the hamster wheel and get intentional about creating a thriving practice that is designed and built to sell at a high multiple. We're talking today about what has changed since we spoke last year on the podcast and what she has learned in the year since then, so that you can have a window into what shifting your accounting practice is actually like.  Highlights: — “We have an aging industry. Yet, technology continues to consume our space. Some older and aging senior CPAs are not keeping up with those times, so there’s an opening for those who keep up.”  — “When you have your sights set on excellence and you build relationships with your people, those people see that value and they are willing to pay you for that value.”  — “Getting myself out of the tax factory has made it possible for me to start networking in this (ag) space, and has confirmed that the value that we're producing is so well worth it for these people. We are offering a critical service so they can continue to grow in the ag space.” ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list   Connect with CATHERINE: Website: https://www.farmandagcpa.com/ Episode mentions: 141 One Year: From Tax Factory to vCFO & Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/141   142 From Impossible to Exponential Growth: The CPA Mindset https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/142   192 Free Time and 7 Figures Net Revenue with John Lee Dumas https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/192 Many of you know how difficult and time-consuming it can be to run a tax shop. It's all too easy to get buried under a mountain of tax, underprice services, and be in what feels like a near-steady state of chaos. My guest today is Catherine Ozment. Cather Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 202 Selling Value to Create Better Clients at Higher Prices with Mark Stiving 202 202 202 Selling Value to Create Better Clients at Higher Prices with Mark Stiving full 17c24ef7-16c8-4914-95d1-b7baf6e91d5a https://share.transistor.fm/s/7c1ca20d Many CPAs struggle with pricing. Some have moved to flat rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour. For CPAs who are used to getting compensated for time and effort, it can be difficult to learn how to see value and to learn how to price accordingly.

But if they don't make the transition, they risk underpricing themselves in perpetuity and having to keep working long hours to make up for unearned revenue. 

To talk with me about this problem is my guest, Mark Stiving. 

Mark is a pricing educator and advisor, the host of the Impact Pricing podcast and the owner of Impact Pricing, where he teaches clients how to win, keep, and grow customers to drive higher revenue.

In Mark's most recent book, Selling Value, he shares his expertise to help companies win more business at higher prices. 

Highlights:

— “Salespeople need to know how people value products.” 

— “Our buyers buy products because they want to solve problems.”

— “The salesperson's job is to help the buyer understand the true amount of value they're going to get from the product.”

— “Buyers who don't believe that you understand their problems won't listen to your solutions.”

— “If we truly believe that we're going to deliver more value, we should make sure they understand the value before we give them the price.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with MARK:

Website: https://impactpricing.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stiving/

Email: mark@impactpricing.com

Episode mentions:

125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs with Pricing Expert Mark Stiving, PhD

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/125

153 A Formula for Quantifying Value with Mark Stiving, PhD

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/153

172 Subscription Pricing Strategies with Mark Stiving, PhD

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/172

Mark’s book:

Selling Value: How to Win More Deals at Higher Prices 

https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B09Y8V7FWX/

 

]]> Many CPAs struggle with pricing. Some have moved to flat rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour. For CPAs who are used to getting compensated for time and effort, it can be difficult to learn how to see value and to learn how to price accordingly.

But if they don't make the transition, they risk underpricing themselves in perpetuity and having to keep working long hours to make up for unearned revenue. 

To talk with me about this problem is my guest, Mark Stiving. 

Mark is a pricing educator and advisor, the host of the Impact Pricing podcast and the owner of Impact Pricing, where he teaches clients how to win, keep, and grow customers to drive higher revenue.

In Mark's most recent book, Selling Value, he shares his expertise to help companies win more business at higher prices. 

Highlights:

— “Salespeople need to know how people value products.” 

— “Our buyers buy products because they want to solve problems.”

— “The salesperson's job is to help the buyer understand the true amount of value they're going to get from the product.”

— “Buyers who don't believe that you understand their problems won't listen to your solutions.”

— “If we truly believe that we're going to deliver more value, we should make sure they understand the value before we give them the price.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with MARK:

Website: https://impactpricing.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stiving/

Email: mark@impactpricing.com

Episode mentions:

125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs with Pricing Expert Mark Stiving, PhD

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/125

153 A Formula for Quantifying Value with Mark Stiving, PhD

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/153

172 Subscription Pricing Strategies with Mark Stiving, PhD

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/172

Mark’s book:

Selling Value: How to Win More Deals at Higher Prices 

https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B09Y8V7FWX/

 

]]> Wed, 10 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Mark Stiving Geraldine Carter with Guest Mark Stiving 1502 Many CPAs struggle with pricing. Some have moved to flat rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour. For CPAs who are used to getting compensated for time and effort, it can be difficult to learn how to see value and to learn how to price accordingly. But if they don't make the transition, they risk underpricing themselves in perpetuity and having to keep working long hours to make up for unearned revenue.  To talk with me about this problem is my guest, Mark Stiving.  Mark is a pricing educator and advisor, the host of the Impact Pricing podcast and the owner of Impact Pricing, where he teaches clients how to win, keep, and grow customers to drive higher revenue. In Mark's most recent book, Selling Value, he shares his expertise to help companies win more business at higher prices.  Highlights: — “Salespeople need to know how people value products.”  — “Our buyers buy products because they want to solve problems.” — “The salesperson's job is to help the buyer understand the true amount of value they're going to get from the product.” — “Buyers who don't believe that you understand their problems won't listen to your solutions.” — “If we truly believe that we're going to deliver more value, we should make sure they understand the value before we give them the price.”   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with MARK: Website: https://impactpricing.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stiving/ Email: mark@impactpricing.com Episode mentions: 125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs with Pricing Expert Mark Stiving, PhD https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/125 153 A Formula for Quantifying Value with Mark Stiving, PhD https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/153 172 Subscription Pricing Strategies with Mark Stiving, PhD https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/172 Mark’s book: Selling Value: How to Win More Deals at Higher Prices  https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B09Y8V7FWX/   Many CPAs struggle with pricing. Some have moved to flat rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour. For CPAs who are used to getting compensated for time and effort, it can be difficult to learn how to see value and to learn how to pri Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 201 Effortless Value 201 201 201 Effortless Value full 886402b9-48c2-4eb9-9a9f-994af3e76652 https://share.transistor.fm/s/4b5ab517 There is vestigial thinking in the accounting space that value comes from working. “If I worked hard on a thing, then you should pay me money for it.” But that's not how money works: people don't really care if you worked hard on a thing. 

I want to undo this idea in your mind that working hard is the thing that is valuable. The idea is effortless value: that you can create a lot of value for your clients without actually having to work hard.

When we create effortless value in our businesses, we can capture that value with our pricing without putting in a lot of extra effort. And when you can capture the value that you create with your prices, then you can work less and make more. 

In this episode, I list a dozen ways you can add value that are not tied to doing work: 

  • Improve the onboard experience.
  • Create quick wins early on.
  • Get more proactive for your clients.
  • Improve the timing and the clarity of communication. 
  • Improve the clarity of your expectations and communicate those expectations.
  • Improve your clients’ likelihood of achieving success or results.
  • Increase the speed that you provide results. 
  • Increase the ease with which clients can reach you.
  • Minimize the hassles that they need to deal with in working with you. 

 

Building effortless value into your accounting firm is a sure-fire way to help you generate more revenue without having to work so hard for it. 

********

Building effortless value is something that we work on inside CPA Mastermind. 

If you want to know more about CPA Mastermind, check out the webpage at https://geraldinecarter.com/cpa-mastermind. If you want to get on the interest list so that you can stay apprised of when registration is open and accepting applications, go to https://geraldinecarter.com/interest.

********

Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Episode mention:

196 CPA Mastermind: Create More Profit with Less Effort

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/196

 

]]> There is vestigial thinking in the accounting space that value comes from working. “If I worked hard on a thing, then you should pay me money for it.” But that's not how money works: people don't really care if you worked hard on a thing. 

I want to undo this idea in your mind that working hard is the thing that is valuable. The idea is effortless value: that you can create a lot of value for your clients without actually having to work hard.

When we create effortless value in our businesses, we can capture that value with our pricing without putting in a lot of extra effort. And when you can capture the value that you create with your prices, then you can work less and make more. 

In this episode, I list a dozen ways you can add value that are not tied to doing work: 

  • Improve the onboard experience.
  • Create quick wins early on.
  • Get more proactive for your clients.
  • Improve the timing and the clarity of communication. 
  • Improve the clarity of your expectations and communicate those expectations.
  • Improve your clients’ likelihood of achieving success or results.
  • Increase the speed that you provide results. 
  • Increase the ease with which clients can reach you.
  • Minimize the hassles that they need to deal with in working with you. 

 

Building effortless value into your accounting firm is a sure-fire way to help you generate more revenue without having to work so hard for it. 

********

Building effortless value is something that we work on inside CPA Mastermind. 

If you want to know more about CPA Mastermind, check out the webpage at https://geraldinecarter.com/cpa-mastermind. If you want to get on the interest list so that you can stay apprised of when registration is open and accepting applications, go to https://geraldinecarter.com/interest.

********

Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Episode mention:

196 CPA Mastermind: Create More Profit with Less Effort

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/196

 

]]> Wed, 03 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1695 There is vestigial thinking in the accounting space that value comes from working. “If I worked hard on a thing, then you should pay me money for it.” But that's not how money works: people don't really care if you worked hard on a thing.  I want to undo this idea in your mind that working hard is the thing that is valuable. The idea is effortless value: that you can create a lot of value for your clients without actually having to work hard. When we create effortless value in our businesses, we can capture that value with our pricing without putting in a lot of extra effort. And when you can capture the value that you create with your prices, then you can work less and make more.  In this episode, I list a dozen ways you can add value that are not tied to doing work:  Improve the onboard experience. Create quick wins early on. Get more proactive for your clients. Improve the timing and the clarity of communication.  Improve the clarity of your expectations and communicate those expectations. Improve your clients’ likelihood of achieving success or results. Increase the speed that you provide results.  Increase the ease with which clients can reach you. Minimize the hassles that they need to deal with in working with you.    Building effortless value into your accounting firm is a sure-fire way to help you generate more revenue without having to work so hard for it.  ******** Building effortless value is something that we work on inside CPA Mastermind.  If you want to know more about CPA Mastermind, check out the webpage at https://geraldinecarter.com/cpa-mastermind. If you want to get on the interest list so that you can stay apprised of when registration is open and accepting applications, go to https://geraldinecarter.com/interest. ******** Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox? Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list Episode mention: 196 CPA Mastermind: Create More Profit with Less Effort https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/196   There is vestigial thinking in the accounting space that value comes from working. “If I worked hard on a thing, then you should pay me money for it.” But that's not how money works: people don't really care if you worked hard on a thing.  I want to undo Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 200 Make Podcasting Great for Your Accounting Firm 200 200 200 Make Podcasting Great for Your Accounting Firm full 85ba6775-d5f7-4ffa-8c8b-460beddafc5b https://share.transistor.fm/s/924d69df On why and how podcasting can be great for your business.

It has been the core of my business for four years and my business wouldn't be where it is without a podcast.

I share this with you because I see few accountants and CPAs with podcasts in niche spaces. I look for them because I want to get them on my podcast and they're difficult to find. Yet, podcasting can be valuable for your business and so beneficial.

Reasons why that is, and why, especially for accountants and CPAs, I think you are uniquely positioned to benefit from creating and having a podcast:

 

  • Podcasting grows your audience. 
  • Your expertise deepens by hosting.
  • It helps you grow a subscriber list.
  • It grows your connections and your network.
  • When ideal buyers are listening to your podcast, they tend to come better educated.
  • You get to bring your business to life.

Pro tip here from experience: if you want your podcast to serve your business, focus on a specific audience, focus on a specific set of problems that you solve for your people.

This is the stuff that we work on in CPA Mastermind. I designed it to be the best program for CPAs and accountants who want to get their business on the right track.

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Episode mentions:

192 Free Time and 7 Figures Net Revenue with John Lee Dumas

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/192

196 CPA Mastermind: Create More Profit with Less Effort

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/196

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/179

]]> On why and how podcasting can be great for your business.

It has been the core of my business for four years and my business wouldn't be where it is without a podcast.

I share this with you because I see few accountants and CPAs with podcasts in niche spaces. I look for them because I want to get them on my podcast and they're difficult to find. Yet, podcasting can be valuable for your business and so beneficial.

Reasons why that is, and why, especially for accountants and CPAs, I think you are uniquely positioned to benefit from creating and having a podcast:

 

  • Podcasting grows your audience. 
  • Your expertise deepens by hosting.
  • It helps you grow a subscriber list.
  • It grows your connections and your network.
  • When ideal buyers are listening to your podcast, they tend to come better educated.
  • You get to bring your business to life.

Pro tip here from experience: if you want your podcast to serve your business, focus on a specific audience, focus on a specific set of problems that you solve for your people.

This is the stuff that we work on in CPA Mastermind. I designed it to be the best program for CPAs and accountants who want to get their business on the right track.

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Episode mentions:

192 Free Time and 7 Figures Net Revenue with John Lee Dumas

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/192

196 CPA Mastermind: Create More Profit with Less Effort

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/196

179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/179

]]> Wed, 27 Jul 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1378 On why and how podcasting can be great for your business. It has been the core of my business for four years and my business wouldn't be where it is without a podcast. I share this with you because I see few accountants and CPAs with podcasts in niche spaces. I look for them because I want to get them on my podcast and they're difficult to find. Yet, podcasting can be valuable for your business and so beneficial. Reasons why that is, and why, especially for accountants and CPAs, I think you are uniquely positioned to benefit from creating and having a podcast:   Podcasting grows your audience.  Your expertise deepens by hosting. It helps you grow a subscriber list. It grows your connections and your network. When ideal buyers are listening to your podcast, they tend to come better educated. You get to bring your business to life. Pro tip here from experience: if you want your podcast to serve your business, focus on a specific audience, focus on a specific set of problems that you solve for your people. This is the stuff that we work on in CPA Mastermind. I designed it to be the best program for CPAs and accountants who want to get their business on the right track.   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list Episode mentions: 192 Free Time and 7 Figures Net Revenue with John Lee Dumas https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/192 196 CPA Mastermind: Create More Profit with Less Effort https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/196 179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/179 On why and how podcasting can be great for your business. It has been the core of my business for four years and my business wouldn't be where it is without a podcast. I share this with you because I see few accountants and CPAs with podcasts in niche spa Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 199 Selling Cloud-based vs Traditional CPA Firms with Brannon Poe 199 199 199 Selling Cloud-based vs Traditional CPA Firms with Brannon Poe full b0901ac8-4a4e-45dd-bc34-a6b6cdf584b0 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2a02f143 A lot of CPAs have had enough, and are looking to sell off parts or all of their business. They have options when it comes to selling. And the farther ahead they plan, the better deal they’ll create for themselves.

Here today to talk with me about what he sees happening right now in the buying and selling of CPA firms is my guest Brannon Poe, owner of Poe Group Advisors.

Highlights:

— “Firms that have a large number of personal tax, not associated with a business, tend to have higher staff turnover, higher tax season hours, lower cash flow to owner.”

— “Staffing is changing the accounting profession faster than anything. Because of staffing changes, people are having to make difficult pruning decisions.”

— “Accounting firms are the slowest to change models. The cloud firm space, however, is definitely growing fast.”

— “If traditional firms don't keep up with the innovation, they're going to lose clients to innovative cloud firms.”

— “The full cloud firms sell for a higher multiple and they tend to sell faster.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with BRANNON:

Website: https://poegroupadvisors.com/

Virtual Workshop: http://accountingpracticeacademy.com

 

Episode mentions:

162 How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/162

Book mentions:

Scaling Up: How a Few Companies Make It... and Why the Rest Don't by Verne Harnish

https://scalingup.com/book/

 

]]> A lot of CPAs have had enough, and are looking to sell off parts or all of their business. They have options when it comes to selling. And the farther ahead they plan, the better deal they’ll create for themselves.

Here today to talk with me about what he sees happening right now in the buying and selling of CPA firms is my guest Brannon Poe, owner of Poe Group Advisors.

Highlights:

— “Firms that have a large number of personal tax, not associated with a business, tend to have higher staff turnover, higher tax season hours, lower cash flow to owner.”

— “Staffing is changing the accounting profession faster than anything. Because of staffing changes, people are having to make difficult pruning decisions.”

— “Accounting firms are the slowest to change models. The cloud firm space, however, is definitely growing fast.”

— “If traditional firms don't keep up with the innovation, they're going to lose clients to innovative cloud firms.”

— “The full cloud firms sell for a higher multiple and they tend to sell faster.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with BRANNON:

Website: https://poegroupadvisors.com/

Virtual Workshop: http://accountingpracticeacademy.com

 

Episode mentions:

162 How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/162

Book mentions:

Scaling Up: How a Few Companies Make It... and Why the Rest Don't by Verne Harnish

https://scalingup.com/book/

 

]]> Wed, 20 Jul 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Brannon Poe Geraldine Carter with Guest Brannon Poe 1447 A lot of CPAs have had enough, and are looking to sell off parts or all of their business. They have options when it comes to selling. And the farther ahead they plan, the better deal they’ll create for themselves. Here today to talk with me about what he sees happening right now in the buying and selling of CPA firms is my guest Brannon Poe, owner of Poe Group Advisors. Highlights: — “Firms that have a large number of personal tax, not associated with a business, tend to have higher staff turnover, higher tax season hours, lower cash flow to owner.” — “Staffing is changing the accounting profession faster than anything. Because of staffing changes, people are having to make difficult pruning decisions.” — “Accounting firms are the slowest to change models. The cloud firm space, however, is definitely growing fast.” — “If traditional firms don't keep up with the innovation, they're going to lose clients to innovative cloud firms.” — “The full cloud firms sell for a higher multiple and they tend to sell faster.”   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with BRANNON: Website: https://poegroupadvisors.com/ Virtual Workshop: http://accountingpracticeacademy.com   Episode mentions: 162 How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/162 Book mentions: Scaling Up: How a Few Companies Make It... and Why the Rest Don't by Verne Harnish https://scalingup.com/book/   A lot of CPAs have had enough, and are looking to sell off parts or all of their business. They have options when it comes to selling. And the farther ahead they plan, the better deal they’ll create for themselves. Here today to talk with me about what he Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 198 Killer Intel for CPAs on the Real Estate Investor Niche with Tom Wheelwright 198 198 198 Killer Intel for CPAs on the Real Estate Investor Niche with Tom Wheelwright full cf5d8033-95c6-4fa8-b77b-adbeb6393b03 https://share.transistor.fm/s/06683b50 For many CPAs, it feels risky to pick a cross-section of the tax-code, and burrow in. The fear is around losing clients, having to turn people away, and what if there’s a recession?

Consequently, most CPAs work as generalists, and pay the price in the form of seemingly infinite rotations on the treadmill. 

My guest today has built an exemplary business around expertise in one niche, and that person is Tom Wheelwright, CPA.  

Tom is a tax and wealth expert and is the CEO of WealthAbility®. He is the bestselling author of Tax-Free Wealth: How to Build Massive Wealth By Permanently Reducing Your Taxes, and he is releasing his next book this summer titled The Win-Win Wealth Strategy: 7 Investments the Government Will Pay You to Make. 

 His goal is to help people achieve their financial dreams faster by permanently and legally reducing their taxes. 

 

Highlights:

— “I wrote The Win-Win Wealth Strategy to talk about how taxes really work, how incentives really work, and what the government gets out of it.”

— “Tax incentives have just taken off as a way for the government to influence investment behavior.” 

— “Tax incentives are actually investments the government will literally pay you to make.”

— “You subniche to increase your focus and reduce the amount of time that you have to spend doing research, because then you don't have to know about everything.” 

— “One of the challenges we have as CPAs, especially the smaller firms, is we tend to rely on personal, direct oversight as opposed to having systems. The client will get to a point where they're looking for systems help. And this is something where we can provide high value services to them.” 

— “Don't think this is tax avoidance or tax evasion. It's none of that. This is what the government wants you to do.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with TOM:

Tom Wheelwright, CPA Website: https://tomwheelwright.com/ 

WealthAbility Website: https://wealthability.com/ 

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/tomwheelwright/

Episode mentions:

178 Killer Niches for CPAs

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/178

 

Tom’s book: 

The Win-Win Wealth Strategy: 7 Investments The Government Will Pay You To Make

Pre-order: https://winwinwealthstrategy.com/

For multiple copies: https://winwinwealthstrategy.com/bonuses

 

]]> For many CPAs, it feels risky to pick a cross-section of the tax-code, and burrow in. The fear is around losing clients, having to turn people away, and what if there’s a recession?

Consequently, most CPAs work as generalists, and pay the price in the form of seemingly infinite rotations on the treadmill. 

My guest today has built an exemplary business around expertise in one niche, and that person is Tom Wheelwright, CPA.  

Tom is a tax and wealth expert and is the CEO of WealthAbility®. He is the bestselling author of Tax-Free Wealth: How to Build Massive Wealth By Permanently Reducing Your Taxes, and he is releasing his next book this summer titled The Win-Win Wealth Strategy: 7 Investments the Government Will Pay You to Make. 

 His goal is to help people achieve their financial dreams faster by permanently and legally reducing their taxes. 

 

Highlights:

— “I wrote The Win-Win Wealth Strategy to talk about how taxes really work, how incentives really work, and what the government gets out of it.”

— “Tax incentives have just taken off as a way for the government to influence investment behavior.” 

— “Tax incentives are actually investments the government will literally pay you to make.”

— “You subniche to increase your focus and reduce the amount of time that you have to spend doing research, because then you don't have to know about everything.” 

— “One of the challenges we have as CPAs, especially the smaller firms, is we tend to rely on personal, direct oversight as opposed to having systems. The client will get to a point where they're looking for systems help. And this is something where we can provide high value services to them.” 

— “Don't think this is tax avoidance or tax evasion. It's none of that. This is what the government wants you to do.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with TOM:

Tom Wheelwright, CPA Website: https://tomwheelwright.com/ 

WealthAbility Website: https://wealthability.com/ 

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/tomwheelwright/

Episode mentions:

178 Killer Niches for CPAs

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/178

 

Tom’s book: 

The Win-Win Wealth Strategy: 7 Investments The Government Will Pay You To Make

Pre-order: https://winwinwealthstrategy.com/

For multiple copies: https://winwinwealthstrategy.com/bonuses

 

]]> Wed, 13 Jul 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Tom Wheelright Geraldine Carter with Guest Tom Wheelright 2149 For many CPAs, it feels risky to pick a cross-section of the tax-code, and burrow in. The fear is around losing clients, having to turn people away, and what if there’s a recession? Consequently, most CPAs work as generalists, and pay the price in the form of seemingly infinite rotations on the treadmill.  My guest today has built an exemplary business around expertise in one niche, and that person is Tom Wheelwright, CPA.   Tom is a tax and wealth expert and is the CEO of WealthAbility®. He is the bestselling author of Tax-Free Wealth: How to Build Massive Wealth By Permanently Reducing Your Taxes, and he is releasing his next book this summer titled The Win-Win Wealth Strategy: 7 Investments the Government Will Pay You to Make.   His goal is to help people achieve their financial dreams faster by permanently and legally reducing their taxes.    Highlights: — “I wrote The Win-Win Wealth Strategy to talk about how taxes really work, how incentives really work, and what the government gets out of it.” — “Tax incentives have just taken off as a way for the government to influence investment behavior.”  — “Tax incentives are actually investments the government will literally pay you to make.” — “You subniche to increase your focus and reduce the amount of time that you have to spend doing research, because then you don't have to know about everything.”  — “One of the challenges we have as CPAs, especially the smaller firms, is we tend to rely on personal, direct oversight as opposed to having systems. The client will get to a point where they're looking for systems help. And this is something where we can provide high value services to them.”  — “Don't think this is tax avoidance or tax evasion. It's none of that. This is what the government wants you to do.” ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.geraldinecarter.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with TOM: Tom Wheelwright, CPA Website: https://tomwheelwright.com/  WealthAbility Website: https://wealthability.com/  LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/tomwheelwright/ Episode mentions: 178 Killer Niches for CPAs https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/178   Tom’s book:  The Win-Win Wealth Strategy: 7 Investments The Government Will Pay You To Make Pre-order: https://winwinwealthstrategy.com/ For multiple copies: https://winwinwealthstrategy.com/bonuses   For many CPAs, it feels risky to pick a cross-section of the tax-code, and burrow in. The fear is around losing clients, having to turn people away, and what if there’s a recession? Consequently, most CPAs work as generalists, and pay the price in the for Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 197 Listening Tour: How CPAs Can Create More Value with Less Effort 197 197 197 Listening Tour: How CPAs Can Create More Value with Less Effort full 3597a08a-8f5d-479a-8718-c813bce0bb72 https://share.transistor.fm/s/ad612ccc Many CPAs work super long hours and go for periods of time where their head is down, getting the work done. But when your head is down and you’re busy, how do you take the time to find out what your clients truly want?

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Rochelle Moulton. 

Rochelle turns consultants and big thinkers into authorities. She earned her consulting and big thinker stripes leading introverted brainiacs at some powerhouse global consulting firms like Towers Perrin and Arthur Andersen.

But even better, she has built, led (and sometimes sold) more than a few 6, 7 and 8-figure consulting businesses. And earned the equivalent of a second MBA building authority brands and businesses with hundreds of soloists.

She has recently launched a mastermind to build wealth in the form of money, time, and flexibility, for soloist women in the expertise space. 

 

Highlights:

— ”In a listening tour, you're going to ask your ideal clients or prospects a very specific list of questions to get insight into something that you're trying to figure out, like a new product or a new program.” 

— ”One the kinds of questions to ask, I'll open with something about their business, to make sure that I understand where they're coming from.”

— ”What we think our audience wants is not necessarily what they actually will buy.”

— ”A listening tour gives you a better understanding of what your clients want beyond what you think they want.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with ROCHELLE:

Website: https://rochellemoulton.com/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/ConsultingChick

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rochellemoulton/

Episode mentions:

166 How CPAs Can Build and Monetize Authority with Rochelle Moulton

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/166

 

]]> Many CPAs work super long hours and go for periods of time where their head is down, getting the work done. But when your head is down and you’re busy, how do you take the time to find out what your clients truly want?

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Rochelle Moulton. 

Rochelle turns consultants and big thinkers into authorities. She earned her consulting and big thinker stripes leading introverted brainiacs at some powerhouse global consulting firms like Towers Perrin and Arthur Andersen.

But even better, she has built, led (and sometimes sold) more than a few 6, 7 and 8-figure consulting businesses. And earned the equivalent of a second MBA building authority brands and businesses with hundreds of soloists.

She has recently launched a mastermind to build wealth in the form of money, time, and flexibility, for soloist women in the expertise space. 

 

Highlights:

— ”In a listening tour, you're going to ask your ideal clients or prospects a very specific list of questions to get insight into something that you're trying to figure out, like a new product or a new program.” 

— ”One the kinds of questions to ask, I'll open with something about their business, to make sure that I understand where they're coming from.”

— ”What we think our audience wants is not necessarily what they actually will buy.”

— ”A listening tour gives you a better understanding of what your clients want beyond what you think they want.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with ROCHELLE:

Website: https://rochellemoulton.com/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/ConsultingChick

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rochellemoulton/

Episode mentions:

166 How CPAs Can Build and Monetize Authority with Rochelle Moulton

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/166

 

]]> Wed, 06 Jul 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Rochelle Moulton Geraldine Carter with Guest Rochelle Moulton 2632 Many CPAs work super long hours and go for periods of time where their head is down, getting the work done. But when your head is down and you’re busy, how do you take the time to find out what your clients truly want? Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Rochelle Moulton.  Rochelle turns consultants and big thinkers into authorities. She earned her consulting and big thinker stripes leading introverted brainiacs at some powerhouse global consulting firms like Towers Perrin and Arthur Andersen. But even better, she has built, led (and sometimes sold) more than a few 6, 7 and 8-figure consulting businesses. And earned the equivalent of a second MBA building authority brands and businesses with hundreds of soloists. She has recently launched a mastermind to build wealth in the form of money, time, and flexibility, for soloist women in the expertise space.    Highlights: — ”In a listening tour, you're going to ask your ideal clients or prospects a very specific list of questions to get insight into something that you're trying to figure out, like a new product or a new program.”  — ”One the kinds of questions to ask, I'll open with something about their business, to make sure that I understand where they're coming from.” — ”What we think our audience wants is not necessarily what they actually will buy.” — ”A listening tour gives you a better understanding of what your clients want beyond what you think they want.”   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with ROCHELLE: Website: https://rochellemoulton.com/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/ConsultingChick LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rochellemoulton/ Episode mentions: 166 How CPAs Can Build and Monetize Authority with Rochelle Moulton https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/166   Many CPAs work super long hours and go for periods of time where their head is down, getting the work done. But when your head is down and you’re busy, how do you take the time to find out what your clients truly want? Here today to talk with me about thi Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 196 CPA Mastermind: Create More Profit with Less Effort 196 196 196 CPA Mastermind: Create More Profit with Less Effort full 122f9707-9689-4988-8fec-7fe7f288a212 https://share.transistor.fm/s/dbf7a76f There are a number of mindset, structure, and mechanical components that are not working well for CPAs and accountants.

Many are working long hours and are underpricing. And they continue to be busy because they are positioning themselves in the marketplace as generalists. It's difficult to create value, which means it's difficult to raise prices, which means it's difficult to do less work. 

There is an easier way, and it doesn't have to be thaaaat hard to make the changes that you need in order to get your business pointed in the right direction to get where you want to be.

I'm launching a new program called CPA Mastermind. It’s designed for CPAs and accountants who are solos or small firm owners: to update their business model, make their business more profitable, get their business on the path they want it on, and get their life back. In short, CPA Mastermind helps CPAs create more profit, with less effort.

Here are the 10 steps that you'll go through in CPA Mastermind:

  1. Figure out your goals.
  2. Figure out your strategy. 
  3. Determine your ideal buyer.
  4. Figure out your value.
  5. Package your services.
  6. Determine pricing. 
  7. Improve your website and online presence.
  8. Replicate your ideal buyers
  9. Test/experiment.
  10. Move low-value work off of your client roster

If you don't want to do another year that feels like the last three that you have gone through, check out CPA Mastermind.

 

Get on the interest list: 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/interest

More about the CPA Mastermind:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/cpa-mastermind

Episode mentioned:

125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs with Pricing Expert Mark Stiving, PhD

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/125

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

]]> There are a number of mindset, structure, and mechanical components that are not working well for CPAs and accountants.

Many are working long hours and are underpricing. And they continue to be busy because they are positioning themselves in the marketplace as generalists. It's difficult to create value, which means it's difficult to raise prices, which means it's difficult to do less work. 

There is an easier way, and it doesn't have to be thaaaat hard to make the changes that you need in order to get your business pointed in the right direction to get where you want to be.

I'm launching a new program called CPA Mastermind. It’s designed for CPAs and accountants who are solos or small firm owners: to update their business model, make their business more profitable, get their business on the path they want it on, and get their life back. In short, CPA Mastermind helps CPAs create more profit, with less effort.

Here are the 10 steps that you'll go through in CPA Mastermind:

  1. Figure out your goals.
  2. Figure out your strategy. 
  3. Determine your ideal buyer.
  4. Figure out your value.
  5. Package your services.
  6. Determine pricing. 
  7. Improve your website and online presence.
  8. Replicate your ideal buyers
  9. Test/experiment.
  10. Move low-value work off of your client roster

If you don't want to do another year that feels like the last three that you have gone through, check out CPA Mastermind.

 

Get on the interest list: 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/interest

More about the CPA Mastermind:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/cpa-mastermind

Episode mentioned:

125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs with Pricing Expert Mark Stiving, PhD

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/125

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

]]> Wed, 29 Jun 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2329 There are a number of mindset, structure, and mechanical components that are not working well for CPAs and accountants. Many are working long hours and are underpricing. And they continue to be busy because they are positioning themselves in the marketplace as generalists. It's difficult to create value, which means it's difficult to raise prices, which means it's difficult to do less work.  There is an easier way, and it doesn't have to be thaaaat hard to make the changes that you need in order to get your business pointed in the right direction to get where you want to be. I'm launching a new program called CPA Mastermind. It’s designed for CPAs and accountants who are solos or small firm owners: to update their business model, make their business more profitable, get their business on the path they want it on, and get their life back. In short, CPA Mastermind helps CPAs create more profit, with less effort. Here are the 10 steps that you'll go through in CPA Mastermind: Figure out your goals. Figure out your strategy.  Determine your ideal buyer. Figure out your value. Package your services. Determine pricing.  Improve your website and online presence. Replicate your ideal buyers Test/experiment. Move low-value work off of your client roster If you don't want to do another year that feels like the last three that you have gone through, check out CPA Mastermind.   Get on the interest list:  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/interest More about the CPA Mastermind: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/cpa-mastermind Episode mentioned: 125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs with Pricing Expert Mark Stiving, PhD https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/125   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   There are a number of mindset, structure, and mechanical components that are not working well for CPAs and accountants. Many are working long hours and are underpricing. And they continue to be busy because they are positioning themselves in the marketpla Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 195 How to Position Your CPA Firm to Stop Getting Overlooked in the Marketplace 195 195 195 How to Position Your CPA Firm to Stop Getting Overlooked in the Marketplace full 5829b844-63f3-4bca-9d71-132e8fbbc5aa https://share.transistor.fm/s/580aa1fe What I have for you today is the audio from a webinar I hosted on Crowdcast on how positioning can help you in your business.

Focusing on your niche or position can be really challenging. What I want is to help you keep on moving and to continue making progress in terms of narrowing who you focus on working with and who you work best with, because it makes your business so much easier.

 

Highlights:

— Why choose a position in the marketplace?

  • It deepens your expertise, which increases the value you can provide, which enables you to raise your prices, which enables you to work less
  • It simplifies your business: fewer internal workflows and assembly lines to manage
  • Your marketing becomes much more effective: your message resonates more readily with better qualified clients, and you know where to place your message so it’s in front of prospects’ eyes

The moment a CPA separates himself from the crowd, he immediately opens himself up to that very type of business owner who is thirsty for his expertise and will pay him for it. 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Get access to webinar slides: How to Position Your Business

https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/position-your-biz-slides

 

]]> What I have for you today is the audio from a webinar I hosted on Crowdcast on how positioning can help you in your business.

Focusing on your niche or position can be really challenging. What I want is to help you keep on moving and to continue making progress in terms of narrowing who you focus on working with and who you work best with, because it makes your business so much easier.

 

Highlights:

— Why choose a position in the marketplace?

  • It deepens your expertise, which increases the value you can provide, which enables you to raise your prices, which enables you to work less
  • It simplifies your business: fewer internal workflows and assembly lines to manage
  • Your marketing becomes much more effective: your message resonates more readily with better qualified clients, and you know where to place your message so it’s in front of prospects’ eyes

The moment a CPA separates himself from the crowd, he immediately opens himself up to that very type of business owner who is thirsty for his expertise and will pay him for it. 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Get access to webinar slides: How to Position Your Business

https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/position-your-biz-slides

 

]]> Wed, 22 Jun 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2739 What I have for you today is the audio from a webinar I hosted on Crowdcast on how positioning can help you in your business. Focusing on your niche or position can be really challenging. What I want is to help you keep on moving and to continue making progress in terms of narrowing who you focus on working with and who you work best with, because it makes your business so much easier.   Highlights: — Why choose a position in the marketplace? It deepens your expertise, which increases the value you can provide, which enables you to raise your prices, which enables you to work less It simplifies your business: fewer internal workflows and assembly lines to manage Your marketing becomes much more effective: your message resonates more readily with better qualified clients, and you know where to place your message so it’s in front of prospects’ eyes The moment a CPA separates himself from the crowd, he immediately opens himself up to that very type of business owner who is thirsty for his expertise and will pay him for it.  ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Get access to webinar slides: How to Position Your Business https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/position-your-biz-slides   What I have for you today is the audio from a webinar I hosted on Crowdcast on how positioning can help you in your business. Focusing on your niche or position can be really challenging. What I want is to help you keep on moving and to continue making pr Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 194 Low-Priced Thoughts 194 194 194 Low-Priced Thoughts full 64e52863-7b07-43e7-b96c-3150052dc9d9 https://share.transistor.fm/s/f0080e47 In episode 193, I introduced a tool called The Model, which you can use to understand how your thoughts, feelings, and actions create your results. 

Pricing, and especially raising prices, tends to elicit fear-based thoughts. 

In this episode, I give you specific examples around the thoughts CPAs have about pricing, so you can see how your own thoughts about pricing might be inadvertently affecting your prices.

HIGHLIGHTS:

Here are three sample thoughts about pricing, that could play out as follows:

— When an accountant thinks, “They might say no,” she might feel hesitant, and want to think about her new prices some more, and meanwhile not list her new prices. The result is that buyers cannot say yes to her higher price because that higher price doesn't officially exist anywhere. Buyers are effectively saying no to her higher price.

— When a CPA thinks, “I've got to step up and deliver, I better perform,” he feels pressured and doesn’t think his processes all the way through. The quality and delivery are not as good. The result is that he doesn't perform when he feels under pressure about performing.

— When a CPA thinks, “What if they don't think my service is worth it?” she shows up apprehensive and holds back on delivering direct but valuable advice. When she wonders if her service is worth it, she doesn't make it worth it. And then she proves to herself and her prospect that her service is not worth it.

…

Thoughts show up in results.

And, it can help to remember that this is just the brain doing its normal brain-thing. (After all, it was designed to keep people safe from tigers and inside the tribe, so that they could live to tell another day.)  

There is nothing wrong with thinking these thoughts. But it helps to be aware of them, in order to choose a new set of thoughts that line up with the results you desire to create.

Low-priced thoughts, create low prices.

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

Episode Mentioned:

193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/193

 

]]> In episode 193, I introduced a tool called The Model, which you can use to understand how your thoughts, feelings, and actions create your results. 

Pricing, and especially raising prices, tends to elicit fear-based thoughts. 

In this episode, I give you specific examples around the thoughts CPAs have about pricing, so you can see how your own thoughts about pricing might be inadvertently affecting your prices.

HIGHLIGHTS:

Here are three sample thoughts about pricing, that could play out as follows:

— When an accountant thinks, “They might say no,” she might feel hesitant, and want to think about her new prices some more, and meanwhile not list her new prices. The result is that buyers cannot say yes to her higher price because that higher price doesn't officially exist anywhere. Buyers are effectively saying no to her higher price.

— When a CPA thinks, “I've got to step up and deliver, I better perform,” he feels pressured and doesn’t think his processes all the way through. The quality and delivery are not as good. The result is that he doesn't perform when he feels under pressure about performing.

— When a CPA thinks, “What if they don't think my service is worth it?” she shows up apprehensive and holds back on delivering direct but valuable advice. When she wonders if her service is worth it, she doesn't make it worth it. And then she proves to herself and her prospect that her service is not worth it.

…

Thoughts show up in results.

And, it can help to remember that this is just the brain doing its normal brain-thing. (After all, it was designed to keep people safe from tigers and inside the tribe, so that they could live to tell another day.)  

There is nothing wrong with thinking these thoughts. But it helps to be aware of them, in order to choose a new set of thoughts that line up with the results you desire to create.

Low-priced thoughts, create low prices.

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

Episode Mentioned:

193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/193

 

]]> Wed, 15 Jun 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 823 In episode 193, I introduced a tool called The Model, which you can use to understand how your thoughts, feelings, and actions create your results.  Pricing, and especially raising prices, tends to elicit fear-based thoughts.  In this episode, I give you specific examples around the thoughts CPAs have about pricing, so you can see how your own thoughts about pricing might be inadvertently affecting your prices. HIGHLIGHTS: Here are three sample thoughts about pricing, that could play out as follows: — When an accountant thinks, “They might say no,” she might feel hesitant, and want to think about her new prices some more, and meanwhile not list her new prices. The result is that buyers cannot say yes to her higher price because that higher price doesn't officially exist anywhere. Buyers are effectively saying no to her higher price. — When a CPA thinks, “I've got to step up and deliver, I better perform,” he feels pressured and doesn’t think his processes all the way through. The quality and delivery are not as good. The result is that he doesn't perform when he feels under pressure about performing. — When a CPA thinks, “What if they don't think my service is worth it?” she shows up apprehensive and holds back on delivering direct but valuable advice. When she wonders if her service is worth it, she doesn't make it worth it. And then she proves to herself and her prospect that her service is not worth it. … Thoughts show up in results. And, it can help to remember that this is just the brain doing its normal brain-thing. (After all, it was designed to keep people safe from tigers and inside the tribe, so that they could live to tell another day.)   There is nothing wrong with thinking these thoughts. But it helps to be aware of them, in order to choose a new set of thoughts that line up with the results you desire to create. Low-priced thoughts, create low prices.   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   Episode Mentioned: 193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/193   In episode 193, I introduced a tool called The Model, which you can use to understand how your thoughts, feelings, and actions create your results.  Pricing, and especially raising prices, tends to elicit fear-based thoughts.  In this episode, I give you Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model 193 193 193 Create the Exact Business You Want: Introducing The Model full 2ea1706a-62de-4219-99ae-9dc18ff28872 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2e620bd2 Today I want to introduce you to something called The Model.

It’s a model for understanding and making sense of your thoughts, feelings, actions, and results. 

And it is created by Brooke Castillo, the founder of The Life Coach School.

I am a certified coach by The Life Coach School, and as such I am licensed to teach her methodology. 

So I want to tell you about what this tool is, give you a sense of what it looks like and how it works and show you how we can use it to create the reality that we want and stop recreating a reality that we don't want.

What I love about the model is that it helps you understand your mind, understand your feelings, understand why you take the actions that you do and why you don't take the actions that you don't, and how these actions in aggregate create the result of our lives.

Highlights:

— “Our thoughts create our feelings, and we can choose what our thoughts are.”

— “The Model is a tool that you can use to understand what's happening in your life, and how to create the life and the business that you want.”

— “What's so powerful about the model is that you can see your thoughts showing up in your results.”

— “Improving your ability to think intentional thoughts on purpose is how you create the business and the life that you want to have.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

]]> Today I want to introduce you to something called The Model.

It’s a model for understanding and making sense of your thoughts, feelings, actions, and results. 

And it is created by Brooke Castillo, the founder of The Life Coach School.

I am a certified coach by The Life Coach School, and as such I am licensed to teach her methodology. 

So I want to tell you about what this tool is, give you a sense of what it looks like and how it works and show you how we can use it to create the reality that we want and stop recreating a reality that we don't want.

What I love about the model is that it helps you understand your mind, understand your feelings, understand why you take the actions that you do and why you don't take the actions that you don't, and how these actions in aggregate create the result of our lives.

Highlights:

— “Our thoughts create our feelings, and we can choose what our thoughts are.”

— “The Model is a tool that you can use to understand what's happening in your life, and how to create the life and the business that you want.”

— “What's so powerful about the model is that you can see your thoughts showing up in your results.”

— “Improving your ability to think intentional thoughts on purpose is how you create the business and the life that you want to have.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

]]> Wed, 08 Jun 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 743 Today I want to introduce you to something called The Model. It’s a model for understanding and making sense of your thoughts, feelings, actions, and results.  And it is created by Brooke Castillo, the founder of The Life Coach School. I am a certified coach by The Life Coach School, and as such I am licensed to teach her methodology.  So I want to tell you about what this tool is, give you a sense of what it looks like and how it works and show you how we can use it to create the reality that we want and stop recreating a reality that we don't want. What I love about the model is that it helps you understand your mind, understand your feelings, understand why you take the actions that you do and why you don't take the actions that you don't, and how these actions in aggregate create the result of our lives. Highlights: — “Our thoughts create our feelings, and we can choose what our thoughts are.” — “The Model is a tool that you can use to understand what's happening in your life, and how to create the life and the business that you want.” — “What's so powerful about the model is that you can see your thoughts showing up in your results.” — “Improving your ability to think intentional thoughts on purpose is how you create the business and the life that you want to have.” ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Today I want to introduce you to something called The Model. It’s a model for understanding and making sense of your thoughts, feelings, actions, and results.  And it is created by Brooke Castillo, the founder of The Life Coach School. I am a certified co Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 192 Free Time and 7 Figures Net Revenue with John Lee Dumas 192 192 192 Free Time and 7 Figures Net Revenue with John Lee Dumas full aa6be756-85b0-410b-ad74-dc7efff1f6e0 https://share.transistor.fm/s/3648e0fc When you run a business, getting a handle on your time can be a challenge. 

Keeping your time and your tasks organized, is one way to get more big things done. 

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, John Lee Dumas. 

John (or JLD, as he is affectionately known) is the founder and host of the award-winning podcast, Entrepreneurs on Fire. 

With more than 100 million listens of his 3000+ episodes, JLD has turned Entrepreneurs On Fire into a media empire that generates more than a million listens every month and 7-figures of NET annual revenue 8 years in a row. 

He is also the author of the recently published book, the Common Path to Uncommon Success in which he shares his 17-step roadmap to financial freedom and fulfillment. 

 

Highlights:

— “How do you start batching when you're working a  60-hour work week? You start with the small things.”

— “When the unexpected happens you just need to be ready to flow with it.”

— “As your business grows, you bring in people to your organization to take more things off your plate so you can keep focusing on what you can do.”

— “It takes time for people to really get a handle on their time because they're going to have to try things out.”

 

Connect with JOHN:

Website: https://www.eofire.com/

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

]]> When you run a business, getting a handle on your time can be a challenge. 

Keeping your time and your tasks organized, is one way to get more big things done. 

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, John Lee Dumas. 

John (or JLD, as he is affectionately known) is the founder and host of the award-winning podcast, Entrepreneurs on Fire. 

With more than 100 million listens of his 3000+ episodes, JLD has turned Entrepreneurs On Fire into a media empire that generates more than a million listens every month and 7-figures of NET annual revenue 8 years in a row. 

He is also the author of the recently published book, the Common Path to Uncommon Success in which he shares his 17-step roadmap to financial freedom and fulfillment. 

 

Highlights:

— “How do you start batching when you're working a  60-hour work week? You start with the small things.”

— “When the unexpected happens you just need to be ready to flow with it.”

— “As your business grows, you bring in people to your organization to take more things off your plate so you can keep focusing on what you can do.”

— “It takes time for people to really get a handle on their time because they're going to have to try things out.”

 

Connect with JOHN:

Website: https://www.eofire.com/

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

]]> Wed, 01 Jun 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest John Lee Dumas Geraldine Carter with Guest John Lee Dumas 727 When you run a business, getting a handle on your time can be a challenge.  Keeping your time and your tasks organized, is one way to get more big things done.  Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, John Lee Dumas.  John (or JLD, as he is affectionately known) is the founder and host of the award-winning podcast, Entrepreneurs on Fire.  With more than 100 million listens of his 3000+ episodes, JLD has turned Entrepreneurs On Fire into a media empire that generates more than a million listens every month and 7-figures of NET annual revenue 8 years in a row.  He is also the author of the recently published book, the Common Path to Uncommon Success in which he shares his 17-step roadmap to financial freedom and fulfillment.    Highlights: — “How do you start batching when you're working a  60-hour work week? You start with the small things.” — “When the unexpected happens you just need to be ready to flow with it.” — “As your business grows, you bring in people to your organization to take more things off your plate so you can keep focusing on what you can do.” — “It takes time for people to really get a handle on their time because they're going to have to try things out.”   Connect with JOHN: Website: https://www.eofire.com/ ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   When you run a business, getting a handle on your time can be a challenge.  Keeping your time and your tasks organized, is one way to get more big things done.  Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, John Lee Dumas.  John (or JLD, as he is aff Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 191 Pricing Mindset: A CPA’s Most Effective Multi-Tool for Profit, with Janene Liston 191 191 191 Pricing Mindset: A CPA’s Most Effective Multi-Tool for Profit, with Janene Liston full 4bc29a1d-c20e-4bb9-a0c0-6d73784bb404 https://share.transistor.fm/s/b1e4cac8 Most CPAs struggle with pricing. After all, it’s not a topic that’s commonly taught. Even less frequently discussed is pricing mindset - in short, how to think about pricing. If you don’t think about how you think about pricing, you will run on default thinking. And if you run on default thinking about pricing, you're probably going to leave money on the table. 

Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, The Pricing Lady, Janene Liston. 

Janene is a Certified Pricing Professional, and she works with small businesses to improve how they price so they can be most sustainably profitable. 

 

Highlights:

— “What most people understand about pricing comes from being a consumer, especially from the retail industry.” 

— “Pricing is about how you set, how you get, and how you manage prices. And it's a way of being or behaving in your business. It’s a mindset.”

— “There are lots of prices that are right for your business and your customers. Your job is to find the price range that you can work in.” 

— “Even if you're offering accounting services that are same (as other accountants), you may be able to charge more if you're better at communicating value.” 

— “Believe that you are in fact better than the rest, not just by saying it, but actually being better than the rest.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with Janene:

Website: https://thepricinglady.com/

 

Download Janene’s Self-assessment Pricing Scorecard:

https://thepricinglady.com/goodies/

 

]]> Most CPAs struggle with pricing. After all, it’s not a topic that’s commonly taught. Even less frequently discussed is pricing mindset - in short, how to think about pricing. If you don’t think about how you think about pricing, you will run on default thinking. And if you run on default thinking about pricing, you're probably going to leave money on the table. 

Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, The Pricing Lady, Janene Liston. 

Janene is a Certified Pricing Professional, and she works with small businesses to improve how they price so they can be most sustainably profitable. 

 

Highlights:

— “What most people understand about pricing comes from being a consumer, especially from the retail industry.” 

— “Pricing is about how you set, how you get, and how you manage prices. And it's a way of being or behaving in your business. It’s a mindset.”

— “There are lots of prices that are right for your business and your customers. Your job is to find the price range that you can work in.” 

— “Even if you're offering accounting services that are same (as other accountants), you may be able to charge more if you're better at communicating value.” 

— “Believe that you are in fact better than the rest, not just by saying it, but actually being better than the rest.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with Janene:

Website: https://thepricinglady.com/

 

Download Janene’s Self-assessment Pricing Scorecard:

https://thepricinglady.com/goodies/

 

]]> Wed, 25 May 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Janene Liston Geraldine Carter with Guest Janene Liston 1808 Most CPAs struggle with pricing. After all, it’s not a topic that’s commonly taught. Even less frequently discussed is pricing mindset - in short, how to think about pricing. If you don’t think about how you think about pricing, you will run on default thinking. And if you run on default thinking about pricing, you're probably going to leave money on the table.  Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, The Pricing Lady, Janene Liston.  Janene is a Certified Pricing Professional, and she works with small businesses to improve how they price so they can be most sustainably profitable.    Highlights: — “What most people understand about pricing comes from being a consumer, especially from the retail industry.”  — “Pricing is about how you set, how you get, and how you manage prices. And it's a way of being or behaving in your business. It’s a mindset.” — “There are lots of prices that are right for your business and your customers. Your job is to find the price range that you can work in.”  — “Even if you're offering accounting services that are same (as other accountants), you may be able to charge more if you're better at communicating value.”  — “Believe that you are in fact better than the rest, not just by saying it, but actually being better than the rest.”   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with Janene: Website: https://thepricinglady.com/   Download Janene’s Self-assessment Pricing Scorecard: https://thepricinglady.com/goodies/   Most CPAs struggle with pricing. After all, it’s not a topic that’s commonly taught. Even less frequently discussed is pricing mindset - in short, how to think about pricing. If you don’t think about how you think about pricing, you will run on default th Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 190 Pricing Sweet Spot: Cost < Price < Value 190 190 190 Pricing Sweet Spot: Cost < Price < Value full 21f4b2b8-0b21-4ba7-8a89-1ae9a2a1ffa8 https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c8ada5b What is cost, what is price, what is value?

First let us clarify how these terms can be used and what they mean.

The seller determines the cost, and it is based on the inputs required to produce the service or product. 

The seller determines the price, and it is simply a choice. 

The buyer determines the value, which is unique to each person and highly subjective.

You can think of designing the “equation” like this:

 

Cost < Price < Value

 

So that:

 When the cost is less than the price, the seller sells at a profit. 

(The seller’s profit is the price at which he sold, minus his cost, of course.)

When the price is less than the value, the buyer buys at a profit.

The buyer’s profit is less obvious. It’s the value to them, minus the price. 

The value to the buyer is what they would have paid. 

The buyer’s profit is what they would have paid minus what they paid.

When you design your services such that Cost < Price < Value, you are designing your service to create mutually assured profitability. 

It’s a sweet spot worth seeking.

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

]]> What is cost, what is price, what is value?

First let us clarify how these terms can be used and what they mean.

The seller determines the cost, and it is based on the inputs required to produce the service or product. 

The seller determines the price, and it is simply a choice. 

The buyer determines the value, which is unique to each person and highly subjective.

You can think of designing the “equation” like this:

 

Cost < Price < Value

 

So that:

 When the cost is less than the price, the seller sells at a profit. 

(The seller’s profit is the price at which he sold, minus his cost, of course.)

When the price is less than the value, the buyer buys at a profit.

The buyer’s profit is less obvious. It’s the value to them, minus the price. 

The value to the buyer is what they would have paid. 

The buyer’s profit is what they would have paid minus what they paid.

When you design your services such that Cost < Price < Value, you are designing your service to create mutually assured profitability. 

It’s a sweet spot worth seeking.

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

]]> Wed, 18 May 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 284 What is cost, what is price, what is value? First let us clarify how these terms can be used and what they mean. The seller determines the cost, and it is based on the inputs required to produce the service or product.  The seller determines the price, and it is simply a choice.  The buyer determines the value, which is unique to each person and highly subjective. You can think of designing the “equation” like this:   Cost &lt; Price &lt; Value   So that:  When the cost is less than the price, the seller sells at a profit.  (The seller’s profit is the price at which he sold, minus his cost, of course.) When the price is less than the value, the buyer buys at a profit. The buyer’s profit is less obvious. It’s the value to them, minus the price.  The value to the buyer is what they would have paid.  The buyer’s profit is what they would have paid minus what they paid. When you design your services such that Cost &lt; Price &lt; Value, you are designing your service to create mutually assured profitability.  It’s a sweet spot worth seeking.   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list What is cost, what is price, what is value? First let us clarify how these terms can be used and what they mean. The seller determines the cost, and it is based on the inputs required to produce the service or product.  The seller determines the price, an Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 189 How CPAs Can More Effectively Lead Their Teams 189 189 189 How CPAs Can More Effectively Lead Their Teams full bc1be769-c3cd-4357-a800-f81563ed7840 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2aadb619 When you set out to pursue your CPA, being an amazing manager of people was probably not in your crosshairs. 

Yet, as your firm grows, the need to become an effective manager of people becomes readily apparent. 

If you’re not an effective manager of people, one can get bogged down in staff-related headaches, pulling the focus away from working on the business. 

Here today to talk with me about better managing your team, is my guest, Kris Plachy. 

Kris is THE Thought Leader and Expert for Female Entrepreneurs. She has poured her life’s work into teaching them how to lead a team. In a space where there is a lot of ‘noise’ and advice, Kris has designed the ‘how to’ of team leadership through her How to CEO for Female Entrepreneurs™ program. She knows without a doubt, there is no challenge you are facing as a leader that she can’t help you solve.

Highlights:

— “You don't evolve and develop leadership and management prowess, if you don't understand the mind of a team member.”

— “The world of work has radically changed in the last two years. If you aren't paying attention to that, you're gonna really struggle to find top talent.”

— “If you're having repetitive problems with same kind of employee, that's just an indication that you have some things you need to work on to make better decisions on who you hire, and have better practices on how you lead and manage.”

— “What's essential in delegation is telling people what success looks like as clearly as you can.”

— “If you're the owner of a business and you can't hold people accountable, you are rudderless. You are operating at the whim of other people's brains, and it will make you nuts.”

— “We want to have a culture of accountability, which means that when you say you're going to deliver something, you do.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with Kris:

Website: https://krisplachy.com/

How to CEO Program: 

https://leadershipcoachinc.lpages.co/how2ceo/

Book mention:Dan Pink’s Drive: The Surprising Truth About Motivation

https://www.amazon.com/Drive-Surprising-Truth-About-Motivates/dp/1594484805

]]> When you set out to pursue your CPA, being an amazing manager of people was probably not in your crosshairs. 

Yet, as your firm grows, the need to become an effective manager of people becomes readily apparent. 

If you’re not an effective manager of people, one can get bogged down in staff-related headaches, pulling the focus away from working on the business. 

Here today to talk with me about better managing your team, is my guest, Kris Plachy. 

Kris is THE Thought Leader and Expert for Female Entrepreneurs. She has poured her life’s work into teaching them how to lead a team. In a space where there is a lot of ‘noise’ and advice, Kris has designed the ‘how to’ of team leadership through her How to CEO for Female Entrepreneurs™ program. She knows without a doubt, there is no challenge you are facing as a leader that she can’t help you solve.

Highlights:

— “You don't evolve and develop leadership and management prowess, if you don't understand the mind of a team member.”

— “The world of work has radically changed in the last two years. If you aren't paying attention to that, you're gonna really struggle to find top talent.”

— “If you're having repetitive problems with same kind of employee, that's just an indication that you have some things you need to work on to make better decisions on who you hire, and have better practices on how you lead and manage.”

— “What's essential in delegation is telling people what success looks like as clearly as you can.”

— “If you're the owner of a business and you can't hold people accountable, you are rudderless. You are operating at the whim of other people's brains, and it will make you nuts.”

— “We want to have a culture of accountability, which means that when you say you're going to deliver something, you do.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with Kris:

Website: https://krisplachy.com/

How to CEO Program: 

https://leadershipcoachinc.lpages.co/how2ceo/

Book mention:Dan Pink’s Drive: The Surprising Truth About Motivation

https://www.amazon.com/Drive-Surprising-Truth-About-Motivates/dp/1594484805

]]> Wed, 11 May 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Kris Plachy Geraldine Carter with Guest Kris Plachy 2000 When you set out to pursue your CPA, being an amazing manager of people was probably not in your crosshairs.  Yet, as your firm grows, the need to become an effective manager of people becomes readily apparent.  If you’re not an effective manager of people, one can get bogged down in staff-related headaches, pulling the focus away from working on the business.  Here today to talk with me about better managing your team, is my guest, Kris Plachy.  Kris is THE Thought Leader and Expert for Female Entrepreneurs. She has poured her life’s work into teaching them how to lead a team. In a space where there is a lot of ‘noise’ and advice, Kris has designed the ‘how to’ of team leadership through her How to CEO for Female Entrepreneurs™ program. She knows without a doubt, there is no challenge you are facing as a leader that she can’t help you solve. Highlights: — “You don't evolve and develop leadership and management prowess, if you don't understand the mind of a team member.” — “The world of work has radically changed in the last two years. If you aren't paying attention to that, you're gonna really struggle to find top talent.” — “If you're having repetitive problems with same kind of employee, that's just an indication that you have some things you need to work on to make better decisions on who you hire, and have better practices on how you lead and manage.” — “What's essential in delegation is telling people what success looks like as clearly as you can.” — “If you're the owner of a business and you can't hold people accountable, you are rudderless. You are operating at the whim of other people's brains, and it will make you nuts.” — “We want to have a culture of accountability, which means that when you say you're going to deliver something, you do.” ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with Kris: Website: https://krisplachy.com/ How to CEO Program:  https://leadershipcoachinc.lpages.co/how2ceo/ Book mention:Dan Pink’s Drive: The Surprising Truth About Motivation https://www.amazon.com/Drive-Surprising-Truth-About-Motivates/dp/1594484805 When you set out to pursue your CPA, being an amazing manager of people was probably not in your crosshairs.  Yet, as your firm grows, the need to become an effective manager of people becomes readily apparent.  If you’re not an effective manager of peopl Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 188 Stop Overcomplicating, Start Simplifying 188 188 188 Stop Overcomplicating, Start Simplifying full 48cab0aa-849a-4456-98d2-532eda1d8af4 https://share.transistor.fm/s/53e19714 Sometimes we overcomplicate our offerings and our services for buyers because: 1. we think it's actually complicated or 2. we want it to sound fancy, or 3. we want the buyer to believe that they need our help and they can't do it on their own. 

We think if, “I make it simple for them, they won't buy.” Or, “If I make it simple, they’ll just do it themselves.” As if tax returns were just easy-peasy for everyone.

But the opposite can be true. 

If we simplify how we talk about what the buyer needs to know, and we simplify the process for them, it can be easier for them to buy, because finally, they understand what's required of them, what they're getting, and what the value is to them.

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

]]> Sometimes we overcomplicate our offerings and our services for buyers because: 1. we think it's actually complicated or 2. we want it to sound fancy, or 3. we want the buyer to believe that they need our help and they can't do it on their own. 

We think if, “I make it simple for them, they won't buy.” Or, “If I make it simple, they’ll just do it themselves.” As if tax returns were just easy-peasy for everyone.

But the opposite can be true. 

If we simplify how we talk about what the buyer needs to know, and we simplify the process for them, it can be easier for them to buy, because finally, they understand what's required of them, what they're getting, and what the value is to them.

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

]]> Wed, 04 May 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 111 Sometimes we overcomplicate our offerings and our services for buyers because: 1. we think it's actually complicated or 2. we want it to sound fancy, or 3. we want the buyer to believe that they need our help and they can't do it on their own.  We think if, “I make it simple for them, they won't buy.” Or, “If I make it simple, they’ll just do it themselves.” As if tax returns were just easy-peasy for everyone. But the opposite can be true.  If we simplify how we talk about what the buyer needs to know, and we simplify the process for them, it can be easier for them to buy, because finally, they understand what's required of them, what they're getting, and what the value is to them. ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   Sometimes we overcomplicate our offerings and our services for buyers because: 1. we think it's actually complicated or 2. we want it to sound fancy, or 3. we want the buyer to believe that they need our help and they can't do it on their own.  We think i Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 187 What to Do When You’re Stuck-in-Indecision 187 187 187 What to Do When You’re Stuck-in-Indecision full f4c0db26-654d-49d2-8467-4e0749eff679 https://share.transistor.fm/s/3fa10e8d One place that is all too easy to get stuck as a business owner, is in the land of indecision. 

As a business owner, I know you know just how many decisions there are to make. 

Sometimes it can feel like every decision has to be the right one, and often you lack all the information you need to make a clear and confident decision. 

When you find yourself spinning in Stuck-in-Indecision, there is no more data to be gathered. 

The only thing to do, the only thing you can do, is make a decision. 

 

Choose one thing. 

 

That choice will get you moving again, and as you move, you will create more information for yourself that will inform your next decision. 

This process on repeat will get you beyond the “right answer” you originally sought, and lead you to the thing you actually want.

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

]]> One place that is all too easy to get stuck as a business owner, is in the land of indecision. 

As a business owner, I know you know just how many decisions there are to make. 

Sometimes it can feel like every decision has to be the right one, and often you lack all the information you need to make a clear and confident decision. 

When you find yourself spinning in Stuck-in-Indecision, there is no more data to be gathered. 

The only thing to do, the only thing you can do, is make a decision. 

 

Choose one thing. 

 

That choice will get you moving again, and as you move, you will create more information for yourself that will inform your next decision. 

This process on repeat will get you beyond the “right answer” you originally sought, and lead you to the thing you actually want.

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

]]> Wed, 27 Apr 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 497 One place that is all too easy to get stuck as a business owner, is in the land of indecision.  As a business owner, I know you know just how many decisions there are to make.  Sometimes it can feel like every decision has to be the right one, and often you lack all the information you need to make a clear and confident decision.  When you find yourself spinning in Stuck-in-Indecision, there is no more data to be gathered.  The only thing to do, the only thing you can do, is make a decision.    Choose one thing.    That choice will get you moving again, and as you move, you will create more information for yourself that will inform your next decision.  This process on repeat will get you beyond the “right answer” you originally sought, and lead you to the thing you actually want. ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list One place that is all too easy to get stuck as a business owner, is in the land of indecision.  As a business owner, I know you know just how many decisions there are to make.  Sometimes it can feel like every decision has to be the right one, and often y Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 186 A Simple Formula for Writing Copy, to Sell Your Accounting Services More Effectively 186 186 186 A Simple Formula for Writing Copy, to Sell Your Accounting Services More Effectively full 9b824a47-f179-48c3-8cb5-3f00e179b3aa https://share.transistor.fm/s/0a172c87 Knowing what to say on your website so that prospects quickly understand that you are (or are not) the right accountant for them can be difficult. 

Here is a simple structure for writing the content, that goes alongside selling your accounting and tax services. 

 

Your buyer needs to know three things:

One. That you understand their challenges

Two. That you know what they want, instead of what they have

Three. That you have a process to get them from where they are now, to where they want to be. 

 

Think of it as the Pain, the Dream, and the Fix. 

 

When you have these three items clear in your own mind and on your website, it makes sales conversations so much easier. 

It’s the gatekeeper to your clients working with you.

CPA Rebootcamp:

https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/cpa-rebootcamp

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/sub

]]> Knowing what to say on your website so that prospects quickly understand that you are (or are not) the right accountant for them can be difficult. 

Here is a simple structure for writing the content, that goes alongside selling your accounting and tax services. 

 

Your buyer needs to know three things:

One. That you understand their challenges

Two. That you know what they want, instead of what they have

Three. That you have a process to get them from where they are now, to where they want to be. 

 

Think of it as the Pain, the Dream, and the Fix. 

 

When you have these three items clear in your own mind and on your website, it makes sales conversations so much easier. 

It’s the gatekeeper to your clients working with you.

CPA Rebootcamp:

https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/cpa-rebootcamp

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/sub

]]> Wed, 20 Apr 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 453 Knowing what to say on your website so that prospects quickly understand that you are (or are not) the right accountant for them can be difficult.  Here is a simple structure for writing the content, that goes alongside selling your accounting and tax services.    Your buyer needs to know three things: One. That you understand their challenges Two. That you know what they want, instead of what they have Three. That you have a process to get them from where they are now, to where they want to be.    Think of it as the Pain, the Dream, and the Fix.    When you have these three items clear in your own mind and on your website, it makes sales conversations so much easier.  It’s the gatekeeper to your clients working with you. CPA Rebootcamp: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/cpa-rebootcamp   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/sub Knowing what to say on your website so that prospects quickly understand that you are (or are not) the right accountant for them can be difficult.  Here is a simple structure for writing the content, that goes alongside selling your accounting and tax ser Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 185 How to Stop Procrastinating, Self-distracting, and Avoiding Work 185 185 185 How to Stop Procrastinating, Self-distracting, and Avoiding Work full 5d95ac30-3f8f-419a-a69b-e8d2e3acbba6 https://share.transistor.fm/s/d1996fa6 I want to round out this 3-part series on TIME with one more episode on unproductive actions we sometimes take that cost us time.

When you can recognize familiar patterns it becomes easier to create a new pattern that’s more productive. 

I talk about procrastinating, doing “small tasks” and self-distracting — some of the actions that we do - or don’t do - that are counterproductive and keep us working against ourselves.

When you begin to understand how your thoughts drive your feelings which lead to your actions, which in aggregate create your results over time, THEN we can see if the wiring you have pieced together is actually the wiring you want, and if not, you can update your wiring. 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Episode mentions:

How CPAs Can Create More Time During Busy Season

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/180

How to Stop Feeling Overwhelmed and Pressured by Time

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/184

 

]]> I want to round out this 3-part series on TIME with one more episode on unproductive actions we sometimes take that cost us time.

When you can recognize familiar patterns it becomes easier to create a new pattern that’s more productive. 

I talk about procrastinating, doing “small tasks” and self-distracting — some of the actions that we do - or don’t do - that are counterproductive and keep us working against ourselves.

When you begin to understand how your thoughts drive your feelings which lead to your actions, which in aggregate create your results over time, THEN we can see if the wiring you have pieced together is actually the wiring you want, and if not, you can update your wiring. 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Episode mentions:

How CPAs Can Create More Time During Busy Season

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/180

How to Stop Feeling Overwhelmed and Pressured by Time

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/184

 

]]> Wed, 13 Apr 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 549 I want to round out this 3-part series on TIME with one more episode on unproductive actions we sometimes take that cost us time. When you can recognize familiar patterns it becomes easier to create a new pattern that’s more productive.  I talk about procrastinating, doing “small tasks” and self-distracting — some of the actions that we do - or don’t do - that are counterproductive and keep us working against ourselves. When you begin to understand how your thoughts drive your feelings which lead to your actions, which in aggregate create your results over time, THEN we can see if the wiring you have pieced together is actually the wiring you want, and if not, you can update your wiring.  ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Episode mentions: How CPAs Can Create More Time During Busy Season https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/180 How to Stop Feeling Overwhelmed and Pressured by Time https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/184   I want to round out this 3-part series on TIME with one more episode on unproductive actions we sometimes take that cost us time. When you can recognize familiar patterns it becomes easier to create a new pattern that’s more productive.  I talk about proc Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 184 How to Stop Feeling Overwhelmed and Pressured by Time 184 184 184 How to Stop Feeling Overwhelmed and Pressured by Time full 964871e7-c665-42c9-a4c4-414f28613ecf https://share.transistor.fm/s/7824e1e3 I want to talk with you today about TIME, because it’s tax season, and if ever there was a time of the year that felt crunched, now is likely it. 

When you become aware of how you feel about time, it can help you reduce overwhelm, pressure, and stress. It can also help you become more productive, by reducing the time that gets wasted when in a negative state of mind. 

While the feelings a person might experience are real – the sense of overwhelm, pressure, stress, anxiety – the feelings themselves are real – but the thoughts driving the feeling might not be true.

Thoughts can be tricky to uncover, so your feelings are useful because they can help reveal to you what you’re thinking.And when you can see what you are thinking, you can choose to keep thinking the same thought, or think a new thought that serves you better.

Your only step to get started is to simply get curious about your feelings and how your feelings and the thoughts that drive them might be contributing to an experience or reality that you would just as soon not create. 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Episode mentions:

180 How CPAs Can Create More Time During Busy Season

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/180

]]> I want to talk with you today about TIME, because it’s tax season, and if ever there was a time of the year that felt crunched, now is likely it. 

When you become aware of how you feel about time, it can help you reduce overwhelm, pressure, and stress. It can also help you become more productive, by reducing the time that gets wasted when in a negative state of mind. 

While the feelings a person might experience are real – the sense of overwhelm, pressure, stress, anxiety – the feelings themselves are real – but the thoughts driving the feeling might not be true.

Thoughts can be tricky to uncover, so your feelings are useful because they can help reveal to you what you’re thinking.And when you can see what you are thinking, you can choose to keep thinking the same thought, or think a new thought that serves you better.

Your only step to get started is to simply get curious about your feelings and how your feelings and the thoughts that drive them might be contributing to an experience or reality that you would just as soon not create. 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Episode mentions:

180 How CPAs Can Create More Time During Busy Season

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/180

]]> Wed, 06 Apr 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 716 I want to talk with you today about TIME, because it’s tax season, and if ever there was a time of the year that felt crunched, now is likely it.  When you become aware of how you feel about time, it can help you reduce overwhelm, pressure, and stress. It can also help you become more productive, by reducing the time that gets wasted when in a negative state of mind.  While the feelings a person might experience are real – the sense of overwhelm, pressure, stress, anxiety – the feelings themselves are real – but the thoughts driving the feeling might not be true. Thoughts can be tricky to uncover, so your feelings are useful because they can help reveal to you what you’re thinking.And when you can see what you are thinking, you can choose to keep thinking the same thought, or think a new thought that serves you better. Your only step to get started is to simply get curious about your feelings and how your feelings and the thoughts that drive them might be contributing to an experience or reality that you would just as soon not create.  ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Episode mentions: 180 How CPAs Can Create More Time During Busy Season https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/180 I want to talk with you today about TIME, because it’s tax season, and if ever there was a time of the year that felt crunched, now is likely it.  When you become aware of how you feel about time, it can help you reduce overwhelm, pressure, and stress. It Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 183 From Billing Hourly to Up-Front Pricing of Legal Work 183 183 183 From Billing Hourly to Up-Front Pricing of Legal Work full a1cb7e22-c5bd-46a8-ad36-9fce7c78e340 https://share.transistor.fm/s/1f42e402 Shifting off hourly billing can seem like a daunting task, but if done well, it doesn’t need to be that hard. It does require going against the grain. 

Right next door, much of the legal profession still uses hourly billing, but not today’s guest. 

Digby Leigh is the founder of Digby Leigh and Co, a legal firm dedicated to helping good people do great business. 

He is here today to talk with me about how he helped his firm shift away from hourly billing into pricing ahead of time. 

 

Highlights:

— “The fear of changing (from an hourly model) often comes from “Well, we're going to lose money.” 

— “We don't have any conversation with the clients about receivables any longer, because they know exactly what it's going to be. So our collections have become a lot easier.”

— “Pricing is a craft.”

— “I'm trying to create a dynamic where a client is actually comparing options, as opposed to comparing me to somebody else.  And I've given them the chance to participate in the pricing discussion.” 

— “One of the biggest hurdles for people moving away from hourly models is getting past the thought of “I might work for free on this.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with DIGBY:

Law firm: https://leighco.ca/

AltFee: http://altfeeco.com/

]]> Shifting off hourly billing can seem like a daunting task, but if done well, it doesn’t need to be that hard. It does require going against the grain. 

Right next door, much of the legal profession still uses hourly billing, but not today’s guest. 

Digby Leigh is the founder of Digby Leigh and Co, a legal firm dedicated to helping good people do great business. 

He is here today to talk with me about how he helped his firm shift away from hourly billing into pricing ahead of time. 

 

Highlights:

— “The fear of changing (from an hourly model) often comes from “Well, we're going to lose money.” 

— “We don't have any conversation with the clients about receivables any longer, because they know exactly what it's going to be. So our collections have become a lot easier.”

— “Pricing is a craft.”

— “I'm trying to create a dynamic where a client is actually comparing options, as opposed to comparing me to somebody else.  And I've given them the chance to participate in the pricing discussion.” 

— “One of the biggest hurdles for people moving away from hourly models is getting past the thought of “I might work for free on this.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with DIGBY:

Law firm: https://leighco.ca/

AltFee: http://altfeeco.com/

]]> Wed, 30 Mar 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Digby Leigh Geraldine Carter with Guest Digby Leigh 2181 Shifting off hourly billing can seem like a daunting task, but if done well, it doesn’t need to be that hard. It does require going against the grain.  Right next door, much of the legal profession still uses hourly billing, but not today’s guest.  Digby Leigh is the founder of Digby Leigh and Co, a legal firm dedicated to helping good people do great business.  He is here today to talk with me about how he helped his firm shift away from hourly billing into pricing ahead of time.    Highlights: — “The fear of changing (from an hourly model) often comes from “Well, we're going to lose money.”  — “We don't have any conversation with the clients about receivables any longer, because they know exactly what it's going to be. So our collections have become a lot easier.” — “Pricing is a craft.” — “I'm trying to create a dynamic where a client is actually comparing options, as opposed to comparing me to somebody else.  And I've given them the chance to participate in the pricing discussion.”  — “One of the biggest hurdles for people moving away from hourly models is getting past the thought of “I might work for free on this.” ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with DIGBY: Law firm: https://leighco.ca/ AltFee: http://altfeeco.com/ Shifting off hourly billing can seem like a daunting task, but if done well, it doesn’t need to be that hard. It does require going against the grain.  Right next door, much of the legal profession still uses hourly billing, but not today’s guest.  Digby Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 182 Time-Freedom and Productized Services with Paul Klein 182 182 182 Time-Freedom and Productized Services with Paul Klein full 2420f1a5-2152-4a1b-8f4d-ec90cbd2b382 https://share.transistor.fm/s/646f7778 Many service providers, including CPAs, start out as generalists who take on every client who needs their services. With a broad focus and no perceived expertise, it’s hard for them to provide enormous value that would justify high fees. 

My guest today, Paul Klein, shares how he grew his consulting business by niching down to help an underserved market. 

Paul is a business consultant and entrepreneur. From his days as 1980s hair band guitarist and lifelong entrepreneur to starting and scaling a successful SaaS company to consulting for some of the biggest brands including Target, Neiman Marcus, Starbucks, Holiday Inn, and other global brands, Paul helps consultants, freelancers, and solopreneurs price their services, stop undercharging in order to build 7 figure businesses.

He is the co-founder of Bizable TV and is also the host of the Pricing Is Positioning podcast and the Rock Your Pricing online course and community.

 

Highlights:

— “Instead of being a generalist, be a specialist. That's where I really thrived and became much more successful than I ever was in a day job.” 

— “With residual or passive income, you create something once and it pays you over and over.”

— “Niching down took us out of the commodity space to that expert space.” 

— “Having three pillars of revenue in our business allowed us to ride out those highs and lows of the consulting business.” 

— “The true definition of wealth is discretionary time.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with PAUL:

Websites: https://www.paulklein.net/

http://Bizabletv.com

Podcast: https://www.paulklein.net/podcast.html

Email:   paul@paulklein.net

Books mentioned:

Pricing Creativity by Blair Enns

Win Without Pitching Manifesto by Blair Enns

https://www.winwithoutpitching.com/books/

]]> Many service providers, including CPAs, start out as generalists who take on every client who needs their services. With a broad focus and no perceived expertise, it’s hard for them to provide enormous value that would justify high fees. 

My guest today, Paul Klein, shares how he grew his consulting business by niching down to help an underserved market. 

Paul is a business consultant and entrepreneur. From his days as 1980s hair band guitarist and lifelong entrepreneur to starting and scaling a successful SaaS company to consulting for some of the biggest brands including Target, Neiman Marcus, Starbucks, Holiday Inn, and other global brands, Paul helps consultants, freelancers, and solopreneurs price their services, stop undercharging in order to build 7 figure businesses.

He is the co-founder of Bizable TV and is also the host of the Pricing Is Positioning podcast and the Rock Your Pricing online course and community.

 

Highlights:

— “Instead of being a generalist, be a specialist. That's where I really thrived and became much more successful than I ever was in a day job.” 

— “With residual or passive income, you create something once and it pays you over and over.”

— “Niching down took us out of the commodity space to that expert space.” 

— “Having three pillars of revenue in our business allowed us to ride out those highs and lows of the consulting business.” 

— “The true definition of wealth is discretionary time.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with PAUL:

Websites: https://www.paulklein.net/

http://Bizabletv.com

Podcast: https://www.paulklein.net/podcast.html

Email:   paul@paulklein.net

Books mentioned:

Pricing Creativity by Blair Enns

Win Without Pitching Manifesto by Blair Enns

https://www.winwithoutpitching.com/books/

]]> Wed, 23 Mar 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Paul Klein Geraldine Carter with Guest Paul Klein 2169 Many service providers, including CPAs, start out as generalists who take on every client who needs their services. With a broad focus and no perceived expertise, it’s hard for them to provide enormous value that would justify high fees.  My guest today, Paul Klein, shares how he grew his consulting business by niching down to help an underserved market.  Paul is a business consultant and entrepreneur. From his days as 1980s hair band guitarist and lifelong entrepreneur to starting and scaling a successful SaaS company to consulting for some of the biggest brands including Target, Neiman Marcus, Starbucks, Holiday Inn, and other global brands, Paul helps consultants, freelancers, and solopreneurs price their services, stop undercharging in order to build 7 figure businesses. He is the co-founder of Bizable TV and is also the host of the Pricing Is Positioning podcast and the Rock Your Pricing online course and community.   Highlights: — “Instead of being a generalist, be a specialist. That's where I really thrived and became much more successful than I ever was in a day job.”  — “With residual or passive income, you create something once and it pays you over and over.” — “Niching down took us out of the commodity space to that expert space.”  — “Having three pillars of revenue in our business allowed us to ride out those highs and lows of the consulting business.”  — “The true definition of wealth is discretionary time.” ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with PAUL: Websites: https://www.paulklein.net/ http://Bizabletv.com Podcast: https://www.paulklein.net/podcast.html Email:   paul@paulklein.net Books mentioned: Pricing Creativity by Blair Enns Win Without Pitching Manifesto by Blair Enns https://www.winwithoutpitching.com/books/ Many service providers, including CPAs, start out as generalists who take on every client who needs their services. With a broad focus and no perceived expertise, it’s hard for them to provide enormous value that would justify high fees.  My guest today, Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 181 Simplifying Your Expertise with The Sketch Guy, Carl Richards 181 181 181 Simplifying Your Expertise with The Sketch Guy, Carl Richards full 0c848ed9-7760-4bfa-808d-2201e212b633 https://share.transistor.fm/s/88dc2888 Some business owners have yet to learn concepts about accounting and tax that would be useful to them in their businesses. 

But business owners are - well - busy - and may have little time or interest in wrapping their head information large and small.  

Yet, when your business-owning clients understand important money and tax concepts more readily, it makes your job easier. 

How then, to simplify information to make it more readily understood?

Here today to talk with me about this challenge is my guest, Carl Richards. Carl is a Certified Financial Planner™ and creator of the Sketch Guy column, appearing weekly in The New York Times since 2010. Through his simple sketches, Carl makes complex financial concepts easy to understand.Carl also shares about the experience of compiling his sketches into a book, offering it to his fans, and he has learned from the experiment.

 

Highlights:

— “Nobody cares about your solutions. They care about their problems.” 

— “Stop selling, stop overcoming objections, and start listening.”

— “If we can get really clear about what the goal is and why we're doing the work, then the prescription can be super easy, super simple.” 

— “There's this pile of intellectual property now. And so it all starts with believing it's actually really valuable. We just need to create it as intellectual property in a way that we can see it.”

— “To those who are feeling a degree of uncertainty and also thinking there are better ways to share the knowledge and expertise to serve my clients, just try little experiments and interact with people.” 

***Want to learn more about CPA Rebootcamp?***  It's a 6-week intensive starting May 9th, designed to make Big Progress fast, earn $25K new dollars that you wouldn't have otherwise, build a new website with priced services, and so much more.

It is designed to guarantee your success. Either you make your money back, or I give it back, AND you can keep the website. Check it out at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/cpa-rebootcamp . Application deadline is March 26th.

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with Carl:

Website: https://behaviorgap.com/

 

Carl’s book:

The One-Page Financial Plan: A Simple Way to Be Smart About Your Money

https://www.amazon.com/One-Page-Financial-Plan-Simple-Smart/dp/1591847559

]]> Some business owners have yet to learn concepts about accounting and tax that would be useful to them in their businesses. 

But business owners are - well - busy - and may have little time or interest in wrapping their head information large and small.  

Yet, when your business-owning clients understand important money and tax concepts more readily, it makes your job easier. 

How then, to simplify information to make it more readily understood?

Here today to talk with me about this challenge is my guest, Carl Richards. Carl is a Certified Financial Planner™ and creator of the Sketch Guy column, appearing weekly in The New York Times since 2010. Through his simple sketches, Carl makes complex financial concepts easy to understand.Carl also shares about the experience of compiling his sketches into a book, offering it to his fans, and he has learned from the experiment.

 

Highlights:

— “Nobody cares about your solutions. They care about their problems.” 

— “Stop selling, stop overcoming objections, and start listening.”

— “If we can get really clear about what the goal is and why we're doing the work, then the prescription can be super easy, super simple.” 

— “There's this pile of intellectual property now. And so it all starts with believing it's actually really valuable. We just need to create it as intellectual property in a way that we can see it.”

— “To those who are feeling a degree of uncertainty and also thinking there are better ways to share the knowledge and expertise to serve my clients, just try little experiments and interact with people.” 

***Want to learn more about CPA Rebootcamp?***  It's a 6-week intensive starting May 9th, designed to make Big Progress fast, earn $25K new dollars that you wouldn't have otherwise, build a new website with priced services, and so much more.

It is designed to guarantee your success. Either you make your money back, or I give it back, AND you can keep the website. Check it out at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/cpa-rebootcamp . Application deadline is March 26th.

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with Carl:

Website: https://behaviorgap.com/

 

Carl’s book:

The One-Page Financial Plan: A Simple Way to Be Smart About Your Money

https://www.amazon.com/One-Page-Financial-Plan-Simple-Smart/dp/1591847559

]]> Wed, 16 Mar 2022 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Carl Richards Geraldine Carter with Guest Carl Richards 3068 Some business owners have yet to learn concepts about accounting and tax that would be useful to them in their businesses.  But business owners are - well - busy - and may have little time or interest in wrapping their head information large and small.   Yet, when your business-owning clients understand important money and tax concepts more readily, it makes your job easier.  How then, to simplify information to make it more readily understood? Here today to talk with me about this challenge is my guest, Carl Richards. Carl is a Certified Financial Planner™ and creator of the Sketch Guy column, appearing weekly in The New York Times since 2010. Through his simple sketches, Carl makes complex financial concepts easy to understand.Carl also shares about the experience of compiling his sketches into a book, offering it to his fans, and he has learned from the experiment.   Highlights: — “Nobody cares about your solutions. They care about their problems.”  — “Stop selling, stop overcoming objections, and start listening.” — “If we can get really clear about what the goal is and why we're doing the work, then the prescription can be super easy, super simple.”  — “There's this pile of intellectual property now. And so it all starts with believing it's actually really valuable. We just need to create it as intellectual property in a way that we can see it.” — “To those who are feeling a degree of uncertainty and also thinking there are better ways to share the knowledge and expertise to serve my clients, just try little experiments and interact with people.”  ***Want to learn more about CPA Rebootcamp?***  It's a 6-week intensive starting May 9th, designed to make Big Progress fast, earn $25K new dollars that you wouldn't have otherwise, build a new website with priced services, and so much more. It is designed to guarantee your success. Either you make your money back, or I give it back, AND you can keep the website. Check it out at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/cpa-rebootcamp . Application deadline is March 26th. ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with Carl: Website: https://behaviorgap.com/   Carl’s book: The One-Page Financial Plan: A Simple Way to Be Smart About Your Money https://www.amazon.com/One-Page-Financial-Plan-Simple-Smart/dp/1591847559 Some business owners have yet to learn concepts about accounting and tax that would be useful to them in their businesses.  But business owners are - well - busy - and may have little time or interest in wrapping their head information large and small.   Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 180 How CPAs Can Create More Time During Busy Season 180 180 180 How CPAs Can Create More Time During Busy Season full 43fbd2d0-5bb4-4e2d-b8b8-fc9fc98501e8 https://share.transistor.fm/s/bbd5b5de I want to talk with you today about how you relate to time. It's tax season, and if ever there was a time of the year that felt crunched, now is likely it. 

But if we simply fall into our habits and autopilot thinking around time, we have less free time than we might otherwise.

There are ways to free up some of your time simply by becoming aware of how you think about the time that you do have. 

Have you ever been curious to think about how you think about your time?

Having different time-thoughts can change how you relate to your time, how you plan your time, and thereby improve your experience of your own time.

 

Highlights:

— It's important to consider that our thoughts are not always facts. » Fact: The Rangers beat the Devils 5-4 in OT.

» Thought: I always run out of time. Not fact.

— “We've been proving the veracity of our thoughts by creating evidence in our lives for so long that our thoughts just seem like facts.” 

— “How we think about our time shows up in our reality.” 

 

Catch the full episode to hear other time-thoughts that are buggy and could use an update.

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

]]> I want to talk with you today about how you relate to time. It's tax season, and if ever there was a time of the year that felt crunched, now is likely it. 

But if we simply fall into our habits and autopilot thinking around time, we have less free time than we might otherwise.

There are ways to free up some of your time simply by becoming aware of how you think about the time that you do have. 

Have you ever been curious to think about how you think about your time?

Having different time-thoughts can change how you relate to your time, how you plan your time, and thereby improve your experience of your own time.

 

Highlights:

— It's important to consider that our thoughts are not always facts. » Fact: The Rangers beat the Devils 5-4 in OT.

» Thought: I always run out of time. Not fact.

— “We've been proving the veracity of our thoughts by creating evidence in our lives for so long that our thoughts just seem like facts.” 

— “How we think about our time shows up in our reality.” 

 

Catch the full episode to hear other time-thoughts that are buggy and could use an update.

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

]]> Wed, 09 Mar 2022 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 425 I want to talk with you today about how you relate to time. It's tax season, and if ever there was a time of the year that felt crunched, now is likely it.  But if we simply fall into our habits and autopilot thinking around time, we have less free time than we might otherwise. There are ways to free up some of your time simply by becoming aware of how you think about the time that you do have.  Have you ever been curious to think about how you think about your time? Having different time-thoughts can change how you relate to your time, how you plan your time, and thereby improve your experience of your own time.   Highlights: — It's important to consider that our thoughts are not always facts. » Fact: The Rangers beat the Devils 5-4 in OT. » Thought: I always run out of time. Not fact. — “We've been proving the veracity of our thoughts by creating evidence in our lives for so long that our thoughts just seem like facts.”  — “How we think about our time shows up in our reality.”    Catch the full episode to hear other time-thoughts that are buggy and could use an update.   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   I want to talk with you today about how you relate to time. It's tax season, and if ever there was a time of the year that felt crunched, now is likely it.  But if we simply fall into our habits and autopilot thinking around time, we have less free time t Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall 179 179 179 Digital Products, Courses, and 90% Margins with The Real Estate CPA, Brandon Hall full ec2c4fa5-8a3f-4638-9b7a-99278306bce2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/fb2785df Many CPAs serve a general population of people, doing accounting for anyone with a business, and taxes for anyone who needs a return. 

Because they don’t go deep into one subject matter, it makes it hard to provide the enormous value that would warrant high fees. 

So, rather than grow revenue by increasing value and therefore fees, they grow revenue by increasing volume. 

This is a sure-fire on ramp to the hamster wheel. 

Instead, occupying a narrow position in the marketplace can solve the aforementioned problems. 

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Brandon Hall .

Brandon is the founder and managing partner at The Real Estate CPA. The firm serves more than 700 clients nationwide and has 30 employees.

Highlights:

— “If anybody's going to create courses, I would recommend starting a Facebook group.”

— “How do you just get people to continue to want to buy the next thing? Just offer them an incredible amount of value for whatever they've paid.”

— “When you niche, you will be able to build a brand where you'll be the go-to person, and that will create multi-million dollar revenue streams.”

— “To pick a niche, start with something that you're already interested in, and see if there's a market there.”

— “When you create a group you're creating a community. The world is trending towards online communities to talk about your product, to talk about your services, and ultimately sell your services.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with BRANDON:

Website: https://www.therealestatecpa.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/brandonhallcpa/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/bhallcpa

Facebook Group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/taxsmartinvestors

]]> Many CPAs serve a general population of people, doing accounting for anyone with a business, and taxes for anyone who needs a return. 

Because they don’t go deep into one subject matter, it makes it hard to provide the enormous value that would warrant high fees. 

So, rather than grow revenue by increasing value and therefore fees, they grow revenue by increasing volume. 

This is a sure-fire on ramp to the hamster wheel. 

Instead, occupying a narrow position in the marketplace can solve the aforementioned problems. 

Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Brandon Hall .

Brandon is the founder and managing partner at The Real Estate CPA. The firm serves more than 700 clients nationwide and has 30 employees.

Highlights:

— “If anybody's going to create courses, I would recommend starting a Facebook group.”

— “How do you just get people to continue to want to buy the next thing? Just offer them an incredible amount of value for whatever they've paid.”

— “When you niche, you will be able to build a brand where you'll be the go-to person, and that will create multi-million dollar revenue streams.”

— “To pick a niche, start with something that you're already interested in, and see if there's a market there.”

— “When you create a group you're creating a community. The world is trending towards online communities to talk about your product, to talk about your services, and ultimately sell your services.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with BRANDON:

Website: https://www.therealestatecpa.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/brandonhallcpa/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/bhallcpa

Facebook Group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/taxsmartinvestors

]]> Wed, 02 Mar 2022 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Brandon Hall Geraldine Carter with Guest Brandon Hall 2440 Many CPAs serve a general population of people, doing accounting for anyone with a business, and taxes for anyone who needs a return.  Because they don’t go deep into one subject matter, it makes it hard to provide the enormous value that would warrant high fees.  So, rather than grow revenue by increasing value and therefore fees, they grow revenue by increasing volume.  This is a sure-fire on ramp to the hamster wheel.  Instead, occupying a narrow position in the marketplace can solve the aforementioned problems.  Here today to talk with me about this is my guest, Brandon Hall . Brandon is the founder and managing partner at The Real Estate CPA. The firm serves more than 700 clients nationwide and has 30 employees. Highlights: — “If anybody's going to create courses, I would recommend starting a Facebook group.” — “How do you just get people to continue to want to buy the next thing? Just offer them an incredible amount of value for whatever they've paid.” — “When you niche, you will be able to build a brand where you'll be the go-to person, and that will create multi-million dollar revenue streams.” — “To pick a niche, start with something that you're already interested in, and see if there's a market there.” — “When you create a group you're creating a community. The world is trending towards online communities to talk about your product, to talk about your services, and ultimately sell your services.”   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with BRANDON: Website: https://www.therealestatecpa.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/brandonhallcpa/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/bhallcpa Facebook Group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/taxsmartinvestors Many CPAs serve a general population of people, doing accounting for anyone with a business, and taxes for anyone who needs a return.  Because they don’t go deep into one subject matter, it makes it hard to provide the enormous value that would warrant hi Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright 178 178 178 Killer Niches for CPAs with Tom Wheelright full 916795c0-8fc6-4fef-bb2e-f20062f85c11 https://share.transistor.fm/s/078a7664 For many CPAs, it feels risky to pick a cross-section of the tax code and burrow in. The fear is around losing clients, having to turn people away, and what if there’s a recession?

Consequently, most CPAs work as generalists, and pay the price in the form of seemingly infinite rotations on the hamster wheel. 

Longtime listeners to this podcast know that I am a HUGE proponent of niching, because it makes business better in countless ways. 

My guest today has built an exemplary business around expertise in one niche, and that person is Tom Wheelright. 

Tom is a visionary and best-selling author behind multiple companies that specialize in wealth and tax strategy. 

 

Highlights:

— “With the advantage of age, you learn that a very generalized practice is actually the slow way to build a business and an even slower way to build net revenue.” 

— “The more education you give away, the more people will buy.”

— “Being mission-driven instead of money-driven makes all the difference in the world because then we can be niche-focused. Then we can actually say “these are the people we want to serve, and this is what we want to do with them.”

— “We have a very clear message to the public and that's why so many people come to us.”

— “An educated client is a better client. If the client gets good education, they become more successful.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with TOM:

Website: https://tomwheelwright.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/tomwheelwright/

Tom’s book: 

Tax-Free Wealth: How to Build Massive Wealth by Permanently Lowering Your Taxes

https://www.amazon.com/Tax-Free-Wealth-Massive-Permanently-Lowering/dp/1947588052/

 

]]> For many CPAs, it feels risky to pick a cross-section of the tax code and burrow in. The fear is around losing clients, having to turn people away, and what if there’s a recession?

Consequently, most CPAs work as generalists, and pay the price in the form of seemingly infinite rotations on the hamster wheel. 

Longtime listeners to this podcast know that I am a HUGE proponent of niching, because it makes business better in countless ways. 

My guest today has built an exemplary business around expertise in one niche, and that person is Tom Wheelright. 

Tom is a visionary and best-selling author behind multiple companies that specialize in wealth and tax strategy. 

 

Highlights:

— “With the advantage of age, you learn that a very generalized practice is actually the slow way to build a business and an even slower way to build net revenue.” 

— “The more education you give away, the more people will buy.”

— “Being mission-driven instead of money-driven makes all the difference in the world because then we can be niche-focused. Then we can actually say “these are the people we want to serve, and this is what we want to do with them.”

— “We have a very clear message to the public and that's why so many people come to us.”

— “An educated client is a better client. If the client gets good education, they become more successful.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with TOM:

Website: https://tomwheelwright.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/tomwheelwright/

Tom’s book: 

Tax-Free Wealth: How to Build Massive Wealth by Permanently Lowering Your Taxes

https://www.amazon.com/Tax-Free-Wealth-Massive-Permanently-Lowering/dp/1947588052/

 

]]> Wed, 23 Feb 2022 02:00:38 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Tom Wheelright Geraldine Carter with Guest Tom Wheelright 2250 For many CPAs, it feels risky to pick a cross-section of the tax code and burrow in. The fear is around losing clients, having to turn people away, and what if there’s a recession? Consequently, most CPAs work as generalists, and pay the price in the form of seemingly infinite rotations on the hamster wheel.  Longtime listeners to this podcast know that I am a HUGE proponent of niching, because it makes business better in countless ways.  My guest today has built an exemplary business around expertise in one niche, and that person is Tom Wheelright.  Tom is a visionary and best-selling author behind multiple companies that specialize in wealth and tax strategy.    Highlights: — “With the advantage of age, you learn that a very generalized practice is actually the slow way to build a business and an even slower way to build net revenue.”  — “The more education you give away, the more people will buy.” — “Being mission-driven instead of money-driven makes all the difference in the world because then we can be niche-focused. Then we can actually say “these are the people we want to serve, and this is what we want to do with them.” — “We have a very clear message to the public and that's why so many people come to us.” — “An educated client is a better client. If the client gets good education, they become more successful.”   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with TOM: Website: https://tomwheelwright.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/tomwheelwright/ Tom’s book:  Tax-Free Wealth: How to Build Massive Wealth by Permanently Lowering Your Taxes https://www.amazon.com/Tax-Free-Wealth-Massive-Permanently-Lowering/dp/1947588052/   For many CPAs, it feels risky to pick a cross-section of the tax code and burrow in. The fear is around losing clients, having to turn people away, and what if there’s a recession? Consequently, most CPAs work as generalists, and pay the price in the form Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 177 How Money, Automation, and Software Change Tax with Jody Padar 177 177 177 How Money, Automation, and Software Change Tax with Jody Padar full 3604e67b-cd69-4358-81d2-a78c3d247de6 https://share.transistor.fm/s/4f855d68 With so much change happening so quickly when it comes to automation in the tech space, it can be hard to keep up. 

But keeping up is a minimum requirement.

Here today to talk with me about tech and automation innovation is my guest, Jody Padar.

Jody is known as the Radical CPA, and enjoys disrupting the profession with innovative best practices for processes and technology. She also pioneered business solutions that would later become known as Advisory. 

Jody brings her expertise in AI and automation to her latest endeavor as head of tax strategy and evangelism at the recently launched company named APRIL.

 

Highlights:

— “April is a new technology company designed to disrupt the tax space. We're creating tax software that's going to be distributed through banks.”

— “I don't think our software is ever going to replace the value of an accounting professional.” 

— “CPAs need to be aware that their job is going to change in the near future. So they have to figure out who they want to serve, how they want to serve them and how they can put the human back to serving them.”

— “You have to figure out the value you're delivering and how you help your clients understand that there is value in what you're delivering because otherwise, they could just go to an automated service.”

— “Accounting is ripe for automation because nobody's done anything in it in the last 50 years.” 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with JODI:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jody-padar-18a9711/

 

About April:

https://www.getapril.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:6889238594121158657/

]]> With so much change happening so quickly when it comes to automation in the tech space, it can be hard to keep up. 

But keeping up is a minimum requirement.

Here today to talk with me about tech and automation innovation is my guest, Jody Padar.

Jody is known as the Radical CPA, and enjoys disrupting the profession with innovative best practices for processes and technology. She also pioneered business solutions that would later become known as Advisory. 

Jody brings her expertise in AI and automation to her latest endeavor as head of tax strategy and evangelism at the recently launched company named APRIL.

 

Highlights:

— “April is a new technology company designed to disrupt the tax space. We're creating tax software that's going to be distributed through banks.”

— “I don't think our software is ever going to replace the value of an accounting professional.” 

— “CPAs need to be aware that their job is going to change in the near future. So they have to figure out who they want to serve, how they want to serve them and how they can put the human back to serving them.”

— “You have to figure out the value you're delivering and how you help your clients understand that there is value in what you're delivering because otherwise, they could just go to an automated service.”

— “Accounting is ripe for automation because nobody's done anything in it in the last 50 years.” 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with JODI:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jody-padar-18a9711/

 

About April:

https://www.getapril.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:6889238594121158657/

]]> Wed, 16 Feb 2022 02:01:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Jody Padar Geraldine Carter with Guest Jody Padar 1760 With so much change happening so quickly when it comes to automation in the tech space, it can be hard to keep up.  But keeping up is a minimum requirement. Here today to talk with me about tech and automation innovation is my guest, Jody Padar. Jody is known as the Radical CPA, and enjoys disrupting the profession with innovative best practices for processes and technology. She also pioneered business solutions that would later become known as Advisory.  Jody brings her expertise in AI and automation to her latest endeavor as head of tax strategy and evangelism at the recently launched company named APRIL.   Highlights: — “April is a new technology company designed to disrupt the tax space. We're creating tax software that's going to be distributed through banks.” — “I don't think our software is ever going to replace the value of an accounting professional.”  — “CPAs need to be aware that their job is going to change in the near future. So they have to figure out who they want to serve, how they want to serve them and how they can put the human back to serving them.” — “You have to figure out the value you're delivering and how you help your clients understand that there is value in what you're delivering because otherwise, they could just go to an automated service.” — “Accounting is ripe for automation because nobody's done anything in it in the last 50 years.”  ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with JODI: LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jody-padar-18a9711/   About April: https://www.getapril.com/ https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:6889238594121158657/ With so much change happening so quickly when it comes to automation in the tech space, it can be hard to keep up.  But keeping up is a minimum requirement. Here today to talk with me about tech and automation innovation is my guest, Jody Padar. Jody is k Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 176 Behind the Scenes: What Business Owners Want from CPAs with Shelli Warren 176 176 176 Behind the Scenes: What Business Owners Want from CPAs with Shelli Warren full 218fbb9f-1f93-4b4e-81bc-63d33f4f8bff https://share.transistor.fm/s/597c8862 Many business owners struggle with their financials, especially early on in their businesses when they can lack a basic understanding of financials and can not have the budget to hire quality accounting support.

As accountants, listeners to this podcast understand that financials are incredibly important, but what they may have limited insight into is which numbers business owners really need and which they don't and how those numbers fit in context.

Here today to talk with me about this perspective from the business owner side is my guest Shelli Warren. Shelli is the team and leadership coach for BizChix, Inc. and the host of the Stacking Your Team podcast, where she provides insight and practical guidance on leadership, team building, and hiring practices. 

Shelli has more than 25 years of experience leading technical teams to deliver multimillion-dollar projects for billion-dollar brands at Proctor and Gamble. And now Shelli puts her expertise to work helping women entrepreneurs grow and scale their businesses. 

 

Highlights:

— ”Women business owners are looking for a guide who will help them to manage their money and to make qualified decisions.” 

— ”Women business owners are looking for someone who can ask the hard questions, and push them to be more in the mindset of forecasting for the future versus reacting.” 

— ”The team that got you here may not be the team that gets you there.”

— ”As you evolve and the business evolves, so does the team, and then so do the requirements that you need in order to always stay out front.” 

— ”Women business owners are very willing to pay for reports that are meaningful to them and are designed to help them understand things easier. ”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with Shelli and Natalie (BizChix):

Website: 

Biz Chix https://bizchix.com/category/podcast/bizchix/

Stacking Your Team podcast https://bizchix.com/category/podcast/team/

 

Instagram and LinkedIn:

Shelli on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/stackingyourteampodcast/

Shelli on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shelliwarren2/

Natalie on Instagram: https://instagram.com/bizchixpodcast/

Natalie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/natalieeckdahl/

]]> Many business owners struggle with their financials, especially early on in their businesses when they can lack a basic understanding of financials and can not have the budget to hire quality accounting support.

As accountants, listeners to this podcast understand that financials are incredibly important, but what they may have limited insight into is which numbers business owners really need and which they don't and how those numbers fit in context.

Here today to talk with me about this perspective from the business owner side is my guest Shelli Warren. Shelli is the team and leadership coach for BizChix, Inc. and the host of the Stacking Your Team podcast, where she provides insight and practical guidance on leadership, team building, and hiring practices. 

Shelli has more than 25 years of experience leading technical teams to deliver multimillion-dollar projects for billion-dollar brands at Proctor and Gamble. And now Shelli puts her expertise to work helping women entrepreneurs grow and scale their businesses. 

 

Highlights:

— ”Women business owners are looking for a guide who will help them to manage their money and to make qualified decisions.” 

— ”Women business owners are looking for someone who can ask the hard questions, and push them to be more in the mindset of forecasting for the future versus reacting.” 

— ”The team that got you here may not be the team that gets you there.”

— ”As you evolve and the business evolves, so does the team, and then so do the requirements that you need in order to always stay out front.” 

— ”Women business owners are very willing to pay for reports that are meaningful to them and are designed to help them understand things easier. ”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with Shelli and Natalie (BizChix):

Website: 

Biz Chix https://bizchix.com/category/podcast/bizchix/

Stacking Your Team podcast https://bizchix.com/category/podcast/team/

 

Instagram and LinkedIn:

Shelli on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/stackingyourteampodcast/

Shelli on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shelliwarren2/

Natalie on Instagram: https://instagram.com/bizchixpodcast/

Natalie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/natalieeckdahl/

]]> Wed, 09 Feb 2022 02:00:54 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Shelli Warren Geraldine Carter with Guest Shelli Warren 2118 Many business owners struggle with their financials, especially early on in their businesses when they can lack a basic understanding of financials and can not have the budget to hire quality accounting support. As accountants, listeners to this podcast understand that financials are incredibly important, but what they may have limited insight into is which numbers business owners really need and which they don't and how those numbers fit in context. Here today to talk with me about this perspective from the business owner side is my guest Shelli Warren. Shelli is the team and leadership coach for BizChix, Inc. and the host of the Stacking Your Team podcast, where she provides insight and practical guidance on leadership, team building, and hiring practices.  Shelli has more than 25 years of experience leading technical teams to deliver multimillion-dollar projects for billion-dollar brands at Proctor and Gamble. And now Shelli puts her expertise to work helping women entrepreneurs grow and scale their businesses.    Highlights: — ”Women business owners are looking for a guide who will help them to manage their money and to make qualified decisions.”  — ”Women business owners are looking for someone who can ask the hard questions, and push them to be more in the mindset of forecasting for the future versus reacting.”  — ”The team that got you here may not be the team that gets you there.” — ”As you evolve and the business evolves, so does the team, and then so do the requirements that you need in order to always stay out front.”  — ”Women business owners are very willing to pay for reports that are meaningful to them and are designed to help them understand things easier. ”   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with Shelli and Natalie (BizChix): Website:  Biz Chix https://bizchix.com/category/podcast/bizchix/ Stacking Your Team podcast https://bizchix.com/category/podcast/team/   Instagram and LinkedIn: Shelli on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/stackingyourteampodcast/ Shelli on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shelliwarren2/ Natalie on Instagram: https://instagram.com/bizchixpodcast/ Natalie on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/natalieeckdahl/ Many business owners struggle with their financials, especially early on in their businesses when they can lack a basic understanding of financials and can not have the budget to hire quality accounting support. As accountants, listeners to this podcast u Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 175 Paid Strategy Sessions and Half-Day Workshops with Erica Goode, CPA 175 175 175 Paid Strategy Sessions and Half-Day Workshops with Erica Goode, CPA full 30243b27-3930-436f-a6ab-731c9b163742 https://share.transistor.fm/s/03fa76e0 The idea of narrowing in on your target market is anathema to many CPAs. The temptation to be available to anyone who needs tax and accounting is strong. 

But honing in on a segment of the marketplace makes your business so much easier to run. 

Here today to talk with me about her own experience getting to know her custom-built market-slice is my guest, Erica Goode. 

Erica is a Certified Public Accountant with 12+ years of experience in Big 4 public accounting, Fortune 50 finance, and small business accounting. She is a freelance finance professional, working with a small handful of clients, focusing on financial forecasts while staying out of tax as much as possible. 

Highlights:

— “In the world of niching, there is no manual. You get to create and make your own manual.”

— “People are coming to me way sooner in their business journey than I would expect. And they're so aware that they're in need of help and that the help I provide is so valuable to them that they're willing to pay for what I might have inadvertently given away for free.”

— “My strategy sessions turn into discovery calls. They almost are like a jumping-off point for a future relationship.”

— “Once you've built that know, like, and trust factor, if you're the person clients want to work with, then they're going to ask what your price is, not go find the cheaper option.” 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with ERICA:

Website: https://www.ericagoode.com/

Episode mentions:

082 [Coaching] Logic vs Intuition: How to Choose Fulfilling Work, with Erica Goode

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/082

116 From Hourly Billing to Flat Rate for Cares Act Documentation

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/116

]]> The idea of narrowing in on your target market is anathema to many CPAs. The temptation to be available to anyone who needs tax and accounting is strong. 

But honing in on a segment of the marketplace makes your business so much easier to run. 

Here today to talk with me about her own experience getting to know her custom-built market-slice is my guest, Erica Goode. 

Erica is a Certified Public Accountant with 12+ years of experience in Big 4 public accounting, Fortune 50 finance, and small business accounting. She is a freelance finance professional, working with a small handful of clients, focusing on financial forecasts while staying out of tax as much as possible. 

Highlights:

— “In the world of niching, there is no manual. You get to create and make your own manual.”

— “People are coming to me way sooner in their business journey than I would expect. And they're so aware that they're in need of help and that the help I provide is so valuable to them that they're willing to pay for what I might have inadvertently given away for free.”

— “My strategy sessions turn into discovery calls. They almost are like a jumping-off point for a future relationship.”

— “Once you've built that know, like, and trust factor, if you're the person clients want to work with, then they're going to ask what your price is, not go find the cheaper option.” 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with ERICA:

Website: https://www.ericagoode.com/

Episode mentions:

082 [Coaching] Logic vs Intuition: How to Choose Fulfilling Work, with Erica Goode

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/082

116 From Hourly Billing to Flat Rate for Cares Act Documentation

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/116

]]> Wed, 02 Feb 2022 00:22:32 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2074 The idea of narrowing in on your target market is anathema to many CPAs. The temptation to be available to anyone who needs tax and accounting is strong.  But honing in on a segment of the marketplace makes your business so much easier to run.  Here today to talk with me about her own experience getting to know her custom-built market-slice is my guest, Erica Goode.  Erica is a Certified Public Accountant with 12+ years of experience in Big 4 public accounting, Fortune 50 finance, and small business accounting. She is a freelance finance professional, working with a small handful of clients, focusing on financial forecasts while staying out of tax as much as possible.  Highlights: — “In the world of niching, there is no manual. You get to create and make your own manual.” — “People are coming to me way sooner in their business journey than I would expect. And they're so aware that they're in need of help and that the help I provide is so valuable to them that they're willing to pay for what I might have inadvertently given away for free.” — “My strategy sessions turn into discovery calls. They almost are like a jumping-off point for a future relationship.” — “Once you've built that know, like, and trust factor, if you're the person clients want to work with, then they're going to ask what your price is, not go find the cheaper option.”  ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with ERICA: Website: https://www.ericagoode.com/ Episode mentions: 082 [Coaching] Logic vs Intuition: How to Choose Fulfilling Work, with Erica Goode https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/082 116 From Hourly Billing to Flat Rate for Cares Act Documentation https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/116 The idea of narrowing in on your target market is anathema to many CPAs. The temptation to be available to anyone who needs tax and accounting is strong.  But honing in on a segment of the marketplace makes your business so much easier to run.  Here today Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 174 More Confidence, Time, & Wealth When You Niche with SaraEllen Hutchison 174 174 174 More Confidence, Time, & Wealth When You Niche with SaraEllen Hutchison full cb61bceb-85ea-4ab2-8365-d95fe8163219 https://share.transistor.fm/s/87d19f11 As a result, their focus is broad, but diffuse, and because they don’t go deep into one subject matter, it makes it hard to provide enormous value that would justify high fees. 

So, rather than grow revenue by increasing value and therefore fees, many CPAs grow revenue by increasing volume. 

This is a sure-fire path onto the hamster wheel. 

Instead, focusing on a particular vertical, or niche, can solve the aforementioned problems. 

Here today to talk with me about niching and niche drama is SaraEllen Hutchison. 

SaraEllen is a solo practicing consumer rights trial lawyer. She stands up for the rights of individuals bullied by debt collectors or overwhelmed by the mess of identity theft, resulting in 6-figure verdicts and substantial settlements. 

Highlights:

— “Niching creates efficiency and time – I focus on one thing, and get really good at it. That builds confidence and I serve the client better.” 

— “Finding where you really belong and where you really fit in is vital to being happy enough to stay in an intense profession like the law.” 

— “It's important to be patient with yourself, but also, not get so used to the comfort of the familiar.”

— “The nice thing about finding a niche that's not a super obvious one is that you don't have to outspend your competition in advertising.”

— “I'm totally better off financially because I niched down and I'm better off in a holistic sense in my whole lifestyle.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with SARA ELLEN:

Website: https://lawyergoddess.com/

]]> As a result, their focus is broad, but diffuse, and because they don’t go deep into one subject matter, it makes it hard to provide enormous value that would justify high fees. 

So, rather than grow revenue by increasing value and therefore fees, many CPAs grow revenue by increasing volume. 

This is a sure-fire path onto the hamster wheel. 

Instead, focusing on a particular vertical, or niche, can solve the aforementioned problems. 

Here today to talk with me about niching and niche drama is SaraEllen Hutchison. 

SaraEllen is a solo practicing consumer rights trial lawyer. She stands up for the rights of individuals bullied by debt collectors or overwhelmed by the mess of identity theft, resulting in 6-figure verdicts and substantial settlements. 

Highlights:

— “Niching creates efficiency and time – I focus on one thing, and get really good at it. That builds confidence and I serve the client better.” 

— “Finding where you really belong and where you really fit in is vital to being happy enough to stay in an intense profession like the law.” 

— “It's important to be patient with yourself, but also, not get so used to the comfort of the familiar.”

— “The nice thing about finding a niche that's not a super obvious one is that you don't have to outspend your competition in advertising.”

— “I'm totally better off financially because I niched down and I'm better off in a holistic sense in my whole lifestyle.”

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Connect with SARA ELLEN:

Website: https://lawyergoddess.com/

]]> Wed, 26 Jan 2022 02:00:58 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest SaraEllen Hutchison Geraldine Carter with Guest SaraEllen Hutchison 1832 Many CPAs serve a general population of people, doing accounting for anyone with a business, and taxes for anyone who needs a return.  As a result, their focus is broad, but diffuse, and because they don’t go deep into one subject matter, it makes it hard to provide enormous value that would justify high fees.  So, rather than grow revenue by increasing value and therefore fees, many CPAs grow revenue by increasing volume.  This is a sure-fire path onto the hamster wheel.  Instead, focusing on a particular vertical, or niche, can solve the aforementioned problems.  Here today to talk with me about niching and niche drama is SaraEllen Hutchison.  SaraEllen is a solo practicing consumer rights trial lawyer. She stands up for the rights of individuals bullied by debt collectors or overwhelmed by the mess of identity theft, resulting in 6-figure verdicts and substantial settlements.  Highlights: — “Niching creates efficiency and time – I focus on one thing, and get really good at it. That builds confidence and I serve the client better.”  — “Finding where you really belong and where you really fit in is vital to being happy enough to stay in an intense profession like the law.”  — “It's important to be patient with yourself, but also, not get so used to the comfort of the familiar.” — “The nice thing about finding a niche that's not a super obvious one is that you don't have to outspend your competition in advertising.” — “I'm totally better off financially because I niched down and I'm better off in a holistic sense in my whole lifestyle.”   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Connect with SARA ELLEN: Website: https://lawyergoddess.com/ Many CPAs serve a general population of people, doing accounting for anyone with a business, and taxes for anyone who needs a return.  As a result, their focus is broad, but diffuse, and because they don’t go deep into one subject matter, it makes it hard Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 173 Should CPAs Put Prices on Their Website? 173 173 173 Should CPAs Put Prices on Their Website? full bc6d3a1b-0ff3-4654-8fc3-32ba37a22c4a https://share.transistor.fm/s/dea18ed1 If your aim is to work less and make more, there are many benefits to putting some prices on your website, without getting pigeonholed or committed to something that’s not viable.

 

Highlights:

— “Most buyers have some sense of what they want to pay. And if there’s way too much daylight between your prices and their expectations, they’re just not going to work with you.” 

— “Putting some prices on your website makes the pricing part of your discovery conversation so much more comfortable for you.”

— “Use high anchor prices to make your regular price seem less expensive by comparison.” 

— “Having pricing for a single meeting helps the buyer infer what prices for other services you offer might roughly be.”

— “Using the phrase “Starting at” allows you to set the floor on the price.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

]]> If your aim is to work less and make more, there are many benefits to putting some prices on your website, without getting pigeonholed or committed to something that’s not viable.

 

Highlights:

— “Most buyers have some sense of what they want to pay. And if there’s way too much daylight between your prices and their expectations, they’re just not going to work with you.” 

— “Putting some prices on your website makes the pricing part of your discovery conversation so much more comfortable for you.”

— “Use high anchor prices to make your regular price seem less expensive by comparison.” 

— “Having pricing for a single meeting helps the buyer infer what prices for other services you offer might roughly be.”

— “Using the phrase “Starting at” allows you to set the floor on the price.”

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

]]> Wed, 19 Jan 2022 02:00:58 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 335 If your aim is to work less and make more, there are many benefits to putting some prices on your website, without getting pigeonholed or committed to something that’s not viable.   Highlights: — “Most buyers have some sense of what they want to pay. And if there’s way too much daylight between your prices and their expectations, they’re just not going to work with you.”  — “Putting some prices on your website makes the pricing part of your discovery conversation so much more comfortable for you.” — “Use high anchor prices to make your regular price seem less expensive by comparison.”  — “Having pricing for a single meeting helps the buyer infer what prices for other services you offer might roughly be.” — “Using the phrase “Starting at” allows you to set the floor on the price.” ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   If your aim is to work less and make more, there are many benefits to putting some prices on your website, without getting pigeonholed or committed to something that’s not viable.   Highlights: — “Most buyers have some sense of what they want to pay. And Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 172 Subscription Pricing Strategies with Mark Stiving 172 172 172 Subscription Pricing Strategies with Mark Stiving full b7240899-60e5-4b10-ade8-65666ce0aa62 https://share.transistor.fm/s/8d724220 Here today to talk with me about the subscription business model is my guest Mark Stiving. Mark is a pricing educator and advisor. He's the host of the Impact Pricing podcast and the author of Win Keep Grow, among other books. Mark helps companies win more business at higher prices.

Highlights:

— “To make the shift from the traditional transactional model to the subscription model, you have to figure out how you can add value to a customer on a regular basis.”

— “A customer who frequently receives value from your product or your service is much more willing to offer to pay you as a subscription because they're paying you for the ongoing value they receive.”

— “Accountants and CPAs who want to bring subscription into their business need to really understand what the stream of benefits could be beyond just the delivery of month-end deliverables.” 

— “One of the big advantages of subscriptions is it's less expensive to get into and try a new service or a new product.”

— “Accountants and other business owners need to talk to their customers on a regular basis and try to find out what problems they're dealing with, and what solutions they want.”

Connect with MARK:

Website: https://impactpricing.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stiving/

Email: mark@impactpricing.com

 

Past Episodes:

125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/125

 

153 A Formula for Quantifying Value

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/153

 

Mark’s Books:

Win Keep Grow: How to Price and Package to Accelerate Your Subscription Business

https://impactpricing.com/resources/books/

 

Impact Pricing: Your Blueprint for Driving Profits

https://impactpricing.com/resources/books/

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

]]> Here today to talk with me about the subscription business model is my guest Mark Stiving. Mark is a pricing educator and advisor. He's the host of the Impact Pricing podcast and the author of Win Keep Grow, among other books. Mark helps companies win more business at higher prices.

Highlights:

— “To make the shift from the traditional transactional model to the subscription model, you have to figure out how you can add value to a customer on a regular basis.”

— “A customer who frequently receives value from your product or your service is much more willing to offer to pay you as a subscription because they're paying you for the ongoing value they receive.”

— “Accountants and CPAs who want to bring subscription into their business need to really understand what the stream of benefits could be beyond just the delivery of month-end deliverables.” 

— “One of the big advantages of subscriptions is it's less expensive to get into and try a new service or a new product.”

— “Accountants and other business owners need to talk to their customers on a regular basis and try to find out what problems they're dealing with, and what solutions they want.”

Connect with MARK:

Website: https://impactpricing.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stiving/

Email: mark@impactpricing.com

 

Past Episodes:

125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs

https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/125

 

153 A Formula for Quantifying Value

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/153

 

Mark’s Books:

Win Keep Grow: How to Price and Package to Accelerate Your Subscription Business

https://impactpricing.com/resources/books/

 

Impact Pricing: Your Blueprint for Driving Profits

https://impactpricing.com/resources/books/

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

]]> Wed, 12 Jan 2022 02:04:25 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Mark Stiving Geraldine Carter with Guest Mark Stiving 1995 Many CPAs struggle with pricing. Some have moved to flat rate or subscription pricing, and many still work by the hour. Subscription of course is a hot topic. But for many CPAs, that business model feels too far out of reach and too theoretical to be able to put it into play in their business anytime soon. But if they don't make the transition, they risk missing out.  Here today to talk with me about the subscription business model is my guest Mark Stiving. Mark is a pricing educator and advisor. He's the host of the Impact Pricing podcast and the author of Win Keep Grow, among other books. Mark helps companies win more business at higher prices. Highlights: — “To make the shift from the traditional transactional model to the subscription model, you have to figure out how you can add value to a customer on a regular basis.” — “A customer who frequently receives value from your product or your service is much more willing to offer to pay you as a subscription because they're paying you for the ongoing value they receive.” — “Accountants and CPAs who want to bring subscription into their business need to really understand what the stream of benefits could be beyond just the delivery of month-end deliverables.”  — “One of the big advantages of subscriptions is it's less expensive to get into and try a new service or a new product.” — “Accountants and other business owners need to talk to their customers on a regular basis and try to find out what problems they're dealing with, and what solutions they want.” Connect with MARK: Website: https://impactpricing.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stiving/ Email: mark@impactpricing.com   Past Episodes: 125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs https://www.businessstrategyforcpas.com/125   153 A Formula for Quantifying Value https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/153   Mark’s Books: Win Keep Grow: How to Price and Package to Accelerate Your Subscription Business https://impactpricing.com/resources/books/   Impact Pricing: Your Blueprint for Driving Profits https://impactpricing.com/resources/books/   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Many CPAs struggle with pricing. Some have moved to flat rate or subscription pricing, and many still work by the hour. Subscription of course is a hot topic. But for many CPAs, that business model feels too far out of reach and too theoretical to be able Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 171 How to Stop People Pleasing with Sara Bybee Fisk 171 171 171 How to Stop People Pleasing with Sara Bybee Fisk full 9e130278-3c72-490f-b01a-dc7a9c6c5df6 https://share.transistor.fm/s/ef2d43ca ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

Many CPAs struggle with people-pleasing – saying yes, when they might prefer to say no. 

As a habit, it can result in all kinds of undesired outcomes, and because it comes with some pretty sneaky rewards, it can be hard to give up. 

Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, Sara Bybee Fisk.

Sarah is the creator of a 16-week course called Stop People-Pleasing and a master at simplifying the complex.  

Sara talks about how people-pleasing is showing up in our business, and what we can do to stop it.

 

Highlights:

— “Never say yes in the moment. Always give yourself some kind of buffer.”

— “We say no, or we give the answer that we know we don't want to give, because we don't feel like we actually have a choice.” 

— “People-pleasing is the way we are taught from the time we're very little to get our needs met. It’s normal that we do it.”

— “We are programmed to avoid discomfort, to seek pleasure and to conserve energy. And stopping people-pleasing violates every single one of those.”

— “There's no opt out button for discipline.” 

Download Sara’s guide on How to Have Difficult Conversations

https://www.sarafisk.coach/

Connect with Sara:

Website: https://www.sarafisk.coach/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SaraFiskCoaching

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sarafiskcoach/

]]> ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

Many CPAs struggle with people-pleasing – saying yes, when they might prefer to say no. 

As a habit, it can result in all kinds of undesired outcomes, and because it comes with some pretty sneaky rewards, it can be hard to give up. 

Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, Sara Bybee Fisk.

Sarah is the creator of a 16-week course called Stop People-Pleasing and a master at simplifying the complex.  

Sara talks about how people-pleasing is showing up in our business, and what we can do to stop it.

 

Highlights:

— “Never say yes in the moment. Always give yourself some kind of buffer.”

— “We say no, or we give the answer that we know we don't want to give, because we don't feel like we actually have a choice.” 

— “People-pleasing is the way we are taught from the time we're very little to get our needs met. It’s normal that we do it.”

— “We are programmed to avoid discomfort, to seek pleasure and to conserve energy. And stopping people-pleasing violates every single one of those.”

— “There's no opt out button for discipline.” 

Download Sara’s guide on How to Have Difficult Conversations

https://www.sarafisk.coach/

Connect with Sara:

Website: https://www.sarafisk.coach/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SaraFiskCoaching

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sarafiskcoach/

]]> Wed, 05 Jan 2022 02:00:41 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1991 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   Many CPAs struggle with people-pleasing – saying yes, when they might prefer to say no.  As a habit, it can result in all kinds of undesired outcomes, and because it comes with some pretty sneaky rewards, it can be hard to give up.  Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, Sara Bybee Fisk. Sarah is the creator of a 16-week course called Stop People-Pleasing and a master at simplifying the complex.   Sara talks about how people-pleasing is showing up in our business, and what we can do to stop it.   Highlights: — “Never say yes in the moment. Always give yourself some kind of buffer.” — “We say no, or we give the answer that we know we don't want to give, because we don't feel like we actually have a choice.”  — “People-pleasing is the way we are taught from the time we're very little to get our needs met. It’s normal that we do it.” — “We are programmed to avoid discomfort, to seek pleasure and to conserve energy. And stopping people-pleasing violates every single one of those.” — “There's no opt out button for discipline.”  Download Sara’s guide on How to Have Difficult Conversations https://www.sarafisk.coach/ Connect with Sara: Website: https://www.sarafisk.coach/ Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SaraFiskCoaching Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sarafiskcoach/ ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   Many CPAs struggle with people-pleasing – saying yes, when they might prefer to say no.  As a habit, it ca Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 170 Year-End Accountant Jokes from Hazel and Remy 170 170 170 Year-End Accountant Jokes from Hazel and Remy full 2b0ef751-ffc7-4dbe-ad09-a4f35772184c https://share.transistor.fm/s/fb9cf431 My two kids commandeered the mic to test out their stand-up routine of jokes for an accountant audience. Enjoy!

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> My two kids commandeered the mic to test out their stand-up routine of jokes for an accountant audience. Enjoy!

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 29 Dec 2021 02:00:15 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 95 My two kids commandeered the mic to test out their stand-up routine of jokes for an accountant audience. Enjoy! Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options My two kids commandeered the mic to test out their stand-up routine of jokes for an accountant audience. Enjoy! Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinks Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 169 Five Key Business Books for CPAs from 2021 169 169 169 Five Key Business Books for CPAs from 2021 full a783b1ab-4b3c-4f33-a91b-0f8fd2bf00d7 https://share.transistor.fm/s/29ec6e42 Today I have the five books that I most often recommend to my clients, because I want you to be able to benefit from the excellent writing that’s out there, that can help you move forward more effectively in your business. 

These 5 books are straightforward, boot-on-the-ground practical advice for ways to improve your business. 

I hope you find something to enjoy that will contribute to the transformation of your business, and lead to you living a whole and beautiful life.

 

Here they are:

 

  1. The Business of Expertise by David C. Baker

https://www.amazon.com/Business-Expertise-Entrepreneurial-Experts-Convert/dp/1605440604

Expertise increases value, and value improves prices. Improved prices allows you to reduce workload, which helps you get off the so-called hamster wheel. 

It starts with (differentiated) expertise. 

 

  1. $100 Million Offers by Alex Hormozi

https://amazon.com/100M-Offers-People-Stupid-Saying/dp/1737475731/

Once you have your differentiated expertise and a clear position in the marketplace, it’s time to learn how to package and title your services, in a way that’s appealing. Then you make offers, observe your results, and learn from what sells. 

 

  1. Atomic Habits by James Clear

https://www.amazon.com/Atomic-Habits-Proven-Build-Break/dp/0593189647/

Being overworked with a “handle what’s most on fire” strategy is guaranteed to thwart progress. 

Integrating more effective habits throughout your business and your day will improve your output. 

 

  1. The Automatic Customer by John Warrillow

https://amazon.com/Automatic-Customer-Subscription-Warrillow-2015-02-05/dp/B01MY26IQ8/

Once you have your expertise and position honed, your offers dialed in, and your own habits on repeat, it’s time to get your customers (clients) on repeat. 

Single transaction has its place, but recurring is where it’s at, and The Automatic Customer (as well as my interview with Mr Warrillow) will help you create your first subscription service. 

 

  1. Pricing Creativity by Blair Enns

https://www.winwithoutpitching.com/pricing-creativity/

Now that you have your services packaged, it’s time to price them right. Underpricing is like gravity: a powerful force that will keep your business grounded. If you want to reach escape velocity, smart pricing is your rocket fuel. 

 

…………

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

 

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

]]> Today I have the five books that I most often recommend to my clients, because I want you to be able to benefit from the excellent writing that’s out there, that can help you move forward more effectively in your business. 

These 5 books are straightforward, boot-on-the-ground practical advice for ways to improve your business. 

I hope you find something to enjoy that will contribute to the transformation of your business, and lead to you living a whole and beautiful life.

 

Here they are:

 

  1. The Business of Expertise by David C. Baker

https://www.amazon.com/Business-Expertise-Entrepreneurial-Experts-Convert/dp/1605440604

Expertise increases value, and value improves prices. Improved prices allows you to reduce workload, which helps you get off the so-called hamster wheel. 

It starts with (differentiated) expertise. 

 

  1. $100 Million Offers by Alex Hormozi

https://amazon.com/100M-Offers-People-Stupid-Saying/dp/1737475731/

Once you have your differentiated expertise and a clear position in the marketplace, it’s time to learn how to package and title your services, in a way that’s appealing. Then you make offers, observe your results, and learn from what sells. 

 

  1. Atomic Habits by James Clear

https://www.amazon.com/Atomic-Habits-Proven-Build-Break/dp/0593189647/

Being overworked with a “handle what’s most on fire” strategy is guaranteed to thwart progress. 

Integrating more effective habits throughout your business and your day will improve your output. 

 

  1. The Automatic Customer by John Warrillow

https://amazon.com/Automatic-Customer-Subscription-Warrillow-2015-02-05/dp/B01MY26IQ8/

Once you have your expertise and position honed, your offers dialed in, and your own habits on repeat, it’s time to get your customers (clients) on repeat. 

Single transaction has its place, but recurring is where it’s at, and The Automatic Customer (as well as my interview with Mr Warrillow) will help you create your first subscription service. 

 

  1. Pricing Creativity by Blair Enns

https://www.winwithoutpitching.com/pricing-creativity/

Now that you have your services packaged, it’s time to price them right. Underpricing is like gravity: a powerful force that will keep your business grounded. If you want to reach escape velocity, smart pricing is your rocket fuel. 

 

…………

 

***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

 

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

]]> Wed, 22 Dec 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 404 Today I have the five books that I most often recommend to my clients, because I want you to be able to benefit from the excellent writing that’s out there, that can help you move forward more effectively in your business.  These 5 books are straightforward, boot-on-the-ground practical advice for ways to improve your business.  I hope you find something to enjoy that will contribute to the transformation of your business, and lead to you living a whole and beautiful life.   Here they are:   The Business of Expertise by David C. Baker https://www.amazon.com/Business-Expertise-Entrepreneurial-Experts-Convert/dp/1605440604 Expertise increases value, and value improves prices. Improved prices allows you to reduce workload, which helps you get off the so-called hamster wheel.  It starts with (differentiated) expertise.    $100 Million Offers by Alex Hormozi https://amazon.com/100M-Offers-People-Stupid-Saying/dp/1737475731/ Once you have your differentiated expertise and a clear position in the marketplace, it’s time to learn how to package and title your services, in a way that’s appealing. Then you make offers, observe your results, and learn from what sells.    Atomic Habits by James Clear https://www.amazon.com/Atomic-Habits-Proven-Build-Break/dp/0593189647/ Being overworked with a “handle what’s most on fire” strategy is guaranteed to thwart progress.  Integrating more effective habits throughout your business and your day will improve your output.    The Automatic Customer by John Warrillow https://amazon.com/Automatic-Customer-Subscription-Warrillow-2015-02-05/dp/B01MY26IQ8/ Once you have your expertise and position honed, your offers dialed in, and your own habits on repeat, it’s time to get your customers (clients) on repeat.  Single transaction has its place, but recurring is where it’s at, and The Automatic Customer (as well as my interview with Mr Warrillow) will help you create your first subscription service.    Pricing Creativity by Blair Enns https://www.winwithoutpitching.com/pricing-creativity/ Now that you have your services packaged, it’s time to price them right. Underpricing is like gravity: a powerful force that will keep your business grounded. If you want to reach escape velocity, smart pricing is your rocket fuel.    …………   ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***   Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Today I have the five books that I most often recommend to my clients, because I want you to be able to benefit from the excellent writing that’s out there, that can help you move forward more effectively in your business.  These 5 books are straightforwa Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 168 Subscription: Create a More Valuable Business with John Warrillow 168 168 168 Subscription: Create a More Valuable Business with John Warrillow full 0ac4ec8e-48af-45c8-bebc-ab764a14c0d4 https://share.transistor.fm/s/c0f7999e ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Subscription is all the rage in software and in other industries, but the accounting industry is hardly speedy on the uptake. 

While the value appears to be there, something - or perhaps many things - are in the way of accountants and CPAs making the shift to the subscription pricing model. 

Here today to talk with me about this challenge is my guest, John Warrillow.

John is the founder of The Value Builder System, a practice management software for business advisors. He is also the author of the best-selling book Built to Sell, The Automatic Customer, and The Art of Selling Your Business. He is the host of Built to Sell Radio, which was recognized by Forbes as one of the 10 best podcasts for business owners.

Highlights:

— “Recurring revenue makes your business more predictable, and that allows you to build a much more efficient firm.”

— “Once somebody subscribes to your firm, not only do you get the recurring revenue associated with that subscription, but it makes your customers more likely to buy other things from you.”

— “There's no way you can serve all your customers with one subscription model. Instead, what you want to do is segment first.”

— “You hire salespeople to sell your product or your service. Your job (as the business owner) is to sell your firm.”

— “Scarcity gives people a bit of a nudge towards decision-making. It makes them get over the classic challenge of any subscription, that if it's a subscription, it's always available.”

 

Download the PDF for this episode: 

9 Subscription Models eBook - http://builttosell.com/carter

 

Connect with JOHN:

Website: https://builttosell.com/

]]> ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?***

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Subscription is all the rage in software and in other industries, but the accounting industry is hardly speedy on the uptake. 

While the value appears to be there, something - or perhaps many things - are in the way of accountants and CPAs making the shift to the subscription pricing model. 

Here today to talk with me about this challenge is my guest, John Warrillow.

John is the founder of The Value Builder System, a practice management software for business advisors. He is also the author of the best-selling book Built to Sell, The Automatic Customer, and The Art of Selling Your Business. He is the host of Built to Sell Radio, which was recognized by Forbes as one of the 10 best podcasts for business owners.

Highlights:

— “Recurring revenue makes your business more predictable, and that allows you to build a much more efficient firm.”

— “Once somebody subscribes to your firm, not only do you get the recurring revenue associated with that subscription, but it makes your customers more likely to buy other things from you.”

— “There's no way you can serve all your customers with one subscription model. Instead, what you want to do is segment first.”

— “You hire salespeople to sell your product or your service. Your job (as the business owner) is to sell your firm.”

— “Scarcity gives people a bit of a nudge towards decision-making. It makes them get over the classic challenge of any subscription, that if it's a subscription, it's always available.”

 

Download the PDF for this episode: 

9 Subscription Models eBook - http://builttosell.com/carter

 

Connect with JOHN:

Website: https://builttosell.com/

]]> Wed, 15 Dec 2021 02:00:23 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2966 ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Subscription is all the rage in software and in other industries, but the accounting industry is hardly speedy on the uptake.  While the value appears to be there, something - or perhaps many things - are in the way of accountants and CPAs making the shift to the subscription pricing model.  Here today to talk with me about this challenge is my guest, John Warrillow. John is the founder of The Value Builder System, a practice management software for business advisors. He is also the author of the best-selling book Built to Sell, The Automatic Customer, and The Art of Selling Your Business. He is the host of Built to Sell Radio, which was recognized by Forbes as one of the 10 best podcasts for business owners. Highlights: — “Recurring revenue makes your business more predictable, and that allows you to build a much more efficient firm.” — “Once somebody subscribes to your firm, not only do you get the recurring revenue associated with that subscription, but it makes your customers more likely to buy other things from you.” — “There's no way you can serve all your customers with one subscription model. Instead, what you want to do is segment first.” — “You hire salespeople to sell your product or your service. Your job (as the business owner) is to sell your firm.” — “Scarcity gives people a bit of a nudge towards decision-making. It makes them get over the classic challenge of any subscription, that if it's a subscription, it's always available.”   Download the PDF for this episode:  9 Subscription Models eBook - http://builttosell.com/carter   Connect with JOHN: Website: https://builttosell.com/ ***Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?*** Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Subscription is all the rage in software and in other industries, but the accounting industry is hardly sp Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 167 Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau 167 167 167 Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau full d7ff67f9-b78c-4882-a33c-5116c264e66f https://share.transistor.fm/s/42893763 Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

My guest today is Minnie Lau, CPA, who currently runs a tax practice helping clients optimize their stock options. 

18 months ago, Minnie called out of the blue citing the usual symptoms of being swamped with tax and no visible off-ramp. She wanted help getting her business where she was doing work she loved while being well compensated for it without working all the time. She knew she loved stock option tax strategy and consulting, but couldn't locate the path to create her business around it. So we dug in, we built the path which she is now cruising on. 

Minnie is here to talk with us about her journey of specializing, what has changed in the year since we last had her on, and what the future holds as she continues to deepen her expertise in this area. 

 

Highlights:

— “Once you're able to articulate the value you're bringing to people, that takes the pricing piece entirely out of the conversation.”

— “Every professional out there is an expert in one superpower. This is the thing that everybody in your office says, “Oh, go talk to this person because it's their jam.” 

— “You could build a practice working on the thing that brings you joy and hopefully makes a bit more money at the same time.”

— “The most challenging part of the process was seeing your plan and actually having to take the first step.” 

— “If somebody had pointed you in the right direction and you choose not to act upon it, that's on you, your consequences of inaction.”

 

Connect with MINNIE:

Website: https://www.minnielau.com/

Previous episode:

Out of Compliance and into Tax-savvy Stock Option Consulting

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/113

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox?

Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

My guest today is Minnie Lau, CPA, who currently runs a tax practice helping clients optimize their stock options. 

18 months ago, Minnie called out of the blue citing the usual symptoms of being swamped with tax and no visible off-ramp. She wanted help getting her business where she was doing work she loved while being well compensated for it without working all the time. She knew she loved stock option tax strategy and consulting, but couldn't locate the path to create her business around it. So we dug in, we built the path which she is now cruising on. 

Minnie is here to talk with us about her journey of specializing, what has changed in the year since we last had her on, and what the future holds as she continues to deepen her expertise in this area. 

 

Highlights:

— “Once you're able to articulate the value you're bringing to people, that takes the pricing piece entirely out of the conversation.”

— “Every professional out there is an expert in one superpower. This is the thing that everybody in your office says, “Oh, go talk to this person because it's their jam.” 

— “You could build a practice working on the thing that brings you joy and hopefully makes a bit more money at the same time.”

— “The most challenging part of the process was seeing your plan and actually having to take the first step.” 

— “If somebody had pointed you in the right direction and you choose not to act upon it, that's on you, your consequences of inaction.”

 

Connect with MINNIE:

Website: https://www.minnielau.com/

Previous episode:

Out of Compliance and into Tax-savvy Stock Option Consulting

https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/113

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 08 Dec 2021 02:00:23 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Minnie Lau Geraldine Carter with Guest Minnie Lau 2115 Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox? Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   My guest today is Minnie Lau, CPA, who currently runs a tax practice helping clients optimize their stock options.  18 months ago, Minnie called out of the blue citing the usual symptoms of being swamped with tax and no visible off-ramp. She wanted help getting her business where she was doing work she loved while being well compensated for it without working all the time. She knew she loved stock option tax strategy and consulting, but couldn't locate the path to create her business around it. So we dug in, we built the path which she is now cruising on.  Minnie is here to talk with us about her journey of specializing, what has changed in the year since we last had her on, and what the future holds as she continues to deepen her expertise in this area.    Highlights: — “Once you're able to articulate the value you're bringing to people, that takes the pricing piece entirely out of the conversation.” — “Every professional out there is an expert in one superpower. This is the thing that everybody in your office says, “Oh, go talk to this person because it's their jam.”  — “You could build a practice working on the thing that brings you joy and hopefully makes a bit more money at the same time.” — “The most challenging part of the process was seeing your plan and actually having to take the first step.”  — “If somebody had pointed you in the right direction and you choose not to act upon it, that's on you, your consequences of inaction.”   Connect with MINNIE: Website: https://www.minnielau.com/ Previous episode: Out of Compliance and into Tax-savvy Stock Option Consulting https://businessstrategyforcpas.com/113 Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Want one piece of business strategy delivered daily to your inbox? Subscribe here: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   My guest today is Minnie Lau, CPA, who currently runs a tax practice helping clients optimize their stock option Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 166 How CPAs Can Build and Monetize Authority with Rochelle Moulton 166 166 166 How CPAs Can Build and Monetize Authority with Rochelle Moulton full 9313a42d-d6f3-41f4-8a55-5948c64deeb8 https://share.transistor.fm/s/f3bd73a8 But there's another path and that path is not automation. It's authority.

Here today to talk with me about this as my guest, Rochelle Moulton. 

Rochelle turns consultants and big thinkers into authorities. She earned her consulting and big thinkers stripes leading introverted brainiacs at some powerful global consulting firms like Towers Perrin and Arthur Anderson. But even better, she has built, led, and sometimes sold more than a few six, seven, and eight-figure consulting businesses and earned the equivalent of a second MBA building authority brands and businesses with hundreds of soloists. 

Highlights:

 

— “Authority is when other people in your specific niche look to you as a trusted source of information and advice in your field.”

— “Building an authority business lets you design a business that allows you to work from your genius zone.”

— “Authority is like expertise on steroids, where you're public and you are publishing your point of view out to the world.”

— “Selling is like a muscle and it needs to be exercised to really perform at its best.”

— “There's an unlimited number of ways you can monetize authority. But the key to think about this is it's the services that you offer and the price tags that you attach.” 

 

Rochelle’s book: 

The Authority Code: How To Position, Monetize And Sell Your Expertise https://rochellemoulton.com/book/

Connect with ROCHELLE:

Website: https://rochellemoulton.com/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/ConsultingChick

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rochellemoulton/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> But there's another path and that path is not automation. It's authority.

Here today to talk with me about this as my guest, Rochelle Moulton. 

Rochelle turns consultants and big thinkers into authorities. She earned her consulting and big thinkers stripes leading introverted brainiacs at some powerful global consulting firms like Towers Perrin and Arthur Anderson. But even better, she has built, led, and sometimes sold more than a few six, seven, and eight-figure consulting businesses and earned the equivalent of a second MBA building authority brands and businesses with hundreds of soloists. 

Highlights:

 

— “Authority is when other people in your specific niche look to you as a trusted source of information and advice in your field.”

— “Building an authority business lets you design a business that allows you to work from your genius zone.”

— “Authority is like expertise on steroids, where you're public and you are publishing your point of view out to the world.”

— “Selling is like a muscle and it needs to be exercised to really perform at its best.”

— “There's an unlimited number of ways you can monetize authority. But the key to think about this is it's the services that you offer and the price tags that you attach.” 

 

Rochelle’s book: 

The Authority Code: How To Position, Monetize And Sell Your Expertise https://rochellemoulton.com/book/

Connect with ROCHELLE:

Website: https://rochellemoulton.com/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/ConsultingChick

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rochellemoulton/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 01 Dec 2021 02:00:16 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Rochelle Moulton Geraldine Carter with Guest Rochelle Moulton 2971 Most CPAs work super long hours for the revenue they bring in. Automation is upending the profession in profound ways. And the race for optimized efficiency is on.  But there's another path and that path is not automation. It's authority. Here today to talk with me about this as my guest, Rochelle Moulton.  Rochelle turns consultants and big thinkers into authorities. She earned her consulting and big thinkers stripes leading introverted brainiacs at some powerful global consulting firms like Towers Perrin and Arthur Anderson. But even better, she has built, led, and sometimes sold more than a few six, seven, and eight-figure consulting businesses and earned the equivalent of a second MBA building authority brands and businesses with hundreds of soloists.  Highlights:   — “Authority is when other people in your specific niche look to you as a trusted source of information and advice in your field.” — “Building an authority business lets you design a business that allows you to work from your genius zone.” — “Authority is like expertise on steroids, where you're public and you are publishing your point of view out to the world.” — “Selling is like a muscle and it needs to be exercised to really perform at its best.” — “There's an unlimited number of ways you can monetize authority. But the key to think about this is it's the services that you offer and the price tags that you attach.”    Rochelle’s book:  The Authority Code: How To Position, Monetize And Sell Your Expertise https://rochellemoulton.com/book/ Connect with ROCHELLE: Website: https://rochellemoulton.com/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/ConsultingChick LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rochellemoulton/ Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Most CPAs work super long hours for the revenue they bring in. Automation is upending the profession in profound ways. And the race for optimized efficiency is on.  But there's another path and that path is not automation. It's authority. Here today to ta Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 165 From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA 165 165 165 From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA full 6fadefc2-643b-4f9f-9eb9-856be7e9bf94 https://share.transistor.fm/s/1bad5fb5 Today’s guest is Shaan Afridi, a CPA who focuses on cash flow and tax planning for Real Estate Investors. He helps his clients clean up their messy books and understand their cash position, so they can better capitalize on opportunities.  

Shaan is a client, and we’ve been working together since about April. In less than eight months and with two tax deadlines in between, Shaan has gone from pretty close to starting from scratch, to more than six figures in revenue. 

Shaan talks about his journey as a CPA, from working full-time for someone else to building his own business and transitioning from being a traditional accountant to an advisor.

 

Highlights:

— “There's always going to be more work in your niche than you can handle. It doesn't matter what the niche is.” 

— “Advisory is where the future is because that's where the value is.”

— “If your clients trust you as a tax preparer, they'll be happy to listen to other ways you can help their business.”

— “It's a valid concern that when you outsource work, the quality can be compromised. But it's still possible to find someone who can do good quality work at a very reasonable price.”

— “To get started in advisory services, you don't have to know everything. You just need to know more than what your clients do. As long as you are always building your expertise, soon enough you'll know what you need to expand your practice.” 

 

Connect with SHAAN:

Website: http://orangecountytaxplanning.com

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shaan-afridi-cpa-aca-627a8342/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Today’s guest is Shaan Afridi, a CPA who focuses on cash flow and tax planning for Real Estate Investors. He helps his clients clean up their messy books and understand their cash position, so they can better capitalize on opportunities.  

Shaan is a client, and we’ve been working together since about April. In less than eight months and with two tax deadlines in between, Shaan has gone from pretty close to starting from scratch, to more than six figures in revenue. 

Shaan talks about his journey as a CPA, from working full-time for someone else to building his own business and transitioning from being a traditional accountant to an advisor.

 

Highlights:

— “There's always going to be more work in your niche than you can handle. It doesn't matter what the niche is.” 

— “Advisory is where the future is because that's where the value is.”

— “If your clients trust you as a tax preparer, they'll be happy to listen to other ways you can help their business.”

— “It's a valid concern that when you outsource work, the quality can be compromised. But it's still possible to find someone who can do good quality work at a very reasonable price.”

— “To get started in advisory services, you don't have to know everything. You just need to know more than what your clients do. As long as you are always building your expertise, soon enough you'll know what you need to expand your practice.” 

 

Connect with SHAAN:

Website: http://orangecountytaxplanning.com

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shaan-afridi-cpa-aca-627a8342/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 24 Nov 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Shaan Afridi CPA Geraldine Carter with Guest Shaan Afridi CPA 1887 Today’s guest is Shaan Afridi, a CPA who focuses on cash flow and tax planning for Real Estate Investors. He helps his clients clean up their messy books and understand their cash position, so they can better capitalize on opportunities.   Shaan is a client, and we’ve been working together since about April. In less than eight months and with two tax deadlines in between, Shaan has gone from pretty close to starting from scratch, to more than six figures in revenue.  Shaan talks about his journey as a CPA, from working full-time for someone else to building his own business and transitioning from being a traditional accountant to an advisor.   Highlights: — “There's always going to be more work in your niche than you can handle. It doesn't matter what the niche is.”  — “Advisory is where the future is because that's where the value is.” — “If your clients trust you as a tax preparer, they'll be happy to listen to other ways you can help their business.” — “It's a valid concern that when you outsource work, the quality can be compromised. But it's still possible to find someone who can do good quality work at a very reasonable price.” — “To get started in advisory services, you don't have to know everything. You just need to know more than what your clients do. As long as you are always building your expertise, soon enough you'll know what you need to expand your practice.”    Connect with SHAAN: Website: http://orangecountytaxplanning.com LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/shaan-afridi-cpa-aca-627a8342/ Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Today’s guest is Shaan Afridi, a CPA who focuses on cash flow and tax planning for Real Estate Investors. He helps his clients clean up their messy books and understand their cash position, so they can better capitalize on opportunities.   Shaan is a clie Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 164 Could Your Clients be Ready for Family Office Services? With Anthony Glomski 164 164 164 Could Your Clients be Ready for Family Office Services? With Anthony Glomski full 6c3e9e10-1940-4cbc-866b-4e1977e5550f https://share.transistor.fm/s/ad05fa13 With countless new millionaires being minted every year, and the stock market posting consistent gains, there are plenty of folks who need more support managing their assets. 

But without a framework for helping these people, it can be difficult to know where to start. 

Here today to talk with me about building Family Office Services into your CPA firm is my guest, Anthony Glomski.

Anthony is also the founder of AG Asset Advisory, an SEC-registered Family Office. He and his team work extensively with entrepreneurs and CPAs to build family offices and optimize their financial world.

 

Highlights:

— “In the simplest form, the family office helps the family operate more effectively and helps them function better.”

— “CPAs are especially well-suited for this type of work because they tend to be the most trusted advisor to high net-worth individuals.” 

— “Many of the successful CPAs don't want to be cranking 1040s. What they want to be doing is functioning in a consultative role.” 

— “If you're the person driving the outcome that clients want and you’re quantifying the outcome for them, they will pay you for that.” 

Connect with Anthony:

Website: https://agassetadvisory.com/

 

Anthony’s Books: 

Liquidity and You (available on Amazon)

 https://www.liquidityandyou.com/

 

Your $5 Million High-Net-Worth Practice (available at CPA Trendlines)

https://cpatrendlines.com/shop/ag21hnw/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> With countless new millionaires being minted every year, and the stock market posting consistent gains, there are plenty of folks who need more support managing their assets. 

But without a framework for helping these people, it can be difficult to know where to start. 

Here today to talk with me about building Family Office Services into your CPA firm is my guest, Anthony Glomski.

Anthony is also the founder of AG Asset Advisory, an SEC-registered Family Office. He and his team work extensively with entrepreneurs and CPAs to build family offices and optimize their financial world.

 

Highlights:

— “In the simplest form, the family office helps the family operate more effectively and helps them function better.”

— “CPAs are especially well-suited for this type of work because they tend to be the most trusted advisor to high net-worth individuals.” 

— “Many of the successful CPAs don't want to be cranking 1040s. What they want to be doing is functioning in a consultative role.” 

— “If you're the person driving the outcome that clients want and you’re quantifying the outcome for them, they will pay you for that.” 

Connect with Anthony:

Website: https://agassetadvisory.com/

 

Anthony’s Books: 

Liquidity and You (available on Amazon)

 https://www.liquidityandyou.com/

 

Your $5 Million High-Net-Worth Practice (available at CPA Trendlines)

https://cpatrendlines.com/shop/ag21hnw/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 17 Nov 2021 02:00:49 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Anthony Glomski Geraldine Carter with Guest Anthony Glomski 2551 With countless new millionaires being minted every year, and the stock market posting consistent gains, there are plenty of folks who need more support managing their assets.  But without a framework for helping these people, it can be difficult to know where to start.  Here today to talk with me about building Family Office Services into your CPA firm is my guest, Anthony Glomski. Anthony is also the founder of AG Asset Advisory, an SEC-registered Family Office. He and his team work extensively with entrepreneurs and CPAs to build family offices and optimize their financial world.   Highlights: — “In the simplest form, the family office helps the family operate more effectively and helps them function better.” — “CPAs are especially well-suited for this type of work because they tend to be the most trusted advisor to high net-worth individuals.”  — “Many of the successful CPAs don't want to be cranking 1040s. What they want to be doing is functioning in a consultative role.”  — “If you're the person driving the outcome that clients want and you’re quantifying the outcome for them, they will pay you for that.”  Connect with Anthony: Website: https://agassetadvisory.com/   Anthony’s Books:  Liquidity and You (available on Amazon)  https://www.liquidityandyou.com/   Your $5 Million High-Net-Worth Practice (available at CPA Trendlines) https://cpatrendlines.com/shop/ag21hnw/ Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   With countless new millionaires being minted every year, and the stock market posting consistent gains, there are plenty of folks who need more support managing their assets.  But without a framework for helping these people, it can be difficult to know w Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 163 How CPA Firms can Hire Well During Covid-times with Mark Goldman 163 163 163 How CPA Firms can Hire Well During Covid-times with Mark Goldman full 13af7a4f-03dc-4cb8-8d7d-d467dce6aac1 https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c50f24d Finding good staff to work for you is always a challenge, but that has gotten even harder in COVID times. 

Demand for accountants is high, and seats are hard to fill. 

Here today to talk with me about hiring and staffing challenges is Mark Goldman. 

Mark is the owner of MGR Accounting Recruiters, which helps employers hire accounting personnel in San Antonio, Texas. There is no one better positioned to talk with us about what’s going on, and how to navigate the current environment. 

 

Highlights:

— “We are seeing people in the accounting industry opting out because they can.”

— “Smart firms are always in hiring mode and are always open to talking to candidates.”

— “Some of the firms that have the least trouble hiring are the ones that realize that you can only work so many hours in a week and that flexibility is needed.”

— “The firms that are most successful in their hiring know and understand their culture, and understand what works well for them.”

— “From an employer standpoint, these days you still have to pay the prevailing market wage in order to get the talent. And then the flexibility needs to be on top of that.”

Connect with MARK:

Website: https://mgrar.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mark-goldman-cpa-8bb1101/

Email: mgoldman@mgrar.com

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Finding good staff to work for you is always a challenge, but that has gotten even harder in COVID times. 

Demand for accountants is high, and seats are hard to fill. 

Here today to talk with me about hiring and staffing challenges is Mark Goldman. 

Mark is the owner of MGR Accounting Recruiters, which helps employers hire accounting personnel in San Antonio, Texas. There is no one better positioned to talk with us about what’s going on, and how to navigate the current environment. 

 

Highlights:

— “We are seeing people in the accounting industry opting out because they can.”

— “Smart firms are always in hiring mode and are always open to talking to candidates.”

— “Some of the firms that have the least trouble hiring are the ones that realize that you can only work so many hours in a week and that flexibility is needed.”

— “The firms that are most successful in their hiring know and understand their culture, and understand what works well for them.”

— “From an employer standpoint, these days you still have to pay the prevailing market wage in order to get the talent. And then the flexibility needs to be on top of that.”

Connect with MARK:

Website: https://mgrar.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mark-goldman-cpa-8bb1101/

Email: mgoldman@mgrar.com

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 10 Nov 2021 02:01:04 -0700 Geraldine Carter with Guest Mark Goldman Geraldine Carter with Guest Mark Goldman 1391 Finding good staff to work for you is always a challenge, but that has gotten even harder in COVID times.  Demand for accountants is high, and seats are hard to fill.  Here today to talk with me about hiring and staffing challenges is Mark Goldman.  Mark is the owner of MGR Accounting Recruiters, which helps employers hire accounting personnel in San Antonio, Texas. There is no one better positioned to talk with us about what’s going on, and how to navigate the current environment.    Highlights: — “We are seeing people in the accounting industry opting out because they can.” — “Smart firms are always in hiring mode and are always open to talking to candidates.” — “Some of the firms that have the least trouble hiring are the ones that realize that you can only work so many hours in a week and that flexibility is needed.” — “The firms that are most successful in their hiring know and understand their culture, and understand what works well for them.” — “From an employer standpoint, these days you still have to pay the prevailing market wage in order to get the talent. And then the flexibility needs to be on top of that.” Connect with MARK: Website: https://mgrar.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mark-goldman-cpa-8bb1101/ Email: mgoldman@mgrar.com Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Finding good staff to work for you is always a challenge, but that has gotten even harder in COVID times.  Demand for accountants is high, and seats are hard to fill.  Here today to talk with me about hiring and staffing challenges is Mark Goldman.  Mark Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 162 How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe 162 162 162 How to Sell a CPA Firm for Optimal Price with Brannon Poe full e60d8af0-506f-456b-931f-5202bc60c396 https://share.transistor.fm/s/464a8354 Even though you might not have selling your firm on your mind, building it AS IF you were going to sell it, even if you’re not, is a good business strategy, and will improve the value of what you build. 

Here today to talk with me about what he sees improving the value of CPA firms is my guest, Brannon Poe, owner of Poe Group Advisors.

Brannon began facilitating successful accounting practice transitions in 2003. He pioneered a consulting-based approach to transitioning accounting firms, which has culminated in Poe Group Advisors’ unique process – The Seamless Succession™.

 

Highlights:

— “COVID has accelerated things that were already happening in the accounting profession. You have a trend that began a while ago to go towards more virtual offerings and more specialization in the cloud.”

— “When you have a more specialist firm, you tend to have a more profitable firm.”

— “If you're building something that people want, then you're going to build something that you would want as well. 

— “Generally, client retention is a function of service and price. If the clients feel like they're getting value and they're getting good service, they're not going to go anywhere.”

— “Planning is not a waste of time. You make more money in the time that you spend planning your own business than executing. Planning changes everything.” 

Connect with Brannon:

Website: https://poegroupadvisors.com/

E-book:

The Unplugged Vacation: How Accounting Firm Owners Can Take A Proper Holiday Without Checking Emails

https://poegroupadvisors.com/unplugged/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Even though you might not have selling your firm on your mind, building it AS IF you were going to sell it, even if you’re not, is a good business strategy, and will improve the value of what you build. 

Here today to talk with me about what he sees improving the value of CPA firms is my guest, Brannon Poe, owner of Poe Group Advisors.

Brannon began facilitating successful accounting practice transitions in 2003. He pioneered a consulting-based approach to transitioning accounting firms, which has culminated in Poe Group Advisors’ unique process – The Seamless Succession™.

 

Highlights:

— “COVID has accelerated things that were already happening in the accounting profession. You have a trend that began a while ago to go towards more virtual offerings and more specialization in the cloud.”

— “When you have a more specialist firm, you tend to have a more profitable firm.”

— “If you're building something that people want, then you're going to build something that you would want as well. 

— “Generally, client retention is a function of service and price. If the clients feel like they're getting value and they're getting good service, they're not going to go anywhere.”

— “Planning is not a waste of time. You make more money in the time that you spend planning your own business than executing. Planning changes everything.” 

Connect with Brannon:

Website: https://poegroupadvisors.com/

E-book:

The Unplugged Vacation: How Accounting Firm Owners Can Take A Proper Holiday Without Checking Emails

https://poegroupadvisors.com/unplugged/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 03 Nov 2021 02:00:27 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2598 Even though you might not have selling your firm on your mind, building it AS IF you were going to sell it, even if you’re not, is a good business strategy, and will improve the value of what you build.  Here today to talk with me about what he sees improving the value of CPA firms is my guest, Brannon Poe, owner of Poe Group Advisors. Brannon began facilitating successful accounting practice transitions in 2003. He pioneered a consulting-based approach to transitioning accounting firms, which has culminated in Poe Group Advisors’ unique process – The Seamless Succession™.   Highlights: — “COVID has accelerated things that were already happening in the accounting profession. You have a trend that began a while ago to go towards more virtual offerings and more specialization in the cloud.” — “When you have a more specialist firm, you tend to have a more profitable firm.” — “If you're building something that people want, then you're going to build something that you would want as well.  — “Generally, client retention is a function of service and price. If the clients feel like they're getting value and they're getting good service, they're not going to go anywhere.” — “Planning is not a waste of time. You make more money in the time that you spend planning your own business than executing. Planning changes everything.”  Connect with Brannon: Website: https://poegroupadvisors.com/ E-book: The Unplugged Vacation: How Accounting Firm Owners Can Take A Proper Holiday Without Checking Emails https://poegroupadvisors.com/unplugged/ Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Even though you might not have selling your firm on your mind, building it AS IF you were going to sell it, even if you’re not, is a good business strategy, and will improve the value of what you build.  Here today to talk with me about what he sees impro Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 161 Have the Confidence to Pivot and Create Bigger Things as a CPA with Kara Gaisie 161 161 161 Have the Confidence to Pivot and Create Bigger Things as a CPA with Kara Gaisie full 2873ebd9-29c2-4865-84e8-578229818942 https://share.transistor.fm/s/1112e9ec Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, Kara Gaisie.

Kara Gaisie is an ex-CPA turned coach, who works with women who want to leave their 6 figure job without sacrificing their lifestyle.

Kara talks about the obstacles and fears faced by her clients who are part-time life coaches wanting to transition to become full-time coaches. She shares some strategies to get over those fears, and how entrepreneurs can improve their self-confidence. These strategies can be used by CPAs wanting to make a transition to bigger things.

 

Highlights:

— “Often we can move so much quicker when we take ourselves out of the business and really focus on delivering a quality product or service to our customers and our clients.”

— “Do whatever you need to do until you are at a place where you feel confident and you have the demand to continue to offer that service over and over and over again.” 

— “All pricing is made up. Everybody's value is subjective. Everybody gets to decide what they would be willing to pay for a certain thing.“

— “What builds self-confidence is being willing to be rejected, being willing to fail, and learning from that without making it mean anything about you. And then doing it over and over and over again.” — “Your worth has nothing to do with your service. As a person, you are wholly worthy, just as you are.”

Connect with KARA:

Website: https://karagaisie.com/

Want more on pricing and other business topics for CPAs?

Join me for “Ten Essentials for Working Less” – a free training series on Crowdcast thru OCT 25th.  More info here.  

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, Kara Gaisie.

Kara Gaisie is an ex-CPA turned coach, who works with women who want to leave their 6 figure job without sacrificing their lifestyle.

Kara talks about the obstacles and fears faced by her clients who are part-time life coaches wanting to transition to become full-time coaches. She shares some strategies to get over those fears, and how entrepreneurs can improve their self-confidence. These strategies can be used by CPAs wanting to make a transition to bigger things.

 

Highlights:

— “Often we can move so much quicker when we take ourselves out of the business and really focus on delivering a quality product or service to our customers and our clients.”

— “Do whatever you need to do until you are at a place where you feel confident and you have the demand to continue to offer that service over and over and over again.” 

— “All pricing is made up. Everybody's value is subjective. Everybody gets to decide what they would be willing to pay for a certain thing.“

— “What builds self-confidence is being willing to be rejected, being willing to fail, and learning from that without making it mean anything about you. And then doing it over and over and over again.” — “Your worth has nothing to do with your service. As a person, you are wholly worthy, just as you are.”

Connect with KARA:

Website: https://karagaisie.com/

Want more on pricing and other business topics for CPAs?

Join me for “Ten Essentials for Working Less” – a free training series on Crowdcast thru OCT 25th.  More info here.  

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 27 Oct 2021 02:00:54 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Kara Gaisie Geraldine Carter with Guest Kara Gaisie 1683 Today we are talking about how to create a different future for yourself, even if you believe strongly in reality.  Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, Kara Gaisie. Kara Gaisie is an ex-CPA turned coach, who works with women who want to leave their 6 figure job without sacrificing their lifestyle. Kara talks about the obstacles and fears faced by her clients who are part-time life coaches wanting to transition to become full-time coaches. She shares some strategies to get over those fears, and how entrepreneurs can improve their self-confidence. These strategies can be used by CPAs wanting to make a transition to bigger things.   Highlights: — “Often we can move so much quicker when we take ourselves out of the business and really focus on delivering a quality product or service to our customers and our clients.” — “Do whatever you need to do until you are at a place where you feel confident and you have the demand to continue to offer that service over and over and over again.”  — “All pricing is made up. Everybody's value is subjective. Everybody gets to decide what they would be willing to pay for a certain thing.“ — “What builds self-confidence is being willing to be rejected, being willing to fail, and learning from that without making it mean anything about you. And then doing it over and over and over again.” — “Your worth has nothing to do with your service. As a person, you are wholly worthy, just as you are.” Connect with KARA: Website: https://karagaisie.com/ Want more on pricing and other business topics for CPAs? Join me for “Ten Essentials for Working Less” – a free training series on Crowdcast thru OCT 25th.  More info here.   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Today we are talking about how to create a different future for yourself, even if you believe strongly in reality.  Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, Kara Gaisie. Kara Gaisie is an ex-CPA turned coach, who works with women who wan Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 160 How to Price CPA Advisory Services 160 160 160 How to Price CPA Advisory Services full 705222da-9e50-461d-b324-695f277f0c0e https://share.transistor.fm/s/bc523512 Want to attend Ten Essentials to Work Less as a CPA?

Subscribe to my Daily Drip of business strategy for CPAs to get the details, as well as the guidance you need to stop working so hard for your revenue.

Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

Today we’re talking about How to Price Advisory Services. 

If you don’t know how to price or how to think about pricing, you may run into some common potholes, like underpricing your services, overworking in order to compensate, clients who are less emotionally invested in your business relationship and therefore get less valuable results, and so on.

In this episode, in order to make it easier to improve prices, we break out what might be a common CPAs client roster into 5 possible buckets. And once we have the buckets separated, then we can get into what is an appropriate price range for not just the services - or even better - the outcomes.

Hopefully by giving you some ranges and some examples, you will have a sense of what is "reasonable" and what is in the ballpark. 

But your prices will be tied to the value that you can provide. And that value will always be subjective and based on what the buyer perceives the value to be.

Want more on pricing and other business topics for CPAs?

Join me for “Ten Essentials for Working Less” – a free training series on Crowdcast thru OCT 25th.  More info here.  

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Want to attend Ten Essentials to Work Less as a CPA?

Subscribe to my Daily Drip of business strategy for CPAs to get the details, as well as the guidance you need to stop working so hard for your revenue.

Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

 

Today we’re talking about How to Price Advisory Services. 

If you don’t know how to price or how to think about pricing, you may run into some common potholes, like underpricing your services, overworking in order to compensate, clients who are less emotionally invested in your business relationship and therefore get less valuable results, and so on.

In this episode, in order to make it easier to improve prices, we break out what might be a common CPAs client roster into 5 possible buckets. And once we have the buckets separated, then we can get into what is an appropriate price range for not just the services - or even better - the outcomes.

Hopefully by giving you some ranges and some examples, you will have a sense of what is "reasonable" and what is in the ballpark. 

But your prices will be tied to the value that you can provide. And that value will always be subjective and based on what the buyer perceives the value to be.

Want more on pricing and other business topics for CPAs?

Join me for “Ten Essentials for Working Less” – a free training series on Crowdcast thru OCT 25th.  More info here.  

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 20 Oct 2021 02:00:51 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 560 Want to attend Ten Essentials to Work Less as a CPA? Subscribe to my Daily Drip of business strategy for CPAs to get the details, as well as the guidance you need to stop working so hard for your revenue. Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/subscribe-main-list   Today we’re talking about How to Price Advisory Services.  If you don’t know how to price or how to think about pricing, you may run into some common potholes, like underpricing your services, overworking in order to compensate, clients who are less emotionally invested in your business relationship and therefore get less valuable results, and so on. In this episode, in order to make it easier to improve prices, we break out what might be a common CPAs client roster into 5 possible buckets. And once we have the buckets separated, then we can get into what is an appropriate price range for not just the services - or even better - the outcomes. Hopefully by giving you some ranges and some examples, you will have a sense of what is "reasonable" and what is in the ballpark.  But your prices will be tied to the value that you can provide. And that value will always be subjective and based on what the buyer perceives the value to be. Want more on pricing and other business topics for CPAs? Join me for “Ten Essentials for Working Less” – a free training series on Crowdcast thru OCT 25th.  More info here.     Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Want to attend Ten Essentials to Work Less as a CPA? Subscribe to my Daily Drip of business strategy for CPAs to get the details, as well as the guidance you need to stop working so hard for your revenue. Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/subscribe-ma Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No BONUS: Free Training Series - Work Less Without Losing Revenue 159 159 BONUS: Free Training Series - Work Less Without Losing Revenue bonus 5b58b24f-ec11-4878-8873-db77761d8d22 https://share.transistor.fm/s/e3c69219 Link for FREE training series:

SheThinksBigCoaching.com/webinars/

 

Ready to get your life back after two hellish tax seasons?

Join me for the FREE October Training Series: “10 Essentials for Working Less Without Losing a Dime in Revenue.”

 

Ten great topics over 10 days, like:

  • How to Build Advisory Services Without Getting Killed on Scope Creep
  • How to Improve Profits Through Pricing Without Being an Expert in Pricing Theory
  • How to Niche Without Risk

And a bunch more. Check out the full list and save your spot at 

SheThinksBigCoaching.com/webinars/

 

Attend LIVE, for FREE, starting October 18, going through Oct 25th. 

 

One more time :)

SheThinksBigCoaching.com/webinars/

]]> Link for FREE training series:

SheThinksBigCoaching.com/webinars/

 

Ready to get your life back after two hellish tax seasons?

Join me for the FREE October Training Series: “10 Essentials for Working Less Without Losing a Dime in Revenue.”

 

Ten great topics over 10 days, like:

  • How to Build Advisory Services Without Getting Killed on Scope Creep
  • How to Improve Profits Through Pricing Without Being an Expert in Pricing Theory
  • How to Niche Without Risk

And a bunch more. Check out the full list and save your spot at 

SheThinksBigCoaching.com/webinars/

 

Attend LIVE, for FREE, starting October 18, going through Oct 25th. 

 

One more time :)

SheThinksBigCoaching.com/webinars/

]]> Wed, 13 Oct 2021 02:10:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 116 Link for FREE training series: SheThinksBigCoaching.com/webinars/   Ready to get your life back after two hellish tax seasons? Join me for the FREE October Training Series: “10 Essentials for Working Less Without Losing a Dime in Revenue.”   Ten great topics over 10 days, like: How to Build Advisory Services Without Getting Killed on Scope Creep How to Improve Profits Through Pricing Without Being an Expert in Pricing Theory How to Niche Without Risk And a bunch more. Check out the full list and save your spot at  SheThinksBigCoaching.com/webinars/   Attend LIVE, for FREE, starting October 18, going through Oct 25th.    One more time :) SheThinksBigCoaching.com/webinars/ Link for FREE training series: SheThinksBigCoaching.com/webinars/   Ready to get your life back after two hellish tax seasons? Join me for the FREE October Training Series: “10 Essentials for Working Less Without Losing a Dime in Revenue.”   Ten great top Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 159 How to Package CPA Advisory Services 159 159 159 How to Package CPA Advisory Services full 5d8c436a-ebb8-4ecc-88a8-049619afe743 https://share.transistor.fm/s/d52b85d1 Want to attend Seven Essentials to Work Less as a CPA?

Subscribe to my Daily Drip of business strategy for CPAs to get the details, as well as the guidance you need to stop working so hard for your revenue.

Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Today we’re talking about How to Package Advisory Services. 

If you don’t know how to package and price CPA services, you’re likely to be forced into the unenviable position of billing by the hour after the fact for work you thought you should do. 

This will result in, among other things, getting under-compensated relative to the value you could or do provide.

Where a lot of CPAs are is, “Tell me what you need and I’ll do it for you at this hourly rate.”

And what I want you to have instead today are 4 examples of packaged up services so you can see what the end result looks like, but more importantly, what questions to ask yourself and in what order, so you can build out your own packages that suit your firm and your clientele in a way that meets both of your needs. 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Want to attend Seven Essentials to Work Less as a CPA?

Subscribe to my Daily Drip of business strategy for CPAs to get the details, as well as the guidance you need to stop working so hard for your revenue.

Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/subscribe-main-list

Today we’re talking about How to Package Advisory Services. 

If you don’t know how to package and price CPA services, you’re likely to be forced into the unenviable position of billing by the hour after the fact for work you thought you should do. 

This will result in, among other things, getting under-compensated relative to the value you could or do provide.

Where a lot of CPAs are is, “Tell me what you need and I’ll do it for you at this hourly rate.”

And what I want you to have instead today are 4 examples of packaged up services so you can see what the end result looks like, but more importantly, what questions to ask yourself and in what order, so you can build out your own packages that suit your firm and your clientele in a way that meets both of your needs. 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 13 Oct 2021 02:00:07 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 483 Want to attend Seven Essentials to Work Less as a CPA? Subscribe to my Daily Drip of business strategy for CPAs to get the details, as well as the guidance you need to stop working so hard for your revenue. Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/subscribe-main-list Today we’re talking about How to Package Advisory Services.  If you don’t know how to package and price CPA services, you’re likely to be forced into the unenviable position of billing by the hour after the fact for work you thought you should do.  This will result in, among other things, getting under-compensated relative to the value you could or do provide. Where a lot of CPAs are is, “Tell me what you need and I’ll do it for you at this hourly rate.” And what I want you to have instead today are 4 examples of packaged up services so you can see what the end result looks like, but more importantly, what questions to ask yourself and in what order, so you can build out your own packages that suit your firm and your clientele in a way that meets both of your needs.  Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Want to attend Seven Essentials to Work Less as a CPA? Subscribe to my Daily Drip of business strategy for CPAs to get the details, as well as the guidance you need to stop working so hard for your revenue. Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com/subscribe- Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 158 How CPAs Can Write Better Proposals without Having to Be Good Writers 158 158 158 How CPAs Can Write Better Proposals without Having to Be Good Writers full d2811cb7-d737-41b9-a07a-0cf624de6204 https://share.transistor.fm/s/28be64ca CPAs put all this time and effort into writing a good proposal. They package it up, send it off and it just goes into the abyss. Never to hear from the prospect again. Another problem is that you send out the proposal, the client or prospect comes back, you have a conversation with them, but they end up declining to work with you. 

Then sometimes if value isn't fully captured, it can result in reduced fees and potentially leaving money on the table.

So, if you can have a system for writing really solid proposals, without burning a bunch of time doing it, you can reduce the time that it spends, you can increase your conversion rate and you can potentially increase your fees without lowering your conversion rate. 

And what I want you to have in this episode are the pieces that make up a good proposal.

 

Highlights:

— “You do not have to be a Pulitzer prize winning writer to write a good proposal. Plain English is where it's at.”

— “What forms the backbone of your proposal are the situation appraisal, the objectives, the service options, and the payment terms.”

— “Everything that you need for your proposal can and should come out of a great discovery meeting.”

— “In discovery meetings, make sure you're asking open-ended questions to find out what it is your clients are trying to achieve, what it is they really want, and understand if you're the person that can help them get there.”

— “If you can, best to present your proposal live, either in person or on screen. So that you can walk them through it and you can answer questions on the spot.” 

Download the PDF for this episode:

https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/sample-proposal

Episode mentions:

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/106

 

111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/111

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> CPAs put all this time and effort into writing a good proposal. They package it up, send it off and it just goes into the abyss. Never to hear from the prospect again. Another problem is that you send out the proposal, the client or prospect comes back, you have a conversation with them, but they end up declining to work with you. 

Then sometimes if value isn't fully captured, it can result in reduced fees and potentially leaving money on the table.

So, if you can have a system for writing really solid proposals, without burning a bunch of time doing it, you can reduce the time that it spends, you can increase your conversion rate and you can potentially increase your fees without lowering your conversion rate. 

And what I want you to have in this episode are the pieces that make up a good proposal.

 

Highlights:

— “You do not have to be a Pulitzer prize winning writer to write a good proposal. Plain English is where it's at.”

— “What forms the backbone of your proposal are the situation appraisal, the objectives, the service options, and the payment terms.”

— “Everything that you need for your proposal can and should come out of a great discovery meeting.”

— “In discovery meetings, make sure you're asking open-ended questions to find out what it is your clients are trying to achieve, what it is they really want, and understand if you're the person that can help them get there.”

— “If you can, best to present your proposal live, either in person or on screen. So that you can walk them through it and you can answer questions on the spot.” 

Download the PDF for this episode:

https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/sample-proposal

Episode mentions:

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/106

 

111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/111

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 06 Oct 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1342 CPAs put all this time and effort into writing a good proposal. They package it up, send it off and it just goes into the abyss. Never to hear from the prospect again. Another problem is that you send out the proposal, the client or prospect comes back, you have a conversation with them, but they end up declining to work with you.  Then sometimes if value isn't fully captured, it can result in reduced fees and potentially leaving money on the table. So, if you can have a system for writing really solid proposals, without burning a bunch of time doing it, you can reduce the time that it spends, you can increase your conversion rate and you can potentially increase your fees without lowering your conversion rate.  And what I want you to have in this episode are the pieces that make up a good proposal.   Highlights: — “You do not have to be a Pulitzer prize winning writer to write a good proposal. Plain English is where it's at.” — “What forms the backbone of your proposal are the situation appraisal, the objectives, the service options, and the payment terms.” — “Everything that you need for your proposal can and should come out of a great discovery meeting.” — “In discovery meetings, make sure you're asking open-ended questions to find out what it is your clients are trying to achieve, what it is they really want, and understand if you're the person that can help them get there.” — “If you can, best to present your proposal live, either in person or on screen. So that you can walk them through it and you can answer questions on the spot.”  Download the PDF for this episode: https://www.shethinksbigcoaching.com/sample-proposal Episode mentions: 106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/106   111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/111   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options CPAs put all this time and effort into writing a good proposal. They package it up, send it off and it just goes into the abyss. Never to hear from the prospect again. Another problem is that you send out the proposal, the client or prospect comes back, y Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 157 Altitudes of Involvement for CPAs with Jonathan Stark 157 157 157 Altitudes of Involvement for CPAs with Jonathan Stark full b1150db9-3d67-4930-883f-d35e29654bc2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/af945b60 This week we welcome back Jonathan Stark, a former software developer who is on a mission to rid the world of hourly billing. He is the author of Hourly Billing Is Nuts, the host of Ditching Hourly, and writes a daily newsletter on pricing for independent professionals.

Often CPAs don't know how to price for expertise and strategy, and they just lump the advice into the delivery. But the advice and the expertise and the planning is so much more valuable than the delivery, then the setup and implementation. 

In this episode, Jonathan talks about altitudes of involvement, where listeners will get an appreciation of how to separate out the advice and the strategy from the delivery and price it accordingly.

 

Highlights:

— “Strategy is not a plan. A plan comes out of a strategy. Once you have a strategy to achieve the objective, now you can start planning.” 

— “If you're perceived as an execution person, you are not the kind of person that people are going to go to for a blueprint. It's much easier for people to pigeonhole you as a builder and not a strategic thinker.”

— “If you are used to saying I'm a CPA, and you want to shift up an altitude, you need to stop saying that.”

— “Courage is much more important than confidence. Courage is knowing the risks, but doing it anyway, or feeling the fear and doing it anyway.” 

— “The first step: find your top five clients and go out and ask them if they want to have a meeting to talk about the direction of their business and the strategy to get them there.”

Connect with Jonathan:

Website: https://jonathanstark.com/

 

Episode mentions:

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/106

 

111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/111

 

A More Useful Definition Of Strategy

https://jonathanstark.com/daily/20200809-0152-a-more-useful-definition-of-strategy-

 

Book mention:

Good Strategy Bad Strategy: The Difference and Why It Matters

https://www.amazon.com/Good-Strategy-Bad-Difference-Matters/dp/0307886239

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> This week we welcome back Jonathan Stark, a former software developer who is on a mission to rid the world of hourly billing. He is the author of Hourly Billing Is Nuts, the host of Ditching Hourly, and writes a daily newsletter on pricing for independent professionals.

Often CPAs don't know how to price for expertise and strategy, and they just lump the advice into the delivery. But the advice and the expertise and the planning is so much more valuable than the delivery, then the setup and implementation. 

In this episode, Jonathan talks about altitudes of involvement, where listeners will get an appreciation of how to separate out the advice and the strategy from the delivery and price it accordingly.

 

Highlights:

— “Strategy is not a plan. A plan comes out of a strategy. Once you have a strategy to achieve the objective, now you can start planning.” 

— “If you're perceived as an execution person, you are not the kind of person that people are going to go to for a blueprint. It's much easier for people to pigeonhole you as a builder and not a strategic thinker.”

— “If you are used to saying I'm a CPA, and you want to shift up an altitude, you need to stop saying that.”

— “Courage is much more important than confidence. Courage is knowing the risks, but doing it anyway, or feeling the fear and doing it anyway.” 

— “The first step: find your top five clients and go out and ask them if they want to have a meeting to talk about the direction of their business and the strategy to get them there.”

Connect with Jonathan:

Website: https://jonathanstark.com/

 

Episode mentions:

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/106

 

111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/111

 

A More Useful Definition Of Strategy

https://jonathanstark.com/daily/20200809-0152-a-more-useful-definition-of-strategy-

 

Book mention:

Good Strategy Bad Strategy: The Difference and Why It Matters

https://www.amazon.com/Good-Strategy-Bad-Difference-Matters/dp/0307886239

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 29 Sep 2021 02:00:12 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2947 This week we welcome back Jonathan Stark, a former software developer who is on a mission to rid the world of hourly billing. He is the author of Hourly Billing Is Nuts, the host of Ditching Hourly, and writes a daily newsletter on pricing for independent professionals. Often CPAs don't know how to price for expertise and strategy, and they just lump the advice into the delivery. But the advice and the expertise and the planning is so much more valuable than the delivery, then the setup and implementation.  In this episode, Jonathan talks about altitudes of involvement, where listeners will get an appreciation of how to separate out the advice and the strategy from the delivery and price it accordingly.   Highlights: — “Strategy is not a plan. A plan comes out of a strategy. Once you have a strategy to achieve the objective, now you can start planning.”  — “If you're perceived as an execution person, you are not the kind of person that people are going to go to for a blueprint. It's much easier for people to pigeonhole you as a builder and not a strategic thinker.” — “If you are used to saying I'm a CPA, and you want to shift up an altitude, you need to stop saying that.” — “Courage is much more important than confidence. Courage is knowing the risks, but doing it anyway, or feeling the fear and doing it anyway.”  — “The first step: find your top five clients and go out and ask them if they want to have a meeting to talk about the direction of their business and the strategy to get them there.” Connect with Jonathan: Website: https://jonathanstark.com/   Episode mentions: 106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/106   111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/111   A More Useful Definition Of Strategy https://jonathanstark.com/daily/20200809-0152-a-more-useful-definition-of-strategy-   Book mention: Good Strategy Bad Strategy: The Difference and Why It Matters https://www.amazon.com/Good-Strategy-Bad-Difference-Matters/dp/0307886239 Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   This week we welcome back Jonathan Stark, a former software developer who is on a mission to rid the world of hourly billing. He is the author of Hourly Billing Is Nuts, the host of Ditching Hourly, and writes a daily newsletter on pricing for independent Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 156 Get Different, Get Noticed: Better Marketing for CPAs with Mike Michalowicz 156 156 156 Get Different, Get Noticed: Better Marketing for CPAs with Mike Michalowicz full e7847c75-4b81-4012-af7f-74672b9f2362 https://share.transistor.fm/s/7e3363da Many CPAs are frustrated because they feel invisible in a crowded marketplace. They know they are better than their competitors, but when they focus on that fact, they get little in return. That's because, to customers, better is not actually better. Different is better. And those who market differently, win.

In his new marketing book, Mike Michalowicz offers a proven, no-bullsh*t method to position your business to get noticed, attract the best prospects, and convert those opportunities into sales.

Today I speak with Mike Michalowicz, author of 7 books, now including Get Different. 

 

Highlights:

  • If the bulk of your business comes from customer referrals, you have limited control over your growth, putting you in a precarious position
  • We need a way to throttle the flow of leads: to be able to turn the spigot up when we want more clients, or turn it down when necessary, but not be at the whims of referrals. 
  • The smart marketing money is on testing: run small experiments. No results? Fine. Good results? Invest more. 
  • Sadly, many business owners take the random pot-shot approach, and that’s a mistake.
  • Being different doesn’t necessarily mean outrageous. Being different helps you stand out, cut through the noise, get noticed, and attract the right people to you.

 

Connect with Mike Michalowicz:

Website: https://www.gogetdifferent.com/

Purchase Get Different: https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0593330633/ref=as_li_ss_tl?&linkCode=ll1&tag=obsidian-20&linkId=eca96009472be51113c717d00aa6ca08&language=en_US

Episode mentions:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/083 Fix This Next In Your Accounting Practice

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Many CPAs are frustrated because they feel invisible in a crowded marketplace. They know they are better than their competitors, but when they focus on that fact, they get little in return. That's because, to customers, better is not actually better. Different is better. And those who market differently, win.

In his new marketing book, Mike Michalowicz offers a proven, no-bullsh*t method to position your business to get noticed, attract the best prospects, and convert those opportunities into sales.

Today I speak with Mike Michalowicz, author of 7 books, now including Get Different. 

 

Highlights:

  • If the bulk of your business comes from customer referrals, you have limited control over your growth, putting you in a precarious position
  • We need a way to throttle the flow of leads: to be able to turn the spigot up when we want more clients, or turn it down when necessary, but not be at the whims of referrals. 
  • The smart marketing money is on testing: run small experiments. No results? Fine. Good results? Invest more. 
  • Sadly, many business owners take the random pot-shot approach, and that’s a mistake.
  • Being different doesn’t necessarily mean outrageous. Being different helps you stand out, cut through the noise, get noticed, and attract the right people to you.

 

Connect with Mike Michalowicz:

Website: https://www.gogetdifferent.com/

Purchase Get Different: https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0593330633/ref=as_li_ss_tl?&linkCode=ll1&tag=obsidian-20&linkId=eca96009472be51113c717d00aa6ca08&language=en_US

Episode mentions:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/083 Fix This Next In Your Accounting Practice

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 22 Sep 2021 02:00:21 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1389 Many CPAs are frustrated because they feel invisible in a crowded marketplace. They know they are better than their competitors, but when they focus on that fact, they get little in return. That's because, to customers, better is not actually better. Different is better. And those who market differently, win. In his new marketing book, Mike Michalowicz offers a proven, no-bullsh*t method to position your business to get noticed, attract the best prospects, and convert those opportunities into sales. Today I speak with Mike Michalowicz, author of 7 books, now including Get Different.    Highlights: If the bulk of your business comes from customer referrals, you have limited control over your growth, putting you in a precarious position We need a way to throttle the flow of leads: to be able to turn the spigot up when we want more clients, or turn it down when necessary, but not be at the whims of referrals.  The smart marketing money is on testing: run small experiments. No results? Fine. Good results? Invest more.  Sadly, many business owners take the random pot-shot approach, and that’s a mistake. Being different doesn’t necessarily mean outrageous. Being different helps you stand out, cut through the noise, get noticed, and attract the right people to you.   Connect with Mike Michalowicz: Website: https://www.gogetdifferent.com/ Purchase Get Different: https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0593330633/ref=as_li_ss_tl?&amp;linkCode=ll1&amp;tag=obsidian-20&amp;linkId=eca96009472be51113c717d00aa6ca08&amp;language=en_US Episode mentions: https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/083 Fix This Next In Your Accounting Practice Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Many CPAs are frustrated because they feel invisible in a crowded marketplace. They know they are better than their competitors, but when they focus on that fact, they get little in return. That's because, to customers, better is not actually better. Diff Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 155 BONUS - Pricing in a Nutshell, for CPAs 155 155 155 BONUS - Pricing in a Nutshell, for CPAs bonus 61796134-5dc0-4eb1-be7b-25102dee54d3 https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3e91daa JOIN or WATCH REPLAY – Pricing in a Nutshell

https://www.crowdcast.io/e/pricing-in-a-nutshell

SUBSCRIBE –

SheThinksBigCoaching.com Hourly billing is like radioactive waste:  invisible, and given enough time and quantity, it'll kill you. Make the shift to pricing your services and reap the benefits, like 3x'ing profitability. But you need to know which pricing tools to use, and in which situations. 

If you're a CPA, these are your most important pricing tools:

  • Value-based
  • Flat/Fixed Fee
  • Segmented
  • Curves

Using these even only  reasonably well will guarantee that you will be more profitable on all your engagements. 

]]> JOIN or WATCH REPLAY – Pricing in a Nutshell

https://www.crowdcast.io/e/pricing-in-a-nutshell

SUBSCRIBE –

SheThinksBigCoaching.com Hourly billing is like radioactive waste:  invisible, and given enough time and quantity, it'll kill you. Make the shift to pricing your services and reap the benefits, like 3x'ing profitability. But you need to know which pricing tools to use, and in which situations. 

If you're a CPA, these are your most important pricing tools:

  • Value-based
  • Flat/Fixed Fee
  • Segmented
  • Curves

Using these even only  reasonably well will guarantee that you will be more profitable on all your engagements. 

]]> Wed, 15 Sep 2021 14:25:39 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 97 JOIN or WATCH REPLAY – Pricing in a Nutshell https://www.crowdcast.io/e/pricing-in-a-nutshell SUBSCRIBE – SheThinksBigCoaching.com Hourly billing is like radioactive waste:  invisible, and given enough time and quantity, it'll kill you. Make the shift to pricing your services and reap the benefits, like 3x'ing profitability. But you need to know which pricing tools to use, and in which situations.  If you're a CPA, these are your most important pricing tools: Value-based Flat/Fixed Fee Segmented Curves Using these even only  reasonably well will guarantee that you will be more profitable on all your engagements.  JOIN or WATCH REPLAY – Pricing in a Nutshell https://www.crowdcast.io/e/pricing-in-a-nutshell SUBSCRIBE – SheThinksBigCoaching.com Hourly billing is like radioactive waste:  invisible, and given enough time and quantity, it'll kill you. Make the shift Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 155 CFO Meetings: Go Beyond Dashboards and KPIs with Mark Gandy 155 155 155 CFO Meetings: Go Beyond Dashboards and KPIs with Mark Gandy full e09b8e1f-a7ad-4e09-a7bb-7f37f554025e https://share.transistor.fm/s/9e51bae3 As more and more CPAs make the shift to Advisory services, one question that comes up is how do I run meetings, what’s the agenda, what am I showing my clients, what are we talking about?

Meetings of course are great opportunities to add value for your clients and increase their clarity and help them better understand what’s happening and what decisions to make. 

Here today to talk with me about how to hold great CFO meetings is my guest, Mark Gandy. 

Mark has been working as a part-time CFO for more than 20 years, and he's made every mistake in the book and he knows exactly how to run a fractional CFO meeting.

HIGHLIGHTS:

— “How do we hold effective meetings when we make this shift to advisory? It depends on where you are in the relationship.” 

— “During meetings, we don't always hit the financials head on that much because usually, the issues are either marketing-related, sales-related, or operations-related.”

— “The 10-30-60 rule is essentially 10% of any change is going to be all about the data or the numbers, the 30% is all about the new process, and the 60% is all about behavior.” 

— “Most of the issues I deal with CEOs are behavioral issues — getting people engaged, getting people excited.”

— “Great CFOs should be able to run a business. That means they need to understand marketing, sales, and operations.”

— “What's keeping businesses from moving the needle? It's usually people issues, not necessarily process or data.” 

Connect with Mark:

Website: https://g3cfo.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/markagandy/

Software mentions:

Tableau https://www.tableau.com/

Qualtrics https://www.qualtrics.com/

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> As more and more CPAs make the shift to Advisory services, one question that comes up is how do I run meetings, what’s the agenda, what am I showing my clients, what are we talking about?

Meetings of course are great opportunities to add value for your clients and increase their clarity and help them better understand what’s happening and what decisions to make. 

Here today to talk with me about how to hold great CFO meetings is my guest, Mark Gandy. 

Mark has been working as a part-time CFO for more than 20 years, and he's made every mistake in the book and he knows exactly how to run a fractional CFO meeting.

HIGHLIGHTS:

— “How do we hold effective meetings when we make this shift to advisory? It depends on where you are in the relationship.” 

— “During meetings, we don't always hit the financials head on that much because usually, the issues are either marketing-related, sales-related, or operations-related.”

— “The 10-30-60 rule is essentially 10% of any change is going to be all about the data or the numbers, the 30% is all about the new process, and the 60% is all about behavior.” 

— “Most of the issues I deal with CEOs are behavioral issues — getting people engaged, getting people excited.”

— “Great CFOs should be able to run a business. That means they need to understand marketing, sales, and operations.”

— “What's keeping businesses from moving the needle? It's usually people issues, not necessarily process or data.” 

Connect with Mark:

Website: https://g3cfo.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/markagandy/

Software mentions:

Tableau https://www.tableau.com/

Qualtrics https://www.qualtrics.com/

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 15 Sep 2021 02:00:47 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2327 As more and more CPAs make the shift to Advisory services, one question that comes up is how do I run meetings, what’s the agenda, what am I showing my clients, what are we talking about? Meetings of course are great opportunities to add value for your clients and increase their clarity and help them better understand what’s happening and what decisions to make.  Here today to talk with me about how to hold great CFO meetings is my guest, Mark Gandy.  Mark has been working as a part-time CFO for more than 20 years, and he's made every mistake in the book and he knows exactly how to run a fractional CFO meeting. HIGHLIGHTS: — “How do we hold effective meetings when we make this shift to advisory? It depends on where you are in the relationship.”  — “During meetings, we don't always hit the financials head on that much because usually, the issues are either marketing-related, sales-related, or operations-related.” — “The 10-30-60 rule is essentially 10% of any change is going to be all about the data or the numbers, the 30% is all about the new process, and the 60% is all about behavior.”  — “Most of the issues I deal with CEOs are behavioral issues — getting people engaged, getting people excited.” — “Great CFOs should be able to run a business. That means they need to understand marketing, sales, and operations.” — “What's keeping businesses from moving the needle? It's usually people issues, not necessarily process or data.”  Connect with Mark: Website: https://g3cfo.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/markagandy/ Software mentions: Tableau https://www.tableau.com/ Qualtrics https://www.qualtrics.com/   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options As more and more CPAs make the shift to Advisory services, one question that comes up is how do I run meetings, what’s the agenda, what am I showing my clients, what are we talking about? Meetings of course are great opportunities to add value for your cl Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 154 Help Your Advisory Clients See the Power in their Data with Fathom 154 154 154 Help Your Advisory Clients See the Power in their Data with Fathom full f6a3df1c-3015-427f-a73b-f898cfe0e1f7 https://share.transistor.fm/s/fccc0c7c For business owners to make more money, it helps if they can make better informed decisions. 

And though a P/L and Balance Sheet are very useful tools, for many every day business owners those two documents require a lot mental extrapolation to be able to forecast from.

 

And they hire accountants and CPAs to help them understand where their money went… what they get is a P/L, but a P/L is really tough tool to use to understand how to make more money. 

What many business owners want is a simple tool that can help them understand and forecast the impact of decisions, before they make them. 

Here today to talk with me about this tool is Rowan Eister, US Head of Business Development for the financial reporting and forecasting tool, Fathom. 

HIGHLIGHTS:

 

— “For CPAs looking to build more advisory relationships with clients or deepen those relationships, Fathom serves as your all around toolkit. It opens up that revenue stream of advisory and improves your relationships with clients.” 

 

— “Fathom was created with the idea to make clients understand their performance in a way that really resonates with them and that they can get involved with.”

 

— “Fathom is focused around design so the visuals are really at the core of how unique it is.” 

 

— “Fathom takes those financial results and brings them to life in a way that is more meaningful than just that income statement or just that kind of spreadsheet of numbers that you may be giving to clients.”

 

— “Fathom's forecasting tool is going to evolve with your business and allows you to continue making strategic movements based on how things happen.”

Connect with Rowan:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rowan-eister/

Software mentions:

Fathom 14-day free trial: https://www.fathomhq.com/signup

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> For business owners to make more money, it helps if they can make better informed decisions. 

And though a P/L and Balance Sheet are very useful tools, for many every day business owners those two documents require a lot mental extrapolation to be able to forecast from.

 

And they hire accountants and CPAs to help them understand where their money went… what they get is a P/L, but a P/L is really tough tool to use to understand how to make more money. 

What many business owners want is a simple tool that can help them understand and forecast the impact of decisions, before they make them. 

Here today to talk with me about this tool is Rowan Eister, US Head of Business Development for the financial reporting and forecasting tool, Fathom. 

HIGHLIGHTS:

 

— “For CPAs looking to build more advisory relationships with clients or deepen those relationships, Fathom serves as your all around toolkit. It opens up that revenue stream of advisory and improves your relationships with clients.” 

 

— “Fathom was created with the idea to make clients understand their performance in a way that really resonates with them and that they can get involved with.”

 

— “Fathom is focused around design so the visuals are really at the core of how unique it is.” 

 

— “Fathom takes those financial results and brings them to life in a way that is more meaningful than just that income statement or just that kind of spreadsheet of numbers that you may be giving to clients.”

 

— “Fathom's forecasting tool is going to evolve with your business and allows you to continue making strategic movements based on how things happen.”

Connect with Rowan:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rowan-eister/

Software mentions:

Fathom 14-day free trial: https://www.fathomhq.com/signup

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 08 Sep 2021 02:01:52 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1881 For business owners to make more money, it helps if they can make better informed decisions.  And though a P/L and Balance Sheet are very useful tools, for many every day business owners those two documents require a lot mental extrapolation to be able to forecast from.   And they hire accountants and CPAs to help them understand where their money went… what they get is a P/L, but a P/L is really tough tool to use to understand how to make more money.  What many business owners want is a simple tool that can help them understand and forecast the impact of decisions, before they make them.  Here today to talk with me about this tool is Rowan Eister, US Head of Business Development for the financial reporting and forecasting tool, Fathom.  HIGHLIGHTS:   — “For CPAs looking to build more advisory relationships with clients or deepen those relationships, Fathom serves as your all around toolkit. It opens up that revenue stream of advisory and improves your relationships with clients.”    — “Fathom was created with the idea to make clients understand their performance in a way that really resonates with them and that they can get involved with.”   — “Fathom is focused around design so the visuals are really at the core of how unique it is.”    — “Fathom takes those financial results and brings them to life in a way that is more meaningful than just that income statement or just that kind of spreadsheet of numbers that you may be giving to clients.”   — “Fathom's forecasting tool is going to evolve with your business and allows you to continue making strategic movements based on how things happen.” Connect with Rowan: LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rowan-eister/ Software mentions: Fathom 14-day free trial: https://www.fathomhq.com/signup Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options For business owners to make more money, it helps if they can make better informed decisions.  And though a P/L and Balance Sheet are very useful tools, for many every day business owners those two documents require a lot mental extrapolation to be able to Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 153 A Formula for Quantifying Value with Mark Stiving, PhD 153 153 153 A Formula for Quantifying Value with Mark Stiving, PhD full c27898ea-bf4c-463d-a2af-9e9e18c2ca41 https://share.transistor.fm/s/23146135 Accountants have a hard time getting their head around assigning a price to squishy stuff like peace of mind, quick response time, and ease of access. While they understand that these things are valuable, it’s not widely understood how they can be converted to dollar prices.

Today I speak with Mark Stiving, a pricing educator and advisor. He's the host of the Impact Pricing podcast and is the owner of Impact Pricing, where he teaches clients how to win, keep and grow customers to drive higher revenue.

Mark talks about perceived versus real value, and the concept of the value table to come up with quantifiable results that can then be used for pricing.

Highlights:

— “Understanding how our customers perceive our value is not only how we set our prices or how we should be setting our prices. It also should be how we communicate through our marketing messages or our sales efforts. It also should be how we choose what products to build or services to offer.”

— “Nobody cares about your product. What they care about is the problem they have that you're going to solve for them. They care about the result they might get after they buy and use your product or service.”

— “Buyers are using perceived value when they make a decision to purchase something.”

— “A value metric is how your customers measure the value you deliver to them.”

— “The key to a really good pricing metric is understanding our customer’s value metrics.”

Connect with Mark:

Website: https://impactpricing.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stiving/

Previous episode with Mark:

Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs https://smartstrategyforcpas.com/125

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Accountants have a hard time getting their head around assigning a price to squishy stuff like peace of mind, quick response time, and ease of access. While they understand that these things are valuable, it’s not widely understood how they can be converted to dollar prices.

Today I speak with Mark Stiving, a pricing educator and advisor. He's the host of the Impact Pricing podcast and is the owner of Impact Pricing, where he teaches clients how to win, keep and grow customers to drive higher revenue.

Mark talks about perceived versus real value, and the concept of the value table to come up with quantifiable results that can then be used for pricing.

Highlights:

— “Understanding how our customers perceive our value is not only how we set our prices or how we should be setting our prices. It also should be how we communicate through our marketing messages or our sales efforts. It also should be how we choose what products to build or services to offer.”

— “Nobody cares about your product. What they care about is the problem they have that you're going to solve for them. They care about the result they might get after they buy and use your product or service.”

— “Buyers are using perceived value when they make a decision to purchase something.”

— “A value metric is how your customers measure the value you deliver to them.”

— “The key to a really good pricing metric is understanding our customer’s value metrics.”

Connect with Mark:

Website: https://impactpricing.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stiving/

Previous episode with Mark:

Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs https://smartstrategyforcpas.com/125

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 01 Sep 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine with Guest Mark Stiving Geraldine with Guest Mark Stiving 1986 Accountants have a hard time getting their head around assigning a price to squishy stuff like peace of mind, quick response time, and ease of access. While they understand that these things are valuable, it’s not widely understood how they can be converted to dollar prices. Today I speak with Mark Stiving, a pricing educator and advisor. He's the host of the Impact Pricing podcast and is the owner of Impact Pricing, where he teaches clients how to win, keep and grow customers to drive higher revenue. Mark talks about perceived versus real value, and the concept of the value table to come up with quantifiable results that can then be used for pricing. Highlights: — “Understanding how our customers perceive our value is not only how we set our prices or how we should be setting our prices. It also should be how we communicate through our marketing messages or our sales efforts. It also should be how we choose what products to build or services to offer.” — “Nobody cares about your product. What they care about is the problem they have that you're going to solve for them. They care about the result they might get after they buy and use your product or service.” — “Buyers are using perceived value when they make a decision to purchase something.” — “A value metric is how your customers measure the value you deliver to them.” — “The key to a really good pricing metric is understanding our customer’s value metrics.” Connect with Mark: Website: https://impactpricing.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/stiving/ Previous episode with Mark: Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs https://smartstrategyforcpas.com/125 Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Accountants have a hard time getting their head around assigning a price to squishy stuff like peace of mind, quick response time, and ease of access. While they understand that these things are valuable, it’s not widely understood how they can be convert Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 152 How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months 152 152 152 How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months full bff19e8e-6d84-4569-81d0-86d424cc09d2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/4f616ba7 Many of you are familiar with the overwhelm that comes with a mountain of tax work. It is so easy to get bogged down with the countless details and its never ending so-called quick questions from clients. But before you know it, you're working 70 hours a week with no end in sight. And the money might be good, but at some point it stops being worth it. The desire is to tighten your workload by doing higher level work for just a fraction of the clients so you can get your weekends back, but that just seems like a pipe dream.

Here today to talk with me about this pipe dream is Prithi Daswani who owns Prithi Daswani CPA, a firm based in Orlando, Florida specializing in Medical Practices, and those with Real Estate Portfolios.  She started her own firm 6 years ago after 10 years with the big four. 

She has doubled her business year over and learned a lot in the meantime. Her favorite activity is finding money, and her goal is to get more people talking openly about money and stop treating it as taboo.

We talk about her journey, about what has changed and what she’s learned along the way, so that you can get a sense of what's possible in your accounting practice.

Highlights:

  • “Understanding the client base, the client mix, allowed me to take a step back and get a bigger picture of what I've been doing and what I should not be doing. And who do you say no to and why to say no to it.”
  •  
  • “When a client calls me who does not fit that niche, it makes it a bit easier for me to tell the client, this is not what I'm specializing in. You do not want me to help you. I know how to set up your business, but I would rather you call somebody who knows what they're talking about, so you're set up for success in the future.” 
  •  
  • “I started with very basic pricing that included everything, sometimes even for million dollar clients. Because I didn't know how to necessarily price it out or what value I was providing.” 
  •  
  • “As we get started through the process of offering different prices to different clients and different services, part of it is just doing it so that you have the experience. We need to test the marketplace to find out how people are going to respond.” 
  •  
  • “The only way I sometimes get things done, especially the stuff that I don't want to do is by saying I'm being accountable to someone.” 

Connect with Prithi:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/prithi-daswani-1a12277b/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Many of you are familiar with the overwhelm that comes with a mountain of tax work. It is so easy to get bogged down with the countless details and its never ending so-called quick questions from clients. But before you know it, you're working 70 hours a week with no end in sight. And the money might be good, but at some point it stops being worth it. The desire is to tighten your workload by doing higher level work for just a fraction of the clients so you can get your weekends back, but that just seems like a pipe dream.

Here today to talk with me about this pipe dream is Prithi Daswani who owns Prithi Daswani CPA, a firm based in Orlando, Florida specializing in Medical Practices, and those with Real Estate Portfolios.  She started her own firm 6 years ago after 10 years with the big four. 

She has doubled her business year over and learned a lot in the meantime. Her favorite activity is finding money, and her goal is to get more people talking openly about money and stop treating it as taboo.

We talk about her journey, about what has changed and what she’s learned along the way, so that you can get a sense of what's possible in your accounting practice.

Highlights:

  • “Understanding the client base, the client mix, allowed me to take a step back and get a bigger picture of what I've been doing and what I should not be doing. And who do you say no to and why to say no to it.”
  •  
  • “When a client calls me who does not fit that niche, it makes it a bit easier for me to tell the client, this is not what I'm specializing in. You do not want me to help you. I know how to set up your business, but I would rather you call somebody who knows what they're talking about, so you're set up for success in the future.” 
  •  
  • “I started with very basic pricing that included everything, sometimes even for million dollar clients. Because I didn't know how to necessarily price it out or what value I was providing.” 
  •  
  • “As we get started through the process of offering different prices to different clients and different services, part of it is just doing it so that you have the experience. We need to test the marketplace to find out how people are going to respond.” 
  •  
  • “The only way I sometimes get things done, especially the stuff that I don't want to do is by saying I'm being accountable to someone.” 

Connect with Prithi:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/prithi-daswani-1a12277b/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 25 Aug 2021 02:00:22 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Prithi Daswani Geraldine Carter with Guest Prithi Daswani 2502 Many of you are familiar with the overwhelm that comes with a mountain of tax work. It is so easy to get bogged down with the countless details and its never ending so-called quick questions from clients. But before you know it, you're working 70 hours a week with no end in sight. And the money might be good, but at some point it stops being worth it. The desire is to tighten your workload by doing higher level work for just a fraction of the clients so you can get your weekends back, but that just seems like a pipe dream. Here today to talk with me about this pipe dream is Prithi Daswani who owns Prithi Daswani CPA, a firm based in Orlando, Florida specializing in Medical Practices, and those with Real Estate Portfolios.  She started her own firm 6 years ago after 10 years with the big four.  She has doubled her business year over and learned a lot in the meantime. Her favorite activity is finding money, and her goal is to get more people talking openly about money and stop treating it as taboo. We talk about her journey, about what has changed and what she’s learned along the way, so that you can get a sense of what's possible in your accounting practice. Highlights: “Understanding the client base, the client mix, allowed me to take a step back and get a bigger picture of what I've been doing and what I should not be doing. And who do you say no to and why to say no to it.”   “When a client calls me who does not fit that niche, it makes it a bit easier for me to tell the client, this is not what I'm specializing in. You do not want me to help you. I know how to set up your business, but I would rather you call somebody who knows what they're talking about, so you're set up for success in the future.”    “I started with very basic pricing that included everything, sometimes even for million dollar clients. Because I didn't know how to necessarily price it out or what value I was providing.”    “As we get started through the process of offering different prices to different clients and different services, part of it is just doing it so that you have the experience. We need to test the marketplace to find out how people are going to respond.”    “The only way I sometimes get things done, especially the stuff that I don't want to do is by saying I'm being accountable to someone.”  Connect with Prithi: LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/prithi-daswani-1a12277b/ Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Many of you are familiar with the overwhelm that comes with a mountain of tax work. It is so easy to get bogged down with the countless details and its never ending so-called quick questions from clients. But before you know it, you're working 70 hours a Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 151 Design and Create Pricing Strategies from a Value Standpoint Part 2, with Jose Mirabal 151 151 151 Design and Create Pricing Strategies from a Value Standpoint Part 2, with Jose Mirabal full a78fb0c4-2677-4da9-a51b-fa8dcdaad243 https://share.transistor.fm/s/ea1b7b25 Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour.

What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity. 

Here today to talk with me about this problem is My guest, Jose Mirabal .Jose is the Author of the Value-Based pricing framework and the founder and Director of the Pricing Institute, where he has advised more than 1,500 companies in 42 industries on their pricing strategies.

 

HIGHLIGHTS:

PART 2:

- “What is need based segmentation? It's actually uncovering your market and figuring out and brainstorming the possible needs behind a client possibly buying your products.“

- “When you start seeing the problem from a value standpoint, not from a price standpoint, then things start making sense. That's why need-based segmentation is so helpful. Every single time you uncover needs, it gives you a lot of information.”

- “Needs-based segmentation figures out the who and the transactional analysis tells you exactly how they are consuming.”

- “Sometimes the need has nothing to do with your service, but it has to do with all the other items or attributes that are orbiting around your services.”

- “The secret to pricing is options. It's like a menu at a restaurant.”

- “Uncover your value, but figure your value based on two things. One, what are the needs that the clients have? And two, what are the current options out there that best satisfy those needs?”

 

PART 1:  https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/150

- “Everybody's concerned about their costs.  Nobody really worries about the price ceiling. The idea is to figure out and uncover value perception to see which specific services that you offer actually might have a higher willingness to pay from clients.”

- “Everybody worries about value but they go down into figuring out costs. And there's no relationship between cost and value.”

- “To monetize value, the first thing you need to do is uncover value. How do you quantify value? You monetize based on differences. When people buy, they buy based on differences. People compare items.”

- “When clients are telling you that your prices are similar or too expensive in comparison to other companies, that's a sign that you probably need to work more on your differences. And that's a sign that you need to better assess how your product and services differ from the next best alternatives.”

- “If you want to do value based pricing, all value based prices are supported by the price of the next best alternative. Every price based on value should be in reference to the next best alternative.” 

- “If you want to start with the pricing, don't look for what others are charging as much as what others are offering.” 

 

 

Podcast Mentioned: [in Part 2]

Impact Pricing Ep125: Can We Really Price Value? with Jose Mirabal

https://impactpricing.com/podcast/ep125-can-we-really-price-value-with-jose-mirabal/

Connect with Jose Mirabal: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jrmirabal/

Website: https://pricing.institute

 

]]> Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour.

What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity. 

Here today to talk with me about this problem is My guest, Jose Mirabal .Jose is the Author of the Value-Based pricing framework and the founder and Director of the Pricing Institute, where he has advised more than 1,500 companies in 42 industries on their pricing strategies.

 

HIGHLIGHTS:

PART 2:

- “What is need based segmentation? It's actually uncovering your market and figuring out and brainstorming the possible needs behind a client possibly buying your products.“

- “When you start seeing the problem from a value standpoint, not from a price standpoint, then things start making sense. That's why need-based segmentation is so helpful. Every single time you uncover needs, it gives you a lot of information.”

- “Needs-based segmentation figures out the who and the transactional analysis tells you exactly how they are consuming.”

- “Sometimes the need has nothing to do with your service, but it has to do with all the other items or attributes that are orbiting around your services.”

- “The secret to pricing is options. It's like a menu at a restaurant.”

- “Uncover your value, but figure your value based on two things. One, what are the needs that the clients have? And two, what are the current options out there that best satisfy those needs?”

 

PART 1:  https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/150

- “Everybody's concerned about their costs.  Nobody really worries about the price ceiling. The idea is to figure out and uncover value perception to see which specific services that you offer actually might have a higher willingness to pay from clients.”

- “Everybody worries about value but they go down into figuring out costs. And there's no relationship between cost and value.”

- “To monetize value, the first thing you need to do is uncover value. How do you quantify value? You monetize based on differences. When people buy, they buy based on differences. People compare items.”

- “When clients are telling you that your prices are similar or too expensive in comparison to other companies, that's a sign that you probably need to work more on your differences. And that's a sign that you need to better assess how your product and services differ from the next best alternatives.”

- “If you want to do value based pricing, all value based prices are supported by the price of the next best alternative. Every price based on value should be in reference to the next best alternative.” 

- “If you want to start with the pricing, don't look for what others are charging as much as what others are offering.” 

 

 

Podcast Mentioned: [in Part 2]

Impact Pricing Ep125: Can We Really Price Value? with Jose Mirabal

https://impactpricing.com/podcast/ep125-can-we-really-price-value-with-jose-mirabal/

Connect with Jose Mirabal: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jrmirabal/

Website: https://pricing.institute

 

]]> Wed, 18 Aug 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Jose Mirabal Geraldine Carter with Guest Jose Mirabal 2672 Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour. What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity.  Here today to talk with me about this problem is My guest, Jose Mirabal .Jose is the Author of the Value-Based pricing framework and the founder and Director of the Pricing Institute, where he has advised more than 1,500 companies in 42 industries on their pricing strategies.   HIGHLIGHTS: PART 2: - “What is need based segmentation? It's actually uncovering your market and figuring out and brainstorming the possible needs behind a client possibly buying your products.“ - “When you start seeing the problem from a value standpoint, not from a price standpoint, then things start making sense. That's why need-based segmentation is so helpful. Every single time you uncover needs, it gives you a lot of information.” - “Needs-based segmentation figures out the who and the transactional analysis tells you exactly how they are consuming.” - “Sometimes the need has nothing to do with your service, but it has to do with all the other items or attributes that are orbiting around your services.” - “The secret to pricing is options. It's like a menu at a restaurant.” - “Uncover your value, but figure your value based on two things. One, what are the needs that the clients have? And two, what are the current options out there that best satisfy those needs?”   PART 1:  https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/150 - “Everybody's concerned about their costs.  Nobody really worries about the price ceiling. The idea is to figure out and uncover value perception to see which specific services that you offer actually might have a higher willingness to pay from clients.” - “Everybody worries about value but they go down into figuring out costs. And there's no relationship between cost and value.” - “To monetize value, the first thing you need to do is uncover value. How do you quantify value? You monetize based on differences. When people buy, they buy based on differences. People compare items.” - “When clients are telling you that your prices are similar or too expensive in comparison to other companies, that's a sign that you probably need to work more on your differences. And that's a sign that you need to better assess how your product and services differ from the next best alternatives.” - “If you want to do value based pricing, all value based prices are supported by the price of the next best alternative. Every price based on value should be in reference to the next best alternative.”  - “If you want to start with the pricing, don't look for what others are charging as much as what others are offering.”      Podcast Mentioned: [in Part 2] Impact Pricing Ep125: Can We Really Price Value? with Jose Mirabal https://impactpricing.com/podcast/ep125-can-we-really-price-value-with-jose-mirabal/ Connect with Jose Mirabal: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jrmirabal/ Website: https://pricing.institute   Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour. What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully unders Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 150 Design and Create Pricing Strategies from a Value Standpoint Part 1, with Jose Mirabal 150 150 150 Design and Create Pricing Strategies from a Value Standpoint Part 1, with Jose Mirabal full 8aebafc1-3935-40db-a4d7-bd10cbcaeef4 https://share.transistor.fm/s/58992687 Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour.

What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity. 

Here today to talk with me about this problem is My guest, Jose Mirabal .Jose is the Author of the Value-Based pricing framework and the founder and Director of the Pricing Institute, where he has advised more than 1,500 companies in 42 industries on their pricing strategies.

HIGHLIGHTS:

PART 1:

- “Everybody's concerned about their costs.  Nobody really worries about the price ceiling. The idea is to figure out and uncover value perception to see which specific services that you offer actually might have a higher willingness to pay from clients.”

- “Everybody worries about value but they go down into figuring out costs. And there's no relationship between cost and value.”

- “To monetize value, the first thing you need to do is uncover value. How do you quantify value? You monetize based on differences. When people buy, they buy based on differences. People compare items.”

- “When clients are telling you that your prices are similar or too expensive in comparison to other companies, that's a sign that you probably need to work more on your differences. And that's a sign that you need to better assess how your product and services differ from the next best alternatives.”

- “If you want to do value based pricing, all value based prices are supported by the price of the next best alternative. Every price based on value should be in reference to the next best alternative.” 

- “If you want to start with the pricing, don't look for what others are charging as much as what others are offering.” 

 

Connect with Jose Mirabal: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jrmirabal/

Website: https://pricing.institute

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour.

What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity. 

Here today to talk with me about this problem is My guest, Jose Mirabal .Jose is the Author of the Value-Based pricing framework and the founder and Director of the Pricing Institute, where he has advised more than 1,500 companies in 42 industries on their pricing strategies.

HIGHLIGHTS:

PART 1:

- “Everybody's concerned about their costs.  Nobody really worries about the price ceiling. The idea is to figure out and uncover value perception to see which specific services that you offer actually might have a higher willingness to pay from clients.”

- “Everybody worries about value but they go down into figuring out costs. And there's no relationship between cost and value.”

- “To monetize value, the first thing you need to do is uncover value. How do you quantify value? You monetize based on differences. When people buy, they buy based on differences. People compare items.”

- “When clients are telling you that your prices are similar or too expensive in comparison to other companies, that's a sign that you probably need to work more on your differences. And that's a sign that you need to better assess how your product and services differ from the next best alternatives.”

- “If you want to do value based pricing, all value based prices are supported by the price of the next best alternative. Every price based on value should be in reference to the next best alternative.” 

- “If you want to start with the pricing, don't look for what others are charging as much as what others are offering.” 

 

Connect with Jose Mirabal: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jrmirabal/

Website: https://pricing.institute

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 11 Aug 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Jose Mirabal Geraldine Carter with Guest Jose Mirabal 1864 Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour. What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity.  Here today to talk with me about this problem is My guest, Jose Mirabal .Jose is the Author of the Value-Based pricing framework and the founder and Director of the Pricing Institute, where he has advised more than 1,500 companies in 42 industries on their pricing strategies. HIGHLIGHTS: PART 1: - “Everybody's concerned about their costs.  Nobody really worries about the price ceiling. The idea is to figure out and uncover value perception to see which specific services that you offer actually might have a higher willingness to pay from clients.” - “Everybody worries about value but they go down into figuring out costs. And there's no relationship between cost and value.” - “To monetize value, the first thing you need to do is uncover value. How do you quantify value? You monetize based on differences. When people buy, they buy based on differences. People compare items.” - “When clients are telling you that your prices are similar or too expensive in comparison to other companies, that's a sign that you probably need to work more on your differences. And that's a sign that you need to better assess how your product and services differ from the next best alternatives.” - “If you want to do value based pricing, all value based prices are supported by the price of the next best alternative. Every price based on value should be in reference to the next best alternative.”  - “If you want to start with the pricing, don't look for what others are charging as much as what others are offering.”    Connect with Jose Mirabal: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jrmirabal/ Website: https://pricing.institute   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour. What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully unders Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 149 How to Leverage Accounting Automation with Ryan Lazanis 149 149 149 How to Leverage Accounting Automation with Ryan Lazanis full ad3bea42-b106-4831-b6af-f82475347d13 https://share.transistor.fm/s/f48d6b78 There is endless conversation about technology, software, and automation disrupting the accounting space. 

Do you feel like your systems are pretty much automated, where you can just show up and mouse click one button, and it spits out all the reports and dashboards you need for your hundreds of clients?

If that sounds like the dream, but you’re a ways off, stay with us, because today I am talking with Ryan Lazanis, founder of FUTURE FIRM, and we are talking about what to do right when it comes to tech and automation.

Ryan founded Zen Accounting that he grew to the point of being acquired in just 5 short years, thanks to the tech-oriented, scalable model he put in place. 

HIGHLIGHTS:

– “The overemphasis on using technology and automation is not what's really going to move the needle the most.” 

– “The big reason why people want to use more technology and more automation is because they just want to make their life easier.”

– “Once we can have standard processes for everything that we do in the firm, that's when we can really reap the rewards of technology and automation.”

– “I would recommend a person in your firm when you're ready to really leverage automation. Especially those modern firms that probably know about all those latest tools, they need a person to help put it all together.”

– “Why not have all the routine tasks automated so that you can get freed up to do more of what's valuable to your clients?”

Connect with  Ryan Lazanis:

Website: https://futurefirm.co/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryanlazanis/

Podcast mentions:

Future Firm Accounting Podcast: My 6 Favorite Accounting Communities to Learn From

Software mentions:

Zapier - https://zapier.com/

Karbon - https://karbonhq.com/

Teamwork - https://www.teamwork.com/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> There is endless conversation about technology, software, and automation disrupting the accounting space. 

Do you feel like your systems are pretty much automated, where you can just show up and mouse click one button, and it spits out all the reports and dashboards you need for your hundreds of clients?

If that sounds like the dream, but you’re a ways off, stay with us, because today I am talking with Ryan Lazanis, founder of FUTURE FIRM, and we are talking about what to do right when it comes to tech and automation.

Ryan founded Zen Accounting that he grew to the point of being acquired in just 5 short years, thanks to the tech-oriented, scalable model he put in place. 

HIGHLIGHTS:

– “The overemphasis on using technology and automation is not what's really going to move the needle the most.” 

– “The big reason why people want to use more technology and more automation is because they just want to make their life easier.”

– “Once we can have standard processes for everything that we do in the firm, that's when we can really reap the rewards of technology and automation.”

– “I would recommend a person in your firm when you're ready to really leverage automation. Especially those modern firms that probably know about all those latest tools, they need a person to help put it all together.”

– “Why not have all the routine tasks automated so that you can get freed up to do more of what's valuable to your clients?”

Connect with  Ryan Lazanis:

Website: https://futurefirm.co/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryanlazanis/

Podcast mentions:

Future Firm Accounting Podcast: My 6 Favorite Accounting Communities to Learn From

Software mentions:

Zapier - https://zapier.com/

Karbon - https://karbonhq.com/

Teamwork - https://www.teamwork.com/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 04 Aug 2021 02:00:52 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1462 There is endless conversation about technology, software, and automation disrupting the accounting space.  Do you feel like your systems are pretty much automated, where you can just show up and mouse click one button, and it spits out all the reports and dashboards you need for your hundreds of clients? If that sounds like the dream, but you’re a ways off, stay with us, because today I am talking with Ryan Lazanis, founder of FUTURE FIRM, and we are talking about what to do right when it comes to tech and automation. Ryan founded Zen Accounting that he grew to the point of being acquired in just 5 short years, thanks to the tech-oriented, scalable model he put in place.  HIGHLIGHTS: – “The overemphasis on using technology and automation is not what's really going to move the needle the most.”  – “The big reason why people want to use more technology and more automation is because they just want to make their life easier.” – “Once we can have standard processes for everything that we do in the firm, that's when we can really reap the rewards of technology and automation.” – “I would recommend a person in your firm when you're ready to really leverage automation. Especially those modern firms that probably know about all those latest tools, they need a person to help put it all together.” – “Why not have all the routine tasks automated so that you can get freed up to do more of what's valuable to your clients?” Connect with  Ryan Lazanis: Website: https://futurefirm.co/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryanlazanis/ Podcast mentions: Future Firm Accounting Podcast: My 6 Favorite Accounting Communities to Learn From Software mentions: Zapier - https://zapier.com/ Karbon - https://karbonhq.com/ Teamwork - https://www.teamwork.com/ Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   There is endless conversation about technology, software, and automation disrupting the accounting space.  Do you feel like your systems are pretty much automated, where you can just show up and mouse click one button, and it spits out all the reports and Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 148 5 Productivity Apps to Save You Hours 148 148 148 5 Productivity Apps to Save You Hours full 114e5557-6033-46cb-9aba-35266a325861 https://share.transistor.fm/s/cefff23d  

  1. Text Expander - Available on Android and Mac - I use it on my iPhone but for short things I just use the built in keyboard shortcuts, especially for all the forms that need filling in. Other options: aText and Gorgias, which is a Chrome extension
  2. Video Speed Controller - Speed up, slowdown, skip ahead, and rewind, all with keyboard shortcuts.
  3. Screen Resizer - stop being a masterful mouser, and use a Screen Resizer to make your screens snap to specific guidelines. Try MaxSnap, Divvy, SizeUp
  4. Email Tracker - Streak or Hunter
  5. Screen Recorder  -  Loom - For screen recording or any window, tab, or screen. Send the URL of your video with a URL.

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]>  

  1. Text Expander - Available on Android and Mac - I use it on my iPhone but for short things I just use the built in keyboard shortcuts, especially for all the forms that need filling in. Other options: aText and Gorgias, which is a Chrome extension
  2. Video Speed Controller - Speed up, slowdown, skip ahead, and rewind, all with keyboard shortcuts.
  3. Screen Resizer - stop being a masterful mouser, and use a Screen Resizer to make your screens snap to specific guidelines. Try MaxSnap, Divvy, SizeUp
  4. Email Tracker - Streak or Hunter
  5. Screen Recorder  -  Loom - For screen recording or any window, tab, or screen. Send the URL of your video with a URL.

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 28 Jul 2021 02:00:32 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 683 Here are 5 apps, extensions, and plugins that can make your life easier.    Text Expander - Available on Android and Mac - I use it on my iPhone but for short things I just use the built in keyboard shortcuts, especially for all the forms that need filling in. Other options: aText and Gorgias, which is a Chrome extension Video Speed Controller - Speed up, slowdown, skip ahead, and rewind, all with keyboard shortcuts. Screen Resizer - stop being a masterful mouser, and use a Screen Resizer to make your screens snap to specific guidelines. Try MaxSnap, Divvy, SizeUp Email Tracker - Streak or Hunter Screen Recorder  -  Loom - For screen recording or any window, tab, or screen. Send the URL of your video with a URL.   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Here are 5 apps, extensions, and plugins that can make your life easier.    Text Expander - Available on Android and Mac - I use it on my iPhone but for short things I just use the built in keyboard shortcuts, especially for all the forms that need filli Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 147 Subscription Business Model: Build Greater Wealth in Your CPA Firm with Ron Baker 147 147 147 Subscription Business Model: Build Greater Wealth in Your CPA Firm with Ron Baker full 24dcd1d6-4847-49a9-ba10-247fdbdd7572 https://share.transistor.fm/s/a3622985 Subscription pricing is all the rage right now. 

Most CPAs are stuck when it comes to pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, but many - if not most - still bill by the hour.

What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity. 

Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, Ron Baker.

Ron Baker is the author of numerous books including Implementing value pricing, and Mind over Matter, why intellectual capital is the chief source of wealth, he has received countless awards for his contributions to the accounting profession, and he is the founder of the VeraSage Institute, a think tank dedicated to teaching value pricing. 

 

HIGHLIGHTS:

The subscription business model puts the client relationship at the center of the business and Customer Lifetime Value at the center of the dashboard. 

Innovation is baked into the model. 

You’re taking responsibility for creating a result, not delivering tasks.

The subscription model forces you to articulate and communicate and market and position and have a strategy built around that end purpose.

if you're interested in building wealth beyond the transactional math of the moment, then you've got to consider subscription.

Connect with Ron:

Website: https://www.verasage.com/

 

Episode mentions:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/081

 

Other pricing episodes:

Jonathan Stark:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/111

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/106

 

Mark Stiving:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/125

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Subscription pricing is all the rage right now. 

Most CPAs are stuck when it comes to pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, but many - if not most - still bill by the hour.

What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity. 

Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, Ron Baker.

Ron Baker is the author of numerous books including Implementing value pricing, and Mind over Matter, why intellectual capital is the chief source of wealth, he has received countless awards for his contributions to the accounting profession, and he is the founder of the VeraSage Institute, a think tank dedicated to teaching value pricing. 

 

HIGHLIGHTS:

The subscription business model puts the client relationship at the center of the business and Customer Lifetime Value at the center of the dashboard. 

Innovation is baked into the model. 

You’re taking responsibility for creating a result, not delivering tasks.

The subscription model forces you to articulate and communicate and market and position and have a strategy built around that end purpose.

if you're interested in building wealth beyond the transactional math of the moment, then you've got to consider subscription.

Connect with Ron:

Website: https://www.verasage.com/

 

Episode mentions:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/081

 

Other pricing episodes:

Jonathan Stark:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/111

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/106

 

Mark Stiving:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/125

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 21 Jul 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Ron Baker Geraldine Carter with Guest Ron Baker 2922 Subscription pricing is all the rage right now.  Most CPAs are stuck when it comes to pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, but many - if not most - still bill by the hour. What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity.  Here today to talk with me about this problem is my guest, Ron Baker. Ron Baker is the author of numerous books including Implementing value pricing, and Mind over Matter, why intellectual capital is the chief source of wealth, he has received countless awards for his contributions to the accounting profession, and he is the founder of the VeraSage Institute, a think tank dedicated to teaching value pricing.    HIGHLIGHTS: The subscription business model puts the client relationship at the center of the business and Customer Lifetime Value at the center of the dashboard.  Innovation is baked into the model.  You’re taking responsibility for creating a result, not delivering tasks. The subscription model forces you to articulate and communicate and market and position and have a strategy built around that end purpose. if you're interested in building wealth beyond the transactional math of the moment, then you've got to consider subscription. Connect with Ron: Website: https://www.verasage.com/   Episode mentions: https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/081   Other pricing episodes: Jonathan Stark: https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/111 https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/106   Mark Stiving: https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/125 Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Subscription pricing is all the rage right now.  Most CPAs are stuck when it comes to pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, but many - if not most - still bill by the hour. What they often struggle to understand is the full depth Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 146 Results-Driven Design with Ben Manley 146 146 146 Results-Driven Design with Ben Manley full ed50a540-4ff7-4b91-a235-5775b69cd0f4 https://share.transistor.fm/s/5a26c86c There’s an industry-wide gravitational force toward regular hour-long meetings. 

Somewhere along the way it was decided that hourly meetings held weekly, monthly or quarterly are the way to deliver services.

It may be true that regular meetings are the best way to deliver services, but what’s the best way to deliver RESULTS?

Here today to talk with me about this question is Ben Manly, owner of Knapsack Creative. 

Knapsack creative is known for delivering gorgeous, effective websites, in ONE DAY. 

I wanted to have Ben on to talk about how to make the shift from the old-school way of doing things, to a new way of designing something to provide an outstanding product, and excellent service, so that you might look at your own services through a different lens, and perhaps find ways to deliver more value more easily. 

HIGHLIGHTS:

– When I realized just how fast it was to design something live, that’s when the lightbulb went off that I could try to build websites this same way. 

– It turned out that the smaller projects were more valuable than the larger ones, so at some point it became clear it was time to just go all in on the small ones. And that made all the difference. 

– Initially I thought there was no way you could build a great website in just a day, and no one would pay for that. But then I realized just how much value you can add in a short amount of time, if you systematize things. 

Connect with Ben:

Website: https://www.knapsackcreative.com/

 

Episode mentions:

Mike Michalowicz on Get Different:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/156

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> There’s an industry-wide gravitational force toward regular hour-long meetings. 

Somewhere along the way it was decided that hourly meetings held weekly, monthly or quarterly are the way to deliver services.

It may be true that regular meetings are the best way to deliver services, but what’s the best way to deliver RESULTS?

Here today to talk with me about this question is Ben Manly, owner of Knapsack Creative. 

Knapsack creative is known for delivering gorgeous, effective websites, in ONE DAY. 

I wanted to have Ben on to talk about how to make the shift from the old-school way of doing things, to a new way of designing something to provide an outstanding product, and excellent service, so that you might look at your own services through a different lens, and perhaps find ways to deliver more value more easily. 

HIGHLIGHTS:

– When I realized just how fast it was to design something live, that’s when the lightbulb went off that I could try to build websites this same way. 

– It turned out that the smaller projects were more valuable than the larger ones, so at some point it became clear it was time to just go all in on the small ones. And that made all the difference. 

– Initially I thought there was no way you could build a great website in just a day, and no one would pay for that. But then I realized just how much value you can add in a short amount of time, if you systematize things. 

Connect with Ben:

Website: https://www.knapsackcreative.com/

 

Episode mentions:

Mike Michalowicz on Get Different:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/156

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 14 Jul 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Ben Manley Geraldine Carter with Guest Ben Manley 2170 There’s an industry-wide gravitational force toward regular hour-long meetings.  Somewhere along the way it was decided that hourly meetings held weekly, monthly or quarterly are the way to deliver services. It may be true that regular meetings are the best way to deliver services, but what’s the best way to deliver RESULTS? Here today to talk with me about this question is Ben Manly, owner of Knapsack Creative.  Knapsack creative is known for delivering gorgeous, effective websites, in ONE DAY.  I wanted to have Ben on to talk about how to make the shift from the old-school way of doing things, to a new way of designing something to provide an outstanding product, and excellent service, so that you might look at your own services through a different lens, and perhaps find ways to deliver more value more easily.  HIGHLIGHTS: – When I realized just how fast it was to design something live, that’s when the lightbulb went off that I could try to build websites this same way.  – It turned out that the smaller projects were more valuable than the larger ones, so at some point it became clear it was time to just go all in on the small ones. And that made all the difference.  – Initially I thought there was no way you could build a great website in just a day, and no one would pay for that. But then I realized just how much value you can add in a short amount of time, if you systematize things.  Connect with Ben: Website: https://www.knapsackcreative.com/   Episode mentions: Mike Michalowicz on Get Different: https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/156 Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options There’s an industry-wide gravitational force toward regular hour-long meetings.  Somewhere along the way it was decided that hourly meetings held weekly, monthly or quarterly are the way to deliver services. It may be true that regular meetings are the be Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 145 Pricing Tools for CPAs, Made Simple 145 145 145 Pricing Tools for CPAs, Made Simple full 3530c9ef-ecef-4edb-b3b5-8a5733cfb366 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2c89c291 Want to find out how to get CPE for this episode?

Get on my Daily Email List for up-to-date information on all the courses I offer that qualify for CPE.  Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com

 

VALUE-PRICING

Value pricing is best for discreet projects with a beginning, middle and end, whose value is greater than $100K to the client, and therefore priced starting at $10K. 

If less than the above, consider simply flat-rating the service. 

 

MENU PRICING

Menu pricing is well-suited for shifting to Advisory Services. You can offer bronze, silver, and gold level options, with varying price-spreads. See Pricing Curves, below. 

 

FLAT RATE AND FIXED FEE

Perfect for services and deliverables to do all the time, so you have a handle on approximate scope. Assess how long a certain service takes on average, then double that amount of time and place your fee there. Get used to the feel of divorcing time and money, and you will most certainly get faster at what you do. 

 

SEGMENTED

If there is wide variation in services you offer and the types of clients you offer them for, then group your clients and those services into segments. Then price each different segment as needed. 

 

ADVISORY RETAINER

Not your old-school lawyer-style retainer, advisory retainer is well-suited once a value-priced project is complete. Unforeseen challenges and questions are likely to pop up, and having access to your smarts can be immensely valuable. Good for a predetermined but finite amount of time. 

 

CONTINGENCY

Proceed with caution, as the risk with contingency is perverse incentives. However, when done properly, both parties can benefit from the low risk on the buyer's side at the time of purchase, with the reward for the seller at the time of success. 

 

PRICING CURVES:

Might as Well pricing drives the buyer to the most expensive option, because with the curve at 1x, 1.5x, and 1.75x, the buyer “Might as Well” buy the most expensive option. 

Goldilocks pricing drives the buyer to the middle option, because the curve of 1x, 2.2x, and 5x drives the buyer to the middle option, because just like Goldilocks, it’s “just right, in the middle.”

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Want to find out how to get CPE for this episode?

Get on my Daily Email List for up-to-date information on all the courses I offer that qualify for CPE.  Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com

 

VALUE-PRICING

Value pricing is best for discreet projects with a beginning, middle and end, whose value is greater than $100K to the client, and therefore priced starting at $10K. 

If less than the above, consider simply flat-rating the service. 

 

MENU PRICING

Menu pricing is well-suited for shifting to Advisory Services. You can offer bronze, silver, and gold level options, with varying price-spreads. See Pricing Curves, below. 

 

FLAT RATE AND FIXED FEE

Perfect for services and deliverables to do all the time, so you have a handle on approximate scope. Assess how long a certain service takes on average, then double that amount of time and place your fee there. Get used to the feel of divorcing time and money, and you will most certainly get faster at what you do. 

 

SEGMENTED

If there is wide variation in services you offer and the types of clients you offer them for, then group your clients and those services into segments. Then price each different segment as needed. 

 

ADVISORY RETAINER

Not your old-school lawyer-style retainer, advisory retainer is well-suited once a value-priced project is complete. Unforeseen challenges and questions are likely to pop up, and having access to your smarts can be immensely valuable. Good for a predetermined but finite amount of time. 

 

CONTINGENCY

Proceed with caution, as the risk with contingency is perverse incentives. However, when done properly, both parties can benefit from the low risk on the buyer's side at the time of purchase, with the reward for the seller at the time of success. 

 

PRICING CURVES:

Might as Well pricing drives the buyer to the most expensive option, because with the curve at 1x, 1.5x, and 1.75x, the buyer “Might as Well” buy the most expensive option. 

Goldilocks pricing drives the buyer to the middle option, because the curve of 1x, 2.2x, and 5x drives the buyer to the middle option, because just like Goldilocks, it’s “just right, in the middle.”

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 07 Jul 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2824 Want to find out how to get CPE for this episode? Get on my Daily Email List for up-to-date information on all the courses I offer that qualify for CPE.  Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com   VALUE-PRICING Value pricing is best for discreet projects with a beginning, middle and end, whose value is greater than $100K to the client, and therefore priced starting at $10K.  If less than the above, consider simply flat-rating the service.    MENU PRICING Menu pricing is well-suited for shifting to Advisory Services. You can offer bronze, silver, and gold level options, with varying price-spreads. See Pricing Curves, below.    FLAT RATE AND FIXED FEE Perfect for services and deliverables to do all the time, so you have a handle on approximate scope. Assess how long a certain service takes on average, then double that amount of time and place your fee there. Get used to the feel of divorcing time and money, and you will most certainly get faster at what you do.    SEGMENTED If there is wide variation in services you offer and the types of clients you offer them for, then group your clients and those services into segments. Then price each different segment as needed.    ADVISORY RETAINER Not your old-school lawyer-style retainer, advisory retainer is well-suited once a value-priced project is complete. Unforeseen challenges and questions are likely to pop up, and having access to your smarts can be immensely valuable. Good for a predetermined but finite amount of time.    CONTINGENCY Proceed with caution, as the risk with contingency is perverse incentives. However, when done properly, both parties can benefit from the low risk on the buyer's side at the time of purchase, with the reward for the seller at the time of success.    PRICING CURVES: Might as Well pricing drives the buyer to the most expensive option, because with the curve at 1x, 1.5x, and 1.75x, the buyer “Might as Well” buy the most expensive option.  Goldilocks pricing drives the buyer to the middle option, because the curve of 1x, 2.2x, and 5x drives the buyer to the middle option, because just like Goldilocks, it’s “just right, in the middle.” Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Want to find out how to get CPE for this episode? Get on my Daily Email List for up-to-date information on all the courses I offer that qualify for CPE.  Subscribe at SheThinksBigCoaching.com   VALUE-PRICING Value pricing is best for discreet projects wit Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 144 How to Raise Your Rates as a CPA 144 144 144 How to Raise Your Rates as a CPA full cf8a06fc-0b00-40d0-97ee-ead17eb732dd https://share.transistor.fm/s/74a9958a These questions often comes up: “How to I raise my rates?” and “How much should I charge?” and “How do I price this service?”

The answer appears to be quite simple: Apply logic. Logic says raise your rates. Therefore, raise your rates. 

The problem is, that’s not how it works. And we know that’s not how it works, because we see countless logical CPAs continue to underprice their services. 

If in fact it were as simple as Apply Logic > Logic says Raise Your Rates if it’s true that CPAs are logical people, (they are), then we would see CPAs having no problem raising their rates. 

The reason we see so many CPAs underpriced is because…. Only applying logic isn’t how it works. 

Today I outline how it actually works to raise your raise in real reality, having helped dozens of CPAs actually raise their rates.

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> These questions often comes up: “How to I raise my rates?” and “How much should I charge?” and “How do I price this service?”

The answer appears to be quite simple: Apply logic. Logic says raise your rates. Therefore, raise your rates. 

The problem is, that’s not how it works. And we know that’s not how it works, because we see countless logical CPAs continue to underprice their services. 

If in fact it were as simple as Apply Logic > Logic says Raise Your Rates if it’s true that CPAs are logical people, (they are), then we would see CPAs having no problem raising their rates. 

The reason we see so many CPAs underpriced is because…. Only applying logic isn’t how it works. 

Today I outline how it actually works to raise your raise in real reality, having helped dozens of CPAs actually raise their rates.

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 30 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 791 These questions often comes up: “How to I raise my rates?” and “How much should I charge?” and “How do I price this service?” The answer appears to be quite simple: Apply logic. Logic says raise your rates. Therefore, raise your rates.  The problem is, that’s not how it works. And we know that’s not how it works, because we see countless logical CPAs continue to underprice their services.  If in fact it were as simple as Apply Logic &gt; Logic says Raise Your Rates if it’s true that CPAs are logical people, (they are), then we would see CPAs having no problem raising their rates.  The reason we see so many CPAs underpriced is because…. Only applying logic isn’t how it works.  Today I outline how it actually works to raise your raise in real reality, having helped dozens of CPAs actually raise their rates. Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options These questions often comes up: “How to I raise my rates?” and “How much should I charge?” and “How do I price this service?” The answer appears to be quite simple: Apply logic. Logic says raise your rates. Therefore, raise your rates.  The problem is, th Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 143 How to Price Intangibles 143 143 143 How to Price Intangibles full 109f5be5-8b43-492e-a32a-e34f7378225f https://share.transistor.fm/s/55e515b6 Intangibles have value. And value is the precursor to price. 

If you’re not great at measuring so called intangibles, you won’t appreciate their value, and if you don’t appreciate their value, you’ll underprice, and when you underprice, you’re going to leave a lot of money on the table.

Then you’re going to have to work really hard to compensate for not understanding how to measure, value, and price intangibles. 

3 sections today:

  1. Why CPAs can get stuck here
  2. Debunk intangibility
  3. Steps to get you closer to measuring, valuing, and pricing the intangible

SECTION 1

CPAs especially get so caught in this question, moreso than in some other professions, because of a few factors:

  1. Few thought-leaders in the industry know the answer. Many leaders in the industry do not appear to have cracked this nut. So there are few people to get the answer from. 
  2. Industry standard. You get your license, you wonder how to price, you look around, other CPAs are billing by the hour so you think ok, this is how it’s done
  3. We can all agree on the length of an hour, so it appears to shorten pricing conversations, and there are so many other things to get to in business, so, rather than grapple with this difficult questions that who knows if it even has an answer, how about getting some work done. … so the question gets left unanswered.
  4. Because CPAs deal primarily in dollars and numbers, they haven’t been required in quite the same way to learn the value of subjective things. (By contrast, a professional commissioned artist is required to grapple with subjective value of art. But if you’re in the business of art, you’re likely to have a better appreciation and acceptance of the concept OF the subjective nature of intangibles, and their value.)
  5. And, GAAP accounting doesn’t help. The idea that only financial transactions get accounted for, and therefore only things financial in nature appear on the Balance Sheet, doesn’t help a person appreciate the value of assets that are intangible. 

Next up what we need to do is debunk 3 intangible myths. 

 

SECTION 2
  1. That they’re intangible. Some of the things you think are intangible, are actually quite tangible. 

Where people get stuck is the idea that it has to be a physical object to be measurable. More things are tangible than you might have realized if you go inside your body and ask if you can perceive it with your senses.

 

  1. Things you cannot see as a material, or physical thing, cannot be measured.
  • We tend to use time, weight, length, dollars, to measure things. But just because you can’t use one of these common tools doesn’t mean you can’t measure it.  
  • You can measure by comparison. A lot of a thing, or a little of a thing, crap ton of work to do, increase your peace of mind. 
  • You can measure by rough percentages. Like cutting client fires in half, increase employee engagement by 40%
  • They are relative, they are measurements, and they could be useful.

Scales and tape measures aren’t the only way to measure things.

 

  1. You have to measure directly. 

If I want to measure stress, one way is to draw a vial of blood and test for cortisol. But if a person reaches for the video game console to destress, then we can measure how much time they spend playing games to destress. 

Once you start doing this, you may find that you use indirect measures more often than direct ones

 

  1. Needs to be exact

It doesn’t need to be exact to be useful. 

As long as it’s precise enough to be useful, you’re allowed to use it.

 

SECTION 3

The actual steps to get you closer to measuring, valuing, and pricing the intangible

Learn to listen for the intangibles that are important to your buyer.

“Save me from snapping a box of #2 pencils in half because I never would have figured this out.” That’s frustration. Tune your ears to these things.

Find out what they use to measure that intangible - how often they play video games or golf to destress or unplug,  to how many games of golf they play a week if business is running smooth - Find out what their indirect measures are. 

And ask what that would be worth to them to have those things. 

And you can get at the value of improving their condition through the backdoor, with a question like, 

“Let’s just say, hypothetically, we WERE able to create that outcome. Would that be worth a million bucks? Or $500K or $250? Or Just $10,000?

 

They’ll GIVE you a range. 

 

Now you have an answer of what the intangible thing, is worth to them.

And WHAT they tell YOU, is how you price intangibles. 

 

CONCLUSION

Perhaps that’s Myth #5 that needs debunking, is the very nature of the question is flawed, when framed as “How do I price intangibles.”

How can I understand, appreciate, and translate into a dollar figure what intangibles are worth to my buyer?

YOU don’t determine the price of intangibles, your buyers do. 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Intangibles have value. And value is the precursor to price. 

If you’re not great at measuring so called intangibles, you won’t appreciate their value, and if you don’t appreciate their value, you’ll underprice, and when you underprice, you’re going to leave a lot of money on the table.

Then you’re going to have to work really hard to compensate for not understanding how to measure, value, and price intangibles. 

3 sections today:

  1. Why CPAs can get stuck here
  2. Debunk intangibility
  3. Steps to get you closer to measuring, valuing, and pricing the intangible

SECTION 1

CPAs especially get so caught in this question, moreso than in some other professions, because of a few factors:

  1. Few thought-leaders in the industry know the answer. Many leaders in the industry do not appear to have cracked this nut. So there are few people to get the answer from. 
  2. Industry standard. You get your license, you wonder how to price, you look around, other CPAs are billing by the hour so you think ok, this is how it’s done
  3. We can all agree on the length of an hour, so it appears to shorten pricing conversations, and there are so many other things to get to in business, so, rather than grapple with this difficult questions that who knows if it even has an answer, how about getting some work done. … so the question gets left unanswered.
  4. Because CPAs deal primarily in dollars and numbers, they haven’t been required in quite the same way to learn the value of subjective things. (By contrast, a professional commissioned artist is required to grapple with subjective value of art. But if you’re in the business of art, you’re likely to have a better appreciation and acceptance of the concept OF the subjective nature of intangibles, and their value.)
  5. And, GAAP accounting doesn’t help. The idea that only financial transactions get accounted for, and therefore only things financial in nature appear on the Balance Sheet, doesn’t help a person appreciate the value of assets that are intangible. 

Next up what we need to do is debunk 3 intangible myths. 

 

SECTION 2
  1. That they’re intangible. Some of the things you think are intangible, are actually quite tangible. 

Where people get stuck is the idea that it has to be a physical object to be measurable. More things are tangible than you might have realized if you go inside your body and ask if you can perceive it with your senses.

 

  1. Things you cannot see as a material, or physical thing, cannot be measured.
  • We tend to use time, weight, length, dollars, to measure things. But just because you can’t use one of these common tools doesn’t mean you can’t measure it.  
  • You can measure by comparison. A lot of a thing, or a little of a thing, crap ton of work to do, increase your peace of mind. 
  • You can measure by rough percentages. Like cutting client fires in half, increase employee engagement by 40%
  • They are relative, they are measurements, and they could be useful.

Scales and tape measures aren’t the only way to measure things.

 

  1. You have to measure directly. 

If I want to measure stress, one way is to draw a vial of blood and test for cortisol. But if a person reaches for the video game console to destress, then we can measure how much time they spend playing games to destress. 

Once you start doing this, you may find that you use indirect measures more often than direct ones

 

  1. Needs to be exact

It doesn’t need to be exact to be useful. 

As long as it’s precise enough to be useful, you’re allowed to use it.

 

SECTION 3

The actual steps to get you closer to measuring, valuing, and pricing the intangible

Learn to listen for the intangibles that are important to your buyer.

“Save me from snapping a box of #2 pencils in half because I never would have figured this out.” That’s frustration. Tune your ears to these things.

Find out what they use to measure that intangible - how often they play video games or golf to destress or unplug,  to how many games of golf they play a week if business is running smooth - Find out what their indirect measures are. 

And ask what that would be worth to them to have those things. 

And you can get at the value of improving their condition through the backdoor, with a question like, 

“Let’s just say, hypothetically, we WERE able to create that outcome. Would that be worth a million bucks? Or $500K or $250? Or Just $10,000?

 

They’ll GIVE you a range. 

 

Now you have an answer of what the intangible thing, is worth to them.

And WHAT they tell YOU, is how you price intangibles. 

 

CONCLUSION

Perhaps that’s Myth #5 that needs debunking, is the very nature of the question is flawed, when framed as “How do I price intangibles.”

How can I understand, appreciate, and translate into a dollar figure what intangibles are worth to my buyer?

YOU don’t determine the price of intangibles, your buyers do. 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 23 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 620 Intangibles have value. And value is the precursor to price.  If you’re not great at measuring so called intangibles, you won’t appreciate their value, and if you don’t appreciate their value, you’ll underprice, and when you underprice, you’re going to leave a lot of money on the table. Then you’re going to have to work really hard to compensate for not understanding how to measure, value, and price intangibles.  3 sections today: Why CPAs can get stuck here Debunk intangibility Steps to get you closer to measuring, valuing, and pricing the intangible SECTION 1 CPAs especially get so caught in this question, moreso than in some other professions, because of a few factors: Few thought-leaders in the industry know the answer. Many leaders in the industry do not appear to have cracked this nut. So there are few people to get the answer from.  Industry standard. You get your license, you wonder how to price, you look around, other CPAs are billing by the hour so you think ok, this is how it’s done We can all agree on the length of an hour, so it appears to shorten pricing conversations, and there are so many other things to get to in business, so, rather than grapple with this difficult questions that who knows if it even has an answer, how about getting some work done. … so the question gets left unanswered. Because CPAs deal primarily in dollars and numbers, they haven’t been required in quite the same way to learn the value of subjective things. (By contrast, a professional commissioned artist is required to grapple with subjective value of art. But if you’re in the business of art, you’re likely to have a better appreciation and acceptance of the concept OF the subjective nature of intangibles, and their value.) And, GAAP accounting doesn’t help. The idea that only financial transactions get accounted for, and therefore only things financial in nature appear on the Balance Sheet, doesn’t help a person appreciate the value of assets that are intangible.  Next up what we need to do is debunk 3 intangible myths.    SECTION 2 That they’re intangible. Some of the things you think are intangible, are actually quite tangible.  Where people get stuck is the idea that it has to be a physical object to be measurable. More things are tangible than you might have realized if you go inside your body and ask if you can perceive it with your senses.   Things you cannot see as a material, or physical thing, cannot be measured. We tend to use time, weight, length, dollars, to measure things. But just because you can’t use one of these common tools doesn’t mean you can’t measure it.   You can measure by comparison. A lot of a thing, or a little of a thing, crap ton of work to do, increase your peace of mind.  You can measure by rough percentages. Like cutting client fires in half, increase employee engagement by 40% They are relative, they are measurements, and they could be useful. Scales and tape measures aren’t the only way to measure things.   You have to measure directly.  If I want to measure stress, one way is to draw a vial of blood and test for cortisol. But if a person reaches for the video game console to destress, then we can measure how much time they spend playing games to destress.  Once you start doing this, you may find that you use indirect measures more often than direct ones   Needs to be exact It doesn’t need to be exact to be useful.  As long as it’s precise enough to be useful, you’re allowed to use it.   SECTION 3 The actual steps to get you closer to measuring, valuing, and pricing the intangible Learn to listen for the intangibles that are important to your buyer. “Save me from snapping a box of #2 pencils in half because I never would have figured this out.” That’s frustration. Tune your ears to these things. Find out what they use to measure that intangible - how often they play video games or golf to destress or unplug,  to how many games of golf they play a week if business is running smooth - Find out what their indirect measures are.  And ask what that would be worth to them to have those things.  And you can get at the value of improving their condition through the backdoor, with a question like,  “Let’s just say, hypothetically, we WERE able to create that outcome. Would that be worth a million bucks? Or $500K or $250? Or Just $10,000?   They’ll GIVE you a range.    Now you have an answer of what the intangible thing, is worth to them. And WHAT they tell YOU, is how you price intangibles.    CONCLUSION Perhaps that’s Myth #5 that needs debunking, is the very nature of the question is flawed, when framed as “How do I price intangibles.” How can I understand, appreciate, and translate into a dollar figure what intangibles are worth to my buyer? YOU don’t determine the price of intangibles, your buyers do.  Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out wh... Intangibles have value. And value is the precursor to price.  If you’re not great at measuring so called intangibles, you won’t appreciate their value, and if you don’t appreciate their value, you’ll underprice, and when you underprice, you’re going to le Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 142 From Impossible to Exponential Growth: The CPA Mindset 142 142 142 From Impossible to Exponential Growth: The CPA Mindset full 735ac796-535a-43d2-a5cd-f63a3f12357e https://share.transistor.fm/s/3b164ae9 Today I speak with Catherine Ozment, CPA, who I asked to return after last week’s episode. 

Last week on the podcast I have Catherine Ozment, CPA. She and I have been working together for just shy of a year, and she’s making huge strides in pivoting her business. If you haven’t heard it, it’s 141, go back and listen to that first if you want this conversation to make more sense in context. But if you’re driving or running and might not be able to, the quick and dirty is that

toward the end of the episode, after talking about technical stuff, money, strategy, and all things logic, she basically says: “At the end of the day, the most important thing is to believe it’s possible.”

And it made me think, “If simply believing it’s possible, is the most important thing, then listeners need to have an episode on that.”

And I could not agree more, that the head space your thoughts occupy is the SINGLE BIGGEST DRIVER of your progress. 

So that you can hear perspective from Catherine, I asked her to have another conversation, which we tacked on to the end of one of our regular meetings. 

Buckle up, because we’re talking at 75 miles an hour for  Part 2 with Catherine Ozment.

 

Highlights

“If I had believed then, that the sky is the limit, I would probably be 3x farther along.” 

 

“Seeing that the value really does exist, and that I really could deliver what I was telling them I could deliver, is going to increase my business by exponential amounts.”

 

“This industry has a gaping hole, and creating a service with the numbers, benchmarks, and budgets in a way that’s uniquely designed for my farming clients – is incredibly valuable and is a complete game changer for them.” 

 

///////////

Connect with Catherine:

Website: http://www.catherineozment.com/

Episode mentions:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/142

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Today I speak with Catherine Ozment, CPA, who I asked to return after last week’s episode. 

Last week on the podcast I have Catherine Ozment, CPA. She and I have been working together for just shy of a year, and she’s making huge strides in pivoting her business. If you haven’t heard it, it’s 141, go back and listen to that first if you want this conversation to make more sense in context. But if you’re driving or running and might not be able to, the quick and dirty is that

toward the end of the episode, after talking about technical stuff, money, strategy, and all things logic, she basically says: “At the end of the day, the most important thing is to believe it’s possible.”

And it made me think, “If simply believing it’s possible, is the most important thing, then listeners need to have an episode on that.”

And I could not agree more, that the head space your thoughts occupy is the SINGLE BIGGEST DRIVER of your progress. 

So that you can hear perspective from Catherine, I asked her to have another conversation, which we tacked on to the end of one of our regular meetings. 

Buckle up, because we’re talking at 75 miles an hour for  Part 2 with Catherine Ozment.

 

Highlights

“If I had believed then, that the sky is the limit, I would probably be 3x farther along.” 

 

“Seeing that the value really does exist, and that I really could deliver what I was telling them I could deliver, is going to increase my business by exponential amounts.”

 

“This industry has a gaping hole, and creating a service with the numbers, benchmarks, and budgets in a way that’s uniquely designed for my farming clients – is incredibly valuable and is a complete game changer for them.” 

 

///////////

Connect with Catherine:

Website: http://www.catherineozment.com/

Episode mentions:

https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/142

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 16 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter with Guest Catherine Ozment Geraldine Carter with Guest Catherine Ozment 1424 Today I speak with Catherine Ozment, CPA, who I asked to return after last week’s episode.  Last week on the podcast I have Catherine Ozment, CPA. She and I have been working together for just shy of a year, and she’s making huge strides in pivoting her business. If you haven’t heard it, it’s 141, go back and listen to that first if you want this conversation to make more sense in context. But if you’re driving or running and might not be able to, the quick and dirty is that toward the end of the episode, after talking about technical stuff, money, strategy, and all things logic, she basically says: “At the end of the day, the most important thing is to believe it’s possible.” And it made me think, “If simply believing it’s possible, is the most important thing, then listeners need to have an episode on that.” And I could not agree more, that the head space your thoughts occupy is the SINGLE BIGGEST DRIVER of your progress.  So that you can hear perspective from Catherine, I asked her to have another conversation, which we tacked on to the end of one of our regular meetings.  Buckle up, because we’re talking at 75 miles an hour for  Part 2 with Catherine Ozment.   Highlights “If I had believed then, that the sky is the limit, I would probably be 3x farther along.”    “Seeing that the value really does exist, and that I really could deliver what I was telling them I could deliver, is going to increase my business by exponential amounts.”   “This industry has a gaping hole, and creating a service with the numbers, benchmarks, and budgets in a way that’s uniquely designed for my farming clients – is incredibly valuable and is a complete game changer for them.”    /////////// Connect with Catherine: Website: http://www.catherineozment.com/ Episode mentions: https://www.smartstrategyforcpas.com/142 Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Today I speak with Catherine Ozment, CPA, who I asked to return after last week’s episode.  Last week on the podcast I have Catherine Ozment, CPA. She and I have been working together for just shy of a year, and she’s making huge strides in pivoting her b Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 141 One Year: From Tax Factory to vCFO & Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment 141 141 141 One Year: From Tax Factory to vCFO & Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment full 3a763b79-59aa-4f1d-9835-f19886652a6a https://share.transistor.fm/s/0fe6d1a8 Many of you know how difficult and time consuming it can be to run a tax factory:

It’s all too easy to get buried under a mountain of tax, underprice services, and be in what feels like a near steady state of chaos. 

The desire is often to work 25 hours a week and take home compensation that’s respectable, and representative of all the work you have put in to attain the knowledge that can be so valuable, and to stop grinding it out.

 

My guest today is Catherine Ozment. 

Catherine Is a CPA in south Texas, who called last year, wanting to get off the hamster wheel and get intentional about creating a thriving practice that is designed and built to sell at a high multiple. We’ve been working together on that vision. For just shy of a year.We’re talking about what has changed and what she’s learned along the way, so that you can have a window into what shifting your accounting practice is actually like. 

Highlights

“I’m finally making a transition from running a tax factory to having a niche, building relationships with the right clients, and providing real value.”

“I was ready to stop putting numbers in boxes and really help my clients do a lot better financially: budget, plan for growth, be CFO.”

“I have 7 grandbabies. I didn’t want to be working 60-80 hours a week anymore. But I needed somebody else to help me make things change.” 

“The hardest part about niching is that the clients in your roster are real people whose lives you are a part of. But we found a way to keep those clients and still be profitable, so I feel like I have the best of both worlds.”

“At first it was hard to quote these prices that were so much higher than I was used to, but then, once I saw that I was able to save them 6 digits year after year, I really started to appreciate the value I brought to the table. At that made pricing a lot easier.”

“The biggest thing has been the mindset shift: getting out of minutiae and putting myself in the CEO chair.”

 

///////////

Connect with Catherine:

Website: http://www.catherineozment.com/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Many of you know how difficult and time consuming it can be to run a tax factory:

It’s all too easy to get buried under a mountain of tax, underprice services, and be in what feels like a near steady state of chaos. 

The desire is often to work 25 hours a week and take home compensation that’s respectable, and representative of all the work you have put in to attain the knowledge that can be so valuable, and to stop grinding it out.

 

My guest today is Catherine Ozment. 

Catherine Is a CPA in south Texas, who called last year, wanting to get off the hamster wheel and get intentional about creating a thriving practice that is designed and built to sell at a high multiple. We’ve been working together on that vision. For just shy of a year.We’re talking about what has changed and what she’s learned along the way, so that you can have a window into what shifting your accounting practice is actually like. 

Highlights

“I’m finally making a transition from running a tax factory to having a niche, building relationships with the right clients, and providing real value.”

“I was ready to stop putting numbers in boxes and really help my clients do a lot better financially: budget, plan for growth, be CFO.”

“I have 7 grandbabies. I didn’t want to be working 60-80 hours a week anymore. But I needed somebody else to help me make things change.” 

“The hardest part about niching is that the clients in your roster are real people whose lives you are a part of. But we found a way to keep those clients and still be profitable, so I feel like I have the best of both worlds.”

“At first it was hard to quote these prices that were so much higher than I was used to, but then, once I saw that I was able to save them 6 digits year after year, I really started to appreciate the value I brought to the table. At that made pricing a lot easier.”

“The biggest thing has been the mindset shift: getting out of minutiae and putting myself in the CEO chair.”

 

///////////

Connect with Catherine:

Website: http://www.catherineozment.com/

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 09 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Catherine Ozment Geraldine Carter & Catherine Ozment 2049 Many of you know how difficult and time consuming it can be to run a tax factory: It’s all too easy to get buried under a mountain of tax, underprice services, and be in what feels like a near steady state of chaos.  The desire is often to work 25 hours a week and take home compensation that’s respectable, and representative of all the work you have put in to attain the knowledge that can be so valuable, and to stop grinding it out.   My guest today is Catherine Ozment.  Catherine Is a CPA in south Texas, who called last year, wanting to get off the hamster wheel and get intentional about creating a thriving practice that is designed and built to sell at a high multiple. We’ve been working together on that vision. For just shy of a year.We’re talking about what has changed and what she’s learned along the way, so that you can have a window into what shifting your accounting practice is actually like.  Highlights “I’m finally making a transition from running a tax factory to having a niche, building relationships with the right clients, and providing real value.” “I was ready to stop putting numbers in boxes and really help my clients do a lot better financially: budget, plan for growth, be CFO.” “I have 7 grandbabies. I didn’t want to be working 60-80 hours a week anymore. But I needed somebody else to help me make things change.”  “The hardest part about niching is that the clients in your roster are real people whose lives you are a part of. But we found a way to keep those clients and still be profitable, so I feel like I have the best of both worlds.” “At first it was hard to quote these prices that were so much higher than I was used to, but then, once I saw that I was able to save them 6 digits year after year, I really started to appreciate the value I brought to the table. At that made pricing a lot easier.” “The biggest thing has been the mindset shift: getting out of minutiae and putting myself in the CEO chair.”   /////////// Connect with Catherine: Website: http://www.catherineozment.com/ Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Many of you know how difficult and time consuming it can be to run a tax factory: It’s all too easy to get buried under a mountain of tax, underprice services, and be in what feels like a near steady state of chaos.  The desire is often to work 25 hours a Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 140 BS CPA LINGO BINGO 140 140 140 BS CPA LINGO BINGO full 3e2fda52-8b36-4f4b-9ef4-20b1d1127e88 https://share.transistor.fm/s/11caefef Today we’re playing BS CPA LINGO BINGO. 

 

Lingo in the accounting space that makes some of us kind of crazy. 

There are five terms that are especially problematic for CPAs and accountants that slow business growth. 

 

In this First Edition of BS CPA LINGO BINGO, I’ll call out for 

B! Advisory Services; I! Future-Proof; N! Trusted Advisor; G! Wait for it…; O! The 3% Rule of Thumb. 

 

B! Advisory Services; 

  • The buyer asks, “Is there service without advice?”
  • Buyers want the whole experience, not just the service

 

I! Future-Proof; 

  • Anything -proof connotes something you don’t want, or are trying to protect yourself from
  • The future will be here tomorrow, like it or not
  • You’re best off embracing the future with wide-open arms

 

N! Trusted Advisor; 

  • It makes no sense - why take advice from someone you don’t trust?
  • It’s like Honest Banking - it’s not convincing
  • Trust is built and generated, not granted

 

G! Big Firm Capability, Small Firm Personality:

  • It’s not believable
  • Why differentiate on personality when you can differentiate on wealth generation

 

O! The 3% Rule of Thumb:

  • Collective business decision with no business strategy behind it
  • Caps your income at 3% of your clients’ revenue - why would you do that to yourself?

 

Want to get your accounting practice to the next level?

Focus on creating value, selling outcomes, and pricing those outcomes. You’ll set yourself apart as a CPA who provides great service. 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Today we’re playing BS CPA LINGO BINGO. 

 

Lingo in the accounting space that makes some of us kind of crazy. 

There are five terms that are especially problematic for CPAs and accountants that slow business growth. 

 

In this First Edition of BS CPA LINGO BINGO, I’ll call out for 

B! Advisory Services; I! Future-Proof; N! Trusted Advisor; G! Wait for it…; O! The 3% Rule of Thumb. 

 

B! Advisory Services; 

  • The buyer asks, “Is there service without advice?”
  • Buyers want the whole experience, not just the service

 

I! Future-Proof; 

  • Anything -proof connotes something you don’t want, or are trying to protect yourself from
  • The future will be here tomorrow, like it or not
  • You’re best off embracing the future with wide-open arms

 

N! Trusted Advisor; 

  • It makes no sense - why take advice from someone you don’t trust?
  • It’s like Honest Banking - it’s not convincing
  • Trust is built and generated, not granted

 

G! Big Firm Capability, Small Firm Personality:

  • It’s not believable
  • Why differentiate on personality when you can differentiate on wealth generation

 

O! The 3% Rule of Thumb:

  • Collective business decision with no business strategy behind it
  • Caps your income at 3% of your clients’ revenue - why would you do that to yourself?

 

Want to get your accounting practice to the next level?

Focus on creating value, selling outcomes, and pricing those outcomes. You’ll set yourself apart as a CPA who provides great service. 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 02 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 740 Today we’re playing BS CPA LINGO BINGO.    Lingo in the accounting space that makes some of us kind of crazy.  There are five terms that are especially problematic for CPAs and accountants that slow business growth.    In this First Edition of BS CPA LINGO BINGO, I’ll call out for  B! Advisory Services; I! Future-Proof; N! Trusted Advisor; G! Wait for it…; O! The 3% Rule of Thumb.    B! Advisory Services;  The buyer asks, “Is there service without advice?” Buyers want the whole experience, not just the service   I! Future-Proof;  Anything -proof connotes something you don’t want, or are trying to protect yourself from The future will be here tomorrow, like it or not You’re best off embracing the future with wide-open arms   N! Trusted Advisor;  It makes no sense - why take advice from someone you don’t trust? It’s like Honest Banking - it’s not convincing Trust is built and generated, not granted   G! Big Firm Capability, Small Firm Personality: It’s not believable Why differentiate on personality when you can differentiate on wealth generation   O! The 3% Rule of Thumb: Collective business decision with no business strategy behind it Caps your income at 3% of your clients’ revenue - why would you do that to yourself?   Want to get your accounting practice to the next level? Focus on creating value, selling outcomes, and pricing those outcomes. You’ll set yourself apart as a CPA who provides great service.  Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Today we’re playing BS CPA LINGO BINGO.    Lingo in the accounting space that makes some of us kind of crazy.  There are five terms that are especially problematic for CPAs and accountants that slow business growth.    In this First Edition of BS CPA LING Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 139 Drive Outcomes for Your Clients with Geni Whitehouse 139 139 139 Drive Outcomes for Your Clients with Geni Whitehouse full bab234d3-906e-4f6c-a846-588bf9d000bc https://share.transistor.fm/s/9913eac2 Being a CPA is challenging, there’s no doubt.

When I reflect on CPAs’ challenges, and try to simplify the situation as much as possible, I can distill a few key problems: being a generalist, billing instead of pricing, and focusing on the past instead of desired client outcomes. 

If you can figure out your niche, learn to price, and begin to forecast and focus directly on improving the future, many problems will go away. 

 

My guest today is Geni Whitehouse, CPA, Countess of Communication at BD Co, and author: How to Make a Boring Subject Interesting. 

And I invited Geni to come on because she’s on the other side of these challenges and I wanted to tap into her expertise and insights. 

Frustrated by her inability to drive outcomes for her clients, she landed in the Napa Valley, where she focusing on helping wineries understand their financials.  

Benefits of working in a niche:

  • Knows what her winery folks need right away anytime there’s a law change
  • Clients have similar issues
  • Education is focused
  • Get more efficient faster

Competitors can’t be an expert across all dimensions.

“Where are the edges of your niche? What’s the smallest or largest winery you might take on?”

It’s measured by case size rather than revenue, and then we stay inside Napa Valley. Clients are from start-up to family wineries that have teams, but not as big as publicly traded companies. 

We spend a lot of time on the interview meeting to determine if they are a fit. 

Work with supporting organizations and ancillary products to make sure their clients are being well-served. 

If you are scared to niche, decide what you most enjoy, and draw the line around that. Carve out a niche anywhere there are opportunities. You want to be the most valuable to your clients, and focusing allows you to create more value more easily. 

You don’t have to know it all, you just have to know what to ask. 

 

Worthwhile quotes from Geni:

“Fathom gives a high-level overview that the CEO loves, while keeping all the details clear.” 

 

“Until clients have a good forecast, they are often shooting blind, pouring money down a black hole without any sense of when it stops.” 

 

“Forecasting enables me to show clients where they could go if they changed factors.”

 

“Reports from Fathom facilitate the conversation, and gave me the confidence to have a conversation that takes rows and columns and turn it into a visual that the client understands.”

 

“I don’t care what you need, I can help you figure out how to find you own answer.”

 

“CPAs need 3 things: Mindset, Skillset, Toolset: find the right tool and use it!”

 

Connect with Geni Whitehouse:

Website: https://www.evenanerd.com/

 

Software mentions:

fathomhq.com

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Being a CPA is challenging, there’s no doubt.

When I reflect on CPAs’ challenges, and try to simplify the situation as much as possible, I can distill a few key problems: being a generalist, billing instead of pricing, and focusing on the past instead of desired client outcomes. 

If you can figure out your niche, learn to price, and begin to forecast and focus directly on improving the future, many problems will go away. 

 

My guest today is Geni Whitehouse, CPA, Countess of Communication at BD Co, and author: How to Make a Boring Subject Interesting. 

And I invited Geni to come on because she’s on the other side of these challenges and I wanted to tap into her expertise and insights. 

Frustrated by her inability to drive outcomes for her clients, she landed in the Napa Valley, where she focusing on helping wineries understand their financials.  

Benefits of working in a niche:

  • Knows what her winery folks need right away anytime there’s a law change
  • Clients have similar issues
  • Education is focused
  • Get more efficient faster

Competitors can’t be an expert across all dimensions.

“Where are the edges of your niche? What’s the smallest or largest winery you might take on?”

It’s measured by case size rather than revenue, and then we stay inside Napa Valley. Clients are from start-up to family wineries that have teams, but not as big as publicly traded companies. 

We spend a lot of time on the interview meeting to determine if they are a fit. 

Work with supporting organizations and ancillary products to make sure their clients are being well-served. 

If you are scared to niche, decide what you most enjoy, and draw the line around that. Carve out a niche anywhere there are opportunities. You want to be the most valuable to your clients, and focusing allows you to create more value more easily. 

You don’t have to know it all, you just have to know what to ask. 

 

Worthwhile quotes from Geni:

“Fathom gives a high-level overview that the CEO loves, while keeping all the details clear.” 

 

“Until clients have a good forecast, they are often shooting blind, pouring money down a black hole without any sense of when it stops.” 

 

“Forecasting enables me to show clients where they could go if they changed factors.”

 

“Reports from Fathom facilitate the conversation, and gave me the confidence to have a conversation that takes rows and columns and turn it into a visual that the client understands.”

 

“I don’t care what you need, I can help you figure out how to find you own answer.”

 

“CPAs need 3 things: Mindset, Skillset, Toolset: find the right tool and use it!”

 

Connect with Geni Whitehouse:

Website: https://www.evenanerd.com/

 

Software mentions:

fathomhq.com

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 26 May 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Geni Whitehouse Geraldine Carter & Geni Whitehouse 1970 Being a CPA is challenging, there’s no doubt. When I reflect on CPAs’ challenges, and try to simplify the situation as much as possible, I can distill a few key problems: being a generalist, billing instead of pricing, and focusing on the past instead of desired client outcomes.  If you can figure out your niche, learn to price, and begin to forecast and focus directly on improving the future, many problems will go away.    My guest today is Geni Whitehouse, CPA, Countess of Communication at BD Co, and author: How to Make a Boring Subject Interesting.  And I invited Geni to come on because she’s on the other side of these challenges and I wanted to tap into her expertise and insights.  Frustrated by her inability to drive outcomes for her clients, she landed in the Napa Valley, where she focusing on helping wineries understand their financials.   Benefits of working in a niche: Knows what her winery folks need right away anytime there’s a law change Clients have similar issues Education is focused Get more efficient faster Competitors can’t be an expert across all dimensions. “Where are the edges of your niche? What’s the smallest or largest winery you might take on?” It’s measured by case size rather than revenue, and then we stay inside Napa Valley. Clients are from start-up to family wineries that have teams, but not as big as publicly traded companies.  We spend a lot of time on the interview meeting to determine if they are a fit.  Work with supporting organizations and ancillary products to make sure their clients are being well-served.  If you are scared to niche, decide what you most enjoy, and draw the line around that. Carve out a niche anywhere there are opportunities. You want to be the most valuable to your clients, and focusing allows you to create more value more easily.  You don’t have to know it all, you just have to know what to ask.    Worthwhile quotes from Geni: “Fathom gives a high-level overview that the CEO loves, while keeping all the details clear.”    “Until clients have a good forecast, they are often shooting blind, pouring money down a black hole without any sense of when it stops.”    “Forecasting enables me to show clients where they could go if they changed factors.”   “Reports from Fathom facilitate the conversation, and gave me the confidence to have a conversation that takes rows and columns and turn it into a visual that the client understands.”   “I don’t care what you need, I can help you figure out how to find you own answer.”   “CPAs need 3 things: Mindset, Skillset, Toolset: find the right tool and use it!”   Connect with Geni Whitehouse: Website: https://www.evenanerd.com/   Software mentions: fathomhq.com   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Being a CPA is challenging, there’s no doubt. When I reflect on CPAs’ challenges, and try to simplify the situation as much as possible, I can distill a few key problems: being a generalist, billing instead of pricing, and focusing on the past instead of Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 138 Fetch a High Multiple When You Sell Your CPA Firm with Allan Koltin 138 138 138 Fetch a High Multiple When You Sell Your CPA Firm with Allan Koltin full c4e568eb-af00-4887-8b3d-ed47a48ffbeb https://share.transistor.fm/s/2ad21306 Waiting until you’re cooked to decide it’s time to sell your practice is a guaranteed way to fetch a low price for what you’ve spent a lifetime building. 

If you want to optimize the sale price of your business, it takes years of advance planning. 

Too many CPAs miss out on money they could have earned, had they known what steps to take and what to implement in order to fetch an attractive sale price. 

Here to talk with me today about how to set your CPA firm up to be highly attractive when you’re ready to sell it, is Allan Koltin. 

Allan is the CEO of Koltin Consulting Group. In addition to receiving countless awards, accolades, and recognition for his thought-leadership in the accounting profession, Allan has facilitated more than 150 M&A deals in the accounting profession over the past decade, including more than 50% of the largest M&A deals in the profession.

 

We cover a lot of ground in the sales and acquisition of CPA firms:

 

THERE ARE TWO KINDS OF DEALS:

1.Owners who are ready to off-ramp.

They are wondering: Can they buy us out? Can they afford to? Do they want to buy us out? These are the types of deals where the owner is looking at winding down and wants to sell their asset, because they no longer want to own the business. 

2. Strategic, due to technology.

I think we’d be better off being acquired

The best kind of M&A deal: 50 staff, no clients. 

 

WHAT NEEDS TO BE IN PLACE:

 

  1. Leadership - having the right people in place
  2. Rainmaking - you need to grow enough to provide a 5% wage increase
  3. Owning the client - being the trusted advisor
  4. Technical - do the work with quality

 

Clients they can get. The buyer wants people. 

The buyer is wondering 

When it comes time to monetize the business, the acquirer is wondering, without the owner in place, can we keep everything going? Can we deliver that kind of service?You should be thinking about succession planning from the day you start. 

Plan 3 - 5 year before you are done, and use their talent to transition. 

Six months is not a long enough time to transition your firm. 

So busy being busy that they can sometimes avoid planning for the future. 

Bigger firms are looking to find more value in the firm that the seller is providing, in the form of untapped revenue in services the existing firm may not be offering:

 

Type 1 Services - what clients don’t want but need - tax returns, audited financial statements

Type 2 Services - what clients want and need - how to grow your business

Type 3 Services - what clients want and need but you don’t provide it, so you partner with others who do

 

FACTORS THAT IMPROVE SALE PRICE
  • Market / location
  • High EBITDA: $750 - $1M+
  • 7x - 7.5x the EBITDA, 10x would be off the charts
  • 1 - 1.5x revenue, 2x would require a lot of things going your way
  • “Good luck with that” if you have a low-margin firm

 

SAFEST PATH
  • Dollar amount at closing
  • Stay on for 3 years is a great insurance policy for the buyer

 

WHAT IF YOUR FIRM IS OFF HOURLY BILLING AND IS VALUE BILLING
  • In the tech space with maintenance contracts are great
  • Annuity work can be 3x greater, because you don’t have to find new clients all the time

 

What would it take to go over 10x EBITDA?

“You would have to have something so perfected in an industry or service line and you figured it out in your market and it was leaps and bounds ahead of anything anyone else was doing, and your buyer could take it national with their resources and capital, you could command in excess of 10x. 

It would have to be something pretty special.” 

 

Connect with Allan:

Website: https://koltin.com/

akoltin@koltin.com

#allankoltin

https://www.linkedin.com/in/allan-koltin-24a8181/

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Waiting until you’re cooked to decide it’s time to sell your practice is a guaranteed way to fetch a low price for what you’ve spent a lifetime building. 

If you want to optimize the sale price of your business, it takes years of advance planning. 

Too many CPAs miss out on money they could have earned, had they known what steps to take and what to implement in order to fetch an attractive sale price. 

Here to talk with me today about how to set your CPA firm up to be highly attractive when you’re ready to sell it, is Allan Koltin. 

Allan is the CEO of Koltin Consulting Group. In addition to receiving countless awards, accolades, and recognition for his thought-leadership in the accounting profession, Allan has facilitated more than 150 M&A deals in the accounting profession over the past decade, including more than 50% of the largest M&A deals in the profession.

 

We cover a lot of ground in the sales and acquisition of CPA firms:

 

THERE ARE TWO KINDS OF DEALS:

1.Owners who are ready to off-ramp.

They are wondering: Can they buy us out? Can they afford to? Do they want to buy us out? These are the types of deals where the owner is looking at winding down and wants to sell their asset, because they no longer want to own the business. 

2. Strategic, due to technology.

I think we’d be better off being acquired

The best kind of M&A deal: 50 staff, no clients. 

 

WHAT NEEDS TO BE IN PLACE:

 

  1. Leadership - having the right people in place
  2. Rainmaking - you need to grow enough to provide a 5% wage increase
  3. Owning the client - being the trusted advisor
  4. Technical - do the work with quality

 

Clients they can get. The buyer wants people. 

The buyer is wondering 

When it comes time to monetize the business, the acquirer is wondering, without the owner in place, can we keep everything going? Can we deliver that kind of service?You should be thinking about succession planning from the day you start. 

Plan 3 - 5 year before you are done, and use their talent to transition. 

Six months is not a long enough time to transition your firm. 

So busy being busy that they can sometimes avoid planning for the future. 

Bigger firms are looking to find more value in the firm that the seller is providing, in the form of untapped revenue in services the existing firm may not be offering:

 

Type 1 Services - what clients don’t want but need - tax returns, audited financial statements

Type 2 Services - what clients want and need - how to grow your business

Type 3 Services - what clients want and need but you don’t provide it, so you partner with others who do

 

FACTORS THAT IMPROVE SALE PRICE
  • Market / location
  • High EBITDA: $750 - $1M+
  • 7x - 7.5x the EBITDA, 10x would be off the charts
  • 1 - 1.5x revenue, 2x would require a lot of things going your way
  • “Good luck with that” if you have a low-margin firm

 

SAFEST PATH
  • Dollar amount at closing
  • Stay on for 3 years is a great insurance policy for the buyer

 

WHAT IF YOUR FIRM IS OFF HOURLY BILLING AND IS VALUE BILLING
  • In the tech space with maintenance contracts are great
  • Annuity work can be 3x greater, because you don’t have to find new clients all the time

 

What would it take to go over 10x EBITDA?

“You would have to have something so perfected in an industry or service line and you figured it out in your market and it was leaps and bounds ahead of anything anyone else was doing, and your buyer could take it national with their resources and capital, you could command in excess of 10x. 

It would have to be something pretty special.” 

 

Connect with Allan:

Website: https://koltin.com/

akoltin@koltin.com

#allankoltin

https://www.linkedin.com/in/allan-koltin-24a8181/

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 19 May 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Allan Koltin Geraldine Carter & Allan Koltin 2514 Waiting until you’re cooked to decide it’s time to sell your practice is a guaranteed way to fetch a low price for what you’ve spent a lifetime building.  If you want to optimize the sale price of your business, it takes years of advance planning.  Too many CPAs miss out on money they could have earned, had they known what steps to take and what to implement in order to fetch an attractive sale price.  Here to talk with me today about how to set your CPA firm up to be highly attractive when you’re ready to sell it, is Allan Koltin.  Allan is the CEO of Koltin Consulting Group. In addition to receiving countless awards, accolades, and recognition for his thought-leadership in the accounting profession, Allan has facilitated more than 150 M&amp;A deals in the accounting profession over the past decade, including more than 50% of the largest M&amp;A deals in the profession.   We cover a lot of ground in the sales and acquisition of CPA firms:   THERE ARE TWO KINDS OF DEALS: 1.Owners who are ready to off-ramp. They are wondering: Can they buy us out? Can they afford to? Do they want to buy us out? These are the types of deals where the owner is looking at winding down and wants to sell their asset, because they no longer want to own the business.  2. Strategic, due to technology. I think we’d be better off being acquired The best kind of M&amp;A deal: 50 staff, no clients.    WHAT NEEDS TO BE IN PLACE:   Leadership - having the right people in place Rainmaking - you need to grow enough to provide a 5% wage increase Owning the client - being the trusted advisor Technical - do the work with quality   Clients they can get. The buyer wants people.  The buyer is wondering  When it comes time to monetize the business, the acquirer is wondering, without the owner in place, can we keep everything going? Can we deliver that kind of service?You should be thinking about succession planning from the day you start.  Plan 3 - 5 year before you are done, and use their talent to transition.  Six months is not a long enough time to transition your firm.  So busy being busy that they can sometimes avoid planning for the future.  Bigger firms are looking to find more value in the firm that the seller is providing, in the form of untapped revenue in services the existing firm may not be offering:   Type 1 Services - what clients don’t want but need - tax returns, audited financial statements Type 2 Services - what clients want and need - how to grow your business Type 3 Services - what clients want and need but you don’t provide it, so you partner with others who do   FACTORS THAT IMPROVE SALE PRICE Market / location High EBITDA: $750 - $1M+ 7x - 7.5x the EBITDA, 10x would be off the charts 1 - 1.5x revenue, 2x would require a lot of things going your way “Good luck with that” if you have a low-margin firm   SAFEST PATH Dollar amount at closing Stay on for 3 years is a great insurance policy for the buyer   WHAT IF YOUR FIRM IS OFF HOURLY BILLING AND IS VALUE BILLING In the tech space with maintenance contracts are great Annuity work can be 3x greater, because you don’t have to find new clients all the time   What would it take to go over 10x EBITDA? “You would have to have something so perfected in an industry or service line and you figured it out in your market and it was leaps and bounds ahead of anything anyone else was doing, and your buyer could take it national with their resources and capital, you could command in excess of 10x.  It would have to be something pretty special.”    Connect with Allan: Website: https://koltin.com/ akoltin@koltin.com #allankoltin https://www.linkedin.com/in/allan-koltin-24a8181/   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Waiting until you’re cooked to decide it’s time to sell your practice is a guaranteed way to fetch a low price for what you’ve spent a lifetime building.  If you want to optimize the sale price of your business, it takes years of advance planning.  Too ma Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 137 Rolling Forecasts: How to Explore Risk and Opportunity with Your Clients 137 137 137 Rolling Forecasts: How to Explore Risk and Opportunity with Your Clients full feca0229-5d6e-48b5-be6f-6799b86bf046 https://share.transistor.fm/s/a494d664 Do you hear all this talk of including forecasting for your client, but when it comes to implementing, you’re a bit deer in the headlights?

Shifting into forecasting and scenario planning for your clients is a significant shift - in terms of process, what you feel confident in, and your own mindset. 

My guest today is Laura Landmark, (CEO) & Co-Founder of Mantle Analytics, which provides custom financial reporting for companies whose needs have outgrown the abilities of the software platforms whose names you would recognize.

Mantle Analytics uses technology to dig down into the data and uncover insights that are critical in steering the business towards its goals. 

This episode is all about rolling forecasts and what you need to know to optimize their use in your business on your clients’ behalf. 

 

What a rolling forecast is:
  • big picture 
  • a version of the future designed to provoke conversation
  • A tool that helps clients make better informed decisions
  • Data organized in a way that can help the business owner build toward that very reality
  • A picture that helps the client visualize what might happen in their business, or what potential reality they may want to avoid
  • As fresh as possible, and “real-time” should be clearly defined

 

What a rolling forecast is not:
  • A promise
  • A target that the business owner needs to deliver on
  • A prediction guaranteed to happen

 

How do I start implementing rolling forecasts for my clients?

Start with a revenue and gross profit forecast, by profit line or by customer segment

Then build into the next level of sophistication. 

 

Get good at asking questions!
  • What could be done to improve net profit
  • What if you stopped doing X
  • What if you doubled-down on Y

Connect with NAME:

Website: https://mantleanalytics.com/en/

Linked In: https://www.linkedin.com/in/laura-landmark/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Do you hear all this talk of including forecasting for your client, but when it comes to implementing, you’re a bit deer in the headlights?

Shifting into forecasting and scenario planning for your clients is a significant shift - in terms of process, what you feel confident in, and your own mindset. 

My guest today is Laura Landmark, (CEO) & Co-Founder of Mantle Analytics, which provides custom financial reporting for companies whose needs have outgrown the abilities of the software platforms whose names you would recognize.

Mantle Analytics uses technology to dig down into the data and uncover insights that are critical in steering the business towards its goals. 

This episode is all about rolling forecasts and what you need to know to optimize their use in your business on your clients’ behalf. 

 

What a rolling forecast is:
  • big picture 
  • a version of the future designed to provoke conversation
  • A tool that helps clients make better informed decisions
  • Data organized in a way that can help the business owner build toward that very reality
  • A picture that helps the client visualize what might happen in their business, or what potential reality they may want to avoid
  • As fresh as possible, and “real-time” should be clearly defined

 

What a rolling forecast is not:
  • A promise
  • A target that the business owner needs to deliver on
  • A prediction guaranteed to happen

 

How do I start implementing rolling forecasts for my clients?

Start with a revenue and gross profit forecast, by profit line or by customer segment

Then build into the next level of sophistication. 

 

Get good at asking questions!
  • What could be done to improve net profit
  • What if you stopped doing X
  • What if you doubled-down on Y

Connect with NAME:

Website: https://mantleanalytics.com/en/

Linked In: https://www.linkedin.com/in/laura-landmark/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 12 May 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Laura Landmark Geraldine Carter & Laura Landmark 2404 Should you use rolling forecasts for your clients? Do you hear all this talk of including forecasting for your client, but when it comes to implementing, you’re a bit deer in the headlights? Shifting into forecasting and scenario planning for your clients is a significant shift - in terms of process, what you feel confident in, and your own mindset.  My guest today is Laura Landmark, (CEO) &amp; Co-Founder of Mantle Analytics, which provides custom financial reporting for companies whose needs have outgrown the abilities of the software platforms whose names you would recognize. Mantle Analytics uses technology to dig down into the data and uncover insights that are critical in steering the business towards its goals.  This episode is all about rolling forecasts and what you need to know to optimize their use in your business on your clients’ behalf.    What a rolling forecast is: big picture  a version of the future designed to provoke conversation A tool that helps clients make better informed decisions Data organized in a way that can help the business owner build toward that very reality A picture that helps the client visualize what might happen in their business, or what potential reality they may want to avoid As fresh as possible, and “real-time” should be clearly defined   What a rolling forecast is not: A promise A target that the business owner needs to deliver on A prediction guaranteed to happen   How do I start implementing rolling forecasts for my clients? Start with a revenue and gross profit forecast, by profit line or by customer segment Then build into the next level of sophistication.    Get good at asking questions! What could be done to improve net profit What if you stopped doing X What if you doubled-down on Y Connect with NAME: Website: https://mantleanalytics.com/en/ Linked In: https://www.linkedin.com/in/laura-landmark/ Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Should you use rolling forecasts for your clients? Do you hear all this talk of including forecasting for your client, but when it comes to implementing, you’re a bit deer in the headlights? Shifting into forecasting and scenario planning for your clients Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 136 How CPAs Can Build a Sales Process That Can be Optimized, then Delegated 136 136 136 How CPAs Can Build a Sales Process That Can be Optimized, then Delegated full cb571c20-4605-4809-98d7-8b505ed8ecb2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/adb3d821 Would you just as soon rub your hand against the grain of a sheet of plywood than have a sales conversation? 

Avoiding sales leads directly to avoiding revenue, and the cost to your firm in the way of business left ungenerated could be enormous.  

My guest today is Liston Witherill, founder of Serve Don't Sell and creator of the Serve Don't Sell Method. He works with expert service providers like designers, accountants, agency owners, consultants, and coaches because their services don’t sell themselves.

 

Today’s episode is all about changing how you think about and approach sales conversations to optimize your business and AND the results you get for your clients – so that you don’t have to be in every sales meeting.

Connect with Liston:

Website: https://servedontsell.com/

 

******************************************************************************

 

Sign up for my Daily Drip of Value for CPAs at

SheThinksBigCoaching.com

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Would you just as soon rub your hand against the grain of a sheet of plywood than have a sales conversation? 

Avoiding sales leads directly to avoiding revenue, and the cost to your firm in the way of business left ungenerated could be enormous.  

My guest today is Liston Witherill, founder of Serve Don't Sell and creator of the Serve Don't Sell Method. He works with expert service providers like designers, accountants, agency owners, consultants, and coaches because their services don’t sell themselves.

 

Today’s episode is all about changing how you think about and approach sales conversations to optimize your business and AND the results you get for your clients – so that you don’t have to be in every sales meeting.

Connect with Liston:

Website: https://servedontsell.com/

 

******************************************************************************

 

Sign up for my Daily Drip of Value for CPAs at

SheThinksBigCoaching.com

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 05 May 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Liston Witherill Geraldine Carter & Liston Witherill 1761 Would you just as soon rub your hand against the grain of a sheet of plywood than have a sales conversation?  Avoiding sales leads directly to avoiding revenue, and the cost to your firm in the way of business left ungenerated could be enormous.   My guest today is Liston Witherill, founder of Serve Don't Sell and creator of the Serve Don't Sell Method. He works with expert service providers like designers, accountants, agency owners, consultants, and coaches because their services don’t sell themselves.   Today’s episode is all about changing how you think about and approach sales conversations to optimize your business and AND the results you get for your clients – so that you don’t have to be in every sales meeting. Connect with Liston: Website: https://servedontsell.com/   ******************************************************************************   Sign up for my Daily Drip of Value for CPAs at SheThinksBigCoaching.com   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Would you just as soon rub your hand against the grain of a sheet of plywood than have a sales conversation?  Avoiding sales leads directly to avoiding revenue, and the cost to your firm in the way of business left ungenerated could be enormous.   My gues Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 135 ERC: Clarifying 3 Common Areas of Ambiguity 135 135 135 ERC: Clarifying 3 Common Areas of Ambiguity full a08720ee-79a4-4edc-9cc3-6ee5b4178d18 https://share.transistor.fm/s/f10881d6 There are loads of questions out there about Employee Retention Credit, and with all the guidance on top of PPP and all the rest, it can be hard to know everything and stay-up-to-date. 

My guest today is Randy Crabtree, co-founder and owner of Tri-Merit, which is a specialty tax firm supporting CPA and their clients.

Randy and I were talking recently, and the topic came up that, due to the complexity, shifting nature of guidance, it’s easy to miss out on ERC for your clients. 

Randy has been studying ERC day in and day out, delivering trainings and webinars on the topic, and is going to highlight what he sees as the 3 most common areas of opportunity that are not getting captured.

I also solicited questions from the #Slack channel I host for my clients, from my Daily email list, and a few other locations, so we’ll do a lightning round at the end. 

There are 3 common areas that Randy sees needing clarification. 

280C Adjustment

Do owners and spouses qualify?

How to get PPP and ERC to play nicely together

We also discuss how valuable this can be for your clients and for you and your business. We conclude the conversation with suggestions on how to price, and where you can find out more about Randy and Tri-Merit.

Connect with Randy Crabtree:

Website: https://www.tri-merit.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/randy-crabtree-1945a67/

 

///////

 

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> There are loads of questions out there about Employee Retention Credit, and with all the guidance on top of PPP and all the rest, it can be hard to know everything and stay-up-to-date. 

My guest today is Randy Crabtree, co-founder and owner of Tri-Merit, which is a specialty tax firm supporting CPA and their clients.

Randy and I were talking recently, and the topic came up that, due to the complexity, shifting nature of guidance, it’s easy to miss out on ERC for your clients. 

Randy has been studying ERC day in and day out, delivering trainings and webinars on the topic, and is going to highlight what he sees as the 3 most common areas of opportunity that are not getting captured.

I also solicited questions from the #Slack channel I host for my clients, from my Daily email list, and a few other locations, so we’ll do a lightning round at the end. 

There are 3 common areas that Randy sees needing clarification. 

280C Adjustment

Do owners and spouses qualify?

How to get PPP and ERC to play nicely together

We also discuss how valuable this can be for your clients and for you and your business. We conclude the conversation with suggestions on how to price, and where you can find out more about Randy and Tri-Merit.

Connect with Randy Crabtree:

Website: https://www.tri-merit.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/randy-crabtree-1945a67/

 

///////

 

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 28 Apr 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Randy Crabtree Geraldine Carter & Randy Crabtree 2402 There are loads of questions out there about Employee Retention Credit, and with all the guidance on top of PPP and all the rest, it can be hard to know everything and stay-up-to-date.  My guest today is Randy Crabtree, co-founder and owner of Tri-Merit, which is a specialty tax firm supporting CPA and their clients. Randy and I were talking recently, and the topic came up that, due to the complexity, shifting nature of guidance, it’s easy to miss out on ERC for your clients.  Randy has been studying ERC day in and day out, delivering trainings and webinars on the topic, and is going to highlight what he sees as the 3 most common areas of opportunity that are not getting captured. I also solicited questions from the #Slack channel I host for my clients, from my Daily email list, and a few other locations, so we’ll do a lightning round at the end.  There are 3 common areas that Randy sees needing clarification.  280C Adjustment Do owners and spouses qualify? How to get PPP and ERC to play nicely together We also discuss how valuable this can be for your clients and for you and your business. We conclude the conversation with suggestions on how to price, and where you can find out more about Randy and Tri-Merit. Connect with Randy Crabtree: Website: https://www.tri-merit.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/randy-crabtree-1945a67/   ///////   Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options There are loads of questions out there about Employee Retention Credit, and with all the guidance on top of PPP and all the rest, it can be hard to know everything and stay-up-to-date.  My guest today is Randy Crabtree, co-founder and owner of Tri-Merit, Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 134 5 Keys to Make Your Website Work for Your CPA Firm 134 134 134 5 Keys to Make Your Website Work for Your CPA Firm full 60f3ed55-4a70-4db8-b2fa-67a7ecbec7e3 https://share.transistor.fm/s/4d1797e2 ****** BEFORE we JUMP IN ******

Do you want the free PDF resource created for this episode, as well as alllll the other free resources I've created for past episodes? 

Enter your best email address to download the PDF and sign up for my daily updates.   Email Address: Website

 

****** NOW onto the SHOW ******

Is your website a scatterplot of ideas, random phrases, and services? Does it suggest that you can do anything and everything for anyone, so long as they’re human? Do you look at it and cringe, but you feel overwhelmed or lost as to how to make it look right and do what you want it to?

Take heart - making a website that captures your value and tells the right story to your best prospects is a tricky thing. 

My guest today is Tina Smith, owner of Creative. Creative makes complicated website stuff easy so that clients can solve the right problems, grow good businesses, and live the life they’ve always wanted.

5 Keys to Improve Your CPA Firm’s Website

    1. Show up in search. Be sure to use the right terms in your headline, inside the tags. Put what you do in that headline. If you serve a geographic location, use it. 
    2. Prioritize faces over places. Avoid mountains and beaches and city skylines. Point your face to the camera. Eyeballs or body language points to headline or CTA you want the visitor to take. 
      • Put your own face on your website, and if you have a team, be sure to include them. If you don’t want to show yourself big, you can use a photo of you working with a client. 
      • Look open and inviting
      • -Look like your audience - when you mirror your audience, they will like and trust you more
    3. Get your jargon at the right level - be technical enough to be believable for your audience, but not over their head. Use regular speak that everyone can understand. Run your copy by a few clients to see what they get caught up on. 
    4. Use powerful emotional words. You can find great emotional words using google or emoji lists. 
      • Testimonials need to be short - 1 - 2 sentences
      • Sprinkled and scattered, as well as a dedicated page
      • Social proof is the fastest way to earn people’s trust
      • Headline at the top: 1 sentence “This CPA grew my business”
    5. Niching makes your marketing more powerful. 
      • If they have a conference and a trade journal, it could be worth checking out
      • Women, ambitious, passionate… not niche-y enough. 

To download the PDF for this episode, subscribe at the top of the shownotes, and receive all the free resources created from the podcast (and get on my Daily List).

 

Get a free website review by Tina at her website: https://www.connecttocreative.com

Connect with Tina on Facebook at Connect to Creative

Episode mentions:

054 - How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster

060 - Stand out from the crowd

091 - Is your accounting niche niche-y enough

110 - 15 Phrases to Scrub from your CPA Firm's Website

112 - Does Your CPA Firm Sell Outcomes or Deliverables?

 

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> ****** BEFORE we JUMP IN ******

Do you want the free PDF resource created for this episode, as well as alllll the other free resources I've created for past episodes? 

Enter your best email address to download the PDF and sign up for my daily updates.   Email Address: Website

 

****** NOW onto the SHOW ******

Is your website a scatterplot of ideas, random phrases, and services? Does it suggest that you can do anything and everything for anyone, so long as they’re human? Do you look at it and cringe, but you feel overwhelmed or lost as to how to make it look right and do what you want it to?

Take heart - making a website that captures your value and tells the right story to your best prospects is a tricky thing. 

My guest today is Tina Smith, owner of Creative. Creative makes complicated website stuff easy so that clients can solve the right problems, grow good businesses, and live the life they’ve always wanted.

5 Keys to Improve Your CPA Firm’s Website

    1. Show up in search. Be sure to use the right terms in your headline, inside the tags. Put what you do in that headline. If you serve a geographic location, use it. 
    2. Prioritize faces over places. Avoid mountains and beaches and city skylines. Point your face to the camera. Eyeballs or body language points to headline or CTA you want the visitor to take. 
      • Put your own face on your website, and if you have a team, be sure to include them. If you don’t want to show yourself big, you can use a photo of you working with a client. 
      • Look open and inviting
      • -Look like your audience - when you mirror your audience, they will like and trust you more
    3. Get your jargon at the right level - be technical enough to be believable for your audience, but not over their head. Use regular speak that everyone can understand. Run your copy by a few clients to see what they get caught up on. 
    4. Use powerful emotional words. You can find great emotional words using google or emoji lists. 
      • Testimonials need to be short - 1 - 2 sentences
      • Sprinkled and scattered, as well as a dedicated page
      • Social proof is the fastest way to earn people’s trust
      • Headline at the top: 1 sentence “This CPA grew my business”
    5. Niching makes your marketing more powerful. 
      • If they have a conference and a trade journal, it could be worth checking out
      • Women, ambitious, passionate… not niche-y enough. 

To download the PDF for this episode, subscribe at the top of the shownotes, and receive all the free resources created from the podcast (and get on my Daily List).

 

Get a free website review by Tina at her website: https://www.connecttocreative.com

Connect with Tina on Facebook at Connect to Creative

Episode mentions:

054 - How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster

060 - Stand out from the crowd

091 - Is your accounting niche niche-y enough

110 - 15 Phrases to Scrub from your CPA Firm's Website

112 - Does Your CPA Firm Sell Outcomes or Deliverables?

 

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 21 Apr 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Tina Smith Geraldine Carter & Tina Smith 2080 ****** BEFORE we JUMP IN ****** Do you want the free PDF resource created for this episode, as well as alllll the other free resources I've created for past episodes?  Enter your best email address to download the PDF and sign up for my daily updates.   Email Address: Website   ****** NOW onto the SHOW ****** Is your website a scatterplot of ideas, random phrases, and services? Does it suggest that you can do anything and everything for anyone, so long as they’re human? Do you look at it and cringe, but you feel overwhelmed or lost as to how to make it look right and do what you want it to? Take heart - making a website that captures your value and tells the right story to your best prospects is a tricky thing.  My guest today is Tina Smith, owner of Creative. Creative makes complicated website stuff easy so that clients can solve the right problems, grow good businesses, and live the life they’ve always wanted. 5 Keys to Improve Your CPA Firm’s Website Show up in search. Be sure to use the right terms in your headline, inside the tags. Put what you do in that headline. If you serve a geographic location, use it.  Prioritize faces over places. Avoid mountains and beaches and city skylines. Point your face to the camera. Eyeballs or body language points to headline or CTA you want the visitor to take.  Put your own face on your website, and if you have a team, be sure to include them. If you don’t want to show yourself big, you can use a photo of you working with a client.  Look open and inviting -Look like your audience - when you mirror your audience, they will like and trust you more Get your jargon at the right level - be technical enough to be believable for your audience, but not over their head. Use regular speak that everyone can understand. Run your copy by a few clients to see what they get caught up on.  Use powerful emotional words. You can find great emotional words using google or emoji lists.  Testimonials need to be short - 1 - 2 sentences Sprinkled and scattered, as well as a dedicated page Social proof is the fastest way to earn people’s trust Headline at the top: 1 sentence “This CPA grew my business” Niching makes your marketing more powerful.  If they have a conference and a trade journal, it could be worth checking out Women, ambitious, passionate… not niche-y enough.  To download the PDF for this episode, subscribe at the top of the shownotes, and receive all the free resources created from the podcast (and get on my Daily List).   Get a free website review by Tina at her website: https://www.connecttocreative.com Connect with Tina on Facebook at Connect to Creative Episode mentions: 054 - How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster 060 - Stand out from the crowd 091 - Is your accounting niche niche-y enough 110 - 15 Phrases to Scrub from your CPA Firm's Website 112 - Does Your CPA Firm Sell Outcomes or Deliverables?   Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options ****** BEFORE we JUMP IN ****** Do you want the free PDF resource created for this episode, as well as alllll the other free resources I've created for past episodes?  Enter your best email address to download the PDF and sign up for my daily updates.   Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 133 Cybersecurity for CPA Firms 133 133 133 Cybersecurity for CPA Firms full 0334a5ea-f401-4821-9566-5f1037947f6f https://share.transistor.fm/s/cb9a7584 Do you ever wonder if your tech security is tight enough? Not sure if it’s your firewalls are like swiss cheese, or if you’re a sitting duck, just waiting for a stealthy hacker to pick off your IP address and exploit your data?

Having holes in your security is high risk. Get unlucky and your whole system could be down for a day, or cost you tens of thousands of dollars in ransom fees or you can unknowingly be directing payments to fraudulent accounts.

My guest today is Darren Strong, owner of Focus Technology Solutions, which provides IT services dedicated to the accounting industry. 

Today we are digging in to your biggest security risks, especially because with the advent of you and your staff working from home, there is a lot to pay attention to.

What we cover:

Cyber Criminals Are More Sophisticated than You Realize

They mine the data you have sprinkled across social media to create a persona so they know how to look and sound like you. 

If you get hacked, it used to be that you would know right away. Now, if you get hacked, they’ll stick around and study your behavior. They’ll learn how you talk, how you ask for thing, how you instruct staff in your business to perform certain tasks. 

From the outside looking in, all they see is an IP address. 

It’s only once they get inside, they understand how big your business is. 

They will imitate the CEO instructing the CFO to pay a certain bill. 

 

Steps you can take to protect your CPA Firm from Cyber Fraud

There are many steps you can take to reduce your risk of attack:

  • Have an internal process to double-check new payments to new accountants.
  • If your employees are using their home machines, their are additional risk openings.
  • Set up your software systems for “least privileges” - restrict their role

Your biggest threat is your internal employees

  • Accidental deletion or exposure of data
  • Malicious exposure of data 

Cyber Fraud insurance can protect you.

 

When it comes to Cyber Security for CPA firms, where should I start?

You can list the risk profile of certain types of data you have, and list the cost if that data was lost. When cost and risk are high:

  • Reduce number of people who have access to that data
  • Two-factor authentication
  • Stop anything being printed
  • How they can access: corporate or home machine

Start with what software do you have and what data does it have so you can break it into different levels.

 

 

Connect with Darren Strong:

Website: https://www.focustechs.co.uk/

LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/darren-strong/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Do you ever wonder if your tech security is tight enough? Not sure if it’s your firewalls are like swiss cheese, or if you’re a sitting duck, just waiting for a stealthy hacker to pick off your IP address and exploit your data?

Having holes in your security is high risk. Get unlucky and your whole system could be down for a day, or cost you tens of thousands of dollars in ransom fees or you can unknowingly be directing payments to fraudulent accounts.

My guest today is Darren Strong, owner of Focus Technology Solutions, which provides IT services dedicated to the accounting industry. 

Today we are digging in to your biggest security risks, especially because with the advent of you and your staff working from home, there is a lot to pay attention to.

What we cover:

Cyber Criminals Are More Sophisticated than You Realize

They mine the data you have sprinkled across social media to create a persona so they know how to look and sound like you. 

If you get hacked, it used to be that you would know right away. Now, if you get hacked, they’ll stick around and study your behavior. They’ll learn how you talk, how you ask for thing, how you instruct staff in your business to perform certain tasks. 

From the outside looking in, all they see is an IP address. 

It’s only once they get inside, they understand how big your business is. 

They will imitate the CEO instructing the CFO to pay a certain bill. 

 

Steps you can take to protect your CPA Firm from Cyber Fraud

There are many steps you can take to reduce your risk of attack:

  • Have an internal process to double-check new payments to new accountants.
  • If your employees are using their home machines, their are additional risk openings.
  • Set up your software systems for “least privileges” - restrict their role

Your biggest threat is your internal employees

  • Accidental deletion or exposure of data
  • Malicious exposure of data 

Cyber Fraud insurance can protect you.

 

When it comes to Cyber Security for CPA firms, where should I start?

You can list the risk profile of certain types of data you have, and list the cost if that data was lost. When cost and risk are high:

  • Reduce number of people who have access to that data
  • Two-factor authentication
  • Stop anything being printed
  • How they can access: corporate or home machine

Start with what software do you have and what data does it have so you can break it into different levels.

 

 

Connect with Darren Strong:

Website: https://www.focustechs.co.uk/

LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/darren-strong/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 14 Apr 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Darren Strong Geraldine Carter & Darren Strong 1685 Do you ever wonder if your tech security is tight enough? Not sure if it’s your firewalls are like swiss cheese, or if you’re a sitting duck, just waiting for a stealthy hacker to pick off your IP address and exploit your data? Having holes in your security is high risk. Get unlucky and your whole system could be down for a day, or cost you tens of thousands of dollars in ransom fees or you can unknowingly be directing payments to fraudulent accounts. My guest today is Darren Strong, owner of Focus Technology Solutions, which provides IT services dedicated to the accounting industry.  Today we are digging in to your biggest security risks, especially because with the advent of you and your staff working from home, there is a lot to pay attention to. What we cover: Cyber Criminals Are More Sophisticated than You Realize They mine the data you have sprinkled across social media to create a persona so they know how to look and sound like you.  If you get hacked, it used to be that you would know right away. Now, if you get hacked, they’ll stick around and study your behavior. They’ll learn how you talk, how you ask for thing, how you instruct staff in your business to perform certain tasks.  From the outside looking in, all they see is an IP address.  It’s only once they get inside, they understand how big your business is.  They will imitate the CEO instructing the CFO to pay a certain bill.    Steps you can take to protect your CPA Firm from Cyber Fraud There are many steps you can take to reduce your risk of attack: Have an internal process to double-check new payments to new accountants. If your employees are using their home machines, their are additional risk openings. Set up your software systems for “least privileges” - restrict their role Your biggest threat is your internal employees Accidental deletion or exposure of data Malicious exposure of data  Cyber Fraud insurance can protect you.   When it comes to Cyber Security for CPA firms, where should I start? You can list the risk profile of certain types of data you have, and list the cost if that data was lost. When cost and risk are high: Reduce number of people who have access to that data Two-factor authentication Stop anything being printed How they can access: corporate or home machine Start with what software do you have and what data does it have so you can break it into different levels.     Connect with Darren Strong: Website: https://www.focustechs.co.uk/ LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/darren-strong/ Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Do you ever wonder if your tech security is tight enough? Not sure if it’s your firewalls are like swiss cheese, or if you’re a sitting duck, just waiting for a stealthy hacker to pick off your IP address and exploit your data? Having holes in your securi Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 132 Master Your Sales Conversations 132 132 132 Master Your Sales Conversations full d4a5fd45-eaed-44c3-b73d-200c482641fe https://share.transistor.fm/s/be7558b2 Many CPAs avoid the topic of selling - they associate sales with the gross, pushy, slimy sales conversations they have had in the past, and believe that anything to do with sales is a necessary evil, best avoided at all costs. 

They build their business on a false premise: that sales conversations are bad.

This does a disservice to their prospects and their clients, who may be looking for solutions the CPA offers. 

 

Today I speak with Debra Angilleta.

Debra is a founder and creator of "Sales Mastery" – A personal (and proven!) online e-course that shows business owners how to become more consultative so that they can become the go-to-expert and get the right clients to easily say "YES" to offers.

Debra has spent 30 years in the sales trenches and has made more than 20,000 sales calls. She knows EXACTLY what works (and what doesn't!) when it comes to showcasing value rather than simply talking about it. 

Debra routinely helps her clients sign more engagement letters with ease. 

 

Top Take-Aways from our conversation:

 

Becoming better at sales gets you out of the day-to-day

You will serve your clients better and at a higher level when you master sales conversations. It allows you to give the maximum service that your clients are seeking, thereby improving your clients’ results. It keeps you focused on outcomes for your clients, rather than what can be the minutiae of tax and accounting. In short, it helps you become a Trusted Advisor Business Advisor.

 

Relax into your expertise.

You know tax and accounting like the back of your hand. Your clients likely don’t. Forget the notion that you have to have all the answers – your clients are coming to you because you are the person who can help them figure out the answers. Do don’t put on a dog and pony show, there is no need to perform. Instead, listen to what your clients need and serve from there. 

Listen to your gut. 

When your intuition wants to speak something, let it. This may sound woo, but the more you can trust yourself, the more value you will provide. Don’t stifle the wisdom that arises from within. 

Be proactive.

Rather than wait for your clients to pick up the phone, go to them first. Don’t lull yourself into believing “they’ll call me if they need something.” They might not. Especially if you bill hourly, then almost for sure they will only call if it’s absolutely necessary. Most people will avoid calling at all costs when they are concerned the meter could be running. 

 

Pull out pain points. 

You can uncover opportunities to help your clients by exploring what their plans are, and what their roadblocks are. 

 

Connect with Debra:

Website: https://www.mastermysales.com/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Many CPAs avoid the topic of selling - they associate sales with the gross, pushy, slimy sales conversations they have had in the past, and believe that anything to do with sales is a necessary evil, best avoided at all costs. 

They build their business on a false premise: that sales conversations are bad.

This does a disservice to their prospects and their clients, who may be looking for solutions the CPA offers. 

 

Today I speak with Debra Angilleta.

Debra is a founder and creator of "Sales Mastery" – A personal (and proven!) online e-course that shows business owners how to become more consultative so that they can become the go-to-expert and get the right clients to easily say "YES" to offers.

Debra has spent 30 years in the sales trenches and has made more than 20,000 sales calls. She knows EXACTLY what works (and what doesn't!) when it comes to showcasing value rather than simply talking about it. 

Debra routinely helps her clients sign more engagement letters with ease. 

 

Top Take-Aways from our conversation:

 

Becoming better at sales gets you out of the day-to-day

You will serve your clients better and at a higher level when you master sales conversations. It allows you to give the maximum service that your clients are seeking, thereby improving your clients’ results. It keeps you focused on outcomes for your clients, rather than what can be the minutiae of tax and accounting. In short, it helps you become a Trusted Advisor Business Advisor.

 

Relax into your expertise.

You know tax and accounting like the back of your hand. Your clients likely don’t. Forget the notion that you have to have all the answers – your clients are coming to you because you are the person who can help them figure out the answers. Do don’t put on a dog and pony show, there is no need to perform. Instead, listen to what your clients need and serve from there. 

Listen to your gut. 

When your intuition wants to speak something, let it. This may sound woo, but the more you can trust yourself, the more value you will provide. Don’t stifle the wisdom that arises from within. 

Be proactive.

Rather than wait for your clients to pick up the phone, go to them first. Don’t lull yourself into believing “they’ll call me if they need something.” They might not. Especially if you bill hourly, then almost for sure they will only call if it’s absolutely necessary. Most people will avoid calling at all costs when they are concerned the meter could be running. 

 

Pull out pain points. 

You can uncover opportunities to help your clients by exploring what their plans are, and what their roadblocks are. 

 

Connect with Debra:

Website: https://www.mastermysales.com/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 07 Apr 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Debra Angilleta Geraldine Carter & Debra Angilleta 1554 Many CPAs avoid the topic of selling - they associate sales with the gross, pushy, slimy sales conversations they have had in the past, and believe that anything to do with sales is a necessary evil, best avoided at all costs.  They build their business on a false premise: that sales conversations are bad. This does a disservice to their prospects and their clients, who may be looking for solutions the CPA offers.    Today I speak with Debra Angilleta. Debra is a founder and creator of "Sales Mastery" – A personal (and proven!) online e-course that shows business owners how to become more consultative so that they can become the go-to-expert and get the right clients to easily say "YES" to offers. Debra has spent 30 years in the sales trenches and has made more than 20,000 sales calls. She knows EXACTLY what works (and what doesn't!) when it comes to showcasing value rather than simply talking about it.  Debra routinely helps her clients sign more engagement letters with ease.    Top Take-Aways from our conversation:   Becoming better at sales gets you out of the day-to-day You will serve your clients better and at a higher level when you master sales conversations. It allows you to give the maximum service that your clients are seeking, thereby improving your clients’ results. It keeps you focused on outcomes for your clients, rather than what can be the minutiae of tax and accounting. In short, it helps you become a Trusted Advisor Business Advisor.   Relax into your expertise. You know tax and accounting like the back of your hand. Your clients likely don’t. Forget the notion that you have to have all the answers – your clients are coming to you because you are the person who can help them figure out the answers. Do don’t put on a dog and pony show, there is no need to perform. Instead, listen to what your clients need and serve from there.  Listen to your gut.  When your intuition wants to speak something, let it. This may sound woo, but the more you can trust yourself, the more value you will provide. Don’t stifle the wisdom that arises from within.  Be proactive. Rather than wait for your clients to pick up the phone, go to them first. Don’t lull yourself into believing “they’ll call me if they need something.” They might not. Especially if you bill hourly, then almost for sure they will only call if it’s absolutely necessary. Most people will avoid calling at all costs when they are concerned the meter could be running.    Pull out pain points.  You can uncover opportunities to help your clients by exploring what their plans are, and what their roadblocks are.    Connect with Debra: Website: https://www.mastermysales.com/ Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Many CPAs avoid the topic of selling - they associate sales with the gross, pushy, slimy sales conversations they have had in the past, and believe that anything to do with sales is a necessary evil, best avoided at all costs.  They build their business o Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 131 From CPA to CFO, with Thought-Leader Jack Sweeney 131 131 131 From CPA to CFO, with Thought-Leader Jack Sweeney full 3759f941-f6ab-4734-8101-cf51c45d30c9 https://share.transistor.fm/s/20d7c604 Today I speak with Jack Sweeney, host of the CFO Thought Leader Podcast where he has interviewed almost 700 CFOs about their roles. 

Jack is also the winner of the 2018 Excellence in Financial Journalism Award by the NYSSCPAs.

A career business journalist, Jack is the former editor-in-chief of Business Finance Magazine and the founding editor (and former editor-in-chief ) of Consulting Magazine .

In this episode, we discuss:

The bridge from CPA to CFO

What do CFO’s learn along the way that they cite as important for their career growth trajectory?

Many of Jack’s guests cite the acquisition and improvement of communication skills as a key skillset in their growth. CFOs need to be able to articulate themselves clearly, and tell a story about the numbers to different audiences. Getting specific and dedicated training around communication is invaluable. 

Many of Jack’s guests also mentioned they have coaches - executive coaches who can facilitate their personal growth and development. 

Also important is how you introduce yourself and greet yourself. You may have only a few moments of someone’s attention, or an instant to make an impression. CPAs looking to step into CFO-type opportunities would do well to give consideration to how they come across in small moments, and what impression they want to leave behind. 

 

Storytelling

Finance people can be conservative by nature. It’s logical in a world where information you hold must be closely guarded. You can however tell interesting stories about your experiences in business that will be of interest, without revealing unnecessary details. 

Part of the role of a CFO is to understand the vision and direction of the company, and put forth ideas about how they can help this company grow. 

CPAs are great listeners, and are thoughtful and disciplined. Knowing when to listen, and when to speak is a skill acquired over time. 

 

Articulating Value

You need to be able to articulate the value you bring as an individual and a professional in more clearly and in more interesting ways. Think about what you are going to share when you sit around a table: you need to tailor your stories and your narrative to a time sequence and an audience. Learn how to synthesize a story for different people at different altitudes. 

There’s a tight-rope walk from being reactive to being proactive, and in time your instincts will teach you which way to lean. 

 

Emotional Intelligence

The difference between the CPA and the CFO is not more technical information. It’s:

 

  • Reading the room correctly
  • Knowing who the stake-holders are
  • Timing
  • Finesse
  • Smarts, and political smarts

 

We also have a conversation about the low representation of women and diversity; you will have to listen to hear his take. :)

 

Connect with Jack:

Website: https://www.cfothoughtleader.com/

]]> Today I speak with Jack Sweeney, host of the CFO Thought Leader Podcast where he has interviewed almost 700 CFOs about their roles. 

Jack is also the winner of the 2018 Excellence in Financial Journalism Award by the NYSSCPAs.

A career business journalist, Jack is the former editor-in-chief of Business Finance Magazine and the founding editor (and former editor-in-chief ) of Consulting Magazine .

In this episode, we discuss:

The bridge from CPA to CFO

What do CFO’s learn along the way that they cite as important for their career growth trajectory?

Many of Jack’s guests cite the acquisition and improvement of communication skills as a key skillset in their growth. CFOs need to be able to articulate themselves clearly, and tell a story about the numbers to different audiences. Getting specific and dedicated training around communication is invaluable. 

Many of Jack’s guests also mentioned they have coaches - executive coaches who can facilitate their personal growth and development. 

Also important is how you introduce yourself and greet yourself. You may have only a few moments of someone’s attention, or an instant to make an impression. CPAs looking to step into CFO-type opportunities would do well to give consideration to how they come across in small moments, and what impression they want to leave behind. 

 

Storytelling

Finance people can be conservative by nature. It’s logical in a world where information you hold must be closely guarded. You can however tell interesting stories about your experiences in business that will be of interest, without revealing unnecessary details. 

Part of the role of a CFO is to understand the vision and direction of the company, and put forth ideas about how they can help this company grow. 

CPAs are great listeners, and are thoughtful and disciplined. Knowing when to listen, and when to speak is a skill acquired over time. 

 

Articulating Value

You need to be able to articulate the value you bring as an individual and a professional in more clearly and in more interesting ways. Think about what you are going to share when you sit around a table: you need to tailor your stories and your narrative to a time sequence and an audience. Learn how to synthesize a story for different people at different altitudes. 

There’s a tight-rope walk from being reactive to being proactive, and in time your instincts will teach you which way to lean. 

 

Emotional Intelligence

The difference between the CPA and the CFO is not more technical information. It’s:

 

  • Reading the room correctly
  • Knowing who the stake-holders are
  • Timing
  • Finesse
  • Smarts, and political smarts

 

We also have a conversation about the low representation of women and diversity; you will have to listen to hear his take. :)

 

Connect with Jack:

Website: https://www.cfothoughtleader.com/

]]> Wed, 31 Mar 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Jack Sweeney Geraldine Carter & Jack Sweeney 2469 Today I speak with Jack Sweeney, host of the CFO Thought Leader Podcast where he has interviewed almost 700 CFOs about their roles.  Jack is also the winner of the 2018 Excellence in Financial Journalism Award by the NYSSCPAs. A career business journalist, Jack is the former editor-in-chief of Business Finance Magazine and the founding editor (and former editor-in-chief ) of Consulting Magazine . In this episode, we discuss: The bridge from CPA to CFO What do CFO’s learn along the way that they cite as important for their career growth trajectory? Many of Jack’s guests cite the acquisition and improvement of communication skills as a key skillset in their growth. CFOs need to be able to articulate themselves clearly, and tell a story about the numbers to different audiences. Getting specific and dedicated training around communication is invaluable.  Many of Jack’s guests also mentioned they have coaches - executive coaches who can facilitate their personal growth and development.  Also important is how you introduce yourself and greet yourself. You may have only a few moments of someone’s attention, or an instant to make an impression. CPAs looking to step into CFO-type opportunities would do well to give consideration to how they come across in small moments, and what impression they want to leave behind.    Storytelling Finance people can be conservative by nature. It’s logical in a world where information you hold must be closely guarded. You can however tell interesting stories about your experiences in business that will be of interest, without revealing unnecessary details.  Part of the role of a CFO is to understand the vision and direction of the company, and put forth ideas about how they can help this company grow.  CPAs are great listeners, and are thoughtful and disciplined. Knowing when to listen, and when to speak is a skill acquired over time.    Articulating Value You need to be able to articulate the value you bring as an individual and a professional in more clearly and in more interesting ways. Think about what you are going to share when you sit around a table: you need to tailor your stories and your narrative to a time sequence and an audience. Learn how to synthesize a story for different people at different altitudes.  There’s a tight-rope walk from being reactive to being proactive, and in time your instincts will teach you which way to lean.    Emotional Intelligence The difference between the CPA and the CFO is not more technical information. It’s:   Reading the room correctly Knowing who the stake-holders are Timing Finesse Smarts, and political smarts   We also have a conversation about the low representation of women and diversity; you will have to listen to hear his take. :)   Connect with Jack: Website: https://www.cfothoughtleader.com/ Today I speak with Jack Sweeney, host of the CFO Thought Leader Podcast where he has interviewed almost 700 CFOs about their roles.  Jack is also the winner of the 2018 Excellence in Financial Journalism Award by the NYSSCPAs. A career business journalist Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 130 CPA Burnout: How to Get Your Energy Back 130 130 130 CPA Burnout: How to Get Your Energy Back full a69a2cc0-bdc5-47c1-a779-b7e39734b90e https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c1bbe52 How many days do you feel like you’re running ragged, and just getting to 9pm without a nuclear meltdown is a win? Once in a while, allowing your tank to run all the way down to the Empty line is ok. But do it too often, or run it too far down, and you risk running your business out of gas altogether. 

My guest today is Catherine Morissett - experienced facilitator, speaker, and coach with 30 years experience training around personal and organizational resilience. Catherine is going to share with us how to better maintain your own stores of personal resilience  so that you can get your time and energy back. 

On managing yourself:

There is much discussion on managing time, but what often gets left out are two other important concepts: managing your energy, and managing your Inner Space. 

 

Managing Your Energy

Your body has a finite amount of energy that it creates for you. (You can help it create more, but that’s a topic for another time.) Given the amount of energy you have for your day, where and how do you want to allocate it? The temptation is simply to go about your day at full-tilt, and then hang on through dinner and bedtime, hoping you make it. 

An alternative is to consider the amount of energy you have, and ask yourself how much you want to allocate to the various segments of your day. You might allocate a third to your work, a third to your family, and a third to yourself. Or you may allocate it differently. The point is to make a decision about what you want to have energy reserves for, rather than simply hope that more energy will magically produce itself at the end of the day. 

Managing Your Inner Space

The same goes for your Inner Space. We live in an age of information overload, and the brain will process whatever you put in front of it. Overtime, it does learn what it can tune out, but it still takes effort to filter. You can also help your brain by giving it intentional breaks:

  • Take a 5 minute break every hour
  • Take a 30 minute break at lunch
  • Decide what time you will shut down for the day
  • Decide if you will or will not check your phone in the evenings
  • Take a 15 minute walk or quiet break before starting work, and at ending work, to replace the forced-quite-time of the commute that has gone away in the WFH era.
Rewire Your Brain:

Learn to Focus

If you have been in the habit of task-spinning, from one to the next to the next without fully digging into and completing one at a time, it will take time to retrain your brain to focus on serial tasks. You can begin with the practice of setting a timer for 10 minutes and focusing for that amount of time. 

 

Juiced on Distractions

If you love distracting yourself with email and social media, begin with the small step of setting a timer for 15 minutes and quitting when the timer dings. Social media and technology has been shown to be addictive. Be patient with yourself and be good with incremental progress. 

Connect with Catherine:

Website: https://www.imagineplus.ca/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

]]> How many days do you feel like you’re running ragged, and just getting to 9pm without a nuclear meltdown is a win? Once in a while, allowing your tank to run all the way down to the Empty line is ok. But do it too often, or run it too far down, and you risk running your business out of gas altogether. 

My guest today is Catherine Morissett - experienced facilitator, speaker, and coach with 30 years experience training around personal and organizational resilience. Catherine is going to share with us how to better maintain your own stores of personal resilience  so that you can get your time and energy back. 

On managing yourself:

There is much discussion on managing time, but what often gets left out are two other important concepts: managing your energy, and managing your Inner Space. 

 

Managing Your Energy

Your body has a finite amount of energy that it creates for you. (You can help it create more, but that’s a topic for another time.) Given the amount of energy you have for your day, where and how do you want to allocate it? The temptation is simply to go about your day at full-tilt, and then hang on through dinner and bedtime, hoping you make it. 

An alternative is to consider the amount of energy you have, and ask yourself how much you want to allocate to the various segments of your day. You might allocate a third to your work, a third to your family, and a third to yourself. Or you may allocate it differently. The point is to make a decision about what you want to have energy reserves for, rather than simply hope that more energy will magically produce itself at the end of the day. 

Managing Your Inner Space

The same goes for your Inner Space. We live in an age of information overload, and the brain will process whatever you put in front of it. Overtime, it does learn what it can tune out, but it still takes effort to filter. You can also help your brain by giving it intentional breaks:

  • Take a 5 minute break every hour
  • Take a 30 minute break at lunch
  • Decide what time you will shut down for the day
  • Decide if you will or will not check your phone in the evenings
  • Take a 15 minute walk or quiet break before starting work, and at ending work, to replace the forced-quite-time of the commute that has gone away in the WFH era.
Rewire Your Brain:

Learn to Focus

If you have been in the habit of task-spinning, from one to the next to the next without fully digging into and completing one at a time, it will take time to retrain your brain to focus on serial tasks. You can begin with the practice of setting a timer for 10 minutes and focusing for that amount of time. 

 

Juiced on Distractions

If you love distracting yourself with email and social media, begin with the small step of setting a timer for 15 minutes and quitting when the timer dings. Social media and technology has been shown to be addictive. Be patient with yourself and be good with incremental progress. 

Connect with Catherine:

Website: https://www.imagineplus.ca/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

]]> Wed, 24 Mar 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Catherine Morissett Geraldine Carter & Catherine Morissett 2491 Resilience for CPAs and Accountants How many days do you feel like you’re running ragged, and just getting to 9pm without a nuclear meltdown is a win? Once in a while, allowing your tank to run all the way down to the Empty line is ok. But do it too often, or run it too far down, and you risk running your business out of gas altogether.  My guest today is Catherine Morissett - experienced facilitator, speaker, and coach with 30 years experience training around personal and organizational resilience. Catherine is going to share with us how to better maintain your own stores of personal resilience  so that you can get your time and energy back.  On managing yourself: There is much discussion on managing time, but what often gets left out are two other important concepts: managing your energy, and managing your Inner Space.    Managing Your Energy Your body has a finite amount of energy that it creates for you. (You can help it create more, but that’s a topic for another time.) Given the amount of energy you have for your day, where and how do you want to allocate it? The temptation is simply to go about your day at full-tilt, and then hang on through dinner and bedtime, hoping you make it.  An alternative is to consider the amount of energy you have, and ask yourself how much you want to allocate to the various segments of your day. You might allocate a third to your work, a third to your family, and a third to yourself. Or you may allocate it differently. The point is to make a decision about what you want to have energy reserves for, rather than simply hope that more energy will magically produce itself at the end of the day.  Managing Your Inner Space The same goes for your Inner Space. We live in an age of information overload, and the brain will process whatever you put in front of it. Overtime, it does learn what it can tune out, but it still takes effort to filter. You can also help your brain by giving it intentional breaks: Take a 5 minute break every hour Take a 30 minute break at lunch Decide what time you will shut down for the day Decide if you will or will not check your phone in the evenings Take a 15 minute walk or quiet break before starting work, and at ending work, to replace the forced-quite-time of the commute that has gone away in the WFH era. Rewire Your Brain: Learn to Focus If you have been in the habit of task-spinning, from one to the next to the next without fully digging into and completing one at a time, it will take time to retrain your brain to focus on serial tasks. You can begin with the practice of setting a timer for 10 minutes and focusing for that amount of time.    Juiced on Distractions If you love distracting yourself with email and social media, begin with the small step of setting a timer for 15 minutes and quitting when the timer dings. Social media and technology has been shown to be addictive. Be patient with yourself and be good with incremental progress.  Connect with Catherine: Website: https://www.imagineplus.ca/ Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Resilience for CPAs and Accountants How many days do you feel like you’re running ragged, and just getting to 9pm without a nuclear meltdown is a win? Once in a while, allowing your tank to run all the way down to the Empty line is ok. But do it too often Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 129 How to Spend Way Less Time on Email Every Day 129 129 129 How to Spend Way Less Time on Email Every Day full 85e7d1f3-bdac-42ae-84c9-8a95b1b0a09f https://share.transistor.fm/s/20a23f36 Do you ever get sucked into your email Inbox, wander around in there for hours, only to resurface wondering where the time went and why you went in there in the first place?

Having a disorderly system to process your email - or worse - no system at all - can cost you hours a day of lost efficacy. Losing just ONE hour a day all year long is the equivalent of SIX and a HALF weeks of work time. 

My guest today is Marcey Rader, a productivity expert and the President of Rader Co -  Her training company specializes in helping accountants and CPAs to get on top of their email, tasks, and their calendar.

Today it’s all about getting your time back by learning the secrets of email processing, so that you stay out of the Inbox vortex. 

6 Steps to get your process organized:

 

  1. Have a strategy for processing email: be intentional and thoughtful about checking it, rather than willy-nilly or “all day every day. Email strategy comes from the top down, so make sure your staff is clear about email best practices and proper etiquette.
  2. Process it like a task – do it, and be done. Don’t context switch: it leads to decision fatigue and feeling busy but not productive
  3. Know what times of day to send. Have it land when people are most likely to read it - do not send at the end of the day or at night when your reader is likely to read it. Otherwise they make worse choices. Use Delay Send (Outlook) or Send Later (Gmail) to manage send times. When you email at night, you might be interrupting your recipients’ evening or weekend.
  4. Use the OHIO Method - Only Handle It Once. See the 5 Steps for Processing email so that you can handle your email one time, rather than open-close-open-close-open-close.
  5. Turn off notifications. Your body gets used to the dopamine drip. Your default setting is designed to get you to use the product more.
  6. Create rules and filters: Emails that you don’t want to see right now have filters to go to a folder. Certain domain names or email addresses bypass the Inbox altogether.
Use features and extensions to be more efficient: 
  • Inbox Pause – Allows you to pause new emails from landing in your Inbox
  • Boomerang – Allows you to tell emails to come back to you if it hasn’t been opened. 
  • Streak – Allows you to track email opens. It’s a powerful CRM; if you only want email tracking, then download the Chrome extension, relaunch Chrome, and select “only email tracking” when logging back in
  • Use Promotions and Updates tabs to train emails to land in the right places - Or Focus and Clutter if Outlook
  • Delay Send or Send Later – so emails land during appropriate work hours

 

How to process email with 5 choices:
  1. Delete - the ones you don’t need
  2. Delegate - if you’re the bottleneck, send them along
  3. Archive - the emails you need to read and file away
  4. Reply - if less than 2 minutes
  5. Create a Task - move to Tasks if in Gmail or assign to task in calendar

 

Symptoms of email addiction or lack of process:
  • If your family is on your case about it
  • If you can’t take a 15-second elevator ride without taking out your phone
  • If you’re not present when you are with people

 

Link to the webinar that got me down to Inbox Zero and freed up my time:

https://www.cpaacademy.org/archived_show/a0D2S00000ng1gsUAA

Get the free gift from Marcey:

Listeners receive the first 21 pages and all the Novice habits for Month One of Marcey's latest book, Work Well. Play More! Productive, Clutter-Free, Healthy Living - One Step at a Time. You can get that here: workwellplaymore.com/gift 

Connect with Marcey:

Website: https://helloraderco.com/

………

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Do you ever get sucked into your email Inbox, wander around in there for hours, only to resurface wondering where the time went and why you went in there in the first place?

Having a disorderly system to process your email - or worse - no system at all - can cost you hours a day of lost efficacy. Losing just ONE hour a day all year long is the equivalent of SIX and a HALF weeks of work time. 

My guest today is Marcey Rader, a productivity expert and the President of Rader Co -  Her training company specializes in helping accountants and CPAs to get on top of their email, tasks, and their calendar.

Today it’s all about getting your time back by learning the secrets of email processing, so that you stay out of the Inbox vortex. 

6 Steps to get your process organized:

 

  1. Have a strategy for processing email: be intentional and thoughtful about checking it, rather than willy-nilly or “all day every day. Email strategy comes from the top down, so make sure your staff is clear about email best practices and proper etiquette.
  2. Process it like a task – do it, and be done. Don’t context switch: it leads to decision fatigue and feeling busy but not productive
  3. Know what times of day to send. Have it land when people are most likely to read it - do not send at the end of the day or at night when your reader is likely to read it. Otherwise they make worse choices. Use Delay Send (Outlook) or Send Later (Gmail) to manage send times. When you email at night, you might be interrupting your recipients’ evening or weekend.
  4. Use the OHIO Method - Only Handle It Once. See the 5 Steps for Processing email so that you can handle your email one time, rather than open-close-open-close-open-close.
  5. Turn off notifications. Your body gets used to the dopamine drip. Your default setting is designed to get you to use the product more.
  6. Create rules and filters: Emails that you don’t want to see right now have filters to go to a folder. Certain domain names or email addresses bypass the Inbox altogether.
Use features and extensions to be more efficient: 
  • Inbox Pause – Allows you to pause new emails from landing in your Inbox
  • Boomerang – Allows you to tell emails to come back to you if it hasn’t been opened. 
  • Streak – Allows you to track email opens. It’s a powerful CRM; if you only want email tracking, then download the Chrome extension, relaunch Chrome, and select “only email tracking” when logging back in
  • Use Promotions and Updates tabs to train emails to land in the right places - Or Focus and Clutter if Outlook
  • Delay Send or Send Later – so emails land during appropriate work hours

 

How to process email with 5 choices:
  1. Delete - the ones you don’t need
  2. Delegate - if you’re the bottleneck, send them along
  3. Archive - the emails you need to read and file away
  4. Reply - if less than 2 minutes
  5. Create a Task - move to Tasks if in Gmail or assign to task in calendar

 

Symptoms of email addiction or lack of process:
  • If your family is on your case about it
  • If you can’t take a 15-second elevator ride without taking out your phone
  • If you’re not present when you are with people

 

Link to the webinar that got me down to Inbox Zero and freed up my time:

https://www.cpaacademy.org/archived_show/a0D2S00000ng1gsUAA

Get the free gift from Marcey:

Listeners receive the first 21 pages and all the Novice habits for Month One of Marcey's latest book, Work Well. Play More! Productive, Clutter-Free, Healthy Living - One Step at a Time. You can get that here: workwellplaymore.com/gift 

Connect with Marcey:

Website: https://helloraderco.com/

………

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 17 Mar 2021 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Marcey Rader Geraldine Carter & Marcey Rader 2280 GET YOUR TIME BACK BY BEING MORE EFFECTIVE WITH EMAIL Do you ever get sucked into your email Inbox, wander around in there for hours, only to resurface wondering where the time went and why you went in there in the first place? Having a disorderly system to process your email - or worse - no system at all - can cost you hours a day of lost efficacy. Losing just ONE hour a day all year long is the equivalent of SIX and a HALF weeks of work time.  My guest today is Marcey Rader, a productivity expert and the President of Rader Co -  Her training company specializes in helping accountants and CPAs to get on top of their email, tasks, and their calendar. Today it’s all about getting your time back by learning the secrets of email processing, so that you stay out of the Inbox vortex.  6 Steps to get your process organized:   Have a strategy for processing email: be intentional and thoughtful about checking it, rather than willy-nilly or “all day every day. Email strategy comes from the top down, so make sure your staff is clear about email best practices and proper etiquette. Process it like a task – do it, and be done. Don’t context switch: it leads to decision fatigue and feeling busy but not productive Know what times of day to send. Have it land when people are most likely to read it - do not send at the end of the day or at night when your reader is likely to read it. Otherwise they make worse choices. Use Delay Send (Outlook) or Send Later (Gmail) to manage send times. When you email at night, you might be interrupting your recipients’ evening or weekend. Use the OHIO Method - Only Handle It Once. See the 5 Steps for Processing email so that you can handle your email one time, rather than open-close-open-close-open-close. Turn off notifications. Your body gets used to the dopamine drip. Your default setting is designed to get you to use the product more. Create rules and filters: Emails that you don’t want to see right now have filters to go to a folder. Certain domain names or email addresses bypass the Inbox altogether. Use features and extensions to be more efficient:  Inbox Pause – Allows you to pause new emails from landing in your Inbox Boomerang – Allows you to tell emails to come back to you if it hasn’t been opened.  Streak – Allows you to track email opens. It’s a powerful CRM; if you only want email tracking, then download the Chrome extension, relaunch Chrome, and select “only email tracking” when logging back in Use Promotions and Updates tabs to train emails to land in the right places - Or Focus and Clutter if Outlook Delay Send or Send Later – so emails land during appropriate work hours   How to process email with 5 choices: Delete - the ones you don’t need Delegate - if you’re the bottleneck, send them along Archive - the emails you need to read and file away Reply - if less than 2 minutes Create a Task - move to Tasks if in Gmail or assign to task in calendar   Symptoms of email addiction or lack of process: If your family is on your case about it If you can’t take a 15-second elevator ride without taking out your phone If you’re not present when you are with people   Link to the webinar that got me down to Inbox Zero and freed up my time: https://www.cpaacademy.org/archived_show/a0D2S00000ng1gsUAA Get the free gift from Marcey: Listeners receive the first 21 pages and all the Novice habits for Month One of Marcey's latest book, Work Well. Play More! Productive, Clutter-Free, Healthy Living - One Step at a Time. You can get that here: workwellplaymore.com/gift  Connect with Marcey: Website: https://helloraderco.com/ ……… Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options GET YOUR TIME BACK BY BEING MORE EFFECTIVE WITH EMAIL Do you ever get sucked into your email Inbox, wander around in there for hours, only to resurface wondering where the time went and why you went in there in the first place? Having a disorderly system Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 128 Selling to Serve, with James Ashford of GoProposal 128 128 128 Selling to Serve, with James Ashford of GoProposal full 1e7f1b32-0bbe-405e-9eda-c7e363bcb2c2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2db6ddca Many accountants over-service and under charge their clients. This creates a lose-lose situation, where clients don't value what the accountant does, and the accountant doesn’t isn’t charging enough to be able to provide the level of service the client actually wants.

Not only does this undercharging result in the accountant leaving piles of cash on the table, but more importantly, the client is left wanting. 

The thing is that it’s not a lack of expertise and information that is causing accountants to stay stuck on the hamster wheel - it’s something else. 

Today’s guest is James Ashford.

 

Sales misconceptions

Many accountants carry misconceptions about sales. What are accountants missing out on when they hold false beliefs about selling, like it is and must be pushy?

 

Adopt a sales mindset

You need to be in a sales frame of mind - that you are always selling your ideas. It’s not simply limited to acquisition. You need to sell your clients on proper client behavior. You need to sell your staff on the direction of the company, and the culture. Sales is the most important skill, you’re selling all the time.

 

Be clear with your clients about expectations

Think about the skills required to get your clients to do the things you want them to do

You need to be kind to your clients by being clear about what is expected.

Kind and nice are not the same. By being clear about expectations, you are being kind to them because they understand what is expected of them. It’s not at all the same as being nice, which can be a falsely placed substitute for being liked. 

 

How do you get your clients to shift from being passive to proactive?

You’re helping your client to get one step closer to their stated goals.

You’re helping them make the best decisions for themselves.

 

Avoid inadvertently giving away your control out of the gates that then leads to getting walked all over and needs to be corrected, for example:

  • Meetings to overrun
  • Discounted services
  • Threw in goodies for free
  • Allows the client to control the relationship

 

You need to set precedents at the outset to establish your role as expert and leader in the relationship.

 

Intimidating conversations

So often it’s the fear of rejection or disapproval that keeps accountants from moving forward. It’s not until the pain of staying still (not enough time with family, health effect, etc) exceeds the pain of the difficult conversation does the account move. 

 

How can you make intimidating conversations come more easily, so that one does not need a health scare to discover previously unfound motivation?

When something is a “should” you won’t do it. When it becomes a must, you will do it. 

What had been a should, became a must in these two stories.

“If you were to acquire your own business today, what decisions would you make today?”

 

You’re not getting out of here alive, and you only have so many laps around the sun. 

Time to establish what you want in your business and in your life, and build it. 

Connect with James:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jamesashford/

Website: https://goproposal.com/professional-proposals/

Book: Selling to Serve

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Many accountants over-service and under charge their clients. This creates a lose-lose situation, where clients don't value what the accountant does, and the accountant doesn’t isn’t charging enough to be able to provide the level of service the client actually wants.

Not only does this undercharging result in the accountant leaving piles of cash on the table, but more importantly, the client is left wanting. 

The thing is that it’s not a lack of expertise and information that is causing accountants to stay stuck on the hamster wheel - it’s something else. 

Today’s guest is James Ashford.

 

Sales misconceptions

Many accountants carry misconceptions about sales. What are accountants missing out on when they hold false beliefs about selling, like it is and must be pushy?

 

Adopt a sales mindset

You need to be in a sales frame of mind - that you are always selling your ideas. It’s not simply limited to acquisition. You need to sell your clients on proper client behavior. You need to sell your staff on the direction of the company, and the culture. Sales is the most important skill, you’re selling all the time.

 

Be clear with your clients about expectations

Think about the skills required to get your clients to do the things you want them to do

You need to be kind to your clients by being clear about what is expected.

Kind and nice are not the same. By being clear about expectations, you are being kind to them because they understand what is expected of them. It’s not at all the same as being nice, which can be a falsely placed substitute for being liked. 

 

How do you get your clients to shift from being passive to proactive?

You’re helping your client to get one step closer to their stated goals.

You’re helping them make the best decisions for themselves.

 

Avoid inadvertently giving away your control out of the gates that then leads to getting walked all over and needs to be corrected, for example:

  • Meetings to overrun
  • Discounted services
  • Threw in goodies for free
  • Allows the client to control the relationship

 

You need to set precedents at the outset to establish your role as expert and leader in the relationship.

 

Intimidating conversations

So often it’s the fear of rejection or disapproval that keeps accountants from moving forward. It’s not until the pain of staying still (not enough time with family, health effect, etc) exceeds the pain of the difficult conversation does the account move. 

 

How can you make intimidating conversations come more easily, so that one does not need a health scare to discover previously unfound motivation?

When something is a “should” you won’t do it. When it becomes a must, you will do it. 

What had been a should, became a must in these two stories.

“If you were to acquire your own business today, what decisions would you make today?”

 

You’re not getting out of here alive, and you only have so many laps around the sun. 

Time to establish what you want in your business and in your life, and build it. 

Connect with James:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jamesashford/

Website: https://goproposal.com/professional-proposals/

Book: Selling to Serve

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 10 Mar 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & James Ashford Geraldine Carter & James Ashford 2064 Many accountants over-service and under charge their clients. This creates a lose-lose situation, where clients don't value what the accountant does, and the accountant doesn’t isn’t charging enough to be able to provide the level of service the client actually wants. Not only does this undercharging result in the accountant leaving piles of cash on the table, but more importantly, the client is left wanting.  The thing is that it’s not a lack of expertise and information that is causing accountants to stay stuck on the hamster wheel - it’s something else.  Today’s guest is James Ashford.   Sales misconceptions Many accountants carry misconceptions about sales. What are accountants missing out on when they hold false beliefs about selling, like it is and must be pushy?   Adopt a sales mindset You need to be in a sales frame of mind - that you are always selling your ideas. It’s not simply limited to acquisition. You need to sell your clients on proper client behavior. You need to sell your staff on the direction of the company, and the culture. Sales is the most important skill, you’re selling all the time.   Be clear with your clients about expectations Think about the skills required to get your clients to do the things you want them to do You need to be kind to your clients by being clear about what is expected. Kind and nice are not the same. By being clear about expectations, you are being kind to them because they understand what is expected of them. It’s not at all the same as being nice, which can be a falsely placed substitute for being liked.    How do you get your clients to shift from being passive to proactive? You’re helping your client to get one step closer to their stated goals. You’re helping them make the best decisions for themselves.   Avoid inadvertently giving away your control out of the gates that then leads to getting walked all over and needs to be corrected, for example: Meetings to overrun Discounted services Threw in goodies for free Allows the client to control the relationship   You need to set precedents at the outset to establish your role as expert and leader in the relationship.   Intimidating conversations So often it’s the fear of rejection or disapproval that keeps accountants from moving forward. It’s not until the pain of staying still (not enough time with family, health effect, etc) exceeds the pain of the difficult conversation does the account move.    How can you make intimidating conversations come more easily, so that one does not need a health scare to discover previously unfound motivation? When something is a “should” you won’t do it. When it becomes a must, you will do it.  What had been a should, became a must in these two stories. “If you were to acquire your own business today, what decisions would you make today?”   You’re not getting out of here alive, and you only have so many laps around the sun.  Time to establish what you want in your business and in your life, and build it.  Connect with James: LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jamesashford/ Website: https://goproposal.com/professional-proposals/ Book: Selling to Serve Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Many accountants over-service and under charge their clients. This creates a lose-lose situation, where clients don't value what the accountant does, and the accountant doesn’t isn’t charging enough to be able to provide the level of service the client ac Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 127 How CPAs Can Use YouTube Videos to Accelerate Growth with Hannah Smolinksi, CPA 127 127 127 How CPAs Can Use YouTube Videos to Accelerate Growth with Hannah Smolinksi, CPA full e495475c-5172-4162-8d6e-3cd8ebf438b2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/4af5acc5 Today I speak with Hannah Smolinksi, CEO of Clara CFO Group, on her meteoric YouTube rise. 

Less than 1 year ago, Hannah had less than 100 subscribers on YouTube and a few dozen on her email list. Today, she has more than 16,000 YouTube subscribers and more than 8000 people on her email list. Hannah talks with us about her success and how it has impacted her business growth. 

What has been the impact on her business?

  • Because the lifetime value of clients is really high, there is years of value from producing videos
  • Opened up different opportunities - Hannah is now the Senior Advisor to Upside Financial, where she educates CFOs on PPP-related legislation
  • Creates truly passive income once created - like webinars that are paid afterwards

CPAs can struggle with content marketing - it can be too shallow and doesn’t “grab”. 

Hannah suggests listening to what people ask you the most, then responding to what people are asking. If they are asking the same question over and over again, accumulate the most common questions you get asked and then create videos from there. 

There are a wealth of KPIs and metrics to pay attention to, but most important to watch are:

  • Total Views
  • Duration - keep it around 5 minutes

Look at the videos that get the most views, and do more around the topics that get the most views. Hannah found that videos for Sole Proprietor videos get high viewership. 

 

Digital Products

There is an opportunity to do a CFO service in a 1:many model by breaking it down into something much smaller. For example, you can hone in on budgeting or cashflow, and building targeted, micro courses directed at a narrow audience.

Hannah is building out a product ladder that includes paid webinars, advisory retainer, and more. 

If you want to start a YouTube channel, decide to do it and: 

  • be consistent
  • learn from what other CPAs who have lots of views - what are their videos about
  • find out what people are watching

SEO tools

You can use these SEO tools to find out what people are searching for:

If you need relief on the PPP front and are bogged down with work, check out 

Upside Financial. They have a PPP forgiveness service where the client meets with a PPP Advisor to get things done. 

 

Here is Hannah explaining the program: https://youtu.be/_GjJojYBCtE

If you want to get signed up for the Upside Financial referral program: https://upsidefinancial.com/referral

 

Connect with Hannah:

https://www.claracfo.com

Episode mentions:

The Traveling CPA: Around the world in 14 minutes

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Today I speak with Hannah Smolinksi, CEO of Clara CFO Group, on her meteoric YouTube rise. 

Less than 1 year ago, Hannah had less than 100 subscribers on YouTube and a few dozen on her email list. Today, she has more than 16,000 YouTube subscribers and more than 8000 people on her email list. Hannah talks with us about her success and how it has impacted her business growth. 

What has been the impact on her business?

  • Because the lifetime value of clients is really high, there is years of value from producing videos
  • Opened up different opportunities - Hannah is now the Senior Advisor to Upside Financial, where she educates CFOs on PPP-related legislation
  • Creates truly passive income once created - like webinars that are paid afterwards

CPAs can struggle with content marketing - it can be too shallow and doesn’t “grab”. 

Hannah suggests listening to what people ask you the most, then responding to what people are asking. If they are asking the same question over and over again, accumulate the most common questions you get asked and then create videos from there. 

There are a wealth of KPIs and metrics to pay attention to, but most important to watch are:

  • Total Views
  • Duration - keep it around 5 minutes

Look at the videos that get the most views, and do more around the topics that get the most views. Hannah found that videos for Sole Proprietor videos get high viewership. 

 

Digital Products

There is an opportunity to do a CFO service in a 1:many model by breaking it down into something much smaller. For example, you can hone in on budgeting or cashflow, and building targeted, micro courses directed at a narrow audience.

Hannah is building out a product ladder that includes paid webinars, advisory retainer, and more. 

If you want to start a YouTube channel, decide to do it and: 

  • be consistent
  • learn from what other CPAs who have lots of views - what are their videos about
  • find out what people are watching

SEO tools

You can use these SEO tools to find out what people are searching for:

If you need relief on the PPP front and are bogged down with work, check out 

Upside Financial. They have a PPP forgiveness service where the client meets with a PPP Advisor to get things done. 

 

Here is Hannah explaining the program: https://youtu.be/_GjJojYBCtE

If you want to get signed up for the Upside Financial referral program: https://upsidefinancial.com/referral

 

Connect with Hannah:

https://www.claracfo.com

Episode mentions:

The Traveling CPA: Around the world in 14 minutes

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 03 Mar 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1917 Today I speak with Hannah Smolinksi, CEO of Clara CFO Group, on her meteoric YouTube rise.  Less than 1 year ago, Hannah had less than 100 subscribers on YouTube and a few dozen on her email list. Today, she has more than 16,000 YouTube subscribers and more than 8000 people on her email list. Hannah talks with us about her success and how it has impacted her business growth.  What has been the impact on her business? Because the lifetime value of clients is really high, there is years of value from producing videos Opened up different opportunities - Hannah is now the Senior Advisor to Upside Financial, where she educates CFOs on PPP-related legislation Creates truly passive income once created - like webinars that are paid afterwards CPAs can struggle with content marketing - it can be too shallow and doesn’t “grab”.  Hannah suggests listening to what people ask you the most, then responding to what people are asking. If they are asking the same question over and over again, accumulate the most common questions you get asked and then create videos from there.  There are a wealth of KPIs and metrics to pay attention to, but most important to watch are: Total Views Duration - keep it around 5 minutes Look at the videos that get the most views, and do more around the topics that get the most views. Hannah found that videos for Sole Proprietor videos get high viewership.    Digital Products There is an opportunity to do a CFO service in a 1:many model by breaking it down into something much smaller. For example, you can hone in on budgeting or cashflow, and building targeted, micro courses directed at a narrow audience. Hannah is building out a product ladder that includes paid webinars, advisory retainer, and more.  If you want to start a YouTube channel, decide to do it and:  be consistent learn from what other CPAs who have lots of views - what are their videos about find out what people are watching SEO tools You can use these SEO tools to find out what people are searching for: Tube buddy VidIQ If you need relief on the PPP front and are bogged down with work, check out  Upside Financial. They have a PPP forgiveness service where the client meets with a PPP Advisor to get things done.    Here is Hannah explaining the program: https://youtu.be/_GjJojYBCtE If you want to get signed up for the Upside Financial referral program: https://upsidefinancial.com/referral   Connect with Hannah: https://www.claracfo.com Episode mentions: The Traveling CPA: Around the world in 14 minutes Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Today I speak with Hannah Smolinksi, CEO of Clara CFO Group, on her meteoric YouTube rise.  Less than 1 year ago, Hannah had less than 100 subscribers on YouTube and a few dozen on her email list. Today, she has more than 16,000 YouTube subscribers and mo Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 126 How to Implement Advisory Services with Twyla Verhelst, Leader of the Accounting Professionals Program at Freshbooks 126 126 126 How to Implement Advisory Services with Twyla Verhelst, Leader of the Accounting Professionals Program at Freshbooks full 489c91e9-e84b-4257-9da4-2eece545b8fe https://share.transistor.fm/s/f41e0f77 Twyla Verhelst is the co-founder of Eighty Twenty, an Advisory Accounting Firm. We discuss her journey of implementing Advisory Services, long before it was known as Advisory Services. We discuss the difference between what the client needs, and what the business owner needs, what questions to ask that lead to deeper insights to support Advisory Services, and how to get started simply and without overwhelm.

 

What we cover:

How to get started building your Advisory Services

Rather than make assumptions about what your clients need, ask questions up front:

  1. Why did you start this business? A passion-project, or because you quit your job and you need this to feed your family?
  2. What keeps you up at night?
  3. Where is your business headed? Where do you want to see your business headed, in 6 months, 12 months, 5 years? But even now in Covid-times, how about 90 days?

 

What patterns emerge from asking those questions of your clients?

Cashflow cashflow cashflow. 

While 5 and 10 year scenario planning is incredibly useful, short-term cashflow planning is the most important thing. If not done well, it makes the 5-year plan moot. 

IbXVV43MIPLfyzBxx7vb

What Twyla learned along the way:

  • Don’t provide metrics they see no value in
  • They may not pay you for information they don’t see value in or that matters to them
  • Present information that is digestible to them
  • How you see and understand information is not the same as how they see it
  • Understand what matters to them - and what helps them make better business decisions
  • Avoid accounting jargon and don’t be intimidating with tossing around fancy terms

 

Twyla’s advice for those wanting to get started

Start with one:

  • One client - don’t do it for everyone out of the gates
  • One service - don’t offer everything all at once

Come back to :

  • what it is that you are trying to do for your client
  • what happens if you don’t tell them
  • what impact will it have if I can help them

Connect with Twyla:

https://www.linkedin.com/in/twylav/

 

Other Relevant Episodes:

053, Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down 

 

121, Switching to Advisory Services using Profit First, with Rob Foncannon, CPA

Software mentions:

https://www.freshbooks.com

Do you want your own Roadmap to Advisory Services?

If you want to implement Advisory Services in your accounting practice, but you need something of a Roadmap so you know what path to travel, and don’t want to waste time and energy wandering in the dark,  Check out my roadmap to Advisory Services. 

In this 30-day intensive1:1 program, we will work together hand-in-glove to get you from wanting Advisory Services, to actually Doing Advisory Services. 

The end result is you have your first 2 advisory service clients, engagement letter signed. 

We work together until you have that result, and you can have it inside 30 days. 

If you’re curious, check out the Coaching Options tab on my website, SheThinksBigCoaching.com

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Twyla Verhelst is the co-founder of Eighty Twenty, an Advisory Accounting Firm. We discuss her journey of implementing Advisory Services, long before it was known as Advisory Services. We discuss the difference between what the client needs, and what the business owner needs, what questions to ask that lead to deeper insights to support Advisory Services, and how to get started simply and without overwhelm.

 

What we cover:

How to get started building your Advisory Services

Rather than make assumptions about what your clients need, ask questions up front:

  1. Why did you start this business? A passion-project, or because you quit your job and you need this to feed your family?
  2. What keeps you up at night?
  3. Where is your business headed? Where do you want to see your business headed, in 6 months, 12 months, 5 years? But even now in Covid-times, how about 90 days?

 

What patterns emerge from asking those questions of your clients?

Cashflow cashflow cashflow. 

While 5 and 10 year scenario planning is incredibly useful, short-term cashflow planning is the most important thing. If not done well, it makes the 5-year plan moot. 

IbXVV43MIPLfyzBxx7vb

What Twyla learned along the way:

  • Don’t provide metrics they see no value in
  • They may not pay you for information they don’t see value in or that matters to them
  • Present information that is digestible to them
  • How you see and understand information is not the same as how they see it
  • Understand what matters to them - and what helps them make better business decisions
  • Avoid accounting jargon and don’t be intimidating with tossing around fancy terms

 

Twyla’s advice for those wanting to get started

Start with one:

  • One client - don’t do it for everyone out of the gates
  • One service - don’t offer everything all at once

Come back to :

  • what it is that you are trying to do for your client
  • what happens if you don’t tell them
  • what impact will it have if I can help them

Connect with Twyla:

https://www.linkedin.com/in/twylav/

 

Other Relevant Episodes:

053, Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down 

 

121, Switching to Advisory Services using Profit First, with Rob Foncannon, CPA

Software mentions:

https://www.freshbooks.com

Do you want your own Roadmap to Advisory Services?

If you want to implement Advisory Services in your accounting practice, but you need something of a Roadmap so you know what path to travel, and don’t want to waste time and energy wandering in the dark,  Check out my roadmap to Advisory Services. 

In this 30-day intensive1:1 program, we will work together hand-in-glove to get you from wanting Advisory Services, to actually Doing Advisory Services. 

The end result is you have your first 2 advisory service clients, engagement letter signed. 

We work together until you have that result, and you can have it inside 30 days. 

If you’re curious, check out the Coaching Options tab on my website, SheThinksBigCoaching.com

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 24 Feb 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & Twyla Verhelst Geraldine Carter & Twyla Verhelst 1761 Twyla Verhelst is the co-founder of Eighty Twenty, an Advisory Accounting Firm. We discuss her journey of implementing Advisory Services, long before it was known as Advisory Services. We discuss the difference between what the client needs, and what the business owner needs, what questions to ask that lead to deeper insights to support Advisory Services, and how to get started simply and without overwhelm.   What we cover: How to get started building your Advisory Services Rather than make assumptions about what your clients need, ask questions up front: Why did you start this business? A passion-project, or because you quit your job and you need this to feed your family? What keeps you up at night? Where is your business headed? Where do you want to see your business headed, in 6 months, 12 months, 5 years? But even now in Covid-times, how about 90 days?   What patterns emerge from asking those questions of your clients? Cashflow cashflow cashflow.  While 5 and 10 year scenario planning is incredibly useful, short-term cashflow planning is the most important thing. If not done well, it makes the 5-year plan moot.  IbXVV43MIPLfyzBxx7vb What Twyla learned along the way: Don’t provide metrics they see no value in They may not pay you for information they don’t see value in or that matters to them Present information that is digestible to them How you see and understand information is not the same as how they see it Understand what matters to them - and what helps them make better business decisions Avoid accounting jargon and don’t be intimidating with tossing around fancy terms   Twyla’s advice for those wanting to get started Start with one: One client - don’t do it for everyone out of the gates One service - don’t offer everything all at once Come back to : what it is that you are trying to do for your client what happens if you don’t tell them what impact will it have if I can help them Connect with Twyla: https://www.linkedin.com/in/twylav/   Other Relevant Episodes: 053, Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down    121, Switching to Advisory Services using Profit First, with Rob Foncannon, CPA Software mentions: https://www.freshbooks.com Do you want your own Roadmap to Advisory Services? If you want to implement Advisory Services in your accounting practice, but you need something of a Roadmap so you know what path to travel, and don’t want to waste time and energy wandering in the dark,  Check out my roadmap to Advisory Services.  In this 30-day intensive1:1 program, we will work together hand-in-glove to get you from wanting Advisory Services, to actually Doing Advisory Services.  The end result is you have your first 2 advisory service clients, engagement letter signed.  We work together until you have that result, and you can have it inside 30 days.  If you’re curious, check out the Coaching Options tab on my website, SheThinksBigCoaching.com Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Twyla Verhelst is the co-founder of Eighty Twenty, an Advisory Accounting Firm. We discuss her journey of implementing Advisory Services, long before it was known as Advisory Services. We discuss the difference between what the client needs, and what the Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs with Pricing Expert Mark Stiving, PhD 125 125 125 Value and Segmented Pricing for CPAs with Pricing Expert Mark Stiving, PhD full 1886b090-460a-4eb5-a777-7669765dc54b https://share.transistor.fm/s/2b15ff6b Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour.

What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, 

which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity. 

Today’s guest is Mark Stiving the pricing expert behind impactpricing.com.

 

What we cover:

How to shift to flat-rate pricing when you have had a client whom you have billed by the hour:

Give them Menu Pricing with 3 packages: Good, Better, Best. 

Put last year’s average monthly bill between the Good and Better package

 

How do you have a value conversation with your clients?

You can’t simply ask, what is the value? Instead you must work together with your client to discover the value of your work together. You might ask...

  • If we can get you this result, what would result from that?
  • If we can move from a 7 to an 8, what would happen?
  • What’s it worth if you had that result, of ?

 

The quantitative value takes some digging to get to, but if you ask the right questions, you can get there. 

 

Discovering value is a two-way street:

It’s about trying to discover how much value we are delivering to that client

  • You as a vendor have no idea how much value your customer is going to get from your product
  • The customer doesn’t know your product  and has no idea how much value they are going to get from it
  • Both of you work together to understand the value it will provide, and the client will receive.

 

Remember:

Before customers buy, they are buying based on perceived value. 

After working together, they continue to buy based on actual value.

Once we have a customer, our job is to make sure they get real value, and KNOW they got real value.

To communicate hidden value, consider having a one-page write up

  • “Let me tell you what I did yesterday”
  • People with these problems often face these issues
  • I solved this for you
  • If you want to look more into it, here is more information 

 

How to price by segment:

“I charge people in this industry this amount”

Start with what you price now, and examine your client roster to see if there is an industry that gets significan value from that service, compared to the others, and then price that segment above your basic rate. 

Stay away from complexity!

Keep price segmentation simple by charging businesses in a certain industry XX% more than the basic service.

Think about where the low hanging fruit it, gain from that, and then go on to the next segment

If a CPA has the ability to act as a Trusted Advisor, they can have an initial conversation to get the ball rolling. 

Understanding how to do pricing well is involved, so start with industries that are not in a super-competitive market and use cost+ pricing.

 

 

The Will I, Won’t I, or Which One? Questions:

Will I buy, won’t I buy? – think about popcorn in a theatre. You ask yourself first, will I or won’t I buy? You are not asking “Which theatre will I buy popcorn from?”

When people make a Will I decision, they are not as price sensitive, because options are often limited.

Start small. Start with value-pricing for your own company, and make it work first in your own business. Then learn to have value conversations  with your clients, and then learn to coach your clients on having value conversations with their clients. 

There’s a phenomenal opportunity for CPAs to help their clients become more profitable, you will reduce turnover, your work becomes more impactful and fulfilling, and your work becomes easier. 

 

Connect with Mark:

Website: https://www.impactpricing.com/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour.

What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table, 

which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity. 

Today’s guest is Mark Stiving the pricing expert behind impactpricing.com.

 

What we cover:

How to shift to flat-rate pricing when you have had a client whom you have billed by the hour:

Give them Menu Pricing with 3 packages: Good, Better, Best. 

Put last year’s average monthly bill between the Good and Better package

 

How do you have a value conversation with your clients?

You can’t simply ask, what is the value? Instead you must work together with your client to discover the value of your work together. You might ask...

  • If we can get you this result, what would result from that?
  • If we can move from a 7 to an 8, what would happen?
  • What’s it worth if you had that result, of ?

 

The quantitative value takes some digging to get to, but if you ask the right questions, you can get there. 

 

Discovering value is a two-way street:

It’s about trying to discover how much value we are delivering to that client

  • You as a vendor have no idea how much value your customer is going to get from your product
  • The customer doesn’t know your product  and has no idea how much value they are going to get from it
  • Both of you work together to understand the value it will provide, and the client will receive.

 

Remember:

Before customers buy, they are buying based on perceived value. 

After working together, they continue to buy based on actual value.

Once we have a customer, our job is to make sure they get real value, and KNOW they got real value.

To communicate hidden value, consider having a one-page write up

  • “Let me tell you what I did yesterday”
  • People with these problems often face these issues
  • I solved this for you
  • If you want to look more into it, here is more information 

 

How to price by segment:

“I charge people in this industry this amount”

Start with what you price now, and examine your client roster to see if there is an industry that gets significan value from that service, compared to the others, and then price that segment above your basic rate. 

Stay away from complexity!

Keep price segmentation simple by charging businesses in a certain industry XX% more than the basic service.

Think about where the low hanging fruit it, gain from that, and then go on to the next segment

If a CPA has the ability to act as a Trusted Advisor, they can have an initial conversation to get the ball rolling. 

Understanding how to do pricing well is involved, so start with industries that are not in a super-competitive market and use cost+ pricing.

 

 

The Will I, Won’t I, or Which One? Questions:

Will I buy, won’t I buy? – think about popcorn in a theatre. You ask yourself first, will I or won’t I buy? You are not asking “Which theatre will I buy popcorn from?”

When people make a Will I decision, they are not as price sensitive, because options are often limited.

Start small. Start with value-pricing for your own company, and make it work first in your own business. Then learn to have value conversations  with your clients, and then learn to coach your clients on having value conversations with their clients. 

There’s a phenomenal opportunity for CPAs to help their clients become more profitable, you will reduce turnover, your work becomes more impactful and fulfilling, and your work becomes easier. 

 

Connect with Mark:

Website: https://www.impactpricing.com/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 17 Feb 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & Mark Stiving Geraldine Carter & Mark Stiving 2096 Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour. What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully understand value, they are leaving Everest Sized Mountains of Money on the table,  which means they have to work a lot harder to compensate for the missed opportunity.  Today’s guest is Mark Stiving the pricing expert behind impactpricing.com.   What we cover: How to shift to flat-rate pricing when you have had a client whom you have billed by the hour: Give them Menu Pricing with 3 packages: Good, Better, Best.  Put last year’s average monthly bill between the Good and Better package   How do you have a value conversation with your clients? You can’t simply ask, what is the value? Instead you must work together with your client to discover the value of your work together. You might ask... If we can get you this result, what would result from that? If we can move from a 7 to an 8, what would happen? What’s it worth if you had that result, of ?   The quantitative value takes some digging to get to, but if you ask the right questions, you can get there.    Discovering value is a two-way street: It’s about trying to discover how much value we are delivering to that client You as a vendor have no idea how much value your customer is going to get from your product The customer doesn’t know your product  and has no idea how much value they are going to get from it Both of you work together to understand the value it will provide, and the client will receive.   Remember: Before customers buy, they are buying based on perceived value.  After working together, they continue to buy based on actual value. Once we have a customer, our job is to make sure they get real value, and KNOW they got real value. To communicate hidden value, consider having a one-page write up “Let me tell you what I did yesterday” People with these problems often face these issues I solved this for you If you want to look more into it, here is more information    How to price by segment: “I charge people in this industry this amount” Start with what you price now, and examine your client roster to see if there is an industry that gets significan value from that service, compared to the others, and then price that segment above your basic rate.  Stay away from complexity! Keep price segmentation simple by charging businesses in a certain industry XX% more than the basic service. Think about where the low hanging fruit it, gain from that, and then go on to the next segment If a CPA has the ability to act as a Trusted Advisor, they can have an initial conversation to get the ball rolling.  Understanding how to do pricing well is involved, so start with industries that are not in a super-competitive market and use cost+ pricing.     The Will I, Won’t I, or Which One? Questions: Will I buy, won’t I buy? – think about popcorn in a theatre. You ask yourself first, will I or won’t I buy? You are not asking “Which theatre will I buy popcorn from?” When people make a Will I decision, they are not as price sensitive, because options are often limited. Start small. Start with value-pricing for your own company, and make it work first in your own business. Then learn to have value conversations  with your clients, and then learn to coach your clients on having value conversations with their clients.  There’s a phenomenal opportunity for CPAs to help their clients become more profitable, you will reduce turnover, your work becomes more impactful and fulfilling, and your work becomes easier.    Connect with Mark: Website: https://www.impactpricing.com/ Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Most CPAs struggle with pricing - some have moved to flat-rate or subscription pricing, and some still bill by the hour. What they often struggle to understand is the full depth of the value they offer to their clients, and because they don’t fully unders Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 124 4 Most Common Hiring Mistakes CPAs Make and What to Do Instead 124 124 124 4 Most Common Hiring Mistakes CPAs Make and What to Do Instead full c6a42886-155f-4e31-a4c8-5bcb26cd353f https://share.transistor.fm/s/e03b9f19 Erin Longmoon, Owner of Zephyr Recruiting shares the 4 most common hiring mistakes business owners make, and what to do instead. There is a reason that so many business owners have hiring PTSD and staff that are challenging: hiring correctly is not as easy as it looks. Erin is on a mission to eradicate toxic workplaces by helping clients find the RIGHT FIT (™) employee.

Today Erin shares the 4 most common hiring mistakes business owners make, and what to do instead. 

 

The 4 most common mistakes made when hiring:

1. Hiring someone you know or someone who was referred to you by someone you know. This actually does not have to be a hiring mistake if done correctly. In fact, using your network to grow your team is a great tactic, the problem is that it often leads to having unconscious bias that this person must be a great fit if they are being endorsed by a trusted source, especially when it is someone you are close to. We are therefore no longer able to see this candidate objectively or clearly. 

2. Hiring primarily for skills, education, and experience. You know the drill, you see that really impressive resume in your inbox and think “wow, if I can get this person on my team, we will be light years ahead of our competitors”, or “we can finally elevate our service offerings”, or some version of that. You interview the person, are totally impressed with their knowledge and expertise, and you pull out all the stops to get them, and they start with you – you scored!!! But... at some point, usually within a few months of hiring them, something is not right and BAM! It backfires! Why? Because culture fit was ignored. It is imperative, I repeat, i-m-p-e-r-a-t-i-v-e that culture fit is taken as seriously as skills, education, certifications, and experience.

3. Not having a recruiting strategy. Think of recruiting as a project, with a beginning, middle and end, and with a measurable goal to let you know you have succeeded, (in this case, finding your BEST FIT™ employee). And just like all projects you need to identify objectives and goals, allocate resources ($ and people), create an action plan- basically you need strategy for the project to succeed. Many small business employers just identify the need to hire and jump right to posting a job and hoping it works- but hope is NOT a strategy! Recruiting is a whole industry for a reason, it takes methodology, expertise, experience, strategy, and more to be consistently successful.

4. Not doing your full due diligence when vetting a candidate. You created a strategy, now you have to use it, consistently. Often, we end up fast-tracking a candidate because they seem great during the first interview, and you need someone NOW! So, you jump to the offer, skipping all the steps you identified in your Recruiting Strategy. This is a huge mistake because: 

    1. You could miss big red flags and critical information that can come back to bite you after you made the hire. 
    2. You could make a quick decision to not hire someone and they could end up having been your BEST FIT™, but because you did not follow your strategy, you missed out. This often happens with unconscious bias as well. 
    3. It could get you into compliance trouble. Every candidate MUST go through the same process per hiring cycle. By having a well outlined process, that is followed with each candidate, you mitigate your risk for discrimination lawsuits, and if you do get sued, it will help you defend your case, by being able to prove you have a process that every candidate goes through equally. 

If you want the *solutions* – what to do instead, email me at Subject =  4 Mistakes Hiring PDF, and I will send you the PDF. 

Bonus tips:

  • Anticipate 2-3 months from deciding to hire, to having the spot filled. 
  • Anticipate 4 - 6 weeks of training. 

 

That means you will want to start thinking about the hiring process 4 - 6 months before you actually need the person to be up and running. 

----------------

Connect with Erin and get “20 Questions to Determine Culture Fit”:

Website: https://www.zephyrrecruiting.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/longmoon/

--------

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Erin Longmoon, Owner of Zephyr Recruiting shares the 4 most common hiring mistakes business owners make, and what to do instead. There is a reason that so many business owners have hiring PTSD and staff that are challenging: hiring correctly is not as easy as it looks. Erin is on a mission to eradicate toxic workplaces by helping clients find the RIGHT FIT (™) employee.

Today Erin shares the 4 most common hiring mistakes business owners make, and what to do instead. 

 

The 4 most common mistakes made when hiring:

1. Hiring someone you know or someone who was referred to you by someone you know. This actually does not have to be a hiring mistake if done correctly. In fact, using your network to grow your team is a great tactic, the problem is that it often leads to having unconscious bias that this person must be a great fit if they are being endorsed by a trusted source, especially when it is someone you are close to. We are therefore no longer able to see this candidate objectively or clearly. 

2. Hiring primarily for skills, education, and experience. You know the drill, you see that really impressive resume in your inbox and think “wow, if I can get this person on my team, we will be light years ahead of our competitors”, or “we can finally elevate our service offerings”, or some version of that. You interview the person, are totally impressed with their knowledge and expertise, and you pull out all the stops to get them, and they start with you – you scored!!! But... at some point, usually within a few months of hiring them, something is not right and BAM! It backfires! Why? Because culture fit was ignored. It is imperative, I repeat, i-m-p-e-r-a-t-i-v-e that culture fit is taken as seriously as skills, education, certifications, and experience.

3. Not having a recruiting strategy. Think of recruiting as a project, with a beginning, middle and end, and with a measurable goal to let you know you have succeeded, (in this case, finding your BEST FIT™ employee). And just like all projects you need to identify objectives and goals, allocate resources ($ and people), create an action plan- basically you need strategy for the project to succeed. Many small business employers just identify the need to hire and jump right to posting a job and hoping it works- but hope is NOT a strategy! Recruiting is a whole industry for a reason, it takes methodology, expertise, experience, strategy, and more to be consistently successful.

4. Not doing your full due diligence when vetting a candidate. You created a strategy, now you have to use it, consistently. Often, we end up fast-tracking a candidate because they seem great during the first interview, and you need someone NOW! So, you jump to the offer, skipping all the steps you identified in your Recruiting Strategy. This is a huge mistake because: 

    1. You could miss big red flags and critical information that can come back to bite you after you made the hire. 
    2. You could make a quick decision to not hire someone and they could end up having been your BEST FIT™, but because you did not follow your strategy, you missed out. This often happens with unconscious bias as well. 
    3. It could get you into compliance trouble. Every candidate MUST go through the same process per hiring cycle. By having a well outlined process, that is followed with each candidate, you mitigate your risk for discrimination lawsuits, and if you do get sued, it will help you defend your case, by being able to prove you have a process that every candidate goes through equally. 

If you want the *solutions* – what to do instead, email me at Subject =  4 Mistakes Hiring PDF, and I will send you the PDF. 

Bonus tips:

  • Anticipate 2-3 months from deciding to hire, to having the spot filled. 
  • Anticipate 4 - 6 weeks of training. 

 

That means you will want to start thinking about the hiring process 4 - 6 months before you actually need the person to be up and running. 

----------------

Connect with Erin and get “20 Questions to Determine Culture Fit”:

Website: https://www.zephyrrecruiting.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/longmoon/

--------

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start?

Schedule a free discovery call with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Want to find out what options you might have for working together?

More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 10 Feb 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & Erin Longmoon Geraldine Carter & Erin Longmoon 1649 Erin Longmoon, Owner of Zephyr Recruiting shares the 4 most common hiring mistakes business owners make, and what to do instead. There is a reason that so many business owners have hiring PTSD and staff that are challenging: hiring correctly is not as easy as it looks. Erin is on a mission to eradicate toxic workplaces by helping clients find the RIGHT FIT (™) employee. Today Erin shares the 4 most common hiring mistakes business owners make, and what to do instead.    The 4 most common mistakes made when hiring: 1. Hiring someone you know or someone who was referred to you by someone you know. This actually does not have to be a hiring mistake if done correctly. In fact, using your network to grow your team is a great tactic, the problem is that it often leads to having unconscious bias that this person must be a great fit if they are being endorsed by a trusted source, especially when it is someone you are close to. We are therefore no longer able to see this candidate objectively or clearly.  2. Hiring primarily for skills, education, and experience. You know the drill, you see that really impressive resume in your inbox and think “wow, if I can get this person on my team, we will be light years ahead of our competitors”, or “we can finally elevate our service offerings”, or some version of that. You interview the person, are totally impressed with their knowledge and expertise, and you pull out all the stops to get them, and they start with you – you scored!!! But... at some point, usually within a few months of hiring them, something is not right and BAM! It backfires! Why? Because culture fit was ignored. It is imperative, I repeat, i-m-p-e-r-a-t-i-v-e that culture fit is taken as seriously as skills, education, certifications, and experience. 3. Not having a recruiting strategy. Think of recruiting as a project, with a beginning, middle and end, and with a measurable goal to let you know you have succeeded, (in this case, finding your BEST FIT™ employee). And just like all projects you need to identify objectives and goals, allocate resources ($ and people), create an action plan- basically you need strategy for the project to succeed. Many small business employers just identify the need to hire and jump right to posting a job and hoping it works- but hope is NOT a strategy! Recruiting is a whole industry for a reason, it takes methodology, expertise, experience, strategy, and more to be consistently successful. 4. Not doing your full due diligence when vetting a candidate. You created a strategy, now you have to use it, consistently. Often, we end up fast-tracking a candidate because they seem great during the first interview, and you need someone NOW! So, you jump to the offer, skipping all the steps you identified in your Recruiting Strategy. This is a huge mistake because:  You could miss big red flags and critical information that can come back to bite you after you made the hire.  You could make a quick decision to not hire someone and they could end up having been your BEST FIT™, but because you did not follow your strategy, you missed out. This often happens with unconscious bias as well.  It could get you into compliance trouble. Every candidate MUST go through the same process per hiring cycle. By having a well outlined process, that is followed with each candidate, you mitigate your risk for discrimination lawsuits, and if you do get sued, it will help you defend your case, by being able to prove you have a process that every candidate goes through equally.  If you want the *solutions* – what to do instead, email me at shethinksbigcoaching.com&gt; Subject =  4 Mistakes Hiring PDF, and I will send you the PDF.  Bonus tips: Anticipate 2-3 months from deciding to hire, to having the spot filled.  Anticipate 4 - 6 weeks of training.    That means you will want to start thinking about the hiring process 4 - 6 months before you actually need the person to be up and running.  ---------------- Connect with Erin and get “20 Questions to Determine Culture Fit”: Website: https://www.zephyrrecruiting.com/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/longmoon/ -------- Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Want some help in your CPA firm, but not sure where to start? Schedule a free discovery call with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Want to find out what options you might have for working together? More about 1:1 coaching, roadmaps, and DIY courses here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Erin Longmoon, Owner of Zephyr Recruiting shares the 4 most common hiring mistakes business owners make, and what to do instead. There is a reason that so many business owners have hiring PTSD and staff that are challenging: hiring correctly is not as eas Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 123 Overcoming Under-earning and Rewire for Wealth with Author Barbara Huson (pka Barbara Stanny) 123 123 123 Overcoming Under-earning and Rewire for Wealth with Author Barbara Huson (pka Barbara Stanny) full 07df2768-6750-4487-bc58-3f3e36280076 https://share.transistor.fm/s/a0a5f688 Today I speak with Author Barbara Huson (previously known as Barbara Stanny) Overcoming Under-earning and her new book, Rewire for Wealth.

Barbara Huson is the leading authority on women, wealth and power. As a bestselling author, financial therapist, teacher & wealth coach, Barbara has helped millions take charge of their finances and their lives. We discuss overcoming under-earning and how your mind must Rewire for Wealth. 

Barbara is the author of 6 books:

  • Prince Charming Isn’t Coming: How Women Get Smart About Money
  • Secrets of Six-Figure Women: Surprising Strategies to up Your Earnings and

Change Your Life

  • Overcoming Underearning: A Five-Step Plan to a Richer Life
  • Finding a Financial Advisor You Can Trust: A Guide for Investors and Those Who

Want To Be

  • Breaking Through: Getting Past the Stuck Points in Your Life
  • Sacred Success: A Course in Financial Miracles
  • Her 7th book, Rewire for Wealth 

In her new book, Rewire for Wealth, we discuss the 3 steps any woman can take at any time to rewire:

  1. Recognize - your thoughts and the lines you repeat to yourself as if they are true
  2. Reframe - how else you can think about things through different lenses
  3. Respond - what new choices you will make now that you know something different to be true

 

We also discuss: 

  • How you can recognize whether or not you are under-earning. It’s relative to your potential and your desire to earn more
  • The element of co-dependency in the accounting profession
  • How growing your income requires changing your self-image
  • The goal of 7-figure earning women is not more profit, but greatness

Connect with Barbara:

www.Barbara-Huson.com

 

Rewire for Wealth: https://www.amazon.com/Rewire-Wealth-Program-Financial-Success/dp/1260464237/ref=sr_1_1?crid=BOB4NO2P1SW1&dchild=1&keywords=rewire+for+wealth&qid=1611707302&sprefix=rewire+for+we%2Caps%2C191&sr=8-1

 

/////////

 

Upcoming Events:

How to Deliver Rolling Forecasts to Your Clients with Laura Landmark

Tues Feb 9th noon ET

Email geraldine@shethinksbigcoaching.com with “Rolling Forecast” in the subject line and I will send you the calendar invite.

 

//////////

 

If you suspect you are under-earning and you are ready to do something about it, 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

]]> Today I speak with Author Barbara Huson (previously known as Barbara Stanny) Overcoming Under-earning and her new book, Rewire for Wealth.

Barbara Huson is the leading authority on women, wealth and power. As a bestselling author, financial therapist, teacher & wealth coach, Barbara has helped millions take charge of their finances and their lives. We discuss overcoming under-earning and how your mind must Rewire for Wealth. 

Barbara is the author of 6 books:

  • Prince Charming Isn’t Coming: How Women Get Smart About Money
  • Secrets of Six-Figure Women: Surprising Strategies to up Your Earnings and

Change Your Life

  • Overcoming Underearning: A Five-Step Plan to a Richer Life
  • Finding a Financial Advisor You Can Trust: A Guide for Investors and Those Who

Want To Be

  • Breaking Through: Getting Past the Stuck Points in Your Life
  • Sacred Success: A Course in Financial Miracles
  • Her 7th book, Rewire for Wealth 

In her new book, Rewire for Wealth, we discuss the 3 steps any woman can take at any time to rewire:

  1. Recognize - your thoughts and the lines you repeat to yourself as if they are true
  2. Reframe - how else you can think about things through different lenses
  3. Respond - what new choices you will make now that you know something different to be true

 

We also discuss: 

  • How you can recognize whether or not you are under-earning. It’s relative to your potential and your desire to earn more
  • The element of co-dependency in the accounting profession
  • How growing your income requires changing your self-image
  • The goal of 7-figure earning women is not more profit, but greatness

Connect with Barbara:

www.Barbara-Huson.com

 

Rewire for Wealth: https://www.amazon.com/Rewire-Wealth-Program-Financial-Success/dp/1260464237/ref=sr_1_1?crid=BOB4NO2P1SW1&dchild=1&keywords=rewire+for+wealth&qid=1611707302&sprefix=rewire+for+we%2Caps%2C191&sr=8-1

 

/////////

 

Upcoming Events:

How to Deliver Rolling Forecasts to Your Clients with Laura Landmark

Tues Feb 9th noon ET

Email geraldine@shethinksbigcoaching.com with “Rolling Forecast” in the subject line and I will send you the calendar invite.

 

//////////

 

If you suspect you are under-earning and you are ready to do something about it, 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

]]> Wed, 03 Feb 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & Barbara Huson (Stanny) Geraldine Carter & Barbara Huson (Stanny) 1600 Today I speak with Author Barbara Huson (previously known as Barbara Stanny) Overcoming Under-earning and her new book, Rewire for Wealth. Barbara Huson is the leading authority on women, wealth and power. As a bestselling author, financial therapist, teacher &amp; wealth coach, Barbara has helped millions take charge of their finances and their lives. We discuss overcoming under-earning and how your mind must Rewire for Wealth.  Barbara is the author of 6 books: Prince Charming Isn’t Coming: How Women Get Smart About Money Secrets of Six-Figure Women: Surprising Strategies to up Your Earnings and Change Your Life Overcoming Underearning: A Five-Step Plan to a Richer Life Finding a Financial Advisor You Can Trust: A Guide for Investors and Those Who Want To Be Breaking Through: Getting Past the Stuck Points in Your Life Sacred Success: A Course in Financial Miracles Her 7th book, Rewire for Wealth  In her new book, Rewire for Wealth, we discuss the 3 steps any woman can take at any time to rewire: Recognize - your thoughts and the lines you repeat to yourself as if they are true Reframe - how else you can think about things through different lenses Respond - what new choices you will make now that you know something different to be true   We also discuss:  How you can recognize whether or not you are under-earning. It’s relative to your potential and your desire to earn more The element of co-dependency in the accounting profession How growing your income requires changing your self-image The goal of 7-figure earning women is not more profit, but greatness Connect with Barbara: www.Barbara-Huson.com   Rewire for Wealth: https://www.amazon.com/Rewire-Wealth-Program-Financial-Success/dp/1260464237/ref=sr_1_1?crid=BOB4NO2P1SW1&amp;dchild=1&amp;keywords=rewire+for+wealth&amp;qid=1611707302&amp;sprefix=rewire+for+we%2Caps%2C191&amp;sr=8-1   /////////   Upcoming Events: How to Deliver Rolling Forecasts to Your Clients with Laura Landmark Tues Feb 9th noon ET Email geraldine@shethinksbigcoaching.com with “Rolling Forecast” in the subject line and I will send you the calendar invite.   //////////   If you suspect you are under-earning and you are ready to do something about it,  Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Today I speak with Author Barbara Huson (previously known as Barbara Stanny) Overcoming Under-earning and her new book, Rewire for Wealth. Barbara Huson is the leading authority on women, wealth and power. As a bestselling author, financial therapist, tea Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 122 The Pioneer of Value-Based Fees in the Consulting Profession, Alan Weiss, Ph.D. 122 122 122 The Pioneer of Value-Based Fees in the Consulting Profession, Alan Weiss, Ph.D. full 69252e5d-ba51-4d7c-8670-2128cfa64860 https://share.transistor.fm/s/4dc5907c Today I speak with Alan Weiss, owner of Summit Consulting and author of more than 60 business books, including Value-Based Fees, Million Dollar Consulting, Fearless leadership, and more. 

 

What we cover:

Value-pricing requires a wholesale shift in thinking. 

You have to do a 180 - from starting with your costs and building to some form of cost+,

to starting with the client’s objectives, what they are coming to you to help them accomplish, determining what that is worth to them, and pricing back from there. 

Once you can do that, then… the really the first sale is always to yourself. You need to be able to say these numbers to yourself in front of a mirror without turning red. 

No doubt there will be a big swing in your actual prices. In many cases, my clients are charging 4 - 10 times what they would have had they set their prices based off hourly rates. You will need to get used to this shift, on the inside. 

Other shifts in thinking include how you frame what you do.  The value to your client isn’t in the doing. The value to your client is what your doing creates. 

Cranking out numbers isn’t it. But cranking out numbers that are scenario plans that help a client make a better informed decision that doubles her margins – that has real value. 

Reframe all that CPA terminology. 

Your clients don’t understand activities you perform, like:

  • monitor activity for any fixed asset/ intangible capitalization items
  • maintain fixed asset reports 
  • maintain proper accumulated depreciation records

What does the above DO, for your clients? Keep them out of hot water? Help them save tens of thousands of dollars? Reframe, reframe, reframe. 

There are limits to the value of compliance. 

Become an expert in the finance and business side of things for your clients. When you look at your client’s prices, the cost of creating products and services, what the market will bear, and ensuring margins are in the right zone, suddenly the value you provide can skyrocket. 

Consider: who else in your clients’ network of vendors they work with, can provide this level of expertise? 

No one. 

You are uniquely positioned to help them grow their business. 

Behind every corporate objective is a personal objective.

Clients want to create financial value, but there are often deeper reasons that motivate them. 

Those might include:

  • Saving time, getting time back, going from a 50-hr work week to a 40-hr work week (get home for dinner, happy marriage!)
  • Stop wasting money to free it up to use elsewhere in the budget (look good for the boss, get promotion)
  • Stop stressing and fretting about business (my kids tell me I’m always distracted, and I feel like I’m losing them/missing their lives)

Focus on results.

Always think and act in your client’s best interest. Focus on outcomes and results. Consider how you will improve their condition, and how they will be better once you’re gone. When you orient your business around getting results for your clients, everything gets easier. 

Connect with Alan:

Website: https://www.alanweisss.com/

Episode mentions:

111 - Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms, with Jonathan Stark

106 - Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark

081 - Time To Rethink Your Pricing Strategy?

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Today I speak with Alan Weiss, owner of Summit Consulting and author of more than 60 business books, including Value-Based Fees, Million Dollar Consulting, Fearless leadership, and more. 

 

What we cover:

Value-pricing requires a wholesale shift in thinking. 

You have to do a 180 - from starting with your costs and building to some form of cost+,

to starting with the client’s objectives, what they are coming to you to help them accomplish, determining what that is worth to them, and pricing back from there. 

Once you can do that, then… the really the first sale is always to yourself. You need to be able to say these numbers to yourself in front of a mirror without turning red. 

No doubt there will be a big swing in your actual prices. In many cases, my clients are charging 4 - 10 times what they would have had they set their prices based off hourly rates. You will need to get used to this shift, on the inside. 

Other shifts in thinking include how you frame what you do.  The value to your client isn’t in the doing. The value to your client is what your doing creates. 

Cranking out numbers isn’t it. But cranking out numbers that are scenario plans that help a client make a better informed decision that doubles her margins – that has real value. 

Reframe all that CPA terminology. 

Your clients don’t understand activities you perform, like:

  • monitor activity for any fixed asset/ intangible capitalization items
  • maintain fixed asset reports 
  • maintain proper accumulated depreciation records

What does the above DO, for your clients? Keep them out of hot water? Help them save tens of thousands of dollars? Reframe, reframe, reframe. 

There are limits to the value of compliance. 

Become an expert in the finance and business side of things for your clients. When you look at your client’s prices, the cost of creating products and services, what the market will bear, and ensuring margins are in the right zone, suddenly the value you provide can skyrocket. 

Consider: who else in your clients’ network of vendors they work with, can provide this level of expertise? 

No one. 

You are uniquely positioned to help them grow their business. 

Behind every corporate objective is a personal objective.

Clients want to create financial value, but there are often deeper reasons that motivate them. 

Those might include:

  • Saving time, getting time back, going from a 50-hr work week to a 40-hr work week (get home for dinner, happy marriage!)
  • Stop wasting money to free it up to use elsewhere in the budget (look good for the boss, get promotion)
  • Stop stressing and fretting about business (my kids tell me I’m always distracted, and I feel like I’m losing them/missing their lives)

Focus on results.

Always think and act in your client’s best interest. Focus on outcomes and results. Consider how you will improve their condition, and how they will be better once you’re gone. When you orient your business around getting results for your clients, everything gets easier. 

Connect with Alan:

Website: https://www.alanweisss.com/

Episode mentions:

111 - Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms, with Jonathan Stark

106 - Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark

081 - Time To Rethink Your Pricing Strategy?

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 27 Jan 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & Alan Weiss Ph.D. Geraldine Carter & Alan Weiss Ph.D. 1462 Today I speak with Alan Weiss, owner of Summit Consulting and author of more than 60 business books, including Value-Based Fees, Million Dollar Consulting, Fearless leadership, and more.    What we cover: Value-pricing requires a wholesale shift in thinking.  You have to do a 180 - from starting with your costs and building to some form of cost+, to starting with the client’s objectives, what they are coming to you to help them accomplish, determining what that is worth to them, and pricing back from there.  Once you can do that, then… the really the first sale is always to yourself. You need to be able to say these numbers to yourself in front of a mirror without turning red.  No doubt there will be a big swing in your actual prices. In many cases, my clients are charging 4 - 10 times what they would have had they set their prices based off hourly rates. You will need to get used to this shift, on the inside.  Other shifts in thinking include how you frame what you do.  The value to your client isn’t in the doing. The value to your client is what your doing creates.  Cranking out numbers isn’t it. But cranking out numbers that are scenario plans that help a client make a better informed decision that doubles her margins – that has real value.  Reframe all that CPA terminology.  Your clients don’t understand activities you perform, like: monitor activity for any fixed asset/ intangible capitalization items maintain fixed asset reports  maintain proper accumulated depreciation records What does the above DO, for your clients? Keep them out of hot water? Help them save tens of thousands of dollars? Reframe, reframe, reframe.  There are limits to the value of compliance.  Become an expert in the finance and business side of things for your clients. When you look at your client’s prices, the cost of creating products and services, what the market will bear, and ensuring margins are in the right zone, suddenly the value you provide can skyrocket.  Consider: who else in your clients’ network of vendors they work with, can provide this level of expertise?  No one.  You are uniquely positioned to help them grow their business.  Behind every corporate objective is a personal objective. Clients want to create financial value, but there are often deeper reasons that motivate them.  Those might include: Saving time, getting time back, going from a 50-hr work week to a 40-hr work week (get home for dinner, happy marriage!) Stop wasting money to free it up to use elsewhere in the budget (look good for the boss, get promotion) Stop stressing and fretting about business (my kids tell me I’m always distracted, and I feel like I’m losing them/missing their lives) Focus on results. Always think and act in your client’s best interest. Focus on outcomes and results. Consider how you will improve their condition, and how they will be better once you’re gone. When you orient your business around getting results for your clients, everything gets easier.  Connect with Alan: Website: https://www.alanweisss.com/ Episode mentions: 111 - Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms, with Jonathan Stark 106 - Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark 081 - Time To Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Today I speak with Alan Weiss, owner of Summit Consulting and author of more than 60 business books, including Value-Based Fees, Million Dollar Consulting, Fearless leadership, and more.    What we cover: Value-pricing requires a wholesale shift in thinki Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 121 Switching to Advisory Services using Profit First, with Rob Foncannon, CPA 121 121 121 Switching to Advisory Services using Profit First, with Rob Foncannon, CPA full 9831b5fc-8f2b-439e-a8c4-fab28c6e2d9a https://share.transistor.fm/s/783f38f2 Today I speak with Rob Foncannon, owner of Foncannon Tax & Financial Services about how Profit First has impacted his business and his clients’ businesses. 

 

Rob talks about 

  • What Profit First is and what it’s not
  • How it helps business owners become better stewards of their cash
  • The effect it has on the business owner’s profitability

 

Misconceptions and Objections

Some CPAs will raise objections, asking if you can’t accomplish the same thing with a spreadsheet and percentages. Rob explains that it’s more than that: intentionally moving your cash and directing it to where you want to spend it changes the mindset of the business owner and puts them in charge of their money. 

 

Rob’s Foncannon’s Niches

Rob focuses on chiropractors and Financial Advisors. The chiropractors because they are open-minded and accept guidance, and the Financial Advisors because they too need cash flow advice and see it as a useful tool for their clients as well. 

If you are curious about Profit First, Rob suggests starting with the book, Profit First, and implementing it in your own business to appreciate the effect it can have. 

Connect with Rob:

Website: https://foncannontax.com/

Website Mentions:

https://profitfirstprofessionals.com/

Get the Book:

https://www.amazon.com/Profit-First-Transform-Cash-Eating-Money-Making-ebook/dp/B01HCGYTH4

 

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Upcoming training: 

Value in Pricing: How to assess it, increase it, and get your clients to see it

Thursday, February 18th, 12pm ET  

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff/

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Today I speak with Rob Foncannon, owner of Foncannon Tax & Financial Services about how Profit First has impacted his business and his clients’ businesses. 

 

Rob talks about 

  • What Profit First is and what it’s not
  • How it helps business owners become better stewards of their cash
  • The effect it has on the business owner’s profitability

 

Misconceptions and Objections

Some CPAs will raise objections, asking if you can’t accomplish the same thing with a spreadsheet and percentages. Rob explains that it’s more than that: intentionally moving your cash and directing it to where you want to spend it changes the mindset of the business owner and puts them in charge of their money. 

 

Rob’s Foncannon’s Niches

Rob focuses on chiropractors and Financial Advisors. The chiropractors because they are open-minded and accept guidance, and the Financial Advisors because they too need cash flow advice and see it as a useful tool for their clients as well. 

If you are curious about Profit First, Rob suggests starting with the book, Profit First, and implementing it in your own business to appreciate the effect it can have. 

Connect with Rob:

Website: https://foncannontax.com/

Website Mentions:

https://profitfirstprofessionals.com/

Get the Book:

https://www.amazon.com/Profit-First-Transform-Cash-Eating-Money-Making-ebook/dp/B01HCGYTH4

 

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Upcoming training: 

Value in Pricing: How to assess it, increase it, and get your clients to see it

Thursday, February 18th, 12pm ET  

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff/

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 20 Jan 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & Rob Foncannon & Mike Michalowicz Geraldine Carter & Rob Foncannon & Mike Michalowicz 1576 Today I speak with Rob Foncannon, owner of Foncannon Tax &amp; Financial Services about how Profit First has impacted his business and his clients’ businesses.    Rob talks about  What Profit First is and what it’s not How it helps business owners become better stewards of their cash The effect it has on the business owner’s profitability   Misconceptions and Objections Some CPAs will raise objections, asking if you can’t accomplish the same thing with a spreadsheet and percentages. Rob explains that it’s more than that: intentionally moving your cash and directing it to where you want to spend it changes the mindset of the business owner and puts them in charge of their money.    Rob’s Foncannon’s Niches Rob focuses on chiropractors and Financial Advisors. The chiropractors because they are open-minded and accept guidance, and the Financial Advisors because they too need cash flow advice and see it as a useful tool for their clients as well.  If you are curious about Profit First, Rob suggests starting with the book, Profit First, and implementing it in your own business to appreciate the effect it can have.  Connect with Rob: Website: https://foncannontax.com/ Website Mentions: https://profitfirstprofessionals.com/ Get the Book: https://www.amazon.com/Profit-First-Transform-Cash-Eating-Money-Making-ebook/dp/B01HCGYTH4   Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Upcoming training:  Value in Pricing: How to assess it, increase it, and get your clients to see it Thursday, February 18th, 12pm ET   https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff/   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Today I speak with Rob Foncannon, owner of Foncannon Tax &amp; Financial Services about how Profit First has impacted his business and his clients’ businesses.    Rob talks about  What Profit First is and what it’s not How it helps business owners become Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 120 Cloud Accounting Technology and Software, with Blake Oliver 120 120 120 Cloud Accounting Technology and Software, with Blake Oliver full ab5096fd-d609-422f-a44f-d33f6ef3a346 https://share.transistor.fm/s/936f4043 Today I speak with Blake Oliver, co-host of the Cloud Accounting Podcast and Marketing Director at Jirav. 

 

What we cover:

Where is accounting technology going? And what are the implications that you think accountants and CPAs are not seeing?

How should CPAs and accountants differentiate themselves?

What advice do you have for CPAs in e-commerce, given the need for software to manage inventory and transactions?

Discussion around owning the tech stack as a business strategy.

What keeps CPAs from making better strategic use of technology in the accounting practices?

You wrote somewhere that when you started back in your bookkeeping days and developing cloud accounting software, that you wanted to disrupt the business model. What is the business model specifically that you want to disrupt? And what is it you want to shift it into? 

If you were to build your own accounting practice, around your own software stack, what do you think you'd build? And who do you think you'd have as clients?

You have held a number of marketing positions inside software companies that provide applications for accounting related applications. What do you think CPAs need to know about marketing?

Connect with Blake:

Website: https://www.blakeoliver.com/

Episode mentions:

078 - How To Design Better Workflows In Your Business with David Cristello

Software mentions:

Melio

https://www.meliopayments.com/

 

OneNote

https://www.onenote.com/signin?wdorigin=ondc

 

Jirav

https://www.jirav.com/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Today I speak with Blake Oliver, co-host of the Cloud Accounting Podcast and Marketing Director at Jirav. 

 

What we cover:

Where is accounting technology going? And what are the implications that you think accountants and CPAs are not seeing?

How should CPAs and accountants differentiate themselves?

What advice do you have for CPAs in e-commerce, given the need for software to manage inventory and transactions?

Discussion around owning the tech stack as a business strategy.

What keeps CPAs from making better strategic use of technology in the accounting practices?

You wrote somewhere that when you started back in your bookkeeping days and developing cloud accounting software, that you wanted to disrupt the business model. What is the business model specifically that you want to disrupt? And what is it you want to shift it into? 

If you were to build your own accounting practice, around your own software stack, what do you think you'd build? And who do you think you'd have as clients?

You have held a number of marketing positions inside software companies that provide applications for accounting related applications. What do you think CPAs need to know about marketing?

Connect with Blake:

Website: https://www.blakeoliver.com/

Episode mentions:

078 - How To Design Better Workflows In Your Business with David Cristello

Software mentions:

Melio

https://www.meliopayments.com/

 

OneNote

https://www.onenote.com/signin?wdorigin=ondc

 

Jirav

https://www.jirav.com/

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

]]> Wed, 13 Jan 2021 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & Blake Oliver Geraldine Carter & Blake Oliver 2044 Today I speak with Blake Oliver, co-host of the Cloud Accounting Podcast and Marketing Director at Jirav.    What we cover: Where is accounting technology going? And what are the implications that you think accountants and CPAs are not seeing? How should CPAs and accountants differentiate themselves? What advice do you have for CPAs in e-commerce, given the need for software to manage inventory and transactions? Discussion around owning the tech stack as a business strategy. What keeps CPAs from making better strategic use of technology in the accounting practices? You wrote somewhere that when you started back in your bookkeeping days and developing cloud accounting software, that you wanted to disrupt the business model. What is the business model specifically that you want to disrupt? And what is it you want to shift it into?  If you were to build your own accounting practice, around your own software stack, what do you think you'd build? And who do you think you'd have as clients? You have held a number of marketing positions inside software companies that provide applications for accounting related applications. What do you think CPAs need to know about marketing? Connect with Blake: Website: https://www.blakeoliver.com/ Episode mentions: 078 - How To Design Better Workflows In Your Business with David Cristello Software mentions: Melio https://www.meliopayments.com/   OneNote https://www.onenote.com/signin?wdorigin=ondc   Jirav https://www.jirav.com/ Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options Today I speak with Blake Oliver, co-host of the Cloud Accounting Podcast and Marketing Director at Jirav.    What we cover: Where is accounting technology going? And what are the implications that you think accountants and CPAs are not seeing? How should Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 119 The Traveling CPA: Around the world in 14 minutes 119 119 119 The Traveling CPA: Around the world in 14 minutes full cdfe5fe8-030c-494d-bbf8-d12b067417b5 https://share.transistor.fm/s/b3cf09a8 CPAs and accountants worked crazy hours in 2020. The start of 2021 may be no different. 

Many CPAs, out of concern for their clients, logged extra hours for those clients, to understand PPP, EIDL, and other loan programs to help keep their clients’ businesses afloat. 

Many CPAs are exhausted. Some are excited. Most are in need of a break, and need to recharge from a tax season with no end. 

Usually on this podcast I talk about business strategy for your accounting practice so that you can deliver more value to your clients, be better compensated, and take back your time, so that you can enjoy more of your life. Because True Wealth is discretionary time. 

In this episode, I take you on a journey of a different sort. 

A journey of favorite places to travel. 

Because the time to think about your break - the break you get to take to recharge - is now. 

It’s now, before you get swept away by another tax season, that you don’t resurface from until May, if you’re lucky. 

The window for you to think about how, when, and where, you’re going to recharge is right. Now. 

And to facilitate your dreams… in this episode I share with you some of my personal favorite places, to get you thinking, dreaming, and making plans. 

If you want to know what my favorite places are, you’ll have to listen to the episode :)

Want to earn more and work less, so you can travel more? 

It all starts with pricing. 

///////

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Upcoming training: 

How Should I Price  __X__ ?

Thursday, January 14th, 12pm ET  

Free, register here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff/

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

//////

]]> CPAs and accountants worked crazy hours in 2020. The start of 2021 may be no different. 

Many CPAs, out of concern for their clients, logged extra hours for those clients, to understand PPP, EIDL, and other loan programs to help keep their clients’ businesses afloat. 

Many CPAs are exhausted. Some are excited. Most are in need of a break, and need to recharge from a tax season with no end. 

Usually on this podcast I talk about business strategy for your accounting practice so that you can deliver more value to your clients, be better compensated, and take back your time, so that you can enjoy more of your life. Because True Wealth is discretionary time. 

In this episode, I take you on a journey of a different sort. 

A journey of favorite places to travel. 

Because the time to think about your break - the break you get to take to recharge - is now. 

It’s now, before you get swept away by another tax season, that you don’t resurface from until May, if you’re lucky. 

The window for you to think about how, when, and where, you’re going to recharge is right. Now. 

And to facilitate your dreams… in this episode I share with you some of my personal favorite places, to get you thinking, dreaming, and making plans. 

If you want to know what my favorite places are, you’ll have to listen to the episode :)

Want to earn more and work less, so you can travel more? 

It all starts with pricing. 

///////

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Upcoming training: 

How Should I Price  __X__ ?

Thursday, January 14th, 12pm ET  

Free, register here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff/

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

//////

]]> Wed, 06 Jan 2021 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 873 CPAs and accountants worked crazy hours in 2020. The start of 2021 may be no different.  Many CPAs, out of concern for their clients, logged extra hours for those clients, to understand PPP, EIDL, and other loan programs to help keep their clients’ businesses afloat.  Many CPAs are exhausted. Some are excited. Most are in need of a break, and need to recharge from a tax season with no end.  Usually on this podcast I talk about business strategy for your accounting practice so that you can deliver more value to your clients, be better compensated, and take back your time, so that you can enjoy more of your life. Because True Wealth is discretionary time.  In this episode, I take you on a journey of a different sort.  A journey of favorite places to travel.  Because the time to think about your break - the break you get to take to recharge - is now.  It’s now, before you get swept away by another tax season, that you don’t resurface from until May, if you’re lucky.  The window for you to think about how, when, and where, you’re going to recharge is right. Now.  And to facilitate your dreams… in this episode I share with you some of my personal favorite places, to get you thinking, dreaming, and making plans.  If you want to know what my favorite places are, you’ll have to listen to the episode :) Want to earn more and work less, so you can travel more?  It all starts with pricing.  /////// Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Upcoming training:  How Should I Price  __X__ ? Thursday, January 14th, 12pm ET   Free, register here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff/   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options ////// CPAs and accountants worked crazy hours in 2020. The start of 2021 may be no different.  Many CPAs, out of concern for their clients, logged extra hours for those clients, to understand PPP, EIDL, and other loan programs to help keep their clients’ busine Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 118 Pent-Up, Flat-line, or Decrease: Anticipating 2021 Demand for Your Advisory Clients 118 118 118 Pent-Up, Flat-line, or Decrease: Anticipating 2021 Demand for Your Advisory Clients full 103a1939-c428-43c0-ad12-80212d7772b2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/cd2b6cfe Today I share with you a way of looking at 2021 on your clients’ behalf. 

While exactly predicting the future is difficult, the year can be broken down into 3 main phases: hunkered-down, re-opening, and post-Covid. We are likely to be hunkered down through April, then May - September we will see continued business growth as things reopen, then September and beyond as we reach herd immunity, we will find our new post-Covid-normal. 

Helping your clients consider these 3 phases and anticipate demand in their businesses can set them up to avoid a crash, or take advantage of a wave of interest.

Four main groups of businesses

There also exist 4 main groups of businesses.

Those who:

  1. experienced significant growth in 2021 (plexiglass and cleaning suppliers, funeral homes, software that facilitated work-from-home)
  2. had steady or minimally impacted (professional services, construction, and businesses that were essential or could operate in a Covid-safe way)
  3. suffered, but are managing to hang on, if only barely (physical therapists, chiropractors, salons, commercial real estate)
  4. Got walloped (local restaurants, gyms, travel related, anything conference related)

Putting your clients into these different groupings can help them think about how they might be affected in each phase.  

 

Help Your Clients Anticipate Demand

For example:

What should the plexiglass supplier be anticipating for demand in 2021? How about the funeral home - at what point will demand dial down? How should one staff appropriately through each phase?

What should the physical therapist anticipate in terms of demand - if they laid off staff, when should they think about ramping back up? Given that hiring takes time (up to 8 weeks!) when should they begin the hiring process so as not to miss the wave of pent-up demand? If they wait for demand to ramp up to begin hiring, they will be unable to take full advantage of business demand.

For the salon owner: when will demand peak, and how to be best prepared?

Does the restaurant owner need to restock wine inventory?

When should the yoga studio owner begin adding more classes to the calendar?

 

If you cannot be an expert, at least be a guide

You don’t have to have the answer to all of these questions. Give these questions a few minutes of your attention before your next meeting with them, and address them together with your client, to add significant value. 

This is where you earn the title Trusted Advisor.

 

Want structure for conversations with clients?

Download the 4x3 grid tool here, Anticipate 2021 for Your Clients

///////

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Upcoming training: 

How Should I Price  __X__ ?

Thursday, January 14th, 12pm ET  

Free, register here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff/

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Today I share with you a way of looking at 2021 on your clients’ behalf. 

While exactly predicting the future is difficult, the year can be broken down into 3 main phases: hunkered-down, re-opening, and post-Covid. We are likely to be hunkered down through April, then May - September we will see continued business growth as things reopen, then September and beyond as we reach herd immunity, we will find our new post-Covid-normal. 

Helping your clients consider these 3 phases and anticipate demand in their businesses can set them up to avoid a crash, or take advantage of a wave of interest.

Four main groups of businesses

There also exist 4 main groups of businesses.

Those who:

  1. experienced significant growth in 2021 (plexiglass and cleaning suppliers, funeral homes, software that facilitated work-from-home)
  2. had steady or minimally impacted (professional services, construction, and businesses that were essential or could operate in a Covid-safe way)
  3. suffered, but are managing to hang on, if only barely (physical therapists, chiropractors, salons, commercial real estate)
  4. Got walloped (local restaurants, gyms, travel related, anything conference related)

Putting your clients into these different groupings can help them think about how they might be affected in each phase.  

 

Help Your Clients Anticipate Demand

For example:

What should the plexiglass supplier be anticipating for demand in 2021? How about the funeral home - at what point will demand dial down? How should one staff appropriately through each phase?

What should the physical therapist anticipate in terms of demand - if they laid off staff, when should they think about ramping back up? Given that hiring takes time (up to 8 weeks!) when should they begin the hiring process so as not to miss the wave of pent-up demand? If they wait for demand to ramp up to begin hiring, they will be unable to take full advantage of business demand.

For the salon owner: when will demand peak, and how to be best prepared?

Does the restaurant owner need to restock wine inventory?

When should the yoga studio owner begin adding more classes to the calendar?

 

If you cannot be an expert, at least be a guide

You don’t have to have the answer to all of these questions. Give these questions a few minutes of your attention before your next meeting with them, and address them together with your client, to add significant value. 

This is where you earn the title Trusted Advisor.

 

Want structure for conversations with clients?

Download the 4x3 grid tool here, Anticipate 2021 for Your Clients

///////

Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs

Get here

 

Upcoming training: 

How Should I Price  __X__ ?

Thursday, January 14th, 12pm ET  

Free, register here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff/

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options

 

]]> Wed, 30 Dec 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 512 Today I share with you a way of looking at 2021 on your clients’ behalf.  While exactly predicting the future is difficult, the year can be broken down into 3 main phases: hunkered-down, re-opening, and post-Covid. We are likely to be hunkered down through April, then May - September we will see continued business growth as things reopen, then September and beyond as we reach herd immunity, we will find our new post-Covid-normal.  Helping your clients consider these 3 phases and anticipate demand in their businesses can set them up to avoid a crash, or take advantage of a wave of interest. Four main groups of businesses There also exist 4 main groups of businesses. Those who: experienced significant growth in 2021 (plexiglass and cleaning suppliers, funeral homes, software that facilitated work-from-home) had steady or minimally impacted (professional services, construction, and businesses that were essential or could operate in a Covid-safe way) suffered, but are managing to hang on, if only barely (physical therapists, chiropractors, salons, commercial real estate) Got walloped (local restaurants, gyms, travel related, anything conference related) Putting your clients into these different groupings can help them think about how they might be affected in each phase.     Help Your Clients Anticipate Demand For example: What should the plexiglass supplier be anticipating for demand in 2021? How about the funeral home - at what point will demand dial down? How should one staff appropriately through each phase? What should the physical therapist anticipate in terms of demand - if they laid off staff, when should they think about ramping back up? Given that hiring takes time (up to 8 weeks!) when should they begin the hiring process so as not to miss the wave of pent-up demand? If they wait for demand to ramp up to begin hiring, they will be unable to take full advantage of business demand. For the salon owner: when will demand peak, and how to be best prepared? Does the restaurant owner need to restock wine inventory? When should the yoga studio owner begin adding more classes to the calendar?   If you cannot be an expert, at least be a guide You don’t have to have the answer to all of these questions. Give these questions a few minutes of your attention before your next meeting with them, and address them together with your client, to add significant value.  This is where you earn the title Trusted Advisor.   Want structure for conversations with clients? Download the 4x3 grid tool here, Anticipate 2021 for Your Clients /////// Free 5-day email course - Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs Get here   Upcoming training:  How Should I Price  __X__ ? Thursday, January 14th, 12pm ET   Free, register here: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff/   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options   Today I share with you a way of looking at 2021 on your clients’ behalf.  While exactly predicting the future is difficult, the year can be broken down into 3 main phases: hunkered-down, re-opening, and post-Covid. We are likely to be hunkered down throug Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 117 Create Your 2021 Goals & Strategic Plan for Your CPA Firm 117 117 117 Create Your 2021 Goals & Strategic Plan for Your CPA Firm full 44ff5fa9-7d86-43da-ba6b-2d8354476c7a https://share.transistor.fm/s/19fba599 Create a different 2021.

It was a hard year. 

I suspect you don't want 2021 to be a recreation of 2020. 

But it's easy to get sucked under, and run on autopilot. 

It's easy to let your business run you, and dictate your day-to-day. 

It's ok (sort of), it happens to most of us. 

But if you want 2021 to be really different from 2020, now is the time to think about what you want it to look like, and what choices you will make to create that different reality. 

Taking a wild guess that you like spreadsheets, I put some together to get you started, and to actually get you putting pen-to-paper (ha) on your numbers, money, math, and time. 

  • How many clients will you have?
  • And at what prices?
  • What work will you decline?

 

These are choices you may want to make now, before the next wave of busy washes in.

Are my spreadsheets perfect? Could they be more sophisticated? (No, Yes.)

Are they better than starting from scratch? (Yes.)

Set aside an hour or two, and build out Your. Amazing. 2021. 

Would love to hear how it goes, and what your "Holy Heck Yeah" goals are.

 

HOW TO CREATE YOUR 2021 PLAN & STRATEGY

 

  1. Watch Video – TEMPLATE - 2021 Financial Goals & Strategy 

https://www.loom.com/share/276a996dce144cb08661766c4987cc70

 

  1. Here is a link to the G. Spreadsheet: https://shethinksbigcoaching.us18.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ebb61d37ca514f74be23c7b03&id=3f3767cff0&e=a60340bd48

 

  1. *MAKE A COPY* - and customize to your heart's content.

 

BONUS: consider creating something similarly useful for your top clients. :)

 

Free 5 day email course: 

Better Pricing Strategy for CPAs

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-get-your-pricing-right/ 

 

Upcoming training: 

HOW DO I PRICE ______ ?

January 14th, 12pm ET 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff

(scroll down)

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/

 

]]> Create a different 2021.

It was a hard year. 

I suspect you don't want 2021 to be a recreation of 2020. 

But it's easy to get sucked under, and run on autopilot. 

It's easy to let your business run you, and dictate your day-to-day. 

It's ok (sort of), it happens to most of us. 

But if you want 2021 to be really different from 2020, now is the time to think about what you want it to look like, and what choices you will make to create that different reality. 

Taking a wild guess that you like spreadsheets, I put some together to get you started, and to actually get you putting pen-to-paper (ha) on your numbers, money, math, and time. 

  • How many clients will you have?
  • And at what prices?
  • What work will you decline?

 

These are choices you may want to make now, before the next wave of busy washes in.

Are my spreadsheets perfect? Could they be more sophisticated? (No, Yes.)

Are they better than starting from scratch? (Yes.)

Set aside an hour or two, and build out Your. Amazing. 2021. 

Would love to hear how it goes, and what your "Holy Heck Yeah" goals are.

 

HOW TO CREATE YOUR 2021 PLAN & STRATEGY

 

  1. Watch Video – TEMPLATE - 2021 Financial Goals & Strategy 

https://www.loom.com/share/276a996dce144cb08661766c4987cc70

 

  1. Here is a link to the G. Spreadsheet: https://shethinksbigcoaching.us18.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ebb61d37ca514f74be23c7b03&id=3f3767cff0&e=a60340bd48

 

  1. *MAKE A COPY* - and customize to your heart's content.

 

BONUS: consider creating something similarly useful for your top clients. :)

 

Free 5 day email course: 

Better Pricing Strategy for CPAs

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-get-your-pricing-right/ 

 

Upcoming training: 

HOW DO I PRICE ______ ?

January 14th, 12pm ET 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff

(scroll down)

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/

 

]]> Mon, 21 Dec 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 239 Create a different 2021. It was a hard year.  I suspect you don't want 2021 to be a recreation of 2020.  But it's easy to get sucked under, and run on autopilot.  It's easy to let your business run you, and dictate your day-to-day.  It's ok (sort of), it happens to most of us.  But if you want 2021 to be really different from 2020, now is the time to think about what you want it to look like, and what choices you will make to create that different reality.  Taking a wild guess that you like spreadsheets, I put some together to get you started, and to actually get you putting pen-to-paper (ha) on your numbers, money, math, and time.  How many clients will you have? And at what prices? What work will you decline?   These are choices you may want to make now, before the next wave of busy washes in. Are my spreadsheets perfect? Could they be more sophisticated? (No, Yes.) Are they better than starting from scratch? (Yes.) Set aside an hour or two, and build out Your. Amazing. 2021.  Would love to hear how it goes, and what your "Holy Heck Yeah" goals are.   HOW TO CREATE YOUR 2021 PLAN &amp; STRATEGY   Watch Video – TEMPLATE - 2021 Financial Goals &amp; Strategy  https://www.loom.com/share/276a996dce144cb08661766c4987cc70   Here is a link to the G. Spreadsheet: https://shethinksbigcoaching.us18.list-manage.com/track/click?u=ebb61d37ca514f74be23c7b03&amp;id=3f3767cff0&amp;e=a60340bd48   *MAKE A COPY* - and customize to your heart's content.   BONUS: consider creating something similarly useful for your top clients. :)   Free 5 day email course:  Better Pricing Strategy for CPAs https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-get-your-pricing-right/    Upcoming training:  HOW DO I PRICE ______ ? January 14th, 12pm ET  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/free-stuff (scroll down)   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/   Create a different 2021. It was a hard year.  I suspect you don't want 2021 to be a recreation of 2020.  But it's easy to get sucked under, and run on autopilot.  It's easy to let your business run you, and dictate your day-to-day.  It's ok (sort of), it Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 116 From Hourly Billing to Flat Rate for Cares Act Documentation 116 116 116 From Hourly Billing to Flat Rate for Cares Act Documentation full 00b72d54-2835-4c97-afa1-0ac8825e006b https://share.transistor.fm/s/f1a9b93e My guest today is Erica Goode. 

Erica is a freelance finance professional, working with a small handful of clients, focusing on financial forecasts while staying out of tax as much as possible. 

Many CPAs choose hourly billing when they don’t know how long it will take. 

This pricing methodology - if it can be called that - leaves your client without a clear price. 

While it may seem like the safest option, if the project takes much longer than you anticipated, either your client is left with the high cost of your unanticipated work, or you eat the hours. If you split the difference, you are likely both left with a sour taste. 

By simply setting the price at the maximum length of time you might take, you

  • Provide a clear price to your client, so they can make an informed buying decision
  • Force yourself to actually think through how long it might take, to ensure it’s worth it to you
  • Are motivated to be expedient in your work. 

Pricing new and one-time projects is difficult. Consider these strategies when setting your price:

  • Set it at the maximum amount of time you think it might realistically take - Scope Creep always happens, and setting the price at the top end of your window gives you margin for the extra follow up communications. 
  • Set it just shy of the maximum, knowing you will work more quickly once the price is set, and give your client a “good deal”
  • Set the price 15% above the maximum, and give your client the best possible service. You could argue this last strategy is also an excellent deal. 

When you share your price, pay attention to their reaction. 

If it was an immediate Yes, you know there may have been room to go up. If there is a pause, you are likely in the right range. If they say no, recognize they just saved you from either sending a higher-than-desired bill, or eating your hours. In this case, no is not a bad thing. 

 

Getting your pricing right is the single most important change you can make in your business. 

If you still bill by the hour, head on over to SheThinksBigCoaching.com and take my free 5 day email course: Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs. 

Episodes mentioned:

082 Cashflow Forecasting, Niching, and Raising Your Rates with Emily Sandberg 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/082

 

Upcoming training: 

TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH

Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/

 

]]> My guest today is Erica Goode. 

Erica is a freelance finance professional, working with a small handful of clients, focusing on financial forecasts while staying out of tax as much as possible. 

Many CPAs choose hourly billing when they don’t know how long it will take. 

This pricing methodology - if it can be called that - leaves your client without a clear price. 

While it may seem like the safest option, if the project takes much longer than you anticipated, either your client is left with the high cost of your unanticipated work, or you eat the hours. If you split the difference, you are likely both left with a sour taste. 

By simply setting the price at the maximum length of time you might take, you

  • Provide a clear price to your client, so they can make an informed buying decision
  • Force yourself to actually think through how long it might take, to ensure it’s worth it to you
  • Are motivated to be expedient in your work. 

Pricing new and one-time projects is difficult. Consider these strategies when setting your price:

  • Set it at the maximum amount of time you think it might realistically take - Scope Creep always happens, and setting the price at the top end of your window gives you margin for the extra follow up communications. 
  • Set it just shy of the maximum, knowing you will work more quickly once the price is set, and give your client a “good deal”
  • Set the price 15% above the maximum, and give your client the best possible service. You could argue this last strategy is also an excellent deal. 

When you share your price, pay attention to their reaction. 

If it was an immediate Yes, you know there may have been room to go up. If there is a pause, you are likely in the right range. If they say no, recognize they just saved you from either sending a higher-than-desired bill, or eating your hours. In this case, no is not a bad thing. 

 

Getting your pricing right is the single most important change you can make in your business. 

If you still bill by the hour, head on over to SheThinksBigCoaching.com and take my free 5 day email course: Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs. 

Episodes mentioned:

082 Cashflow Forecasting, Niching, and Raising Your Rates with Emily Sandberg 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/082

 

Upcoming training: 

TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH

Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/

 

]]> Wed, 16 Dec 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & Erica Goode Geraldine Carter & Erica Goode 1370 My guest today is Erica Goode.  Erica is a freelance finance professional, working with a small handful of clients, focusing on financial forecasts while staying out of tax as much as possible.  Many CPAs choose hourly billing when they don’t know how long it will take.  This pricing methodology - if it can be called that - leaves your client without a clear price.  While it may seem like the safest option, if the project takes much longer than you anticipated, either your client is left with the high cost of your unanticipated work, or you eat the hours. If you split the difference, you are likely both left with a sour taste.  By simply setting the price at the maximum length of time you might take, you Provide a clear price to your client, so they can make an informed buying decision Force yourself to actually think through how long it might take, to ensure it’s worth it to you Are motivated to be expedient in your work.  Pricing new and one-time projects is difficult. Consider these strategies when setting your price: Set it at the maximum amount of time you think it might realistically take - Scope Creep always happens, and setting the price at the top end of your window gives you margin for the extra follow up communications.  Set it just shy of the maximum, knowing you will work more quickly once the price is set, and give your client a “good deal” Set the price 15% above the maximum, and give your client the best possible service. You could argue this last strategy is also an excellent deal.  When you share your price, pay attention to their reaction.  If it was an immediate Yes, you know there may have been room to go up. If there is a pause, you are likely in the right range. If they say no, recognize they just saved you from either sending a higher-than-desired bill, or eating your hours. In this case, no is not a bad thing.    Getting your pricing right is the single most important change you can make in your business.  If you still bill by the hour, head on over to SheThinksBigCoaching.com and take my free 5 day email course: Better Pricing Strategies for CPAs.  Episodes mentioned: 082 Cashflow Forecasting, Niching, and Raising Your Rates with Emily Sandberg  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/082   Upcoming training:  TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/   My guest today is Erica Goode.  Erica is a freelance finance professional, working with a small handful of clients, focusing on financial forecasts while staying out of tax as much as possible.  Many CPAs choose hourly billing when they don’t know how lon Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 115 Create Space for Amazing Clients By Removing Ones You've Outgrown 115 115 115 Create Space for Amazing Clients By Removing Ones You've Outgrown full e811152a-413f-4b7b-85bb-1e27f3dc843b https://share.transistor.fm/s/ecd92810 If you have ever had to fire a client, you know how hard it can be. In the end, you know it will be better for you both (or at least, for you), but when it comes time to have the conversation or hit the Send button,  it’s easy to talk yourself out of doing it today. 

Letting go of, or getting your clients in the right service at the right price, can be difficult, but it’s necessary to maintain the health and growth of your business. 

Most CPAs have more work than they can handle.

If you’re going to maintain and grow a healthy business, creating space is a must for YOU, it’s a MUST for your best clients, and it’s an absolute necessity if you’re going to take on better business. 

This step of creating space is challenging for each of my clients who goes through it. 

But you need to be selective, you have to be more selective, so it’s time to select.

 

So I’ve pulled together a script for you - that you can download below - to get you started. 

Before I give you the script, let’s go over a few key points. These points will help you stay on track as you navigate the conversation. 

  • Give plenty of notice if possible. Either get your letters out now - before the 21st of December - or get them out in the first two weeks of January.
  • So START NOW.
  • If you have a contract, meet the terms of the contract, or find someone who can take them over. 
  • Complete all your outstanding tasks, unless you and the client negotiate a hand-off to another CPA. 
  • I am a big fan of treating people with respect and kindness, and maintaining good relationships. So, operate in good faith to help them make a successful transition. 

In terms of the message itself, 

  1. Keep your message positive, and keep the focus on you – it’s about you, not about them.
  2. Don’t over-explain your reasons – you don’t have to elaborate.
  3. Keep your message short, simple, and to-the-point.
  4. If you’re finding a new home for a good client, recommend a colleague or two who can take over their account. Make sure you’ve spoken with those colleagues first and that they are truly happy to accept your clients.
  5. Your clients might beg you to stay. If they do, be firm. Have a plan with milestones for moving them along, while still being helpful – so that you can maintain a healthy relationship and a clear conscience.
  6. If they try to add last minute tasks, set a clear deadlines and scope that will mark completion. 

The script I’m about to share is for clients you’ve outgrown.

We’re not talking about problem clients. And by problem clients I mean the ones who are chronic late-payers, difficult to deal with, and chew up your time, THOSE, we have to handle a bit differently. 

I’ll handle that script in a future episode. 

Remember, this is for clients you have outgrown, but who aren’t bad clients. 

Finding a new home for your clients is hard. You have relationships with these folks - some, that last decades. 

Finding the right words can be tough, so hopefully this script will make it a bit easier. 

But remember that change is part of life, and that you are responsible for your life and your business only. And your best clients deserve the best of your attention. Doing this is in the best interest of your best clients. 

If anything, you owe it to your best clients to find a new home for your decent clients. 

And as long as you make good on your end of the bargain, AND do what’s right that might not necessarily be spelled out,  you will set them and you up for an amicable transition. Wish them well, they will do the same, and carry on growing your business. 

 

Download PDF: Script for clients you’ve outgrown

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/115-pdf-download

 

Free 5 day email course: 

Better Pricing Strategy for CPAs

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-get-your-pricing-right/ 

 

Upcoming training: 

TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH

Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/

 

]]> If you have ever had to fire a client, you know how hard it can be. In the end, you know it will be better for you both (or at least, for you), but when it comes time to have the conversation or hit the Send button,  it’s easy to talk yourself out of doing it today. 

Letting go of, or getting your clients in the right service at the right price, can be difficult, but it’s necessary to maintain the health and growth of your business. 

Most CPAs have more work than they can handle.

If you’re going to maintain and grow a healthy business, creating space is a must for YOU, it’s a MUST for your best clients, and it’s an absolute necessity if you’re going to take on better business. 

This step of creating space is challenging for each of my clients who goes through it. 

But you need to be selective, you have to be more selective, so it’s time to select.

 

So I’ve pulled together a script for you - that you can download below - to get you started. 

Before I give you the script, let’s go over a few key points. These points will help you stay on track as you navigate the conversation. 

  • Give plenty of notice if possible. Either get your letters out now - before the 21st of December - or get them out in the first two weeks of January.
  • So START NOW.
  • If you have a contract, meet the terms of the contract, or find someone who can take them over. 
  • Complete all your outstanding tasks, unless you and the client negotiate a hand-off to another CPA. 
  • I am a big fan of treating people with respect and kindness, and maintaining good relationships. So, operate in good faith to help them make a successful transition. 

In terms of the message itself, 

  1. Keep your message positive, and keep the focus on you – it’s about you, not about them.
  2. Don’t over-explain your reasons – you don’t have to elaborate.
  3. Keep your message short, simple, and to-the-point.
  4. If you’re finding a new home for a good client, recommend a colleague or two who can take over their account. Make sure you’ve spoken with those colleagues first and that they are truly happy to accept your clients.
  5. Your clients might beg you to stay. If they do, be firm. Have a plan with milestones for moving them along, while still being helpful – so that you can maintain a healthy relationship and a clear conscience.
  6. If they try to add last minute tasks, set a clear deadlines and scope that will mark completion. 

The script I’m about to share is for clients you’ve outgrown.

We’re not talking about problem clients. And by problem clients I mean the ones who are chronic late-payers, difficult to deal with, and chew up your time, THOSE, we have to handle a bit differently. 

I’ll handle that script in a future episode. 

Remember, this is for clients you have outgrown, but who aren’t bad clients. 

Finding a new home for your clients is hard. You have relationships with these folks - some, that last decades. 

Finding the right words can be tough, so hopefully this script will make it a bit easier. 

But remember that change is part of life, and that you are responsible for your life and your business only. And your best clients deserve the best of your attention. Doing this is in the best interest of your best clients. 

If anything, you owe it to your best clients to find a new home for your decent clients. 

And as long as you make good on your end of the bargain, AND do what’s right that might not necessarily be spelled out,  you will set them and you up for an amicable transition. Wish them well, they will do the same, and carry on growing your business. 

 

Download PDF: Script for clients you’ve outgrown

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/115-pdf-download

 

Free 5 day email course: 

Better Pricing Strategy for CPAs

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-get-your-pricing-right/ 

 

Upcoming training: 

TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH

Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/

 

]]> Wed, 09 Dec 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 415 If you have ever had to fire a client, you know how hard it can be. In the end, you know it will be better for you both (or at least, for you), but when it comes time to have the conversation or hit the Send button,  it’s easy to talk yourself out of doing it today.  Letting go of, or getting your clients in the right service at the right price, can be difficult, but it’s necessary to maintain the health and growth of your business.  Most CPAs have more work than they can handle. If you’re going to maintain and grow a healthy business, creating space is a must for YOU, it’s a MUST for your best clients, and it’s an absolute necessity if you’re going to take on better business.  This step of creating space is challenging for each of my clients who goes through it.  But you need to be selective, you have to be more selective, so it’s time to select.   So I’ve pulled together a script for you - that you can download below - to get you started.  Before I give you the script, let’s go over a few key points. These points will help you stay on track as you navigate the conversation.  Give plenty of notice if possible. Either get your letters out now - before the 21st of December - or get them out in the first two weeks of January. So START NOW. If you have a contract, meet the terms of the contract, or find someone who can take them over.  Complete all your outstanding tasks, unless you and the client negotiate a hand-off to another CPA.  I am a big fan of treating people with respect and kindness, and maintaining good relationships. So, operate in good faith to help them make a successful transition.  In terms of the message itself,  Keep your message positive, and keep the focus on you – it’s about you, not about them. Don’t over-explain your reasons – you don’t have to elaborate. Keep your message short, simple, and to-the-point. If you’re finding a new home for a good client, recommend a colleague or two who can take over their account. Make sure you’ve spoken with those colleagues first and that they are truly happy to accept your clients. Your clients might beg you to stay. If they do, be firm. Have a plan with milestones for moving them along, while still being helpful – so that you can maintain a healthy relationship and a clear conscience. If they try to add last minute tasks, set a clear deadlines and scope that will mark completion.  The script I’m about to share is for clients you’ve outgrown. We’re not talking about problem clients. And by problem clients I mean the ones who are chronic late-payers, difficult to deal with, and chew up your time, THOSE, we have to handle a bit differently.  I’ll handle that script in a future episode.  Remember, this is for clients you have outgrown, but who aren’t bad clients.  Finding a new home for your clients is hard. You have relationships with these folks - some, that last decades.  Finding the right words can be tough, so hopefully this script will make it a bit easier.  But remember that change is part of life, and that you are responsible for your life and your business only. And your best clients deserve the best of your attention. Doing this is in the best interest of your best clients.  If anything, you owe it to your best clients to find a new home for your decent clients.  And as long as you make good on your end of the bargain, AND do what’s right that might not necessarily be spelled out,  you will set them and you up for an amicable transition. Wish them well, they will do the same, and carry on growing your business.    Download PDF: Script for clients you’ve outgrown https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/115-pdf-download   Free 5 day email course:  Better Pricing Strategy for CPAs https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-get-your-pricing-right/    Upcoming training:  TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/   If you have ever had to fire a client, you know how hard it can be. In the end, you know it will be better for you both (or at least, for you), but when it comes time to have the conversation or hit the Send button,  it’s easy to talk yourself out of doin Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 114 CPAs Need to Stop Accepting Trap Money 114 114 114 CPAs Need to Stop Accepting Trap Money full 212e8971-ab1d-4dfe-b195-f762b296f2d3 https://share.transistor.fm/s/476d20ee Trap money is money that looks like good money, but in reality, it’s a trap. 

Trap Money is important to be able to recognize because it’s one of the factors keeping CPAs under the glass income ceiling and working long hours. 

If you can learn to recognize Trap Money for what it is, you’ll be better equipped to say No Thank You at the gates, and then, eventually move your Trap Money income out of your revenue streams.

If you can stop accepting Trap Money, it will make your transition to a high-margin CPA firm that much faster, and that much easier. 

So what is Trap Money? It’s money that appears to take only 20 minutes to make, and you make 3 or 4 hundred dollars. Typically it’s in the form of individual returns. 

It looks like good money, because the thinking goes that if it takes 20 minutes to make $300, that’s an hourly rate of $900, and that’s not shabby. 

The problem is, that math doesn’t account for the whole picture. 

The math on 20 minutes for a personal return is 18 weeks working 40 hours a week. 18 weeks is 4.5 months. Tax season is only 2.5 months, or 10 weeks. 

Now, if you have 3 staff you can push the work to, that’s another situation. That’s 6 weeks per staff member. So that’s doable. If it’s truly 20 minutes per return, which we have established that it’s more like 2 - 3 times that. 

 

But would you rather that your business have: 

  • 10 CFO-Advisory clients at $75K 
  • 30 clients where you are a Concierge CPA at $25K 
  • 50 simple Advisory clients at $15K 
  • 250 business returns at $3K  
  • or 2,000 Individual returns at $350 apiece?

 

A reason that so many CPAs are stuck on the hamster wheel is Trap Money. 

Recognize it for what it is, decide WHO you want to have as clients and where you want to focus your talents, and get rid of anything that risks getting you caught in trap money. 

If you don’t believe me, let me give you an update from Minnie, my client from last week’s episode. Last April, she was drowning in Trap Money. She was making enough Trap Money - she was making GOOD Trap Money - but the earning of that money had taken control over her life and crowded out time to spend with her new little one. 

Once we got into her business, set up consulting packages at $2500, $5K, and $7500, she was able to start buying her time back, and that enabled her to find a new home for about 30 clients. 

 

So watch out for these offerings you have that look like easy money….  

If you’re not convinced, Do the math… and add up all the increments of time. 

 

Your next steps to getting to the bigger ticket items is to stop accepting this type of work, take it off your services list, and if people ask for it, recommend some other CPAs who would be happy to have that type of work. 

If you think you might have Trap Money you can’t see, and you want me to help you find it, a single 1:1 coaching session with me will surface it. 

Getting rid of Trap Money is just one way to get your business to the next level. 

Changing how you price is the single fastest change you can make with the largest impact.

Episode mentioned:

113 Out of Compliance and into Tax-savvy Stock Option Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/113

 

Free 5 day email course: 

Better Pricing Strategy for CPAs

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-get-your-pricing-right/ 

 

Upcoming training: 

TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH

Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/

]]> Trap money is money that looks like good money, but in reality, it’s a trap. 

Trap Money is important to be able to recognize because it’s one of the factors keeping CPAs under the glass income ceiling and working long hours. 

If you can learn to recognize Trap Money for what it is, you’ll be better equipped to say No Thank You at the gates, and then, eventually move your Trap Money income out of your revenue streams.

If you can stop accepting Trap Money, it will make your transition to a high-margin CPA firm that much faster, and that much easier. 

So what is Trap Money? It’s money that appears to take only 20 minutes to make, and you make 3 or 4 hundred dollars. Typically it’s in the form of individual returns. 

It looks like good money, because the thinking goes that if it takes 20 minutes to make $300, that’s an hourly rate of $900, and that’s not shabby. 

The problem is, that math doesn’t account for the whole picture. 

The math on 20 minutes for a personal return is 18 weeks working 40 hours a week. 18 weeks is 4.5 months. Tax season is only 2.5 months, or 10 weeks. 

Now, if you have 3 staff you can push the work to, that’s another situation. That’s 6 weeks per staff member. So that’s doable. If it’s truly 20 minutes per return, which we have established that it’s more like 2 - 3 times that. 

 

But would you rather that your business have: 

  • 10 CFO-Advisory clients at $75K 
  • 30 clients where you are a Concierge CPA at $25K 
  • 50 simple Advisory clients at $15K 
  • 250 business returns at $3K  
  • or 2,000 Individual returns at $350 apiece?

 

A reason that so many CPAs are stuck on the hamster wheel is Trap Money. 

Recognize it for what it is, decide WHO you want to have as clients and where you want to focus your talents, and get rid of anything that risks getting you caught in trap money. 

If you don’t believe me, let me give you an update from Minnie, my client from last week’s episode. Last April, she was drowning in Trap Money. She was making enough Trap Money - she was making GOOD Trap Money - but the earning of that money had taken control over her life and crowded out time to spend with her new little one. 

Once we got into her business, set up consulting packages at $2500, $5K, and $7500, she was able to start buying her time back, and that enabled her to find a new home for about 30 clients. 

 

So watch out for these offerings you have that look like easy money….  

If you’re not convinced, Do the math… and add up all the increments of time. 

 

Your next steps to getting to the bigger ticket items is to stop accepting this type of work, take it off your services list, and if people ask for it, recommend some other CPAs who would be happy to have that type of work. 

If you think you might have Trap Money you can’t see, and you want me to help you find it, a single 1:1 coaching session with me will surface it. 

Getting rid of Trap Money is just one way to get your business to the next level. 

Changing how you price is the single fastest change you can make with the largest impact.

Episode mentioned:

113 Out of Compliance and into Tax-savvy Stock Option Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/113

 

Free 5 day email course: 

Better Pricing Strategy for CPAs

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-get-your-pricing-right/ 

 

Upcoming training: 

TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH

Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/

]]> Wed, 02 Dec 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 642 Trap money is money that looks like good money, but in reality, it’s a trap.  Trap Money is important to be able to recognize because it’s one of the factors keeping CPAs under the glass income ceiling and working long hours.  If you can learn to recognize Trap Money for what it is, you’ll be better equipped to say No Thank You at the gates, and then, eventually move your Trap Money income out of your revenue streams. If you can stop accepting Trap Money, it will make your transition to a high-margin CPA firm that much faster, and that much easier.  So what is Trap Money? It’s money that appears to take only 20 minutes to make, and you make 3 or 4 hundred dollars. Typically it’s in the form of individual returns.  It looks like good money, because the thinking goes that if it takes 20 minutes to make $300, that’s an hourly rate of $900, and that’s not shabby.  The problem is, that math doesn’t account for the whole picture.  The math on 20 minutes for a personal return is 18 weeks working 40 hours a week. 18 weeks is 4.5 months. Tax season is only 2.5 months, or 10 weeks.  Now, if you have 3 staff you can push the work to, that’s another situation. That’s 6 weeks per staff member. So that’s doable. If it’s truly 20 minutes per return, which we have established that it’s more like 2 - 3 times that.    But would you rather that your business have:  10 CFO-Advisory clients at $75K  30 clients where you are a Concierge CPA at $25K  50 simple Advisory clients at $15K  250 business returns at $3K   or 2,000 Individual returns at $350 apiece?   A reason that so many CPAs are stuck on the hamster wheel is Trap Money.  Recognize it for what it is, decide WHO you want to have as clients and where you want to focus your talents, and get rid of anything that risks getting you caught in trap money.  If you don’t believe me, let me give you an update from Minnie, my client from last week’s episode. Last April, she was drowning in Trap Money. She was making enough Trap Money - she was making GOOD Trap Money - but the earning of that money had taken control over her life and crowded out time to spend with her new little one.  Once we got into her business, set up consulting packages at $2500, $5K, and $7500, she was able to start buying her time back, and that enabled her to find a new home for about 30 clients.    So watch out for these offerings you have that look like easy money….   If you’re not convinced, Do the math… and add up all the increments of time.    Your next steps to getting to the bigger ticket items is to stop accepting this type of work, take it off your services list, and if people ask for it, recommend some other CPAs who would be happy to have that type of work.  If you think you might have Trap Money you can’t see, and you want me to help you find it, a single 1:1 coaching session with me will surface it.  Getting rid of Trap Money is just one way to get your business to the next level.  Changing how you price is the single fastest change you can make with the largest impact. Episode mentioned: 113 Out of Compliance and into Tax-savvy Stock Option Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/113   Free 5 day email course:  Better Pricing Strategy for CPAs https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/subscribe-get-your-pricing-right/    Upcoming training:  TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/ Trap money is money that looks like good money, but in reality, it’s a trap.  Trap Money is important to be able to recognize because it’s one of the factors keeping CPAs under the glass income ceiling and working long hours.  If you can learn to recogniz Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 113 Out of Compliance and into Tax-savvy Stock Option Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA 113 113 113 Out of Compliance and into Tax-savvy Stock Option Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA full 58886c8c-d8e5-4f6d-ab79-fbefed8858be https://share.transistor.fm/s/3edcc82c My guest today is Minnie Lau. Minnie provides tech professionals working in late-stage start-up companies that are about to IPO, guidance on stock option vesting and selling strategies. 

These tech professionals who work at top levels inside start-ups about to IPO are going to receive stock options worth hundreds of thousands of dollars, sometimes more. 

Without guidance, not only will they get hit with a giant surprise tax bill, they will lack a strategy  for how to optimize those options based on varying stock prices and other factors.

Minnie helps them understand their CHOICES. 

I wanted to have Minnie on the podcast to showcase what’s possible in the Advisory space. What she has created in terms of consulting packages is well outside the box, it’s completely different from the more common forms of Advisory services that CPAs often offer business owners. 

You will hear what it’s been like for her to transition from a compliance-heavy practice to offering high-margin consulting packages.

What stands out to me is that when it comes to transitioning your practice to high-margin work, there is no bible, no single playbook for everyone to follow. 

I am working with 9 CPAs and accountants right now on this transition, and yes,  while there are shared fundamentals, no two clients have created the same advisory services. Everyone is creating something different that uniquely suits their talents and interests, overlapped with what their clients need and value.

 

If you want to do high-value, impactful work that comes easily to you, and for clients you enjoy, it requires writing your own playbook. 

 

If you want to create and offer high-value advisory or consulting services, so you can earn more and get your life back, I offer a variety of ways to help you do just that. Check out shethinksbigcoaching.com/ for solutions that fit inside your time available and what you are comfortable investing. 

YOU CAN change the nature of your business and the quality of your life.  

 

Episodes mentioned:

103 Cashflow Forecasting, Niching, and Raising Your Rates with Emily Sandberg 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/103

 

053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/053

Connect with Minnie:

Website: https://minnielau.com/

 

Upcoming training: 

TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH

Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/

 

]]> My guest today is Minnie Lau. Minnie provides tech professionals working in late-stage start-up companies that are about to IPO, guidance on stock option vesting and selling strategies. 

These tech professionals who work at top levels inside start-ups about to IPO are going to receive stock options worth hundreds of thousands of dollars, sometimes more. 

Without guidance, not only will they get hit with a giant surprise tax bill, they will lack a strategy  for how to optimize those options based on varying stock prices and other factors.

Minnie helps them understand their CHOICES. 

I wanted to have Minnie on the podcast to showcase what’s possible in the Advisory space. What she has created in terms of consulting packages is well outside the box, it’s completely different from the more common forms of Advisory services that CPAs often offer business owners. 

You will hear what it’s been like for her to transition from a compliance-heavy practice to offering high-margin consulting packages.

What stands out to me is that when it comes to transitioning your practice to high-margin work, there is no bible, no single playbook for everyone to follow. 

I am working with 9 CPAs and accountants right now on this transition, and yes,  while there are shared fundamentals, no two clients have created the same advisory services. Everyone is creating something different that uniquely suits their talents and interests, overlapped with what their clients need and value.

 

If you want to do high-value, impactful work that comes easily to you, and for clients you enjoy, it requires writing your own playbook. 

 

If you want to create and offer high-value advisory or consulting services, so you can earn more and get your life back, I offer a variety of ways to help you do just that. Check out shethinksbigcoaching.com/ for solutions that fit inside your time available and what you are comfortable investing. 

YOU CAN change the nature of your business and the quality of your life.  

 

Episodes mentioned:

103 Cashflow Forecasting, Niching, and Raising Your Rates with Emily Sandberg 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/103

 

053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/053

Connect with Minnie:

Website: https://minnielau.com/

 

Upcoming training: 

TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH

Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/

 

]]> Wed, 25 Nov 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & Minnie Lau Geraldine Carter & Minnie Lau 2864 My guest today is Minnie Lau. Minnie provides tech professionals working in late-stage start-up companies that are about to IPO, guidance on stock option vesting and selling strategies.  These tech professionals who work at top levels inside start-ups about to IPO are going to receive stock options worth hundreds of thousands of dollars, sometimes more.  Without guidance, not only will they get hit with a giant surprise tax bill, they will lack a strategy  for how to optimize those options based on varying stock prices and other factors. Minnie helps them understand their CHOICES.  I wanted to have Minnie on the podcast to showcase what’s possible in the Advisory space. What she has created in terms of consulting packages is well outside the box, it’s completely different from the more common forms of Advisory services that CPAs often offer business owners.  You will hear what it’s been like for her to transition from a compliance-heavy practice to offering high-margin consulting packages. What stands out to me is that when it comes to transitioning your practice to high-margin work, there is no bible, no single playbook for everyone to follow.  I am working with 9 CPAs and accountants right now on this transition, and yes,  while there are shared fundamentals, no two clients have created the same advisory services. Everyone is creating something different that uniquely suits their talents and interests, overlapped with what their clients need and value.   If you want to do high-value, impactful work that comes easily to you, and for clients you enjoy, it requires writing your own playbook.    If you want to create and offer high-value advisory or consulting services, so you can earn more and get your life back, I offer a variety of ways to help you do just that. Check out shethinksbigcoaching.com/ for solutions that fit inside your time available and what you are comfortable investing.  YOU CAN change the nature of your business and the quality of your life.     Episodes mentioned: 103 Cashflow Forecasting, Niching, and Raising Your Rates with Emily Sandberg  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/103   053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/053 Connect with Minnie: Website: https://minnielau.com/   Upcoming training:  TRANSLATE YOUR EXPERTISE INTO CASH Thursday, December 17th, 12pm ET  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/accountants-anonymous-12-17   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/coaching-options/   My guest today is Minnie Lau. Minnie provides tech professionals working in late-stage start-up companies that are about to IPO, guidance on stock option vesting and selling strategies.  These tech professionals who work at top levels inside start-ups abo Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 112 Does Your CPA Firm Sell Outcomes or Deliverables? 112 112 112 Does Your CPA Firm Sell Outcomes or Deliverables? full 5d39ec4f-9ff9-4461-ab3c-7044b6aca2c2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/a040e24b Today I'm going to dig into what deliverables are and what they sound like in the CPA world, so that you can get better at recognizing them and understand why it's such a problem to sell deliverables. We'll talk about what outcomes you might consider selling so that you know what it sounds like. And finally, when you're stuck in deliverables, how to convert them into outcomes. 

CPA deliverables sound like this: P&L, balance sheet, accounting services, financial service, individual, and business tax prep, state and trust tax, print, nonprofit tax prep, tax planning, tax presentation, bookkeeping and write-up, business valuation, cashflow and budget analysis, payroll, accounting software selection and setup, elder care, monthly meetings, spreadsheet of your most important KPIs, plans and projections, tax returns, a secure password-protected portal, and succession planning. 

Why is it a problem to sell deliverables? 

1. It's not what your clients want.

 

2. Not only is it not what they want, it's that they might not even know that that's what they need. Who really wants an analysis of their budget? If, on the other hand, we take care of your financial health and wellness, that's a different conversation. 

 

3. Deliverables unto themselves are of limited value. And because value must exceed price for your prospect to buy, deliverables will suppress your prices, because deliverables will always be less valuable than outcomes. So take for example, a P&L. A P&L is valuable, but by comparison to outcomes, like stop having a bank account that's always empty, start filling up your emergency funds and saving for retirement. That's much more valuable. 

 

Deliverables are of limited value. Outcomes and results and transformations are limitless in value. So sell those instead. 

Now you're wondering what outcomes do I sell instead? It depends on what your niche or vertical wants. 

So here's where the meat is in this burger. When you are stuck in deliverables, how do you get your head into outcomes? Use this little phrase: SO THAT. 

 

It works like this: 

  • Get your P&L every month on time so that you know where your money went. 
  • Get your balance sheet so that you know what your business is worth. 
  • Take care of your estate planning so that your loved ones get your assets, not the government. 
  • Get on top of your cash flow so that you are never late on paying your employees. 
  • Get on top of your cash flow so that you are not up at night wondering if that check will clear. 
  • Get a spreadsheet full of KPIs so that you know what numbers to focus on and can stop guessing about what drives profitability in your business.
  • Use our password-protected portal so that you can send us your documents easily and securely. 
  • Let's do a business valuation so that you know how much you can get for your business when you put it up for sale. 

 

So that. This is the phrase that gets you out of deliverables so that you can get into results, so that you can provide more value to your clients, so that you can increase your prices, so that you can work less and earn more because that's the ultimate outcome, right?

Stop selling deliverables and start selling outcomes. 

If you want help transitioning your accounting practice from selling lower value deliverables to selling high value outcomes put 15 minutes on my calendar. Just head over to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the big fat red schedule time with me button and the interwebs will take it from there. 

 

Episode mentioned:

110 15 Phrases to Scrub from your CPA Firm’s Website

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/110

Upcoming training: 

15 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO SAY INSTEAD

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> Today I'm going to dig into what deliverables are and what they sound like in the CPA world, so that you can get better at recognizing them and understand why it's such a problem to sell deliverables. We'll talk about what outcomes you might consider selling so that you know what it sounds like. And finally, when you're stuck in deliverables, how to convert them into outcomes. 

CPA deliverables sound like this: P&L, balance sheet, accounting services, financial service, individual, and business tax prep, state and trust tax, print, nonprofit tax prep, tax planning, tax presentation, bookkeeping and write-up, business valuation, cashflow and budget analysis, payroll, accounting software selection and setup, elder care, monthly meetings, spreadsheet of your most important KPIs, plans and projections, tax returns, a secure password-protected portal, and succession planning. 

Why is it a problem to sell deliverables? 

1. It's not what your clients want.

 

2. Not only is it not what they want, it's that they might not even know that that's what they need. Who really wants an analysis of their budget? If, on the other hand, we take care of your financial health and wellness, that's a different conversation. 

 

3. Deliverables unto themselves are of limited value. And because value must exceed price for your prospect to buy, deliverables will suppress your prices, because deliverables will always be less valuable than outcomes. So take for example, a P&L. A P&L is valuable, but by comparison to outcomes, like stop having a bank account that's always empty, start filling up your emergency funds and saving for retirement. That's much more valuable. 

 

Deliverables are of limited value. Outcomes and results and transformations are limitless in value. So sell those instead. 

Now you're wondering what outcomes do I sell instead? It depends on what your niche or vertical wants. 

So here's where the meat is in this burger. When you are stuck in deliverables, how do you get your head into outcomes? Use this little phrase: SO THAT. 

 

It works like this: 

  • Get your P&L every month on time so that you know where your money went. 
  • Get your balance sheet so that you know what your business is worth. 
  • Take care of your estate planning so that your loved ones get your assets, not the government. 
  • Get on top of your cash flow so that you are never late on paying your employees. 
  • Get on top of your cash flow so that you are not up at night wondering if that check will clear. 
  • Get a spreadsheet full of KPIs so that you know what numbers to focus on and can stop guessing about what drives profitability in your business.
  • Use our password-protected portal so that you can send us your documents easily and securely. 
  • Let's do a business valuation so that you know how much you can get for your business when you put it up for sale. 

 

So that. This is the phrase that gets you out of deliverables so that you can get into results, so that you can provide more value to your clients, so that you can increase your prices, so that you can work less and earn more because that's the ultimate outcome, right?

Stop selling deliverables and start selling outcomes. 

If you want help transitioning your accounting practice from selling lower value deliverables to selling high value outcomes put 15 minutes on my calendar. Just head over to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the big fat red schedule time with me button and the interwebs will take it from there. 

 

Episode mentioned:

110 15 Phrases to Scrub from your CPA Firm’s Website

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/110

Upcoming training: 

15 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO SAY INSTEAD

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> Wed, 18 Nov 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 687 Today I'm going to dig into what deliverables are and what they sound like in the CPA world, so that you can get better at recognizing them and understand why it's such a problem to sell deliverables. We'll talk about what outcomes you might consider selling so that you know what it sounds like. And finally, when you're stuck in deliverables, how to convert them into outcomes.  CPA deliverables sound like this: P&amp;L, balance sheet, accounting services, financial service, individual, and business tax prep, state and trust tax, print, nonprofit tax prep, tax planning, tax presentation, bookkeeping and write-up, business valuation, cashflow and budget analysis, payroll, accounting software selection and setup, elder care, monthly meetings, spreadsheet of your most important KPIs, plans and projections, tax returns, a secure password-protected portal, and succession planning.  Why is it a problem to sell deliverables?  1. It's not what your clients want.   2. Not only is it not what they want, it's that they might not even know that that's what they need. Who really wants an analysis of their budget? If, on the other hand, we take care of your financial health and wellness, that's a different conversation.    3. Deliverables unto themselves are of limited value. And because value must exceed price for your prospect to buy, deliverables will suppress your prices, because deliverables will always be less valuable than outcomes. So take for example, a P&amp;L. A P&amp;L is valuable, but by comparison to outcomes, like stop having a bank account that's always empty, start filling up your emergency funds and saving for retirement. That's much more valuable.    Deliverables are of limited value. Outcomes and results and transformations are limitless in value. So sell those instead.  Now you're wondering what outcomes do I sell instead? It depends on what your niche or vertical wants.  So here's where the meat is in this burger. When you are stuck in deliverables, how do you get your head into outcomes? Use this little phrase: SO THAT.    It works like this:  Get your P&amp;L every month on time so that you know where your money went.  Get your balance sheet so that you know what your business is worth.  Take care of your estate planning so that your loved ones get your assets, not the government.  Get on top of your cash flow so that you are never late on paying your employees.  Get on top of your cash flow so that you are not up at night wondering if that check will clear.  Get a spreadsheet full of KPIs so that you know what numbers to focus on and can stop guessing about what drives profitability in your business. Use our password-protected portal so that you can send us your documents easily and securely.  Let's do a business valuation so that you know how much you can get for your business when you put it up for sale.    So that. This is the phrase that gets you out of deliverables so that you can get into results, so that you can provide more value to your clients, so that you can increase your prices, so that you can work less and earn more because that's the ultimate outcome, right? Stop selling deliverables and start selling outcomes.  If you want help transitioning your accounting practice from selling lower value deliverables to selling high value outcomes put 15 minutes on my calendar. Just head over to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the big fat red schedule time with me button and the interwebs will take it from there.    Episode mentioned: 110 15 Phrases to Scrub from your CPA Firm’s Website https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/110 Upcoming training:  15 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO SAY INSTEAD Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET     Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/   Today I'm going to dig into what deliverables are and what they sound like in the CPA world, so that you can get better at recognizing them and understand why it's such a problem to sell deliverables. We'll talk about what outcomes you might consider sell Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms, with Jonathan Stark 111 111 111 Better Pricing Methodologies For CPA Firms, with Jonathan Stark full 2c807df4-d217-46a5-831e-1b902ee6e1e9 https://share.transistor.fm/s/a2b1f74c We're back today with Jonathan Stark. In case you missed it we did a recording with Jonathan a couple of weeks ago. It’s episode 106 - Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants. There was so much more to talk about that I invited him to come back on to continue the conversation about pricing. 

One of the problems that CPAs run into in their practices is that they tend to fall back on two methodologies for pricing: billing by the hour, and flat rate, which tends to be a cost-plus version of billing by the hour. 

These two methodologies limit them in terms of how they price in their firm. Coupled with the problem that hourly billing is problematic in that the client doesn't have a price until after the work is done. And if the bill exceeds the value to the client, that's a big problem.

So what we want to talk about today are different pricing methodologies for CPAs. 

Before we started recording, I laid out a couple of options, namely retainer, value-based, contingency and subscription. Jonathan walks us through what those different pricing methodologies look like, what's good to use and what kind of circumstances and why you don't want to use them in certain circumstances and what the risks are.

Download the PDF below for the notes on the different pricing strategies.

Download the PDF: Different Pricing Methodologies for CPAs

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/111-pdf-download/

 

Connect with Jonathan:

Website: https://jonathanstark.com/

Episodes mentioned:

081 Time to Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? with Ron Baker, Founder of VeraSage Institute

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/081

104 How Much Would a CPA Pay for a Kid’s Bike?

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/104

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/106

Geraldine Carter on the Ditching Hourly Podcast - The Forensic Bounty Hunter

https://podcast.ditchinghourly.com/episodes/coaching-call-with-geraldine-carter

Book recommendations:

How To Measure Anything: Finding The Value of Intangibles in Business, by Douglas Hubbard

https://hubbardresearch.com/publications/how-to-measure-anything-book/

Implementing Value Pricing: A Radical Business Model for Professional Firms, by Ron Baker

https://www.amazon.com/Implementing-Value-Pricing-Business-Professional/dp/0470584610

Hourly Billing Is Nuts by Jonathan Stark

https://jonathanstark.com/hbin

Upcoming training: 

15 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO SAY INSTEAD

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> We're back today with Jonathan Stark. In case you missed it we did a recording with Jonathan a couple of weeks ago. It’s episode 106 - Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants. There was so much more to talk about that I invited him to come back on to continue the conversation about pricing. 

One of the problems that CPAs run into in their practices is that they tend to fall back on two methodologies for pricing: billing by the hour, and flat rate, which tends to be a cost-plus version of billing by the hour. 

These two methodologies limit them in terms of how they price in their firm. Coupled with the problem that hourly billing is problematic in that the client doesn't have a price until after the work is done. And if the bill exceeds the value to the client, that's a big problem.

So what we want to talk about today are different pricing methodologies for CPAs. 

Before we started recording, I laid out a couple of options, namely retainer, value-based, contingency and subscription. Jonathan walks us through what those different pricing methodologies look like, what's good to use and what kind of circumstances and why you don't want to use them in certain circumstances and what the risks are.

Download the PDF below for the notes on the different pricing strategies.

Download the PDF: Different Pricing Methodologies for CPAs

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/111-pdf-download/

 

Connect with Jonathan:

Website: https://jonathanstark.com/

Episodes mentioned:

081 Time to Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? with Ron Baker, Founder of VeraSage Institute

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/081

104 How Much Would a CPA Pay for a Kid’s Bike?

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/104

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/106

Geraldine Carter on the Ditching Hourly Podcast - The Forensic Bounty Hunter

https://podcast.ditchinghourly.com/episodes/coaching-call-with-geraldine-carter

Book recommendations:

How To Measure Anything: Finding The Value of Intangibles in Business, by Douglas Hubbard

https://hubbardresearch.com/publications/how-to-measure-anything-book/

Implementing Value Pricing: A Radical Business Model for Professional Firms, by Ron Baker

https://www.amazon.com/Implementing-Value-Pricing-Business-Professional/dp/0470584610

Hourly Billing Is Nuts by Jonathan Stark

https://jonathanstark.com/hbin

Upcoming training: 

15 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO SAY INSTEAD

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> Wed, 11 Nov 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter & Jonathan Stark Geraldine Carter & Jonathan Stark 3418 We're back today with Jonathan Stark. In case you missed it we did a recording with Jonathan a couple of weeks ago. It’s episode 106 - Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants. There was so much more to talk about that I invited him to come back on to continue the conversation about pricing.  One of the problems that CPAs run into in their practices is that they tend to fall back on two methodologies for pricing: billing by the hour, and flat rate, which tends to be a cost-plus version of billing by the hour.  These two methodologies limit them in terms of how they price in their firm. Coupled with the problem that hourly billing is problematic in that the client doesn't have a price until after the work is done. And if the bill exceeds the value to the client, that's a big problem. So what we want to talk about today are different pricing methodologies for CPAs.  Before we started recording, I laid out a couple of options, namely retainer, value-based, contingency and subscription. Jonathan walks us through what those different pricing methodologies look like, what's good to use and what kind of circumstances and why you don't want to use them in certain circumstances and what the risks are. Download the PDF below for the notes on the different pricing strategies. Download the PDF: Different Pricing Methodologies for CPAs https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/111-pdf-download/   Connect with Jonathan: Website: https://jonathanstark.com/ Episodes mentioned: 081 Time to Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? with Ron Baker, Founder of VeraSage Institute https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/081 104 How Much Would a CPA Pay for a Kid’s Bike? https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/104 106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/106 Geraldine Carter on the Ditching Hourly Podcast - The Forensic Bounty Hunter https://podcast.ditchinghourly.com/episodes/coaching-call-with-geraldine-carter Book recommendations: How To Measure Anything: Finding The Value of Intangibles in Business, by Douglas Hubbard https://hubbardresearch.com/publications/how-to-measure-anything-book/ Implementing Value Pricing: A Radical Business Model for Professional Firms, by Ron Baker https://www.amazon.com/Implementing-Value-Pricing-Business-Professional/dp/0470584610 Hourly Billing Is Nuts by Jonathan Stark https://jonathanstark.com/hbin Upcoming training:  15 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO SAY INSTEAD Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET     Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/   We're back today with Jonathan Stark. In case you missed it we did a recording with Jonathan a couple of weeks ago. It’s episode 106 - Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants. There was so much more to talk about that I invited him to come back on to co Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 110 15 Phrases to Scrub from your CPA Firm’s Website 108 108 110 15 Phrases to Scrub from your CPA Firm’s Website full 5cefa79a-2dc6-47c1-9c93-7c98dda94f0e https://share.transistor.fm/s/80d57680 Today we’re talking about the copy on your website. Because you might be either alienating prospects who visit your website, or not attracting them to begin with. And because of that, you could be missing out on really good revenue. 

 What am I talking about? All kinds of words and phrases that are meaningless at best - and are potentially harmful - and are taking up valuable real estate on your website, and doing nothing to rank in search results when your ideal clients are googling around for someone like you. And when prospects DO make it to your website, they go, mmmm, not THIS CPA. and they bounce.

And you might be thinking to yourself, well, I don’t get most of my business from my website. I get it from word of mouth and referral. So, why bother with my website?

You might be right that website traffic is not a source of leads for you, so why bother… but the other way to think about it is… a lackluster website that doesn’t speak to your prospects is exactly why you get few to no leads from it. 

 

So let’s take a spin through a bunch of words and phrases I see in use, see what is problematic about these words, and what to say instead:

  1. Affordable
  2. Experienced, Accurate, Integrity, Trustworthy, Honesty
  3. Talking about things that are expected, the bare minimum
  4. Full-service, broad range of services, wide range of expertise
  5. Small Firm Personality, BIG FIRM CAPABILITY
  6. Bizarro Aspirational phrases that mean nothing: 
  • THE SKY'S THE LIMIT, Achieve Your Goals
  • committed to your success, ensuring success
  • We dream big with you
  • achieve more than you thought possible
  1. Serving our community since the stone age
  2. We have established a reputation for excellence, teamwork, community involvement, and a certain alternative character.

 

Here is what prospects want to see on your website:

You know who they are - specifically - martial art studio owners. Landscapers. Creative agencies. Architects. Etsy shop owners. Women in the stages of divorce, who need to get a handle on their finances.

 

And an indication you know what those people want:

  • Martial art studio owners: what do the numbers need to look like for them to buy the building, or open a second location?
  • Landscapers - stop getting paid 60 days after they’ve mowed the lawn, and instead get paid up front, so they can stop chasing cash and instead have enough reserve to make it through the winter months. 
  • Contractors - want to stay on top of project costs and know week to week how estimate to actuals are doing. 
  • Women in the stages of divorce who need to get a handle on their finances after years of not being in charge of the money.

 

You need to be able to identify the pain points that are specific to the type of business owner you want to attract, so that they know you understand them. Doing this will not only separate you from the CPA around the corner, but it will get you much farther along the value curve. 

Scrub your website of accurate and honest and we reply to your questions, and instead give your prospects an indication you know who they are, what their struggles are, and what they want.

If you want my eyeballs on your website to see what kind of verbiage needs to be scrubbed and what you can replace it with, sign up for Accountants Anonymous - it’s Nov 19th at 12 ET - and walk away knowing exactly what to say to attract your ideal clients. 

Register at https://shethinksbigcoaching.com

Episode mentioned:

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/106

 

Upcoming training: 

15 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO SAY INSTEAD

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

]]> Today we’re talking about the copy on your website. Because you might be either alienating prospects who visit your website, or not attracting them to begin with. And because of that, you could be missing out on really good revenue. 

 What am I talking about? All kinds of words and phrases that are meaningless at best - and are potentially harmful - and are taking up valuable real estate on your website, and doing nothing to rank in search results when your ideal clients are googling around for someone like you. And when prospects DO make it to your website, they go, mmmm, not THIS CPA. and they bounce.

And you might be thinking to yourself, well, I don’t get most of my business from my website. I get it from word of mouth and referral. So, why bother with my website?

You might be right that website traffic is not a source of leads for you, so why bother… but the other way to think about it is… a lackluster website that doesn’t speak to your prospects is exactly why you get few to no leads from it. 

 

So let’s take a spin through a bunch of words and phrases I see in use, see what is problematic about these words, and what to say instead:

  1. Affordable
  2. Experienced, Accurate, Integrity, Trustworthy, Honesty
  3. Talking about things that are expected, the bare minimum
  4. Full-service, broad range of services, wide range of expertise
  5. Small Firm Personality, BIG FIRM CAPABILITY
  6. Bizarro Aspirational phrases that mean nothing: 
  • THE SKY'S THE LIMIT, Achieve Your Goals
  • committed to your success, ensuring success
  • We dream big with you
  • achieve more than you thought possible
  1. Serving our community since the stone age
  2. We have established a reputation for excellence, teamwork, community involvement, and a certain alternative character.

 

Here is what prospects want to see on your website:

You know who they are - specifically - martial art studio owners. Landscapers. Creative agencies. Architects. Etsy shop owners. Women in the stages of divorce, who need to get a handle on their finances.

 

And an indication you know what those people want:

  • Martial art studio owners: what do the numbers need to look like for them to buy the building, or open a second location?
  • Landscapers - stop getting paid 60 days after they’ve mowed the lawn, and instead get paid up front, so they can stop chasing cash and instead have enough reserve to make it through the winter months. 
  • Contractors - want to stay on top of project costs and know week to week how estimate to actuals are doing. 
  • Women in the stages of divorce who need to get a handle on their finances after years of not being in charge of the money.

 

You need to be able to identify the pain points that are specific to the type of business owner you want to attract, so that they know you understand them. Doing this will not only separate you from the CPA around the corner, but it will get you much farther along the value curve. 

Scrub your website of accurate and honest and we reply to your questions, and instead give your prospects an indication you know who they are, what their struggles are, and what they want.

If you want my eyeballs on your website to see what kind of verbiage needs to be scrubbed and what you can replace it with, sign up for Accountants Anonymous - it’s Nov 19th at 12 ET - and walk away knowing exactly what to say to attract your ideal clients. 

Register at https://shethinksbigcoaching.com

Episode mentioned:

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/106

 

Upcoming training: 

15 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO SAY INSTEAD

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

]]> Wed, 04 Nov 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 964 Today we’re talking about the copy on your website. Because you might be either alienating prospects who visit your website, or not attracting them to begin with. And because of that, you could be missing out on really good revenue.   What am I talking about? All kinds of words and phrases that are meaningless at best - and are potentially harmful - and are taking up valuable real estate on your website, and doing nothing to rank in search results when your ideal clients are googling around for someone like you. And when prospects DO make it to your website, they go, mmmm, not THIS CPA. and they bounce. And you might be thinking to yourself, well, I don’t get most of my business from my website. I get it from word of mouth and referral. So, why bother with my website? You might be right that website traffic is not a source of leads for you, so why bother… but the other way to think about it is… a lackluster website that doesn’t speak to your prospects is exactly why you get few to no leads from it.    So let’s take a spin through a bunch of words and phrases I see in use, see what is problematic about these words, and what to say instead: Affordable Experienced, Accurate, Integrity, Trustworthy, Honesty Talking about things that are expected, the bare minimum Full-service, broad range of services, wide range of expertise Small Firm Personality, BIG FIRM CAPABILITY Bizarro Aspirational phrases that mean nothing:  THE SKY'S THE LIMIT, Achieve Your Goals committed to your success, ensuring success We dream big with you achieve more than you thought possible Serving our community since the stone age We have established a reputation for excellence, teamwork, community involvement, and a certain alternative character.   Here is what prospects want to see on your website: You know who they are - specifically - martial art studio owners. Landscapers. Creative agencies. Architects. Etsy shop owners. Women in the stages of divorce, who need to get a handle on their finances.   And an indication you know what those people want: Martial art studio owners: what do the numbers need to look like for them to buy the building, or open a second location? Landscapers - stop getting paid 60 days after they’ve mowed the lawn, and instead get paid up front, so they can stop chasing cash and instead have enough reserve to make it through the winter months.  Contractors - want to stay on top of project costs and know week to week how estimate to actuals are doing.  Women in the stages of divorce who need to get a handle on their finances after years of not being in charge of the money.   You need to be able to identify the pain points that are specific to the type of business owner you want to attract, so that they know you understand them. Doing this will not only separate you from the CPA around the corner, but it will get you much farther along the value curve.  Scrub your website of accurate and honest and we reply to your questions, and instead give your prospects an indication you know who they are, what their struggles are, and what they want. If you want my eyeballs on your website to see what kind of verbiage needs to be scrubbed and what you can replace it with, sign up for Accountants Anonymous - it’s Nov 19th at 12 ET - and walk away knowing exactly what to say to attract your ideal clients.  Register at https://shethinksbigcoaching.com Episode mentioned: 106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/106   Upcoming training:  15 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO SAY INSTEAD Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET     Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/ Today we’re talking about the copy on your website. Because you might be either alienating prospects who visit your website, or not attracting them to begin with. And because of that, you could be missing out on really good revenue.   What am I talking ab Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 109 The CPA Who Innovates, Wins 109 109 109 The CPA Who Innovates, Wins full 4d47c4d7-5814-4d71-8c38-36f0ea9598b1 https://share.transistor.fm/s/f70ba192 Are you stuck thinking about Advisory Services in the commonly accepted tiers of transactional, controller, vCFO?

These 3 tiers are great way to begin to think about Advisory Services for CPAs. But why these 3, and only these 3? 

Here are some other questions I ask, when it comes to CPAs transitioning to advisory: 

Why stop at vCFO? 

Why do the tiers stop at being strategic? (Helping business owners adopt smarter strategies is where it's just starting to get good.) 

What is being missed when service stops at strategic? 

What is beyond vCFO?

It seems to me like two tiers are missing.

Why not add beyond vCFO, a service column for anticipatory? Anticipating, and not just taxes, but also in your client's businesses. And you help your clients think through how changes, be they economic or seasonal or technological, or even social changes, how these changes that are coming down the pipeline are going to impact your client's businesses. 

What else could be beyond vCFO? 

What about being innovative? Innovation creates significant new value that didn't exist before. And when you innovate, for a while, you will be the only one offering that new value to your clients. Now, you might be thinking, “I am a CPA. CPA's don't innovate.” I beg to differ. I work with CPAs just like you.  I watch them innovating. It's just that they don't frame it like that to themselves. They think of it as “solving an obvious problem.” 

There are services beyond vCFO. All you have to do is listen to what your clients are, to date, unable to accomplish when it comes to money, numbers, math, and data.

And I guarantee you, you can find innovative, powerful ways to help them. 

 

I give you permission to anticipate and innovate. Because when you do these things, you can maximize your prices. And when you maximize your prices, you will be able to work with fewer clients. And when you can work with fewer clients, your business gets simpler. And when your business gets simpler, you don't have to work as many hours. And when you don't have to work as many hours, you can get your life and your health back. And you get to read Dr. Seuss books to your grandkids. And when you read Dr. Seuss books to your grandkids, you get more joy back. And goodness knows we could all use a bit more joy in 2020. 

Remember, anticipate and innovate new additions to the tiers of CPA services. 

If you have innovative ideas that you want help flushing out and piloting to your clients, I can help you do just that. The best place to start is by putting 15 minutes on my calendar at http://shethinksbigcoaching.com.

 

Upcoming training: 

10 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO REPLACE IT WITH

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> Are you stuck thinking about Advisory Services in the commonly accepted tiers of transactional, controller, vCFO?

These 3 tiers are great way to begin to think about Advisory Services for CPAs. But why these 3, and only these 3? 

Here are some other questions I ask, when it comes to CPAs transitioning to advisory: 

Why stop at vCFO? 

Why do the tiers stop at being strategic? (Helping business owners adopt smarter strategies is where it's just starting to get good.) 

What is being missed when service stops at strategic? 

What is beyond vCFO?

It seems to me like two tiers are missing.

Why not add beyond vCFO, a service column for anticipatory? Anticipating, and not just taxes, but also in your client's businesses. And you help your clients think through how changes, be they economic or seasonal or technological, or even social changes, how these changes that are coming down the pipeline are going to impact your client's businesses. 

What else could be beyond vCFO? 

What about being innovative? Innovation creates significant new value that didn't exist before. And when you innovate, for a while, you will be the only one offering that new value to your clients. Now, you might be thinking, “I am a CPA. CPA's don't innovate.” I beg to differ. I work with CPAs just like you.  I watch them innovating. It's just that they don't frame it like that to themselves. They think of it as “solving an obvious problem.” 

There are services beyond vCFO. All you have to do is listen to what your clients are, to date, unable to accomplish when it comes to money, numbers, math, and data.

And I guarantee you, you can find innovative, powerful ways to help them. 

 

I give you permission to anticipate and innovate. Because when you do these things, you can maximize your prices. And when you maximize your prices, you will be able to work with fewer clients. And when you can work with fewer clients, your business gets simpler. And when your business gets simpler, you don't have to work as many hours. And when you don't have to work as many hours, you can get your life and your health back. And you get to read Dr. Seuss books to your grandkids. And when you read Dr. Seuss books to your grandkids, you get more joy back. And goodness knows we could all use a bit more joy in 2020. 

Remember, anticipate and innovate new additions to the tiers of CPA services. 

If you have innovative ideas that you want help flushing out and piloting to your clients, I can help you do just that. The best place to start is by putting 15 minutes on my calendar at http://shethinksbigcoaching.com.

 

Upcoming training: 

10 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO REPLACE IT WITH

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> Wed, 28 Oct 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 767 Are you stuck thinking about Advisory Services in the commonly accepted tiers of transactional, controller, vCFO? These 3 tiers are great way to begin to think about Advisory Services for CPAs. But why these 3, and only these 3?  Here are some other questions I ask, when it comes to CPAs transitioning to advisory:  Why stop at vCFO?  Why do the tiers stop at being strategic? (Helping business owners adopt smarter strategies is where it's just starting to get good.)  What is being missed when service stops at strategic?  What is beyond vCFO? It seems to me like two tiers are missing. Why not add beyond vCFO, a service column for anticipatory? Anticipating, and not just taxes, but also in your client's businesses. And you help your clients think through how changes, be they economic or seasonal or technological, or even social changes, how these changes that are coming down the pipeline are going to impact your client's businesses.  What else could be beyond vCFO?  What about being innovative? Innovation creates significant new value that didn't exist before. And when you innovate, for a while, you will be the only one offering that new value to your clients. Now, you might be thinking, “I am a CPA. CPA's don't innovate.” I beg to differ. I work with CPAs just like you.  I watch them innovating. It's just that they don't frame it like that to themselves. They think of it as “solving an obvious problem.”  There are services beyond vCFO. All you have to do is listen to what your clients are, to date, unable to accomplish when it comes to money, numbers, math, and data. And I guarantee you, you can find innovative, powerful ways to help them.    I give you permission to anticipate and innovate. Because when you do these things, you can maximize your prices. And when you maximize your prices, you will be able to work with fewer clients. And when you can work with fewer clients, your business gets simpler. And when your business gets simpler, you don't have to work as many hours. And when you don't have to work as many hours, you can get your life and your health back. And you get to read Dr. Seuss books to your grandkids. And when you read Dr. Seuss books to your grandkids, you get more joy back. And goodness knows we could all use a bit more joy in 2020.  Remember, anticipate and innovate new additions to the tiers of CPA services.  If you have innovative ideas that you want help flushing out and piloting to your clients, I can help you do just that. The best place to start is by putting 15 minutes on my calendar at http://shethinksbigcoaching.com.   Upcoming training:  10 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO REPLACE IT WITH Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET     Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/   Are you stuck thinking about Advisory Services in the commonly accepted tiers of transactional, controller, vCFO? These 3 tiers are great way to begin to think about Advisory Services for CPAs. But why these 3, and only these 3?  Here are some other quest Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 108 The Dangers of Listening to CPAs for Wisdom 108 108 108 The Dangers of Listening to CPAs for Wisdom full bc975e4c-c2f6-4cb0-a41a-8489d0d15d1b https://share.transistor.fm/s/1e0d89d3 Guidance and wisdom in the accounting industry tend to be provided by accountants and CPAs.

There's a notable absence of expertise and wisdom from thought leaders outside the accounting industry.

In order for any profession to advance, it needs to have conventional thinking be challenged. And the best people to challenge conventional thinking are those who have never been taught to believe conventional thinking in the first place.

Why do we cling to our views so tenaciously after they're formed? Psychologists attribute this to at least two phenomena: self-affirmation and cultural cognition. Both of these concepts suggest that we cling to our views because the walls of our opinions are like battlements that keep the good guys on the inside safe from the enemy on the outside - all those dopes with different opinions.

The problem is that when you have these walls set up, you don't allow in new information that would actually be good for you. Knowing this makes it extra important to be in about listening to people outside the profession, and to welcome them as observers and commentators so that you on the inside the profession can benefit from fresh thinking.

The danger in listening only to accountants for wisdom is that regardless of what they're thinking about, they're still thinking about it in accountant type ways. So whether they're thinking about numbers or thinking about concepts, their way of thinking reverts to reporting on what has happened in the past, rather than what can be created in the future.

Instead, think beyond the perspectives that the industry typically shares with you. 

I want you listening to voices outside the accounting space so that you can rise above the din of the same-same, and expose yourself to completely different viewpoints and ways of thinking.

And if you're looking for inspiration for some other fresh thinking and voices, here are some of my favorites: 

 

When you listen to leading voices outside the accounting profession, you're exposed to fresh perspectives. And when you apply fresh perspectives to your work, you advance your business. And when you advance your business, your clients get more value. And when the value you provide to your clients increases, your rates increase. And when your rates increase, you don't have to work as much. And that is how you get your time back. 

Now, I want to hear from you. What fresh perspectives have recently shifted your business? 

 

Episode mentioned:

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/106

 

Upcoming training: 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

10 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO REPLACE IT WITH

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> Guidance and wisdom in the accounting industry tend to be provided by accountants and CPAs.

There's a notable absence of expertise and wisdom from thought leaders outside the accounting industry.

In order for any profession to advance, it needs to have conventional thinking be challenged. And the best people to challenge conventional thinking are those who have never been taught to believe conventional thinking in the first place.

Why do we cling to our views so tenaciously after they're formed? Psychologists attribute this to at least two phenomena: self-affirmation and cultural cognition. Both of these concepts suggest that we cling to our views because the walls of our opinions are like battlements that keep the good guys on the inside safe from the enemy on the outside - all those dopes with different opinions.

The problem is that when you have these walls set up, you don't allow in new information that would actually be good for you. Knowing this makes it extra important to be in about listening to people outside the profession, and to welcome them as observers and commentators so that you on the inside the profession can benefit from fresh thinking.

The danger in listening only to accountants for wisdom is that regardless of what they're thinking about, they're still thinking about it in accountant type ways. So whether they're thinking about numbers or thinking about concepts, their way of thinking reverts to reporting on what has happened in the past, rather than what can be created in the future.

Instead, think beyond the perspectives that the industry typically shares with you. 

I want you listening to voices outside the accounting space so that you can rise above the din of the same-same, and expose yourself to completely different viewpoints and ways of thinking.

And if you're looking for inspiration for some other fresh thinking and voices, here are some of my favorites: 

 

When you listen to leading voices outside the accounting profession, you're exposed to fresh perspectives. And when you apply fresh perspectives to your work, you advance your business. And when you advance your business, your clients get more value. And when the value you provide to your clients increases, your rates increase. And when your rates increase, you don't have to work as much. And that is how you get your time back. 

Now, I want to hear from you. What fresh perspectives have recently shifted your business? 

 

Episode mentioned:

106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/106

 

Upcoming training: 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

10 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO REPLACE IT WITH

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> Wed, 21 Oct 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 731 Guidance and wisdom in the accounting industry tend to be provided by accountants and CPAs. There's a notable absence of expertise and wisdom from thought leaders outside the accounting industry. In order for any profession to advance, it needs to have conventional thinking be challenged. And the best people to challenge conventional thinking are those who have never been taught to believe conventional thinking in the first place. Why do we cling to our views so tenaciously after they're formed? Psychologists attribute this to at least two phenomena: self-affirmation and cultural cognition. Both of these concepts suggest that we cling to our views because the walls of our opinions are like battlements that keep the good guys on the inside safe from the enemy on the outside - all those dopes with different opinions. The problem is that when you have these walls set up, you don't allow in new information that would actually be good for you. Knowing this makes it extra important to be in about listening to people outside the profession, and to welcome them as observers and commentators so that you on the inside the profession can benefit from fresh thinking. The danger in listening only to accountants for wisdom is that regardless of what they're thinking about, they're still thinking about it in accountant type ways. So whether they're thinking about numbers or thinking about concepts, their way of thinking reverts to reporting on what has happened in the past, rather than what can be created in the future. Instead, think beyond the perspectives that the industry typically shares with you.  I want you listening to voices outside the accounting space so that you can rise above the din of the same-same, and expose yourself to completely different viewpoints and ways of thinking. And if you're looking for inspiration for some other fresh thinking and voices, here are some of my favorites:  Seth Godin https://seths.blog/ Jonathan Stark https://jonathanstark.com/ Elizabeth Gilbert https://www.elizabethgilbert.com/   When you listen to leading voices outside the accounting profession, you're exposed to fresh perspectives. And when you apply fresh perspectives to your work, you advance your business. And when you advance your business, your clients get more value. And when the value you provide to your clients increases, your rates increase. And when your rates increase, you don't have to work as much. And that is how you get your time back.  Now, I want to hear from you. What fresh perspectives have recently shifted your business?    Episode mentioned: 106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/106   Upcoming training:  GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET   10 PHRASES TO SCRUB FROM YOUR WEBSITE AND WHAT TO REPLACE IT WITH Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET     Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/   Guidance and wisdom in the accounting industry tend to be provided by accountants and CPAs. There's a notable absence of expertise and wisdom from thought leaders outside the accounting industry. In order for any profession to advance, it needs to have co Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 107 Are You Building the CPA Firm You Want to Own? 107 107 107 Are You Building the CPA Firm You Want to Own? full 7d60ac87-5aad-44e0-9ccc-68bb7fae6097 https://share.transistor.fm/s/1a9082bc Have you ever heard of a tool called the wheel of life? It's a really simple but powerful tool to help you take stock of the most important areas of your life and visualize which ones are going best and which areas you want to devote more of your attention to, to improve. The wheel of life gives you a bird's eye view of the different aspects of your life. 

I want to share this tool with you because I want you to have it not just for your life, but also for your business, so that you can get your life where you want it and your business where you want it.

With everything that’s been going on this year it can be really hard to focus. And when you do focus, what do you focus on?

With all of the problems that you could address, how do you know where to allocate your attention? After all your attention is limited. And just like you allocate cash for certain priorities in your business, you allocate your attention.

The problem is that sometimes we allocate our attention indiscriminately. And when your attention gets allocated indiscriminately day after day, year after year, you might inadvertently end up with a business you no longer like owning. 

The problem with that is that life is too short to own a business you don't like owning. 

So back to the life wheel, back to the business wheel. How can these two things help you? This really simple tool will help you move in the direction of building the business you love to own that fits right inside a life you love. 

It's a really simple tool to help you see what is actually happening in your life that often otherwise just gets lost in the day to day. 

This simple exercise can really help you understand where you need to focus in your business and where to allocate your attention. And when you know where to focus your attention, you improve the right things. And when you improve the right things, you make progress in the right direction in your business. And that is how over time you build a business that you love to own. 

Now, it would be really easy to do with the life wheel and to do the business wheel and then tuck it away in some file folder. But I want you to pin it on the wall so that you can check in with it and remind yourself where your focus most needs to be.

DOWNLOAD PDF: Life Wheel and Business Wheel

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/107-pdf-download/

 

Upcoming training: 

 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

10 Phrases To Scrub From Your Website And What To Replace It With

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

]]> Have you ever heard of a tool called the wheel of life? It's a really simple but powerful tool to help you take stock of the most important areas of your life and visualize which ones are going best and which areas you want to devote more of your attention to, to improve. The wheel of life gives you a bird's eye view of the different aspects of your life. 

I want to share this tool with you because I want you to have it not just for your life, but also for your business, so that you can get your life where you want it and your business where you want it.

With everything that’s been going on this year it can be really hard to focus. And when you do focus, what do you focus on?

With all of the problems that you could address, how do you know where to allocate your attention? After all your attention is limited. And just like you allocate cash for certain priorities in your business, you allocate your attention.

The problem is that sometimes we allocate our attention indiscriminately. And when your attention gets allocated indiscriminately day after day, year after year, you might inadvertently end up with a business you no longer like owning. 

The problem with that is that life is too short to own a business you don't like owning. 

So back to the life wheel, back to the business wheel. How can these two things help you? This really simple tool will help you move in the direction of building the business you love to own that fits right inside a life you love. 

It's a really simple tool to help you see what is actually happening in your life that often otherwise just gets lost in the day to day. 

This simple exercise can really help you understand where you need to focus in your business and where to allocate your attention. And when you know where to focus your attention, you improve the right things. And when you improve the right things, you make progress in the right direction in your business. And that is how over time you build a business that you love to own. 

Now, it would be really easy to do with the life wheel and to do the business wheel and then tuck it away in some file folder. But I want you to pin it on the wall so that you can check in with it and remind yourself where your focus most needs to be.

DOWNLOAD PDF: Life Wheel and Business Wheel

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/107-pdf-download/

 

Upcoming training: 

 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

10 Phrases To Scrub From Your Website And What To Replace It With

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

]]> Wed, 14 Oct 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 599 Have you ever heard of a tool called the wheel of life? It's a really simple but powerful tool to help you take stock of the most important areas of your life and visualize which ones are going best and which areas you want to devote more of your attention to, to improve. The wheel of life gives you a bird's eye view of the different aspects of your life.  I want to share this tool with you because I want you to have it not just for your life, but also for your business, so that you can get your life where you want it and your business where you want it. With everything that’s been going on this year it can be really hard to focus. And when you do focus, what do you focus on? With all of the problems that you could address, how do you know where to allocate your attention? After all your attention is limited. And just like you allocate cash for certain priorities in your business, you allocate your attention. The problem is that sometimes we allocate our attention indiscriminately. And when your attention gets allocated indiscriminately day after day, year after year, you might inadvertently end up with a business you no longer like owning.  The problem with that is that life is too short to own a business you don't like owning.  So back to the life wheel, back to the business wheel. How can these two things help you? This really simple tool will help you move in the direction of building the business you love to own that fits right inside a life you love.  It's a really simple tool to help you see what is actually happening in your life that often otherwise just gets lost in the day to day.  This simple exercise can really help you understand where you need to focus in your business and where to allocate your attention. And when you know where to focus your attention, you improve the right things. And when you improve the right things, you make progress in the right direction in your business. And that is how over time you build a business that you love to own.  Now, it would be really easy to do with the life wheel and to do the business wheel and then tuck it away in some file folder. But I want you to pin it on the wall so that you can check in with it and remind yourself where your focus most needs to be. DOWNLOAD PDF: Life Wheel and Business Wheel https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/107-pdf-download/   Upcoming training:    GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET   10 Phrases To Scrub From Your Website And What To Replace It With Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET     Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/ Have you ever heard of a tool called the wheel of life? It's a really simple but powerful tool to help you take stock of the most important areas of your life and visualize which ones are going best and which areas you want to devote more of your attentio Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark 106 106 106 Better Pricing Strategies for Accountants: Stop Billing by the Hour, with Jonathan Stark full f529c5ab-6dc2-4620-b138-922aaee760a1 https://share.transistor.fm/s/0d3366ec My guest today is Jonathan Stark. Jonathan is a former software developer who is on a mission to rid the world of hourly billing. He is the author of Hourly Billing Is Nuts, the host of TWO podcasts: Ditching Hourly and The Business of Authority, and writes a daily newsletter on pricing for independent professionals.

We’re talking today about better ways for CPAs to price their services so that they can get out of the accounting rut. 

We will get into different pricing strategies, the differences between value, price, and cost, selling outcomes instead of deliverables, and more. 

 

“If you can find clients that will get more and more value out of the services that you provide, the prices that you can put in your project proposals just magically go up... In other words, without much more work, you can charge a client a hundred thousand dollars for basically the same thing if the value to them is a million. So your growth comes from finding clients who value the stuff that you do more.” 

- Jonathan Stark

 

Value is not just about increasing prices. It's a way for you to provide a range of possible solutions for your clients so that they can choose what makes sense to them given the context they're in and which solution they want, in a way that is always profitable for both parties.

What I see as most immediately implementable when it comes to moving out of hourly billing is to take one thing that you already do all the time anyways, and turn that into a flat-fee service, and give yourself the experience of getting faster and better at it, so you know what it feels like to divorce your profit margins from your time. Once you get a taste for that feeling, you’ll be thirsty for more. 

 

Episodes mentioned:

105 Mathematical Proof Different is Better 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/105

104 How Much Would a CPA Pay for a Kid’s Bike? 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/104

Upcoming training: 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

10 Phrases To Scrub From Your Website And What To Replace It With

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> My guest today is Jonathan Stark. Jonathan is a former software developer who is on a mission to rid the world of hourly billing. He is the author of Hourly Billing Is Nuts, the host of TWO podcasts: Ditching Hourly and The Business of Authority, and writes a daily newsletter on pricing for independent professionals.

We’re talking today about better ways for CPAs to price their services so that they can get out of the accounting rut. 

We will get into different pricing strategies, the differences between value, price, and cost, selling outcomes instead of deliverables, and more. 

 

“If you can find clients that will get more and more value out of the services that you provide, the prices that you can put in your project proposals just magically go up... In other words, without much more work, you can charge a client a hundred thousand dollars for basically the same thing if the value to them is a million. So your growth comes from finding clients who value the stuff that you do more.” 

- Jonathan Stark

 

Value is not just about increasing prices. It's a way for you to provide a range of possible solutions for your clients so that they can choose what makes sense to them given the context they're in and which solution they want, in a way that is always profitable for both parties.

What I see as most immediately implementable when it comes to moving out of hourly billing is to take one thing that you already do all the time anyways, and turn that into a flat-fee service, and give yourself the experience of getting faster and better at it, so you know what it feels like to divorce your profit margins from your time. Once you get a taste for that feeling, you’ll be thirsty for more. 

 

Episodes mentioned:

105 Mathematical Proof Different is Better 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/105

104 How Much Would a CPA Pay for a Kid’s Bike? 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/104

Upcoming training: 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

10 Phrases To Scrub From Your Website And What To Replace It With

Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET  

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> Wed, 07 Oct 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Jonathan Stark Geraldine Carter & Jonathan Stark 2679 My guest today is Jonathan Stark. Jonathan is a former software developer who is on a mission to rid the world of hourly billing. He is the author of Hourly Billing Is Nuts, the host of TWO podcasts: Ditching Hourly and The Business of Authority, and writes a daily newsletter on pricing for independent professionals. We’re talking today about better ways for CPAs to price their services so that they can get out of the accounting rut.  We will get into different pricing strategies, the differences between value, price, and cost, selling outcomes instead of deliverables, and more.    “If you can find clients that will get more and more value out of the services that you provide, the prices that you can put in your project proposals just magically go up... In other words, without much more work, you can charge a client a hundred thousand dollars for basically the same thing if the value to them is a million. So your growth comes from finding clients who value the stuff that you do more.”  - Jonathan Stark   Value is not just about increasing prices. It's a way for you to provide a range of possible solutions for your clients so that they can choose what makes sense to them given the context they're in and which solution they want, in a way that is always profitable for both parties. What I see as most immediately implementable when it comes to moving out of hourly billing is to take one thing that you already do all the time anyways, and turn that into a flat-fee service, and give yourself the experience of getting faster and better at it, so you know what it feels like to divorce your profit margins from your time. Once you get a taste for that feeling, you’ll be thirsty for more.    Episodes mentioned: 105 Mathematical Proof Different is Better  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/105 104 How Much Would a CPA Pay for a Kid’s Bike?  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/104 Upcoming training:  GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET   10 Phrases To Scrub From Your Website And What To Replace It With Thursday, November 19th, 12pm ET     Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/   My guest today is Jonathan Stark. Jonathan is a former software developer who is on a mission to rid the world of hourly billing. He is the author of Hourly Billing Is Nuts, the host of TWO podcasts: Ditching Hourly and The Business of Authority, and writ Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 105 Mathematical Proof Specializing Will Make You a More Profitable CPA 105 105 105 Mathematical Proof Specializing Will Make You a More Profitable CPA full f417d5fb-f535-4bdb-b00e-bc83024f70d7 https://share.transistor.fm/s/c666221b I am here to offer you mathematical proof that different is more profitable. 

The best possible strategy to becoming more profitable without having to work so hard includes specializing. 

A few weeks back, a well-known software developer turned consultant named Jonathan Stark invited me to be on his podcast, Ditching Hourly, so we could discuss other ways to bill forensic accounting. And it was in our conversation that he dropped this equation that I want to share with you. 

 

Here is the max price formula that proves that specializing will make you more profitable.

Desire x Buying Power / Availability of Options = Max Price

 

Let me give you some good news and some bad news. 

The bad news is that making yourself different is among the hardest and most necessary gates to pass through on your path to becoming a highly compensated CPA.

Now, the good news. Because this gate is one of the hardest ones to get through, very few people actually get through it. Many people try, but they either get lost or they run out of steam, or they don't see it through. 

If you are willing to come in and see it through to the other side, you will find that you are in small, great company. 

So if you have the courage to commit to the process of specializing, which really only takes about six months, you will cut the number of options your prospects have down to such a small number that you will be able to bump up your max price by a factor of three or five or even eight or more. 

If you want to work on upping your max price, here are some initial steps you can take:  

  1. Run through your client roster, and note which clients are in a lot of pain.
  2. Then look at their buying power. Which of your clients are best positioned to invest with you more deeply? Conversely, which ones do you know will never have the buying power to work with you in a way that lines up with what you want your business to be doing?
  3. Finally, look at how many CPAs around you look just like you in a white press button-down shirt who do all things for all people. 

 

Look inside your client roster and leverage the types of businesses you already have as clients to begin the process of specializing. So that you can look different from the white shirt CPA next to you, who specializes in serving everyone and no one at the same time.

Remember, specializing is a process. It takes three months just to see if you're getting traction. It takes six months to know for sure if your specialty is working. But if you commit to an industry that is specialized enough, and you give it time, you will get there and you will reap the rewards of being able to maximize your price.

And when you maximize your price, you will be able to work with fewer clients. And when you can work with fewer clients, your business gets simpler. And when your business gets simpler, you don't have to work as many hours.

There you have it - mathematical proof that different is more profitable.  

Podcast mentioned:

Ditching Hourly Episode 193: The Forensic Bounty Hunter with guest Geraldine Carter

https://podcast.ditchinghourly.com/episodes/coaching-call-with-geraldine-carter

 

Upcoming training: 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

]]> I am here to offer you mathematical proof that different is more profitable. 

The best possible strategy to becoming more profitable without having to work so hard includes specializing. 

A few weeks back, a well-known software developer turned consultant named Jonathan Stark invited me to be on his podcast, Ditching Hourly, so we could discuss other ways to bill forensic accounting. And it was in our conversation that he dropped this equation that I want to share with you. 

 

Here is the max price formula that proves that specializing will make you more profitable.

Desire x Buying Power / Availability of Options = Max Price

 

Let me give you some good news and some bad news. 

The bad news is that making yourself different is among the hardest and most necessary gates to pass through on your path to becoming a highly compensated CPA.

Now, the good news. Because this gate is one of the hardest ones to get through, very few people actually get through it. Many people try, but they either get lost or they run out of steam, or they don't see it through. 

If you are willing to come in and see it through to the other side, you will find that you are in small, great company. 

So if you have the courage to commit to the process of specializing, which really only takes about six months, you will cut the number of options your prospects have down to such a small number that you will be able to bump up your max price by a factor of three or five or even eight or more. 

If you want to work on upping your max price, here are some initial steps you can take:  

  1. Run through your client roster, and note which clients are in a lot of pain.
  2. Then look at their buying power. Which of your clients are best positioned to invest with you more deeply? Conversely, which ones do you know will never have the buying power to work with you in a way that lines up with what you want your business to be doing?
  3. Finally, look at how many CPAs around you look just like you in a white press button-down shirt who do all things for all people. 

 

Look inside your client roster and leverage the types of businesses you already have as clients to begin the process of specializing. So that you can look different from the white shirt CPA next to you, who specializes in serving everyone and no one at the same time.

Remember, specializing is a process. It takes three months just to see if you're getting traction. It takes six months to know for sure if your specialty is working. But if you commit to an industry that is specialized enough, and you give it time, you will get there and you will reap the rewards of being able to maximize your price.

And when you maximize your price, you will be able to work with fewer clients. And when you can work with fewer clients, your business gets simpler. And when your business gets simpler, you don't have to work as many hours.

There you have it - mathematical proof that different is more profitable.  

Podcast mentioned:

Ditching Hourly Episode 193: The Forensic Bounty Hunter with guest Geraldine Carter

https://podcast.ditchinghourly.com/episodes/coaching-call-with-geraldine-carter

 

Upcoming training: 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

]]> Wed, 30 Sep 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 618 I am here to offer you mathematical proof that different is more profitable.  The best possible strategy to becoming more profitable without having to work so hard includes specializing.  A few weeks back, a well-known software developer turned consultant named Jonathan Stark invited me to be on his podcast, Ditching Hourly, so we could discuss other ways to bill forensic accounting. And it was in our conversation that he dropped this equation that I want to share with you.    Here is the max price formula that proves that specializing will make you more profitable. Desire x Buying Power / Availability of Options = Max Price   Let me give you some good news and some bad news.  The bad news is that making yourself different is among the hardest and most necessary gates to pass through on your path to becoming a highly compensated CPA. Now, the good news. Because this gate is one of the hardest ones to get through, very few people actually get through it. Many people try, but they either get lost or they run out of steam, or they don't see it through.  If you are willing to come in and see it through to the other side, you will find that you are in small, great company.  So if you have the courage to commit to the process of specializing, which really only takes about six months, you will cut the number of options your prospects have down to such a small number that you will be able to bump up your max price by a factor of three or five or even eight or more.  If you want to work on upping your max price, here are some initial steps you can take:   Run through your client roster, and note which clients are in a lot of pain. Then look at their buying power. Which of your clients are best positioned to invest with you more deeply? Conversely, which ones do you know will never have the buying power to work with you in a way that lines up with what you want your business to be doing? Finally, look at how many CPAs around you look just like you in a white press button-down shirt who do all things for all people.    Look inside your client roster and leverage the types of businesses you already have as clients to begin the process of specializing. So that you can look different from the white shirt CPA next to you, who specializes in serving everyone and no one at the same time. Remember, specializing is a process. It takes three months just to see if you're getting traction. It takes six months to know for sure if your specialty is working. But if you commit to an industry that is specialized enough, and you give it time, you will get there and you will reap the rewards of being able to maximize your price. And when you maximize your price, you will be able to work with fewer clients. And when you can work with fewer clients, your business gets simpler. And when your business gets simpler, you don't have to work as many hours. There you have it - mathematical proof that different is more profitable.   Podcast mentioned: Ditching Hourly Episode 193: The Forensic Bounty Hunter with guest Geraldine Carter https://podcast.ditchinghourly.com/episodes/coaching-call-with-geraldine-carter   Upcoming training:  GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/ I am here to offer you mathematical proof that different is more profitable.  The best possible strategy to becoming more profitable without having to work so hard includes specializing.  A few weeks back, a well-known software developer turned consultant Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 104 How Much Would a CPA Pay for a Kid's Bike? 104 104 104 How Much Would a CPA Pay for a Kid's Bike? full f6a775f5-f0a2-42f6-95ab-cf26d8e251f6 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2099d734 Today I want to talk to you today about how to price a bicycle.

Now you might be wondering, what has this got to do with being a CPA? What does the price of a bike have to do with payroll, cashflow, or tax strategy? 

I'll tell you what the connection is. 

And I'm going to tell you through a recent experience I had buying a bike for my five-year-old daughter, Hazel. 

It was an expensive, but worth it bike. Here are five ways I never thought to justify the price:

  1. Component parts: rubber, aluminum, plastic. 
  2. Time for the machine to stamp out the bike. 
  3. Margins of the bike company. 
  4. Goal earnings of the bike company owner.
  5. Comparing to prices of other bikes. 

Instead, I made the purchase based on the value to me. And that value is being able to watch my daughter have a blast in the pump track with her friends, to feel more confident riding, and to be able to keep up with the boys.

 

Check her out, getting the hang of the pump track! Here’s the YouTube link: 

https://youtu.be/6reW8zJivmM

The price of the bike had nothing to do with the cost. 

 

How this connects back to CPAs: they price their services all wrong, all the time. 

Here are five examples of how CPAs price their services incorrectly:

  1. Hourly. Not so much a price, but more an expression of your confidence.
  2. Breaking it down into its component parts like their time, staff time, court time, bookkeeping is this much, payroll is that much. 
  3. Destination margins. Shooting for the industry average of 14.9% or above. 
  4. Goal earnings. “I need to make $400K so I can cover my desired expenses.”
  5. Comparing. They say they are not the most expensive, nor the least expensive CPA in town. 

Each of these is something that I've heard a CPA say, and sometimes it's how my own clients can think about pricing when we're starting out.

And I get the value of these ways of thinking about pricing. You have to start somewhere. 

The problem is the amount of money that CPAs are leaving on the table when they use incorrect pricing strategies. 

In none of these examples did we talk about value. Nowhere did we talk about the value to me, the buyer.

Value and price are not one and the same. 

And the fundamental problem with pricing any other way than on value is the amount of money left on the table. 

So how do you get from pricing your time to assessing the value of the outcomes you help create and putting a price on that instead? You start by listening more to your clients. You listen to what they really care about. 

When you spend more time with your clients and listen to why it is they want what they want, you will be able to uncover untold value. And then you can start value pricing. And when you start value pricing, your income increases while your workload decreases. And that is how you work less and make more.

When your service is amazing and the value is priceless, there will be clients who are happy to pay you for it. 

If seeing the five ways not to price listed out would be helpful to you, zip on over to my website, shethinksbigcoaching.com where you can download the free PDF I made that lists the examples that I mentioned. 

DOWNLOAD PDF:  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/104-pdf-download/

Upcoming training: 

PLAYING SUPERHERO

Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way

Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET

 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> Today I want to talk to you today about how to price a bicycle.

Now you might be wondering, what has this got to do with being a CPA? What does the price of a bike have to do with payroll, cashflow, or tax strategy? 

I'll tell you what the connection is. 

And I'm going to tell you through a recent experience I had buying a bike for my five-year-old daughter, Hazel. 

It was an expensive, but worth it bike. Here are five ways I never thought to justify the price:

  1. Component parts: rubber, aluminum, plastic. 
  2. Time for the machine to stamp out the bike. 
  3. Margins of the bike company. 
  4. Goal earnings of the bike company owner.
  5. Comparing to prices of other bikes. 

Instead, I made the purchase based on the value to me. And that value is being able to watch my daughter have a blast in the pump track with her friends, to feel more confident riding, and to be able to keep up with the boys.

 

Check her out, getting the hang of the pump track! Here’s the YouTube link: 

https://youtu.be/6reW8zJivmM

The price of the bike had nothing to do with the cost. 

 

How this connects back to CPAs: they price their services all wrong, all the time. 

Here are five examples of how CPAs price their services incorrectly:

  1. Hourly. Not so much a price, but more an expression of your confidence.
  2. Breaking it down into its component parts like their time, staff time, court time, bookkeeping is this much, payroll is that much. 
  3. Destination margins. Shooting for the industry average of 14.9% or above. 
  4. Goal earnings. “I need to make $400K so I can cover my desired expenses.”
  5. Comparing. They say they are not the most expensive, nor the least expensive CPA in town. 

Each of these is something that I've heard a CPA say, and sometimes it's how my own clients can think about pricing when we're starting out.

And I get the value of these ways of thinking about pricing. You have to start somewhere. 

The problem is the amount of money that CPAs are leaving on the table when they use incorrect pricing strategies. 

In none of these examples did we talk about value. Nowhere did we talk about the value to me, the buyer.

Value and price are not one and the same. 

And the fundamental problem with pricing any other way than on value is the amount of money left on the table. 

So how do you get from pricing your time to assessing the value of the outcomes you help create and putting a price on that instead? You start by listening more to your clients. You listen to what they really care about. 

When you spend more time with your clients and listen to why it is they want what they want, you will be able to uncover untold value. And then you can start value pricing. And when you start value pricing, your income increases while your workload decreases. And that is how you work less and make more.

When your service is amazing and the value is priceless, there will be clients who are happy to pay you for it. 

If seeing the five ways not to price listed out would be helpful to you, zip on over to my website, shethinksbigcoaching.com where you can download the free PDF I made that lists the examples that I mentioned. 

DOWNLOAD PDF:  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/104-pdf-download/

Upcoming training: 

PLAYING SUPERHERO

Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way

Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET

 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

 

]]> Wed, 23 Sep 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 967 Today I want to talk to you today about how to price a bicycle. Now you might be wondering, what has this got to do with being a CPA? What does the price of a bike have to do with payroll, cashflow, or tax strategy?  I'll tell you what the connection is.  And I'm going to tell you through a recent experience I had buying a bike for my five-year-old daughter, Hazel.  It was an expensive, but worth it bike. Here are five ways I never thought to justify the price: Component parts: rubber, aluminum, plastic.  Time for the machine to stamp out the bike.  Margins of the bike company.  Goal earnings of the bike company owner. Comparing to prices of other bikes.  Instead, I made the purchase based on the value to me. And that value is being able to watch my daughter have a blast in the pump track with her friends, to feel more confident riding, and to be able to keep up with the boys.   Check her out, getting the hang of the pump track! Here’s the YouTube link:  https://youtu.be/6reW8zJivmM The price of the bike had nothing to do with the cost.    How this connects back to CPAs: they price their services all wrong, all the time.  Here are five examples of how CPAs price their services incorrectly: Hourly. Not so much a price, but more an expression of your confidence. Breaking it down into its component parts like their time, staff time, court time, bookkeeping is this much, payroll is that much.  Destination margins. Shooting for the industry average of 14.9% or above.  Goal earnings. “I need to make $400K so I can cover my desired expenses.” Comparing. They say they are not the most expensive, nor the least expensive CPA in town.  Each of these is something that I've heard a CPA say, and sometimes it's how my own clients can think about pricing when we're starting out. And I get the value of these ways of thinking about pricing. You have to start somewhere.  The problem is the amount of money that CPAs are leaving on the table when they use incorrect pricing strategies.  In none of these examples did we talk about value. Nowhere did we talk about the value to me, the buyer. Value and price are not one and the same.  And the fundamental problem with pricing any other way than on value is the amount of money left on the table.  So how do you get from pricing your time to assessing the value of the outcomes you help create and putting a price on that instead? You start by listening more to your clients. You listen to what they really care about.  When you spend more time with your clients and listen to why it is they want what they want, you will be able to uncover untold value. And then you can start value pricing. And when you start value pricing, your income increases while your workload decreases. And that is how you work less and make more. When your service is amazing and the value is priceless, there will be clients who are happy to pay you for it.  If seeing the five ways not to price listed out would be helpful to you, zip on over to my website, shethinksbigcoaching.com where you can download the free PDF I made that lists the examples that I mentioned.  DOWNLOAD PDF:  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/104-pdf-download/ Upcoming training:  PLAYING SUPERHERO Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET   GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/   Today I want to talk to you today about how to price a bicycle. Now you might be wondering, what has this got to do with being a CPA? What does the price of a bike have to do with payroll, cashflow, or tax strategy?  I'll tell you what the connection is.  Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 103 Cashflow Forecasting, Niching, and Raising Your Rates with Emily Sandberg 103 103 103 Cashflow Forecasting, Niching, and Raising Your Rates with Emily Sandberg full 46810d04-99ab-4b23-9804-1f472c8684b2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/74dac63e Today’s guest is Emily Sandberg. Emily provides cashflow and forecasting services to online coaches and course creators. 

While many accountants focus primarily on making sense of the past, Emily works with her clients to know the future of money in their business, so they can make strategic decisions with their cash. Her work has helped dozens of clients go from running a money-hungry business to a predictably profitable enterprise, by simply following her profit-centered framework. 

When she’s not running scenarios for her clients’ Facebook Ad Spends, she can be found playing pickleball or hiking in the gorgeous red rocks of southern Utah with her family. 

I wanted to have Emily on the podcast because her business model is unique in that she did not pass GO, she did not collect $200, she went directly to Advisory Services. 

Her perspective on what her clients need when it comes to money is well outside the box, and I think it will be interesting for you to hear from someone who was never tethered to traditional accounting.

So many things stuck out to me, it’s hard to pick just one. The top 3 are:

  • How niching down takes the pressure off
  • What her clients need most from her is advising and forecasting
  • That charging more is actually good for my clients.

Each of these is counter-intuitive and can be a difficult mental transition for people to make. 

If you want help establishing the value of and shifting the services you offer to increase their value, and you're looking for the courage to raise your rates, I can help you make these changes in your accounting practice. 

Episode mentioned:

053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson

 

Connect with Emily:

Website: http://emilysandberg.net

 

Upcoming training: 

PLAYING SUPERHERO

Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way

Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET

 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

]]> Today’s guest is Emily Sandberg. Emily provides cashflow and forecasting services to online coaches and course creators. 

While many accountants focus primarily on making sense of the past, Emily works with her clients to know the future of money in their business, so they can make strategic decisions with their cash. Her work has helped dozens of clients go from running a money-hungry business to a predictably profitable enterprise, by simply following her profit-centered framework. 

When she’s not running scenarios for her clients’ Facebook Ad Spends, she can be found playing pickleball or hiking in the gorgeous red rocks of southern Utah with her family. 

I wanted to have Emily on the podcast because her business model is unique in that she did not pass GO, she did not collect $200, she went directly to Advisory Services. 

Her perspective on what her clients need when it comes to money is well outside the box, and I think it will be interesting for you to hear from someone who was never tethered to traditional accounting.

So many things stuck out to me, it’s hard to pick just one. The top 3 are:

  • How niching down takes the pressure off
  • What her clients need most from her is advising and forecasting
  • That charging more is actually good for my clients.

Each of these is counter-intuitive and can be a difficult mental transition for people to make. 

If you want help establishing the value of and shifting the services you offer to increase their value, and you're looking for the courage to raise your rates, I can help you make these changes in your accounting practice. 

Episode mentioned:

053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson

 

Connect with Emily:

Website: http://emilysandberg.net

 

Upcoming training: 

PLAYING SUPERHERO

Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way

Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET

 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Work with Geraldine:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/

]]> Wed, 16 Sep 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Emily Sandberg Geraldine Carter & Emily Sandberg 2289 Today’s guest is Emily Sandberg. Emily provides cashflow and forecasting services to online coaches and course creators.  While many accountants focus primarily on making sense of the past, Emily works with her clients to know the future of money in their business, so they can make strategic decisions with their cash. Her work has helped dozens of clients go from running a money-hungry business to a predictably profitable enterprise, by simply following her profit-centered framework.  When she’s not running scenarios for her clients’ Facebook Ad Spends, she can be found playing pickleball or hiking in the gorgeous red rocks of southern Utah with her family.  I wanted to have Emily on the podcast because her business model is unique in that she did not pass GO, she did not collect $200, she went directly to Advisory Services.  Her perspective on what her clients need when it comes to money is well outside the box, and I think it will be interesting for you to hear from someone who was never tethered to traditional accounting. So many things stuck out to me, it’s hard to pick just one. The top 3 are: How niching down takes the pressure off What her clients need most from her is advising and forecasting That charging more is actually good for my clients. Each of these is counter-intuitive and can be a difficult mental transition for people to make.  If you want help establishing the value of and shifting the services you offer to increase their value, and you're looking for the courage to raise your rates, I can help you make these changes in your accounting practice.  Episode mentioned: 053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson   Connect with Emily: Website: http://emilysandberg.net   Upcoming training:  PLAYING SUPERHERO Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET   GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Work with Geraldine: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/work-with-me/ Today’s guest is Emily Sandberg. Emily provides cashflow and forecasting services to online coaches and course creators.  While many accountants focus primarily on making sense of the past, Emily works with her clients to know the future of money in their Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 102 A High-Margin CPA Firm: It’s Easier than You Think 102 102 102 A High-Margin CPA Firm: It’s Easier than You Think full 8b09f345-c3e7-4c0b-bb16-ad8972ff9fbf https://share.transistor.fm/s/f39ba3fd Today we're talking about your business. Is it a lot of work? Do you spend it too many hours or more hours than you want in front of a screen toiling away? 

At the end of a long work week, do you ever wonder if there was an easier way? Many CPAs work really hard. And when I say hard, I mean, lots of hours, lots of clients, endless fires. And it can seem like hard is the path, and it can be the only path that you see.

But what I want you to know is that there are easier paths available to you. And I will tell you what keys you need to unlock these easier paths. 

But first, I want you to listen to my story about inner tubes and me and some friends, a few years back.

 

So how is this misadventure relevant to you? 

 

You got started as a CPA. And you knew it might not be easy-peasy. You may have thought that there was some risk, but little did you know that you would end up in the position of having 250 or 1400 returns to process in a 10-week timeframe.

And there were probably moments that you felt desperate. And when you have that desperate or piled on or overwhelmed or sucked under feeling, it can be difficult to see the path out.

What I want you to know is that if you're feeling swamped in your accounting practice, that you are only in knee-deep water, because you have a skill set that no one else has.

As a CPA, you are able to understand a business's finances in ways that other professionals simply cannot. As a CPA, you are uniquely positioned to provide immeasurable value to your clients. You are standing in two feet of water. It's just a matter of harnessing your talent and your ability to provide insights and get it pointed in the right direction.

So remember at the top of this episode, when I said, I would tell you how to find an easier path? Here are five pieces that you need to get on the easier path: 

  1. Learn to value price. 
  2. Continue to narrow your niche or specialize. 
  3. Develop a framework for consistent high-quality results. 
  4. Make yourself visible. 
  5. Be open to the idea that it can be easy. And that it's all right for it to be easy. 

If you believe that it's supposed to be hard or that making money isn't supposed to be easy, your subconscious will seek out ways to make you right. And you will continue to make it hard. 

If you believe that it can and that it should be easy, your subconscious will look for the easy path. And when you're looking for the easy path, the answer will appear. 

 

Episodes mentioned:

081 Time To Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? With Ron Baker, Founder Of Verasage Institute https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/081

091 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough? 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/091

054 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/054

098 A Framework is Essential to CPAs Working Less and Earning More

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/098

Upcoming training: 

PLAYING SUPERHERO

Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way

Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET

 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today we're talking about your business. Is it a lot of work? Do you spend it too many hours or more hours than you want in front of a screen toiling away? 

At the end of a long work week, do you ever wonder if there was an easier way? Many CPAs work really hard. And when I say hard, I mean, lots of hours, lots of clients, endless fires. And it can seem like hard is the path, and it can be the only path that you see.

But what I want you to know is that there are easier paths available to you. And I will tell you what keys you need to unlock these easier paths. 

But first, I want you to listen to my story about inner tubes and me and some friends, a few years back.

 

So how is this misadventure relevant to you? 

 

You got started as a CPA. And you knew it might not be easy-peasy. You may have thought that there was some risk, but little did you know that you would end up in the position of having 250 or 1400 returns to process in a 10-week timeframe.

And there were probably moments that you felt desperate. And when you have that desperate or piled on or overwhelmed or sucked under feeling, it can be difficult to see the path out.

What I want you to know is that if you're feeling swamped in your accounting practice, that you are only in knee-deep water, because you have a skill set that no one else has.

As a CPA, you are able to understand a business's finances in ways that other professionals simply cannot. As a CPA, you are uniquely positioned to provide immeasurable value to your clients. You are standing in two feet of water. It's just a matter of harnessing your talent and your ability to provide insights and get it pointed in the right direction.

So remember at the top of this episode, when I said, I would tell you how to find an easier path? Here are five pieces that you need to get on the easier path: 

  1. Learn to value price. 
  2. Continue to narrow your niche or specialize. 
  3. Develop a framework for consistent high-quality results. 
  4. Make yourself visible. 
  5. Be open to the idea that it can be easy. And that it's all right for it to be easy. 

If you believe that it's supposed to be hard or that making money isn't supposed to be easy, your subconscious will seek out ways to make you right. And you will continue to make it hard. 

If you believe that it can and that it should be easy, your subconscious will look for the easy path. And when you're looking for the easy path, the answer will appear. 

 

Episodes mentioned:

081 Time To Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? With Ron Baker, Founder Of Verasage Institute https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/081

091 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough? 

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/091

054 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/054

098 A Framework is Essential to CPAs Working Less and Earning More

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/098

Upcoming training: 

PLAYING SUPERHERO

Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way

Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET

 

GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR

Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way

Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 09 Sep 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 801 Today we're talking about your business. Is it a lot of work? Do you spend it too many hours or more hours than you want in front of a screen toiling away?  At the end of a long work week, do you ever wonder if there was an easier way? Many CPAs work really hard. And when I say hard, I mean, lots of hours, lots of clients, endless fires. And it can seem like hard is the path, and it can be the only path that you see. But what I want you to know is that there are easier paths available to you. And I will tell you what keys you need to unlock these easier paths.  But first, I want you to listen to my story about inner tubes and me and some friends, a few years back.   So how is this misadventure relevant to you?    You got started as a CPA. And you knew it might not be easy-peasy. You may have thought that there was some risk, but little did you know that you would end up in the position of having 250 or 1400 returns to process in a 10-week timeframe. And there were probably moments that you felt desperate. And when you have that desperate or piled on or overwhelmed or sucked under feeling, it can be difficult to see the path out. What I want you to know is that if you're feeling swamped in your accounting practice, that you are only in knee-deep water, because you have a skill set that no one else has. As a CPA, you are able to understand a business's finances in ways that other professionals simply cannot. As a CPA, you are uniquely positioned to provide immeasurable value to your clients. You are standing in two feet of water. It's just a matter of harnessing your talent and your ability to provide insights and get it pointed in the right direction. So remember at the top of this episode, when I said, I would tell you how to find an easier path? Here are five pieces that you need to get on the easier path:  Learn to value price.  Continue to narrow your niche or specialize.  Develop a framework for consistent high-quality results.  Make yourself visible.  Be open to the idea that it can be easy. And that it's all right for it to be easy.  If you believe that it's supposed to be hard or that making money isn't supposed to be easy, your subconscious will seek out ways to make you right. And you will continue to make it hard.  If you believe that it can and that it should be easy, your subconscious will look for the easy path. And when you're looking for the easy path, the answer will appear.    Episodes mentioned: 081 Time To Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? With Ron Baker, Founder Of Verasage Institute https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/081 091 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough?  https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/091 054 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/054 098 A Framework is Essential to CPAs Working Less and Earning More https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/098 Upcoming training:  PLAYING SUPERHERO Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET   GIVE UP CALCULATING $ PER HOUR Break free of this arbitrary metric: there is a better way Thursday, October 22, 12pm ET   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today we're talking about your business. Is it a lot of work? Do you spend it too many hours or more hours than you want in front of a screen toiling away?  At the end of a long work week, do you ever wonder if there was an easier way? Many CPAs work real Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 101 How a CPA Can Raise Prices with Confidence 101 101 101 How a CPA Can Raise Prices with Confidence full 7ca6c40b-df4e-47c3-b964-9e9d3043aec5 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2ade4b91 Today I want to talk with you about why checking in a few times a year on your best clients’ results and how you as a CPA contributed to their success can help you feel more confident in your pricing.

When CPAs take the time to stop and observe, what some of them find is that their best clients are getting amazing results. And that they had a hand in the creation of those results. But because those results had been invisible to them or because they had been dismissing their role in the creation of those results, they were undervaluing their services.

And when they were undervaluing, they were underpricing. And when they were underpricing, they were overworking to compensate. And when they were overworking to compensate, they're spending more time at work than they need to be in order to make the same amount of money. 

In addition to the quantifiable, like increased profitability and tax savings, there is also a value you might be adding to your clients’ lives that is simply not quantifiable, like: 

  • sleeping better, 
  • peace of mind, 
  • finally understanding their financials, 
  • trusting that they are getting the right information from their accountant, 
  • being more at ease in their business. 

Not quantifiable, but have enormous value. 

So if you ever have a sneaking suspicion you are not getting compensated for the value you contribute to creating, take yourself through this exercise. All you have to do is list out your top clients and rough in the outcomes and results that they have gotten since they started working with you.

Get it down on paper or in a spreadsheet and give yourself credit where it's due so that you can see the part you play in contributing to the growth of your client's businesses. By gathering this kind of evidence, it can be an enormous help in growing your confidence around raising your prices. 

When you quantify the results you help your clients get, it helps you see more clearly the value you provide. It helps you stop diminishing your role, and it helps you own your talent. When those things happen, your confidence increases. And when your confidence increases, you can raise your rates. When you raise your rates, you can earn more while working less. 

So I would love to know what kinds of big results have you helped your clients get over the last few years? If money is not your motive, maybe it's time. I want to hear the success you are helping create in the world. 

 

Upcoming training: 

PLAYING SUPERHERO

Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way

Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today I want to talk with you about why checking in a few times a year on your best clients’ results and how you as a CPA contributed to their success can help you feel more confident in your pricing.

When CPAs take the time to stop and observe, what some of them find is that their best clients are getting amazing results. And that they had a hand in the creation of those results. But because those results had been invisible to them or because they had been dismissing their role in the creation of those results, they were undervaluing their services.

And when they were undervaluing, they were underpricing. And when they were underpricing, they were overworking to compensate. And when they were overworking to compensate, they're spending more time at work than they need to be in order to make the same amount of money. 

In addition to the quantifiable, like increased profitability and tax savings, there is also a value you might be adding to your clients’ lives that is simply not quantifiable, like: 

  • sleeping better, 
  • peace of mind, 
  • finally understanding their financials, 
  • trusting that they are getting the right information from their accountant, 
  • being more at ease in their business. 

Not quantifiable, but have enormous value. 

So if you ever have a sneaking suspicion you are not getting compensated for the value you contribute to creating, take yourself through this exercise. All you have to do is list out your top clients and rough in the outcomes and results that they have gotten since they started working with you.

Get it down on paper or in a spreadsheet and give yourself credit where it's due so that you can see the part you play in contributing to the growth of your client's businesses. By gathering this kind of evidence, it can be an enormous help in growing your confidence around raising your prices. 

When you quantify the results you help your clients get, it helps you see more clearly the value you provide. It helps you stop diminishing your role, and it helps you own your talent. When those things happen, your confidence increases. And when your confidence increases, you can raise your rates. When you raise your rates, you can earn more while working less. 

So I would love to know what kinds of big results have you helped your clients get over the last few years? If money is not your motive, maybe it's time. I want to hear the success you are helping create in the world. 

 

Upcoming training: 

PLAYING SUPERHERO

Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way

Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 02 Sep 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 449 Today I want to talk with you about why checking in a few times a year on your best clients’ results and how you as a CPA contributed to their success can help you feel more confident in your pricing. When CPAs take the time to stop and observe, what some of them find is that their best clients are getting amazing results. And that they had a hand in the creation of those results. But because those results had been invisible to them or because they had been dismissing their role in the creation of those results, they were undervaluing their services. And when they were undervaluing, they were underpricing. And when they were underpricing, they were overworking to compensate. And when they were overworking to compensate, they're spending more time at work than they need to be in order to make the same amount of money.  In addition to the quantifiable, like increased profitability and tax savings, there is also a value you might be adding to your clients’ lives that is simply not quantifiable, like:  sleeping better,  peace of mind,  finally understanding their financials,  trusting that they are getting the right information from their accountant,  being more at ease in their business.  Not quantifiable, but have enormous value.  So if you ever have a sneaking suspicion you are not getting compensated for the value you contribute to creating, take yourself through this exercise. All you have to do is list out your top clients and rough in the outcomes and results that they have gotten since they started working with you. Get it down on paper or in a spreadsheet and give yourself credit where it's due so that you can see the part you play in contributing to the growth of your client's businesses. By gathering this kind of evidence, it can be an enormous help in growing your confidence around raising your prices.  When you quantify the results you help your clients get, it helps you see more clearly the value you provide. It helps you stop diminishing your role, and it helps you own your talent. When those things happen, your confidence increases. And when your confidence increases, you can raise your rates. When you raise your rates, you can earn more while working less.  So I would love to know what kinds of big results have you helped your clients get over the last few years? If money is not your motive, maybe it's time. I want to hear the success you are helping create in the world.    Upcoming training:  PLAYING SUPERHERO Stop being all things to all people: How to narrow your niche the easy way Thursday, September 24, 12pm ET Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today I want to talk with you about why checking in a few times a year on your best clients’ results and how you as a CPA contributed to their success can help you feel more confident in your pricing. When CPAs take the time to stop and observe, what some Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 100 The Conversation That Will Propel Your Accounting Practice 100 100 100 The Conversation That Will Propel Your Accounting Practice full cc8410e0-3e97-47c0-9150-8c71d5997e52 https://share.transistor.fm/s/f4adc21f It’s just too easy to assume that your clients want only what they come to you for, and then, simply, serve them up the usual menu of accounting and tax. 

The problem is that your best clients likely want so much more than accounting and tax. Chances are good they are asking you for more but the questions aren’t getting through to you, because they lack the language to articulate it, or because you’re buried under a pile of compliance and back-office accounting

When you’re in the hole and you want to get out, it makes sense to dig if the tool you have is a shovel. But what you need is a ladder. 

And the ladder comes in the form of client interviews. 

Client interviews are a key step on the path out of accounting rut. Client interviews are the differentiator that you need, to put your accounting practice on the trajectory of working less, without sacrificing income. 

When you ask your clients what they want and then you turn right around and give it to them - it’s one of the most powerful things you can do to transform the quality of the service you provide. 

 

Here are some Don’ts and Do’s when it comes to interviewing your clients:

DON’T follow guidance in Accounting Today that cites: 5 tips that are WAY TOO GENERIC LIKE  

  1. Being a trusted advisor;
  2. Responding quickly;
  3. Understanding the client’s business or industry;
  4. Being affordable; and
  5. Communicating clearly with non-accountants.

 

That’s all helpful, but it’s also way (waaaaay) too generic. 

When my clients interview their clients, what comes out of it are insights wanting very specific things, like:

  • data mining
  • tax planning in August rather than November for more time for large purchases when prices are lower
  • margins on specific projects
  • Estimated vs Actual
  • increased clarity on crop yield
  • getting ecommerce data to match
  • insight on cash available for Facebook ad-spends

 

Here are the dos:

Tip/ how to solve:

  • Don’t ask them what you are doing right or wrong. You’re not looking for feedback on your service. Instead frame the conversation around wanting to serve them better. 
  • Ask what they like about other service-based businesses. This will give you insight into what’s important to them when it comes to service-based businesses like your own.
  • Ask about the challenges in their business, and if they could solve the problem, what would that give them? 
  • Ask them if they had time to make their business more profitable, what would they do?

These questions will help you understand the problems they have, solutions they are looking for, and the kind of service they want to get. AND THAT could be gold for you. 

 

When you know exactly what your client wants - because you have heard it directly from them, you 

  • know exactly what to give them
  • start giving them what they want
  • your life gets easier, and you can stop guessing
  • stop giving them things they don’t care about or are less important to them
  • start giving them huge value
  • and you now have a secret weapon that will not only keep your clients coming back to you, but will also have your clients sending you other clients with the same problems. 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> It’s just too easy to assume that your clients want only what they come to you for, and then, simply, serve them up the usual menu of accounting and tax. 

The problem is that your best clients likely want so much more than accounting and tax. Chances are good they are asking you for more but the questions aren’t getting through to you, because they lack the language to articulate it, or because you’re buried under a pile of compliance and back-office accounting

When you’re in the hole and you want to get out, it makes sense to dig if the tool you have is a shovel. But what you need is a ladder. 

And the ladder comes in the form of client interviews. 

Client interviews are a key step on the path out of accounting rut. Client interviews are the differentiator that you need, to put your accounting practice on the trajectory of working less, without sacrificing income. 

When you ask your clients what they want and then you turn right around and give it to them - it’s one of the most powerful things you can do to transform the quality of the service you provide. 

 

Here are some Don’ts and Do’s when it comes to interviewing your clients:

DON’T follow guidance in Accounting Today that cites: 5 tips that are WAY TOO GENERIC LIKE  

  1. Being a trusted advisor;
  2. Responding quickly;
  3. Understanding the client’s business or industry;
  4. Being affordable; and
  5. Communicating clearly with non-accountants.

 

That’s all helpful, but it’s also way (waaaaay) too generic. 

When my clients interview their clients, what comes out of it are insights wanting very specific things, like:

  • data mining
  • tax planning in August rather than November for more time for large purchases when prices are lower
  • margins on specific projects
  • Estimated vs Actual
  • increased clarity on crop yield
  • getting ecommerce data to match
  • insight on cash available for Facebook ad-spends

 

Here are the dos:

Tip/ how to solve:

  • Don’t ask them what you are doing right or wrong. You’re not looking for feedback on your service. Instead frame the conversation around wanting to serve them better. 
  • Ask what they like about other service-based businesses. This will give you insight into what’s important to them when it comes to service-based businesses like your own.
  • Ask about the challenges in their business, and if they could solve the problem, what would that give them? 
  • Ask them if they had time to make their business more profitable, what would they do?

These questions will help you understand the problems they have, solutions they are looking for, and the kind of service they want to get. AND THAT could be gold for you. 

 

When you know exactly what your client wants - because you have heard it directly from them, you 

  • know exactly what to give them
  • start giving them what they want
  • your life gets easier, and you can stop guessing
  • stop giving them things they don’t care about or are less important to them
  • start giving them huge value
  • and you now have a secret weapon that will not only keep your clients coming back to you, but will also have your clients sending you other clients with the same problems. 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Wed, 26 Aug 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 545 It’s just too easy to assume that your clients want only what they come to you for, and then, simply, serve them up the usual menu of accounting and tax.  The problem is that your best clients likely want so much more than accounting and tax. Chances are good they are asking you for more but the questions aren’t getting through to you, because they lack the language to articulate it, or because you’re buried under a pile of compliance and back-office accounting When you’re in the hole and you want to get out, it makes sense to dig if the tool you have is a shovel. But what you need is a ladder.  And the ladder comes in the form of client interviews.  Client interviews are a key step on the path out of accounting rut. Client interviews are the differentiator that you need, to put your accounting practice on the trajectory of working less, without sacrificing income.  When you ask your clients what they want and then you turn right around and give it to them - it’s one of the most powerful things you can do to transform the quality of the service you provide.    Here are some Don’ts and Do’s when it comes to interviewing your clients: DON’T follow guidance in Accounting Today that cites: 5 tips that are WAY TOO GENERIC LIKE   Being a trusted advisor; Responding quickly; Understanding the client’s business or industry; Being affordable; and Communicating clearly with non-accountants.   That’s all helpful, but it’s also way (waaaaay) too generic.  When my clients interview their clients, what comes out of it are insights wanting very specific things, like: data mining tax planning in August rather than November for more time for large purchases when prices are lower margins on specific projects Estimated vs Actual increased clarity on crop yield getting ecommerce data to match insight on cash available for Facebook ad-spends   Here are the dos: Tip/ how to solve: Don’t ask them what you are doing right or wrong. You’re not looking for feedback on your service. Instead frame the conversation around wanting to serve them better.  Ask what they like about other service-based businesses. This will give you insight into what’s important to them when it comes to service-based businesses like your own. Ask about the challenges in their business, and if they could solve the problem, what would that give them?  Ask them if they had time to make their business more profitable, what would they do? These questions will help you understand the problems they have, solutions they are looking for, and the kind of service they want to get. AND THAT could be gold for you.    When you know exactly what your client wants - because you have heard it directly from them, you  know exactly what to give them start giving them what they want your life gets easier, and you can stop guessing stop giving them things they don’t care about or are less important to them start giving them huge value and you now have a secret weapon that will not only keep your clients coming back to you, but will also have your clients sending you other clients with the same problems.  Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   It’s just too easy to assume that your clients want only what they come to you for, and then, simply, serve them up the usual menu of accounting and tax.  The problem is that your best clients likely want so much more than accounting and tax. Chances are Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 099 Lean and Profitable By Design, with Anjali Jariwala, CPA, CFP, & founder of FIT Advisors 99 99 099 Lean and Profitable By Design, with Anjali Jariwala, CPA, CFP, & founder of FIT Advisors full c6694515-5c4a-4ca7-8824-bac4c194227d https://share.transistor.fm/s/650b1b6f Anjali Jariwala, CPA and CFP®, is the founder of FIT Advisors — a financial planning firm serving physicians and business owners virtually across the US. She utilizes her expertise in tax and finance to empower her clients to discover and reach their life goals while building a stable financial future. 

Anjali hosts Money Checkup podcast - a semi-monthly checkup that discusses the many facets of financial well-being.  

When Anjali started her practice 5 years ago, baked right into the plan was how to build a highly profitable business while working only 30 hours a week, so that she can spend time with her young daughter. 

I wanted YOU to be able to hear exactly what Anjali has figured in order to work less and make more, so that you can see that it’s real, and do the same in your accounting practice. 

What stood out to me in this episode was the level of intentionality with which she designed and built her practice to align with her values. And that by choosing to stay small, she could cap the number of clients she takes, be selective, charge a premium for limited seats for a specific service, and provide value that most people cannot. 

All of that was intentional. She set out to do it that way, and it works.

 

Previous episodes mentioned:

91 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough?

86 Secrets of Shifting to vCFO Services

 

Connect with Anjali:

Website: www.fitadvisors.com 

Podcast: Money Checkup Podcast

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/anjalifit/ 

Twitter: https://twitter.com/AnjaliFIT

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/anjalijayakumar 

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/FITadvisors 

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com

 

]]> Anjali Jariwala, CPA and CFP®, is the founder of FIT Advisors — a financial planning firm serving physicians and business owners virtually across the US. She utilizes her expertise in tax and finance to empower her clients to discover and reach their life goals while building a stable financial future. 

Anjali hosts Money Checkup podcast - a semi-monthly checkup that discusses the many facets of financial well-being.  

When Anjali started her practice 5 years ago, baked right into the plan was how to build a highly profitable business while working only 30 hours a week, so that she can spend time with her young daughter. 

I wanted YOU to be able to hear exactly what Anjali has figured in order to work less and make more, so that you can see that it’s real, and do the same in your accounting practice. 

What stood out to me in this episode was the level of intentionality with which she designed and built her practice to align with her values. And that by choosing to stay small, she could cap the number of clients she takes, be selective, charge a premium for limited seats for a specific service, and provide value that most people cannot. 

All of that was intentional. She set out to do it that way, and it works.

 

Previous episodes mentioned:

91 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough?

86 Secrets of Shifting to vCFO Services

 

Connect with Anjali:

Website: www.fitadvisors.com 

Podcast: Money Checkup Podcast

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/anjalifit/ 

Twitter: https://twitter.com/AnjaliFIT

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/anjalijayakumar 

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/FITadvisors 

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com

 

]]> Wed, 19 Aug 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Anjali Jariwala Geraldine Carter & Anjali Jariwala 3372 Anjali Jariwala, CPA and CFP®, is the founder of FIT Advisors — a financial planning firm serving physicians and business owners virtually across the US. She utilizes her expertise in tax and finance to empower her clients to discover and reach their life goals while building a stable financial future.  Anjali hosts Money Checkup podcast - a semi-monthly checkup that discusses the many facets of financial well-being.   When Anjali started her practice 5 years ago, baked right into the plan was how to build a highly profitable business while working only 30 hours a week, so that she can spend time with her young daughter.  I wanted YOU to be able to hear exactly what Anjali has figured in order to work less and make more, so that you can see that it’s real, and do the same in your accounting practice.  What stood out to me in this episode was the level of intentionality with which she designed and built her practice to align with her values. And that by choosing to stay small, she could cap the number of clients she takes, be selective, charge a premium for limited seats for a specific service, and provide value that most people cannot.  All of that was intentional. She set out to do it that way, and it works.   Previous episodes mentioned: 91 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough? 86 Secrets of Shifting to vCFO Services   Connect with Anjali: Website: www.fitadvisors.com  Podcast: Money Checkup Podcast Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/anjalifit/  Twitter: https://twitter.com/AnjaliFIT LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/anjalijayakumar  Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/FITadvisors    Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com   Anjali Jariwala, CPA and CFP®, is the founder of FIT Advisors — a financial planning firm serving physicians and business owners virtually across the US. She utilizes her expertise in tax and finance to empower her clients to discover and reach their life Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 098 A Framework is Essential to CPAs Working Less and Earning More 98 98 098 A Framework is Essential to CPAs Working Less and Earning More full 1130f125-994f-470a-ab00-cfad992128d0 https://share.transistor.fm/s/b98f8e04 Today we're talking about how creating your own signature framework can be a gamechanger in your accounting practice.

A framework is your process or methodology, your approach of how you work with your clients. It's the process you walk your clients through to get the consistent, impressive results you help them get.

A framework helps both you and your clients know how to think about things.

Most CPAs I work with have a framework. They just don't realize it. What they tend to do is give away all kinds of advice and guidance for free, and then they get upset when their client does nothing with it. 

 

So how do you come up with your own framework? 

 

Imagine one of your clients who you know is leaking money. 

Imagine being able to have your way with that person's business:

  • What would you do? 
  • Where would you go to look for and find money? 
  • What would you change about their business, their structure, or the way it's run?
  • What are the opportunities for profit that are being left all over the table? 
  • What would you do that's different from others in your field? 

 

When you can list out answers to those questions, you have the beginnings of a framework.

Just like a framework helps me help my clients, you having a framework helps your clients understand what order to do things in. It increases their clarity and it reduces their overwhelm. Not only will it increase clarity for them and reduce overwhelm for them, it will do the same for you. 

Most importantly, it will improve your ability to create consistent, amazing results for your clients. When you help your clients get better results, you can raise your prices. And when you can raise your prices, you can work less. – 

 

Previous episodes mentioned:

91 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough?

54 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster

 

Upcoming training: 

Stop Underpricing: It Does A Disservice To Your Clients

August 21st at 12pm Eastern

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Today we're talking about how creating your own signature framework can be a gamechanger in your accounting practice.

A framework is your process or methodology, your approach of how you work with your clients. It's the process you walk your clients through to get the consistent, impressive results you help them get.

A framework helps both you and your clients know how to think about things.

Most CPAs I work with have a framework. They just don't realize it. What they tend to do is give away all kinds of advice and guidance for free, and then they get upset when their client does nothing with it. 

 

So how do you come up with your own framework? 

 

Imagine one of your clients who you know is leaking money. 

Imagine being able to have your way with that person's business:

  • What would you do? 
  • Where would you go to look for and find money? 
  • What would you change about their business, their structure, or the way it's run?
  • What are the opportunities for profit that are being left all over the table? 
  • What would you do that's different from others in your field? 

 

When you can list out answers to those questions, you have the beginnings of a framework.

Just like a framework helps me help my clients, you having a framework helps your clients understand what order to do things in. It increases their clarity and it reduces their overwhelm. Not only will it increase clarity for them and reduce overwhelm for them, it will do the same for you. 

Most importantly, it will improve your ability to create consistent, amazing results for your clients. When you help your clients get better results, you can raise your prices. And when you can raise your prices, you can work less. – 

 

Previous episodes mentioned:

91 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough?

54 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster

 

Upcoming training: 

Stop Underpricing: It Does A Disservice To Your Clients

August 21st at 12pm Eastern

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Wed, 12 Aug 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 684 Today we're talking about how creating your own signature framework can be a gamechanger in your accounting practice. A framework is your process or methodology, your approach of how you work with your clients. It's the process you walk your clients through to get the consistent, impressive results you help them get. A framework helps both you and your clients know how to think about things. Most CPAs I work with have a framework. They just don't realize it. What they tend to do is give away all kinds of advice and guidance for free, and then they get upset when their client does nothing with it.    So how do you come up with your own framework?    Imagine one of your clients who you know is leaking money.  Imagine being able to have your way with that person's business: What would you do?  Where would you go to look for and find money?  What would you change about their business, their structure, or the way it's run? What are the opportunities for profit that are being left all over the table?  What would you do that's different from others in your field?    When you can list out answers to those questions, you have the beginnings of a framework. Just like a framework helps me help my clients, you having a framework helps your clients understand what order to do things in. It increases their clarity and it reduces their overwhelm. Not only will it increase clarity for them and reduce overwhelm for them, it will do the same for you.  Most importantly, it will improve your ability to create consistent, amazing results for your clients. When you help your clients get better results, you can raise your prices. And when you can raise your prices, you can work less. –    Previous episodes mentioned: 91 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough? 54 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster   Upcoming training:  Stop Underpricing: It Does A Disservice To Your Clients August 21st at 12pm Eastern   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   Today we're talking about how creating your own signature framework can be a gamechanger in your accounting practice. A framework is your process or methodology, your approach of how you work with your clients. It's the process you walk your clients throu Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 097 Get Reading Outside the Accounting Box 97 97 097 Get Reading Outside the Accounting Box full 7a81b45e-3725-49c4-ba49-65de2d76aeb1 https://share.transistor.fm/s/6f870a5a What’s on your summer reading list?

 

Now that the July 15th deadline is behind us, hopefully you have a bit more discretionary time to read the latest releases on finances. Now, I don't need to tell you why to read books, but I will anyways: because you want to work smarter. You want to set yourself apart and you want to find forward-thinking ways of adding high value to your clients so that you can start working less and earning more.

In my reading, I learned that double-entry accounting dates from 14th-century Italy. Who knew. And that’s really cool, but here’s the thing - your clients don’t give a hoot about double-entry accounting. What they care about is how you can help them grow their earnings while protecting more of what they make. 

And YOU learning more about double-entry accounting won’t help you get them there. But HERE are 5 books that will:

 

  1. Subscribed by Tien Tzuo

Read Subscribed if you want your mind expanded - it’s full of forward-thinking ways you need to be accounting for clients with subscription revenue. 

 

  1. Fix This Next by Mike Michalowicz

Read Fix This Next if you want to add value to your practice by helping your clients know what they need to fix next in their business. Plus, it provides a simple framework to apply again and again.

 

  1. How Finance Works by Mihir Desai

Read How Finance Works if you're wanting to get into more vCFO - type work, and if you need to bone up on finance terms and concepts.

 

  1. Million Dollar Consulting Proposals by Alan Weiss

Read Million Dollar Consulting Proposals if you want to get more yesses on high-value proposals. Creating great proposals is a key to a high-margin practice.

 

  1. The 4-Hour Workweek by Tim Ferriss

Read The 4-Hour Workweek if you want to live a rich life while working less. 

If you enjoyed one of these books, please comment or shoot me an email! Happy summer reading outside the accountant box!

Episodes mentioned:

081 Time To Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? with Ron Baker, Founder of Verasage Institute

032 On A Mission To Transform Healthcare, with Lesley Von Eschen, PA-C And Carol Bridges, MD, co-CEOs of Costcare

088 The Case of The $475k Proposal: Did They Accept?

 

Upcoming training: 

Stop Underpricing: It Does A Disservice To Your Clients

August 21st at 12pm Eastern

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> What’s on your summer reading list?

 

Now that the July 15th deadline is behind us, hopefully you have a bit more discretionary time to read the latest releases on finances. Now, I don't need to tell you why to read books, but I will anyways: because you want to work smarter. You want to set yourself apart and you want to find forward-thinking ways of adding high value to your clients so that you can start working less and earning more.

In my reading, I learned that double-entry accounting dates from 14th-century Italy. Who knew. And that’s really cool, but here’s the thing - your clients don’t give a hoot about double-entry accounting. What they care about is how you can help them grow their earnings while protecting more of what they make. 

And YOU learning more about double-entry accounting won’t help you get them there. But HERE are 5 books that will:

 

  1. Subscribed by Tien Tzuo

Read Subscribed if you want your mind expanded - it’s full of forward-thinking ways you need to be accounting for clients with subscription revenue. 

 

  1. Fix This Next by Mike Michalowicz

Read Fix This Next if you want to add value to your practice by helping your clients know what they need to fix next in their business. Plus, it provides a simple framework to apply again and again.

 

  1. How Finance Works by Mihir Desai

Read How Finance Works if you're wanting to get into more vCFO - type work, and if you need to bone up on finance terms and concepts.

 

  1. Million Dollar Consulting Proposals by Alan Weiss

Read Million Dollar Consulting Proposals if you want to get more yesses on high-value proposals. Creating great proposals is a key to a high-margin practice.

 

  1. The 4-Hour Workweek by Tim Ferriss

Read The 4-Hour Workweek if you want to live a rich life while working less. 

If you enjoyed one of these books, please comment or shoot me an email! Happy summer reading outside the accountant box!

Episodes mentioned:

081 Time To Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? with Ron Baker, Founder of Verasage Institute

032 On A Mission To Transform Healthcare, with Lesley Von Eschen, PA-C And Carol Bridges, MD, co-CEOs of Costcare

088 The Case of The $475k Proposal: Did They Accept?

 

Upcoming training: 

Stop Underpricing: It Does A Disservice To Your Clients

August 21st at 12pm Eastern

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 05 Aug 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 647 What’s on your summer reading list?   Now that the July 15th deadline is behind us, hopefully you have a bit more discretionary time to read the latest releases on finances. Now, I don't need to tell you why to read books, but I will anyways: because you want to work smarter. You want to set yourself apart and you want to find forward-thinking ways of adding high value to your clients so that you can start working less and earning more. In my reading, I learned that double-entry accounting dates from 14th-century Italy. Who knew. And that’s really cool, but here’s the thing - your clients don’t give a hoot about double-entry accounting. What they care about is how you can help them grow their earnings while protecting more of what they make.  And YOU learning more about double-entry accounting won’t help you get them there. But HERE are 5 books that will:   Subscribed by Tien Tzuo Read Subscribed if you want your mind expanded - it’s full of forward-thinking ways you need to be accounting for clients with subscription revenue.    Fix This Next by Mike Michalowicz Read Fix This Next if you want to add value to your practice by helping your clients know what they need to fix next in their business. Plus, it provides a simple framework to apply again and again.   How Finance Works by Mihir Desai Read How Finance Works if you're wanting to get into more vCFO - type work, and if you need to bone up on finance terms and concepts.   Million Dollar Consulting Proposals by Alan Weiss Read Million Dollar Consulting Proposals if you want to get more yesses on high-value proposals. Creating great proposals is a key to a high-margin practice.   The 4-Hour Workweek by Tim Ferriss Read The 4-Hour Workweek if you want to live a rich life while working less.  If you enjoyed one of these books, please comment or shoot me an email! Happy summer reading outside the accountant box! Episodes mentioned: 081 Time To Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? with Ron Baker, Founder of Verasage Institute 032 On A Mission To Transform Healthcare, with Lesley Von Eschen, PA-C And Carol Bridges, MD, co-CEOs of Costcare 088 The Case of The $475k Proposal: Did They Accept?   Upcoming training:  Stop Underpricing: It Does A Disservice To Your Clients August 21st at 12pm Eastern   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ What’s on your summer reading list?   Now that the July 15th deadline is behind us, hopefully you have a bit more discretionary time to read the latest releases on finances. Now, I don't need to tell you why to read books, but I will anyways: because you Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 096 Accounting Marketing Doesn’t Suck, with Hugh Duffy, CEO of Build Your Firm 96 96 096 Accounting Marketing Doesn’t Suck, with Hugh Duffy, CEO of Build Your Firm full df951475-0b50-456a-9e5d-0212c283c22c https://share.transistor.fm/s/3a23921c Today’s guest is Hugh Duffy, CEO and Co-Founder of Build Your Firm (BYF), Inc.

Hugh is the leading marketing coach for accountants and takes pride in the impact that it has on their practice, and lives. With more than thirty years of marketing experience, Hugh has been teaching accountants how to improve their marketing so they can make more money in their accounting practice. 

I wanted to have Hugh on so that you can better understand the role marketing can and should be playing in your business, so that:

  • you can get better leads for your business, and get the most from your marketing dollars. 
  • your marketing time, dollars, and energy bring the right number of high quality leads into your business.

What stood out to me in this episode was just how much Hugh is on the same page about choosing a vertical or niche to become an expert in - and the impact it has to quality leads being able to find you, and you being able to command and defend much higher rates. 

 

If you want to know if your niche is niche-y enough, go back and listen to episode, #91. 

Figuring out your niche so that you can make your marketing more effective and command higher rates is one of the hardest parts of shifting your business from traditional accounting to highly paid advisor. 

It’s a process I move almost every single one of my clients through - even the ones who thought they were sufficiently niched. 

If you know your business’s growth is being held back because you can’t figure out your niche, I CAN HELP YOU find it. 

Past Episode Mentioned:

091 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough?

 

Connect with Hugh:

Website: https://www.buildyourfirm.com/

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Hugh Duffy, CEO and Co-Founder of Build Your Firm (BYF), Inc.

Hugh is the leading marketing coach for accountants and takes pride in the impact that it has on their practice, and lives. With more than thirty years of marketing experience, Hugh has been teaching accountants how to improve their marketing so they can make more money in their accounting practice. 

I wanted to have Hugh on so that you can better understand the role marketing can and should be playing in your business, so that:

  • you can get better leads for your business, and get the most from your marketing dollars. 
  • your marketing time, dollars, and energy bring the right number of high quality leads into your business.

What stood out to me in this episode was just how much Hugh is on the same page about choosing a vertical or niche to become an expert in - and the impact it has to quality leads being able to find you, and you being able to command and defend much higher rates. 

 

If you want to know if your niche is niche-y enough, go back and listen to episode, #91. 

Figuring out your niche so that you can make your marketing more effective and command higher rates is one of the hardest parts of shifting your business from traditional accounting to highly paid advisor. 

It’s a process I move almost every single one of my clients through - even the ones who thought they were sufficiently niched. 

If you know your business’s growth is being held back because you can’t figure out your niche, I CAN HELP YOU find it. 

Past Episode Mentioned:

091 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough?

 

Connect with Hugh:

Website: https://www.buildyourfirm.com/

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 29 Jul 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Hugh Duffy Geraldine Carter & Hugh Duffy 1423 Today’s guest is Hugh Duffy, CEO and Co-Founder of Build Your Firm (BYF), Inc. Hugh is the leading marketing coach for accountants and takes pride in the impact that it has on their practice, and lives. With more than thirty years of marketing experience, Hugh has been teaching accountants how to improve their marketing so they can make more money in their accounting practice.  I wanted to have Hugh on so that you can better understand the role marketing can and should be playing in your business, so that: you can get better leads for your business, and get the most from your marketing dollars.  your marketing time, dollars, and energy bring the right number of high quality leads into your business. What stood out to me in this episode was just how much Hugh is on the same page about choosing a vertical or niche to become an expert in - and the impact it has to quality leads being able to find you, and you being able to command and defend much higher rates.    If you want to know if your niche is niche-y enough, go back and listen to episode, #91.  Figuring out your niche so that you can make your marketing more effective and command higher rates is one of the hardest parts of shifting your business from traditional accounting to highly paid advisor.  It’s a process I move almost every single one of my clients through - even the ones who thought they were sufficiently niched.  If you know your business’s growth is being held back because you can’t figure out your niche, I CAN HELP YOU find it.  Past Episode Mentioned: 091 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough?   Connect with Hugh: Website: https://www.buildyourfirm.com/   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Hugh Duffy, CEO and Co-Founder of Build Your Firm (BYF), Inc. Hugh is the leading marketing coach for accountants and takes pride in the impact that it has on their practice, and lives. With more than thirty years of marketing experience, Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 095 CPAs Land Better Clients Using This Strategy 95 95 095 CPAs Land Better Clients Using This Strategy full 57c57ec7-9972-4ec6-838b-223f14e26f72 https://share.transistor.fm/s/9f17fbb1 In this episode, you get a different way of thinking about the proposal and it's called a choice of yeses. 

A yes or no choice pits you and your buyer against each other. But when you give your prospect options, you change the very nature of the conversation:

  • You set your clients up to answer an entirely different question: What's the best way for me to work with this person? Now they're viewing your relationship as a partnership, a collaboration whereby you are offering them options to best help them solve their problems.
  • Your conversion rate goes up. The value you provide goes up and your margins go up. 

If you're a traditional accountant, prospects often come to you for transactional services. It's what they think they need. But when you take the time to listen more deeply to your prospect's challenges, you might hear that there are other pain points you may be able to help them with and new ways that you can add significant value.

 

Here are six guidelines for you to follow when creating your proposals: 

  1. Start with your bread and butter service. 
  2. Spread out other ways you can solve numbers and money based problems for your clients. 
  3. keep a healthy spread between your prices. 
  4. If your buyer wants vCFO, but can only afford controller: If they want the price reduced, they need to take out value. 
  5. Keep it simple. Don't make this rocket science and definitely don't make it accounting-y. 
  6. Make clear the value to your client because ultimately that is what matters in the buying decision. 

 

When you offer a choice of yeses, it makes the conversation about the prospect and them getting their problem solved. 

By providing value that your clients seek, that is how you can start working less and making more.

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Register for Free Livestream for CPAs: How to Become A High-Priced Advisor

http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/livestream

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> In this episode, you get a different way of thinking about the proposal and it's called a choice of yeses. 

A yes or no choice pits you and your buyer against each other. But when you give your prospect options, you change the very nature of the conversation:

  • You set your clients up to answer an entirely different question: What's the best way for me to work with this person? Now they're viewing your relationship as a partnership, a collaboration whereby you are offering them options to best help them solve their problems.
  • Your conversion rate goes up. The value you provide goes up and your margins go up. 

If you're a traditional accountant, prospects often come to you for transactional services. It's what they think they need. But when you take the time to listen more deeply to your prospect's challenges, you might hear that there are other pain points you may be able to help them with and new ways that you can add significant value.

 

Here are six guidelines for you to follow when creating your proposals: 

  1. Start with your bread and butter service. 
  2. Spread out other ways you can solve numbers and money based problems for your clients. 
  3. keep a healthy spread between your prices. 
  4. If your buyer wants vCFO, but can only afford controller: If they want the price reduced, they need to take out value. 
  5. Keep it simple. Don't make this rocket science and definitely don't make it accounting-y. 
  6. Make clear the value to your client because ultimately that is what matters in the buying decision. 

 

When you offer a choice of yeses, it makes the conversation about the prospect and them getting their problem solved. 

By providing value that your clients seek, that is how you can start working less and making more.

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Register for Free Livestream for CPAs: How to Become A High-Priced Advisor

http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/livestream

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 22 Jul 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 638 In this episode, you get a different way of thinking about the proposal and it's called a choice of yeses.  A yes or no choice pits you and your buyer against each other. But when you give your prospect options, you change the very nature of the conversation: You set your clients up to answer an entirely different question: What's the best way for me to work with this person? Now they're viewing your relationship as a partnership, a collaboration whereby you are offering them options to best help them solve their problems. Your conversion rate goes up. The value you provide goes up and your margins go up.  If you're a traditional accountant, prospects often come to you for transactional services. It's what they think they need. But when you take the time to listen more deeply to your prospect's challenges, you might hear that there are other pain points you may be able to help them with and new ways that you can add significant value.   Here are six guidelines for you to follow when creating your proposals:  Start with your bread and butter service.  Spread out other ways you can solve numbers and money based problems for your clients.  keep a healthy spread between your prices.  If your buyer wants vCFO, but can only afford controller: If they want the price reduced, they need to take out value.  Keep it simple. Don't make this rocket science and definitely don't make it accounting-y.  Make clear the value to your client because ultimately that is what matters in the buying decision.    When you offer a choice of yeses, it makes the conversation about the prospect and them getting their problem solved.  By providing value that your clients seek, that is how you can start working less and making more. Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Register for Free Livestream for CPAs: How to Become A High-Priced Advisor http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/livestream   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ In this episode, you get a different way of thinking about the proposal and it's called a choice of yeses.  A yes or no choice pits you and your buyer against each other. But when you give your prospect options, you change the very nature of the conversat Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 094 Did Your Accounting Practice Take a COVID Detour? 94 94 094 Did Your Accounting Practice Take a COVID Detour? full fa3a6cb5-ef24-4b6b-b45c-33de81daad04 https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3021c27 If COVID has taken your accounting practice on a long, unexpected detour, it's time to pause and ask yourself where you are relative to your goals. 

And given where you are, what is the best path to get you to your goals? 

You might tell yourself that you don't have the time. But the truth is that if you don't take the time now it'll cost you far more time and far more energy in the long run to get to wherever it is you want to go.

Now's the time to pick your head up: if you don't pick it up now you might stay on your trajectory and finish the year way off course. Or, if you do pick your head up, but you take a little while to do it, the longer it takes to recover and the more energy it takes to get back on track.

So how do you do this? The first thing to do is to look at your calendar. And before the end of July, or if you're listening asynchronously, before the end of the month, block half a day where you can check in with your business and assess it. 

 

Ask yourself:

  1. What is my income year-to-date relative to where I thought it would be?
  2. What percent of my clients does it take to create 80% of my income? 
  3. What actions am I not taking to grow my accounting practice? 
  4. What's holding your current system in place?
  5. What would it look like if my business were easy? 
  6. If I knew I couldn't screw up, or if my decisions wouldn't upset anyone, what would I do? 

When you take a moment to pick your head up, to see where you are, you suddenly see where you need to be heading. Pausing your work for a day to ask yourself these questions is how you get yourself on the path to working less while making more. 

 

Download this PDF for more questions to assess your accounting practice:

PDF 094 - Questions to assess your accounting practice

 

Previous episode mentioned:

044: CEO DAY: Why you need to pick your head up in your business

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Register for Free Livestream for CPAs: How to Become A High-Priced Advisor

http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/livestream

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> If COVID has taken your accounting practice on a long, unexpected detour, it's time to pause and ask yourself where you are relative to your goals. 

And given where you are, what is the best path to get you to your goals? 

You might tell yourself that you don't have the time. But the truth is that if you don't take the time now it'll cost you far more time and far more energy in the long run to get to wherever it is you want to go.

Now's the time to pick your head up: if you don't pick it up now you might stay on your trajectory and finish the year way off course. Or, if you do pick your head up, but you take a little while to do it, the longer it takes to recover and the more energy it takes to get back on track.

So how do you do this? The first thing to do is to look at your calendar. And before the end of July, or if you're listening asynchronously, before the end of the month, block half a day where you can check in with your business and assess it. 

 

Ask yourself:

  1. What is my income year-to-date relative to where I thought it would be?
  2. What percent of my clients does it take to create 80% of my income? 
  3. What actions am I not taking to grow my accounting practice? 
  4. What's holding your current system in place?
  5. What would it look like if my business were easy? 
  6. If I knew I couldn't screw up, or if my decisions wouldn't upset anyone, what would I do? 

When you take a moment to pick your head up, to see where you are, you suddenly see where you need to be heading. Pausing your work for a day to ask yourself these questions is how you get yourself on the path to working less while making more. 

 

Download this PDF for more questions to assess your accounting practice:

PDF 094 - Questions to assess your accounting practice

 

Previous episode mentioned:

044: CEO DAY: Why you need to pick your head up in your business

 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Register for Free Livestream for CPAs: How to Become A High-Priced Advisor

http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/livestream

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Wed, 15 Jul 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 634 If COVID has taken your accounting practice on a long, unexpected detour, it's time to pause and ask yourself where you are relative to your goals.  And given where you are, what is the best path to get you to your goals?  You might tell yourself that you don't have the time. But the truth is that if you don't take the time now it'll cost you far more time and far more energy in the long run to get to wherever it is you want to go. Now's the time to pick your head up: if you don't pick it up now you might stay on your trajectory and finish the year way off course. Or, if you do pick your head up, but you take a little while to do it, the longer it takes to recover and the more energy it takes to get back on track. So how do you do this? The first thing to do is to look at your calendar. And before the end of July, or if you're listening asynchronously, before the end of the month, block half a day where you can check in with your business and assess it.    Ask yourself: What is my income year-to-date relative to where I thought it would be? What percent of my clients does it take to create 80% of my income?  What actions am I not taking to grow my accounting practice?  What's holding your current system in place? What would it look like if my business were easy?  If I knew I couldn't screw up, or if my decisions wouldn't upset anyone, what would I do?  When you take a moment to pick your head up, to see where you are, you suddenly see where you need to be heading. Pausing your work for a day to ask yourself these questions is how you get yourself on the path to working less while making more.    Download this PDF for more questions to assess your accounting practice: PDF 094 - Questions to assess your accounting practice   Previous episode mentioned: 044: CEO DAY: Why you need to pick your head up in your business   Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Register for Free Livestream for CPAs: How to Become A High-Priced Advisor http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/livestream   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   If COVID has taken your accounting practice on a long, unexpected detour, it's time to pause and ask yourself where you are relative to your goals.  And given where you are, what is the best path to get you to your goals?  You might tell yourself that you Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 093 Prediction: Forecasting Will Benefit Your Accounting Business 67 67 093 Prediction: Forecasting Will Benefit Your Accounting Business full acfda2e2-ced8-47d2-a2a2-a4aeb5671cc0 https://share.transistor.fm/s/088eb141 Business owners across the country are wondering, more like, dying to know, what the impacts of COVID might be to their business, their revenue, and their cash flow. 

They want to know the best case, worst case and likely case scenarios. And they want to know the UH-OH case of how long do I have before I run out of cash. By providing simple scenarios, you can help your business-owning clients, make wiser decisions sooner.

As a CPA, you can run scenarios and be clear about the variables you use and be frank about the assumptions you've made and see what results each scenario spits out. Doing this for your clients now can be the difference between them weathering the COVID storm with some bruises or their ship totally sinking.

Even if you can't tell them exactly how things will play out, showing them what happens in these different scenarios gives them a greater sense of control over their future.

And when you provide your clients with a greater sense of control and an ability to make better informed decisions, now the value you add as a CPA goes way up.

But it’s YOUR accounting practice that has the most to gain. When you add more value, it allows you to: 

  • command much higher fees
  • let go of low-margin compliance work
  • free up time for higher impact work. 

Start by picking one client for whom you could easily run scenarios. Walk them through your thinking and be sure to include the variables they know to be important. 

Start there and you will be well on your way to offering this service more broadly to you best clients and transforming your CPA firm. 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Register for Free Livestream for CPAs: How to Become A High-Priced Advisor

http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/livestream

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Business owners across the country are wondering, more like, dying to know, what the impacts of COVID might be to their business, their revenue, and their cash flow. 

They want to know the best case, worst case and likely case scenarios. And they want to know the UH-OH case of how long do I have before I run out of cash. By providing simple scenarios, you can help your business-owning clients, make wiser decisions sooner.

As a CPA, you can run scenarios and be clear about the variables you use and be frank about the assumptions you've made and see what results each scenario spits out. Doing this for your clients now can be the difference between them weathering the COVID storm with some bruises or their ship totally sinking.

Even if you can't tell them exactly how things will play out, showing them what happens in these different scenarios gives them a greater sense of control over their future.

And when you provide your clients with a greater sense of control and an ability to make better informed decisions, now the value you add as a CPA goes way up.

But it’s YOUR accounting practice that has the most to gain. When you add more value, it allows you to: 

  • command much higher fees
  • let go of low-margin compliance work
  • free up time for higher impact work. 

Start by picking one client for whom you could easily run scenarios. Walk them through your thinking and be sure to include the variables they know to be important. 

Start there and you will be well on your way to offering this service more broadly to you best clients and transforming your CPA firm. 

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Register for Free Livestream for CPAs: How to Become A High-Priced Advisor

http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/livestream

 

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 08 Jul 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 577 Business owners across the country are wondering, more like, dying to know, what the impacts of COVID might be to their business, their revenue, and their cash flow.  They want to know the best case, worst case and likely case scenarios. And they want to know the UH-OH case of how long do I have before I run out of cash. By providing simple scenarios, you can help your business-owning clients, make wiser decisions sooner. As a CPA, you can run scenarios and be clear about the variables you use and be frank about the assumptions you've made and see what results each scenario spits out. Doing this for your clients now can be the difference between them weathering the COVID storm with some bruises or their ship totally sinking. Even if you can't tell them exactly how things will play out, showing them what happens in these different scenarios gives them a greater sense of control over their future. And when you provide your clients with a greater sense of control and an ability to make better informed decisions, now the value you add as a CPA goes way up. But it’s YOUR accounting practice that has the most to gain. When you add more value, it allows you to:  command much higher fees let go of low-margin compliance work free up time for higher impact work.  Start by picking one client for whom you could easily run scenarios. Walk them through your thinking and be sure to include the variables they know to be important.  Start there and you will be well on your way to offering this service more broadly to you best clients and transforming your CPA firm.  Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Register for Free Livestream for CPAs: How to Become A High-Priced Advisor http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/livestream   Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Business owners across the country are wondering, more like, dying to know, what the impacts of COVID might be to their business, their revenue, and their cash flow.  They want to know the best case, worst case and likely case scenarios. And they want to Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 092 Level the Playing Field with Germeen Guillaume of Visionary Accounting Group 92 92 092 Level the Playing Field with Germeen Guillaume of Visionary Accounting Group full ede7290b-591c-4a9a-9113-f5415233c237 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2b35b0a6 Today’s guest is Germeen Guillaume (GEE-YOME), Founder of Visionary Accounting Group. 

Germeen founded Visionary Accounting Group in 2015 and has been helping nonprofits leverage technology as a means to gain deeper financial insight and real time data.

To date, Germeen has led the Company in recouping over $2.8M in receivables, through workflow automation and accounting system conversions.

I wanted to have Germeen on to better understand the experience that people of color have when it comes to being an accountant and business owner, so that you can be on the lookout for opportunities to level the playing field.

What stood out to me long before I recorded this episode is just how much leadership in the accounting space is predominantly white and mostly male. 

And as a woman, frankly, I’m not down with that. 

What this conversation helped me see is how pervasive and systemic biases and prejudices are in accounting, banking, and funding , and how much work there is to be done. It’s shifted how I view my role as someone who values a level playing field. 

Rather than a call to action that supports my business, which is what I would usually put here, instead I pass along Germeen’s request:

  1. Speak up when you see bias, prejudice, or racism in play
  2. Take the time to educate yourself about challenges that people of color uniquely face
  3. And if you’re in the VC space, consider who you’re funding
  4. Start with your inner circle - the people with whom you have contact on the regular.

Connect with Germeen:

Website: https://www.visionaryag.com/

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Schedule time with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Germeen Guillaume (GEE-YOME), Founder of Visionary Accounting Group. 

Germeen founded Visionary Accounting Group in 2015 and has been helping nonprofits leverage technology as a means to gain deeper financial insight and real time data.

To date, Germeen has led the Company in recouping over $2.8M in receivables, through workflow automation and accounting system conversions.

I wanted to have Germeen on to better understand the experience that people of color have when it comes to being an accountant and business owner, so that you can be on the lookout for opportunities to level the playing field.

What stood out to me long before I recorded this episode is just how much leadership in the accounting space is predominantly white and mostly male. 

And as a woman, frankly, I’m not down with that. 

What this conversation helped me see is how pervasive and systemic biases and prejudices are in accounting, banking, and funding , and how much work there is to be done. It’s shifted how I view my role as someone who values a level playing field. 

Rather than a call to action that supports my business, which is what I would usually put here, instead I pass along Germeen’s request:

  1. Speak up when you see bias, prejudice, or racism in play
  2. Take the time to educate yourself about challenges that people of color uniquely face
  3. And if you’re in the VC space, consider who you’re funding
  4. Start with your inner circle - the people with whom you have contact on the regular.

Connect with Germeen:

Website: https://www.visionaryag.com/

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Schedule time with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 01 Jul 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Germeen Guillaume Geraldine Carter & Germeen Guillaume 2140 Today’s guest is Germeen Guillaume (GEE-YOME), Founder of Visionary Accounting Group.  Germeen founded Visionary Accounting Group in 2015 and has been helping nonprofits leverage technology as a means to gain deeper financial insight and real time data. To date, Germeen has led the Company in recouping over $2.8M in receivables, through workflow automation and accounting system conversions. I wanted to have Germeen on to better understand the experience that people of color have when it comes to being an accountant and business owner, so that you can be on the lookout for opportunities to level the playing field. What stood out to me long before I recorded this episode is just how much leadership in the accounting space is predominantly white and mostly male.  And as a woman, frankly, I’m not down with that.  What this conversation helped me see is how pervasive and systemic biases and prejudices are in accounting, banking, and funding , and how much work there is to be done. It’s shifted how I view my role as someone who values a level playing field.  Rather than a call to action that supports my business, which is what I would usually put here, instead I pass along Germeen’s request: Speak up when you see bias, prejudice, or racism in play Take the time to educate yourself about challenges that people of color uniquely face And if you’re in the VC space, consider who you’re funding Start with your inner circle - the people with whom you have contact on the regular. Connect with Germeen: Website: https://www.visionaryag.com/ Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Schedule time with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Germeen Guillaume (GEE-YOME), Founder of Visionary Accounting Group.  Germeen founded Visionary Accounting Group in 2015 and has been helping nonprofits leverage technology as a means to gain deeper financial insight and real time data. T Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 091 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough? 91 91 091 Is Your Accounting Niche Niche-y Enough? full ec00f38e-247f-4079-aff9-4f2cfa88903d https://share.transistor.fm/s/1b4ccab5 Today, we're talking about how niching can bring you one step closer to earning more while working less.

Having a clear niche as a CPA is the single biggest thing you can do to get you off the hamster wheel of working like crazy, and makes it easy for great clients to find you because you're a go-to expert in their field.

When you go through the process of making your niche niche-y enough, your business will become more simple for you to run.

You'll deliver more value, more easily, and in less time. And you'll become known as a go to person to be serving that type of client. And then once all that happens and given some time, then you can take things to the next level where many more opportunities that you may not be able to see right now, including additional revenue streams will begin to appear.

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Today, we're talking about how niching can bring you one step closer to earning more while working less.

Having a clear niche as a CPA is the single biggest thing you can do to get you off the hamster wheel of working like crazy, and makes it easy for great clients to find you because you're a go-to expert in their field.

When you go through the process of making your niche niche-y enough, your business will become more simple for you to run.

You'll deliver more value, more easily, and in less time. And you'll become known as a go to person to be serving that type of client. And then once all that happens and given some time, then you can take things to the next level where many more opportunities that you may not be able to see right now, including additional revenue streams will begin to appear.

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Wed, 24 Jun 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 409 Today, we're talking about how niching can bring you one step closer to earning more while working less. Having a clear niche as a CPA is the single biggest thing you can do to get you off the hamster wheel of working like crazy, and makes it easy for great clients to find you because you're a go-to expert in their field. When you go through the process of making your niche niche-y enough, your business will become more simple for you to run. You'll deliver more value, more easily, and in less time. And you'll become known as a go to person to be serving that type of client. And then once all that happens and given some time, then you can take things to the next level where many more opportunities that you may not be able to see right now, including additional revenue streams will begin to appear. Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   Today, we're talking about how niching can bring you one step closer to earning more while working less. Having a clear niche as a CPA is the single biggest thing you can do to get you off the hamster wheel of working like crazy, and makes it easy for gre Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 090 How to Design vCFO Services, with Adam Hale, COO of Summit CPA Group 90 90 090 How to Design vCFO Services, with Adam Hale, COO of Summit CPA Group full 2b276009-7b55-4f71-8ec7-aa023003d50d https://share.transistor.fm/s/c370793a Today’s guest is Adam Hale, Co-Founder and COO of Summit CPA Group. 

Summit CPA Group is the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America. 

Summit CPA offers virtual CFO, Controller, and transaction-level services remotely and at scale. And Adam works with his team to deliver the best possible vCFO services to their clients.

I wanted to have Adam on to dig into the art and science of pricing and delivery of these services, so that you can learn his hard-earned secrets so you serve your clients better and at a higher level. 

What stood out to me in this episode was the idea that they decidedly want clients in Controller and vCFO, and don’t want clients at the transaction level. 

After all, transaction is labor and time-intensive, while excellent guidance can happen in a short amount of time and add far more value to the client. 

Listeners, if you want help building Controller and vCFO level services to your practice but haven’t been able to figure out how on your own,  so that you can get your practice to the next level, from 150 clients down to 15, with $60K or $100K annual engagements, I can help you make that transformation. 

Put 15 minutes on my calendar - just go to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the big fat red Schedule Time with Me button. 

Connect with Adam:

Website: https://www.summitcpa.net/

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Schedule time with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Adam Hale, Co-Founder and COO of Summit CPA Group. 

Summit CPA Group is the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America. 

Summit CPA offers virtual CFO, Controller, and transaction-level services remotely and at scale. And Adam works with his team to deliver the best possible vCFO services to their clients.

I wanted to have Adam on to dig into the art and science of pricing and delivery of these services, so that you can learn his hard-earned secrets so you serve your clients better and at a higher level. 

What stood out to me in this episode was the idea that they decidedly want clients in Controller and vCFO, and don’t want clients at the transaction level. 

After all, transaction is labor and time-intensive, while excellent guidance can happen in a short amount of time and add far more value to the client. 

Listeners, if you want help building Controller and vCFO level services to your practice but haven’t been able to figure out how on your own,  so that you can get your practice to the next level, from 150 clients down to 15, with $60K or $100K annual engagements, I can help you make that transformation. 

Put 15 minutes on my calendar - just go to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the big fat red Schedule Time with Me button. 

Connect with Adam:

Website: https://www.summitcpa.net/

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Schedule time with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 17 Jun 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter & Adam Hale Geraldine Carter & Adam Hale 1935 Today’s guest is Adam Hale, Co-Founder and COO of Summit CPA Group.  Summit CPA Group is the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America.  Summit CPA offers virtual CFO, Controller, and transaction-level services remotely and at scale. And Adam works with his team to deliver the best possible vCFO services to their clients. I wanted to have Adam on to dig into the art and science of pricing and delivery of these services, so that you can learn his hard-earned secrets so you serve your clients better and at a higher level.  What stood out to me in this episode was the idea that they decidedly want clients in Controller and vCFO, and don’t want clients at the transaction level.  After all, transaction is labor and time-intensive, while excellent guidance can happen in a short amount of time and add far more value to the client.  Listeners, if you want help building Controller and vCFO level services to your practice but haven’t been able to figure out how on your own,  so that you can get your practice to the next level, from 150 clients down to 15, with $60K or $100K annual engagements, I can help you make that transformation.  Put 15 minutes on my calendar - just go to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the big fat red Schedule Time with Me button.  Connect with Adam: Website: https://www.summitcpa.net/ Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Schedule time with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Adam Hale, Co-Founder and COO of Summit CPA Group.  Summit CPA Group is the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America.  Summit CPA offers virtual CFO, Controller, and transaction-level services remotely and at scale. And A Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 089 [Coaching] How to Attract More of the Right Clients, with Annette Bevers, CPA 89 89 089 [Coaching] How to Attract More of the Right Clients, with Annette Bevers, CPA full 28298a00-99b9-4734-8f88-e6712b3c31bf https://share.transistor.fm/s/3231c6c1 Today’s guest is Annette Bevers, a solo CPA based in northern California. 

I wanted to have Annette on because she has many of the classic challenges that CPAs face when they say yes to most types of work that arrive at their door. 

She has a mish-mash of clients, whose needs vary, which makes it hard to have consistent processes, which means work takes up a lot of time, leaving little to think about growing strategically. She’s bogged down in work and not using her full potential. 

What stood out to me in this episode is just how easy it is to stay caught in the tangle of questions you ask yourself when trying to break free of the traditional model. 

Fortunately, the path out is straight-forward, and it works. Interviewing top clients, shedding 20% of your client base and committing to using that time to grow, and raising your prices are 3 key pieces. 

But it’s hard to walk through this fog alone. 

If you want to know what the simple steps are to grow your business, go grab a copy of my e-book, where I walk you through the 6 steps. 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Connect with Annette:

Website: https://beverscpa.com/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Annette Bevers, a solo CPA based in northern California. 

I wanted to have Annette on because she has many of the classic challenges that CPAs face when they say yes to most types of work that arrive at their door. 

She has a mish-mash of clients, whose needs vary, which makes it hard to have consistent processes, which means work takes up a lot of time, leaving little to think about growing strategically. She’s bogged down in work and not using her full potential. 

What stood out to me in this episode is just how easy it is to stay caught in the tangle of questions you ask yourself when trying to break free of the traditional model. 

Fortunately, the path out is straight-forward, and it works. Interviewing top clients, shedding 20% of your client base and committing to using that time to grow, and raising your prices are 3 key pieces. 

But it’s hard to walk through this fog alone. 

If you want to know what the simple steps are to grow your business, go grab a copy of my e-book, where I walk you through the 6 steps. 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Connect with Annette:

Website: https://beverscpa.com/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 10 Jun 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1871 Today’s guest is Annette Bevers, a solo CPA based in northern California.  I wanted to have Annette on because she has many of the classic challenges that CPAs face when they say yes to most types of work that arrive at their door.  She has a mish-mash of clients, whose needs vary, which makes it hard to have consistent processes, which means work takes up a lot of time, leaving little to think about growing strategically. She’s bogged down in work and not using her full potential.  What stood out to me in this episode is just how easy it is to stay caught in the tangle of questions you ask yourself when trying to break free of the traditional model.  Fortunately, the path out is straight-forward, and it works. Interviewing top clients, shedding 20% of your client base and committing to using that time to grow, and raising your prices are 3 key pieces.  But it’s hard to walk through this fog alone.  If you want to know what the simple steps are to grow your business, go grab a copy of my e-book, where I walk you through the 6 steps.  Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Connect with Annette: Website: https://beverscpa.com/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Annette Bevers, a solo CPA based in northern California.  I wanted to have Annette on because she has many of the classic challenges that CPAs face when they say yes to most types of work that arrive at their door.  She has a mish-mash of Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 088 The Case of the $475K Proposal: Did They Accept? 88 88 088 The Case of the $475K Proposal: Did They Accept? full f6c05b92-d74b-49d2-99ef-16da6d1a0fc2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/a4cc4c1e I have a story for you today about what is possible in your business.

So often the thing I hear from my clients is that one of the reasons they wanted help working together was that they knew that bigger was possible in their businesses. But they didn't necessarily know how to get there. They knew that other CPAs were making this transition from billing by the hour to shifting into delivering high value. They knew that others were doing it, but they didn't really know that they themselves could do it.

 

In telling this story I want you to know what is possible and what is potentially not that far away from you with some key changes in your business and that without any shenanigans, you can be earning two or three or four times what you're currently making right now.

By getting away from hourly billing, if you haven't already, by deeply understanding what your prospects and clients really want and what is worth to them, and putting together powerful proposals where you serve your clients at a high level in this way with far less effort than some of the compliance and or accounting or transactional work than you may be doing right now.

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> I have a story for you today about what is possible in your business.

So often the thing I hear from my clients is that one of the reasons they wanted help working together was that they knew that bigger was possible in their businesses. But they didn't necessarily know how to get there. They knew that other CPAs were making this transition from billing by the hour to shifting into delivering high value. They knew that others were doing it, but they didn't really know that they themselves could do it.

 

In telling this story I want you to know what is possible and what is potentially not that far away from you with some key changes in your business and that without any shenanigans, you can be earning two or three or four times what you're currently making right now.

By getting away from hourly billing, if you haven't already, by deeply understanding what your prospects and clients really want and what is worth to them, and putting together powerful proposals where you serve your clients at a high level in this way with far less effort than some of the compliance and or accounting or transactional work than you may be doing right now.

Schedule time with Geraldine:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 03 Jun 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1030 I have a story for you today about what is possible in your business. So often the thing I hear from my clients is that one of the reasons they wanted help working together was that they knew that bigger was possible in their businesses. But they didn't necessarily know how to get there. They knew that other CPAs were making this transition from billing by the hour to shifting into delivering high value. They knew that others were doing it, but they didn't really know that they themselves could do it.   In telling this story I want you to know what is possible and what is potentially not that far away from you with some key changes in your business and that without any shenanigans, you can be earning two or three or four times what you're currently making right now. By getting away from hourly billing, if you haven't already, by deeply understanding what your prospects and clients really want and what is worth to them, and putting together powerful proposals where you serve your clients at a high level in this way with far less effort than some of the compliance and or accounting or transactional work than you may be doing right now. Schedule time with Geraldine: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ I have a story for you today about what is possible in your business. So often the thing I hear from my clients is that one of the reasons they wanted help working together was that they knew that bigger was possible in their businesses. But they didn't n Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 087 You Create Work-Life Harmony, with Amy Vetter, CEO of the B3 Method® Institute 87 87 087 You Create Work-Life Harmony, with Amy Vetter, CEO of the B3 Method® Institute full 19280535-7390-41a5-9cf5-175295a42168 https://share.transistor.fm/s/6504f9f9 Today’s guest is Amy Vetter. Amy is the CEO of the B3 Method® Institute, a keynote speaker, corporate board member, author, and contributor to Inc.com and Entrepreneur.com. Amy authored the book: Business, Balance & Bliss: How the B3 Method Can Transform Your Career and Life. She is the host of the Breaking Beliefs Podcast.

I wanted to have Amy on to talk about how to manage yourself and your time in your business and in your life so that you find better balance. 

My take-aways on the notifications and self-discipline is that no one can do it for you. 

Just like no one can eat for you, and no one can sleep for you, NO ONE can turn off your notifications for you and no one is going to focus for you. 

The other turn of phrase I appreciated was Handle Your Relationships with Care. I do see my own clients getting stuck here, especially as updating your business model often requires finding new accountants for your current clients. If you position it in your mind as doing this with grace, kindness, and care, it can make the process easier to take. 

I also want to add my own take on the phrase “I don’t want to disappoint people.” You may have noticed that this phrase got called a feeling, and I want to clarify that this is in fact a thought and not a feeling. 

This clarification is important because, in the vernacular, we say that feelings are true and real, and that’s right. However, “I don’t want to disappoint people” is a thought, and shouldn’t be taken as true because it’s accidentally believed to be a feeling when it’s not. 

The other piece of this is people will say, “You can’t please everyone” to which I say, “You can’t please anyone, it’s not in your power.” And if you have done something before and another person has been happy, remember that correlation does not imply causation. 

Connect with Amy:

LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amyvettercpa/

Instagram www.instagram.com/amyvettercpa

Facebook https://www.facebook.com/AmyVetterCPA/

Twitter https://twitter.com/AmyVetterCPA

Schedule time with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Amy Vetter. Amy is the CEO of the B3 Method® Institute, a keynote speaker, corporate board member, author, and contributor to Inc.com and Entrepreneur.com. Amy authored the book: Business, Balance & Bliss: How the B3 Method Can Transform Your Career and Life. She is the host of the Breaking Beliefs Podcast.

I wanted to have Amy on to talk about how to manage yourself and your time in your business and in your life so that you find better balance. 

My take-aways on the notifications and self-discipline is that no one can do it for you. 

Just like no one can eat for you, and no one can sleep for you, NO ONE can turn off your notifications for you and no one is going to focus for you. 

The other turn of phrase I appreciated was Handle Your Relationships with Care. I do see my own clients getting stuck here, especially as updating your business model often requires finding new accountants for your current clients. If you position it in your mind as doing this with grace, kindness, and care, it can make the process easier to take. 

I also want to add my own take on the phrase “I don’t want to disappoint people.” You may have noticed that this phrase got called a feeling, and I want to clarify that this is in fact a thought and not a feeling. 

This clarification is important because, in the vernacular, we say that feelings are true and real, and that’s right. However, “I don’t want to disappoint people” is a thought, and shouldn’t be taken as true because it’s accidentally believed to be a feeling when it’s not. 

The other piece of this is people will say, “You can’t please everyone” to which I say, “You can’t please anyone, it’s not in your power.” And if you have done something before and another person has been happy, remember that correlation does not imply causation. 

Connect with Amy:

LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amyvettercpa/

Instagram www.instagram.com/amyvettercpa

Facebook https://www.facebook.com/AmyVetterCPA/

Twitter https://twitter.com/AmyVetterCPA

Schedule time with me:

https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 27 May 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1861 Today’s guest is Amy Vetter. Amy is the CEO of the B3 Method® Institute, a keynote speaker, corporate board member, author, and contributor to Inc.com and Entrepreneur.com. Amy authored the book: Business, Balance &amp; Bliss: How the B3 Method Can Transform Your Career and Life. She is the host of the Breaking Beliefs Podcast. I wanted to have Amy on to talk about how to manage yourself and your time in your business and in your life so that you find better balance.  My take-aways on the notifications and self-discipline is that no one can do it for you.  Just like no one can eat for you, and no one can sleep for you, NO ONE can turn off your notifications for you and no one is going to focus for you.  The other turn of phrase I appreciated was Handle Your Relationships with Care. I do see my own clients getting stuck here, especially as updating your business model often requires finding new accountants for your current clients. If you position it in your mind as doing this with grace, kindness, and care, it can make the process easier to take.  I also want to add my own take on the phrase “I don’t want to disappoint people.” You may have noticed that this phrase got called a feeling, and I want to clarify that this is in fact a thought and not a feeling.  This clarification is important because, in the vernacular, we say that feelings are true and real, and that’s right. However, “I don’t want to disappoint people” is a thought, and shouldn’t be taken as true because it’s accidentally believed to be a feeling when it’s not.  The other piece of this is people will say, “You can’t please everyone” to which I say, “You can’t please anyone, it’s not in your power.” And if you have done something before and another person has been happy, remember that correlation does not imply causation.  Connect with Amy: LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amyvettercpa/ Instagram www.instagram.com/amyvettercpa Facebook https://www.facebook.com/AmyVetterCPA/ Twitter https://twitter.com/AmyVetterCPA Schedule time with me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min Download the ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Amy Vetter. Amy is the CEO of the B3 Method® Institute, a keynote speaker, corporate board member, author, and contributor to Inc.com and Entrepreneur.com. Amy authored the book: Business, Balance &amp; Bliss: How the B3 Method Can Transf Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 086 Secrets of Shifting to vCFO Services, with Jody Grunden, Co-Founder and CEO of Summit CPA Group 86 86 086 Secrets of Shifting to vCFO Services, with Jody Grunden, Co-Founder and CEO of Summit CPA Group full f0372372-5e39-463f-9280-68bc15d13f16 https://share.transistor.fm/s/8aa5d7e9 My guest today is Jody Grunden, Co-Founder and CEO of Summit CPA Group, the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America. 

Jody is passionate about changing the way people think about accounting. 

As the author of Digital Dollars and Cents, Jody literally wrote the book on helping digital companies create a financial roadmap to success.

Summit CPA offers virtual CFO, Controller, and transaction-level services remotely and at scale. 

I wanted to have Jody on to talk about everything that he has learned in nearly 20 years of growing this business. 

There were many gems including the simple but important reminder: “Your clients are hiring you to help them get to the next level.” 

It’s your job to help build the financial roadmap that gets them there. 

The rest is just deliverables. What your client wants is transformation. 

If you want help getting your practice to the next level, getting from 150 clients down to 15, with $60 or $100K annual engagements, I can help you make that transformation. 

Put 15 minutes on my calendar - just go to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the big fat red Schedule Time with Me button. You’d be surprised how much ground we can cover in that time, so I hope you will take me up on the offer. 

 

Connect with Jody:

Website: https://www.summitcpa.net/

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/jodygrunden

Twitter: @jgrunden and @SummitCPAGroup

Schedule Time with Me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> My guest today is Jody Grunden, Co-Founder and CEO of Summit CPA Group, the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America. 

Jody is passionate about changing the way people think about accounting. 

As the author of Digital Dollars and Cents, Jody literally wrote the book on helping digital companies create a financial roadmap to success.

Summit CPA offers virtual CFO, Controller, and transaction-level services remotely and at scale. 

I wanted to have Jody on to talk about everything that he has learned in nearly 20 years of growing this business. 

There were many gems including the simple but important reminder: “Your clients are hiring you to help them get to the next level.” 

It’s your job to help build the financial roadmap that gets them there. 

The rest is just deliverables. What your client wants is transformation. 

If you want help getting your practice to the next level, getting from 150 clients down to 15, with $60 or $100K annual engagements, I can help you make that transformation. 

Put 15 minutes on my calendar - just go to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the big fat red Schedule Time with Me button. You’d be surprised how much ground we can cover in that time, so I hope you will take me up on the offer. 

 

Connect with Jody:

Website: https://www.summitcpa.net/

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/jodygrunden

Twitter: @jgrunden and @SummitCPAGroup

Schedule Time with Me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 20 May 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2200 My guest today is Jody Grunden, Co-Founder and CEO of Summit CPA Group, the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America.  Jody is passionate about changing the way people think about accounting.  As the author of Digital Dollars and Cents, Jody literally wrote the book on helping digital companies create a financial roadmap to success. Summit CPA offers virtual CFO, Controller, and transaction-level services remotely and at scale.  I wanted to have Jody on to talk about everything that he has learned in nearly 20 years of growing this business.  There were many gems including the simple but important reminder: “Your clients are hiring you to help them get to the next level.”  It’s your job to help build the financial roadmap that gets them there.  The rest is just deliverables. What your client wants is transformation.  If you want help getting your practice to the next level, getting from 150 clients down to 15, with $60 or $100K annual engagements, I can help you make that transformation.  Put 15 minutes on my calendar - just go to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the big fat red Schedule Time with Me button. You’d be surprised how much ground we can cover in that time, so I hope you will take me up on the offer.    Connect with Jody: Website: https://www.summitcpa.net/ LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/jodygrunden Twitter: @jgrunden and @SummitCPAGroup Schedule Time with Me: https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ My guest today is Jody Grunden, Co-Founder and CEO of Summit CPA Group, the leading provider of Virtual CFO Services in North America.  Jody is passionate about changing the way people think about accounting.  As the author of Digital Dollars and Cents, Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 085 Designing Systems for Great Customer Experience, with Claire Stewart, Founder of Cartmill Stewart 58 58 085 Designing Systems for Great Customer Experience, with Claire Stewart, Founder of Cartmill Stewart full e019264e-7145-4a75-b930-c0cfc56bf29e https://share.transistor.fm/s/42f939a5 Today’s guest is Claire Stewart, the Founder of Cartmill Stewart. 

Claire and her partner have totally dialed in their systems to run an efficient practice, including having gone paperless. 

Systems and workflows are a common pain point for accounting practice owners so I wanted to dig in. 

The highlights were:

1. Creating issues that didn’t need to be there. And that sometimes clients who “behave badly” do so because they were set up that way. 

So they make themselves go back to the drawing board and make systems better from the client’s point of view.

This tied in nicely with: Look at businesses that do customer service really well and see what elements you can replicate. 

2. Fix one thing at a time. If there’s too much, you won’t do anything. So many accountants complain of feeling like they are chasing their tail when it comes to making improvements, and it’s because they are either trying to do too many things at once, or fixing things out of order. And yes, there is a RIGHT order to fix things in. 

Software mentioned:

GoProposal https://goproposal.com/

Senta https://www.senta.co/

 

Connect with Claire:

Email claire@cartmillstewart.co.uk

Website https://www.cartmillstewart.co.uk/

LinkedIn http://linkedin.com/in/clairestewartfca/

Instagram https://www.instagram.com/clairestewartfca/

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Claire Stewart, the Founder of Cartmill Stewart. 

Claire and her partner have totally dialed in their systems to run an efficient practice, including having gone paperless. 

Systems and workflows are a common pain point for accounting practice owners so I wanted to dig in. 

The highlights were:

1. Creating issues that didn’t need to be there. And that sometimes clients who “behave badly” do so because they were set up that way. 

So they make themselves go back to the drawing board and make systems better from the client’s point of view.

This tied in nicely with: Look at businesses that do customer service really well and see what elements you can replicate. 

2. Fix one thing at a time. If there’s too much, you won’t do anything. So many accountants complain of feeling like they are chasing their tail when it comes to making improvements, and it’s because they are either trying to do too many things at once, or fixing things out of order. And yes, there is a RIGHT order to fix things in. 

Software mentioned:

GoProposal https://goproposal.com/

Senta https://www.senta.co/

 

Connect with Claire:

Email claire@cartmillstewart.co.uk

Website https://www.cartmillstewart.co.uk/

LinkedIn http://linkedin.com/in/clairestewartfca/

Instagram https://www.instagram.com/clairestewartfca/

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 13 May 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2040 Today’s guest is Claire Stewart, the Founder of Cartmill Stewart.  Claire and her partner have totally dialed in their systems to run an efficient practice, including having gone paperless.  Systems and workflows are a common pain point for accounting practice owners so I wanted to dig in.  The highlights were: 1. Creating issues that didn’t need to be there. And that sometimes clients who “behave badly” do so because they were set up that way.  So they make themselves go back to the drawing board and make systems better from the client’s point of view. This tied in nicely with: Look at businesses that do customer service really well and see what elements you can replicate.  2. Fix one thing at a time. If there’s too much, you won’t do anything. So many accountants complain of feeling like they are chasing their tail when it comes to making improvements, and it’s because they are either trying to do too many things at once, or fixing things out of order. And yes, there is a RIGHT order to fix things in.  Software mentioned: GoProposal https://goproposal.com/ Senta https://www.senta.co/   Connect with Claire: Email claire@cartmillstewart.co.uk Website https://www.cartmillstewart.co.uk/ LinkedIn http://linkedin.com/in/clairestewartfca/ Instagram https://www.instagram.com/clairestewartfca/ Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Claire Stewart, the Founder of Cartmill Stewart.  Claire and her partner have totally dialed in their systems to run an efficient practice, including having gone paperless.  Systems and workflows are a common pain point for accounting pra Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 084 Women: Speak Up in Your Field, with Carol Cox 84 84 084 Women: Speak Up in Your Field, with Carol Cox full 3523f31a-b8e3-4ded-a655-6ea98bb291da https://share.transistor.fm/s/766e0a9c Today’s guest is Carol Cox. Carol is the founder of Speaking Your Brand®, a coaching and training company that helps women entrepreneurs and leaders around the world create their signature talks, whether it’s for a keynote, TED talk, conference session or business presentation, and position themselves to get better (and paid) speaking engagements.

Carol is host of the weekly Speaking Your Brand® podcast and during election seasons serves as a Democratic political analyst on TV news in Orlando, Florida. 

With an extensive background in business, tech, politics, media, and history, Carol’s mission is to help women develop their content and confidence, to raise their voices and visibility, to challenge the status quo and change existing systems.

Carol and I have known each other for 3 years, and I have worked with her in a variety of capacities over that time. She even gets credit for helping me coin the name, She Thinks Big Coaching.

Carol is here to help us understand what is keeping women from getting in front of the microphone.

 

Here are my top takeaways: 

#1. Get over perfectionism. You have to start where you are, you will get better as you go, and there is no such thing as perfect, so stop chasing it.

#2. You’re doing your audience a disservice if you don’t share your expertise and tell people how they can work with you. 

Remember that milllllions of Americans and business owners have challenges with their money and need guidance. 

Speaking Your Brand Challenge: Choosing Women’s Voices

https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/challenge/

 

Speaking Your Brand Podcast episodes mentioned:

Creating a Business for Change with Geraldine Carter

https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/podcast-36-business-growth-geraldine-carter/

Thinking Bigger – I Get Coached On-Air by Geraldine Carter

https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/thinking-bigger-getting-coached-by-geraldine-carter/

 

Connect with Carol:

Website: https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/

Podcast: https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/podcast/

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Carol Cox. Carol is the founder of Speaking Your Brand®, a coaching and training company that helps women entrepreneurs and leaders around the world create their signature talks, whether it’s for a keynote, TED talk, conference session or business presentation, and position themselves to get better (and paid) speaking engagements.

Carol is host of the weekly Speaking Your Brand® podcast and during election seasons serves as a Democratic political analyst on TV news in Orlando, Florida. 

With an extensive background in business, tech, politics, media, and history, Carol’s mission is to help women develop their content and confidence, to raise their voices and visibility, to challenge the status quo and change existing systems.

Carol and I have known each other for 3 years, and I have worked with her in a variety of capacities over that time. She even gets credit for helping me coin the name, She Thinks Big Coaching.

Carol is here to help us understand what is keeping women from getting in front of the microphone.

 

Here are my top takeaways: 

#1. Get over perfectionism. You have to start where you are, you will get better as you go, and there is no such thing as perfect, so stop chasing it.

#2. You’re doing your audience a disservice if you don’t share your expertise and tell people how they can work with you. 

Remember that milllllions of Americans and business owners have challenges with their money and need guidance. 

Speaking Your Brand Challenge: Choosing Women’s Voices

https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/challenge/

 

Speaking Your Brand Podcast episodes mentioned:

Creating a Business for Change with Geraldine Carter

https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/podcast-36-business-growth-geraldine-carter/

Thinking Bigger – I Get Coached On-Air by Geraldine Carter

https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/thinking-bigger-getting-coached-by-geraldine-carter/

 

Connect with Carol:

Website: https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/

Podcast: https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/podcast/

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 06 May 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1713 Today’s guest is Carol Cox. Carol is the founder of Speaking Your Brand®, a coaching and training company that helps women entrepreneurs and leaders around the world create their signature talks, whether it’s for a keynote, TED talk, conference session or business presentation, and position themselves to get better (and paid) speaking engagements. Carol is host of the weekly Speaking Your Brand® podcast and during election seasons serves as a Democratic political analyst on TV news in Orlando, Florida.  With an extensive background in business, tech, politics, media, and history, Carol’s mission is to help women develop their content and confidence, to raise their voices and visibility, to challenge the status quo and change existing systems. Carol and I have known each other for 3 years, and I have worked with her in a variety of capacities over that time. She even gets credit for helping me coin the name, She Thinks Big Coaching. Carol is here to help us understand what is keeping women from getting in front of the microphone.   Here are my top takeaways:  #1. Get over perfectionism. You have to start where you are, you will get better as you go, and there is no such thing as perfect, so stop chasing it. #2. You’re doing your audience a disservice if you don’t share your expertise and tell people how they can work with you.  Remember that milllllions of Americans and business owners have challenges with their money and need guidance.  Speaking Your Brand Challenge: Choosing Women’s Voices https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/challenge/   Speaking Your Brand Podcast episodes mentioned: Creating a Business for Change with Geraldine Carter https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/podcast-36-business-growth-geraldine-carter/ Thinking Bigger – I Get Coached On-Air by Geraldine Carter https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/thinking-bigger-getting-coached-by-geraldine-carter/   Connect with Carol: Website: https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/ Podcast: https://www.speakingyourbrand.com/podcast/   Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Carol Cox. Carol is the founder of Speaking Your Brand®, a coaching and training company that helps women entrepreneurs and leaders around the world create their signature talks, whether it’s for a keynote, TED talk, conference session or Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 083 Fix This Next in Your Accounting Practice, with Fix This Next Author, Mike Michalowicz 83 83 083 Fix This Next in Your Accounting Practice, with Fix This Next Author, Mike Michalowicz full 4ce875d1-563b-45ea-8d6b-3a9cb37c18d2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/05916d8d Mike mi-KAL-o-wits is the author of Profit First, Clockwork, Surge, The Pumpkin Plan, and his newest release Fix This Next. 

By his 35th birthday, Mike had founded and sold two companies - one to private equity and another to a Fortune 500. Today he is running his third multi-million dollar venture, Profit First Professionals.

 Mike is a former small business columnist for The Wall Street Journal and the former business makeover specialist on MSNBC. Over the years, Mike has traveled the globe speaking with thousands of entrepreneurs, and is here today to share the best of what he has learned.

Being a certified Pumpkin Plan Strategist is incredibly useful to my clients, so when he offered the opportunity to become a certified Fix This Next Advisor, I jumped at the chance. 

I wanted to have him on the show today to talk about his new book, Fix This Next, so that you could find it useful to know what to fix next in your accounting practice. 

Mike is so brilliant at taking the challenges of running a business, and turning them into simple tools we can use to grow. 

If you want to take the Fix This Next assessment, head on over to shethinksbig.fixthisnext.com where you can go through the 25-question assessment that will help you isolate your most important problem to fix next. 

If you want a quick review of your results, put 15 minutes on my calendar. Go to  shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on Schedule Time with Me.

You’ll walk away with a clear understanding of what to fix next, and what can wait, so you can start working on the right thing in the right way, at the right time. Get out of the swirl, and get yourself on a linear path to growth.  

Take the assessment:

https://shethinksbig.fixthisnext.com/

 

Book:

Fix This Next https://fixthisnext.com/

 

Connect with Mike:

Website: http://www.mikemichalowicz.com/

Facebook Page https://www.facebook.com/MikeMichalowiczFanPage/

Twitter https://twitter.com/MikeMichalowicz

Instagram https://www.instagram.com/mikemichalowicz/

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Mike mi-KAL-o-wits is the author of Profit First, Clockwork, Surge, The Pumpkin Plan, and his newest release Fix This Next. 

By his 35th birthday, Mike had founded and sold two companies - one to private equity and another to a Fortune 500. Today he is running his third multi-million dollar venture, Profit First Professionals.

 Mike is a former small business columnist for The Wall Street Journal and the former business makeover specialist on MSNBC. Over the years, Mike has traveled the globe speaking with thousands of entrepreneurs, and is here today to share the best of what he has learned.

Being a certified Pumpkin Plan Strategist is incredibly useful to my clients, so when he offered the opportunity to become a certified Fix This Next Advisor, I jumped at the chance. 

I wanted to have him on the show today to talk about his new book, Fix This Next, so that you could find it useful to know what to fix next in your accounting practice. 

Mike is so brilliant at taking the challenges of running a business, and turning them into simple tools we can use to grow. 

If you want to take the Fix This Next assessment, head on over to shethinksbig.fixthisnext.com where you can go through the 25-question assessment that will help you isolate your most important problem to fix next. 

If you want a quick review of your results, put 15 minutes on my calendar. Go to  shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on Schedule Time with Me.

You’ll walk away with a clear understanding of what to fix next, and what can wait, so you can start working on the right thing in the right way, at the right time. Get out of the swirl, and get yourself on a linear path to growth.  

Take the assessment:

https://shethinksbig.fixthisnext.com/

 

Book:

Fix This Next https://fixthisnext.com/

 

Connect with Mike:

Website: http://www.mikemichalowicz.com/

Facebook Page https://www.facebook.com/MikeMichalowiczFanPage/

Twitter https://twitter.com/MikeMichalowicz

Instagram https://www.instagram.com/mikemichalowicz/

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Mon, 27 Apr 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1452 Mike mi-KAL-o-wits is the author of Profit First, Clockwork, Surge, The Pumpkin Plan, and his newest release Fix This Next.  By his 35th birthday, Mike had founded and sold two companies - one to private equity and another to a Fortune 500. Today he is running his third multi-million dollar venture, Profit First Professionals.  Mike is a former small business columnist for The Wall Street Journal and the former business makeover specialist on MSNBC. Over the years, Mike has traveled the globe speaking with thousands of entrepreneurs, and is here today to share the best of what he has learned. Being a certified Pumpkin Plan Strategist is incredibly useful to my clients, so when he offered the opportunity to become a certified Fix This Next Advisor, I jumped at the chance.  I wanted to have him on the show today to talk about his new book, Fix This Next, so that you could find it useful to know what to fix next in your accounting practice.  Mike is so brilliant at taking the challenges of running a business, and turning them into simple tools we can use to grow.  If you want to take the Fix This Next assessment, head on over to shethinksbig.fixthisnext.com where you can go through the 25-question assessment that will help you isolate your most important problem to fix next.  If you want a quick review of your results, put 15 minutes on my calendar. Go to  shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on Schedule Time with Me. You’ll walk away with a clear understanding of what to fix next, and what can wait, so you can start working on the right thing in the right way, at the right time. Get out of the swirl, and get yourself on a linear path to growth.   Take the assessment: https://shethinksbig.fixthisnext.com/   Book: Fix This Next https://fixthisnext.com/   Connect with Mike: Website: http://www.mikemichalowicz.com/ Facebook Page https://www.facebook.com/MikeMichalowiczFanPage/ Twitter https://twitter.com/MikeMichalowicz Instagram https://www.instagram.com/mikemichalowicz/ Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   Mike mi-KAL-o-wits is the author of Profit First, Clockwork, Surge, The Pumpkin Plan, and his newest release Fix This Next.  By his 35th birthday, Mike had founded and sold two companies - one to private equity and another to a Fortune 500. Today he is ru Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 082 [Coaching] Logic vs Intuition: How to Choose Fulfilling Work, with Erica Goode 82 82 082 [Coaching] Logic vs Intuition: How to Choose Fulfilling Work, with Erica Goode full 4471c58f-06f8-4ac0-8141-f84dda6b49a9 https://share.transistor.fm/s/7a20aeed Today’s guest is Erica Goode, a Certified Public Accountant with 12+ years of experience in Big 4 public accounting, Fortune 50 finance, and small business accounting. She has a passion for creating cashflow forecasts and long-range plans that enable small business owners to think more strategically given solid financials. 

I wanted to have Erica on the podcast to do an on-air coaching call because I know that she struggles with a lot of the same struggles as so many other listeners. 

Today we're going to talk about low value and high value work, and where fulfillment fits in.

The story that Erica told about not having anybody to look to, that there are no role models around her, and the idea that her boss said to her, “You need to be the one to light the way for the others behind you” really struck a chord for me. 

Many of you, many of us have very few, if any, people to look to for how to do it. We don't see women who look like us who have done it before us. There have been though, women who have been lighting the path in their own way before us. And I hope this conversation helps you build your own path and light the way for the younger woman who follows behind you.

 

Connect with Erica:

Email: Erica.A.Goode@gmail.com

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Apply for on-air coaching call : https://geraldinecarter.typeform.com/to/Ygoz2w

Schedule time with me : https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Erica Goode, a Certified Public Accountant with 12+ years of experience in Big 4 public accounting, Fortune 50 finance, and small business accounting. She has a passion for creating cashflow forecasts and long-range plans that enable small business owners to think more strategically given solid financials. 

I wanted to have Erica on the podcast to do an on-air coaching call because I know that she struggles with a lot of the same struggles as so many other listeners. 

Today we're going to talk about low value and high value work, and where fulfillment fits in.

The story that Erica told about not having anybody to look to, that there are no role models around her, and the idea that her boss said to her, “You need to be the one to light the way for the others behind you” really struck a chord for me. 

Many of you, many of us have very few, if any, people to look to for how to do it. We don't see women who look like us who have done it before us. There have been though, women who have been lighting the path in their own way before us. And I hope this conversation helps you build your own path and light the way for the younger woman who follows behind you.

 

Connect with Erica:

Email: Erica.A.Goode@gmail.com

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Apply for on-air coaching call : https://geraldinecarter.typeform.com/to/Ygoz2w

Schedule time with me : https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min

 

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 22 Apr 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1760 Today’s guest is Erica Goode, a Certified Public Accountant with 12+ years of experience in Big 4 public accounting, Fortune 50 finance, and small business accounting. She has a passion for creating cashflow forecasts and long-range plans that enable small business owners to think more strategically given solid financials.  I wanted to have Erica on the podcast to do an on-air coaching call because I know that she struggles with a lot of the same struggles as so many other listeners.  Today we're going to talk about low value and high value work, and where fulfillment fits in. The story that Erica told about not having anybody to look to, that there are no role models around her, and the idea that her boss said to her, “You need to be the one to light the way for the others behind you” really struck a chord for me.  Many of you, many of us have very few, if any, people to look to for how to do it. We don't see women who look like us who have done it before us. There have been though, women who have been lighting the path in their own way before us. And I hope this conversation helps you build your own path and light the way for the younger woman who follows behind you.   Connect with Erica: Email: Erica.A.Goode@gmail.com   Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Apply for on-air coaching call : https://geraldinecarter.typeform.com/to/Ygoz2w Schedule time with me : https://calendly.com/geraldinecarter/15min   Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Erica Goode, a Certified Public Accountant with 12+ years of experience in Big 4 public accounting, Fortune 50 finance, and small business accounting. She has a passion for creating cashflow forecasts and long-range plans that enable smal Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 081 Time to Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? with Ron Baker, Founder of VeraSage Institute 81 81 081 Time to Rethink Your Pricing Strategy? with Ron Baker, Founder of VeraSage Institute full e273ee0f-ac04-4b5d-ad1a-fd7b978ffda0 https://share.transistor.fm/s/677c1724 Today’s guest is Ron Baker. Ron is the founder of VeraSage Institute—the leading think tank dedicated to educating professionals internationally. He is the author of seven best-selling books, including Professional’s Guide to Value Pricing and his latest book The Soul of Enterprise: Dialogues on Business in the Knowledge Economy, co-authored with Ed Kless.

Ron is also the host of the show The Soul of Enterprise: Business in the Knowledge Economy, which you can find both as a podcast and on VoiceAmerica.com. 

As a leading thinker in value-pricing, I wanted you to hear from Ron on his latest thinking around your business model when it comes to pricing. 

Ron and I talk about subscription and value-based pricing, and dig into a few ways that this is playing out in accounting practices and how they can learn from this conversation and start to knock down some of the hurdles that are in their way when it comes to implementing and shifting to value-based pricing if they haven't already, and how subscription-based pricing might benefit their businesses as well.

 

Here are my top 3 take-aways:

 

#1. 3x-5x your price and cut 80% of your clients. 

Yes. And I realize you have relationships with your clients that you will want to handle well. This is not easy work, but this is a Much More Sane model for your business. 

 

#2. You cannot be all things to all people. 

I know you want to help. You will be more helpful, when you are better help to fewer clients. 

 

#3. This scares the hell out of people.

YES these are big changes to your business model! Of COURSE it’s intimidating!

 

If you want someone to guide and support you through these changes, I am here to support you. 

Remember that you can join my Strategic Action Group Coaching Program, which starts April 21st and is a VERITABLE STEAL at $300/mo for 4 months. 

Head on over to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the Work With Me tab to find out more. 

Book mentioned:

Subscribed: Why the Subscription Model Will Be Your Company's Future - and What to Do About It, by Tien Tzuo

https://www.amazon.com/Subscribed-Subscription-Model-Companys-Future/dp/0525536469

Connect with Ron:

E-mail: Ron@verasage.com

Website/Blog: www.verasage.com 

Podcast: www.thesoulofenterprise.com

Twitter: @ronaldbaker http://twitter.com/ronaldbaker

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Ron Baker. Ron is the founder of VeraSage Institute—the leading think tank dedicated to educating professionals internationally. He is the author of seven best-selling books, including Professional’s Guide to Value Pricing and his latest book The Soul of Enterprise: Dialogues on Business in the Knowledge Economy, co-authored with Ed Kless.

Ron is also the host of the show The Soul of Enterprise: Business in the Knowledge Economy, which you can find both as a podcast and on VoiceAmerica.com. 

As a leading thinker in value-pricing, I wanted you to hear from Ron on his latest thinking around your business model when it comes to pricing. 

Ron and I talk about subscription and value-based pricing, and dig into a few ways that this is playing out in accounting practices and how they can learn from this conversation and start to knock down some of the hurdles that are in their way when it comes to implementing and shifting to value-based pricing if they haven't already, and how subscription-based pricing might benefit their businesses as well.

 

Here are my top 3 take-aways:

 

#1. 3x-5x your price and cut 80% of your clients. 

Yes. And I realize you have relationships with your clients that you will want to handle well. This is not easy work, but this is a Much More Sane model for your business. 

 

#2. You cannot be all things to all people. 

I know you want to help. You will be more helpful, when you are better help to fewer clients. 

 

#3. This scares the hell out of people.

YES these are big changes to your business model! Of COURSE it’s intimidating!

 

If you want someone to guide and support you through these changes, I am here to support you. 

Remember that you can join my Strategic Action Group Coaching Program, which starts April 21st and is a VERITABLE STEAL at $300/mo for 4 months. 

Head on over to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the Work With Me tab to find out more. 

Book mentioned:

Subscribed: Why the Subscription Model Will Be Your Company's Future - and What to Do About It, by Tien Tzuo

https://www.amazon.com/Subscribed-Subscription-Model-Companys-Future/dp/0525536469

Connect with Ron:

E-mail: Ron@verasage.com

Website/Blog: www.verasage.com 

Podcast: www.thesoulofenterprise.com

Twitter: @ronaldbaker http://twitter.com/ronaldbaker

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 15 Apr 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2792 Today’s guest is Ron Baker. Ron is the founder of VeraSage Institute—the leading think tank dedicated to educating professionals internationally. He is the author of seven best-selling books, including Professional’s Guide to Value Pricing and his latest book The Soul of Enterprise: Dialogues on Business in the Knowledge Economy, co-authored with Ed Kless. Ron is also the host of the show The Soul of Enterprise: Business in the Knowledge Economy, which you can find both as a podcast and on VoiceAmerica.com.  As a leading thinker in value-pricing, I wanted you to hear from Ron on his latest thinking around your business model when it comes to pricing.  Ron and I talk about subscription and value-based pricing, and dig into a few ways that this is playing out in accounting practices and how they can learn from this conversation and start to knock down some of the hurdles that are in their way when it comes to implementing and shifting to value-based pricing if they haven't already, and how subscription-based pricing might benefit their businesses as well.   Here are my top 3 take-aways:   #1. 3x-5x your price and cut 80% of your clients.  Yes. And I realize you have relationships with your clients that you will want to handle well. This is not easy work, but this is a Much More Sane model for your business.    #2. You cannot be all things to all people.  I know you want to help. You will be more helpful, when you are better help to fewer clients.    #3. This scares the hell out of people. YES these are big changes to your business model! Of COURSE it’s intimidating!   If you want someone to guide and support you through these changes, I am here to support you.  Remember that you can join my Strategic Action Group Coaching Program, which starts April 21st and is a VERITABLE STEAL at $300/mo for 4 months.  Head on over to shethinksbigcoaching.com and click on the Work With Me tab to find out more.  Book mentioned: Subscribed: Why the Subscription Model Will Be Your Company's Future - and What to Do About It, by Tien Tzuo https://www.amazon.com/Subscribed-Subscription-Model-Companys-Future/dp/0525536469 Connect with Ron: E-mail: Ron@verasage.com Website/Blog: www.verasage.com  Podcast: www.thesoulofenterprise.com Twitter: @ronaldbaker http://twitter.com/ronaldbaker Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Ron Baker. Ron is the founder of VeraSage Institute—the leading think tank dedicated to educating professionals internationally. He is the author of seven best-selling books, including Professional’s Guide to Value Pricing and his latest Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 080 [Series] Lies of the Accounting Industry: #1 - Charge What You're Worth 80 80 080 [Series] Lies of the Accounting Industry: #1 - Charge What You're Worth full e8369400-aa97-43d0-8c32-fca11b0a2adc https://share.transistor.fm/s/1d786ad5 I’m kicking off a new series of episodes, Lies of the Accounting Industry. 

What I want to do in this series of episodes is bring up these mindset challenges, pieces of dogma, myths and so on, that I think are problematic and that have infiltrated the industry and the thinking. 

So let's start with number one, charge what you are worth. 

 

The MAIN problem:

  • Your prices are (almost entirely) not about you
  • Your prices are about the buyer
  • Your prices are about the value you help the buyer create when working together

 

Instead, ask these questions to establish and increase value:

  • What are your objectives with this project?
  • Why use outside help, vs doing it internally?
  • Why now? - Why change accountants now? Why are cashflow forecasts important now, relative to a year ago when you did not have them?
  • Why me?

 

If you would like help beginning the transition to value-based fees, reach out! Book a 15-minute session with me. 

Just like you’re helping your clients, I am here to serve and support you. 

 

Connect with me through my website, http://shethinksbigcoaching.com and click the CONTACT  tab or SCHEDULE TIME WITH ME button to get started. 

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> I’m kicking off a new series of episodes, Lies of the Accounting Industry. 

What I want to do in this series of episodes is bring up these mindset challenges, pieces of dogma, myths and so on, that I think are problematic and that have infiltrated the industry and the thinking. 

So let's start with number one, charge what you are worth. 

 

The MAIN problem:

  • Your prices are (almost entirely) not about you
  • Your prices are about the buyer
  • Your prices are about the value you help the buyer create when working together

 

Instead, ask these questions to establish and increase value:

  • What are your objectives with this project?
  • Why use outside help, vs doing it internally?
  • Why now? - Why change accountants now? Why are cashflow forecasts important now, relative to a year ago when you did not have them?
  • Why me?

 

If you would like help beginning the transition to value-based fees, reach out! Book a 15-minute session with me. 

Just like you’re helping your clients, I am here to serve and support you. 

 

Connect with me through my website, http://shethinksbigcoaching.com and click the CONTACT  tab or SCHEDULE TIME WITH ME button to get started. 

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 08 Apr 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 601 I’m kicking off a new series of episodes, Lies of the Accounting Industry.  What I want to do in this series of episodes is bring up these mindset challenges, pieces of dogma, myths and so on, that I think are problematic and that have infiltrated the industry and the thinking.  So let's start with number one, charge what you are worth.    The MAIN problem: Your prices are (almost entirely) not about you Your prices are about the buyer Your prices are about the value you help the buyer create when working together   Instead, ask these questions to establish and increase value: What are your objectives with this project? Why use outside help, vs doing it internally? Why now? - Why change accountants now? Why are cashflow forecasts important now, relative to a year ago when you did not have them? Why me?   If you would like help beginning the transition to value-based fees, reach out! Book a 15-minute session with me.  Just like you’re helping your clients, I am here to serve and support you.    Connect with me through my website, http://shethinksbigcoaching.com and click the CONTACT  tab or SCHEDULE TIME WITH ME button to get started.    Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ I’m kicking off a new series of episodes, Lies of the Accounting Industry.  What I want to do in this series of episodes is bring up these mindset challenges, pieces of dogma, myths and so on, that I think are problematic and that have infiltrated the ind Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 079 [Coaching] How to Move into Advising with Heather Zeitzwolfe of Zeitzwolfe Accounting 79 79 079 [Coaching] How to Move into Advising with Heather Zeitzwolfe of Zeitzwolfe Accounting full 47d05d12-a270-47a4-8eb7-bc4c2c897f5d https://share.transistor.fm/s/21b91329 Today’s guest is Heather Zeitzwolfe, a CPA certified with the State of Oregon’s Board of Accountancy and a member of the AICPA. 

Heather was excited for the opportunity to do an on air coaching call to come on the podcast and talk about some of the challenges she faces in her business, and to look for direction and clarity around how best to grow. 

Here are Heather’s key takeaways:

  • No more working for free!
  • It’s possible to help people with limited means, but in smaller doses
  • Positioning rates and people who purchase them helps them and isn’t sleazy, in facts it’s helpful and what they want

Connect with Heather:

Website: https://zeitzwolfeaccounting.com/

Apply for on-air coaching: https://geraldinecarter.typeform.com/to/Ygoz2w

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Heather Zeitzwolfe, a CPA certified with the State of Oregon’s Board of Accountancy and a member of the AICPA. 

Heather was excited for the opportunity to do an on air coaching call to come on the podcast and talk about some of the challenges she faces in her business, and to look for direction and clarity around how best to grow. 

Here are Heather’s key takeaways:

  • No more working for free!
  • It’s possible to help people with limited means, but in smaller doses
  • Positioning rates and people who purchase them helps them and isn’t sleazy, in facts it’s helpful and what they want

Connect with Heather:

Website: https://zeitzwolfeaccounting.com/

Apply for on-air coaching: https://geraldinecarter.typeform.com/to/Ygoz2w

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 01 Apr 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 3188 Today’s guest is Heather Zeitzwolfe, a CPA certified with the State of Oregon’s Board of Accountancy and a member of the AICPA.  Heather was excited for the opportunity to do an on air coaching call to come on the podcast and talk about some of the challenges she faces in her business, and to look for direction and clarity around how best to grow.  Here are Heather’s key takeaways: No more working for free! It’s possible to help people with limited means, but in smaller doses Positioning rates and people who purchase them helps them and isn’t sleazy, in facts it’s helpful and what they want Connect with Heather: Website: https://zeitzwolfeaccounting.com/ Apply for on-air coaching: https://geraldinecarter.typeform.com/to/Ygoz2w Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Heather Zeitzwolfe, a CPA certified with the State of Oregon’s Board of Accountancy and a member of the AICPA.  Heather was excited for the opportunity to do an on air coaching call to come on the podcast and talk about some of the challe Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 078 How to Design Better Workflows in Your Business, with David Cristello, Founder & CEO of Jetpack Workflow 78 78 078 How to Design Better Workflows in Your Business, with David Cristello, Founder & CEO of Jetpack Workflow full 169a79b1-6883-48b7-9196-711018bb0ca5 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2484c4f7 Today’s guest is David Cristello, Founder & CEO of Jetpack Workflow, which empowers thousands of accounting firm owners to build a better firm through managing all their client work in a single, easy to use application. 

 He's also the host of the "Growing Your Firm" podcast, an interview series that highlights best practices and trends in team management, metrics, M&A, marketing and more. David is also the co-author of the best selling book "Double Your Accounting Firm". His work has been featured in Forbes, AccountingToday, and AccountingWeb. 

I put a question out to my audience last week about - without downplaying the seriousness of this crisis - what are the gifts to you in this time. 

And without a doubt, the single biggest gift people mentioned was time. 

More time with family + kiddos, 

More time to take a step back and reevaluate priorities

Take care of projects around the house

Take care of projects in your business. 

So I thought now would be a good time to share this episode with David Cristello, and talk about how to design better workflows in your business. 

 

Designing better workflows can help you

  • Save time and reduce redundancy
  • Create a better quality product
  • More consistent product - when everyone in the office does it the same way
  • Scale more easily
  • Be more profitable. 

 

These are my key takeaways from our conversation: 

  1. Document all versions of the existing process as it currently exists, by all people
  2. What can we remove
  3. What needs editing or updating
  4. What needs adding

 

Remember:

  • That designing workflows is not one-and-done. You can revisit and improve workflows over time. 
  • To keep it simple, and
  • To include your client’s experience in the process. 

Software: 

https://jetpackworkflow.com/

 

Podcast: 

Jetpack Workflow Blog: Strategies for Growing Your Firm

https://jetpackworkflow.com/blog/

 

Book: 

Double Your Accounting FIrm: Lessons Learned on How Top Firms Grow Faster, Build Stronger Teams, and Increase Profit

https://www.amazon.com/Double-Your-Accounting-FIrm-Stronger/dp/1521814139/ref=tmm_pap_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=&sr=

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is David Cristello, Founder & CEO of Jetpack Workflow, which empowers thousands of accounting firm owners to build a better firm through managing all their client work in a single, easy to use application. 

 He's also the host of the "Growing Your Firm" podcast, an interview series that highlights best practices and trends in team management, metrics, M&A, marketing and more. David is also the co-author of the best selling book "Double Your Accounting Firm". His work has been featured in Forbes, AccountingToday, and AccountingWeb. 

I put a question out to my audience last week about - without downplaying the seriousness of this crisis - what are the gifts to you in this time. 

And without a doubt, the single biggest gift people mentioned was time. 

More time with family + kiddos, 

More time to take a step back and reevaluate priorities

Take care of projects around the house

Take care of projects in your business. 

So I thought now would be a good time to share this episode with David Cristello, and talk about how to design better workflows in your business. 

 

Designing better workflows can help you

  • Save time and reduce redundancy
  • Create a better quality product
  • More consistent product - when everyone in the office does it the same way
  • Scale more easily
  • Be more profitable. 

 

These are my key takeaways from our conversation: 

  1. Document all versions of the existing process as it currently exists, by all people
  2. What can we remove
  3. What needs editing or updating
  4. What needs adding

 

Remember:

  • That designing workflows is not one-and-done. You can revisit and improve workflows over time. 
  • To keep it simple, and
  • To include your client’s experience in the process. 

Software: 

https://jetpackworkflow.com/

 

Podcast: 

Jetpack Workflow Blog: Strategies for Growing Your Firm

https://jetpackworkflow.com/blog/

 

Book: 

Double Your Accounting FIrm: Lessons Learned on How Top Firms Grow Faster, Build Stronger Teams, and Increase Profit

https://www.amazon.com/Double-Your-Accounting-FIrm-Stronger/dp/1521814139/ref=tmm_pap_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=&sr=

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 25 Mar 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2113 Today’s guest is David Cristello, Founder &amp; CEO of Jetpack Workflow, which empowers thousands of accounting firm owners to build a better firm through managing all their client work in a single, easy to use application.   He's also the host of the "Growing Your Firm" podcast, an interview series that highlights best practices and trends in team management, metrics, M&amp;A, marketing and more. David is also the co-author of the best selling book "Double Your Accounting Firm". His work has been featured in Forbes, AccountingToday, and AccountingWeb.  I put a question out to my audience last week about - without downplaying the seriousness of this crisis - what are the gifts to you in this time.  And without a doubt, the single biggest gift people mentioned was time.  More time with family + kiddos,  More time to take a step back and reevaluate priorities Take care of projects around the house Take care of projects in your business.  So I thought now would be a good time to share this episode with David Cristello, and talk about how to design better workflows in your business.    Designing better workflows can help you Save time and reduce redundancy Create a better quality product More consistent product - when everyone in the office does it the same way Scale more easily Be more profitable.    These are my key takeaways from our conversation:  Document all versions of the existing process as it currently exists, by all people What can we remove What needs editing or updating What needs adding   Remember: That designing workflows is not one-and-done. You can revisit and improve workflows over time.  To keep it simple, and To include your client’s experience in the process.  Software:  https://jetpackworkflow.com/   Podcast:  Jetpack Workflow Blog: Strategies for Growing Your Firm https://jetpackworkflow.com/blog/   Book:  Double Your Accounting FIrm: Lessons Learned on How Top Firms Grow Faster, Build Stronger Teams, and Increase Profit https://www.amazon.com/Double-Your-Accounting-FIrm-Stronger/dp/1521814139/ref=tmm_pap_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&amp;qid=&amp;sr= Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is David Cristello, Founder &amp; CEO of Jetpack Workflow, which empowers thousands of accounting firm owners to build a better firm through managing all their client work in a single, easy to use application.   He's also the host of the "Gr Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 077 Tips For Staying Present In The Face Of Uncertainty 77 77 077 Tips For Staying Present In The Face Of Uncertainty full db62f12a-b7c7-4090-a4cb-bdda8e3e8f10 https://share.transistor.fm/s/60a9ef8b Today we are interrupting common narratives heard out there and wanted to provide you with a counter-narrative, to the assumption that people must be or should be anxious and stressed.

Coronavirus is spreading through our communities. We have options for how we want to be, with that reality. Options include panic, stress, avoidance, ignoring, rebelling, and my favorite: staying present. 

Here are five tips for staying present in these uncertain times:

  1. Watch out for phrases and beliefs that might not be true, like, “Coronavirus is making everyone anxious.”
  2. Minds without chaperones tend to find trouble. Give your mind a chaperone.  
  3. You can feel something twice – once when it happens and again before it happens; or you can just feel it once, the time it happens. 
  4. Fear itself does not change things. Choices and actions (or inactions!) change things. 
  5. Look where you want to go, not where you don't want to go.

 

It’s normal and human to experience this in the way you experience other parts of your life. If you find value in returning to the present, the above steps may help. 

Another take is to accept the challenge this offers to up your game when it comes to keeping a handle on a mind that wants to create scenarios. 

Remember, calm waters do not a mariner make. 

If you've been practicing getting on top of your own thoughts, you have been issued a new challenge, to stay focused and present in the face of so much unknown. 

I too am with you in this challenge - here we are!

 

I too am with you in this challenge - here we are!

 

Schedule time with me: http://Calendly.com/GeraldineCarter/25min/

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today we are interrupting common narratives heard out there and wanted to provide you with a counter-narrative, to the assumption that people must be or should be anxious and stressed.

Coronavirus is spreading through our communities. We have options for how we want to be, with that reality. Options include panic, stress, avoidance, ignoring, rebelling, and my favorite: staying present. 

Here are five tips for staying present in these uncertain times:

  1. Watch out for phrases and beliefs that might not be true, like, “Coronavirus is making everyone anxious.”
  2. Minds without chaperones tend to find trouble. Give your mind a chaperone.  
  3. You can feel something twice – once when it happens and again before it happens; or you can just feel it once, the time it happens. 
  4. Fear itself does not change things. Choices and actions (or inactions!) change things. 
  5. Look where you want to go, not where you don't want to go.

 

It’s normal and human to experience this in the way you experience other parts of your life. If you find value in returning to the present, the above steps may help. 

Another take is to accept the challenge this offers to up your game when it comes to keeping a handle on a mind that wants to create scenarios. 

Remember, calm waters do not a mariner make. 

If you've been practicing getting on top of your own thoughts, you have been issued a new challenge, to stay focused and present in the face of so much unknown. 

I too am with you in this challenge - here we are!

 

I too am with you in this challenge - here we are!

 

Schedule time with me: http://Calendly.com/GeraldineCarter/25min/

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 18 Mar 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1246 Today we are interrupting common narratives heard out there and wanted to provide you with a counter-narrative, to the assumption that people must be or should be anxious and stressed. Coronavirus is spreading through our communities. We have options for how we want to be, with that reality. Options include panic, stress, avoidance, ignoring, rebelling, and my favorite: staying present.  Here are five tips for staying present in these uncertain times: Watch out for phrases and beliefs that might not be true, like, “Coronavirus is making everyone anxious.” Minds without chaperones tend to find trouble. Give your mind a chaperone.   You can feel something twice – once when it happens and again before it happens; or you can just feel it once, the time it happens.  Fear itself does not change things. Choices and actions (or inactions!) change things.  Look where you want to go, not where you don't want to go.   It’s normal and human to experience this in the way you experience other parts of your life. If you find value in returning to the present, the above steps may help.  Another take is to accept the challenge this offers to up your game when it comes to keeping a handle on a mind that wants to create scenarios.  Remember, calm waters do not a mariner make.  If you've been practicing getting on top of your own thoughts, you have been issued a new challenge, to stay focused and present in the face of so much unknown.  I too am with you in this challenge - here we are!   I too am with you in this challenge - here we are!   Schedule time with me: http://Calendly.com/GeraldineCarter/25min/ Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today we are interrupting common narratives heard out there and wanted to provide you with a counter-narrative, to the assumption that people must be or should be anxious and stressed. Coronavirus is spreading through our communities. We have options for Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 076 Are You Selling at a Discount to Full-Price Buyers? 76 76 076 Are You Selling at a Discount to Full-Price Buyers? full 6f98dce2-d8bd-4ae9-8966-12abb483caef https://share.transistor.fm/s/4d92d2cf This week, we're talking about value-based fees and pricing. I want to share with you some different perspectives that may loosen the tangle of logic emotion, guilt, fear, and obligation we have around money and pricing. 

What I hear my clients getting stuck with, and other people that I'm in conversation getting stuck with is, “How much do I price?” and “What do I charge?”

Are you selling to people who like to buy things at a discount for whatever reason? Or are you selling to people who like to buy things at full price for whatever reason?

I see countless business owners who are undercutting themselves who really can't afford to be undercutting themselves because they're already struggling.

I want you to be able to take a step back and simply ask yourself, “Oh, what am I doing? Does this really make sense? And is this what I want to be doing, now that I have the awareness that I might be doing it?” 

Book mentioned:

Value-Based Fees: How to Charge - and Get - What You're Worth by Alan Weiss

https://www.amazon.com/Value-Based-Fees-Charge-Youre-Worth/dp/0470275847

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> This week, we're talking about value-based fees and pricing. I want to share with you some different perspectives that may loosen the tangle of logic emotion, guilt, fear, and obligation we have around money and pricing. 

What I hear my clients getting stuck with, and other people that I'm in conversation getting stuck with is, “How much do I price?” and “What do I charge?”

Are you selling to people who like to buy things at a discount for whatever reason? Or are you selling to people who like to buy things at full price for whatever reason?

I see countless business owners who are undercutting themselves who really can't afford to be undercutting themselves because they're already struggling.

I want you to be able to take a step back and simply ask yourself, “Oh, what am I doing? Does this really make sense? And is this what I want to be doing, now that I have the awareness that I might be doing it?” 

Book mentioned:

Value-Based Fees: How to Charge - and Get - What You're Worth by Alan Weiss

https://www.amazon.com/Value-Based-Fees-Charge-Youre-Worth/dp/0470275847

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 11 Mar 2020 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 595 This week, we're talking about value-based fees and pricing. I want to share with you some different perspectives that may loosen the tangle of logic emotion, guilt, fear, and obligation we have around money and pricing.  What I hear my clients getting stuck with, and other people that I'm in conversation getting stuck with is, “How much do I price?” and “What do I charge?” Are you selling to people who like to buy things at a discount for whatever reason? Or are you selling to people who like to buy things at full price for whatever reason? I see countless business owners who are undercutting themselves who really can't afford to be undercutting themselves because they're already struggling. I want you to be able to take a step back and simply ask yourself, “Oh, what am I doing? Does this really make sense? And is this what I want to be doing, now that I have the awareness that I might be doing it?”  Book mentioned: Value-Based Fees: How to Charge - and Get - What You're Worth by Alan Weiss https://www.amazon.com/Value-Based-Fees-Charge-Youre-Worth/dp/0470275847   Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ This week, we're talking about value-based fees and pricing. I want to share with you some different perspectives that may loosen the tangle of logic emotion, guilt, fear, and obligation we have around money and pricing.  What I hear my clients getting st Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 075 How to Keep the Scope Creeps at Bay, with Jenn Barley of Kickstart Your Edge 75 75 075 How to Keep the Scope Creeps at Bay, with Jenn Barley of Kickstart Your Edge full 125ee1f1-f454-49bd-9e1b-b3a8874315ca https://share.transistor.fm/s/e90adac5 I wanted to talk with Jenn to tap her expertise about boundaries. So many of the challenges business owners face come back to clear and strong boundaries. Things like scope creep, meetings going long, staying late at the office, giving away your workout, choosing to not sleep as much as your body needs, to giving away services at a discount or even free. 

It all comes back to clear and strong boundaries. 

It’s been a long time that I have known that boundaries are an issue that I wanted to talk about on this show, because they crop up everywhere in my client’s businesses. 

What I didn’t know was JUST HOW MUCH work I see myself still getting to do in this area. 

And what I loved most is that Jenn showed and reminded me that in fact it IS SAFE to step into my best self, and not the purple scary monster I have it set up to be. 

Of course, the questions underlying these challenges will no doubt prove to be incredibly valuable as I continue to coach my own clients in these areas. 

Connect with Jenn:

Email: jenn@kickstartyouredge.com

Website: http://kickstartyouredge.com

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> I wanted to talk with Jenn to tap her expertise about boundaries. So many of the challenges business owners face come back to clear and strong boundaries. Things like scope creep, meetings going long, staying late at the office, giving away your workout, choosing to not sleep as much as your body needs, to giving away services at a discount or even free. 

It all comes back to clear and strong boundaries. 

It’s been a long time that I have known that boundaries are an issue that I wanted to talk about on this show, because they crop up everywhere in my client’s businesses. 

What I didn’t know was JUST HOW MUCH work I see myself still getting to do in this area. 

And what I loved most is that Jenn showed and reminded me that in fact it IS SAFE to step into my best self, and not the purple scary monster I have it set up to be. 

Of course, the questions underlying these challenges will no doubt prove to be incredibly valuable as I continue to coach my own clients in these areas. 

Connect with Jenn:

Email: jenn@kickstartyouredge.com

Website: http://kickstartyouredge.com

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 04 Mar 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2023 I wanted to talk with Jenn to tap her expertise about boundaries. So many of the challenges business owners face come back to clear and strong boundaries. Things like scope creep, meetings going long, staying late at the office, giving away your workout, choosing to not sleep as much as your body needs, to giving away services at a discount or even free.  It all comes back to clear and strong boundaries.  It’s been a long time that I have known that boundaries are an issue that I wanted to talk about on this show, because they crop up everywhere in my client’s businesses.  What I didn’t know was JUST HOW MUCH work I see myself still getting to do in this area.  And what I loved most is that Jenn showed and reminded me that in fact it IS SAFE to step into my best self, and not the purple scary monster I have it set up to be.  Of course, the questions underlying these challenges will no doubt prove to be incredibly valuable as I continue to coach my own clients in these areas.  Connect with Jenn: Email: jenn@kickstartyouredge.com Website: http://kickstartyouredge.com   Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ I wanted to talk with Jenn to tap her expertise about boundaries. So many of the challenges business owners face come back to clear and strong boundaries. Things like scope creep, meetings going long, staying late at the office, giving away your workout, Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 074 Ways to Keep Stress Under Control in Tax Season, with Christine Lustik, owner of Mindfulness in Organizations 74 74 074 Ways to Keep Stress Under Control in Tax Season, with Christine Lustik, owner of Mindfulness in Organizations full 12d756fe-82f3-4a06-aae2-c263741ddb8e https://share.transistor.fm/s/a6016fe5 Today’s guest is Christine Lustik, PhD, owner of Mindfulness in Organizations. After spending 14 years in leadership and the arena of online higher education, Christine transitioned to a role of helping teams, and the individuals in them, to thrive.  Christine works with leaders and teams who find themselves in a culture of stress, disconnection, overwhelm, and chaos. And uses the practices of mindfulness and proactive resilience to change the culture to one of connection, productivity, focus, and resiliency. 

I wanted to talk with Christine to tap her expertise about nourishing our bodies and our mind at the time of the year when caring for ourselves might be falling off our calendar. 

Being able to find and maintain focus when there are lots of moving parts in front of us is a skill that requires constant attention and maintenance. The result of caring for our bodies, hearts and minds most often leads to increased effectiveness and productivity and getting the same amount of work done in less time. 

It’s like Buddha said, sit for 30 minutes daily. When busy, sit for one hour. 

My two takeaways from this episode are:

  1. Reminding myself to use “just like me,” for when I'm frustrated with someone else who is doing something that I don't like, or being a way that I don't like. It's so helpful to remind myself that, oh, just like me, this person might be having a moment of frustration. It reminds me of our common humanity. 

 

  1. The other one is the idea of establishing relaxed and focused as the baseline. The default to return to, rather than imagining that in overdrive is the default, and relaxed and focused is something to aspire to.

Guided Meditation: Purposeful Pause on Soundcloud: 

https://soundcloud.com/user-180052466/purposeful-pause 

 

Kristin Neff on Self-Compassion:

https://self-compassion.org/the-three-elements-of-self-compassion-2/

 

Connect with Christine:

Email: christine@mindfulnessinorganizations.com

Website: http://www.mindfulnessinorganizations.com

Facebook page https://www.facebook.com/mindfulnessinorganizations

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Christine Lustik, PhD, owner of Mindfulness in Organizations. After spending 14 years in leadership and the arena of online higher education, Christine transitioned to a role of helping teams, and the individuals in them, to thrive.  Christine works with leaders and teams who find themselves in a culture of stress, disconnection, overwhelm, and chaos. And uses the practices of mindfulness and proactive resilience to change the culture to one of connection, productivity, focus, and resiliency. 

I wanted to talk with Christine to tap her expertise about nourishing our bodies and our mind at the time of the year when caring for ourselves might be falling off our calendar. 

Being able to find and maintain focus when there are lots of moving parts in front of us is a skill that requires constant attention and maintenance. The result of caring for our bodies, hearts and minds most often leads to increased effectiveness and productivity and getting the same amount of work done in less time. 

It’s like Buddha said, sit for 30 minutes daily. When busy, sit for one hour. 

My two takeaways from this episode are:

  1. Reminding myself to use “just like me,” for when I'm frustrated with someone else who is doing something that I don't like, or being a way that I don't like. It's so helpful to remind myself that, oh, just like me, this person might be having a moment of frustration. It reminds me of our common humanity. 

 

  1. The other one is the idea of establishing relaxed and focused as the baseline. The default to return to, rather than imagining that in overdrive is the default, and relaxed and focused is something to aspire to.

Guided Meditation: Purposeful Pause on Soundcloud: 

https://soundcloud.com/user-180052466/purposeful-pause 

 

Kristin Neff on Self-Compassion:

https://self-compassion.org/the-three-elements-of-self-compassion-2/

 

Connect with Christine:

Email: christine@mindfulnessinorganizations.com

Website: http://www.mindfulnessinorganizations.com

Facebook page https://www.facebook.com/mindfulnessinorganizations

 

Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 26 Feb 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2832 Today’s guest is Christine Lustik, PhD, owner of Mindfulness in Organizations. After spending 14 years in leadership and the arena of online higher education, Christine transitioned to a role of helping teams, and the individuals in them, to thrive.  Christine works with leaders and teams who find themselves in a culture of stress, disconnection, overwhelm, and chaos. And uses the practices of mindfulness and proactive resilience to change the culture to one of connection, productivity, focus, and resiliency.  I wanted to talk with Christine to tap her expertise about nourishing our bodies and our mind at the time of the year when caring for ourselves might be falling off our calendar.  Being able to find and maintain focus when there are lots of moving parts in front of us is a skill that requires constant attention and maintenance. The result of caring for our bodies, hearts and minds most often leads to increased effectiveness and productivity and getting the same amount of work done in less time.  It’s like Buddha said, sit for 30 minutes daily. When busy, sit for one hour.  My two takeaways from this episode are: Reminding myself to use “just like me,” for when I'm frustrated with someone else who is doing something that I don't like, or being a way that I don't like. It's so helpful to remind myself that, oh, just like me, this person might be having a moment of frustration. It reminds me of our common humanity.    The other one is the idea of establishing relaxed and focused as the baseline. The default to return to, rather than imagining that in overdrive is the default, and relaxed and focused is something to aspire to. Guided Meditation: Purposeful Pause on Soundcloud:  https://soundcloud.com/user-180052466/purposeful-pause    Kristin Neff on Self-Compassion: https://self-compassion.org/the-three-elements-of-self-compassion-2/   Connect with Christine: Email: christine@mindfulnessinorganizations.com Website: http://www.mindfulnessinorganizations.com Facebook page https://www.facebook.com/mindfulnessinorganizations   Download ebook “6 Simple Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Christine Lustik, PhD, owner of Mindfulness in Organizations. After spending 14 years in leadership and the arena of online higher education, Christine transitioned to a role of helping teams, and the individuals in them, to thrive.  Chri Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 073 Does Money Find You Attractive? 73 73 073 Does Money Find You Attractive? full 61556c4f-0ea2-45ce-9429-4600daaf377c https://share.transistor.fm/s/0c836b06 Today I'm returning to the topic of sending mixed signals to money, resenting money and learning to love money.

First, let’s go back to Episode 34 - Are You Sending Mixed Signals To Money? 

The basic idea in that episode is that in our lives and in our businesses, a lot of us send mixed signals to money. We say we want more money, we want to make more money. And then we also find ways of communicating the exact opposite.

So we have these competing signals that we send to money. 

We develop these beliefs around money and a lot of it comes from our family of origin, and we also get other messages from society.

We want to be looking at the stories that we have around money. We need to get some insight into the ways that we might be resenting money. 

What I want for you is nothing short of a complete shift in your energy when it comes to how you relate to and how you think about money. And you get to decide what you believe about money.

And I ask you to do this work for you and for your clients. Because when you shift how you relate to money, what will the impact be to your clients?

 In the work that we do, we can only help our clients go as far as we ourselves have gone. 

 

Top Client Assessment Session:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/top-client-assessment/

 

Previous episode mentioned: 

034 [Mindset] Are You Sending Mixed Signals to Money?

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/034

 

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today I'm returning to the topic of sending mixed signals to money, resenting money and learning to love money.

First, let’s go back to Episode 34 - Are You Sending Mixed Signals To Money? 

The basic idea in that episode is that in our lives and in our businesses, a lot of us send mixed signals to money. We say we want more money, we want to make more money. And then we also find ways of communicating the exact opposite.

So we have these competing signals that we send to money. 

We develop these beliefs around money and a lot of it comes from our family of origin, and we also get other messages from society.

We want to be looking at the stories that we have around money. We need to get some insight into the ways that we might be resenting money. 

What I want for you is nothing short of a complete shift in your energy when it comes to how you relate to and how you think about money. And you get to decide what you believe about money.

And I ask you to do this work for you and for your clients. Because when you shift how you relate to money, what will the impact be to your clients?

 In the work that we do, we can only help our clients go as far as we ourselves have gone. 

 

Top Client Assessment Session:

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/top-client-assessment/

 

Previous episode mentioned: 

034 [Mindset] Are You Sending Mixed Signals to Money?

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/034

 

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 19 Feb 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1553 Today I'm returning to the topic of sending mixed signals to money, resenting money and learning to love money. First, let’s go back to Episode 34 - Are You Sending Mixed Signals To Money?  The basic idea in that episode is that in our lives and in our businesses, a lot of us send mixed signals to money. We say we want more money, we want to make more money. And then we also find ways of communicating the exact opposite. So we have these competing signals that we send to money.  We develop these beliefs around money and a lot of it comes from our family of origin, and we also get other messages from society. We want to be looking at the stories that we have around money. We need to get some insight into the ways that we might be resenting money.  What I want for you is nothing short of a complete shift in your energy when it comes to how you relate to and how you think about money. And you get to decide what you believe about money. And I ask you to do this work for you and for your clients. Because when you shift how you relate to money, what will the impact be to your clients?  In the work that we do, we can only help our clients go as far as we ourselves have gone.    Top Client Assessment Session: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/top-client-assessment/   Previous episode mentioned:  034 [Mindset] Are You Sending Mixed Signals to Money? https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/034   Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today I'm returning to the topic of sending mixed signals to money, resenting money and learning to love money. First, let’s go back to Episode 34 - Are You Sending Mixed Signals To Money?  The basic idea in that episode is that in our lives and in our bu Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 072 Are You Wiping Out Often Enough? 72 72 072 Are You Wiping Out Often Enough? full 66999b25-66ff-42ba-8f3a-c51d214c40d2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/11139c1d Today, I have a few stories to tell. About driving in the snow, hockey, ice skating, skiing, and sports in general. Then I relate all these stories to things that we can do to move our business forward:

  • Steer towards what you fear
  • Commit
  • Trust
  • You will wipe out in your business
  • Get back up and get back in the game

 

When was the last time you totally wiped out in your business? Wiping out is a part of the process of learning and the more beginner we are at the thing we're doing, the more we're going to wipe out. And as we get better, we wipe out with less frequency. 

Even experts wipe out, screw up, miss, and they're okay. They keep playing. There is no such thing as perfect. Nobody plays a perfect game. So when you wipe out, get back up and get back in the game.

Podcast mentioned: 

The Sigrun Show https://www.sigrun.com/podcast

 

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today, I have a few stories to tell. About driving in the snow, hockey, ice skating, skiing, and sports in general. Then I relate all these stories to things that we can do to move our business forward:

  • Steer towards what you fear
  • Commit
  • Trust
  • You will wipe out in your business
  • Get back up and get back in the game

 

When was the last time you totally wiped out in your business? Wiping out is a part of the process of learning and the more beginner we are at the thing we're doing, the more we're going to wipe out. And as we get better, we wipe out with less frequency. 

Even experts wipe out, screw up, miss, and they're okay. They keep playing. There is no such thing as perfect. Nobody plays a perfect game. So when you wipe out, get back up and get back in the game.

Podcast mentioned: 

The Sigrun Show https://www.sigrun.com/podcast

 

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 12 Feb 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1929 Today, I have a few stories to tell. About driving in the snow, hockey, ice skating, skiing, and sports in general. Then I relate all these stories to things that we can do to move our business forward: Steer towards what you fear Commit Trust You will wipe out in your business Get back up and get back in the game   When was the last time you totally wiped out in your business? Wiping out is a part of the process of learning and the more beginner we are at the thing we're doing, the more we're going to wipe out. And as we get better, we wipe out with less frequency.  Even experts wipe out, screw up, miss, and they're okay. They keep playing. There is no such thing as perfect. Nobody plays a perfect game. So when you wipe out, get back up and get back in the game. Podcast mentioned:  The Sigrun Show https://www.sigrun.com/podcast   Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today, I have a few stories to tell. About driving in the snow, hockey, ice skating, skiing, and sports in general. Then I relate all these stories to things that we can do to move our business forward: Steer towards what you fear Commit Trust You will w Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 071 How to Help Your Clients Build A Better World, with Steve Pipe, founder of Accountants Changing the World 71 71 071 How to Help Your Clients Build A Better World, with Steve Pipe, founder of Accountants Changing the World full e57d71a1-401b-420c-a483-bf973bdf6f85 https://share.transistor.fm/s/bf1d89e9 Today’s guest is officially the world’s most highly rated advisor to accountants. Steve Pipe is a best-selling author, dynamic speaker and founder of Accountants Changing the World and the AVN Association of Proactive UK Accountants.

I wanted to interview Steve to talk with him about where he sees CPAs and accountants getting stuck in growing their own businesses, as well as to talk about his current path being a force for good in the world, and inspiring and showing business owners and accountants how to do the same in their own businesses.

 

Two things stood out to me in this conversation:

  1. The role of CPAs as Steve views it
  • Restore rationality to decision making in business 
  • Distill data: make it simple, clear, and manageable
  • Properly understand profitability models based on clear and simple data 
  • Differentiate yourself in the marketplace and make your business a Force for Good. 
  1. Remember the value you provide to clients. Go through your own top clients and quantify it for each client, in order to remind you of just how valuable you are. 

 

Book mentioned:

The World’s Most Inspiring Accountants

https://stevepipe.kartra.com/page/HighImpactFreeStuff

Connect with Steve:

Website: http://www.stevepipe.com 

B1G1 Business for Good:

https://www.b1g1.com/businessforgood/how-it-works/

Free Giving Plan report tailored to your business from B1G1:  https://www.b1g1.com/businessforgood/givingplan/

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is officially the world’s most highly rated advisor to accountants. Steve Pipe is a best-selling author, dynamic speaker and founder of Accountants Changing the World and the AVN Association of Proactive UK Accountants.

I wanted to interview Steve to talk with him about where he sees CPAs and accountants getting stuck in growing their own businesses, as well as to talk about his current path being a force for good in the world, and inspiring and showing business owners and accountants how to do the same in their own businesses.

 

Two things stood out to me in this conversation:

  1. The role of CPAs as Steve views it
  • Restore rationality to decision making in business 
  • Distill data: make it simple, clear, and manageable
  • Properly understand profitability models based on clear and simple data 
  • Differentiate yourself in the marketplace and make your business a Force for Good. 
  1. Remember the value you provide to clients. Go through your own top clients and quantify it for each client, in order to remind you of just how valuable you are. 

 

Book mentioned:

The World’s Most Inspiring Accountants

https://stevepipe.kartra.com/page/HighImpactFreeStuff

Connect with Steve:

Website: http://www.stevepipe.com 

B1G1 Business for Good:

https://www.b1g1.com/businessforgood/how-it-works/

Free Giving Plan report tailored to your business from B1G1:  https://www.b1g1.com/businessforgood/givingplan/

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 05 Feb 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 4621 Today’s guest is officially the world’s most highly rated advisor to accountants. Steve Pipe is a best-selling author, dynamic speaker and founder of Accountants Changing the World and the AVN Association of Proactive UK Accountants. I wanted to interview Steve to talk with him about where he sees CPAs and accountants getting stuck in growing their own businesses, as well as to talk about his current path being a force for good in the world, and inspiring and showing business owners and accountants how to do the same in their own businesses.   Two things stood out to me in this conversation: The role of CPAs as Steve views it Restore rationality to decision making in business  Distill data: make it simple, clear, and manageable Properly understand profitability models based on clear and simple data  Differentiate yourself in the marketplace and make your business a Force for Good.  Remember the value you provide to clients. Go through your own top clients and quantify it for each client, in order to remind you of just how valuable you are.    Book mentioned: The World’s Most Inspiring Accountants https://stevepipe.kartra.com/page/HighImpactFreeStuff Connect with Steve: Website: http://www.stevepipe.com  B1G1 Business for Good: https://www.b1g1.com/businessforgood/how-it-works/ Free Giving Plan report tailored to your business from B1G1:  https://www.b1g1.com/businessforgood/givingplan/ Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is officially the world’s most highly rated advisor to accountants. Steve Pipe is a best-selling author, dynamic speaker and founder of Accountants Changing the World and the AVN Association of Proactive UK Accountants. I wanted to interview Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 070 Be Strategic About Your CPEs, with Melisa Galasso of Galasso Learning Solutions 70 70 070 Be Strategic About Your CPEs, with Melisa Galasso of Galasso Learning Solutions full 9f68c1f6-8bc3-435a-9f71-5079517fbfae https://share.transistor.fm/s/4026d1fd **Listener survey - help shape the podcast to what you want to hear!** 

https://bit.ly/3ay8FDt

 

Today’s guest is Melisa Galasso. She is the founder of Galasso Learning Solutions, where she offers custom, continuing professional education to CPAs, focused on engaging learner experience and improved performance outcomes.

I wanted to interview Melisa to talk with her about Continuing Education. While it might not be the sexiest topic ever, with 40 required hours every year, it’s worth doing this right. And having seen a number of my own clients have to cram in dozens of hours right before the deadline, it made me think this was an issue worth bringing to the table. 

What stood out to me in this conversation was just how easy it is for the year to get away from you, and that when it’s left until late in the game, you end up having to choose whatever is left to satisfy requirements, which is not just a waste of time and money, but a huge opportunity cost to learn the things that could potentially really move your business forward. 

Connect with Melisa:

Website: https://galassolearningsolutions.com/

 

Book mentioned:

The Confidence Code: The Science and Art of Self-Assurance---What Women Should Know, by Katty Kay

https://www.amazon.com/Confidence-Code-Science-Self-Assurance-What-Should/dp/006223062X

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> **Listener survey - help shape the podcast to what you want to hear!** 

https://bit.ly/3ay8FDt

 

Today’s guest is Melisa Galasso. She is the founder of Galasso Learning Solutions, where she offers custom, continuing professional education to CPAs, focused on engaging learner experience and improved performance outcomes.

I wanted to interview Melisa to talk with her about Continuing Education. While it might not be the sexiest topic ever, with 40 required hours every year, it’s worth doing this right. And having seen a number of my own clients have to cram in dozens of hours right before the deadline, it made me think this was an issue worth bringing to the table. 

What stood out to me in this conversation was just how easy it is for the year to get away from you, and that when it’s left until late in the game, you end up having to choose whatever is left to satisfy requirements, which is not just a waste of time and money, but a huge opportunity cost to learn the things that could potentially really move your business forward. 

Connect with Melisa:

Website: https://galassolearningsolutions.com/

 

Book mentioned:

The Confidence Code: The Science and Art of Self-Assurance---What Women Should Know, by Katty Kay

https://www.amazon.com/Confidence-Code-Science-Self-Assurance-What-Should/dp/006223062X

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 29 Jan 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1949 **Listener survey - help shape the podcast to what you want to hear!**  https://bit.ly/3ay8FDt   Today’s guest is Melisa Galasso. She is the founder of Galasso Learning Solutions, where she offers custom, continuing professional education to CPAs, focused on engaging learner experience and improved performance outcomes. I wanted to interview Melisa to talk with her about Continuing Education. While it might not be the sexiest topic ever, with 40 required hours every year, it’s worth doing this right. And having seen a number of my own clients have to cram in dozens of hours right before the deadline, it made me think this was an issue worth bringing to the table.  What stood out to me in this conversation was just how easy it is for the year to get away from you, and that when it’s left until late in the game, you end up having to choose whatever is left to satisfy requirements, which is not just a waste of time and money, but a huge opportunity cost to learn the things that could potentially really move your business forward.  Connect with Melisa: Website: https://galassolearningsolutions.com/   Book mentioned: The Confidence Code: The Science and Art of Self-Assurance---What Women Should Know, by Katty Kay https://www.amazon.com/Confidence-Code-Science-Self-Assurance-What-Should/dp/006223062X Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ **Listener survey - help shape the podcast to what you want to hear!**  https://bit.ly/3ay8FDt   Today’s guest is Melisa Galasso. She is the founder of Galasso Learning Solutions, where she offers custom, continuing professional education to CPAs, focused Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 069 Guiding Clients to Profitability with Lisa Campbell, Owner of the Marcam Group 69 69 069 Guiding Clients to Profitability with Lisa Campbell, Owner of the Marcam Group full 65a6d5ab-14d7-4a45-804c-7c21b19716b5 https://share.transistor.fm/s/24a3ef88 **Listener survey - help shape the podcast to what you want to hear!** 

https://bit.ly/3ay8FDt

 

Today’s guest is Lisa Campbell, founder of The Marcam Group, where she guides her clients to profitability as a Profit First strategist. 

I wanted to have her on because she started out just like many of you, as a solo practitioner, fell into all the predictable traps, until finally she realized that something had to change. So we explore her journey of her business growth and what she learned along the way.

What stood out to me was her piece about mindset work and teaching herself how to focus, how to systematize the way she thinks about things. 

It reminds me of something I read in “The Power of Now” by Eckhart Tolle, where he talks about the mind being kind of like a dog chewing on a bone. The dog will chew and chew and chew on the bone and they will totally enjoy it and you give the dog a bone and it will hang out there.

And as entrepreneurs, we can kind of be similar. We see shiny objects and we go towards them. It takes special effort to train our minds to focus and give our attention to the things that are most important in our day and in our lives. Watch out for dog bones!

Previous episode mentioned:

044 CEO Day: Why You Need to Pick Your Head Up in Your Business

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/044

 

Book mentioned:

The Power of Now: A Guide to Spiritual Enlightenment by Eckhart Tolle

https://www.amazon.com/Power-Now-Guide-Spiritual-Enlightenment/dp/1577314808

Connect with Lisa:

Website: The Marcam Group

http://marcam.ca/

Facebook Group: The Successful Bookkeeper North America

https://www.facebook.com/groups/thesuccessfulbookkeeper/

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> **Listener survey - help shape the podcast to what you want to hear!** 

https://bit.ly/3ay8FDt

 

Today’s guest is Lisa Campbell, founder of The Marcam Group, where she guides her clients to profitability as a Profit First strategist. 

I wanted to have her on because she started out just like many of you, as a solo practitioner, fell into all the predictable traps, until finally she realized that something had to change. So we explore her journey of her business growth and what she learned along the way.

What stood out to me was her piece about mindset work and teaching herself how to focus, how to systematize the way she thinks about things. 

It reminds me of something I read in “The Power of Now” by Eckhart Tolle, where he talks about the mind being kind of like a dog chewing on a bone. The dog will chew and chew and chew on the bone and they will totally enjoy it and you give the dog a bone and it will hang out there.

And as entrepreneurs, we can kind of be similar. We see shiny objects and we go towards them. It takes special effort to train our minds to focus and give our attention to the things that are most important in our day and in our lives. Watch out for dog bones!

Previous episode mentioned:

044 CEO Day: Why You Need to Pick Your Head Up in Your Business

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/044

 

Book mentioned:

The Power of Now: A Guide to Spiritual Enlightenment by Eckhart Tolle

https://www.amazon.com/Power-Now-Guide-Spiritual-Enlightenment/dp/1577314808

Connect with Lisa:

Website: The Marcam Group

http://marcam.ca/

Facebook Group: The Successful Bookkeeper North America

https://www.facebook.com/groups/thesuccessfulbookkeeper/

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Wed, 22 Jan 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1774 **Listener survey - help shape the podcast to what you want to hear!**  https://bit.ly/3ay8FDt   Today’s guest is Lisa Campbell, founder of The Marcam Group, where she guides her clients to profitability as a Profit First strategist.  I wanted to have her on because she started out just like many of you, as a solo practitioner, fell into all the predictable traps, until finally she realized that something had to change. So we explore her journey of her business growth and what she learned along the way. What stood out to me was her piece about mindset work and teaching herself how to focus, how to systematize the way she thinks about things.  It reminds me of something I read in “The Power of Now” by Eckhart Tolle, where he talks about the mind being kind of like a dog chewing on a bone. The dog will chew and chew and chew on the bone and they will totally enjoy it and you give the dog a bone and it will hang out there. And as entrepreneurs, we can kind of be similar. We see shiny objects and we go towards them. It takes special effort to train our minds to focus and give our attention to the things that are most important in our day and in our lives. Watch out for dog bones! Previous episode mentioned: 044 CEO Day: Why You Need to Pick Your Head Up in Your Business https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/044   Book mentioned: The Power of Now: A Guide to Spiritual Enlightenment by Eckhart Tolle https://www.amazon.com/Power-Now-Guide-Spiritual-Enlightenment/dp/1577314808 Connect with Lisa: Website: The Marcam Group http://marcam.ca/ Facebook Group: The Successful Bookkeeper North America https://www.facebook.com/groups/thesuccessfulbookkeeper/ Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   **Listener survey - help shape the podcast to what you want to hear!**  https://bit.ly/3ay8FDt   Today’s guest is Lisa Campbell, founder of The Marcam Group, where she guides her clients to profitability as a Profit First strategist.  I wanted to have her Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 068 The Process of Niching Down to E-commerce Business Owners, with owner of Bookskeep, Cyndi Thomason 68 68 068 The Process of Niching Down to E-commerce Business Owners, with owner of Bookskeep, Cyndi Thomason full 7abbebd2-03c7-46d2-94f4-9a773b3f271e https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c0f5ccc My guest today is Cyndi Thomason. Cyndi Thomason is the author of the bestselling book, Profit First for Ecommerce Sellers. She is a Mastery Level Certified Profit First Professional, and the founder and president of Bookskeep. Cyndi devotes much of her time speaking at various events such as ASD Market Week, SellerCon, ProfitCon, and other industry events. She is a regular contributor to The Private Label Insider, Inventory Lab and eComEngine blogs and newsletters. Her company consists of a virtual team located across the United States, providing bookkeeping and Profit First consulting services to e-commerce clients all over the world.

I wanted to interview Cyndi to ask her about her experience of differentiating herself in the marketplace and niching down. 

Like so many things in life that are difficult to learn or do, once you know how to do it, it seems easy, and you forget what it was like before you knew how to or did the thing. 

And it can be that way with niching down. Once you’ve done it, you forget what it was like to be in the headspace of knowing you should do it, but feeling resistant to actually putting the process in place. 

So Cyndi and I are going to talk about her process of niching to e-commerce, now that she is on the successful side of it. 

There was so much to love in that conversation, but what stood out to me was her recognition that even 7-figure business owners can have a murky understanding of their financials, and how important it is to know where your clients are when it comes to their level of business financial literacy. 

And I really appreciated the part about finding clients whose values overlap with yours, and with whom you connect. When you do, it makes your business life so much easier and more enjoyable. Tricky clients can absolutely be a thing of the past. 

Cyndi’s book:

Profit First for Ecommerce Sellers: Transform Your Ecommerce Business from a Cash-Eating Monster to a Money-Making Machine

https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0960028315/

Mike Michalowicz’s book:

Surge: Time the Marketplace, Ride the Wave of Consumer Demand, and Become Your Industry's Big Kahuna by Mike Michalowicz

https://surgebymikemichalowicz.com/

Previous episode mentioned:

055 [Coaching] Mindset Blocks Around Hiring with Dr. Sabrina Starling

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/055

Connect with Cyndi:

Email: cyndi@bookskeep.com 

Website: http://bookskeep.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bookskeep/ 

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/bookskeep/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/bookskeep

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> My guest today is Cyndi Thomason. Cyndi Thomason is the author of the bestselling book, Profit First for Ecommerce Sellers. She is a Mastery Level Certified Profit First Professional, and the founder and president of Bookskeep. Cyndi devotes much of her time speaking at various events such as ASD Market Week, SellerCon, ProfitCon, and other industry events. She is a regular contributor to The Private Label Insider, Inventory Lab and eComEngine blogs and newsletters. Her company consists of a virtual team located across the United States, providing bookkeeping and Profit First consulting services to e-commerce clients all over the world.

I wanted to interview Cyndi to ask her about her experience of differentiating herself in the marketplace and niching down. 

Like so many things in life that are difficult to learn or do, once you know how to do it, it seems easy, and you forget what it was like before you knew how to or did the thing. 

And it can be that way with niching down. Once you’ve done it, you forget what it was like to be in the headspace of knowing you should do it, but feeling resistant to actually putting the process in place. 

So Cyndi and I are going to talk about her process of niching to e-commerce, now that she is on the successful side of it. 

There was so much to love in that conversation, but what stood out to me was her recognition that even 7-figure business owners can have a murky understanding of their financials, and how important it is to know where your clients are when it comes to their level of business financial literacy. 

And I really appreciated the part about finding clients whose values overlap with yours, and with whom you connect. When you do, it makes your business life so much easier and more enjoyable. Tricky clients can absolutely be a thing of the past. 

Cyndi’s book:

Profit First for Ecommerce Sellers: Transform Your Ecommerce Business from a Cash-Eating Monster to a Money-Making Machine

https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0960028315/

Mike Michalowicz’s book:

Surge: Time the Marketplace, Ride the Wave of Consumer Demand, and Become Your Industry's Big Kahuna by Mike Michalowicz

https://surgebymikemichalowicz.com/

Previous episode mentioned:

055 [Coaching] Mindset Blocks Around Hiring with Dr. Sabrina Starling

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/055

Connect with Cyndi:

Email: cyndi@bookskeep.com 

Website: http://bookskeep.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bookskeep/ 

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/bookskeep/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/bookskeep

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 15 Jan 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2740 My guest today is Cyndi Thomason. Cyndi Thomason is the author of the bestselling book, Profit First for Ecommerce Sellers. She is a Mastery Level Certified Profit First Professional, and the founder and president of Bookskeep. Cyndi devotes much of her time speaking at various events such as ASD Market Week, SellerCon, ProfitCon, and other industry events. She is a regular contributor to The Private Label Insider, Inventory Lab and eComEngine blogs and newsletters. Her company consists of a virtual team located across the United States, providing bookkeeping and Profit First consulting services to e-commerce clients all over the world. I wanted to interview Cyndi to ask her about her experience of differentiating herself in the marketplace and niching down.  Like so many things in life that are difficult to learn or do, once you know how to do it, it seems easy, and you forget what it was like before you knew how to or did the thing.  And it can be that way with niching down. Once you’ve done it, you forget what it was like to be in the headspace of knowing you should do it, but feeling resistant to actually putting the process in place.  So Cyndi and I are going to talk about her process of niching to e-commerce, now that she is on the successful side of it.  There was so much to love in that conversation, but what stood out to me was her recognition that even 7-figure business owners can have a murky understanding of their financials, and how important it is to know where your clients are when it comes to their level of business financial literacy.  And I really appreciated the part about finding clients whose values overlap with yours, and with whom you connect. When you do, it makes your business life so much easier and more enjoyable. Tricky clients can absolutely be a thing of the past.  Cyndi’s book: Profit First for Ecommerce Sellers: Transform Your Ecommerce Business from a Cash-Eating Monster to a Money-Making Machine https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0960028315/ Mike Michalowicz’s book: Surge: Time the Marketplace, Ride the Wave of Consumer Demand, and Become Your Industry's Big Kahuna by Mike Michalowicz https://surgebymikemichalowicz.com/ Previous episode mentioned: 055 [Coaching] Mindset Blocks Around Hiring with Dr. Sabrina Starling https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/055 Connect with Cyndi: Email: cyndi@bookskeep.com  Website: http://bookskeep.com Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bookskeep/  LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/bookskeep/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/bookskeep Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ My guest today is Cyndi Thomason. Cyndi Thomason is the author of the bestselling book, Profit First for Ecommerce Sellers. She is a Mastery Level Certified Profit First Professional, and the founder and president of Bookskeep. Cyndi devotes much of her t Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 067 Best Reads from 2019 67 67 067 Best Reads from 2019 full c26d8618-e9b6-4afd-ba61-11b9a0e12648 https://share.transistor.fm/s/a03a7fc5 I wanted to start the year off with top five books and reviews from 2019, but I couldn't help myself and I got to at least nine. There were so many great reads that I got through this year. 

I hope you find something to enjoy that will potentially contribute to your own inside transformation. And by proxy, contribute to the transformation of your business, and lead to you living a whole and beautiful life.

Here’s my 9 best reads from 2019:

 

  1. This is Marketing - Seth Godin

https://www.amazon.com/This-Marketing-Cant-Until-Learn/dp/0525540830/

 

  1. Million Dollar Consulting - Alan Weiss

https://alanweiss.com/shop/books/paperback/million-dollar-consulting/

 

  1. How Women Rise - Sally Helgesen and Marshall Goldsmith

http://www.howwomenrise.com/

 

  1. The Pumpkin Plan - Mike Michalowicz

https://pumpkinplanyourbiz.com/book/

 

  1. The Soul of Money - Lynne Twist

https://soulofmoney.org/

 

  1. Overcoming Underearning - Barbara Stanny

https://www.barbara-huson.com/books-products/

 

  1. You are a Badass at Making Money - Jen Sincero

https://jensincero.com/shop/

 

  1. Boundaries - Cloud & Townsend

https://www.amazon.com/Boundaries-Updated-Expanded-When-Control/dp/0310351804/

 

  1. The Gifts of Imperfection - Brene Brown

https://brenebrown.com/books-audio/

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> I wanted to start the year off with top five books and reviews from 2019, but I couldn't help myself and I got to at least nine. There were so many great reads that I got through this year. 

I hope you find something to enjoy that will potentially contribute to your own inside transformation. And by proxy, contribute to the transformation of your business, and lead to you living a whole and beautiful life.

Here’s my 9 best reads from 2019:

 

  1. This is Marketing - Seth Godin

https://www.amazon.com/This-Marketing-Cant-Until-Learn/dp/0525540830/

 

  1. Million Dollar Consulting - Alan Weiss

https://alanweiss.com/shop/books/paperback/million-dollar-consulting/

 

  1. How Women Rise - Sally Helgesen and Marshall Goldsmith

http://www.howwomenrise.com/

 

  1. The Pumpkin Plan - Mike Michalowicz

https://pumpkinplanyourbiz.com/book/

 

  1. The Soul of Money - Lynne Twist

https://soulofmoney.org/

 

  1. Overcoming Underearning - Barbara Stanny

https://www.barbara-huson.com/books-products/

 

  1. You are a Badass at Making Money - Jen Sincero

https://jensincero.com/shop/

 

  1. Boundaries - Cloud & Townsend

https://www.amazon.com/Boundaries-Updated-Expanded-When-Control/dp/0310351804/

 

  1. The Gifts of Imperfection - Brene Brown

https://brenebrown.com/books-audio/

Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue”

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 08 Jan 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2163 I wanted to start the year off with top five books and reviews from 2019, but I couldn't help myself and I got to at least nine. There were so many great reads that I got through this year.  I hope you find something to enjoy that will potentially contribute to your own inside transformation. And by proxy, contribute to the transformation of your business, and lead to you living a whole and beautiful life. Here’s my 9 best reads from 2019:   This is Marketing - Seth Godin https://www.amazon.com/This-Marketing-Cant-Until-Learn/dp/0525540830/   Million Dollar Consulting - Alan Weiss https://alanweiss.com/shop/books/paperback/million-dollar-consulting/   How Women Rise - Sally Helgesen and Marshall Goldsmith http://www.howwomenrise.com/   The Pumpkin Plan - Mike Michalowicz https://pumpkinplanyourbiz.com/book/   The Soul of Money - Lynne Twist https://soulofmoney.org/   Overcoming Underearning - Barbara Stanny https://www.barbara-huson.com/books-products/   You are a Badass at Making Money - Jen Sincero https://jensincero.com/shop/   Boundaries - Cloud &amp; Townsend https://www.amazon.com/Boundaries-Updated-Expanded-When-Control/dp/0310351804/   The Gifts of Imperfection - Brene Brown https://brenebrown.com/books-audio/ Download ebook “6 Easy Steps to Double Your Revenue” https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/download-double-your-revenue Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ I wanted to start the year off with top five books and reviews from 2019, but I couldn't help myself and I got to at least nine. There were so many great reads that I got through this year.  I hope you find something to enjoy that will potentially contrib Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 066 Happy New Year - Now Raise Your Prices 66 66 066 Happy New Year - Now Raise Your Prices full 2d94d257-e2c8-45cb-870d-381443b2d8fb https://share.transistor.fm/s/fb129090 Wishing you a Happy New Year and a very prosperous 2020!

I’m closing out the year with a few more jokes from Hazel and a question.

What if you raised your prices by 10% and dropped 10% of your clients? Where would you end up? I play with these and more  numbers is this short episode.

See you in 2020.

]]> Wishing you a Happy New Year and a very prosperous 2020!

I’m closing out the year with a few more jokes from Hazel and a question.

What if you raised your prices by 10% and dropped 10% of your clients? Where would you end up? I play with these and more  numbers is this short episode.

See you in 2020.

]]> Wed, 01 Jan 2020 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 521 Wishing you a Happy New Year and a very prosperous 2020! I’m closing out the year with a few more jokes from Hazel and a question. What if you raised your prices by 10% and dropped 10% of your clients? Where would you end up? I play with these and more  numbers is this short episode. See you in 2020. Wishing you a Happy New Year and a very prosperous 2020! I’m closing out the year with a few more jokes from Hazel and a question. What if you raised your prices by 10% and dropped 10% of your clients? Where would you end up? I play with these and more  n Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 065 Happy Holidays from Hazel and Me 65 65 065 Happy Holidays from Hazel and Me full e5a5a982-a512-4caa-af0a-6f6d68b7605f https://share.transistor.fm/s/62c4298c It’s the holiday season, and it's time to step away from the mic so that I can spend time with my loved ones. And same for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear my four year old girl Hazel bust out some math jokes.

Merry Christmas! Happy holidays!

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> It’s the holiday season, and it's time to step away from the mic so that I can spend time with my loved ones. And same for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear my four year old girl Hazel bust out some math jokes.

Merry Christmas! Happy holidays!

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 25 Dec 2019 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 197 It’s the holiday season, and it's time to step away from the mic so that I can spend time with my loved ones. And same for you. In this episode, you’ll hear my four year old girl Hazel bust out some math jokes. Merry Christmas! Happy holidays! Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ It’s the holiday season, and it's time to step away from the mic so that I can spend time with my loved ones. And same for you. In this episode, you’ll hear my four year old girl Hazel bust out some math jokes. Merry Christmas! Happy holidays! Work wit Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 064 Why & How to Claim Your Google My Business Profile, with Sommer Poquette CEO of Keep It Real Social 64 64 064 Why & How to Claim Your Google My Business Profile, with Sommer Poquette CEO of Keep It Real Social full 7f385663-f15d-4cb0-ba37-3b8b3cabc1aa https://share.transistor.fm/s/e7f4b7df Today’s guest is Sommer Poquette, Founder and CEO of Keep It Real Social. Sommer is an expert in Google Business, and I wanted to have her on today to talk about Google My Business and the Google My Business listing, how to get it if you haven't done it already, what its value is and why I think it's a good idea for you to claim your business listing on Google. 

So, are Google reviews the be all end all? No. Might they be a useful differentiator in your business? Might it be worth an hour to claim your listing? Confirm your address and phone number and put up a photo of your storefront? Might be. Plus, because this is part of Google, it's part of your overall SEO. So when you claim your business's listing on Google, it enhances the SEO of your website. 

For a SCREENSHOT of where to find Google My Business listing  visit: http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/064

Sommer’s Vision for Keep It Real Social:

“For me the biggest thing is, I want to continue to help small businesses actually make a dent online. I know it's really competitive out there, it's hard to be found… And so I would  like to create more potential for those small businesses out there using online search, and to be found.” 

 

 

Google My Business Links: 

Start here: https://www.google.com/business/

Hiding your address: https://support.google.com/business/thread/1754513?hl=en

 

Connect with Sommer:

Website: http://keepitrealsocial.com

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops:

DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Sommer Poquette, Founder and CEO of Keep It Real Social. Sommer is an expert in Google Business, and I wanted to have her on today to talk about Google My Business and the Google My Business listing, how to get it if you haven't done it already, what its value is and why I think it's a good idea for you to claim your business listing on Google. 

So, are Google reviews the be all end all? No. Might they be a useful differentiator in your business? Might it be worth an hour to claim your listing? Confirm your address and phone number and put up a photo of your storefront? Might be. Plus, because this is part of Google, it's part of your overall SEO. So when you claim your business's listing on Google, it enhances the SEO of your website. 

For a SCREENSHOT of where to find Google My Business listing  visit: http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/064

Sommer’s Vision for Keep It Real Social:

“For me the biggest thing is, I want to continue to help small businesses actually make a dent online. I know it's really competitive out there, it's hard to be found… And so I would  like to create more potential for those small businesses out there using online search, and to be found.” 

 

 

Google My Business Links: 

Start here: https://www.google.com/business/

Hiding your address: https://support.google.com/business/thread/1754513?hl=en

 

Connect with Sommer:

Website: http://keepitrealsocial.com

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops:

DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 18 Dec 2019 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1959 Today’s guest is Sommer Poquette, Founder and CEO of Keep It Real Social. Sommer is an expert in Google Business, and I wanted to have her on today to talk about Google My Business and the Google My Business listing, how to get it if you haven't done it already, what its value is and why I think it's a good idea for you to claim your business listing on Google.  So, are Google reviews the be all end all? No. Might they be a useful differentiator in your business? Might it be worth an hour to claim your listing? Confirm your address and phone number and put up a photo of your storefront? Might be. Plus, because this is part of Google, it's part of your overall SEO. So when you claim your business's listing on Google, it enhances the SEO of your website.  For a SCREENSHOT of where to find Google My Business listing  visit: http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/064 Sommer’s Vision for Keep It Real Social: “For me the biggest thing is, I want to continue to help small businesses actually make a dent online. I know it's really competitive out there, it's hard to be found… And so I would  like to create more potential for those small businesses out there using online search, and to be found.”      Google My Business Links:  Start here: https://www.google.com/business/ Hiding your address: https://support.google.com/business/thread/1754513?hl=en   Connect with Sommer: Website: http://keepitrealsocial.com   Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Sommer Poquette, Founder and CEO of Keep It Real Social. Sommer is an expert in Google Business, and I wanted to have her on today to talk about Google My Business and the Google My Business listing, how to get it if you haven't done it a Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 063 How to Get Started Adding Advisory Services 63 63 063 How to Get Started Adding Advisory Services full ff811f95-d56b-46ab-8bdb-69fb81058f1b https://share.transistor.fm/s/9308fd4a I want to talk to you today about adding advisory services. I want to share with you my perspective of what I see from the outside looking in, what I hear from other business owners, about what business owners want from their CPA. As well as from the inside, watching my clients who want to grow their income and want to get more time back, knowing that there's this thing called advisory services that they maybe, can, and should be providing but they can't quite get to it. And organizing all these thoughts so that at the end of this episode, you have some clarity around which steps you need to take next if including advisory services in your practice is something you want to move forward on. 

So here I am in the middle, hearing the CPAs in one ear, telling me just how much expertise and knowledge they have, and a desire to guide their clients in their businesses. And on the other hand, in my other ear I have these business owners who are dying for this expertise, and this guidance. And part of me wants to sit down and be like, “You guys really need to talk to each other!”

But what I see on your behalf is an opportunity to provide something to your clients that they are desperately wanting. 

If you're ready to take some more steps forward on this advisory services topic, know that I'm doing a webinar on Wednesday, December 18th. If you want to know more, go to my website: shethinksbigcoaching.com.

Upcoming Webinar:

DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Previous episode mentioned:

062 Making More Time in Your Business, with Adrienne Dorison, Co-Founder of Run Like Clockwork™

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/making-more-time-in-your-business-adrienne-dorison-run-like-clockwork/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> I want to talk to you today about adding advisory services. I want to share with you my perspective of what I see from the outside looking in, what I hear from other business owners, about what business owners want from their CPA. As well as from the inside, watching my clients who want to grow their income and want to get more time back, knowing that there's this thing called advisory services that they maybe, can, and should be providing but they can't quite get to it. And organizing all these thoughts so that at the end of this episode, you have some clarity around which steps you need to take next if including advisory services in your practice is something you want to move forward on. 

So here I am in the middle, hearing the CPAs in one ear, telling me just how much expertise and knowledge they have, and a desire to guide their clients in their businesses. And on the other hand, in my other ear I have these business owners who are dying for this expertise, and this guidance. And part of me wants to sit down and be like, “You guys really need to talk to each other!”

But what I see on your behalf is an opportunity to provide something to your clients that they are desperately wanting. 

If you're ready to take some more steps forward on this advisory services topic, know that I'm doing a webinar on Wednesday, December 18th. If you want to know more, go to my website: shethinksbigcoaching.com.

Upcoming Webinar:

DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Previous episode mentioned:

062 Making More Time in Your Business, with Adrienne Dorison, Co-Founder of Run Like Clockwork™

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/making-more-time-in-your-business-adrienne-dorison-run-like-clockwork/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Wed, 11 Dec 2019 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1084 I want to talk to you today about adding advisory services. I want to share with you my perspective of what I see from the outside looking in, what I hear from other business owners, about what business owners want from their CPA. As well as from the inside, watching my clients who want to grow their income and want to get more time back, knowing that there's this thing called advisory services that they maybe, can, and should be providing but they can't quite get to it. And organizing all these thoughts so that at the end of this episode, you have some clarity around which steps you need to take next if including advisory services in your practice is something you want to move forward on.  So here I am in the middle, hearing the CPAs in one ear, telling me just how much expertise and knowledge they have, and a desire to guide their clients in their businesses. And on the other hand, in my other ear I have these business owners who are dying for this expertise, and this guidance. And part of me wants to sit down and be like, “You guys really need to talk to each other!” But what I see on your behalf is an opportunity to provide something to your clients that they are desperately wanting.  If you're ready to take some more steps forward on this advisory services topic, know that I'm doing a webinar on Wednesday, December 18th. If you want to know more, go to my website: shethinksbigcoaching.com. Upcoming Webinar: DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Previous episode mentioned: 062 Making More Time in Your Business, with Adrienne Dorison, Co-Founder of Run Like Clockwork™ https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/making-more-time-in-your-business-adrienne-dorison-run-like-clockwork/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   I want to talk to you today about adding advisory services. I want to share with you my perspective of what I see from the outside looking in, what I hear from other business owners, about what business owners want from their CPA. As well as from the insi Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 062 Making More Time in Your Business with Adrienne Dorison, Co-Founder of Run Like Clockwork 62 62 062 Making More Time in Your Business with Adrienne Dorison, Co-Founder of Run Like Clockwork full 76e57005-54fe-43f5-a248-6762d14cec3f https://share.transistor.fm/s/098dd70a My guest today is Adrienne Dorison, the co-founder of Run Like Clockwork™.

Adrienne Dorison is the Co-Founder of Run Like Clockwork™ alongside her business partner, Mike Michalowicz, where she equips CEOs to design a business and team that can run itself, like clockwork. Adrienne has helped hundreds of CEOs increase their profit margins, develop the right systems, create bulletproof teams and be able to take an unplugged vacation.

Adrienne has spent the past 10+ years in the field of operational efficiency, and has since created the most simplistic approach to making your business ultra-efficient.

I wanted to interview Adriene to go deeper into the concepts in the Clockwork and how we as  business owners can use these concepts to simplify our businesses, get more time and freedom back, while making more money. 

Thank you so much Adriene, for coming on the podcast. 

 

One of the things I loved in our conversation was the repeat call to do a time audit. 

As part of the onboarding process for my VIP clients, I request screenshots of my clients’ Google calendars. And just the act of asking for that is illuminating for them. For most people, what I see is only meetings blocked out, but not time to proactively work on certain parts of the business. 

A common response is, I always wondered where my time went, and now I know why I don’t know where my time goes. It’s because I don’t make or decide or choose to dedicate to a certain thing. No wonder it feels like often it just evaporates or goes to whatever feels most urgent in the moment. 

So the act of reality-checking your calendar is illuminating.  And from there we can get more intentional about planning time use, an activity that pays dividends.

There is so much more to the book Run Like Clockwork, and if you haven’t already, I urge you to go out and pick up a copy. 

You can also check out the Run Like Clockwork podcast if audio is your style. 

Book mentioned:

Clockwork: Design Your Business to Run Itself by Mike Michalowicz

https://www.amazon.com/Clockwork-Design-Your-Business-Itself/dp/0525534016/

Connect with Adrienne:

Website: https://www.runlikeclockwork.com/

Podcast: https://www.runlikeclockwork.com/podcast

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops:

DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> My guest today is Adrienne Dorison, the co-founder of Run Like Clockwork™.

Adrienne Dorison is the Co-Founder of Run Like Clockwork™ alongside her business partner, Mike Michalowicz, where she equips CEOs to design a business and team that can run itself, like clockwork. Adrienne has helped hundreds of CEOs increase their profit margins, develop the right systems, create bulletproof teams and be able to take an unplugged vacation.

Adrienne has spent the past 10+ years in the field of operational efficiency, and has since created the most simplistic approach to making your business ultra-efficient.

I wanted to interview Adriene to go deeper into the concepts in the Clockwork and how we as  business owners can use these concepts to simplify our businesses, get more time and freedom back, while making more money. 

Thank you so much Adriene, for coming on the podcast. 

 

One of the things I loved in our conversation was the repeat call to do a time audit. 

As part of the onboarding process for my VIP clients, I request screenshots of my clients’ Google calendars. And just the act of asking for that is illuminating for them. For most people, what I see is only meetings blocked out, but not time to proactively work on certain parts of the business. 

A common response is, I always wondered where my time went, and now I know why I don’t know where my time goes. It’s because I don’t make or decide or choose to dedicate to a certain thing. No wonder it feels like often it just evaporates or goes to whatever feels most urgent in the moment. 

So the act of reality-checking your calendar is illuminating.  And from there we can get more intentional about planning time use, an activity that pays dividends.

There is so much more to the book Run Like Clockwork, and if you haven’t already, I urge you to go out and pick up a copy. 

You can also check out the Run Like Clockwork podcast if audio is your style. 

Book mentioned:

Clockwork: Design Your Business to Run Itself by Mike Michalowicz

https://www.amazon.com/Clockwork-Design-Your-Business-Itself/dp/0525534016/

Connect with Adrienne:

Website: https://www.runlikeclockwork.com/

Podcast: https://www.runlikeclockwork.com/podcast

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops:

DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Wed, 04 Dec 2019 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 3464 My guest today is Adrienne Dorison, the co-founder of Run Like Clockwork™. Adrienne Dorison is the Co-Founder of Run Like Clockwork™ alongside her business partner, Mike Michalowicz, where she equips CEOs to design a business and team that can run itself, like clockwork. Adrienne has helped hundreds of CEOs increase their profit margins, develop the right systems, create bulletproof teams and be able to take an unplugged vacation. Adrienne has spent the past 10+ years in the field of operational efficiency, and has since created the most simplistic approach to making your business ultra-efficient. I wanted to interview Adriene to go deeper into the concepts in the Clockwork and how we as  business owners can use these concepts to simplify our businesses, get more time and freedom back, while making more money.  Thank you so much Adriene, for coming on the podcast.    One of the things I loved in our conversation was the repeat call to do a time audit.  As part of the onboarding process for my VIP clients, I request screenshots of my clients’ Google calendars. And just the act of asking for that is illuminating for them. For most people, what I see is only meetings blocked out, but not time to proactively work on certain parts of the business.  A common response is, I always wondered where my time went, and now I know why I don’t know where my time goes. It’s because I don’t make or decide or choose to dedicate to a certain thing. No wonder it feels like often it just evaporates or goes to whatever feels most urgent in the moment.  So the act of reality-checking your calendar is illuminating.  And from there we can get more intentional about planning time use, an activity that pays dividends. There is so much more to the book Run Like Clockwork, and if you haven’t already, I urge you to go out and pick up a copy.  You can also check out the Run Like Clockwork podcast if audio is your style.  Book mentioned: Clockwork: Design Your Business to Run Itself by Mike Michalowicz https://www.amazon.com/Clockwork-Design-Your-Business-Itself/dp/0525534016/ Connect with Adrienne: Website: https://www.runlikeclockwork.com/ Podcast: https://www.runlikeclockwork.com/podcast Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   My guest today is Adrienne Dorison, the co-founder of Run Like Clockwork™. Adrienne Dorison is the Co-Founder of Run Like Clockwork™ alongside her business partner, Mike Michalowicz, where she equips CEOs to design a business and team that can run itself, Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 061 The Opportunity in Your Accounts Receivable 61 61 061 The Opportunity in Your Accounts Receivable full 0eb2735d-c847-41cd-9a95-a41942ca4a39 https://share.transistor.fm/s/f34de048 A lot of business owners have tens of thousands of dollars hanging out in Accounts Receivable that is more than 30 days old.

Where's the opportunity for you and your business, in these owed payments?

If your clients owe you money, it’s likely that either they don't have enough cash to pay you, or they lack the systems to pay you on time.

Dig deeper into your clients’ business to find layers of opportunity. Find out about their challenges. 

If they don’t have enough money, is there an opportunity for you to offer them something like cash flow and budgeting and inventory and cost analysis services?

Or maybe they have the money but they don't have the systems in place to pay you on time. Maybe they’re super inefficient and need help to streamline and to build out more efficient work systems.

What solutions could you offer that would benefit you both?

Because you can solve problems, you might be the one and only, the very person who can help your clients think about how to solve this problem that could have been a nagging at them for years. 

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops:

DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> A lot of business owners have tens of thousands of dollars hanging out in Accounts Receivable that is more than 30 days old.

Where's the opportunity for you and your business, in these owed payments?

If your clients owe you money, it’s likely that either they don't have enough cash to pay you, or they lack the systems to pay you on time.

Dig deeper into your clients’ business to find layers of opportunity. Find out about their challenges. 

If they don’t have enough money, is there an opportunity for you to offer them something like cash flow and budgeting and inventory and cost analysis services?

Or maybe they have the money but they don't have the systems in place to pay you on time. Maybe they’re super inefficient and need help to streamline and to build out more efficient work systems.

What solutions could you offer that would benefit you both?

Because you can solve problems, you might be the one and only, the very person who can help your clients think about how to solve this problem that could have been a nagging at them for years. 

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops:

DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services

https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Wed, 27 Nov 2019 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 672 A lot of business owners have tens of thousands of dollars hanging out in Accounts Receivable that is more than 30 days old. Where's the opportunity for you and your business, in these owed payments? If your clients owe you money, it’s likely that either they don't have enough cash to pay you, or they lack the systems to pay you on time. Dig deeper into your clients’ business to find layers of opportunity. Find out about their challenges.  If they don’t have enough money, is there an opportunity for you to offer them something like cash flow and budgeting and inventory and cost analysis services? Or maybe they have the money but they don't have the systems in place to pay you on time. Maybe they’re super inefficient and need help to streamline and to build out more efficient work systems. What solutions could you offer that would benefit you both? Because you can solve problems, you might be the one and only, the very person who can help your clients think about how to solve this problem that could have been a nagging at them for years.    Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: DECEMBER: Adding Advisory Services https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   A lot of business owners have tens of thousands of dollars hanging out in Accounts Receivable that is more than 30 days old. Where's the opportunity for you and your business, in these owed payments? If your clients owe you money, it’s likely that either Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 060 Stand Out from the Crowd with Donna Leyens, President of Pumpkin Plan Your Biz 60 60 060 Stand Out from the Crowd with Donna Leyens, President of Pumpkin Plan Your Biz full dd351fa3-24db-4806-89b3-872c886fd4d9 https://share.transistor.fm/s/b5848610 My guest today is Donna Leyens of the Provendus Group, and Pumpkin Plan Your Business.

Donna is an entrepreneur, a Certified Professional Business Coach and has an MBA in Finance and Entrepreneurial Studies. She spent the early part of her professional career on Wall St. analyzing and raising capital for public and private companies. In other words, Donna knows what makes a company tick. 

Donna and Mike Michalowicz have partnered to create Pumpkin Plan Your Biz, where business owners receive training and certification in the pumpkin plan methodology to become certified Pumpkin Plan Strategists. 

I wanted to interview Donna to go deeper into the concepts in the Pumpkin Plan and how they can be implemented to make it easier and more profitable to run your business. 

One of the things I loved in our conversation was this idea around no longer selling just an additional service. 

If you want to become an advisor in your business, you need to switch how you view your relationship with and how you communicate with your clients, from one of simply service provider to one of partner who helps solve problems. 

If you like this idea of separating yourself from the crowd, and want help with the process, know that I am soon to be a certified Pumpkin Plan Strategist, because I am already applying so many of these concepts to great success with my own clients, and decided that being even more adept with the process and tools would shorten the time it would take for my clients to double their income with a third of their client load. 

Book mentioned:

The Pumpkin Plan: A Simple Strategy to Grow a Remarkable Business in Any Field

https://www.amazon.com/Pumpkin-Plan-Strategy-Remarkable-Business/dp/1591844886

 

Previous episode mentioned:

053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson

https://SheThinksBigCoaching.com/053

 

Connect with Donna:

Email: donna@pumpkinplanyourbiz.com

Website: www.pumpkinplanyourbiz.com

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> My guest today is Donna Leyens of the Provendus Group, and Pumpkin Plan Your Business.

Donna is an entrepreneur, a Certified Professional Business Coach and has an MBA in Finance and Entrepreneurial Studies. She spent the early part of her professional career on Wall St. analyzing and raising capital for public and private companies. In other words, Donna knows what makes a company tick. 

Donna and Mike Michalowicz have partnered to create Pumpkin Plan Your Biz, where business owners receive training and certification in the pumpkin plan methodology to become certified Pumpkin Plan Strategists. 

I wanted to interview Donna to go deeper into the concepts in the Pumpkin Plan and how they can be implemented to make it easier and more profitable to run your business. 

One of the things I loved in our conversation was this idea around no longer selling just an additional service. 

If you want to become an advisor in your business, you need to switch how you view your relationship with and how you communicate with your clients, from one of simply service provider to one of partner who helps solve problems. 

If you like this idea of separating yourself from the crowd, and want help with the process, know that I am soon to be a certified Pumpkin Plan Strategist, because I am already applying so many of these concepts to great success with my own clients, and decided that being even more adept with the process and tools would shorten the time it would take for my clients to double their income with a third of their client load. 

Book mentioned:

The Pumpkin Plan: A Simple Strategy to Grow a Remarkable Business in Any Field

https://www.amazon.com/Pumpkin-Plan-Strategy-Remarkable-Business/dp/1591844886

 

Previous episode mentioned:

053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson

https://SheThinksBigCoaching.com/053

 

Connect with Donna:

Email: donna@pumpkinplanyourbiz.com

Website: www.pumpkinplanyourbiz.com

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 20 Nov 2019 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2459 My guest today is Donna Leyens of the Provendus Group, and Pumpkin Plan Your Business. Donna is an entrepreneur, a Certified Professional Business Coach and has an MBA in Finance and Entrepreneurial Studies. She spent the early part of her professional career on Wall St. analyzing and raising capital for public and private companies. In other words, Donna knows what makes a company tick.  Donna and Mike Michalowicz have partnered to create Pumpkin Plan Your Biz, where business owners receive training and certification in the pumpkin plan methodology to become certified Pumpkin Plan Strategists.  I wanted to interview Donna to go deeper into the concepts in the Pumpkin Plan and how they can be implemented to make it easier and more profitable to run your business.  One of the things I loved in our conversation was this idea around no longer selling just an additional service.  If you want to become an advisor in your business, you need to switch how you view your relationship with and how you communicate with your clients, from one of simply service provider to one of partner who helps solve problems.  If you like this idea of separating yourself from the crowd, and want help with the process, know that I am soon to be a certified Pumpkin Plan Strategist, because I am already applying so many of these concepts to great success with my own clients, and decided that being even more adept with the process and tools would shorten the time it would take for my clients to double their income with a third of their client load.  Book mentioned: The Pumpkin Plan: A Simple Strategy to Grow a Remarkable Business in Any Field https://www.amazon.com/Pumpkin-Plan-Strategy-Remarkable-Business/dp/1591844886   Previous episode mentioned: 053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson https://SheThinksBigCoaching.com/053   Connect with Donna: Email: donna@pumpkinplanyourbiz.com Website: www.pumpkinplanyourbiz.com   Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ My guest today is Donna Leyens of the Provendus Group, and Pumpkin Plan Your Business. Donna is an entrepreneur, a Certified Professional Business Coach and has an MBA in Finance and Entrepreneurial Studies. She spent the early part of her professional ca Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 059 Planning for 2020 Happens Now 59 59 059 Planning for 2020 Happens Now full f041af38deec470ca79765f2c2e3f877 https://share.transistor.fm/s/ec1f44e9 In this episode, what I want for you is to start thinking about 2020, because my friends, it is upon us.

Since you get sucked away by the vortex of taxes from January to April, if you don't do business planning for 2020 now, then you're likely to not do it until May of 2020.

What I see a lot of CPAs, and other types of business owners doing is just having their heads so buried in product delivery, that they don't pick up their heads, not just look at their business but to also do some high level planning for the next year or even the next three to five years or even your exit plan.

Do you want to get ahead of the game and figure out where you're trying to go, figure out where you want things to end up and see if you can steer your business there as best as possible? 

CPA dogma is you have to make hay while the sun shines. I'm just going to be working until eight o'clock every night, most Saturdays and Sundays, until April 15 and that's just the way it is. 

I don't believe it has to be that way. It doesn't have to be the default design.

What I want for you is to be thinking about how you can maximize profit, maintain your sanity, and reduce the number of weekends you work from January to April. 

So here's some of the conversations that I'm having right now with my clients, as we head into 2020, making our assessments for the year: 

  • Who are their top 20% clients and their top 10% clients. In what ways are those clients similar? 
  • What's the income range of those business owners (assuming they’re business owners)?
  • Where's the line that represents the bottom 15% of your clients? 
  • What are my income goals for 2020. Gross, net and take home pay?
  • How many clients does that mean, at what rate. 
  • What's the revenue range of those business owners who will happily pay you the rates that you're looking for? 
  • Who are the clients that you are ready to say no to and refer out? 
  • What would amazing service look like for your top 10% or 20% clients? 
  • Do my results happen because of the work that I do, or do my results happen because of the belief and the mindset that I have? 

And in order to start thinking about the big things that could be possible that you could be creating in 2020, what I want you to think about is:

  • What are 10 ways that I could double my income in 2020?
  • What are 10 different paths to building a million dollar firm, and then exit it? 
  • Who are 10 people I could talk to you about those realities?

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> In this episode, what I want for you is to start thinking about 2020, because my friends, it is upon us.

Since you get sucked away by the vortex of taxes from January to April, if you don't do business planning for 2020 now, then you're likely to not do it until May of 2020.

What I see a lot of CPAs, and other types of business owners doing is just having their heads so buried in product delivery, that they don't pick up their heads, not just look at their business but to also do some high level planning for the next year or even the next three to five years or even your exit plan.

Do you want to get ahead of the game and figure out where you're trying to go, figure out where you want things to end up and see if you can steer your business there as best as possible? 

CPA dogma is you have to make hay while the sun shines. I'm just going to be working until eight o'clock every night, most Saturdays and Sundays, until April 15 and that's just the way it is. 

I don't believe it has to be that way. It doesn't have to be the default design.

What I want for you is to be thinking about how you can maximize profit, maintain your sanity, and reduce the number of weekends you work from January to April. 

So here's some of the conversations that I'm having right now with my clients, as we head into 2020, making our assessments for the year: 

  • Who are their top 20% clients and their top 10% clients. In what ways are those clients similar? 
  • What's the income range of those business owners (assuming they’re business owners)?
  • Where's the line that represents the bottom 15% of your clients? 
  • What are my income goals for 2020. Gross, net and take home pay?
  • How many clients does that mean, at what rate. 
  • What's the revenue range of those business owners who will happily pay you the rates that you're looking for? 
  • Who are the clients that you are ready to say no to and refer out? 
  • What would amazing service look like for your top 10% or 20% clients? 
  • Do my results happen because of the work that I do, or do my results happen because of the belief and the mindset that I have? 

And in order to start thinking about the big things that could be possible that you could be creating in 2020, what I want you to think about is:

  • What are 10 ways that I could double my income in 2020?
  • What are 10 different paths to building a million dollar firm, and then exit it? 
  • Who are 10 people I could talk to you about those realities?

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Wed, 13 Nov 2019 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1081 In this episode, what I want for you is to start thinking about 2020, because my friends, it is upon us. Since you get sucked away by the vortex of taxes from January to April, if you don't do business planning for 2020 now, then you're likely to not do it until May of 2020. What I see a lot of CPAs, and other types of business owners doing is just having their heads so buried in product delivery, that they don't pick up their heads, not just look at their business but to also do some high level planning for the next year or even the next three to five years or even your exit plan. Do you want to get ahead of the game and figure out where you're trying to go, figure out where you want things to end up and see if you can steer your business there as best as possible?  CPA dogma is you have to make hay while the sun shines. I'm just going to be working until eight o'clock every night, most Saturdays and Sundays, until April 15 and that's just the way it is.  I don't believe it has to be that way. It doesn't have to be the default design. What I want for you is to be thinking about how you can maximize profit, maintain your sanity, and reduce the number of weekends you work from January to April.  So here's some of the conversations that I'm having right now with my clients, as we head into 2020, making our assessments for the year:  Who are their top 20% clients and their top 10% clients. In what ways are those clients similar?  What's the income range of those business owners (assuming they’re business owners)? Where's the line that represents the bottom 15% of your clients?  What are my income goals for 2020. Gross, net and take home pay? How many clients does that mean, at what rate.  What's the revenue range of those business owners who will happily pay you the rates that you're looking for?  Who are the clients that you are ready to say no to and refer out?  What would amazing service look like for your top 10% or 20% clients?  Do my results happen because of the work that I do, or do my results happen because of the belief and the mindset that I have?  And in order to start thinking about the big things that could be possible that you could be creating in 2020, what I want you to think about is: What are 10 ways that I could double my income in 2020? What are 10 different paths to building a million dollar firm, and then exit it?  Who are 10 people I could talk to you about those realities? Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   In this episode, what I want for you is to start thinking about 2020, because my friends, it is upon us. Since you get sucked away by the vortex of taxes from January to April, if you don't do business planning for 2020 now, then you're likely to not do i Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 058 How Setting Up Your Ideal Week Saves You Time with Billie Anne Grigg 58 58 058 How Setting Up Your Ideal Week Saves You Time with Billie Anne Grigg full 5a4ed27d7dd54c398b751a4e513e7763 https://share.transistor.fm/s/0f89779d My guest today is Billie Anne Grigg, the Lead Technical Guide of Profit First Professionals, where she helps accountants, bookkeepers, and financial coaches learn how to leverage the Profit First brand and principles to stand out from their competitors, become more profitable, and transition to a more consultative role with their clients. She is also the founder of Pocket Protector Bookkeeping and a frequent contributor to financial and industry blogs, including Fundera Ledger and AccountingWeb.

I wanted to interview Billie Anne because she is a master at time-blocking her calendar. And what I have noticed in my interactions with her is that every time we talk, she arrives a few minutes early, is settled and prepared, and ready to get started on time. 

Managing my own time has always been a struggle for me. 

My hubs, who is really good at being on time, once said to me, in the most honest and compassionate way, “Sweetie, time management is just one of those things that most people learn to do as they become adults.”

Many of us have this challenge. So why not learn from somebody who really has it dialled in. And see what we can take from what she does and implement it in our own lives. 

When doing time blocking, we should focus on:

  1. business delivery
  2. business development
  3. personal stuff 

 

There were a number of take-aways that I will be thinking about for my own calendar. The main thing that time blocking helps me with is being realistic about time. Because I can operate in Wishful Thinking when it comes to how long things take in Real Reality, as opposed to  my Wishful Reality. 

And when I time block, it shows me where my thinking is flawed. 

It also helps me let go of “getting it all done”  because when I have planned my time thoughtfully in advance, then I know that I am doing the right activities. I have already thought it through, made the choices, and blocked it out. 

So when things I want to get done don’t get gotten to, like that LinkedIn article I wanted to write last week, I know it’s ok to let it go. Another opportunity will come around and I can try again.

And on behalf of my own clients, the key takeaways were around:

  1. Having a rush fee to protect your time 
  2. Having an engagement letter that clearly spells out how this relationship is going to roll 
  3. Not being open to taking calls all the time. 

Connect with Billie Anne and Profit First Professionals:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/billie-anne-grigg-79919067/

Profit First Professionals: http://profitfirstprofessionals.com

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> My guest today is Billie Anne Grigg, the Lead Technical Guide of Profit First Professionals, where she helps accountants, bookkeepers, and financial coaches learn how to leverage the Profit First brand and principles to stand out from their competitors, become more profitable, and transition to a more consultative role with their clients. She is also the founder of Pocket Protector Bookkeeping and a frequent contributor to financial and industry blogs, including Fundera Ledger and AccountingWeb.

I wanted to interview Billie Anne because she is a master at time-blocking her calendar. And what I have noticed in my interactions with her is that every time we talk, she arrives a few minutes early, is settled and prepared, and ready to get started on time. 

Managing my own time has always been a struggle for me. 

My hubs, who is really good at being on time, once said to me, in the most honest and compassionate way, “Sweetie, time management is just one of those things that most people learn to do as they become adults.”

Many of us have this challenge. So why not learn from somebody who really has it dialled in. And see what we can take from what she does and implement it in our own lives. 

When doing time blocking, we should focus on:

  1. business delivery
  2. business development
  3. personal stuff 

 

There were a number of take-aways that I will be thinking about for my own calendar. The main thing that time blocking helps me with is being realistic about time. Because I can operate in Wishful Thinking when it comes to how long things take in Real Reality, as opposed to  my Wishful Reality. 

And when I time block, it shows me where my thinking is flawed. 

It also helps me let go of “getting it all done”  because when I have planned my time thoughtfully in advance, then I know that I am doing the right activities. I have already thought it through, made the choices, and blocked it out. 

So when things I want to get done don’t get gotten to, like that LinkedIn article I wanted to write last week, I know it’s ok to let it go. Another opportunity will come around and I can try again.

And on behalf of my own clients, the key takeaways were around:

  1. Having a rush fee to protect your time 
  2. Having an engagement letter that clearly spells out how this relationship is going to roll 
  3. Not being open to taking calls all the time. 

Connect with Billie Anne and Profit First Professionals:

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/billie-anne-grigg-79919067/

Profit First Professionals: http://profitfirstprofessionals.com

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 06 Nov 2019 03:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2433 My guest today is Billie Anne Grigg, the Lead Technical Guide of Profit First Professionals, where she helps accountants, bookkeepers, and financial coaches learn how to leverage the Profit First brand and principles to stand out from their competitors, become more profitable, and transition to a more consultative role with their clients. She is also the founder of Pocket Protector Bookkeeping and a frequent contributor to financial and industry blogs, including Fundera Ledger and AccountingWeb. I wanted to interview Billie Anne because she is a master at time-blocking her calendar. And what I have noticed in my interactions with her is that every time we talk, she arrives a few minutes early, is settled and prepared, and ready to get started on time.  Managing my own time has always been a struggle for me.  My hubs, who is really good at being on time, once said to me, in the most honest and compassionate way, “Sweetie, time management is just one of those things that most people learn to do as they become adults.” Many of us have this challenge. So why not learn from somebody who really has it dialled in. And see what we can take from what she does and implement it in our own lives.  When doing time blocking, we should focus on: business delivery business development personal stuff    There were a number of take-aways that I will be thinking about for my own calendar. The main thing that time blocking helps me with is being realistic about time. Because I can operate in Wishful Thinking when it comes to how long things take in Real Reality, as opposed to  my Wishful Reality.  And when I time block, it shows me where my thinking is flawed.  It also helps me let go of “getting it all done”  because when I have planned my time thoughtfully in advance, then I know that I am doing the right activities. I have already thought it through, made the choices, and blocked it out.  So when things I want to get done don’t get gotten to, like that LinkedIn article I wanted to write last week, I know it’s ok to let it go. Another opportunity will come around and I can try again. And on behalf of my own clients, the key takeaways were around: Having a rush fee to protect your time  Having an engagement letter that clearly spells out how this relationship is going to roll  Not being open to taking calls all the time.  Connect with Billie Anne and Profit First Professionals: LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/billie-anne-grigg-79919067/ Profit First Professionals: http://profitfirstprofessionals.com Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ My guest today is Billie Anne Grigg, the Lead Technical Guide of Profit First Professionals, where she helps accountants, bookkeepers, and financial coaches learn how to leverage the Profit First brand and principles to stand out from their competitors, b Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 057 Create Value for Your Clients with End-of-Year Meetings 57 57 057 Create Value for Your Clients with End-of-Year Meetings full 21bc3f2511234c6c803a6328d579d0d8 https://share.transistor.fm/s/7d9252d3 Last week I did a training for Profit First Professionals. If you've read the book Profit First by Mike Michalowicz, you may or may not know that he has a membership group associated with a book for accountants, bookkeepers, CPAs and business coaches who want to use these tools and implement them in their own practice for their own clients. 

They asked me to come and do a training called Recapture Your Money, which is a lot of the same ideas that I talked about in my episodes Where to Find the $50,000 Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business. 

They asked me to come and present six places to look to recapture money that already exists in your business. A lot of the places that I mentioned, apply across many different types of businesses. But there's one that stands out that's unique to CPAs, and this is the one that the attendees cited as the most useful takeaway for them. And that is proactively scheduling end-of-year meetings.

In these end-of-year meetings, remember that you're the trusted advisor. You're one of the few people in their life that they go to, to ask questions that they wouldn't ask of most other people. This doesn't mean though that you need to have all the answers, but if you can help them find their way to the right answers, to other resources, other people who may be able to help them. That sets you apart. 

So being a CPA who looks out for his or her clients by proactively scheduling end-of-year meetings is priceless. And just one more thing you can do to separate yourself from the flock. 

Book mentioned:

Profit First by Mike Michalowicz https://profitfirstbook.com/

Previous Episodes mentioned:

024 Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business – Part 1

025 Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business – Part 2

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Last week I did a training for Profit First Professionals. If you've read the book Profit First by Mike Michalowicz, you may or may not know that he has a membership group associated with a book for accountants, bookkeepers, CPAs and business coaches who want to use these tools and implement them in their own practice for their own clients. 

They asked me to come and do a training called Recapture Your Money, which is a lot of the same ideas that I talked about in my episodes Where to Find the $50,000 Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business. 

They asked me to come and present six places to look to recapture money that already exists in your business. A lot of the places that I mentioned, apply across many different types of businesses. But there's one that stands out that's unique to CPAs, and this is the one that the attendees cited as the most useful takeaway for them. And that is proactively scheduling end-of-year meetings.

In these end-of-year meetings, remember that you're the trusted advisor. You're one of the few people in their life that they go to, to ask questions that they wouldn't ask of most other people. This doesn't mean though that you need to have all the answers, but if you can help them find their way to the right answers, to other resources, other people who may be able to help them. That sets you apart. 

So being a CPA who looks out for his or her clients by proactively scheduling end-of-year meetings is priceless. And just one more thing you can do to separate yourself from the flock. 

Book mentioned:

Profit First by Mike Michalowicz https://profitfirstbook.com/

Previous Episodes mentioned:

024 Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business – Part 1

025 Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business – Part 2

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 30 Oct 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 519 Last week I did a training for Profit First Professionals. If you've read the book Profit First by Mike Michalowicz, you may or may not know that he has a membership group associated with a book for accountants, bookkeepers, CPAs and business coaches who want to use these tools and implement them in their own practice for their own clients.  They asked me to come and do a training called Recapture Your Money, which is a lot of the same ideas that I talked about in my episodes Where to Find the $50,000 Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business.  They asked me to come and present six places to look to recapture money that already exists in your business. A lot of the places that I mentioned, apply across many different types of businesses. But there's one that stands out that's unique to CPAs, and this is the one that the attendees cited as the most useful takeaway for them. And that is proactively scheduling end-of-year meetings. In these end-of-year meetings, remember that you're the trusted advisor. You're one of the few people in their life that they go to, to ask questions that they wouldn't ask of most other people. This doesn't mean though that you need to have all the answers, but if you can help them find their way to the right answers, to other resources, other people who may be able to help them. That sets you apart.  So being a CPA who looks out for his or her clients by proactively scheduling end-of-year meetings is priceless. And just one more thing you can do to separate yourself from the flock.  Book mentioned: Profit First by Mike Michalowicz https://profitfirstbook.com/ Previous Episodes mentioned: 024 Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business – Part 1 025 Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business – Part 2 Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Last week I did a training for Profit First Professionals. If you've read the book Profit First by Mike Michalowicz, you may or may not know that he has a membership group associated with a book for accountants, bookkeepers, CPAs and business coaches who Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 056 How Being A Non-traditional Practice Fuels Growth, with Michelle Cooper, owner of Alchemy Accounting 56 56 056 How Being A Non-traditional Practice Fuels Growth, with Michelle Cooper, owner of Alchemy Accounting full 980cfa741be8414f87b2219f852b9f30 https://share.transistor.fm/s/300d7ab3 My guest today is Michelle Cooper, owner of Alchemy Accounting in Chilliwack, British Columbia in Canada. Alchemy Accounting works with coaches and consultants around the world who are seeking clarity in their numbers and profitability in their business.

Michelle is out to design a non-traditional accounting practice. And today we talk about what that might look like as technology enables more of us to be nomads at work. We also talk about the opportunity that presents for accountants to do taxes across international borders, and about how niching down saved her time and made her life easier. And finally, we talk about how discovering what’s called the Queen Bee Role in her business made operations clearer for everyone on her staff. 

There was so much in Michelle’s story that I appreciated, and that I think listeners will appreciate too. 

Some nuggets that stick with me are:

  • As always, how helpful it is to focus on in a profession, industry, or niche. EVERYTHING gets easier, and more of the right clients find their way to you. Remember that if you say you serve a broad range of clients, or you say you work with small business owners, families, and individuals - then you are talking to no one, and your signal is getting lost in the noise. 
  • How uncovering the Queen Bee Role in her firm simplified not just her decision-making, but made it easier for her staff to make decisions without having to check with Michelle. 
  • Opportunities are everywhere. There absolutely is more than enough work for every last accountant who wants to be profitable while helping their clients with financial literacy and being more profitable, and reducing tax exposure. 
  • What you choose to focus on, is what you create. In short, your Reticular Activating System (RAS) takes what you focus on and creates a filter for it. So if you don’t think something is possible, you will find evidence to confirm that belief, and if you do think something is possible, your RAS will allow evidence to pass through its filter. 

 

Michelle’s Vision for Alchemy Accounting:

I’d love to see for my business to grow and my team to rise into more coaching and consulting roles.

The Queen Bee Role (QBR) is in the book:

Clockwork: Design Your Business to Run Itself by Mike Michalowicz

https://www.amazon.com/Clockwork-Design-Your-Business-Itself-ebook/dp/B078GDX7BP

 

Reticular Activating System explained:

https://medium.com/desk-of-van-schneider/if-you-want-it-you-might-get-it-the-reticular-activating-system-explained-761b6ac14e53

 

Previous Episodes on Niching Down:

053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down, with Tracy Jepson

054 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster

Connect with Michelle:

Website: http://MichelleBCooper.com

Website: http://AlchemyAccounting.ca

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/michelle.h.cooper.9

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> My guest today is Michelle Cooper, owner of Alchemy Accounting in Chilliwack, British Columbia in Canada. Alchemy Accounting works with coaches and consultants around the world who are seeking clarity in their numbers and profitability in their business.

Michelle is out to design a non-traditional accounting practice. And today we talk about what that might look like as technology enables more of us to be nomads at work. We also talk about the opportunity that presents for accountants to do taxes across international borders, and about how niching down saved her time and made her life easier. And finally, we talk about how discovering what’s called the Queen Bee Role in her business made operations clearer for everyone on her staff. 

There was so much in Michelle’s story that I appreciated, and that I think listeners will appreciate too. 

Some nuggets that stick with me are:

  • As always, how helpful it is to focus on in a profession, industry, or niche. EVERYTHING gets easier, and more of the right clients find their way to you. Remember that if you say you serve a broad range of clients, or you say you work with small business owners, families, and individuals - then you are talking to no one, and your signal is getting lost in the noise. 
  • How uncovering the Queen Bee Role in her firm simplified not just her decision-making, but made it easier for her staff to make decisions without having to check with Michelle. 
  • Opportunities are everywhere. There absolutely is more than enough work for every last accountant who wants to be profitable while helping their clients with financial literacy and being more profitable, and reducing tax exposure. 
  • What you choose to focus on, is what you create. In short, your Reticular Activating System (RAS) takes what you focus on and creates a filter for it. So if you don’t think something is possible, you will find evidence to confirm that belief, and if you do think something is possible, your RAS will allow evidence to pass through its filter. 

 

Michelle’s Vision for Alchemy Accounting:

I’d love to see for my business to grow and my team to rise into more coaching and consulting roles.

The Queen Bee Role (QBR) is in the book:

Clockwork: Design Your Business to Run Itself by Mike Michalowicz

https://www.amazon.com/Clockwork-Design-Your-Business-Itself-ebook/dp/B078GDX7BP

 

Reticular Activating System explained:

https://medium.com/desk-of-van-schneider/if-you-want-it-you-might-get-it-the-reticular-activating-system-explained-761b6ac14e53

 

Previous Episodes on Niching Down:

053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down, with Tracy Jepson

054 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster

Connect with Michelle:

Website: http://MichelleBCooper.com

Website: http://AlchemyAccounting.ca

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/michelle.h.cooper.9

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 23 Oct 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2431 My guest today is Michelle Cooper, owner of Alchemy Accounting in Chilliwack, British Columbia in Canada. Alchemy Accounting works with coaches and consultants around the world who are seeking clarity in their numbers and profitability in their business. Michelle is out to design a non-traditional accounting practice. And today we talk about what that might look like as technology enables more of us to be nomads at work. We also talk about the opportunity that presents for accountants to do taxes across international borders, and about how niching down saved her time and made her life easier. And finally, we talk about how discovering what’s called the Queen Bee Role in her business made operations clearer for everyone on her staff.  There was so much in Michelle’s story that I appreciated, and that I think listeners will appreciate too.  Some nuggets that stick with me are: As always, how helpful it is to focus on in a profession, industry, or niche. EVERYTHING gets easier, and more of the right clients find their way to you. Remember that if you say you serve a broad range of clients, or you say you work with small business owners, families, and individuals - then you are talking to no one, and your signal is getting lost in the noise.  How uncovering the Queen Bee Role in her firm simplified not just her decision-making, but made it easier for her staff to make decisions without having to check with Michelle.  Opportunities are everywhere. There absolutely is more than enough work for every last accountant who wants to be profitable while helping their clients with financial literacy and being more profitable, and reducing tax exposure.  What you choose to focus on, is what you create. In short, your Reticular Activating System (RAS) takes what you focus on and creates a filter for it. So if you don’t think something is possible, you will find evidence to confirm that belief, and if you do think something is possible, your RAS will allow evidence to pass through its filter.    Michelle’s Vision for Alchemy Accounting: I’d love to see for my business to grow and my team to rise into more coaching and consulting roles. The Queen Bee Role (QBR) is in the book: Clockwork: Design Your Business to Run Itself by Mike Michalowicz https://www.amazon.com/Clockwork-Design-Your-Business-Itself-ebook/dp/B078GDX7BP   Reticular Activating System explained: https://medium.com/desk-of-van-schneider/if-you-want-it-you-might-get-it-the-reticular-activating-system-explained-761b6ac14e53   Previous Episodes on Niching Down: 053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down, with Tracy Jepson 054 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster Connect with Michelle: Website: http://MichelleBCooper.com Website: http://AlchemyAccounting.ca Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/michelle.h.cooper.9   Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ My guest today is Michelle Cooper, owner of Alchemy Accounting in Chilliwack, British Columbia in Canada. Alchemy Accounting works with coaches and consultants around the world who are seeking clarity in their numbers and profitability in their business. Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 055 [Coaching] Mindset Blocks Around Hiring with Dr. Sabrina Starling 55 55 055 [Coaching] Mindset Blocks Around Hiring with Dr. Sabrina Starling full 1e1ac1829f434fa297f6f279bef9761e https://share.transistor.fm/s/42f4f41a Today’s guest is Dr. Sabrina Starling, the business psychologist, author of "How to Hire the Best," and the founder of Tap the Potential. 

I invited Dr. Sabrina to be on the show today to talk about hiring, because I know how many of my own clients find it challenging to hire the right person. And oftentimes, they have resistance to hiring, and wait too long to make that next hire. Oftentimes, at their own detriment. And I'm aware that the resistance to hiring can often be mindset blocks. 

I know so many business owners who struggle with similar challenges. So the thinking around this episode was to serve up some real life coaching, to bring awareness and understanding to you on some of the things that might be hiding out in your own mind that might result in shifting the choices that you're making around hiring.

Dr. Sabrina’s Four-Week Vacation Mindset Tool

The Four-Week Vacation Mindset Tool is based on the idea that others are whole, capable, confident and complete.

  • When we think to ourselves, “I can't take a 4-week vacation,” we ask, “How can I?”
  • Instead of “I don't know how to set up my business to be successful with teams so that I could be gone,” we ask “Who can I learn from?”
  • Instead of “My clients will be upset that I’m gone, that they're dealing with someone who's not me, (or whatever our Gremlins are), “How do we, as a team, continue to provide an exceptional service in a team member’s absence?” 

So we're taking all those Gremlin beliefs that run through our heads that limit us, and we're turning them into powerful questions.

 

Key Takeaways

Dr. Sabrina has no doubt given me a lot to think about and new perspectives to look through when I think about what I want for my business, and how I might grow it in a way that works for me, works for staff employees, subcontractors, and increases my impact while getting more of my time back. 

Other key takeaways for me were on shifting my perspective:

  1. believing that people are whole, competent and complete versus I have to teach them everything.
  2. the idea that I have to teach you everything 
  3. having to shoulder the workload 

Some questions/learnings from our conversation:

 

  • What am I NOT doing because I hadn’t wanted to hire? 
  • Any time that I’m doing something that’s not my gift, I’m depriving somebody of my gift.
  • How could you have a greater impact while working less?
  • What would my life be like if accolades weren't related to my identity and my self esteem?

 

Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Connect with Dr. Sabrina:

Podcast: Profit by Design https://www.profitbydesignpodcast.com/

Book: How to Hire the Best https://www.amazon.com/How-Hire-Best-Attracting-Performing/dp/0998006203

Website: Tap the Potential https://www.tapthepotential.com/

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Dr. Sabrina Starling, the business psychologist, author of "How to Hire the Best," and the founder of Tap the Potential. 

I invited Dr. Sabrina to be on the show today to talk about hiring, because I know how many of my own clients find it challenging to hire the right person. And oftentimes, they have resistance to hiring, and wait too long to make that next hire. Oftentimes, at their own detriment. And I'm aware that the resistance to hiring can often be mindset blocks. 

I know so many business owners who struggle with similar challenges. So the thinking around this episode was to serve up some real life coaching, to bring awareness and understanding to you on some of the things that might be hiding out in your own mind that might result in shifting the choices that you're making around hiring.

Dr. Sabrina’s Four-Week Vacation Mindset Tool

The Four-Week Vacation Mindset Tool is based on the idea that others are whole, capable, confident and complete.

  • When we think to ourselves, “I can't take a 4-week vacation,” we ask, “How can I?”
  • Instead of “I don't know how to set up my business to be successful with teams so that I could be gone,” we ask “Who can I learn from?”
  • Instead of “My clients will be upset that I’m gone, that they're dealing with someone who's not me, (or whatever our Gremlins are), “How do we, as a team, continue to provide an exceptional service in a team member’s absence?” 

So we're taking all those Gremlin beliefs that run through our heads that limit us, and we're turning them into powerful questions.

 

Key Takeaways

Dr. Sabrina has no doubt given me a lot to think about and new perspectives to look through when I think about what I want for my business, and how I might grow it in a way that works for me, works for staff employees, subcontractors, and increases my impact while getting more of my time back. 

Other key takeaways for me were on shifting my perspective:

  1. believing that people are whole, competent and complete versus I have to teach them everything.
  2. the idea that I have to teach you everything 
  3. having to shoulder the workload 

Some questions/learnings from our conversation:

 

  • What am I NOT doing because I hadn’t wanted to hire? 
  • Any time that I’m doing something that’s not my gift, I’m depriving somebody of my gift.
  • How could you have a greater impact while working less?
  • What would my life be like if accolades weren't related to my identity and my self esteem?

 

Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Connect with Dr. Sabrina:

Podcast: Profit by Design https://www.profitbydesignpodcast.com/

Book: How to Hire the Best https://www.amazon.com/How-Hire-Best-Attracting-Performing/dp/0998006203

Website: Tap the Potential https://www.tapthepotential.com/

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 16 Oct 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 3265 Today’s guest is Dr. Sabrina Starling, the business psychologist, author of "How to Hire the Best," and the founder of Tap the Potential.  I invited Dr. Sabrina to be on the show today to talk about hiring, because I know how many of my own clients find it challenging to hire the right person. And oftentimes, they have resistance to hiring, and wait too long to make that next hire. Oftentimes, at their own detriment. And I'm aware that the resistance to hiring can often be mindset blocks.  I know so many business owners who struggle with similar challenges. So the thinking around this episode was to serve up some real life coaching, to bring awareness and understanding to you on some of the things that might be hiding out in your own mind that might result in shifting the choices that you're making around hiring. Dr. Sabrina’s Four-Week Vacation Mindset Tool The Four-Week Vacation Mindset Tool is based on the idea that others are whole, capable, confident and complete. When we think to ourselves, “I can't take a 4-week vacation,” we ask, “How can I?” Instead of “I don't know how to set up my business to be successful with teams so that I could be gone,” we ask “Who can I learn from?” Instead of “My clients will be upset that I’m gone, that they're dealing with someone who's not me, (or whatever our Gremlins are), “How do we, as a team, continue to provide an exceptional service in a team member’s absence?”  So we're taking all those Gremlin beliefs that run through our heads that limit us, and we're turning them into powerful questions.   Key Takeaways Dr. Sabrina has no doubt given me a lot to think about and new perspectives to look through when I think about what I want for my business, and how I might grow it in a way that works for me, works for staff employees, subcontractors, and increases my impact while getting more of my time back.  Other key takeaways for me were on shifting my perspective: believing that people are whole, competent and complete versus I have to teach them everything. the idea that I have to teach you everything  having to shoulder the workload  Some questions/learnings from our conversation:   What am I NOT doing because I hadn’t wanted to hire?  Any time that I’m doing something that’s not my gift, I’m depriving somebody of my gift. How could you have a greater impact while working less? What would my life be like if accolades weren't related to my identity and my self esteem?   Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. Connect with Dr. Sabrina: Podcast: Profit by Design https://www.profitbydesignpodcast.com/ Book: How to Hire the Best https://www.amazon.com/How-Hire-Best-Attracting-Performing/dp/0998006203 Website: Tap the Potential https://www.tapthepotential.com/ Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Dr. Sabrina Starling, the business psychologist, author of "How to Hire the Best," and the founder of Tap the Potential.  I invited Dr. Sabrina to be on the show today to talk about hiring, because I know how many of my own clients find i Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 054 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster 54 54 054 How Narrowing Your Niche Can Help You Grow Faster full 50efdfc83e5d41d9a4f170e4a2705f63 https://share.transistor.fm/s/c86b58bb I want to talk to you today about what I see as one of the most important or biggest levers that you can pull in your business to help you grow. And that is specializing and narrowing down who you serve. 

Narrowing your niche is an incredibly important thing to do to help you grow your accounting practice.

What I want to talk about is why it's harder to be a generalist, what the benefits are of specializing and nIching down. I want to address the fears and the myths about niching down. I want to give you some examples of what it might look like to choose a specialty, what you do, and who you do it for, plus some sample messaging and where to start.

Niching down includes two things: what you do and who you do it for.

Some of the fears that I hear when I talked to my own clients and other people about niching down:

  1. What if I lose potential clients?
  2. I don't want to have to say no or turn away other people who come to me who aren't in my niche: afterall, I can help just about anyone!

If you want the list of 20 possible initiatives and specialties to reference to give you some ideas to get started, download the free PDF: Possible Specialties and Niches.

Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Download PDF: Possible Specialties and Niches: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/054-pdf-download

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> I want to talk to you today about what I see as one of the most important or biggest levers that you can pull in your business to help you grow. And that is specializing and narrowing down who you serve. 

Narrowing your niche is an incredibly important thing to do to help you grow your accounting practice.

What I want to talk about is why it's harder to be a generalist, what the benefits are of specializing and nIching down. I want to address the fears and the myths about niching down. I want to give you some examples of what it might look like to choose a specialty, what you do, and who you do it for, plus some sample messaging and where to start.

Niching down includes two things: what you do and who you do it for.

Some of the fears that I hear when I talked to my own clients and other people about niching down:

  1. What if I lose potential clients?
  2. I don't want to have to say no or turn away other people who come to me who aren't in my niche: afterall, I can help just about anyone!

If you want the list of 20 possible initiatives and specialties to reference to give you some ideas to get started, download the free PDF: Possible Specialties and Niches.

Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Download PDF: Possible Specialties and Niches: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/054-pdf-download

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 09 Oct 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1021 I want to talk to you today about what I see as one of the most important or biggest levers that you can pull in your business to help you grow. And that is specializing and narrowing down who you serve.  Narrowing your niche is an incredibly important thing to do to help you grow your accounting practice. What I want to talk about is why it's harder to be a generalist, what the benefits are of specializing and nIching down. I want to address the fears and the myths about niching down. I want to give you some examples of what it might look like to choose a specialty, what you do, and who you do it for, plus some sample messaging and where to start. Niching down includes two things: what you do and who you do it for. Some of the fears that I hear when I talked to my own clients and other people about niching down: What if I lose potential clients? I don't want to have to say no or turn away other people who come to me who aren't in my niche: afterall, I can help just about anyone! If you want the list of 20 possible initiatives and specialties to reference to give you some ideas to get started, download the free PDF: Possible Specialties and Niches. Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. Download PDF: Possible Specialties and Niches: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/054-pdf-download Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ I want to talk to you today about what I see as one of the most important or biggest levers that you can pull in your business to help you grow. And that is specializing and narrowing down who you serve.  Narrowing your niche is an incredibly important th Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson 53 53 053 Adding Advisory Services and the Power of Niching Down with Tracy Jepson full e5c698f6151b4090853b9f984fb654c5 https://share.transistor.fm/s/7d5dff2b My guest today is Tracy Jepson, founder and owner of TLJ Bookkeeping and Consulting. 

Tracy started her bookkeeping practice as a side hustle in an effort to get out of debt. Four years later, her practice now includes small business strategy, consulting and advisory services, to work in partnership with businesses to create permanent profitability. 

In this episode, Tracy talks about her journey from charging by the hour to moving to retainer, how she listened to really understand what her clients were asking her for, how that informed the addition of advisory services, and then how in time she niche down and niche down again, to make her own life easier, and watched her business grow as a result. 

Thank you so much, Tracy, for coming on the Epic Business Growth for CPAs Podcast. 

 

From our conversation, here are some nuggets that stick with me: 

  • Be really careful to attempt to out-earn your spending as a business strategy. Better to get your spending underneath your current earnings and grow from there. And be really careful to make sure that you have a viable business, rather than using your hard earned savings to prop up a passion project.
  • What your clients want from you is in your email. If you go back and not just read your email, but truly listen to what is inside emails from your clients, you will have everything you need to begin offering advisory services. 
  • Your clients are often less than forthcoming about what they don't know. Do not make assumptions about what they know and what they don't know. 

 

Tracy’s Vision:

I want to reach as many people as possible to help them get out of debt, connect their personal and business finances and really get them on the road to profit. 

Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Past episode mentioned:

042 Decoding CPA-Speak: Clarifying 9 Common Terms: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/042

 

Connect with Tracy:

Website: https://tracyjepson.com/

Group coaching site: http://thebottomlineacademy.com

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> My guest today is Tracy Jepson, founder and owner of TLJ Bookkeeping and Consulting. 

Tracy started her bookkeeping practice as a side hustle in an effort to get out of debt. Four years later, her practice now includes small business strategy, consulting and advisory services, to work in partnership with businesses to create permanent profitability. 

In this episode, Tracy talks about her journey from charging by the hour to moving to retainer, how she listened to really understand what her clients were asking her for, how that informed the addition of advisory services, and then how in time she niche down and niche down again, to make her own life easier, and watched her business grow as a result. 

Thank you so much, Tracy, for coming on the Epic Business Growth for CPAs Podcast. 

 

From our conversation, here are some nuggets that stick with me: 

  • Be really careful to attempt to out-earn your spending as a business strategy. Better to get your spending underneath your current earnings and grow from there. And be really careful to make sure that you have a viable business, rather than using your hard earned savings to prop up a passion project.
  • What your clients want from you is in your email. If you go back and not just read your email, but truly listen to what is inside emails from your clients, you will have everything you need to begin offering advisory services. 
  • Your clients are often less than forthcoming about what they don't know. Do not make assumptions about what they know and what they don't know. 

 

Tracy’s Vision:

I want to reach as many people as possible to help them get out of debt, connect their personal and business finances and really get them on the road to profit. 

Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Past episode mentioned:

042 Decoding CPA-Speak: Clarifying 9 Common Terms: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/042

 

Connect with Tracy:

Website: https://tracyjepson.com/

Group coaching site: http://thebottomlineacademy.com

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

 

]]> Wed, 02 Oct 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2885 My guest today is Tracy Jepson, founder and owner of TLJ Bookkeeping and Consulting.  Tracy started her bookkeeping practice as a side hustle in an effort to get out of debt. Four years later, her practice now includes small business strategy, consulting and advisory services, to work in partnership with businesses to create permanent profitability.  In this episode, Tracy talks about her journey from charging by the hour to moving to retainer, how she listened to really understand what her clients were asking her for, how that informed the addition of advisory services, and then how in time she niche down and niche down again, to make her own life easier, and watched her business grow as a result.  Thank you so much, Tracy, for coming on the Epic Business Growth for CPAs Podcast.    From our conversation, here are some nuggets that stick with me:  Be really careful to attempt to out-earn your spending as a business strategy. Better to get your spending underneath your current earnings and grow from there. And be really careful to make sure that you have a viable business, rather than using your hard earned savings to prop up a passion project. What your clients want from you is in your email. If you go back and not just read your email, but truly listen to what is inside emails from your clients, you will have everything you need to begin offering advisory services.  Your clients are often less than forthcoming about what they don't know. Do not make assumptions about what they know and what they don't know.    Tracy’s Vision: I want to reach as many people as possible to help them get out of debt, connect their personal and business finances and really get them on the road to profit.  Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. Past episode mentioned: 042 Decoding CPA-Speak: Clarifying 9 Common Terms: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/042   Connect with Tracy: Website: https://tracyjepson.com/ Group coaching site: http://thebottomlineacademy.com   Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/   My guest today is Tracy Jepson, founder and owner of TLJ Bookkeeping and Consulting.  Tracy started her bookkeeping practice as a side hustle in an effort to get out of debt. Four years later, her practice now includes small business strategy, consulting Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 052 From Solo to a Team of 6 in 5 years with Danielle Hayden of Kickstart Accounting 52 52 052 From Solo to a Team of 6 in 5 years with Danielle Hayden of Kickstart Accounting full 79bd2e59fbce423ab2cde4c53549a1c0 https://share.transistor.fm/s/a196c4b6 Today’s guest is Danielle Hayden of Kickstart Accounting. 

Danielle left her corporate job in 2014 to help small business owners with their numbers and finances. Five years later she runs an accounting practice with six people on staff serving more than 275 clients all around the country. 

In interviewing Danielle, I wanted to showcase what's possible to create in five short years, especially when you're willing to lift yourself up and out of the task-doing in your practice and build a team of people who you trained well and who have solid systems for delivering a consistent and high-quality client experience. 

What I see happening in so many entrepreneurs businesses is lax payment policies. It's one thing to be flexible but It's a different thing to be lax. And it costs business owners and accountants a lot of money to not have firm and clear policies in place.

Danielle also said that clients say to her that her staff are “just really nice.” I hear from a lot of regular business owners that they feel intimidated by their CPA, and they don't want to ask questions. If you're known as nice, and approachable, and someone who answers all your clients’ questions on a reasonably quick turnaround time, your clients are more successful, because of it.

It will also differentiate you in the marketplace, which will increase referrals in your favor.

Download the Profit Planner: https://profitplannerbookkeeping.com/

Enter the code SHETHINKSBIG to get 15% off. 

 

Danielle’s Big Goal:

“I want to continue to serve as many entrepreneurs as possible. My big, hairy, audacious goal is to serve one million business owners. And that is through helping them with bookkeeping, and helping them get the profit planner in their hands. And so we want to just continue to help businesses succeed.”

 

Danielle’s Big Ask:

“If you could think of one business owner in your in your circle, or that you've come into contact with that you know who needs help, whether that be they’re in accounting overwhelm, and they need someone to help them with their bookkeeping, or if they're overwhelmed because they cannot figure out how to create a profit in their business. I would love an introduction to that one business owner who's struggling.”

 

Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Connect with Danielle:

Website: Kickstartaccountinginc.com

 

Past episodes mentioned:

Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business - Part 1 http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/024

Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business - Part 2 http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/025

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Today’s guest is Danielle Hayden of Kickstart Accounting. 

Danielle left her corporate job in 2014 to help small business owners with their numbers and finances. Five years later she runs an accounting practice with six people on staff serving more than 275 clients all around the country. 

In interviewing Danielle, I wanted to showcase what's possible to create in five short years, especially when you're willing to lift yourself up and out of the task-doing in your practice and build a team of people who you trained well and who have solid systems for delivering a consistent and high-quality client experience. 

What I see happening in so many entrepreneurs businesses is lax payment policies. It's one thing to be flexible but It's a different thing to be lax. And it costs business owners and accountants a lot of money to not have firm and clear policies in place.

Danielle also said that clients say to her that her staff are “just really nice.” I hear from a lot of regular business owners that they feel intimidated by their CPA, and they don't want to ask questions. If you're known as nice, and approachable, and someone who answers all your clients’ questions on a reasonably quick turnaround time, your clients are more successful, because of it.

It will also differentiate you in the marketplace, which will increase referrals in your favor.

Download the Profit Planner: https://profitplannerbookkeeping.com/

Enter the code SHETHINKSBIG to get 15% off. 

 

Danielle’s Big Goal:

“I want to continue to serve as many entrepreneurs as possible. My big, hairy, audacious goal is to serve one million business owners. And that is through helping them with bookkeeping, and helping them get the profit planner in their hands. And so we want to just continue to help businesses succeed.”

 

Danielle’s Big Ask:

“If you could think of one business owner in your in your circle, or that you've come into contact with that you know who needs help, whether that be they’re in accounting overwhelm, and they need someone to help them with their bookkeeping, or if they're overwhelmed because they cannot figure out how to create a profit in their business. I would love an introduction to that one business owner who's struggling.”

 

Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Connect with Danielle:

Website: Kickstartaccountinginc.com

 

Past episodes mentioned:

Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business - Part 1 http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/024

Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business - Part 2 http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/025

 

Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/

1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/

VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/

]]> Wed, 25 Sep 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2136 Today’s guest is Danielle Hayden of Kickstart Accounting.  Danielle left her corporate job in 2014 to help small business owners with their numbers and finances. Five years later she runs an accounting practice with six people on staff serving more than 275 clients all around the country.  In interviewing Danielle, I wanted to showcase what's possible to create in five short years, especially when you're willing to lift yourself up and out of the task-doing in your practice and build a team of people who you trained well and who have solid systems for delivering a consistent and high-quality client experience.  What I see happening in so many entrepreneurs businesses is lax payment policies. It's one thing to be flexible but It's a different thing to be lax. And it costs business owners and accountants a lot of money to not have firm and clear policies in place. Danielle also said that clients say to her that her staff are “just really nice.” I hear from a lot of regular business owners that they feel intimidated by their CPA, and they don't want to ask questions. If you're known as nice, and approachable, and someone who answers all your clients’ questions on a reasonably quick turnaround time, your clients are more successful, because of it. It will also differentiate you in the marketplace, which will increase referrals in your favor. Download the Profit Planner: https://profitplannerbookkeeping.com/ Enter the code SHETHINKSBIG to get 15% off.    Danielle’s Big Goal: “I want to continue to serve as many entrepreneurs as possible. My big, hairy, audacious goal is to serve one million business owners. And that is through helping them with bookkeeping, and helping them get the profit planner in their hands. And so we want to just continue to help businesses succeed.”   Danielle’s Big Ask: “If you could think of one business owner in your in your circle, or that you've come into contact with that you know who needs help, whether that be they’re in accounting overwhelm, and they need someone to help them with their bookkeeping, or if they're overwhelmed because they cannot figure out how to create a profit in their business. I would love an introduction to that one business owner who's struggling.”   Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. Connect with Danielle: Website: Kickstartaccountinginc.com   Past episodes mentioned: Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business - Part 1 http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/024 Find the $50k Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business - Part 2 http://shethinksbigcoaching.com/025   Upcoming Webinars/Workshops: https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/webinars-workshops-schedule/   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/strategy-session/ 1:1 Coaching https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/business-coaching/ VIP Day https://shethinksbigcoaching.com/vip-day/ Today’s guest is Danielle Hayden of Kickstart Accounting.  Danielle left her corporate job in 2014 to help small business owners with their numbers and finances. Five years later she runs an accounting practice with six people on staff serving more than 2 Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No Bonus Episode… Announcement from Geraldine 51 51 Bonus Episode… Announcement from Geraldine bonus c6d9acfcc65946049fb97391f3001bcb https://share.transistor.fm/s/cfd0e5a5 I have something to share with you. 

As my own business and coaching practice grows, it's becoming clear to me that my sweet spot is working with CPAs to help them grow their accounting practice. 

The results that all of my clients have been getting have been fantastic. Some of them are doubling their monthly income, if not more, inside of six months. Even though I see it right there on their Profit and Losses, I still think, “Wow, that's so awesome!” And what I love is that it changes their lives. It gives them more freedom, more sanity and more peace of mind. 

Going forward, my focus is going to be on you CPAs to help you grow your practice, grow your numbers, grow your business. So you can lead a life that you're psyched about, which includes sanity even during tax season. 

 

A lot of the topics I'm going to be covering will still apply and still be valuable to you entrepreneurs. So I hope you'll stick around as listeners. And I want to thank all of my listeners, all of you for being fans for sharing and being on this journey with me. 

Here's a sneak peek at some upcoming topics: 

  • Understanding what your clients desperately want from you that you're not giving them. 
  • Where to start when considering adding advisory services
  • Niching and specializing 
  • Interviews with CPAs who niched down and tripled their income in 18 months 
  • Plus tactical stuff with some experts on using SEO, Google Maps, and LinkedIn to get found by ideal clients faster. 

 

If you know a CPA who you think might benefit I would love if you would pass this along to them. 

And for my CPAs, in the future, What would you like from this podcast? What are your struggles? What do you want help with? How can I serve you? I really want to know so that I can be putting out content that you find valuable and are psyched to get on your phone every week. 

So the shift is on. 

Have a great couple of days and I will see you next time.

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

 

]]> I have something to share with you. 

As my own business and coaching practice grows, it's becoming clear to me that my sweet spot is working with CPAs to help them grow their accounting practice. 

The results that all of my clients have been getting have been fantastic. Some of them are doubling their monthly income, if not more, inside of six months. Even though I see it right there on their Profit and Losses, I still think, “Wow, that's so awesome!” And what I love is that it changes their lives. It gives them more freedom, more sanity and more peace of mind. 

Going forward, my focus is going to be on you CPAs to help you grow your practice, grow your numbers, grow your business. So you can lead a life that you're psyched about, which includes sanity even during tax season. 

 

A lot of the topics I'm going to be covering will still apply and still be valuable to you entrepreneurs. So I hope you'll stick around as listeners. And I want to thank all of my listeners, all of you for being fans for sharing and being on this journey with me. 

Here's a sneak peek at some upcoming topics: 

  • Understanding what your clients desperately want from you that you're not giving them. 
  • Where to start when considering adding advisory services
  • Niching and specializing 
  • Interviews with CPAs who niched down and tripled their income in 18 months 
  • Plus tactical stuff with some experts on using SEO, Google Maps, and LinkedIn to get found by ideal clients faster. 

 

If you know a CPA who you think might benefit I would love if you would pass this along to them. 

And for my CPAs, in the future, What would you like from this podcast? What are your struggles? What do you want help with? How can I serve you? I really want to know so that I can be putting out content that you find valuable and are psyched to get on your phone every week. 

So the shift is on. 

Have a great couple of days and I will see you next time.

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

 

]]> Wed, 18 Sep 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 186 I have something to share with you.  As my own business and coaching practice grows, it's becoming clear to me that my sweet spot is working with CPAs to help them grow their accounting practice.  The results that all of my clients have been getting have been fantastic. Some of them are doubling their monthly income, if not more, inside of six months. Even though I see it right there on their Profit and Losses, I still think, “Wow, that's so awesome!” And what I love is that it changes their lives. It gives them more freedom, more sanity and more peace of mind.  Going forward, my focus is going to be on you CPAs to help you grow your practice, grow your numbers, grow your business. So you can lead a life that you're psyched about, which includes sanity even during tax season.    A lot of the topics I'm going to be covering will still apply and still be valuable to you entrepreneurs. So I hope you'll stick around as listeners. And I want to thank all of my listeners, all of you for being fans for sharing and being on this journey with me.  Here's a sneak peek at some upcoming topics:  Understanding what your clients desperately want from you that you're not giving them.  Where to start when considering adding advisory services Niching and specializing  Interviews with CPAs who niched down and tripled their income in 18 months  Plus tactical stuff with some experts on using SEO, Google Maps, and LinkedIn to get found by ideal clients faster.    If you know a CPA who you think might benefit I would love if you would pass this along to them.  And for my CPAs, in the future, What would you like from this podcast? What are your struggles? What do you want help with? How can I serve you? I really want to know so that I can be putting out content that you find valuable and are psyched to get on your phone every week.  So the shift is on.  Have a great couple of days and I will see you next time.   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day   I have something to share with you.  As my own business and coaching practice grows, it's becoming clear to me that my sweet spot is working with CPAs to help them grow their accounting practice.  The results that all of my clients have been getting have Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 051 How to Be Productive Where it Matters Most, with Amber De La Garza, The Productivity Specialist 51 51 051 How to Be Productive Where it Matters Most, with Amber De La Garza, The Productivity Specialist full 1cf34b7572064fdeb1625742ca3c8b06 https://share.transistor.fm/s/24698518 My guest today is The Productivity Specialist Amber de la Garza. Amber is a sought after coach, trainer, speaker and writer, and host of the Productivity Straight Talk Podcast. She helps driven entrepreneurs execute actionable solutions to maximize profits, reduce stress, and make time for what matters most. 

Being productive is when you are investing your best time into your best activities.

I enjoy how Amber reframes productivity from being about the small minute-to-minute changes that might make our systems slightly more efficient, to really thinking about how to best use our time, so that we can be more productive. And in the end, be more effective with the work that we do in our businesses. 

I especially appreciate the imagery of one bucket sitting on top of the other sitting on top of the other. And when one is full, it overflows and it spills out into the next one, and so on down the line.

What were your key takeaways from this episode? How has this conversation changed how you view productivity and how you'll think about productivity in your own week? Come share your thoughts and answers in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.  

Amber’s Vision:

“I want every entrepreneur to know what productivity can do for their business and their life.”

Amber’s Ask:

Post a screenshot of you listening to this episode and tag both Geraldine @12geraldine406 and I @amber_delagarza on Instagram, and let us know that you're listening. And/or post a picture of where you are when you're listening. Bonus points if you DM one of us and let us know what your biggest takeaway was.

Amber’s gift to She Thinks Big listeners:

Download Buckets PDF here: http://theproductivityspecialist.com/shethinksbig

Connect with Amber:

Website www.TheProductivitySpecialist.com

Podcast www.ProductivityStraightTalk.com

Facebook Page https://www.facebook.com/theproductivityspecialist

Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/productivitystraighttalk

Instagram https://www.instagram.com/amber_delagarza/

 

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> My guest today is The Productivity Specialist Amber de la Garza. Amber is a sought after coach, trainer, speaker and writer, and host of the Productivity Straight Talk Podcast. She helps driven entrepreneurs execute actionable solutions to maximize profits, reduce stress, and make time for what matters most. 

Being productive is when you are investing your best time into your best activities.

I enjoy how Amber reframes productivity from being about the small minute-to-minute changes that might make our systems slightly more efficient, to really thinking about how to best use our time, so that we can be more productive. And in the end, be more effective with the work that we do in our businesses. 

I especially appreciate the imagery of one bucket sitting on top of the other sitting on top of the other. And when one is full, it overflows and it spills out into the next one, and so on down the line.

What were your key takeaways from this episode? How has this conversation changed how you view productivity and how you'll think about productivity in your own week? Come share your thoughts and answers in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.  

Amber’s Vision:

“I want every entrepreneur to know what productivity can do for their business and their life.”

Amber’s Ask:

Post a screenshot of you listening to this episode and tag both Geraldine @12geraldine406 and I @amber_delagarza on Instagram, and let us know that you're listening. And/or post a picture of where you are when you're listening. Bonus points if you DM one of us and let us know what your biggest takeaway was.

Amber’s gift to She Thinks Big listeners:

Download Buckets PDF here: http://theproductivityspecialist.com/shethinksbig

Connect with Amber:

Website www.TheProductivitySpecialist.com

Podcast www.ProductivityStraightTalk.com

Facebook Page https://www.facebook.com/theproductivityspecialist

Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/productivitystraighttalk

Instagram https://www.instagram.com/amber_delagarza/

 

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 11 Sep 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2735 My guest today is The Productivity Specialist Amber de la Garza. Amber is a sought after coach, trainer, speaker and writer, and host of the Productivity Straight Talk Podcast. She helps driven entrepreneurs execute actionable solutions to maximize profits, reduce stress, and make time for what matters most.  Being productive is when you are investing your best time into your best activities. I enjoy how Amber reframes productivity from being about the small minute-to-minute changes that might make our systems slightly more efficient, to really thinking about how to best use our time, so that we can be more productive. And in the end, be more effective with the work that we do in our businesses.  I especially appreciate the imagery of one bucket sitting on top of the other sitting on top of the other. And when one is full, it overflows and it spills out into the next one, and so on down the line. What were your key takeaways from this episode? How has this conversation changed how you view productivity and how you'll think about productivity in your own week? Come share your thoughts and answers in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.   Amber’s Vision: “I want every entrepreneur to know what productivity can do for their business and their life.” Amber’s Ask: Post a screenshot of you listening to this episode and tag both Geraldine @12geraldine406 and I @amber_delagarza on Instagram, and let us know that you're listening. And/or post a picture of where you are when you're listening. Bonus points if you DM one of us and let us know what your biggest takeaway was. Amber’s gift to She Thinks Big listeners: Download Buckets PDF here: http://theproductivityspecialist.com/shethinksbig Connect with Amber: Website www.TheProductivitySpecialist.com Podcast www.ProductivityStraightTalk.com Facebook Page https://www.facebook.com/theproductivityspecialist Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/productivitystraighttalk Instagram https://www.instagram.com/amber_delagarza/     Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day My guest today is The Productivity Specialist Amber de la Garza. Amber is a sought after coach, trainer, speaker and writer, and host of the Productivity Straight Talk Podcast. She helps driven entrepreneurs execute actionable solutions to maximize profit Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 050 How to Leverage Your Network to Create More Clients, with Nikki Rausch 50 50 050 How to Leverage Your Network to Create More Clients, with Nikki Rausch full 42a8b2d826644d3fbaaaaeb05aeb3cd3 https://share.transistor.fm/s/fe4079e2 Today’s guest is Nikki Rausch of Your Sales Maven. She’s a pro at helping people leverage their network to earn more business. 

 

Leverage Your Network

When I started out in my own business, I kept hearing this term bandied about: leverage your network. What does that mean? And how does one go about leveraging their network? How do I do that? 

So Nikki’s here to help demystify this leverage your network business, so that you can look at your network and see what you're looking for inside your network and to figure out ways to connect to the people that you would really like to meet.

 

Networking with Intention

One of my main takeaways from this episode is the importance of going into a networking event with intention. I tend to enjoy networking events, I love meeting new people and I love talking to people and I love listening to people. And sometimes I forget that I’m there to meet new people and to expand my network. 

 

Your Ideal Client

Another important thing is thinking about who your ideal client is. Because it's hard to find them anywhere if you don't know who that person is. And it's really hard for other people in your network to help you find people if you can't articulate who it is that you serve.

The broader your picture of your ideal client, the harder it is for you to be intentional about  leveraging your network. The smaller your target of your ideal client, the easier it is for you to reach out into your network and ask for connections, introductions, and referrals. 

Learning how to leverage your network takes time. Leveraging your network is a long-term plan.

Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? What was the most useful thing that you will take and start applying in your business this week? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Connect with Nikki:

Nikki’s website: https://yoursalesmaven.com/

 

Link to free download:

Get Closing the Sale, Nikki’s free PDF at yoursalesmaven.com/stbp

 

The Selling Staircase: Mastering the Art of Relationship Selling

https://www.amazon.com/Selling-Staircase-Mastering-Art-Relationship/dp/1072698781/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Today’s guest is Nikki Rausch of Your Sales Maven. She’s a pro at helping people leverage their network to earn more business. 

 

Leverage Your Network

When I started out in my own business, I kept hearing this term bandied about: leverage your network. What does that mean? And how does one go about leveraging their network? How do I do that? 

So Nikki’s here to help demystify this leverage your network business, so that you can look at your network and see what you're looking for inside your network and to figure out ways to connect to the people that you would really like to meet.

 

Networking with Intention

One of my main takeaways from this episode is the importance of going into a networking event with intention. I tend to enjoy networking events, I love meeting new people and I love talking to people and I love listening to people. And sometimes I forget that I’m there to meet new people and to expand my network. 

 

Your Ideal Client

Another important thing is thinking about who your ideal client is. Because it's hard to find them anywhere if you don't know who that person is. And it's really hard for other people in your network to help you find people if you can't articulate who it is that you serve.

The broader your picture of your ideal client, the harder it is for you to be intentional about  leveraging your network. The smaller your target of your ideal client, the easier it is for you to reach out into your network and ask for connections, introductions, and referrals. 

Learning how to leverage your network takes time. Leveraging your network is a long-term plan.

Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? What was the most useful thing that you will take and start applying in your business this week? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Connect with Nikki:

Nikki’s website: https://yoursalesmaven.com/

 

Link to free download:

Get Closing the Sale, Nikki’s free PDF at yoursalesmaven.com/stbp

 

The Selling Staircase: Mastering the Art of Relationship Selling

https://www.amazon.com/Selling-Staircase-Mastering-Art-Relationship/dp/1072698781/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 04 Sep 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2203 Today’s guest is Nikki Rausch of Your Sales Maven. She’s a pro at helping people leverage their network to earn more business.    Leverage Your Network When I started out in my own business, I kept hearing this term bandied about: leverage your network. What does that mean? And how does one go about leveraging their network? How do I do that?  So Nikki’s here to help demystify this leverage your network business, so that you can look at your network and see what you're looking for inside your network and to figure out ways to connect to the people that you would really like to meet.   Networking with Intention One of my main takeaways from this episode is the importance of going into a networking event with intention. I tend to enjoy networking events, I love meeting new people and I love talking to people and I love listening to people. And sometimes I forget that I’m there to meet new people and to expand my network.    Your Ideal Client Another important thing is thinking about who your ideal client is. Because it's hard to find them anywhere if you don't know who that person is. And it's really hard for other people in your network to help you find people if you can't articulate who it is that you serve. The broader your picture of your ideal client, the harder it is for you to be intentional about  leveraging your network. The smaller your target of your ideal client, the easier it is for you to reach out into your network and ask for connections, introductions, and referrals.  Learning how to leverage your network takes time. Leveraging your network is a long-term plan. Listeners, I want to hear from you. What was your key takeaway from this episode? What was the most useful thing that you will take and start applying in your business this week? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. Connect with Nikki: Nikki’s website: https://yoursalesmaven.com/   Link to free download: Get Closing the Sale, Nikki’s free PDF at yoursalesmaven.com/stbp   The Selling Staircase: Mastering the Art of Relationship Selling https://www.amazon.com/Selling-Staircase-Mastering-Art-Relationship/dp/1072698781/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day Today’s guest is Nikki Rausch of Your Sales Maven. She’s a pro at helping people leverage their network to earn more business.    Leverage Your Network When I started out in my own business, I kept hearing this term bandied about: leverage your network. W Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 049 How to Build The Tribe You Lead 49 49 049 How to Build The Tribe You Lead full b92e01dd51d3433d87b8fc532aea6e6d https://share.transistor.fm/s/a9b43dfe In this week’s episode, I talk about tribes and the tribes that we lead. 

A lot of you out there are building tribes or have tribes that you have built and you are leading them. And whether you have a nascent tribe or you have a full-blown tribe, there still may be varying degrees of awareness of the fact that you have a tribe, and/or what to do with your tribe, and how to best help and support the tribe that you have.

There are a lot of you out there who have businesses with certain ideas and certain different ways of doing things or different ways of viewing the world, or the way you believe things is slightly different than the norm, and people follow you around that idea. You have a tribe. 

I want to talk to you about the tribe that you are building, the tribe that you’ve created. How you might recognize the aspects of your tribe and how you might better understand what they need. 

What do your members want? And what are ways to help them stay connected and help them evangelize for you?

When it comes down to it, what do your tribe members want?

And then finally, a call to you to bring it up a level with your tribe. And to take a bigger stand. 

What do you stand for? What is the deeper value set that will really resonate with your tribe and they will follow you even more passionately than they do already?

Ladies, I want to know about your tribe. Come tell us about your tribe in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.

 

Seth Godin - [TED Talk] The Tribes We Lead 

https://www.ted.com/talks/seth_godin_on_the_tribes_we_lead?language=en#t-4791

 

Women and Their Tribes

Lesley Von Eschen and Carol Bridges of CostCare

Kim Bostrom of Dancing Goat Gardens

Greta Thunberg

Suze Orman

Oprah Winfrey

Brene Brown

Mel Robbins

US National Women’s Soccer team

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> In this week’s episode, I talk about tribes and the tribes that we lead. 

A lot of you out there are building tribes or have tribes that you have built and you are leading them. And whether you have a nascent tribe or you have a full-blown tribe, there still may be varying degrees of awareness of the fact that you have a tribe, and/or what to do with your tribe, and how to best help and support the tribe that you have.

There are a lot of you out there who have businesses with certain ideas and certain different ways of doing things or different ways of viewing the world, or the way you believe things is slightly different than the norm, and people follow you around that idea. You have a tribe. 

I want to talk to you about the tribe that you are building, the tribe that you’ve created. How you might recognize the aspects of your tribe and how you might better understand what they need. 

What do your members want? And what are ways to help them stay connected and help them evangelize for you?

When it comes down to it, what do your tribe members want?

And then finally, a call to you to bring it up a level with your tribe. And to take a bigger stand. 

What do you stand for? What is the deeper value set that will really resonate with your tribe and they will follow you even more passionately than they do already?

Ladies, I want to know about your tribe. Come tell us about your tribe in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.

 

Seth Godin - [TED Talk] The Tribes We Lead 

https://www.ted.com/talks/seth_godin_on_the_tribes_we_lead?language=en#t-4791

 

Women and Their Tribes

Lesley Von Eschen and Carol Bridges of CostCare

Kim Bostrom of Dancing Goat Gardens

Greta Thunberg

Suze Orman

Oprah Winfrey

Brene Brown

Mel Robbins

US National Women’s Soccer team

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 28 Aug 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1006 In this week’s episode, I talk about tribes and the tribes that we lead.  A lot of you out there are building tribes or have tribes that you have built and you are leading them. And whether you have a nascent tribe or you have a full-blown tribe, there still may be varying degrees of awareness of the fact that you have a tribe, and/or what to do with your tribe, and how to best help and support the tribe that you have. There are a lot of you out there who have businesses with certain ideas and certain different ways of doing things or different ways of viewing the world, or the way you believe things is slightly different than the norm, and people follow you around that idea. You have a tribe.  I want to talk to you about the tribe that you are building, the tribe that you’ve created. How you might recognize the aspects of your tribe and how you might better understand what they need.  What do your members want? And what are ways to help them stay connected and help them evangelize for you? When it comes down to it, what do your tribe members want? And then finally, a call to you to bring it up a level with your tribe. And to take a bigger stand.  What do you stand for? What is the deeper value set that will really resonate with your tribe and they will follow you even more passionately than they do already? Ladies, I want to know about your tribe. Come tell us about your tribe in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.   Seth Godin - [TED Talk] The Tribes We Lead  https://www.ted.com/talks/seth_godin_on_the_tribes_we_lead?language=en#t-4791   Women and Their Tribes Lesley Von Eschen and Carol Bridges of CostCare Kim Bostrom of Dancing Goat Gardens Greta Thunberg Suze Orman Oprah Winfrey Brene Brown Mel Robbins US National Women’s Soccer team   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day In this week’s episode, I talk about tribes and the tribes that we lead.  A lot of you out there are building tribes or have tribes that you have built and you are leading them. And whether you have a nascent tribe or you have a full-blown tribe, there st Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 048 How Applying Behavioral Economics Can Benefit Your Business, with Melina Palmer of Brainy Business Podcast 48 48 048 How Applying Behavioral Economics Can Benefit Your Business, with Melina Palmer of Brainy Business Podcast full 160425f5d3bf4f65bd577646c4a8c20d https://share.transistor.fm/s/549f8b6a Todays’ guest is Melina Palmer. Melina helps companies of all sizes to incorporate Behavioral Economics into their businesses to make them more brain-friendly, and increase conversions and ROI.

Melina hosts the Brainy Business Podcast where she serves up brain-friendly concepts every week. 

In this episode, we talk not just about Behavioral Economics, but how to apply these important concepts in your business.

You will rethink how you package your offerings, and how you talk about your prices that makes people more likely to buy from you, and buy more of the things you know they need from you.

You’ll also consider shifting all the crap that you say to yourself because we will talk about how your brain goes and creates what it believes to be true.

I could talk all day to Melina about all this stuff, especially how to use scientific research and apply it to make subtle shifts in our businesses and the way that we do things that can have an outsize impact. 

My own takeaway is to make sure that my own clients are using anchoring and framing correctly in their own businesses.

Ladies, what were your key takeaways in this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.

Melina’s Big Ask: 

Melina is looking to connect with someone from high levels in HR and Marketing inside large organizations like Target and Costco for speaking engagements and corporate trainings, for their teams to understand Behavioral Economics.

 

Melina’s Vision:

For her name and Brainy Business to be synonymous with Behavioral Economics across the globe, to be Suze Orman of Behavioral Economics.

Brainy Business Episodes Mentioned:

Truth about Pricing #5

What is value #8

Loss Aversion #9

Anchoring #11

Relativity #12

Mindset #13

Scarcity #14

Framing #16

Overwhelmed brain #32

Incentives #36

Costco #47

Get in touch with Melina:

Website: www.thebrainybusiness.com

Podcast: Listen to the Podcast

Youtube: Check out my speaker reel!

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

 

]]> Todays’ guest is Melina Palmer. Melina helps companies of all sizes to incorporate Behavioral Economics into their businesses to make them more brain-friendly, and increase conversions and ROI.

Melina hosts the Brainy Business Podcast where she serves up brain-friendly concepts every week. 

In this episode, we talk not just about Behavioral Economics, but how to apply these important concepts in your business.

You will rethink how you package your offerings, and how you talk about your prices that makes people more likely to buy from you, and buy more of the things you know they need from you.

You’ll also consider shifting all the crap that you say to yourself because we will talk about how your brain goes and creates what it believes to be true.

I could talk all day to Melina about all this stuff, especially how to use scientific research and apply it to make subtle shifts in our businesses and the way that we do things that can have an outsize impact. 

My own takeaway is to make sure that my own clients are using anchoring and framing correctly in their own businesses.

Ladies, what were your key takeaways in this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.

Melina’s Big Ask: 

Melina is looking to connect with someone from high levels in HR and Marketing inside large organizations like Target and Costco for speaking engagements and corporate trainings, for their teams to understand Behavioral Economics.

 

Melina’s Vision:

For her name and Brainy Business to be synonymous with Behavioral Economics across the globe, to be Suze Orman of Behavioral Economics.

Brainy Business Episodes Mentioned:

Truth about Pricing #5

What is value #8

Loss Aversion #9

Anchoring #11

Relativity #12

Mindset #13

Scarcity #14

Framing #16

Overwhelmed brain #32

Incentives #36

Costco #47

Get in touch with Melina:

Website: www.thebrainybusiness.com

Podcast: Listen to the Podcast

Youtube: Check out my speaker reel!

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

 

]]> Wed, 21 Aug 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 3258 Todays’ guest is Melina Palmer. Melina helps companies of all sizes to incorporate Behavioral Economics into their businesses to make them more brain-friendly, and increase conversions and ROI. Melina hosts the Brainy Business Podcast where she serves up brain-friendly concepts every week.  In this episode, we talk not just about Behavioral Economics, but how to apply these important concepts in your business. You will rethink how you package your offerings, and how you talk about your prices that makes people more likely to buy from you, and buy more of the things you know they need from you. You’ll also consider shifting all the crap that you say to yourself because we will talk about how your brain goes and creates what it believes to be true. I could talk all day to Melina about all this stuff, especially how to use scientific research and apply it to make subtle shifts in our businesses and the way that we do things that can have an outsize impact.  My own takeaway is to make sure that my own clients are using anchoring and framing correctly in their own businesses. Ladies, what were your key takeaways in this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you. Melina’s Big Ask:  Melina is looking to connect with someone from high levels in HR and Marketing inside large organizations like Target and Costco for speaking engagements and corporate trainings, for their teams to understand Behavioral Economics.   Melina’s Vision: For her name and Brainy Business to be synonymous with Behavioral Economics across the globe, to be Suze Orman of Behavioral Economics. Brainy Business Episodes Mentioned: Truth about Pricing #5 What is value #8 Loss Aversion #9 Anchoring #11 Relativity #12 Mindset #13 Scarcity #14 Framing #16 Overwhelmed brain #32 Incentives #36 Costco #47 Get in touch with Melina: Website: www.thebrainybusiness.com Podcast: Listen to the Podcast Youtube: Check out my speaker reel! Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day   Todays’ guest is Melina Palmer. Melina helps companies of all sizes to incorporate Behavioral Economics into their businesses to make them more brain-friendly, and increase conversions and ROI. Melina hosts the Brainy Business Podcast where she serves up Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 047 Protect Your Attention 47 47 047 Protect Your Attention full c0231423120841a3a085cfcba6152998 https://share.transistor.fm/s/04c41ff7 How do we protect our mind from the glut of information, notifications and likes that we get all day long throughout our workday?

We live in an information age. Any information that we want is available within 2 seconds via Google search. So we have this constant swirl of on-demand anything. And to a degree, demand induces demand. Because the more products you buy the more notifications you get. The more notifications you get, then the more you’re back on your computer looking at stuff. And it easily occupies an outsize portion of our attention. 

And the problem with that, is that this preoccupation of all things notifications, likes, comments, shares, and so on, is that it is in direct conflict with us doing our best work. 

It’s already challenging enough  for us to do our best work just as it is. Never mind the constant preoccupation with the glut of not-super-important detailed information that we get throughout the day.

 

So the question becomes: How can you better protect your attention? 

 

Your ability to do your best work is directly tied to your ability to focus your attention to where it matters most. And to hold perhaps a lesser queue of thoughts and questions in your mind.

And these tiny little bites of information that scramble our minds get in the way of that, and reduce our ability to be our absolute best.

What I want for everybody is to have full and rich lives that they love and where they’re thriving. And where their businesses are successful. And I want people to be thinking bigger about what’s possible and what we all can create as individuals and together in this world. 

Here are some questions for you, so that you can make your own choices about how to best manage and balance your needs:

  1. How can I leverage the value offered by social media and all the digital tools while also protecting my mind and my attention?
  2. What does your best work require from your mind, your focus, and your attention?
  3. What does your attention span need from you in terms of self-care?

Ladies, what were your key takeaways in this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> How do we protect our mind from the glut of information, notifications and likes that we get all day long throughout our workday?

We live in an information age. Any information that we want is available within 2 seconds via Google search. So we have this constant swirl of on-demand anything. And to a degree, demand induces demand. Because the more products you buy the more notifications you get. The more notifications you get, then the more you’re back on your computer looking at stuff. And it easily occupies an outsize portion of our attention. 

And the problem with that, is that this preoccupation of all things notifications, likes, comments, shares, and so on, is that it is in direct conflict with us doing our best work. 

It’s already challenging enough  for us to do our best work just as it is. Never mind the constant preoccupation with the glut of not-super-important detailed information that we get throughout the day.

 

So the question becomes: How can you better protect your attention? 

 

Your ability to do your best work is directly tied to your ability to focus your attention to where it matters most. And to hold perhaps a lesser queue of thoughts and questions in your mind.

And these tiny little bites of information that scramble our minds get in the way of that, and reduce our ability to be our absolute best.

What I want for everybody is to have full and rich lives that they love and where they’re thriving. And where their businesses are successful. And I want people to be thinking bigger about what’s possible and what we all can create as individuals and together in this world. 

Here are some questions for you, so that you can make your own choices about how to best manage and balance your needs:

  1. How can I leverage the value offered by social media and all the digital tools while also protecting my mind and my attention?
  2. What does your best work require from your mind, your focus, and your attention?
  3. What does your attention span need from you in terms of self-care?

Ladies, what were your key takeaways in this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 14 Aug 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1400 How do we protect our mind from the glut of information, notifications and likes that we get all day long throughout our workday? We live in an information age. Any information that we want is available within 2 seconds via Google search. So we have this constant swirl of on-demand anything. And to a degree, demand induces demand. Because the more products you buy the more notifications you get. The more notifications you get, then the more you’re back on your computer looking at stuff. And it easily occupies an outsize portion of our attention.  And the problem with that, is that this preoccupation of all things notifications, likes, comments, shares, and so on, is that it is in direct conflict with us doing our best work.  It’s already challenging enough  for us to do our best work just as it is. Never mind the constant preoccupation with the glut of not-super-important detailed information that we get throughout the day.   So the question becomes: How can you better protect your attention?    Your ability to do your best work is directly tied to your ability to focus your attention to where it matters most. And to hold perhaps a lesser queue of thoughts and questions in your mind. And these tiny little bites of information that scramble our minds get in the way of that, and reduce our ability to be our absolute best. What I want for everybody is to have full and rich lives that they love and where they’re thriving. And where their businesses are successful. And I want people to be thinking bigger about what’s possible and what we all can create as individuals and together in this world.  Here are some questions for you, so that you can make your own choices about how to best manage and balance your needs: How can I leverage the value offered by social media and all the digital tools while also protecting my mind and my attention? What does your best work require from your mind, your focus, and your attention? What does your attention span need from you in terms of self-care? Ladies, what were your key takeaways in this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day How do we protect our mind from the glut of information, notifications and likes that we get all day long throughout our workday? We live in an information age. Any information that we want is available within 2 seconds via Google search. So we have this Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 046 [Coaching] Getting Insights into Her Financials with Amanda Berlin 46 46 046 [Coaching] Getting Insights into Her Financials with Amanda Berlin full 54aa3ac2bb2c4825a1f724b4b2db32d2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/5ed69126 My guest today is Amanda Berlin, a former New York City corporate publicity strategist who now uses her powers for good. She helps her clients tell their story, write content, and raise visibility so that the people who need them can find them.

Recently Amanda invited me on her podcast to talk about getting a handle on the financials in your business. In that interview, she happened to mention offhand that she doesn’t look at her financials every month. I couldn’t let that slide. I invited her to come on my podcast to help her get the clarity she needs around her own numbers.

 

A Financial Planner for Your Business

In your personal finances, there are financial planners who help you figure out, based on how much you have now and how much you want to have when you retire, how much you need to set aside every year in your retirement plan in order to get to retirement with enough savings.

But in your business, chances are good that role is vacant. All that activity of your bookkeeper and you accountant is primarily for the IRS, not for you and not for your business. 

And unless you have an accountant who offers strategic advising, who can help you get from where you are now in your business to your income goals, chances are good that that role, the equivalent of a financial planner for your business, is vacant.

 

Do You Know Your Numbers?

I appreciate that Amanda was willing to be transparent about what she knew and what she didn’t know about her numbers. So many women have a knowledge gap here and are embarrassed and even ashamed that they don’t know much about their financials. I’m grateful to Amanda for simply being straight up about where she is and open to getting the help she’s looking for.

 

Key Takeaways

One of Amanda’s key takeaways is: If you’re not already, work with a bookkeeper and/or accountant who will get your financial statements to you monthly. And when you receive these numbers, be sure to use them.

If you want to get insights the same way Amanda did, I recommend a Lightning Strategy Session where you send me your financials in advance and I work on them so you won’t have to bang your keyboard getting frustrated with Excel. Then together, we work through your questions and you get the insights you need and get your questions answered so that you can help your business grow faster. 

Ladies, what were your key takeaways? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.

 

Previous Episodes:

009 Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit and Loss

036 How Tracking KPIs Can Help You Work Less Hard In Your Business

Connect with Amanda:

Website http://amandaberlin.com

Podcast Empowered Publicity

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> My guest today is Amanda Berlin, a former New York City corporate publicity strategist who now uses her powers for good. She helps her clients tell their story, write content, and raise visibility so that the people who need them can find them.

Recently Amanda invited me on her podcast to talk about getting a handle on the financials in your business. In that interview, she happened to mention offhand that she doesn’t look at her financials every month. I couldn’t let that slide. I invited her to come on my podcast to help her get the clarity she needs around her own numbers.

 

A Financial Planner for Your Business

In your personal finances, there are financial planners who help you figure out, based on how much you have now and how much you want to have when you retire, how much you need to set aside every year in your retirement plan in order to get to retirement with enough savings.

But in your business, chances are good that role is vacant. All that activity of your bookkeeper and you accountant is primarily for the IRS, not for you and not for your business. 

And unless you have an accountant who offers strategic advising, who can help you get from where you are now in your business to your income goals, chances are good that that role, the equivalent of a financial planner for your business, is vacant.

 

Do You Know Your Numbers?

I appreciate that Amanda was willing to be transparent about what she knew and what she didn’t know about her numbers. So many women have a knowledge gap here and are embarrassed and even ashamed that they don’t know much about their financials. I’m grateful to Amanda for simply being straight up about where she is and open to getting the help she’s looking for.

 

Key Takeaways

One of Amanda’s key takeaways is: If you’re not already, work with a bookkeeper and/or accountant who will get your financial statements to you monthly. And when you receive these numbers, be sure to use them.

If you want to get insights the same way Amanda did, I recommend a Lightning Strategy Session where you send me your financials in advance and I work on them so you won’t have to bang your keyboard getting frustrated with Excel. Then together, we work through your questions and you get the insights you need and get your questions answered so that you can help your business grow faster. 

Ladies, what were your key takeaways? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.

 

Previous Episodes:

009 Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit and Loss

036 How Tracking KPIs Can Help You Work Less Hard In Your Business

Connect with Amanda:

Website http://amandaberlin.com

Podcast Empowered Publicity

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 07 Aug 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2737 My guest today is Amanda Berlin, a former New York City corporate publicity strategist who now uses her powers for good. She helps her clients tell their story, write content, and raise visibility so that the people who need them can find them. Recently Amanda invited me on her podcast to talk about getting a handle on the financials in your business. In that interview, she happened to mention offhand that she doesn’t look at her financials every month. I couldn’t let that slide. I invited her to come on my podcast to help her get the clarity she needs around her own numbers.   A Financial Planner for Your Business In your personal finances, there are financial planners who help you figure out, based on how much you have now and how much you want to have when you retire, how much you need to set aside every year in your retirement plan in order to get to retirement with enough savings. But in your business, chances are good that role is vacant. All that activity of your bookkeeper and you accountant is primarily for the IRS, not for you and not for your business.  And unless you have an accountant who offers strategic advising, who can help you get from where you are now in your business to your income goals, chances are good that that role, the equivalent of a financial planner for your business, is vacant.   Do You Know Your Numbers? I appreciate that Amanda was willing to be transparent about what she knew and what she didn’t know about her numbers. So many women have a knowledge gap here and are embarrassed and even ashamed that they don’t know much about their financials. I’m grateful to Amanda for simply being straight up about where she is and open to getting the help she’s looking for.   Key Takeaways One of Amanda’s key takeaways is: If you’re not already, work with a bookkeeper and/or accountant who will get your financial statements to you monthly. And when you receive these numbers, be sure to use them. If you want to get insights the same way Amanda did, I recommend a Lightning Strategy Session where you send me your financials in advance and I work on them so you won’t have to bang your keyboard getting frustrated with Excel. Then together, we work through your questions and you get the insights you need and get your questions answered so that you can help your business grow faster.  Ladies, what were your key takeaways? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. I’d love to hear from you.   Previous Episodes: 009 Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit and Loss 036 How Tracking KPIs Can Help You Work Less Hard In Your Business Connect with Amanda: Website http://amandaberlin.com Podcast Empowered Publicity   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day My guest today is Amanda Berlin, a former New York City corporate publicity strategist who now uses her powers for good. She helps her clients tell their story, write content, and raise visibility so that the people who need them can find them. Recently A Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 045 From Zero to 7 Figures with Kate Ahl, CEO of Simple Pin Media 45 45 045 From Zero to 7 Figures with Kate Ahl, CEO of Simple Pin Media full 7fdc223b434f4ad3b88df1ef880bde75 https://share.transistor.fm/s/20166165 Today’s guest is Kate Ahl of Simple Pin Media. Simple Pin Media makes Pinterest Marketing easy to understand and implement without feeling overwhelmed. In today’s episode I talk to Kate about her journey from food stamps to running a 7-figure business that supports a team of 40 women and clients around the world.

I love hearing successful women stories of being an entrepreneur. I especially admired the moments that Kate decided to go all in. 

There’s so much power in deciding to do something, in saying “This is what I’m committed to trying and making happen.” Because once you decide, the rest has a way of figuring itself out.

So ladies, what have you decided to create in your business? And how committed are you?

What I want from you is to decide and to be committed. Because with those two things, you will make happen whatever you want.

I'd love to hear from you. Share your key takeaways from this episode in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

 

Get in touch with Kate:

Website: https://www.simplepinmedia.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/simplepinmedia

Twitter: https://twitter.com/simplepinmedia

Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/simplepinmedia/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kate-ahl-79a653107/

For CPAs, Accountants, Bookkeepers:

As business owners, it’s not always possible for you to see the picture when you’re in the frame. It can be easy to see that it’s possible for your business to grow. But hard to see exactly how, especially when you’re caught in the day-to-day.

The 3 biggest challenges I see my own clients struggling with are:

  1. How to fill your calendar with the right clients
  2. Clarifying your goals and laying out the steps to reach these goals
  3. Creating clear and strong business boundaries

If any of these topics are of interest to you, check out the 3-part webinar series - Where to Find the $50K Hiding in Plain Sight for Accountants and Bookkeepers, coming up 3 Wednesdays in August: on the 14th, 21st and 28th. These webinars are all free, for you to create more value and more profit in your business.

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Today’s guest is Kate Ahl of Simple Pin Media. Simple Pin Media makes Pinterest Marketing easy to understand and implement without feeling overwhelmed. In today’s episode I talk to Kate about her journey from food stamps to running a 7-figure business that supports a team of 40 women and clients around the world.

I love hearing successful women stories of being an entrepreneur. I especially admired the moments that Kate decided to go all in. 

There’s so much power in deciding to do something, in saying “This is what I’m committed to trying and making happen.” Because once you decide, the rest has a way of figuring itself out.

So ladies, what have you decided to create in your business? And how committed are you?

What I want from you is to decide and to be committed. Because with those two things, you will make happen whatever you want.

I'd love to hear from you. Share your key takeaways from this episode in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

 

Get in touch with Kate:

Website: https://www.simplepinmedia.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/simplepinmedia

Twitter: https://twitter.com/simplepinmedia

Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/simplepinmedia/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kate-ahl-79a653107/

For CPAs, Accountants, Bookkeepers:

As business owners, it’s not always possible for you to see the picture when you’re in the frame. It can be easy to see that it’s possible for your business to grow. But hard to see exactly how, especially when you’re caught in the day-to-day.

The 3 biggest challenges I see my own clients struggling with are:

  1. How to fill your calendar with the right clients
  2. Clarifying your goals and laying out the steps to reach these goals
  3. Creating clear and strong business boundaries

If any of these topics are of interest to you, check out the 3-part webinar series - Where to Find the $50K Hiding in Plain Sight for Accountants and Bookkeepers, coming up 3 Wednesdays in August: on the 14th, 21st and 28th. These webinars are all free, for you to create more value and more profit in your business.

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 31 Jul 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2361 Today’s guest is Kate Ahl of Simple Pin Media. Simple Pin Media makes Pinterest Marketing easy to understand and implement without feeling overwhelmed. In today’s episode I talk to Kate about her journey from food stamps to running a 7-figure business that supports a team of 40 women and clients around the world. I love hearing successful women stories of being an entrepreneur. I especially admired the moments that Kate decided to go all in.  There’s so much power in deciding to do something, in saying “This is what I’m committed to trying and making happen.” Because once you decide, the rest has a way of figuring itself out. So ladies, what have you decided to create in your business? And how committed are you? What I want from you is to decide and to be committed. Because with those two things, you will make happen whatever you want. I'd love to hear from you. Share your key takeaways from this episode in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.   Get in touch with Kate: Website: https://www.simplepinmedia.com Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/simplepinmedia Twitter: https://twitter.com/simplepinmedia Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/simplepinmedia/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kate-ahl-79a653107/ For CPAs, Accountants, Bookkeepers: As business owners, it’s not always possible for you to see the picture when you’re in the frame. It can be easy to see that it’s possible for your business to grow. But hard to see exactly how, especially when you’re caught in the day-to-day. The 3 biggest challenges I see my own clients struggling with are: How to fill your calendar with the right clients Clarifying your goals and laying out the steps to reach these goals Creating clear and strong business boundaries If any of these topics are of interest to you, check out the 3-part webinar series - Where to Find the $50K Hiding in Plain Sight for Accountants and Bookkeepers, coming up 3 Wednesdays in August: on the 14th, 21st and 28th. These webinars are all free, for you to create more value and more profit in your business. Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day Today’s guest is Kate Ahl of Simple Pin Media. Simple Pin Media makes Pinterest Marketing easy to understand and implement without feeling overwhelmed. In today’s episode I talk to Kate about her journey from food stamps to running a 7-figure business tha Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 044 CEO Day: Why You Need to Pick Your Head Up in Your Business 44 44 044 CEO Day: Why You Need to Pick Your Head Up in Your Business full 6f15c6a6c535455cb027099504c326e3 https://share.transistor.fm/s/b7d67129 It's July, and six months of the year have now gone by. 

 

At the beginning of the year, back in January, you were so excited, and you were all on fire after the winter break. “I’m gonna rock 2019!”

So I want to know, are you rocking it? And if you're not rocking it, where are you off course? Have you yet planned to take a day or a half day out of your business to take stock of the progress that you've made and where you need to go for the rest of the year? 

You know it’s important to take time off to look at your business. What I hope to do in today's episode is to convince you, through a story, of the importance of periodically stopping and picking your head up to take stock of where you are and compare that to where you want to be going.

Listen to my story of when I had this crazy idea in 2002 of doing an Ironman, which is a 2 1/2 mile swim, 112-mile bike ride and a marathon.

So what does my Ironman story have to do with you and your business?

There comes a time when you get uncomfortable in your business and you do things that have you drift off course. And you're drifting and drifting, and your head is down in the water. And you tell yourself a story that you don't have time to pick your head up. But you DO need to pick your head up every now and then. 

And halfway through the year is the perfect time to pick your head up. Because now you have 6 months of metrics, KPIs, of solid financial data. 

And if you haven't been keeping track of your metrics or your financials, call me. Because it's time for you to pick your head up in your business and look around. 

Because if you don't, what it’s going to cost you is TIME and MONEY. Keeping your head down in your business could be costing you in countless ways. And it could be costing you right now. 

Let me be the one to tell you to pick your head up. We need you to see where you're going in your business. 

What do you need to do? Open up your calendar and find half a day or a day where you can stop and step out of your business. And look at what's going on. Schedule that time for yourself. Now could be the time that you're off course and come December you don't want to look back at July and be like, "Ugh, if only I picked my head up then, because it would have made a difference."

If stepping out of your business is hard for you and you want help with it, I would love to help you. One of the things I'm good at is hovering above your business and seeing what's working in it, and what is not working in it, that needs tweaking. 

Know that I would love to work with you to get your business back on course. 

Now, head to the website, SheThinksBigCoaching.com and click on the Work with Me tab to see what's available to you.

Ladies, I'd love to hear from you. When are you scheduling time to step away from your business? Share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

 

]]> It's July, and six months of the year have now gone by. 

 

At the beginning of the year, back in January, you were so excited, and you were all on fire after the winter break. “I’m gonna rock 2019!”

So I want to know, are you rocking it? And if you're not rocking it, where are you off course? Have you yet planned to take a day or a half day out of your business to take stock of the progress that you've made and where you need to go for the rest of the year? 

You know it’s important to take time off to look at your business. What I hope to do in today's episode is to convince you, through a story, of the importance of periodically stopping and picking your head up to take stock of where you are and compare that to where you want to be going.

Listen to my story of when I had this crazy idea in 2002 of doing an Ironman, which is a 2 1/2 mile swim, 112-mile bike ride and a marathon.

So what does my Ironman story have to do with you and your business?

There comes a time when you get uncomfortable in your business and you do things that have you drift off course. And you're drifting and drifting, and your head is down in the water. And you tell yourself a story that you don't have time to pick your head up. But you DO need to pick your head up every now and then. 

And halfway through the year is the perfect time to pick your head up. Because now you have 6 months of metrics, KPIs, of solid financial data. 

And if you haven't been keeping track of your metrics or your financials, call me. Because it's time for you to pick your head up in your business and look around. 

Because if you don't, what it’s going to cost you is TIME and MONEY. Keeping your head down in your business could be costing you in countless ways. And it could be costing you right now. 

Let me be the one to tell you to pick your head up. We need you to see where you're going in your business. 

What do you need to do? Open up your calendar and find half a day or a day where you can stop and step out of your business. And look at what's going on. Schedule that time for yourself. Now could be the time that you're off course and come December you don't want to look back at July and be like, "Ugh, if only I picked my head up then, because it would have made a difference."

If stepping out of your business is hard for you and you want help with it, I would love to help you. One of the things I'm good at is hovering above your business and seeing what's working in it, and what is not working in it, that needs tweaking. 

Know that I would love to work with you to get your business back on course. 

Now, head to the website, SheThinksBigCoaching.com and click on the Work with Me tab to see what's available to you.

Ladies, I'd love to hear from you. When are you scheduling time to step away from your business? Share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

 

]]> Wed, 24 Jul 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1276 It's July, and six months of the year have now gone by.    At the beginning of the year, back in January, you were so excited, and you were all on fire after the winter break. “I’m gonna rock 2019!” So I want to know, are you rocking it? And if you're not rocking it, where are you off course? Have you yet planned to take a day or a half day out of your business to take stock of the progress that you've made and where you need to go for the rest of the year?  You know it’s important to take time off to look at your business. What I hope to do in today's episode is to convince you, through a story, of the importance of periodically stopping and picking your head up to take stock of where you are and compare that to where you want to be going. Listen to my story of when I had this crazy idea in 2002 of doing an Ironman, which is a 2 1/2 mile swim, 112-mile bike ride and a marathon. So what does my Ironman story have to do with you and your business? There comes a time when you get uncomfortable in your business and you do things that have you drift off course. And you're drifting and drifting, and your head is down in the water. And you tell yourself a story that you don't have time to pick your head up. But you DO need to pick your head up every now and then.  And halfway through the year is the perfect time to pick your head up. Because now you have 6 months of metrics, KPIs, of solid financial data.  And if you haven't been keeping track of your metrics or your financials, call me. Because it's time for you to pick your head up in your business and look around.  Because if you don't, what it’s going to cost you is TIME and MONEY. Keeping your head down in your business could be costing you in countless ways. And it could be costing you right now.  Let me be the one to tell you to pick your head up. We need you to see where you're going in your business.  What do you need to do? Open up your calendar and find half a day or a day where you can stop and step out of your business. And look at what's going on. Schedule that time for yourself. Now could be the time that you're off course and come December you don't want to look back at July and be like, "Ugh, if only I picked my head up then, because it would have made a difference." If stepping out of your business is hard for you and you want help with it, I would love to help you. One of the things I'm good at is hovering above your business and seeing what's working in it, and what is not working in it, that needs tweaking.  Know that I would love to work with you to get your business back on course.  Now, head to the website, SheThinksBigCoaching.com and click on the Work with Me tab to see what's available to you. Ladies, I'd love to hear from you. When are you scheduling time to step away from your business? Share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.   It's July, and six months of the year have now gone by.    At the beginning of the year, back in January, you were so excited, and you were all on fire after the winter break. “I’m gonna rock 2019!” So I want to know, are you rocking it? And if you're not Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 043 [Coaching] Making the Money and the Time Add Up with Physical Therapist Kate Baker 43 43 043 [Coaching] Making the Money and the Time Add Up with Physical Therapist Kate Baker full c44c388123c64b44894a5a174a94bcbd https://share.transistor.fm/s/c85de4ef Today's guest is Kate Baker, a Physical Therapist from East Missoula, Montana. 

Kate has been a Physical Therapist for 5 years. After having her first child, she decided to go from working in a clinic to stepping out on her own as a solo practitioner. Being in business is new to her, and just like most new business owners, she's figuring it out as she goes along. 

In this coaching call, Kate and I talk about making the money and the time add up so that she has time to parent her 7-month old boy. We talk about the best use of her time, should she outsource her bookkeeping, what to do about her website, and should she outsource that, and what are the best avenues to build an ongoing client base.

Kate has everything she needs in order to build a successful practice. It's just a matter of focusing her time on what drives revenue, and not getting bogged down in the work that she's not great at, doesn't love, and frankly, would prefer not to do anyways.

If you're feeling overworked and overwhelmed, chances are good it's because the time and the math don't add up. And the glue that holds it all together is YOU. And it comes at the expense of your own self-care, and your own physical and emotional wellness. 

If you're overwhelmed or overworked, if something isn't working, start putting pencil to paper and bust out your calculator and see if what you're trying to create actually adds up.

A note on outsourcing: When you do everything in your business, you cap your income. It's that simple. There's only so much you can get done as one person inside a week. If you want to grow your income, you need to free up your time. And you do this by paying other people to do work they're skilled at, and that you're not so skilled at. 

Thinking of hiring a bookkeeper? Get the free PDF download in episode 009 - Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit and Loss, which contains 17 interview questions to ask a bookkeeper.

Ladies, what were your key takeaways? I'd love to hear from you. Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Get in touch with Kate:

Website: katebakerdpt.com

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Today's guest is Kate Baker, a Physical Therapist from East Missoula, Montana. 

Kate has been a Physical Therapist for 5 years. After having her first child, she decided to go from working in a clinic to stepping out on her own as a solo practitioner. Being in business is new to her, and just like most new business owners, she's figuring it out as she goes along. 

In this coaching call, Kate and I talk about making the money and the time add up so that she has time to parent her 7-month old boy. We talk about the best use of her time, should she outsource her bookkeeping, what to do about her website, and should she outsource that, and what are the best avenues to build an ongoing client base.

Kate has everything she needs in order to build a successful practice. It's just a matter of focusing her time on what drives revenue, and not getting bogged down in the work that she's not great at, doesn't love, and frankly, would prefer not to do anyways.

If you're feeling overworked and overwhelmed, chances are good it's because the time and the math don't add up. And the glue that holds it all together is YOU. And it comes at the expense of your own self-care, and your own physical and emotional wellness. 

If you're overwhelmed or overworked, if something isn't working, start putting pencil to paper and bust out your calculator and see if what you're trying to create actually adds up.

A note on outsourcing: When you do everything in your business, you cap your income. It's that simple. There's only so much you can get done as one person inside a week. If you want to grow your income, you need to free up your time. And you do this by paying other people to do work they're skilled at, and that you're not so skilled at. 

Thinking of hiring a bookkeeper? Get the free PDF download in episode 009 - Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit and Loss, which contains 17 interview questions to ask a bookkeeper.

Ladies, what were your key takeaways? I'd love to hear from you. Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Get in touch with Kate:

Website: katebakerdpt.com

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 17 Jul 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2390 Today's guest is Kate Baker, a Physical Therapist from East Missoula, Montana.  Kate has been a Physical Therapist for 5 years. After having her first child, she decided to go from working in a clinic to stepping out on her own as a solo practitioner. Being in business is new to her, and just like most new business owners, she's figuring it out as she goes along.  In this coaching call, Kate and I talk about making the money and the time add up so that she has time to parent her 7-month old boy. We talk about the best use of her time, should she outsource her bookkeeping, what to do about her website, and should she outsource that, and what are the best avenues to build an ongoing client base. Kate has everything she needs in order to build a successful practice. It's just a matter of focusing her time on what drives revenue, and not getting bogged down in the work that she's not great at, doesn't love, and frankly, would prefer not to do anyways. If you're feeling overworked and overwhelmed, chances are good it's because the time and the math don't add up. And the glue that holds it all together is YOU. And it comes at the expense of your own self-care, and your own physical and emotional wellness.  If you're overwhelmed or overworked, if something isn't working, start putting pencil to paper and bust out your calculator and see if what you're trying to create actually adds up. A note on outsourcing: When you do everything in your business, you cap your income. It's that simple. There's only so much you can get done as one person inside a week. If you want to grow your income, you need to free up your time. And you do this by paying other people to do work they're skilled at, and that you're not so skilled at.  Thinking of hiring a bookkeeper? Get the free PDF download in episode 009 - Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit and Loss, which contains 17 interview questions to ask a bookkeeper. Ladies, what were your key takeaways? I'd love to hear from you. Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. Get in touch with Kate: Website: katebakerdpt.com Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day Today's guest is Kate Baker, a Physical Therapist from East Missoula, Montana.  Kate has been a Physical Therapist for 5 years. After having her first child, she decided to go from working in a clinic to stepping out on her own as a solo practitioner. Bei Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 042 Decoding CPA-Speak: Clarifying 9 Common Terms 42 42 042 Decoding CPA-Speak: Clarifying 9 Common Terms full 9d1d7b2383c24593b4b791f97941810f https://share.transistor.fm/s/5c26b9a5 I’m here today to help translate from CPA-speak to regular person English, sometimes known as layman English. 

How many of you have met with your bookkeeper or your CPA and honestly it’s like they’re speaking Greek and like, “I have no idea what you’re talking about.” 

I’m here today to make CPA and bookkeeping-speak a little bit easier for you. And I’m also here to remind our friendly, much-beloved bookkeepers and CPAs just how foreign this language is to your everyday business owner who is super busy with their graphic design clients, who has a full plate already writing content for social media posts. Who already can’t quite get their handle on when is the next time, who is the next person they should hire. Much less try and wrap their brains around an entirely new way of speaking about numbers and new ways of showing and displaying finances.

What I want our bookkeepers and CPA listeners to get is, “Oh yeah, this stuff is super-foreign to them, I really need this not just to simplify it but talk to them in terms that sound familiar to them rather than the ones I’m used to.” 

What I have today are 9 terms that CPAs and bookkeepers use all the time, that the rest of us nod and go, “What?!”

  1. Profit and Loss
  2. Gross
  3. Net
  4. Balance Sheet
  5. Chart of Accounts
  6. Accounts Payable
  7. Accounts Receivable
  8. Cash or Accrual
  9. Owner’s Draw

I want these terms to be less foreign to you. I want you to have some kind of imagery that you can use to help you remember what these terms mean. So that you’re less intimidated by your numbers and financials, so that you’re more confident, so that you can start to use them and be savvy with them. 

So that you can ask yourself, “What do I need to know about these numbers? How can I find what I’m looking for? How can these numbers help me be smarter in running my business?”

For your reference, I’ve created a cheat sheet of these terms plus further explanation. I also include some tips about which Profit and Loss reports I think are handy to look at every month and what you’re looking for in each one of them. It also includes references to previous episodes about money. 

Ladies, what were your key takeaways in this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

  Download PDF: Decoding CPA-speak    Previous Episodes on Money:

009 Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit and Loss

019 Stop Magical Thinking: The Math Needs to Add Up

026 Simple Financials and KPIs for Your Business with Virtual CFO Hannah Smolinski

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> I’m here today to help translate from CPA-speak to regular person English, sometimes known as layman English. 

How many of you have met with your bookkeeper or your CPA and honestly it’s like they’re speaking Greek and like, “I have no idea what you’re talking about.” 

I’m here today to make CPA and bookkeeping-speak a little bit easier for you. And I’m also here to remind our friendly, much-beloved bookkeepers and CPAs just how foreign this language is to your everyday business owner who is super busy with their graphic design clients, who has a full plate already writing content for social media posts. Who already can’t quite get their handle on when is the next time, who is the next person they should hire. Much less try and wrap their brains around an entirely new way of speaking about numbers and new ways of showing and displaying finances.

What I want our bookkeepers and CPA listeners to get is, “Oh yeah, this stuff is super-foreign to them, I really need this not just to simplify it but talk to them in terms that sound familiar to them rather than the ones I’m used to.” 

What I have today are 9 terms that CPAs and bookkeepers use all the time, that the rest of us nod and go, “What?!”

  1. Profit and Loss
  2. Gross
  3. Net
  4. Balance Sheet
  5. Chart of Accounts
  6. Accounts Payable
  7. Accounts Receivable
  8. Cash or Accrual
  9. Owner’s Draw

I want these terms to be less foreign to you. I want you to have some kind of imagery that you can use to help you remember what these terms mean. So that you’re less intimidated by your numbers and financials, so that you’re more confident, so that you can start to use them and be savvy with them. 

So that you can ask yourself, “What do I need to know about these numbers? How can I find what I’m looking for? How can these numbers help me be smarter in running my business?”

For your reference, I’ve created a cheat sheet of these terms plus further explanation. I also include some tips about which Profit and Loss reports I think are handy to look at every month and what you’re looking for in each one of them. It also includes references to previous episodes about money. 

Ladies, what were your key takeaways in this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

  Download PDF: Decoding CPA-speak    Previous Episodes on Money:

009 Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit and Loss

019 Stop Magical Thinking: The Math Needs to Add Up

026 Simple Financials and KPIs for Your Business with Virtual CFO Hannah Smolinski

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 10 Jul 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1471 I’m here today to help translate from CPA-speak to regular person English, sometimes known as layman English.  How many of you have met with your bookkeeper or your CPA and honestly it’s like they’re speaking Greek and like, “I have no idea what you’re talking about.”  I’m here today to make CPA and bookkeeping-speak a little bit easier for you. And I’m also here to remind our friendly, much-beloved bookkeepers and CPAs just how foreign this language is to your everyday business owner who is super busy with their graphic design clients, who has a full plate already writing content for social media posts. Who already can’t quite get their handle on when is the next time, who is the next person they should hire. Much less try and wrap their brains around an entirely new way of speaking about numbers and new ways of showing and displaying finances. What I want our bookkeepers and CPA listeners to get is, “Oh yeah, this stuff is super-foreign to them, I really need this not just to simplify it but talk to them in terms that sound familiar to them rather than the ones I’m used to.”  What I have today are 9 terms that CPAs and bookkeepers use all the time, that the rest of us nod and go, “What?!” Profit and Loss Gross Net Balance Sheet Chart of Accounts Accounts Payable Accounts Receivable Cash or Accrual Owner’s Draw I want these terms to be less foreign to you. I want you to have some kind of imagery that you can use to help you remember what these terms mean. So that you’re less intimidated by your numbers and financials, so that you’re more confident, so that you can start to use them and be savvy with them.  So that you can ask yourself, “What do I need to know about these numbers? How can I find what I’m looking for? How can these numbers help me be smarter in running my business?” For your reference, I’ve created a cheat sheet of these terms plus further explanation. I also include some tips about which Profit and Loss reports I think are handy to look at every month and what you’re looking for in each one of them. It also includes references to previous episodes about money.  Ladies, what were your key takeaways in this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.   Download PDF: Decoding CPA-speak    Previous Episodes on Money: 009 Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit and Loss 019 Stop Magical Thinking: The Math Needs to Add Up 026 Simple Financials and KPIs for Your Business with Virtual CFO Hannah Smolinski Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day I’m here today to help translate from CPA-speak to regular person English, sometimes known as layman English.  How many of you have met with your bookkeeper or your CPA and honestly it’s like they’re speaking Greek and like, “I have no idea what you’re ta Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 041 Not Your Typical Sex-y Business with Amy Lang of Birds and Bees and Kids 41 41 041 Not Your Typical Sex-y Business with Amy Lang of Birds and Bees and Kids full c1179b8ce79e46479abf220a9880183a https://share.transistor.fm/s/dd49a5e6 Have you ever felt awkward answering your kids questions about sex? Well my guest today knows exactly how you feel. Amy Lang teaches adults how to talk about sex and sexuality to kids. 

She has been an educator for more than 25 years, and has a degree in adult education. And volunteered as a sexual health educator. 

In 2005 she decided to put the two together, and her company, Birds and Bees and Kids was born. 

Today Amy teaches adults how to talk to kids about sex and sexuality so they can grow up to be whole, healthy adults. 

And, I know you’re disappointed… but today instead of talking about sex we’re going to talk about the super successful business that Amy has built, the mistakes, and what she has learned along the way. 

I absolutely love talking with Amy. She’s down to earth, funny, and never takes herself too seriously. 

I want to call particular attention to this phrase that Amy slipped in - she said, “I didn’t envision myself as an entrepreneur because I just wanted to help people.”

Ladies, you can be an entrepreneur AND help people. In fact, you can help LOTS of people. Just look at Oprah Winfrey. Incredibly successful entrepreneur, and HUGE impact helping millions of people. So if helping people is what you want to do, then be an entrepreneur, and make money. The more money you make, the more people you can help. 

And ladies, I know you want to have a big impact in the world, and I hope you will open your arms up wide to being an entrepreneur and making the money you need to support your big vision. 

And remember, Amy’s big ask is a connection to someone at the high levels of organizations like Girl Scouts or Campfire so she can increase the size of the audience she reaches and the number of kids she impacts. 

Ladies, what were your key takeaways? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Find out more about Amy and her work: 

Website Birds & Bees & Kids 

Podcast Just Say This! 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Have you ever felt awkward answering your kids questions about sex? Well my guest today knows exactly how you feel. Amy Lang teaches adults how to talk about sex and sexuality to kids. 

She has been an educator for more than 25 years, and has a degree in adult education. And volunteered as a sexual health educator. 

In 2005 she decided to put the two together, and her company, Birds and Bees and Kids was born. 

Today Amy teaches adults how to talk to kids about sex and sexuality so they can grow up to be whole, healthy adults. 

And, I know you’re disappointed… but today instead of talking about sex we’re going to talk about the super successful business that Amy has built, the mistakes, and what she has learned along the way. 

I absolutely love talking with Amy. She’s down to earth, funny, and never takes herself too seriously. 

I want to call particular attention to this phrase that Amy slipped in - she said, “I didn’t envision myself as an entrepreneur because I just wanted to help people.”

Ladies, you can be an entrepreneur AND help people. In fact, you can help LOTS of people. Just look at Oprah Winfrey. Incredibly successful entrepreneur, and HUGE impact helping millions of people. So if helping people is what you want to do, then be an entrepreneur, and make money. The more money you make, the more people you can help. 

And ladies, I know you want to have a big impact in the world, and I hope you will open your arms up wide to being an entrepreneur and making the money you need to support your big vision. 

And remember, Amy’s big ask is a connection to someone at the high levels of organizations like Girl Scouts or Campfire so she can increase the size of the audience she reaches and the number of kids she impacts. 

Ladies, what were your key takeaways? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Find out more about Amy and her work: 

Website Birds & Bees & Kids 

Podcast Just Say This! 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 03 Jul 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2358 Have you ever felt awkward answering your kids questions about sex? Well my guest today knows exactly how you feel. Amy Lang teaches adults how to talk about sex and sexuality to kids.  She has been an educator for more than 25 years, and has a degree in adult education. And volunteered as a sexual health educator.  In 2005 she decided to put the two together, and her company, Birds and Bees and Kids was born.  Today Amy teaches adults how to talk to kids about sex and sexuality so they can grow up to be whole, healthy adults.  And, I know you’re disappointed… but today instead of talking about sex we’re going to talk about the super successful business that Amy has built, the mistakes, and what she has learned along the way.  I absolutely love talking with Amy. She’s down to earth, funny, and never takes herself too seriously.  I want to call particular attention to this phrase that Amy slipped in - she said, “I didn’t envision myself as an entrepreneur because I just wanted to help people.” Ladies, you can be an entrepreneur AND help people. In fact, you can help LOTS of people. Just look at Oprah Winfrey. Incredibly successful entrepreneur, and HUGE impact helping millions of people. So if helping people is what you want to do, then be an entrepreneur, and make money. The more money you make, the more people you can help.  And ladies, I know you want to have a big impact in the world, and I hope you will open your arms up wide to being an entrepreneur and making the money you need to support your big vision.  And remember, Amy’s big ask is a connection to someone at the high levels of organizations like Girl Scouts or Campfire so she can increase the size of the audience she reaches and the number of kids she impacts.  Ladies, what were your key takeaways? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. Find out more about Amy and her work:  Website Birds &amp; Bees &amp; Kids  Podcast Just Say This!  Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day Have you ever felt awkward answering your kids questions about sex? Well my guest today knows exactly how you feel. Amy Lang teaches adults how to talk about sex and sexuality to kids.  She has been an educator for more than 25 years, and has a degree in Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 040 BAM Success Summit - 5 Guest Takeaways 40 40 040 BAM Success Summit - 5 Guest Takeaways full ea32656b67be4cc5a013f3b56720686f https://share.transistor.fm/s/6dee3349 I’m back from the B A M Success Summit, hosted by Julie Fry, which took place in Seattle a couple weeks ago. 

Business Among Moms is more than just an annual conference, it’s a collection of more than 30 locally-based chapters around the country, and a whole lot more. 

In this episode I gather takeaways from some of the great women I met. 

Kate Ahl, founder of Simple Pin Media, makes Pinterest Marketing easy to understand and implement without feeling overwhelmed.

Website: https://www.simplepinmedia.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/simplepinmedia

Twitter: https://twitter.com/simplepinmedia

Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/simplepinmedia/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kate-ahl-79a653107/

 

Katy Blevins Calabrese is the Chief Leadership & Training Officer for Business Among Moms. 

Website: www.businessamongmoms.com 

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/katyblevins

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/seasonofkaty/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/seasonofkaty

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/katyblevins/

Michelle Cooper owns Alchemy Accounting. Alchemy Accounting uses the Profit First cash management system. Her team is trained and certified by Profit First professionals to guide business owners and entrepreneurs in maximizing their profits through excellent bookkeeping and accounting.

Website: http://MichelleBCooper.com

Website: http://AlchemyAccounting.ca

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/michelle.h.cooper.9

 

Karen Nelson helps website owners use Facebook ads and Pinterest ads to drive traffic to their products.

Email: Karen@karenjnelson.com

Website: KarenJNelson.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/KarenJNelsonDigitalSupport/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/karennelsondigital/

 

Melina Palmer is the founder of Brainy Business. She helps companies of all sizes to incorporate behavioral economics in their businesses, to make them “”brain-friendly” to increase conversions and ROI.

Website: www.thebrainybusiness.com

Podcast: Listen to the Podcast

Youtube: Check out my speaker reel!

What I got from the summit is countless, genuine, authentic, fun, and valuable connections. Because of the time that I spent connecting with amazing women, I’m not noticing just an uptick, but rather like an explosion of activity in my business.

If you want to know more about the BAM Success Summit, go to https://bamsuccesssummit.com. Registration and tickets reopen in December.

Register here:  

https://www.eventbrite.com/e/2020-bam-success-summit-conference-all-access-tickets-61727767414

Ladies, what’s your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

 

]]> I’m back from the B A M Success Summit, hosted by Julie Fry, which took place in Seattle a couple weeks ago. 

Business Among Moms is more than just an annual conference, it’s a collection of more than 30 locally-based chapters around the country, and a whole lot more. 

In this episode I gather takeaways from some of the great women I met. 

Kate Ahl, founder of Simple Pin Media, makes Pinterest Marketing easy to understand and implement without feeling overwhelmed.

Website: https://www.simplepinmedia.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/simplepinmedia

Twitter: https://twitter.com/simplepinmedia

Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/simplepinmedia/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kate-ahl-79a653107/

 

Katy Blevins Calabrese is the Chief Leadership & Training Officer for Business Among Moms. 

Website: www.businessamongmoms.com 

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/katyblevins

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/seasonofkaty/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/seasonofkaty

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/katyblevins/

Michelle Cooper owns Alchemy Accounting. Alchemy Accounting uses the Profit First cash management system. Her team is trained and certified by Profit First professionals to guide business owners and entrepreneurs in maximizing their profits through excellent bookkeeping and accounting.

Website: http://MichelleBCooper.com

Website: http://AlchemyAccounting.ca

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/michelle.h.cooper.9

 

Karen Nelson helps website owners use Facebook ads and Pinterest ads to drive traffic to their products.

Email: Karen@karenjnelson.com

Website: KarenJNelson.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/KarenJNelsonDigitalSupport/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/karennelsondigital/

 

Melina Palmer is the founder of Brainy Business. She helps companies of all sizes to incorporate behavioral economics in their businesses, to make them “”brain-friendly” to increase conversions and ROI.

Website: www.thebrainybusiness.com

Podcast: Listen to the Podcast

Youtube: Check out my speaker reel!

What I got from the summit is countless, genuine, authentic, fun, and valuable connections. Because of the time that I spent connecting with amazing women, I’m not noticing just an uptick, but rather like an explosion of activity in my business.

If you want to know more about the BAM Success Summit, go to https://bamsuccesssummit.com. Registration and tickets reopen in December.

Register here:  

https://www.eventbrite.com/e/2020-bam-success-summit-conference-all-access-tickets-61727767414

Ladies, what’s your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

 

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

 

]]> Wed, 26 Jun 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 3100 I’m back from the B A M Success Summit, hosted by Julie Fry, which took place in Seattle a couple weeks ago.  Business Among Moms is more than just an annual conference, it’s a collection of more than 30 locally-based chapters around the country, and a whole lot more.  In this episode I gather takeaways from some of the great women I met.  Kate Ahl, founder of Simple Pin Media, makes Pinterest Marketing easy to understand and implement without feeling overwhelmed. Website: https://www.simplepinmedia.com Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/simplepinmedia Twitter: https://twitter.com/simplepinmedia Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/simplepinmedia/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kate-ahl-79a653107/   Katy Blevins Calabrese is the Chief Leadership &amp; Training Officer for Business Among Moms.  Website: www.businessamongmoms.com  Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/katyblevins Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/seasonofkaty/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/seasonofkaty LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/katyblevins/ Michelle Cooper owns Alchemy Accounting. Alchemy Accounting uses the Profit First cash management system. Her team is trained and certified by Profit First professionals to guide business owners and entrepreneurs in maximizing their profits through excellent bookkeeping and accounting. Website: http://MichelleBCooper.com Website: http://AlchemyAccounting.ca Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/michelle.h.cooper.9   Karen Nelson helps website owners use Facebook ads and Pinterest ads to drive traffic to their products. Email: Karen@karenjnelson.com Website: KarenJNelson.com Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/KarenJNelsonDigitalSupport/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/karennelsondigital/   Melina Palmer is the founder of Brainy Business. She helps companies of all sizes to incorporate behavioral economics in their businesses, to make them “”brain-friendly” to increase conversions and ROI. Website: www.thebrainybusiness.com Podcast: Listen to the Podcast Youtube: Check out my speaker reel! What I got from the summit is countless, genuine, authentic, fun, and valuable connections. Because of the time that I spent connecting with amazing women, I’m not noticing just an uptick, but rather like an explosion of activity in my business. If you want to know more about the BAM Success Summit, go to https://bamsuccesssummit.com. Registration and tickets reopen in December. Register here:   https://www.eventbrite.com/e/2020-bam-success-summit-conference-all-access-tickets-61727767414 Ladies, what’s your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.   Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day   I’m back from the B A M Success Summit, hosted by Julie Fry, which took place in Seattle a couple weeks ago.  Business Among Moms is more than just an annual conference, it’s a collection of more than 30 locally-based chapters around the country, and a wh Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 039 Women Disrupting the Cannabis Industry, with co-owner of Dancing Goat Gardens, Kim Bostrom 39 39 039 Women Disrupting the Cannabis Industry, with co-owner of Dancing Goat Gardens, Kim Bostrom full b2b14a842ad04382bd1297d3a145da4e https://share.transistor.fm/s/56ba732b My guest today is Kim Bostrom, of Dancing Goat Gardens and the Hope Center.

In 2014, Kim left her job in the pharmaceutical industry, ready and in need of a change.

A few years later, Kim and her husband Jay founded two companies and a non-profit all housed under one roof: To provide education, wellness, and cannabis products to those looking for alternative therapies.

You may have heard of CBD oil: it’s legal at the federal level, but up to each state to manage it.

That’s not Kim’s only challenge as a business owner: she’s in an industry that is a patchwork of sometimes clear, sometimes ambiguous, sometimes downright contradictory laws.

And, she is part of a small but growing force of women aiming to shift the old black market paradigm to one that is legitimate and operates above board.

It’s hard enough to start a business. Never mind one that has all kinds of hoops to jump through, won’t let you use traditional banking, and won’t let you market your products.

I admire Kim’s courage to lead in an industry that carries around all kinds of baggage, stereotypes, and pigeonholes, and the effort required to shift the paradigm in an industry that has operated in the shadows for so long.

I am also grateful to Kim and her husband Jay, not as a user myself, but on behalf of those who do legitimately need medical cannabis.

I want to say it’s high time, but that’s a terrible pun, that we give this plant the recognition it deserves for its medicinal properties, and get it off the black market.

Ladies, what inspired you about Kim, and the work she and Jay are doing? Know that I would love to hear from you. Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Get in touch with Kim:

Dancing Goat Gardens website

Dancing Goat Gardens Facebook page

Dancing Goat Gardens Instagram page

The Hope Center website

The Hope Center Facebook page

The Hope Center Instagram page

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> My guest today is Kim Bostrom, of Dancing Goat Gardens and the Hope Center.

In 2014, Kim left her job in the pharmaceutical industry, ready and in need of a change.

A few years later, Kim and her husband Jay founded two companies and a non-profit all housed under one roof: To provide education, wellness, and cannabis products to those looking for alternative therapies.

You may have heard of CBD oil: it’s legal at the federal level, but up to each state to manage it.

That’s not Kim’s only challenge as a business owner: she’s in an industry that is a patchwork of sometimes clear, sometimes ambiguous, sometimes downright contradictory laws.

And, she is part of a small but growing force of women aiming to shift the old black market paradigm to one that is legitimate and operates above board.

It’s hard enough to start a business. Never mind one that has all kinds of hoops to jump through, won’t let you use traditional banking, and won’t let you market your products.

I admire Kim’s courage to lead in an industry that carries around all kinds of baggage, stereotypes, and pigeonholes, and the effort required to shift the paradigm in an industry that has operated in the shadows for so long.

I am also grateful to Kim and her husband Jay, not as a user myself, but on behalf of those who do legitimately need medical cannabis.

I want to say it’s high time, but that’s a terrible pun, that we give this plant the recognition it deserves for its medicinal properties, and get it off the black market.

Ladies, what inspired you about Kim, and the work she and Jay are doing? Know that I would love to hear from you. Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group.

Get in touch with Kim:

Dancing Goat Gardens website

Dancing Goat Gardens Facebook page

Dancing Goat Gardens Instagram page

The Hope Center website

The Hope Center Facebook page

The Hope Center Instagram page

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 19 Jun 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2262 My guest today is Kim Bostrom, of Dancing Goat Gardens and the Hope Center. In 2014, Kim left her job in the pharmaceutical industry, ready and in need of a change. A few years later, Kim and her husband Jay founded two companies and a non-profit all housed under one roof: To provide education, wellness, and cannabis products to those looking for alternative therapies. You may have heard of CBD oil: it’s legal at the federal level, but up to each state to manage it. That’s not Kim’s only challenge as a business owner: she’s in an industry that is a patchwork of sometimes clear, sometimes ambiguous, sometimes downright contradictory laws. And, she is part of a small but growing force of women aiming to shift the old black market paradigm to one that is legitimate and operates above board. It’s hard enough to start a business. Never mind one that has all kinds of hoops to jump through, won’t let you use traditional banking, and won’t let you market your products. I admire Kim’s courage to lead in an industry that carries around all kinds of baggage, stereotypes, and pigeonholes, and the effort required to shift the paradigm in an industry that has operated in the shadows for so long. I am also grateful to Kim and her husband Jay, not as a user myself, but on behalf of those who do legitimately need medical cannabis. I want to say it’s high time, but that’s a terrible pun, that we give this plant the recognition it deserves for its medicinal properties, and get it off the black market. Ladies, what inspired you about Kim, and the work she and Jay are doing? Know that I would love to hear from you. Come share in the She Thinks Big Facebook group. Get in touch with Kim: Dancing Goat Gardens website Dancing Goat Gardens Facebook page Dancing Goat Gardens Instagram page The Hope Center website The Hope Center Facebook page The Hope Center Instagram page Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day My guest today is Kim Bostrom, of Dancing Goat Gardens and the Hope Center. In 2014, Kim left her job in the pharmaceutical industry, ready and in need of a change. A few years later, Kim and her husband Jay founded two companies and a non-profit all hous Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 038 Creating High-Quality In-Home Childcare Programs at Scale, with CEO of MyVillage, Erica Mackey 38 38 038 Creating High-Quality In-Home Childcare Programs at Scale, with CEO of MyVillage, Erica Mackey full 7da7fd82d28046b09bb48e4b215998b6 https://share.transistor.fm/s/2c3a63ff Finding Solutions to the Problem of Childcare

I love it when people see a problem and they go, “Huh, I wonder if I could fix that?”

Today’s guest, Erica Mackey, did just that. She returned to work with her six-week old only to find that basic childcare is basically broken. But rather than shrug her shoulders in resignation, she asked herself if she could use business to address the problems in childcare.

Now, two years in, with 17 employees and 40 educators, MyVillage is a community of high-quality, in-home childcare and preschool programs in Colorado and Montana, with plans to expand nationwide.

Erica’s Vision for MyVillage

Erica’s vision for MyVillage is to see a network of incredibly talented and skilled caregivers and educators that are community leaders. And to inspire children to do the same, and create and instill that sense of confidence and the skill set to be able to act on that confidence. Which means a sea of entrepreneurs, of budding educators, and of capable children who are ready to be the citizens of this country that we deserve.

What Erica Asks from the She Thinks Big Community

Erica asks that you reach out and encourage anybody you know in your network who just needs a little confidence boost to be able to take the next step forward.

If you have somebody who has touched you or your family in a way that you know that they would be incredible at providing this service to their community, reach out and encourage them to check it out because sometimes it just takes a little nudge to get over that initial fear.

I’m just blown away by what Erica and her team are creating, in the same way that I was blown away when I first used Lyft and Square. MyVillage is taking a system that was so archaic and bringing it into the 21st century and solving dozens of problems elegantly in one fell swoop.

Thank you, Erica, for your big vision.

Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What is your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

Get in touch with Erica:

https://www.myvillage.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericamackey/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Finding Solutions to the Problem of Childcare

I love it when people see a problem and they go, “Huh, I wonder if I could fix that?”

Today’s guest, Erica Mackey, did just that. She returned to work with her six-week old only to find that basic childcare is basically broken. But rather than shrug her shoulders in resignation, she asked herself if she could use business to address the problems in childcare.

Now, two years in, with 17 employees and 40 educators, MyVillage is a community of high-quality, in-home childcare and preschool programs in Colorado and Montana, with plans to expand nationwide.

Erica’s Vision for MyVillage

Erica’s vision for MyVillage is to see a network of incredibly talented and skilled caregivers and educators that are community leaders. And to inspire children to do the same, and create and instill that sense of confidence and the skill set to be able to act on that confidence. Which means a sea of entrepreneurs, of budding educators, and of capable children who are ready to be the citizens of this country that we deserve.

What Erica Asks from the She Thinks Big Community

Erica asks that you reach out and encourage anybody you know in your network who just needs a little confidence boost to be able to take the next step forward.

If you have somebody who has touched you or your family in a way that you know that they would be incredible at providing this service to their community, reach out and encourage them to check it out because sometimes it just takes a little nudge to get over that initial fear.

I’m just blown away by what Erica and her team are creating, in the same way that I was blown away when I first used Lyft and Square. MyVillage is taking a system that was so archaic and bringing it into the 21st century and solving dozens of problems elegantly in one fell swoop.

Thank you, Erica, for your big vision.

Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What is your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

Get in touch with Erica:

https://www.myvillage.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericamackey/

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 12 Jun 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2161 Finding Solutions to the Problem of Childcare I love it when people see a problem and they go, “Huh, I wonder if I could fix that?” Today’s guest, Erica Mackey, did just that. She returned to work with her six-week old only to find that basic childcare is basically broken. But rather than shrug her shoulders in resignation, she asked herself if she could use business to address the problems in childcare. Now, two years in, with 17 employees and 40 educators, MyVillage is a community of high-quality, in-home childcare and preschool programs in Colorado and Montana, with plans to expand nationwide. Erica’s Vision for MyVillage Erica’s vision for MyVillage is to see a network of incredibly talented and skilled caregivers and educators that are community leaders. And to inspire children to do the same, and create and instill that sense of confidence and the skill set to be able to act on that confidence. Which means a sea of entrepreneurs, of budding educators, and of capable children who are ready to be the citizens of this country that we deserve. What Erica Asks from the She Thinks Big Community Erica asks that you reach out and encourage anybody you know in your network who just needs a little confidence boost to be able to take the next step forward. If you have somebody who has touched you or your family in a way that you know that they would be incredible at providing this service to their community, reach out and encourage them to check it out because sometimes it just takes a little nudge to get over that initial fear. I’m just blown away by what Erica and her team are creating, in the same way that I was blown away when I first used Lyft and Square. MyVillage is taking a system that was so archaic and bringing it into the 21st century and solving dozens of problems elegantly in one fell swoop. Thank you, Erica, for your big vision. Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What is your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page. Get in touch with Erica: https://www.myvillage.com/ https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericamackey/ Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day Finding Solutions to the Problem of Childcare I love it when people see a problem and they go, “Huh, I wonder if I could fix that?” Today’s guest, Erica Mackey, did just that. She returned to work with her six-week old only to find that basic childcare is Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 037 [Coaching] Setting Boundaries & Getting Ahead of Summer Planning with Miri Disney-Faller of Back on Track Physical Therapy 37 37 037 [Coaching] Setting Boundaries & Getting Ahead of Summer Planning with Miri Disney-Faller of Back on Track Physical Therapy full 4c6f43f46c26445ea5de3c0acd2fee90 https://share.transistor.fm/s/5cb3c13e Miri Disney Faller of Back on Track Physical Therapy is a Physical Therapist who helps those with neck and low back pain, headaches and vertigo return to wellness.

Like many health and wellness practitioners, she sometimes finds it challenging to run the business side of things the way that she wants, so that the patients, the time and the finances all balance out. It gets even trickier in the summer when the usual calendar goes out the window.  

Today, we take some time to look ahead of summer and get real about putting plans into the calendar so that we can see what the implications are for various work schedule, so that she can decide what choices she has to make around how many patients she can see and when. We talk about what is the balance she can handle and find a compromise that she can live with.

One of the pieces I hope you'll listen for in this episode is how Miri has some reluctance to get specific. The temptation is to leave things loosey-goosey. But loosey-goosey often leaves the door open for negotiating with yourself at a later date, justifying choices that aren't aligned with what you want to create in your life and dropping out on your bigger vision.

In this episode I help Miri get really clear about the summer that she's trying to create and not let her slide where she wants to leave the crack open, all in service of enjoying both her work and her family time.

If you're looking for Miri because you have a headache, neck, low back pain or vertigo, you can find her on backontrackptmt.com.

And if you need some guidance planning out your summer, you can download a Prep Your Summer Calendar PDF from the link below.

Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What is your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

Links:

Download PDF: Prep Your Summer Calendar

Back on Track Physical Therapy

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

 

]]> Miri Disney Faller of Back on Track Physical Therapy is a Physical Therapist who helps those with neck and low back pain, headaches and vertigo return to wellness.

Like many health and wellness practitioners, she sometimes finds it challenging to run the business side of things the way that she wants, so that the patients, the time and the finances all balance out. It gets even trickier in the summer when the usual calendar goes out the window.  

Today, we take some time to look ahead of summer and get real about putting plans into the calendar so that we can see what the implications are for various work schedule, so that she can decide what choices she has to make around how many patients she can see and when. We talk about what is the balance she can handle and find a compromise that she can live with.

One of the pieces I hope you'll listen for in this episode is how Miri has some reluctance to get specific. The temptation is to leave things loosey-goosey. But loosey-goosey often leaves the door open for negotiating with yourself at a later date, justifying choices that aren't aligned with what you want to create in your life and dropping out on your bigger vision.

In this episode I help Miri get really clear about the summer that she's trying to create and not let her slide where she wants to leave the crack open, all in service of enjoying both her work and her family time.

If you're looking for Miri because you have a headache, neck, low back pain or vertigo, you can find her on backontrackptmt.com.

And if you need some guidance planning out your summer, you can download a Prep Your Summer Calendar PDF from the link below.

Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What is your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

Links:

Download PDF: Prep Your Summer Calendar

Back on Track Physical Therapy

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

 

]]> Wed, 05 Jun 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2849 Miri Disney Faller of Back on Track Physical Therapy is a Physical Therapist who helps those with neck and low back pain, headaches and vertigo return to wellness. Like many health and wellness practitioners, she sometimes finds it challenging to run the business side of things the way that she wants, so that the patients, the time and the finances all balance out. It gets even trickier in the summer when the usual calendar goes out the window.   Today, we take some time to look ahead of summer and get real about putting plans into the calendar so that we can see what the implications are for various work schedule, so that she can decide what choices she has to make around how many patients she can see and when. We talk about what is the balance she can handle and find a compromise that she can live with. One of the pieces I hope you'll listen for in this episode is how Miri has some reluctance to get specific. The temptation is to leave things loosey-goosey. But loosey-goosey often leaves the door open for negotiating with yourself at a later date, justifying choices that aren't aligned with what you want to create in your life and dropping out on your bigger vision. In this episode I help Miri get really clear about the summer that she's trying to create and not let her slide where she wants to leave the crack open, all in service of enjoying both her work and her family time. If you're looking for Miri because you have a headache, neck, low back pain or vertigo, you can find her on backontrackptmt.com. And if you need some guidance planning out your summer, you can download a Prep Your Summer Calendar PDF from the link below. Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What is your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page. Links: Download PDF: Prep Your Summer Calendar Back on Track Physical Therapy Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day   Miri Disney Faller of Back on Track Physical Therapy is a Physical Therapist who helps those with neck and low back pain, headaches and vertigo return to wellness. Like many health and wellness practitioners, she sometimes finds it challenging to run the Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 036 How Tracking KPIs Can Help You Work Less Hard In Your Business 36 36 036 How Tracking KPIs Can Help You Work Less Hard In Your Business full 19095ae6f3a04a258bc54aaacf07f89e https://share.transistor.fm/s/cb3b3a42 In this episode, we’ll be talking about Key Performance Indicators or KPIs in your business, why measuring them is important, and how to think about which ones you should be measuring.

Most business owners I run into are not tracking much more than revenue, expenses, and net income. What we don’t realize is that sometimes, there’s information that’s hidden, and it’s really useful.

Imagine if all of a sudden you found extra money hanging out in your business. And extra time. How would that feel?

It’s important to know what to track and how often, and to have a system for tracking. And  most importantly, what decisions you’re going to make based on the information that you find. Because the real problem here is that you’re likely to be leaving opportunity in the form of money, profit and time on the table. And working harder than you need to be.

I want to teach you how to think about what you need to measure. I want to help you figure out what your own pain points are. And from there, figure out which KPIs to measure in order to help solve your pain points.

When we look at our numbers, when we start asking questions, and measure what’s working and what’s not, it becomes really clear how we can save time and not not work so hard, and make more money.

 

Download this PDF for some questions you need to ask to determine what KPIs you need to measure for your business.

Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What’s your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share in the She Thinks Big Facebook page.

 

Download PDF: Questions to Determine What KPIs to Measure

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> In this episode, we’ll be talking about Key Performance Indicators or KPIs in your business, why measuring them is important, and how to think about which ones you should be measuring.

Most business owners I run into are not tracking much more than revenue, expenses, and net income. What we don’t realize is that sometimes, there’s information that’s hidden, and it’s really useful.

Imagine if all of a sudden you found extra money hanging out in your business. And extra time. How would that feel?

It’s important to know what to track and how often, and to have a system for tracking. And  most importantly, what decisions you’re going to make based on the information that you find. Because the real problem here is that you’re likely to be leaving opportunity in the form of money, profit and time on the table. And working harder than you need to be.

I want to teach you how to think about what you need to measure. I want to help you figure out what your own pain points are. And from there, figure out which KPIs to measure in order to help solve your pain points.

When we look at our numbers, when we start asking questions, and measure what’s working and what’s not, it becomes really clear how we can save time and not not work so hard, and make more money.

 

Download this PDF for some questions you need to ask to determine what KPIs you need to measure for your business.

Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What’s your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share in the She Thinks Big Facebook page.

 

Download PDF: Questions to Determine What KPIs to Measure

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 29 May 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1118 In this episode, we’ll be talking about Key Performance Indicators or KPIs in your business, why measuring them is important, and how to think about which ones you should be measuring. Most business owners I run into are not tracking much more than revenue, expenses, and net income. What we don’t realize is that sometimes, there’s information that’s hidden, and it’s really useful. Imagine if all of a sudden you found extra money hanging out in your business. And extra time. How would that feel? It’s important to know what to track and how often, and to have a system for tracking. And  most importantly, what decisions you’re going to make based on the information that you find. Because the real problem here is that you’re likely to be leaving opportunity in the form of money, profit and time on the table. And working harder than you need to be. I want to teach you how to think about what you need to measure. I want to help you figure out what your own pain points are. And from there, figure out which KPIs to measure in order to help solve your pain points. When we look at our numbers, when we start asking questions, and measure what’s working and what’s not, it becomes really clear how we can save time and not not work so hard, and make more money.   Download this PDF for some questions you need to ask to determine what KPIs you need to measure for your business. Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What’s your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share in the She Thinks Big Facebook page.   Download PDF: Questions to Determine What KPIs to Measure Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day In this episode, we’ll be talking about Key Performance Indicators or KPIs in your business, why measuring them is important, and how to think about which ones you should be measuring. Most business owners I run into are not tracking much more than revenu Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 035 How to Let Go of Past Business Mistakes 35 35 035 How to Let Go of Past Business Mistakes full 266aadefc42442feaacfb12dcdd53f62 https://share.transistor.fm/s/38740420 Today, I’m talking to you about letting go of past mistakes that you've made in your business.

Running a business is simply a series of making mistakes, right? Until we find the things that work. And if we hold on to making mistakes we just drag them around. And it costs us time, energy and focus.

What is the thing that you're holding on to? What's keeping you from letting it go?

A lot of mistakes we're capable of simply just letting go and moving on. But we have certain mistakes that, for whatever reason, we just hold on to. And we can't seem to find a way to put it down and move on.

What we have today are some examples of the mistakes that we hold on to and drag around, some questions you might ask yourself when you notice yourself holding on and you want to let go.

I'll close out the episode with one of my favorite writings by Safire Rose called She Let Go.

Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What’s your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share in the She Thinks Big Facebook page.

She Let Go (Poem by Safire Rose) - https://safire-rose.com/books-and-media/poetry/she-let-go

]]> Today, I’m talking to you about letting go of past mistakes that you've made in your business.

Running a business is simply a series of making mistakes, right? Until we find the things that work. And if we hold on to making mistakes we just drag them around. And it costs us time, energy and focus.

What is the thing that you're holding on to? What's keeping you from letting it go?

A lot of mistakes we're capable of simply just letting go and moving on. But we have certain mistakes that, for whatever reason, we just hold on to. And we can't seem to find a way to put it down and move on.

What we have today are some examples of the mistakes that we hold on to and drag around, some questions you might ask yourself when you notice yourself holding on and you want to let go.

I'll close out the episode with one of my favorite writings by Safire Rose called She Let Go.

Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What’s your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share in the She Thinks Big Facebook page.

She Let Go (Poem by Safire Rose) - https://safire-rose.com/books-and-media/poetry/she-let-go

]]> Wed, 22 May 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 437 Today, I’m talking to you about letting go of past mistakes that you've made in your business. Running a business is simply a series of making mistakes, right? Until we find the things that work. And if we hold on to making mistakes we just drag them around. And it costs us time, energy and focus. What is the thing that you're holding on to? What's keeping you from letting it go? A lot of mistakes we're capable of simply just letting go and moving on. But we have certain mistakes that, for whatever reason, we just hold on to. And we can't seem to find a way to put it down and move on. What we have today are some examples of the mistakes that we hold on to and drag around, some questions you might ask yourself when you notice yourself holding on and you want to let go. I'll close out the episode with one of my favorite writings by Safire Rose called She Let Go. Ladies, I would love to hear from you. What’s your biggest takeaway from this episode? Come and share in the She Thinks Big Facebook page. She Let Go (Poem by Safire Rose) - https://safire-rose.com/books-and-media/poetry/she-let-go Today, I’m talking to you about letting go of past mistakes that you've made in your business. Running a business is simply a series of making mistakes, right? Until we find the things that work. And if we hold on to making mistakes we just drag them arou Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 034 [Mindset] Are You Sending Mixed Signals to Money? 34 34 034 [Mindset] Are You Sending Mixed Signals to Money? full 59a65daf9f96435d854d78dbae60f067 https://share.transistor.fm/s/68aa079b When was the last time you explored your relationship with money?

Your Relationship with Money

Today’s episode is Part 1 of a multi-part series about your relationship with money.

In this episode, I'm going to talk about how you talk to the universe about money. Parts 2 and 3 will be about resenting money and unconditional love for money. Two episodes that might just blow your mind!

Sending Mixed Signals?

In today's episode I'll be talking about how you might be sending mixed signals to the universe when it comes to money. How the messages you send may be holding you back in your business. And what you can do to square up your signals.

There's a problem here: By not exploring your relationship with money, by hanging out with old, unhealthy behaviors around money, if you're not aligning your desires with your actions, you are sending mixed signals to the universe. And it is likely that you are leaving truckloads of income.

Creating A Relationship with Money

So how does one even begin to understand one's relationship with money? How do you even go about creating a relationship with money that you want to have? What if your relationship with money were to be really clean and healthy?

Download this PDF for some questions that you can ponder on about your money mindset.

Think about the ways that you might be sending mixed signals to the universe when it comes to money. And have a look at how the messages that you are sending might be holding you back in your business. Look at what you say you want and compare that to your behaviors. And start squaring up your signals.

Ladies, I want to know: What is one thing that you are going to start or stop doing? I would love to hear from you. Come and share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

Download PDF: Money Questions

 

]]> When was the last time you explored your relationship with money?

Your Relationship with Money

Today’s episode is Part 1 of a multi-part series about your relationship with money.

In this episode, I'm going to talk about how you talk to the universe about money. Parts 2 and 3 will be about resenting money and unconditional love for money. Two episodes that might just blow your mind!

Sending Mixed Signals?

In today's episode I'll be talking about how you might be sending mixed signals to the universe when it comes to money. How the messages you send may be holding you back in your business. And what you can do to square up your signals.

There's a problem here: By not exploring your relationship with money, by hanging out with old, unhealthy behaviors around money, if you're not aligning your desires with your actions, you are sending mixed signals to the universe. And it is likely that you are leaving truckloads of income.

Creating A Relationship with Money

So how does one even begin to understand one's relationship with money? How do you even go about creating a relationship with money that you want to have? What if your relationship with money were to be really clean and healthy?

Download this PDF for some questions that you can ponder on about your money mindset.

Think about the ways that you might be sending mixed signals to the universe when it comes to money. And have a look at how the messages that you are sending might be holding you back in your business. Look at what you say you want and compare that to your behaviors. And start squaring up your signals.

Ladies, I want to know: What is one thing that you are going to start or stop doing? I would love to hear from you. Come and share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

Download PDF: Money Questions

 

]]> Wed, 15 May 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1122 When was the last time you explored your relationship with money? Your Relationship with Money Today’s episode is Part 1 of a multi-part series about your relationship with money. In this episode, I'm going to talk about how you talk to the universe about money. Parts 2 and 3 will be about resenting money and unconditional love for money. Two episodes that might just blow your mind! Sending Mixed Signals? In today's episode I'll be talking about how you might be sending mixed signals to the universe when it comes to money. How the messages you send may be holding you back in your business. And what you can do to square up your signals. There's a problem here: By not exploring your relationship with money, by hanging out with old, unhealthy behaviors around money, if you're not aligning your desires with your actions, you are sending mixed signals to the universe. And it is likely that you are leaving truckloads of income. Creating A Relationship with Money So how does one even begin to understand one's relationship with money? How do you even go about creating a relationship with money that you want to have? What if your relationship with money were to be really clean and healthy? Download this PDF for some questions that you can ponder on about your money mindset. Think about the ways that you might be sending mixed signals to the universe when it comes to money. And have a look at how the messages that you are sending might be holding you back in your business. Look at what you say you want and compare that to your behaviors. And start squaring up your signals. Ladies, I want to know: What is one thing that you are going to start or stop doing? I would love to hear from you. Come and share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page. Download PDF: Money Questions   When was the last time you explored your relationship with money? Your Relationship with Money Today’s episode is Part 1 of a multi-part series about your relationship with money. In this episode, I'm going to talk about how you talk to the universe about Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 033 [Coaching] Developing Your Thought Leadership Platform with Triathlete Coach Anne Torrez 33 33 033 [Coaching] Developing Your Thought Leadership Platform with Triathlete Coach Anne Torrez full b3feffef69b947068116de813daa3afc https://share.transistor.fm/s/e9a6272e Today’s guest is Anne Torrez of Tri It Your Way Coaching. She coaches triathletes who are ready take their performance to the next level.

If you’re wondering what actual coaching is like, here is a raw, barely edited session where neither of us is giving any mind to the possibility that this might be aired.

Anne wanted help fleshing out her thoughts around a possible talk that she wanted to deliver at a conference. We explore her topic idea, about mentally strong women. Why is it important to be mentally strong, particularly as women in the sport of triathlon?

Two things I want to point out from this episode:

First is the deep desire that so many of us have to support other women on their path to peak performance and how playing small can infiltrate so many areas of our lives. I love how Anne uses the sport of triathlon as a window into our own beliefs about what we are capable of accomplishing.

Second is that our conversation and subsequent piecing together of her thought leadership came from a tangent that my intuition wanted to take her on. Too often we ignore our own inner knowing, our own intuition. So if you’re drowning out your inner knowing with brainly logic, you might be missing out on accessing a place of deeper knowledge.

What are your main takeaways from this episode? I hope you’ll share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

 

Connect With Anne:

Website: TriItYourWay.com

https://www.triityourway.com/

Email: Anne@TriItYourWay.com

 

Links about Neurons in Your Gut:

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Enteric_nervous_system

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/the-fallible-mind/201701/the-pit-in-your-stomach-is-actually-your-second-brain

]]> Today’s guest is Anne Torrez of Tri It Your Way Coaching. She coaches triathletes who are ready take their performance to the next level.

If you’re wondering what actual coaching is like, here is a raw, barely edited session where neither of us is giving any mind to the possibility that this might be aired.

Anne wanted help fleshing out her thoughts around a possible talk that she wanted to deliver at a conference. We explore her topic idea, about mentally strong women. Why is it important to be mentally strong, particularly as women in the sport of triathlon?

Two things I want to point out from this episode:

First is the deep desire that so many of us have to support other women on their path to peak performance and how playing small can infiltrate so many areas of our lives. I love how Anne uses the sport of triathlon as a window into our own beliefs about what we are capable of accomplishing.

Second is that our conversation and subsequent piecing together of her thought leadership came from a tangent that my intuition wanted to take her on. Too often we ignore our own inner knowing, our own intuition. So if you’re drowning out your inner knowing with brainly logic, you might be missing out on accessing a place of deeper knowledge.

What are your main takeaways from this episode? I hope you’ll share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

 

Connect With Anne:

Website: TriItYourWay.com

https://www.triityourway.com/

Email: Anne@TriItYourWay.com

 

Links about Neurons in Your Gut:

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Enteric_nervous_system

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/the-fallible-mind/201701/the-pit-in-your-stomach-is-actually-your-second-brain

]]> Wed, 08 May 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2047 Today’s guest is Anne Torrez of Tri It Your Way Coaching. She coaches triathletes who are ready take their performance to the next level. If you’re wondering what actual coaching is like, here is a raw, barely edited session where neither of us is giving any mind to the possibility that this might be aired. Anne wanted help fleshing out her thoughts around a possible talk that she wanted to deliver at a conference. We explore her topic idea, about mentally strong women. Why is it important to be mentally strong, particularly as women in the sport of triathlon? Two things I want to point out from this episode: First is the deep desire that so many of us have to support other women on their path to peak performance and how playing small can infiltrate so many areas of our lives. I love how Anne uses the sport of triathlon as a window into our own beliefs about what we are capable of accomplishing. Second is that our conversation and subsequent piecing together of her thought leadership came from a tangent that my intuition wanted to take her on. Too often we ignore our own inner knowing, our own intuition. So if you’re drowning out your inner knowing with brainly logic, you might be missing out on accessing a place of deeper knowledge. What are your main takeaways from this episode? I hope you’ll share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.   Connect With Anne: Website: TriItYourWay.com https://www.triityourway.com/ Email: Anne@TriItYourWay.com   Links about Neurons in Your Gut: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Enteric_nervous_system https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/the-fallible-mind/201701/the-pit-in-your-stomach-is-actually-your-second-brain Today’s guest is Anne Torrez of Tri It Your Way Coaching. She coaches triathletes who are ready take their performance to the next level. If you’re wondering what actual coaching is like, here is a raw, barely edited session where neither of us is giving Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo Yes 032 On A Mission to Transform Healthcare, with Lesley Von Eschen, PA - C and Carol Bridges, MD, co-CEOs of CostCare 32 32 032 On A Mission to Transform Healthcare, with Lesley Von Eschen, PA - C and Carol Bridges, MD, co-CEOs of CostCare full f29d39a1c74a43dd9410c81b9cfd1d45 https://share.transistor.fm/s/e672b410 Today’s guests are Lesley Von Eschen, PA - C, and Carol Bridges, MD, co-CEOs of CostCare.

CostCare is a state-of-the-art medical office in Missoula, Montana that aims to combat the inaccessibility and high cost of health care. It provides convenient, easy access to care, transparency and affordable pricing. CostCare began as a walk-in clinic, but has since expanded into family practice, with direct primary care, occupational medicine, and wellness.

We talk about how they got started, the struggles and challenges that they have faced along the way, and their vision for transforming the way healthcare is practiced as we know it.

Direct Primary Care Business Model in Healthcare

In today’s healthcare situation, there’s no free market competition in medicine because insurance companies dictate prices. There’s a lot more money in people getting sick than people getting healthy. Find out why the doctors believe that the direct primary care business model is going to be the solution for primary care in the US.

Their vision is to have a complete outpatient center under the Direct Primary Care model, where you have primary care, integrated behavioral health, physical therapy, a pharmacy, an endoscopy unit to have colonoscopies done, and extended urgent care.

What they need to make that vision happen is to have an investor who wants to make a point, who’s interested in making a statement and proving that this can be done.

Listen to the podcast and be inspired by how these courageous ladies fight everyday to make change to bring down the cost of healthcare.

What are your main takeaways from this episode? I hope you’ll share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

Connect With CostCare:

Website: CostCare.com

]]> Today’s guests are Lesley Von Eschen, PA - C, and Carol Bridges, MD, co-CEOs of CostCare.

CostCare is a state-of-the-art medical office in Missoula, Montana that aims to combat the inaccessibility and high cost of health care. It provides convenient, easy access to care, transparency and affordable pricing. CostCare began as a walk-in clinic, but has since expanded into family practice, with direct primary care, occupational medicine, and wellness.

We talk about how they got started, the struggles and challenges that they have faced along the way, and their vision for transforming the way healthcare is practiced as we know it.

Direct Primary Care Business Model in Healthcare

In today’s healthcare situation, there’s no free market competition in medicine because insurance companies dictate prices. There’s a lot more money in people getting sick than people getting healthy. Find out why the doctors believe that the direct primary care business model is going to be the solution for primary care in the US.

Their vision is to have a complete outpatient center under the Direct Primary Care model, where you have primary care, integrated behavioral health, physical therapy, a pharmacy, an endoscopy unit to have colonoscopies done, and extended urgent care.

What they need to make that vision happen is to have an investor who wants to make a point, who’s interested in making a statement and proving that this can be done.

Listen to the podcast and be inspired by how these courageous ladies fight everyday to make change to bring down the cost of healthcare.

What are your main takeaways from this episode? I hope you’ll share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

Connect With CostCare:

Website: CostCare.com

]]> Wed, 01 May 2019 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2996 Today’s guests are Lesley Von Eschen, PA - C, and Carol Bridges, MD, co-CEOs of CostCare. CostCare is a state-of-the-art medical office in Missoula, Montana that aims to combat the inaccessibility and high cost of health care. It provides convenient, easy access to care, transparency and affordable pricing. CostCare began as a walk-in clinic, but has since expanded into family practice, with direct primary care, occupational medicine, and wellness. We talk about how they got started, the struggles and challenges that they have faced along the way, and their vision for transforming the way healthcare is practiced as we know it. Direct Primary Care Business Model in Healthcare In today’s healthcare situation, there’s no free market competition in medicine because insurance companies dictate prices. There’s a lot more money in people getting sick than people getting healthy. Find out why the doctors believe that the direct primary care business model is going to be the solution for primary care in the US. Their vision is to have a complete outpatient center under the Direct Primary Care model, where you have primary care, integrated behavioral health, physical therapy, a pharmacy, an endoscopy unit to have colonoscopies done, and extended urgent care. What they need to make that vision happen is to have an investor who wants to make a point, who’s interested in making a statement and proving that this can be done. Listen to the podcast and be inspired by how these courageous ladies fight everyday to make change to bring down the cost of healthcare. What are your main takeaways from this episode? I hope you’ll share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page. Connect With CostCare: Website: CostCare.com Today’s guests are Lesley Von Eschen, PA - C, and Carol Bridges, MD, co-CEOs of CostCare. CostCare is a state-of-the-art medical office in Missoula, Montana that aims to combat the inaccessibility and high cost of health care. It provides convenient, easy Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 031 [Mindset] Are you good enough? Are you sure? 31 31 031 [Mindset] Are you good enough? Are you sure? full 4882f49b80e4480b9fa1906c092f3ae0 https://share.transistor.fm/s/3479c1cd Today’s guest is Jodi Flynn of Women Taking the Lead podcast. We talk about about all things not good enough, which a lot of women are struggling with.

“I’m not a good enough mom/wife/business owner.” “I’m not smart enough.”

Overcoming "Not Good Enough"

How do you overcome “I’m not good enough?”  You just have to be aware of it, see it for what it is. It’s your Inner Critic telling you you’re not good enough to do this or have this.

You don’t need others’ permission to move forward. The only person you need permission from is yourself. You have to give yourself permission to just be good enough.

Think of all the behaviors you display or the lack of actions you take because you don’t feel good enough to take them. What is this costing you in your life? What are all the things you’ve done or not done as a result of not feeling good enough?

Call to Action and Main Takeaways

Here’s our call to action for our listeners: Will you give yourself permission to believe that you are just good enough exactly as you are?

One of my main takeaways was to continue to be a keen observer of all the different slippery and clever ways that believing not enough plays out in my clients' lives and businesses.

Questions to Ask Yourself

Here are questions to help yourself when you’re caught in the line of I’m not good enough thinking:

  1. What do I need to believe instead? Or what do I want to believe instead?
  2. What if I believe the opposite of what I’m currently believing?
  3. What would happen right now if I changed this line of thinking?
  4. If I fully 100% believed in myself what would be different?
  5. When you envision the person you want to be, the person that you’re becoming, imagine yourself getting really angered on who that person is, and ask her what does she believe about herself.
  6. If you’re really stuck doubting yourself: List out 10 ways that you are exactly enough.
  7. What in this moment will I choose to believe?

I’m curious to know what your main takeaways were and what you got out of this episode. I hope you’ll share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

 

Reminder:

Lightning Strategy Sessions go up in price on May 1st. Lightning Strategy Sessions are great for solving 1 to 2 big problems that are in your way in your business. You can also clarify your priorities and create a plan that works for you. To know more, click on Strategy Session under the Work with Me tab on this website.

 

Connect With Jodi:

Email: jodi@womentakingthelead.com 

Website: Women Taking the Lead

  

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Today’s guest is Jodi Flynn of Women Taking the Lead podcast. We talk about about all things not good enough, which a lot of women are struggling with.

“I’m not a good enough mom/wife/business owner.” “I’m not smart enough.”

Overcoming "Not Good Enough"

How do you overcome “I’m not good enough?”  You just have to be aware of it, see it for what it is. It’s your Inner Critic telling you you’re not good enough to do this or have this.

You don’t need others’ permission to move forward. The only person you need permission from is yourself. You have to give yourself permission to just be good enough.

Think of all the behaviors you display or the lack of actions you take because you don’t feel good enough to take them. What is this costing you in your life? What are all the things you’ve done or not done as a result of not feeling good enough?

Call to Action and Main Takeaways

Here’s our call to action for our listeners: Will you give yourself permission to believe that you are just good enough exactly as you are?

One of my main takeaways was to continue to be a keen observer of all the different slippery and clever ways that believing not enough plays out in my clients' lives and businesses.

Questions to Ask Yourself

Here are questions to help yourself when you’re caught in the line of I’m not good enough thinking:

  1. What do I need to believe instead? Or what do I want to believe instead?
  2. What if I believe the opposite of what I’m currently believing?
  3. What would happen right now if I changed this line of thinking?
  4. If I fully 100% believed in myself what would be different?
  5. When you envision the person you want to be, the person that you’re becoming, imagine yourself getting really angered on who that person is, and ask her what does she believe about herself.
  6. If you’re really stuck doubting yourself: List out 10 ways that you are exactly enough.
  7. What in this moment will I choose to believe?

I’m curious to know what your main takeaways were and what you got out of this episode. I hope you’ll share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.

 

Reminder:

Lightning Strategy Sessions go up in price on May 1st. Lightning Strategy Sessions are great for solving 1 to 2 big problems that are in your way in your business. You can also clarify your priorities and create a plan that works for you. To know more, click on Strategy Session under the Work with Me tab on this website.

 

Connect With Jodi:

Email: jodi@womentakingthelead.com 

Website: Women Taking the Lead

  

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 24 Apr 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2451 Today’s guest is Jodi Flynn of Women Taking the Lead podcast. We talk about about all things not good enough, which a lot of women are struggling with. “I’m not a good enough mom/wife/business owner.” “I’m not smart enough.” Overcoming "Not Good Enough" How do you overcome “I’m not good enough?”  You just have to be aware of it, see it for what it is. It’s your Inner Critic telling you you’re not good enough to do this or have this. You don’t need others’ permission to move forward. The only person you need permission from is yourself. You have to give yourself permission to just be good enough. Think of all the behaviors you display or the lack of actions you take because you don’t feel good enough to take them. What is this costing you in your life? What are all the things you’ve done or not done as a result of not feeling good enough? Call to Action and Main Takeaways Here’s our call to action for our listeners: Will you give yourself permission to believe that you are just good enough exactly as you are? One of my main takeaways was to continue to be a keen observer of all the different slippery and clever ways that believing not enough plays out in my clients' lives and businesses. Questions to Ask Yourself Here are questions to help yourself when you’re caught in the line of I’m not good enough thinking: What do I need to believe instead? Or what do I want to believe instead? What if I believe the opposite of what I’m currently believing? What would happen right now if I changed this line of thinking? If I fully 100% believed in myself what would be different? When you envision the person you want to be, the person that you’re becoming, imagine yourself getting really angered on who that person is, and ask her what does she believe about herself. If you’re really stuck doubting yourself: List out 10 ways that you are exactly enough. What in this moment will I choose to believe? I’m curious to know what your main takeaways were and what you got out of this episode. I hope you’ll share on the She Thinks Big Facebook group page.   Reminder: Lightning Strategy Sessions go up in price on May 1st. Lightning Strategy Sessions are great for solving 1 to 2 big problems that are in your way in your business. You can also clarify your priorities and create a plan that works for you. To know more, click on Strategy Session under the Work with Me tab on this website.   Connect With Jodi: Email: jodi@womentakingthelead.com  Website: Women Taking the Lead    Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day Today’s guest is Jodi Flynn of Women Taking the Lead podcast. We talk about about all things not good enough, which a lot of women are struggling with. “I’m not a good enough mom/wife/business owner.” “I’m not smart enough.” Overcoming "Not Good Enough" H Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 030 [Mindset] Is Your Current Thinking Keeping You Stuck? 30 30 030 [Mindset] Is Your Current Thinking Keeping You Stuck? full f3012bc3d34546a7bdf92db560b47cbc https://share.transistor.fm/s/c378619a I have four clients who have similar businesses. Very similar women from the same town. Yet they’re in different places in their business. Why? Because of the thoughts, beliefs, perspectives and filters that they have.

This is the power of the mind to shape what you create.

In this episode I want to dive into how your thoughts create your life.

Unintentional Thoughts, Feelings and Emotions

Back in Episode 022, I talked about unintentional thoughts which inform unintentional feelings and emotions, out of which you make choices, which lead to your actions, which yield your results. And you compile your results over time and that’s how you create your life.   

Change Your Thinking

If you want to change your life and grow your business, you need to change your thoughts. If want to get to the next level, you’ve got to develop a new series of thoughts, a new perspective, and have new filters so that you can create the next level of what you want in your life. You have to change your thinking.

Think Intentional Thoughts

You have to examine your unintentional thoughts so that you don’t live your life by default. What I want for you is to be thinking intentional thoughts.

You need to be thinking intentional thoughts to generate the feelings that you want to feel, to make the choices you want to make that are going to lead to the actions and results that you want to get.

And if you’re not getting what you expect to get, then you go and create it for yourself.

This is one of the things that I do with my clients. To help them imagine the business that they want to have, the life that they want to have. Head on over to my website if you’re ready to get the clarity that you’re looking for.

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group. It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

Watch: Awareness Test

Work with Geraldine Carter:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> I have four clients who have similar businesses. Very similar women from the same town. Yet they’re in different places in their business. Why? Because of the thoughts, beliefs, perspectives and filters that they have.

This is the power of the mind to shape what you create.

In this episode I want to dive into how your thoughts create your life.

Unintentional Thoughts, Feelings and Emotions

Back in Episode 022, I talked about unintentional thoughts which inform unintentional feelings and emotions, out of which you make choices, which lead to your actions, which yield your results. And you compile your results over time and that’s how you create your life.   

Change Your Thinking

If you want to change your life and grow your business, you need to change your thoughts. If want to get to the next level, you’ve got to develop a new series of thoughts, a new perspective, and have new filters so that you can create the next level of what you want in your life. You have to change your thinking.

Think Intentional Thoughts

You have to examine your unintentional thoughts so that you don’t live your life by default. What I want for you is to be thinking intentional thoughts.

You need to be thinking intentional thoughts to generate the feelings that you want to feel, to make the choices you want to make that are going to lead to the actions and results that you want to get.

And if you’re not getting what you expect to get, then you go and create it for yourself.

This is one of the things that I do with my clients. To help them imagine the business that they want to have, the life that they want to have. Head on over to my website if you’re ready to get the clarity that you’re looking for.

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group. It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

Watch: Awareness Test

Work with Geraldine Carter:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

VIP Day

]]> Wed, 17 Apr 2019 03:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1439 I have four clients who have similar businesses. Very similar women from the same town. Yet they’re in different places in their business. Why? Because of the thoughts, beliefs, perspectives and filters that they have. This is the power of the mind to shape what you create. In this episode I want to dive into how your thoughts create your life. Unintentional Thoughts, Feelings and Emotions Back in Episode 022, I talked about unintentional thoughts which inform unintentional feelings and emotions, out of which you make choices, which lead to your actions, which yield your results. And you compile your results over time and that’s how you create your life.    Change Your Thinking If you want to change your life and grow your business, you need to change your thoughts. If want to get to the next level, you’ve got to develop a new series of thoughts, a new perspective, and have new filters so that you can create the next level of what you want in your life. You have to change your thinking. Think Intentional Thoughts You have to examine your unintentional thoughts so that you don’t live your life by default. What I want for you is to be thinking intentional thoughts. You need to be thinking intentional thoughts to generate the feelings that you want to feel, to make the choices you want to make that are going to lead to the actions and results that you want to get. And if you’re not getting what you expect to get, then you go and create it for yourself. This is one of the things that I do with my clients. To help them imagine the business that they want to have, the life that they want to have. Head on over to my website if you’re ready to get the clarity that you’re looking for. What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group. It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow. Watch: Awareness Test Work with Geraldine Carter: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching VIP Day I have four clients who have similar businesses. Very similar women from the same town. Yet they’re in different places in their business. Why? Because of the thoughts, beliefs, perspectives and filters that they have. This is the power of the mind to sha Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 029 Did you hit your Q1 goals? 29 29 029 Did you hit your Q1 goals? full 3e1ede5d409f42988857b7181864d943 https://share.transistor.fm/s/c0e26076 It’s the end of the quarter, and I want to know if you’re on track and if you met your Q1 goals. And today I today I want to talk to you more broadly about setting goals. Many of you set goals, many of you don’t. So I want to share with you

  1. How you benefit from having clear goals
  2. What topics or KPI’s you might set goals around
  3. Setting ranges
  4. What’s great about quarterly goals
  5. Address the emotional aspect around goal setting, because many of you get tripped up here in a few key ways
  6. #1 Mistake I see my own clients make when setting goals - so I will share that at the end.

    Goals in your business are like the rudder is in a sailboat. It helps you track a course. It helped you go in the direction you want. You catch/harness the energy of the universe in your sails, and your goals point you toward where you want to get.  If your boat doesn’t have a rudder, it just gets blown in the direction of the wind. If your business doesn’t have goals, it’s going to float along with the whim of the month.

    Lewis Carroll in Alice in Wonderland, If you don’t know "If you don't know where you're going, any road'll take you there". Yogi Berra said, You’ve got to be very careful if you don’t know where you are going, because you might not get there. 

    Goals help to design where you want to go. It’s in the process of setting goals that you gain clarity of what you need to do to achieve your goals, and it / they also help you determine your priorities moving forward.

    Clear goals also show you where you need to focus your time, and where you need to focus your mind. It’s with your mind that you create your business and your life, so reigning in your thoughts and pointing them all in the same direction will enable you to achieve your goals more quickly.

    Setting goals helps you identify what is working in your business, and what is not.

]]> It’s the end of the quarter, and I want to know if you’re on track and if you met your Q1 goals. And today I today I want to talk to you more broadly about setting goals. Many of you set goals, many of you don’t. So I want to share with you

  1. How you benefit from having clear goals
  2. What topics or KPI’s you might set goals around
  3. Setting ranges
  4. What’s great about quarterly goals
  5. Address the emotional aspect around goal setting, because many of you get tripped up here in a few key ways
  6. #1 Mistake I see my own clients make when setting goals - so I will share that at the end.

    Goals in your business are like the rudder is in a sailboat. It helps you track a course. It helped you go in the direction you want. You catch/harness the energy of the universe in your sails, and your goals point you toward where you want to get.  If your boat doesn’t have a rudder, it just gets blown in the direction of the wind. If your business doesn’t have goals, it’s going to float along with the whim of the month.

    Lewis Carroll in Alice in Wonderland, If you don’t know "If you don't know where you're going, any road'll take you there". Yogi Berra said, You’ve got to be very careful if you don’t know where you are going, because you might not get there. 

    Goals help to design where you want to go. It’s in the process of setting goals that you gain clarity of what you need to do to achieve your goals, and it / they also help you determine your priorities moving forward.

    Clear goals also show you where you need to focus your time, and where you need to focus your mind. It’s with your mind that you create your business and your life, so reigning in your thoughts and pointing them all in the same direction will enable you to achieve your goals more quickly.

    Setting goals helps you identify what is working in your business, and what is not.

]]> Fri, 12 Apr 2019 07:39:33 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 882 It’s the end of the quarter, and I want to know if you’re on track and if you met your Q1 goals. And today I today I want to talk to you more broadly about setting goals. Many of you set goals, many of you don’t. So I want to share with you How you benefit from having clear goals What topics or KPI’s you might set goals around Setting ranges What’s great about quarterly goals Address the emotional aspect around goal setting, because many of you get tripped up here in a few key ways #1 Mistake I see my own clients make when setting goals - so I will share that at the end. Goals in your business are like the rudder is in a sailboat. It helps you track a course. It helped you go in the direction you want. You catch/harness the energy of the universe in your sails, and your goals point you toward where you want to get.  If your boat doesn’t have a rudder, it just gets blown in the direction of the wind. If your business doesn’t have goals, it’s going to float along with the whim of the month. Lewis Carroll in Alice in Wonderland, If you don’t know "If you don't know where you're going, any road'll take you there". Yogi Berra said, You’ve got to be very careful if you don’t know where you are going, because you might not get there.  Goals help to design where you want to go. It’s in the process of setting goals that you gain clarity of what you need to do to achieve your goals, and it / they also help you determine your priorities moving forward. Clear goals also show you where you need to focus your time, and where you need to focus your mind. It’s with your mind that you create your business and your life, so reigning in your thoughts and pointing them all in the same direction will enable you to achieve your goals more quickly. Setting goals helps you identify what is working in your business, and what is not. It’s the end of the quarter, and I want to know if you’re on track and if you met your Q1 goals. And today I today I want to talk to you more broadly about setting goals. Many of you set goals, many of you don’t. So I want to share with you How you bene Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 028 How to Make Better Decisions Faster and with More Clarity 28 28 028 How to Make Better Decisions Faster and with More Clarity full a565544b6bfd4ddcbe689057ad001bd5 https://share.transistor.fm/s/b44f3ff5 Do you have trouble making decisions quickly and with clarity? Do you get stuck spinning, thinking the same thoughts again and again with no new insights? Do grapple, overthink, and wonder if you're missing something?

In today's episode, I offer up a simple and easy-to-use tool for making better decisions faster and with increased clarity. 

I use the analogy of Mendel (did you know he was a monk?) and his pea plants, to help illustrate how your thinking can be spread out to better see information that is hiding right in front of you. 

The challenge is that, in making a decision, people tend to focus on the "fear" box of the matrix, and then fixate on it, as if that particular outcome is a highly likely occurrence - which, usually it is not. Or at least, it's effects can be mitigated with appropriate forethought. 

What they miss seeing, because they are fixated on the "fear" box, is a more legitimate concern, hiding in plain sight in another part of the quadrant, that is a much more likely scenario, and, a worse outcome. 

I walk through 6 examples to illustrate how this plays out, and provide you with a blank template tool that you can easily use when faced with a decision that has you stuck.  You can download it here. 

***NEWS FLASH*** 

If you are looking for clarity around one or two key topics in your business, consider a Lightning Strategy Session. In 45 minutes, we can help you find the clarity you need and deserve to run your business better. The price goes up to $497 on May 1st, but you can book one now for $297. Know that I would love to help you grow your business. 

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

]]> Do you have trouble making decisions quickly and with clarity? Do you get stuck spinning, thinking the same thoughts again and again with no new insights? Do grapple, overthink, and wonder if you're missing something?

In today's episode, I offer up a simple and easy-to-use tool for making better decisions faster and with increased clarity. 

I use the analogy of Mendel (did you know he was a monk?) and his pea plants, to help illustrate how your thinking can be spread out to better see information that is hiding right in front of you. 

The challenge is that, in making a decision, people tend to focus on the "fear" box of the matrix, and then fixate on it, as if that particular outcome is a highly likely occurrence - which, usually it is not. Or at least, it's effects can be mitigated with appropriate forethought. 

What they miss seeing, because they are fixated on the "fear" box, is a more legitimate concern, hiding in plain sight in another part of the quadrant, that is a much more likely scenario, and, a worse outcome. 

I walk through 6 examples to illustrate how this plays out, and provide you with a blank template tool that you can easily use when faced with a decision that has you stuck.  You can download it here. 

***NEWS FLASH*** 

If you are looking for clarity around one or two key topics in your business, consider a Lightning Strategy Session. In 45 minutes, we can help you find the clarity you need and deserve to run your business better. The price goes up to $497 on May 1st, but you can book one now for $297. Know that I would love to help you grow your business. 

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

]]> Wed, 03 Apr 2019 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 819 Do you have trouble making decisions quickly and with clarity? Do you get stuck spinning, thinking the same thoughts again and again with no new insights? Do grapple, overthink, and wonder if you're missing something? In today's episode, I offer up a simple and easy-to-use tool for making better decisions faster and with increased clarity.  I use the analogy of Mendel (did you know he was a monk?) and his pea plants, to help illustrate how your thinking can be spread out to better see information that is hiding right in front of you.  The challenge is that, in making a decision, people tend to focus on the "fear" box of the matrix, and then fixate on it, as if that particular outcome is a highly likely occurrence - which, usually it is not. Or at least, it's effects can be mitigated with appropriate forethought.  What they miss seeing, because they are fixated on the "fear" box, is a more legitimate concern, hiding in plain sight in another part of the quadrant, that is a much more likely scenario, and, a worse outcome.  I walk through 6 examples to illustrate how this plays out, and provide you with a blank template tool that you can easily use when faced with a decision that has you stuck.  You can download it here.  ***NEWS FLASH***  If you are looking for clarity around one or two key topics in your business, consider a Lightning Strategy Session. In 45 minutes, we can help you find the clarity you need and deserve to run your business better. The price goes up to $497 on May 1st, but you can book one now for $297. Know that I would love to help you grow your business.  What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow. Do you have trouble making decisions quickly and with clarity? Do you get stuck spinning, thinking the same thoughts again and again with no new insights? Do grapple, overthink, and wonder if you're missing something? In today's episode, I offer up a simp Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 027 How to Book Conference Speaking Gigs & Maximize Your Attendance, with BAM Success Summit Owner Julie Fry 27 27 027 How to Book Conference Speaking Gigs & Maximize Your Attendance, with BAM Success Summit Owner Julie Fry full 20259181605e463e91f2ded2fdfa278f https://share.transistor.fm/s/c2ef05bb Do you have your sights set on a conference or event that you want to speak at? How can you increase your chances of being chosen? Today I talk with Julie Fry, the owner of Business Among Moms, and the Business Among Moms Success Summit.

Julie tells us her best Do’s and Don’ts around the process of applying to speak. We also talk about how to get the most out of attending a conference, what to think about in advance, and who you might want to speak with.  

]]> Do you have your sights set on a conference or event that you want to speak at? How can you increase your chances of being chosen? Today I talk with Julie Fry, the owner of Business Among Moms, and the Business Among Moms Success Summit.

Julie tells us her best Do’s and Don’ts around the process of applying to speak. We also talk about how to get the most out of attending a conference, what to think about in advance, and who you might want to speak with.  

]]> Wed, 27 Mar 2019 02:00:00 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1424 Do you have your sights set on a conference or event that you want to speak at? How can you increase your chances of being chosen? Today I talk with Julie Fry, the owner of Business Among Moms, and the Business Among Moms Success Summit. Julie tells us her best Do’s and Don’ts around the process of applying to speak. We also talk about how to get the most out of attending a conference, what to think about in advance, and who you might want to speak with.   Do you have your sights set on a conference or event that you want to speak at? How can you increase your chances of being chosen? Today I talk with Julie Fry, the owner of Business Among Moms, and the Business Among Moms Success Summit. Julie tells us he conference,speaking,Business,speaker,gigs No 026 Simple Financials and KPIs with Virtual CFO Hannah Smolinksi 26 26 026 Simple Financials and KPIs with Virtual CFO Hannah Smolinksi full 2c6165f1719f4372b77ff014079bab41 https://share.transistor.fm/s/90fa18b0 Your questions around financials and KPIs in your business get answered in this conversation with Hannah Smolinkski, of BrightenUp Financial. 

As a Virtual CFO, Hannah is a strategic partner in the financial side of owners' businesses. 

We talk about the importance of tracking Key Performance Indicators, which ones to track, and what each one can reveal. A favorite is Net Cash: a measure of your overall debt. It's not on your Balance Sheet: you need to calculate it by hand. 

We talk about how women differ from men in running their businesses, and that it is borne out in the numbers. 

We also include a number of links to resources you might find helpful in managing the numbers in your business. 

]]> Your questions around financials and KPIs in your business get answered in this conversation with Hannah Smolinkski, of BrightenUp Financial. 

As a Virtual CFO, Hannah is a strategic partner in the financial side of owners' businesses. 

We talk about the importance of tracking Key Performance Indicators, which ones to track, and what each one can reveal. A favorite is Net Cash: a measure of your overall debt. It's not on your Balance Sheet: you need to calculate it by hand. 

We talk about how women differ from men in running their businesses, and that it is borne out in the numbers. 

We also include a number of links to resources you might find helpful in managing the numbers in your business. 

]]> Thu, 21 Mar 2019 09:18:14 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1525 Your questions around financials and KPIs in your business get answered in this conversation with Hannah Smolinkski, of BrightenUp Financial.  As a Virtual CFO, Hannah is a strategic partner in the financial side of owners' businesses.  We talk about the importance of tracking Key Performance Indicators, which ones to track, and what each one can reveal. A favorite is Net Cash: a measure of your overall debt. It's not on your Balance Sheet: you need to calculate it by hand.  We talk about how women differ from men in running their businesses, and that it is borne out in the numbers.  We also include a number of links to resources you might find helpful in managing the numbers in your business.  Your questions around financials and KPIs in your business get answered in this conversation with Hannah Smolinkski, of BrightenUp Financial.  As a Virtual CFO, Hannah is a strategic partner in the financial side of owners' businesses.  We talk about the Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 025 Find the $50K Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business Part 2 25 25 025 Find the $50K Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business Part 2 full 4477c1ce42424c46977104fb43685116 https://share.transistor.fm/s/4b5a700b In Part 2 of this series, we find the rest of the $50K hiding in plain sight in your business. Common places include: -Opportunities flying past you unseen -Losing money to bad hires and subcontractors -Clients who are lovely people but who are energy drags as clients -Underestimating RFPs -Bonus for those who bill insurance: not staying up-to-date on billing schedules. 

]]> In Part 2 of this series, we find the rest of the $50K hiding in plain sight in your business. Common places include: -Opportunities flying past you unseen -Losing money to bad hires and subcontractors -Clients who are lovely people but who are energy drags as clients -Underestimating RFPs -Bonus for those who bill insurance: not staying up-to-date on billing schedules. 

]]> Wed, 13 Mar 2019 08:39:30 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 912 In Part 2 of this series, we find the rest of the $50K hiding in plain sight in your business. Common places include: -Opportunities flying past you unseen -Losing money to bad hires and subcontractors -Clients who are lovely people but who are energy drags as clients -Underestimating RFPs -Bonus for those who bill insurance: not staying up-to-date on billing schedules.  In Part 2 of this series, we find the rest of the $50K hiding in plain sight in your business. Common places include: -Opportunities flying past you unseen -Losing money to bad hires and subcontractors -Clients who are lovely people but who are energy dra Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 024 Find the $50K Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business 24 24 024 Find the $50K Hiding in Plain Sight in Your Business full 03b48eb207764dab884637ea6ead2b62 https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c7352f1 I list out 10 places I look in my clients’ Profit and Losses, while I cross-reference their calendar, to find more than $200,000. Of course, most people are not leaving money on the table in all ten of these places. But it’s not uncommon for me to have clients who are leaving $75,000 on the table, every year. 

Easy targets are areas around unclear or weak boundaries: friends-and-family discounts, last-minute cancellations, and scope creep. 

Another place to look is pricing: many of my clients have not increased their rates in years – not just to cover inflation and cost of living increase, but to reflect their increase in value as their skills grow. Women also tend to undervalue their services by 28% compared to men who do the same work, according to a recent study by Freshbooks. 

In a recent article, Natalie Eckdahl, host of the Biz Chix podcast, discussed how women entrepreneurs are creating their own glass ceiling when it comes to rates – that women themselves set. 

Raising your rates to reflect the value you offer, either in services or in RFPs, is the single biggest lever for finding $50K hiding in plain sight in your business. 

]]> I list out 10 places I look in my clients’ Profit and Losses, while I cross-reference their calendar, to find more than $200,000. Of course, most people are not leaving money on the table in all ten of these places. But it’s not uncommon for me to have clients who are leaving $75,000 on the table, every year. 

Easy targets are areas around unclear or weak boundaries: friends-and-family discounts, last-minute cancellations, and scope creep. 

Another place to look is pricing: many of my clients have not increased their rates in years – not just to cover inflation and cost of living increase, but to reflect their increase in value as their skills grow. Women also tend to undervalue their services by 28% compared to men who do the same work, according to a recent study by Freshbooks. 

In a recent article, Natalie Eckdahl, host of the Biz Chix podcast, discussed how women entrepreneurs are creating their own glass ceiling when it comes to rates – that women themselves set. 

Raising your rates to reflect the value you offer, either in services or in RFPs, is the single biggest lever for finding $50K hiding in plain sight in your business. 

]]> Fri, 08 Mar 2019 05:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 888 I list out 10 places I look in my clients’ Profit and Losses, while I cross-reference their calendar, to find more than $200,000. Of course, most people are not leaving money on the table in all ten of these places. But it’s not uncommon for me to have clients who are leaving $75,000 on the table, every year.  Easy targets are areas around unclear or weak boundaries: friends-and-family discounts, last-minute cancellations, and scope creep.  Another place to look is pricing: many of my clients have not increased their rates in years – not just to cover inflation and cost of living increase, but to reflect their increase in value as their skills grow. Women also tend to undervalue their services by 28% compared to men who do the same work, according to a recent study by Freshbooks.  In a recent article, Natalie Eckdahl, host of the Biz Chix podcast, discussed how women entrepreneurs are creating their own glass ceiling when it comes to rates – that women themselves set.  Raising your rates to reflect the value you offer, either in services or in RFPs, is the single biggest lever for finding $50K hiding in plain sight in your business.  I list out 10 places I look in my clients’ Profit and Losses, while I cross-reference their calendar, to find more than $200,000. Of course, most people are not leaving money on the table in all ten of these places. But it’s not uncommon for me to have cl Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 023 Speed Up Gmail with a Simple System of Labels 23 23 023 Speed Up Gmail with a Simple System of Labels full ae10ceac183548b58fbfe5143477620a https://share.transistor.fm/s/2c2b1ffc If you struggle with email, if your gmail inbox is a source of distraction, stress, and overwhelm, and if you tend to your email in an order that is not based on importance or priority, then this episode will be a huge help.

Inside an hour you can set up a simple system of labels that will help you right away. You will get that time back in no time.

Use categories of labels: one by priority, and another by topic. 

See the screen shots of my own label system and grab the PDF download of the steps - both available in the shownotes. 

]]> If you struggle with email, if your gmail inbox is a source of distraction, stress, and overwhelm, and if you tend to your email in an order that is not based on importance or priority, then this episode will be a huge help.

Inside an hour you can set up a simple system of labels that will help you right away. You will get that time back in no time.

Use categories of labels: one by priority, and another by topic. 

See the screen shots of my own label system and grab the PDF download of the steps - both available in the shownotes. 

]]> Wed, 27 Feb 2019 14:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 838 If you struggle with email, if your gmail inbox is a source of distraction, stress, and overwhelm, and if you tend to your email in an order that is not based on importance or priority, then this episode will be a huge help. Inside an hour you can set up a simple system of labels that will help you right away. You will get that time back in no time. Use categories of labels: one by priority, and another by topic.  See the screen shots of my own label system and grab the PDF download of the steps - both available in the shownotes.  If you struggle with email, if your gmail inbox is a source of distraction, stress, and overwhelm, and if you tend to your email in an order that is not based on importance or priority, then this episode will be a huge help. Inside an hour you can set up Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 022 Mindset and Your Unintentional Thoughts, Unintentional Feelings 22 22 022 Mindset and Your Unintentional Thoughts, Unintentional Feelings full 481e9083c99f42a391d4310ebe89ea07 https://share.transistor.fm/s/a0db5ff1 Wed, 20 Feb 2019 08:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 703 Our unintentional thoughts inform our unwanted feelings.  Many of us erroneously believe our feelings and emotions are caused and attributable to outside forces and factors, like the weather, website crashes, bad drivers, and things people say.    But it is our thoughts about these things that lead to our emotions and feelings.    In this episode I want through 9 examples of phrases overheard in conversation, that I then update to reflect how this process actually works.    The benefit of updating your own scripts is that you become 100% free from being at the effect of outside forces. The bummer - and the joy! - is that you become 100% responsible for your thoughts, and your feelings.  Our unintentional thoughts inform our unwanted feelings.  Many of us erroneously believe our feelings and emotions are caused and attributable to outside forces and factors, like the weather, website crashes, bad drivers, and things people say.    But it Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 021 How to Turn Self-Doubt into Confidence 21 21 021 How to Turn Self-Doubt into Confidence full ca29a65f586f4e2bae3c49927057c0a1 https://share.transistor.fm/s/517d7ff7 Many of us have an undercurrent of self-doubt running inside.

Perhaps it got put in place from a lifetime of others around you doubting you, doubting themselves, or even doubting others. Perhaps it came from a series of life experiences where you thought you knew what you were doing, but then... turns out you didn't.

 

 

No matter where it came from, self-doubt is likely to be showing up somewhere in your business. Here is how it shows up in my clients' businesses:

  1. Paralyzed. Knowing what needs to be done, but not doing it. Just getting the basics done, but not reaching up for the next level of growth. 
  2. Undercharging. Most of my clients are undercharging by significant amounts. Not just $5/hr. Often by 10-50% under what they could be charging, and what the market around them is charging. (I'm not advocating for price-gauging or ripping people off. I'm advocating for you charging what the value of your services is worth to people.)
  3. (2b.) Fear of raising rates. "What if people hate me? Will I lose clients? Will they be mad? Are you sure I can do this?" All those questions lead to the fear, that keeps rates stuck where they are. 
  4. Trying to do too much. As in, if you can get everything done, and make it all happen, and get your ducks in a row and poop in a scoop, that will somehow prove that you are actually ok. It looks like trying to be super-hero-amaz-a-mom, or any other cape that gets donned. 
  5. Stuck in indecision. Can't decide, can't decide, can't decide... do nothing. 
  6. Not trusting yourself... that you can handle whatever shows up. See #5, and #1 - they are interconnected.
  7. Excellent Game-Face. To cover up faltering self-esteem. Which means you hide out, limit yourself, and don't put yourself out there... so the very people who need you cannot find you or your services. 

 

You can address your self-doubt, and loosen its grip. There are many ways; find 5 tools by downloading the PDF "How to Turn Self-Doubt into Confidence" here. 

]]> Many of us have an undercurrent of self-doubt running inside.

Perhaps it got put in place from a lifetime of others around you doubting you, doubting themselves, or even doubting others. Perhaps it came from a series of life experiences where you thought you knew what you were doing, but then... turns out you didn't.

 

 

No matter where it came from, self-doubt is likely to be showing up somewhere in your business. Here is how it shows up in my clients' businesses:

  1. Paralyzed. Knowing what needs to be done, but not doing it. Just getting the basics done, but not reaching up for the next level of growth. 
  2. Undercharging. Most of my clients are undercharging by significant amounts. Not just $5/hr. Often by 10-50% under what they could be charging, and what the market around them is charging. (I'm not advocating for price-gauging or ripping people off. I'm advocating for you charging what the value of your services is worth to people.)
  3. (2b.) Fear of raising rates. "What if people hate me? Will I lose clients? Will they be mad? Are you sure I can do this?" All those questions lead to the fear, that keeps rates stuck where they are. 
  4. Trying to do too much. As in, if you can get everything done, and make it all happen, and get your ducks in a row and poop in a scoop, that will somehow prove that you are actually ok. It looks like trying to be super-hero-amaz-a-mom, or any other cape that gets donned. 
  5. Stuck in indecision. Can't decide, can't decide, can't decide... do nothing. 
  6. Not trusting yourself... that you can handle whatever shows up. See #5, and #1 - they are interconnected.
  7. Excellent Game-Face. To cover up faltering self-esteem. Which means you hide out, limit yourself, and don't put yourself out there... so the very people who need you cannot find you or your services. 

 

You can address your self-doubt, and loosen its grip. There are many ways; find 5 tools by downloading the PDF "How to Turn Self-Doubt into Confidence" here. 

]]> Wed, 13 Feb 2019 08:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1303 Many of us have an undercurrent of self-doubt running inside. Perhaps it got put in place from a lifetime of others around you doubting you, doubting themselves, or even doubting others. Perhaps it came from a series of life experiences where you thought you knew what you were doing, but then... turns out you didn't.     No matter where it came from, self-doubt is likely to be showing up somewhere in your business. Here is how it shows up in my clients' businesses: Paralyzed. Knowing what needs to be done, but not doing it. Just getting the basics done, but not reaching up for the next level of growth.  Undercharging. Most of my clients are undercharging by significant amounts. Not just $5/hr. Often by 10-50% under what they could be charging, and what the market around them is charging. (I'm not advocating for price-gauging or ripping people off. I'm advocating for you charging what the value of your services is worth to people.) (2b.) Fear of raising rates. "What if people hate me? Will I lose clients? Will they be mad? Are you sure I can do this?" All those questions lead to the fear, that keeps rates stuck where they are.  Trying to do too much. As in, if you can get everything done, and make it all happen, and get your ducks in a row and poop in a scoop, that will somehow prove that you are actually ok. It looks like trying to be super-hero-amaz-a-mom, or any other cape that gets donned.  Stuck in indecision. Can't decide, can't decide, can't decide... do nothing.  Not trusting yourself... that you can handle whatever shows up. See #5, and #1 - they are interconnected. Excellent Game-Face. To cover up faltering self-esteem. Which means you hide out, limit yourself, and don't put yourself out there... so the very people who need you cannot find you or your services.    You can address your self-doubt, and loosen its grip. There are many ways; find 5 tools by downloading the PDF "How to Turn Self-Doubt into Confidence" here.  Many of us have an undercurrent of self-doubt running inside. Perhaps it got put in place from a lifetime of others around you doubting you, doubting themselves, or even doubting others. Perhaps it came from a series of life experiences where you thought Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 020 What Space is Like with Astronaut Nicole Stott 20 20 020 What Space is Like with Astronaut Nicole Stott full 9e9f88d53aca4f0aacce0110c182c0d8 https://share.transistor.fm/s/887ed134 There are only 59 female astronauts. It was a real treat to talk with Nicole Stott, who flew on missions STS-128, STS-129, and STS-133, and spent more than 3 months on the International Space Station.  We talk about the view out the window, getting to know the Earth intimately from above, and more. 

There is no point talking about it here: just go listen. 

Watch these Spacesuit Art Project videos:

https://youtu.be/m1bSaWGN1L4

As always share your thoughts in the She Thinks Big Facebook Group. I love hearing from you.

]]> There are only 59 female astronauts. It was a real treat to talk with Nicole Stott, who flew on missions STS-128, STS-129, and STS-133, and spent more than 3 months on the International Space Station.  We talk about the view out the window, getting to know the Earth intimately from above, and more. 

There is no point talking about it here: just go listen. 

Watch these Spacesuit Art Project videos:

https://youtu.be/m1bSaWGN1L4

As always share your thoughts in the She Thinks Big Facebook Group. I love hearing from you.

]]> Wed, 06 Feb 2019 12:41:44 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 3355 There are only 59 female astronauts. It was a real treat to talk with Nicole Stott, who flew on missions STS-128, STS-129, and STS-133, and spent more than 3 months on the International Space Station.  We talk about the view out the window, getting to know the Earth intimately from above, and more.  There is no point talking about it here: just go listen.  Watch these Spacesuit Art Project videos: https://youtu.be/m1bSaWGN1L4 As always share your thoughts in the She Thinks Big Facebook Group. I love hearing from you. There are only 59 female astronauts. It was a real treat to talk with Nicole Stott, who flew on missions STS-128, STS-129, and STS-133, and spent more than 3 months on the International Space Station.  We talk about the view out the window, getting to kn Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 019 Stop Magical Thinking: The Math Needs to Add Up 19 19 019 Stop Magical Thinking: The Math Needs to Add Up full 8b34a98e38e84387955092fae7e18149 https://share.transistor.fm/s/cd6b5873 Are you running your business on borrowed time and magic math? Do you get to the end of the day feeling overworked, exhausted, and wondering why you just can't seem to make it all work? 

The culprit could be Magical Thinking: you have not done the math to determine if how much you charge, how many clients you see, how long you see each client for... fits into a 40 hour work-week and meets your income needs. 

In this episode I use 3 colorful metaphors to keep it interesting, while I talk about

1) How many PBJ's do you need for a 15-mile hike? 2, or 3? Turns out, the math says you need 5. We use this metaphor to get clear about your income needs, and the number of clients you need to serve at what rate and for how much time. 

2) Assume a spherical cow. We don't want guessing or eyeballing, but sometimes approximate is good enough. Don't get lost in the weeds. 

3) There is a formula behind everything. Even your pressure cooker uses PV = T. Your business runs on a formula that we can figure out. And once we do, why you are overtired and underpaid suddenly becomes clear, and no longer deniable. 

]]> Are you running your business on borrowed time and magic math? Do you get to the end of the day feeling overworked, exhausted, and wondering why you just can't seem to make it all work? 

The culprit could be Magical Thinking: you have not done the math to determine if how much you charge, how many clients you see, how long you see each client for... fits into a 40 hour work-week and meets your income needs. 

In this episode I use 3 colorful metaphors to keep it interesting, while I talk about

1) How many PBJ's do you need for a 15-mile hike? 2, or 3? Turns out, the math says you need 5. We use this metaphor to get clear about your income needs, and the number of clients you need to serve at what rate and for how much time. 

2) Assume a spherical cow. We don't want guessing or eyeballing, but sometimes approximate is good enough. Don't get lost in the weeds. 

3) There is a formula behind everything. Even your pressure cooker uses PV = T. Your business runs on a formula that we can figure out. And once we do, why you are overtired and underpaid suddenly becomes clear, and no longer deniable. 

]]> Wed, 30 Jan 2019 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1502 Are you running your business on borrowed time and magic math? Do you get to the end of the day feeling overworked, exhausted, and wondering why you just can't seem to make it all work?  The culprit could be Magical Thinking: you have not done the math to determine if how much you charge, how many clients you see, how long you see each client for... fits into a 40 hour work-week and meets your income needs.  In this episode I use 3 colorful metaphors to keep it interesting, while I talk about 1) How many PBJ's do you need for a 15-mile hike? 2, or 3? Turns out, the math says you need 5. We use this metaphor to get clear about your income needs, and the number of clients you need to serve at what rate and for how much time.  2) Assume a spherical cow. We don't want guessing or eyeballing, but sometimes approximate is good enough. Don't get lost in the weeds.  3) There is a formula behind everything. Even your pressure cooker uses PV = T. Your business runs on a formula that we can figure out. And once we do, why you are overtired and underpaid suddenly becomes clear, and no longer deniable.  Are you running your business on borrowed time and magic math? Do you get to the end of the day feeling overworked, exhausted, and wondering why you just can't seem to make it all work?  The culprit could be Magical Thinking: you have not done the math to Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 018 Focus Where it Matters Most 18 18 018 Focus Where it Matters Most full 51a7ee1142fc414a9b8a8048b54ce025 https://share.transistor.fm/s/6471ba46 In a cluttered and attention-grabbing world, it is easy to lose track of where our focus and attention is - and needs to be. Our attention becomes fragmented and our brains cannot keep up with the minutiae. Yet, our success relies on having large chunks of time to do deep, focused work, to become an expert in what we are doing. 

In this episode I explore the idea of focus - where yours is and where it needs to be - from the more global view of what trajectory to stick to, down to the day-to-day of how to block one's time, down to the neuron-level of how the brain operates and how to care for it so that it supports your best thinking. 

]]> In a cluttered and attention-grabbing world, it is easy to lose track of where our focus and attention is - and needs to be. Our attention becomes fragmented and our brains cannot keep up with the minutiae. Yet, our success relies on having large chunks of time to do deep, focused work, to become an expert in what we are doing. 

In this episode I explore the idea of focus - where yours is and where it needs to be - from the more global view of what trajectory to stick to, down to the day-to-day of how to block one's time, down to the neuron-level of how the brain operates and how to care for it so that it supports your best thinking. 

]]> Wed, 23 Jan 2019 00:30:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1397 In a cluttered and attention-grabbing world, it is easy to lose track of where our focus and attention is - and needs to be. Our attention becomes fragmented and our brains cannot keep up with the minutiae. Yet, our success relies on having large chunks of time to do deep, focused work, to become an expert in what we are doing.  In this episode I explore the idea of focus - where yours is and where it needs to be - from the more global view of what trajectory to stick to, down to the day-to-day of how to block one's time, down to the neuron-level of how the brain operates and how to care for it so that it supports your best thinking.  In a cluttered and attention-grabbing world, it is easy to lose track of where our focus and attention is - and needs to be. Our attention becomes fragmented and our brains cannot keep up with the minutiae. Yet, our success relies on having large chunks o Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 017 How to Create Your 2019 Strategic Plan in 7 Simple Steps 17 17 017 How to Create Your 2019 Strategic Plan in 7 Simple Steps full 57fd32904c7a4471bc6bcd604c9ea5df https://share.transistor.fm/s/d5d9429d Have you created a plan for your business, your goals, your success in 2019? If not, you are likely leaving a bunch of money (and time!) on the table. Taking the time to plan for your business allows you to look at what is and is not working, and make smarter choices about how best to run it.

Here are 7 simple steps to creating a plan for your business in 2019.

  1. Block 3 hours in your calendar to plan
  2. Look at your 2018 financials - clean them up if need be!
  3. Decide where you will focus, and what you will stop doing and offering in 2019
  4. Set Revenue, Expense, and Profit Goals in a spreadsheet
  5. Determine how much time it takes to create and deliver that quantity of services
  6. Make sure that fits in a real-life calendar
  7. Block 10% of your calendar for white space

Download the extended version How to Create Your 2019 Strategic Plan in 7 Simple Steps worksheet here, so you lay out your plan in a methodical, non-magical-thinking way. 

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook group. It's free, and it's the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

]]> Have you created a plan for your business, your goals, your success in 2019? If not, you are likely leaving a bunch of money (and time!) on the table. Taking the time to plan for your business allows you to look at what is and is not working, and make smarter choices about how best to run it.

Here are 7 simple steps to creating a plan for your business in 2019.

  1. Block 3 hours in your calendar to plan
  2. Look at your 2018 financials - clean them up if need be!
  3. Decide where you will focus, and what you will stop doing and offering in 2019
  4. Set Revenue, Expense, and Profit Goals in a spreadsheet
  5. Determine how much time it takes to create and deliver that quantity of services
  6. Make sure that fits in a real-life calendar
  7. Block 10% of your calendar for white space

Download the extended version How to Create Your 2019 Strategic Plan in 7 Simple Steps worksheet here, so you lay out your plan in a methodical, non-magical-thinking way. 

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook group. It's free, and it's the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

]]> Tue, 15 Jan 2019 00:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1567 Have you created a plan for your business, your goals, your success in 2019? If not, you are likely leaving a bunch of money (and time!) on the table. Taking the time to plan for your business allows you to look at what is and is not working, and make smarter choices about how best to run it. Here are 7 simple steps to creating a plan for your business in 2019. Block 3 hours in your calendar to plan Look at your 2018 financials - clean them up if need be! Decide where you will focus, and what you will stop doing and offering in 2019 Set Revenue, Expense, and Profit Goals in a spreadsheet Determine how much time it takes to create and deliver that quantity of services Make sure that fits in a real-life calendar Block 10% of your calendar for white space Download the extended version How to Create Your 2019 Strategic Plan in 7 Simple Steps worksheet here, so you lay out your plan in a methodical, non-magical-thinking way.  What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook group. It's free, and it's the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow. Have you created a plan for your business, your goals, your success in 2019? If not, you are likely leaving a bunch of money (and time!) on the table. Taking the time to plan for your business allows you to look at what is and is not working, and make sma for,Business,your,planning,strategic No 016 How to Sell with Authenticity and Improve Your Sales Mindset with Nikki Rausch 16 16 016 How to Sell with Authenticity and Improve Your Sales Mindset with Nikki Rausch full d286856325524c2e94b7d2bd68a0d244 https://share.transistor.fm/s/4a814efc Do you struggle with sales conversations? Do you fear coming across as pushy, aggressive, or smarmy? Do you wish sales could just. be. easier? Nikki Rausch is Your Sales Maven, and in this episode she will tell you about the framework she has created called the Selling Staircase. This framework provides a structure for you to know where you are inside a sales conversation, which helps you know exactly what to say next. 

Skip a step and you risk your clients banging their shins, or not wanting to move forward with you: Nikki explains each step of the Selling Staircase to help you understand the flow of conversations.

We also talk about sales mindset, and how there is a decent chance that a negative sales mindset is infiltrating your sales process, dragging down your revenue, and sabotaging your potential. With myself as an example, we discuss a blind spot Nikki I had that Nikki shined a light on, that resulted in buying signals floating right past me, unobserved and uncapitalized on. I cannot recommend highly enough that you check out Nikki's website and trainings at YourSalesMaven.com.

]]> Do you struggle with sales conversations? Do you fear coming across as pushy, aggressive, or smarmy? Do you wish sales could just. be. easier? Nikki Rausch is Your Sales Maven, and in this episode she will tell you about the framework she has created called the Selling Staircase. This framework provides a structure for you to know where you are inside a sales conversation, which helps you know exactly what to say next. 

Skip a step and you risk your clients banging their shins, or not wanting to move forward with you: Nikki explains each step of the Selling Staircase to help you understand the flow of conversations.

We also talk about sales mindset, and how there is a decent chance that a negative sales mindset is infiltrating your sales process, dragging down your revenue, and sabotaging your potential. With myself as an example, we discuss a blind spot Nikki I had that Nikki shined a light on, that resulted in buying signals floating right past me, unobserved and uncapitalized on. I cannot recommend highly enough that you check out Nikki's website and trainings at YourSalesMaven.com.

]]> Tue, 08 Jan 2019 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2412 Do you struggle with sales conversations? Do you fear coming across as pushy, aggressive, or smarmy? Do you wish sales could just. be. easier? Nikki Rausch is Your Sales Maven, and in this episode she will tell you about the framework she has created called the Selling Staircase. This framework provides a structure for you to know where you are inside a sales conversation, which helps you know exactly what to say next.  Skip a step and you risk your clients banging their shins, or not wanting to move forward with you: Nikki explains each step of the Selling Staircase to help you understand the flow of conversations. We also talk about sales mindset, and how there is a decent chance that a negative sales mindset is infiltrating your sales process, dragging down your revenue, and sabotaging your potential. With myself as an example, we discuss a blind spot Nikki I had that Nikki shined a light on, that resulted in buying signals floating right past me, unobserved and uncapitalized on. I cannot recommend highly enough that you check out Nikki's website and trainings at YourSalesMaven.com. Do you struggle with sales conversations? Do you fear coming across as pushy, aggressive, or smarmy? Do you wish sales could just. be. easier? Nikki Rausch is Your Sales Maven, and in this episode she will tell you about the framework she has created cal Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 015 - A Year's Worth of Encouragement 15 15 015 - A Year's Worth of Encouragement full d8950041d32247c187c6856458ae2ce0 https://share.transistor.fm/s/ce052794 If in 2019, you're feeling beat down by a work project, queue up this episode for some instant encouragement. 

]]> If in 2019, you're feeling beat down by a work project, queue up this episode for some instant encouragement. 

]]> Mon, 31 Dec 2018 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 100 If in 2019, you're feeling beat down by a work project, queue up this episode for some instant encouragement.  If in 2019, you're feeling beat down by a work project, queue up this episode for some instant encouragement.  Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 014 - Happy Holidays from Hazel and Me 14 14 014 - Happy Holidays from Hazel and Me full 72e766351aa347f987fd825c0c0b0049 https://share.transistor.fm/s/8402bcfe Time to step away from the mic and spend time with family. My 3-year old girl sings you a lil' song about reindeers, and sends you kisses.

]]> Time to step away from the mic and spend time with family. My 3-year old girl sings you a lil' song about reindeers, and sends you kisses.

]]> Mon, 24 Dec 2018 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 124 Time to step away from the mic and spend time with family. My 3-year old girl sings you a lil' song about reindeers, and sends you kisses. Time to step away from the mic and spend time with family. My 3-year old girl sings you a lil' song about reindeers, and sends you kisses. Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 013 Serial Monotasking is So Much Faster than Multitasking 13 13 013 Serial Monotasking is So Much Faster than Multitasking full d158ad7c3c68447f9a59d459227b200d https://share.transistor.fm/s/a53e875d Are you a self-proclaimed "great multi-tasker?" Then you will want to listen to this episode, where I guinea pig myself with 4 tasks that I try to run simultaneously. 

Laugh along as I jumble up 4 tasks that I can hardly get in the right order. I hope that after this episode, you are convinced that serial monotasking is a time-saver. 

]]> Are you a self-proclaimed "great multi-tasker?" Then you will want to listen to this episode, where I guinea pig myself with 4 tasks that I try to run simultaneously. 

Laugh along as I jumble up 4 tasks that I can hardly get in the right order. I hope that after this episode, you are convinced that serial monotasking is a time-saver. 

]]> Tue, 18 Dec 2018 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 812 Are you a self-proclaimed "great multi-tasker?" Then you will want to listen to this episode, where I guinea pig myself with 4 tasks that I try to run simultaneously.  Laugh along as I jumble up 4 tasks that I can hardly get in the right order. I hope that after this episode, you are convinced that serial monotasking is a time-saver.  Are you a self-proclaimed "great multi-tasker?" Then you will want to listen to this episode, where I guinea pig myself with 4 tasks that I try to run simultaneously.  Laugh along as I jumble up 4 tasks that I can hardly get in the right order. I hope tha Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 012 Uplevel Your Mindset: 10 Lies That are Holding You Back 12 12 012 Uplevel Your Mindset: 10 Lies That are Holding You Back full 69523aa772ff46169648a801e30ca204 https://share.transistor.fm/s/04c6b17c We all have a voice (or voices!) in our head that tell us all kinds of lies and old stories. In this episode I share 10 common lies and stories I hear just while being out in the world. Chances are, you hear some of these too. 

I hope that one or two of these trips your radar and makes you reflect, and helps you see something more clearly. 

]]> We all have a voice (or voices!) in our head that tell us all kinds of lies and old stories. In this episode I share 10 common lies and stories I hear just while being out in the world. Chances are, you hear some of these too. 

I hope that one or two of these trips your radar and makes you reflect, and helps you see something more clearly. 

]]> Mon, 10 Dec 2018 19:06:51 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 722 We all have a voice (or voices!) in our head that tell us all kinds of lies and old stories. In this episode I share 10 common lies and stories I hear just while being out in the world. Chances are, you hear some of these too.  I hope that one or two of these trips your radar and makes you reflect, and helps you see something more clearly.  We all have a voice (or voices!) in our head that tell us all kinds of lies and old stories. In this episode I share 10 common lies and stories I hear just while being out in the world. Chances are, you hear some of these too.  I hope that one or two of t Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 011 Biz Chix Live: 7 Guest Takeaways 243 243 011 Biz Chix Live: 7 Guest Takeaways full b43004eae4e347559bf792c75a0b4275 https://share.transistor.fm/s/8cefd7f1 In this episode, I speak with 7 guests from Biz Chix Live, a conference for women entrepreneurs, held annually in Irvine, CA and hosted by Natalie Eckdahl. 

These women have successful businesses and I wanted to hear from them what their main takeaways were from the conference. Many of them talked about how attending helped them shift their view of what was possible in their businesses in 2019. 

Here they are, in order of appearance:

Nikki Rausch, Your Sales Maven: https://yoursalesmaven.com/

Amanda Berlin, with the Empowered Publicity Podcast: https://amandaberlin.com, https://amandaberlin.com/thepodcast/

Jamie Lieberman, Hashtag Legal: https://www.hashtag-legal.com/

Betsy Walling Furler: https://medium.com/@betsyfurler

Debbie Gonzales, Guides by Deb, the Debcast, & Girls with Guts: http://www.debbiegonzales.com/the-debcast-podcast/

Jaime Slutzky, Tech of Business & Tech of Business Podcast: https://techofbusiness.com/, https://techofbusiness.com/episodes/

Hunter Clarke Fields, Mindful Mama: https://www.mindfulmamamentor.com/

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

]]> In this episode, I speak with 7 guests from Biz Chix Live, a conference for women entrepreneurs, held annually in Irvine, CA and hosted by Natalie Eckdahl. 

These women have successful businesses and I wanted to hear from them what their main takeaways were from the conference. Many of them talked about how attending helped them shift their view of what was possible in their businesses in 2019. 

Here they are, in order of appearance:

Nikki Rausch, Your Sales Maven: https://yoursalesmaven.com/

Amanda Berlin, with the Empowered Publicity Podcast: https://amandaberlin.com, https://amandaberlin.com/thepodcast/

Jamie Lieberman, Hashtag Legal: https://www.hashtag-legal.com/

Betsy Walling Furler: https://medium.com/@betsyfurler

Debbie Gonzales, Guides by Deb, the Debcast, & Girls with Guts: http://www.debbiegonzales.com/the-debcast-podcast/

Jaime Slutzky, Tech of Business & Tech of Business Podcast: https://techofbusiness.com/, https://techofbusiness.com/episodes/

Hunter Clarke Fields, Mindful Mama: https://www.mindfulmamamentor.com/

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

]]> Mon, 03 Dec 2018 02:00:00 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2355 In this episode, I speak with 7 guests from Biz Chix Live, a conference for women entrepreneurs, held annually in Irvine, CA and hosted by Natalie Eckdahl.  These women have successful businesses and I wanted to hear from them what their main takeaways were from the conference. Many of them talked about how attending helped them shift their view of what was possible in their businesses in 2019.  Here they are, in order of appearance: Nikki Rausch, Your Sales Maven: https://yoursalesmaven.com/ Amanda Berlin, with the Empowered Publicity Podcast: https://amandaberlin.com, https://amandaberlin.com/thepodcast/ Jamie Lieberman, Hashtag Legal: https://www.hashtag-legal.com/ Betsy Walling Furler: https://medium.com/@betsyfurler Debbie Gonzales, Guides by Deb, the Debcast, &amp; Girls with Guts: http://www.debbiegonzales.com/the-debcast-podcast/ Jaime Slutzky, Tech of Business &amp; Tech of Business Podcast: https://techofbusiness.com/, https://techofbusiness.com/episodes/ Hunter Clarke Fields, Mindful Mama: https://www.mindfulmamamentor.com/ What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow. In this episode, I speak with 7 guests from Biz Chix Live, a conference for women entrepreneurs, held annually in Irvine, CA and hosted by Natalie Eckdahl.  These women have successful businesses and I wanted to hear from them what their main takeaways we Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 010 [Coaching] Mindset Shift: From Holding Back to Leading with Power with Jeannine Widmann 10 10 010 [Coaching] Mindset Shift: From Holding Back to Leading with Power with Jeannine Widmann full 290190ffb11b4ad1806c1f3d3808a522 https://share.transistor.fm/s/fd7a456c I coach Jeannine Widmann, the VP of Human Resources and People Management at a software start-up, around Imposter Syndrome, holding back, and speaking from a place of knowing, truth, and power. 

As a woman at a roundtable of men, she sometimes finds herself challenged by her own stories around the importance of her work and her view of the landscape. In this episode we explore and separate truth from fiction, helping her find clarity around what to say, and how to say it, so that it aligns with who she is: an intelligent, perceptive woman with an important project to implement. 

Without making anyone wrong, we discuss how sometimes as women, we devalue our own work and our own importance, when what is needed is exactly the opposite. 

What are you holding back on, that isn’t aligned with your big dreams? You can share in the Facebook group for Big Thinkers - join here.

]]> I coach Jeannine Widmann, the VP of Human Resources and People Management at a software start-up, around Imposter Syndrome, holding back, and speaking from a place of knowing, truth, and power. 

As a woman at a roundtable of men, she sometimes finds herself challenged by her own stories around the importance of her work and her view of the landscape. In this episode we explore and separate truth from fiction, helping her find clarity around what to say, and how to say it, so that it aligns with who she is: an intelligent, perceptive woman with an important project to implement. 

Without making anyone wrong, we discuss how sometimes as women, we devalue our own work and our own importance, when what is needed is exactly the opposite. 

What are you holding back on, that isn’t aligned with your big dreams? You can share in the Facebook group for Big Thinkers - join here.

]]> Sun, 25 Nov 2018 21:31:46 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1332 I coach Jeannine Widmann, the VP of Human Resources and People Management at a software start-up, around Imposter Syndrome, holding back, and speaking from a place of knowing, truth, and power.  As a woman at a roundtable of men, she sometimes finds herself challenged by her own stories around the importance of her work and her view of the landscape. In this episode we explore and separate truth from fiction, helping her find clarity around what to say, and how to say it, so that it aligns with who she is: an intelligent, perceptive woman with an important project to implement.  Without making anyone wrong, we discuss how sometimes as women, we devalue our own work and our own importance, when what is needed is exactly the opposite.  What are you holding back on, that isn’t aligned with your big dreams? You can share in the Facebook group for Big Thinkers - join here. I coach Jeannine Widmann, the VP of Human Resources and People Management at a software start-up, around Imposter Syndrome, holding back, and speaking from a place of knowing, truth, and power.  As a woman at a roundtable of men, she sometimes finds herse women,Business,Entrepreneur No 009 Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit & Loss 9 9 009 Shame, Money Mindset, and Your Profit & Loss full a2165dd43e15488093972f3bcae55423 https://share.transistor.fm/s/9a1d2d81 This episode is for those of you who have money challenges in your business.

I know there are a lot of you because I talk to you and I hear the things that you say about your books, about what you don’t know about your books, about the messiness of your books, about your money and your mindset, and the fear that you have around money, the shame that some of us have around money, the embarrassment around asking, the beliefs that we have around "I’m no good at numbers" and "I suck at math." And what to do when you have messy books, how to handle and hire a better bookkeeper, and how to understand your Profit and Loss.

]]> This episode is for those of you who have money challenges in your business.

I know there are a lot of you because I talk to you and I hear the things that you say about your books, about what you don’t know about your books, about the messiness of your books, about your money and your mindset, and the fear that you have around money, the shame that some of us have around money, the embarrassment around asking, the beliefs that we have around "I’m no good at numbers" and "I suck at math." And what to do when you have messy books, how to handle and hire a better bookkeeper, and how to understand your Profit and Loss.

]]> Sun, 18 Nov 2018 22:14:13 -0700 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1997 This episode is for those of you who have money challenges in your business. I know there are a lot of you because I talk to you and I hear the things that you say about your books, about what you don’t know about your books, about the messiness of your books, about your money and your mindset, and the fear that you have around money, the shame that some of us have around money, the embarrassment around asking, the beliefs that we have around "I’m no good at numbers" and "I suck at math." And what to do when you have messy books, how to handle and hire a better bookkeeper, and how to understand your Profit and Loss. This episode is for those of you who have money challenges in your business. I know there are a lot of you because I talk to you and I hear the things that you say about your books, about what you don’t know about your books, about the messiness of your b Money,Mindset No 008 9 Keys to Thinking and Playing Bigger 8 8 008 9 Keys to Thinking and Playing Bigger full 4f2a489ee454438f9989fd4e15baacc8 https://share.transistor.fm/s/9cb61e4f If you find yourself knowing you could be playing a bigger game, but perhaps only vaguely aware of how you are thinking and playing small, this episode will help you step up and out.

Here are 9 ways we think and play small, and what it looks like to play bigger.

1. Overcomplicating & making projects too big and too hard

2. Endless editing and perfectionisting

3. Omitting Your Story

4. Uptalk, Sing-song, sounding like everything is a question

5. Talking too fast

6. Minimizing words, like "sorry, just" and asking permission when it's not needed

7. Shoulders slouching or forward, chest caving in

8. Hiding behind hair, clothes, makeup, sunglasses

9. Not showing up at all

Download the 9 Keys to Thinking and Playing Bigger worksheet here, so you can spot the places you are playing small and make choices for how to play bigger.

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

Books:

Tara Mohr: Playing Big

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

]]> If you find yourself knowing you could be playing a bigger game, but perhaps only vaguely aware of how you are thinking and playing small, this episode will help you step up and out.

Here are 9 ways we think and play small, and what it looks like to play bigger.

1. Overcomplicating & making projects too big and too hard

2. Endless editing and perfectionisting

3. Omitting Your Story

4. Uptalk, Sing-song, sounding like everything is a question

5. Talking too fast

6. Minimizing words, like "sorry, just" and asking permission when it's not needed

7. Shoulders slouching or forward, chest caving in

8. Hiding behind hair, clothes, makeup, sunglasses

9. Not showing up at all

Download the 9 Keys to Thinking and Playing Bigger worksheet here, so you can spot the places you are playing small and make choices for how to play bigger.

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

Books:

Tara Mohr: Playing Big

Work with Geraldine:

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

]]> Sat, 03 Nov 2018 16:14:55 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 810 If you find yourself knowing you could be playing a bigger game, but perhaps only vaguely aware of how you are thinking and playing small, this episode will help you step up and out. Here are 9 ways we think and play small, and what it looks like to play bigger. 1. Overcomplicating &amp; making projects too big and too hard 2. Endless editing and perfectionisting 3. Omitting Your Story 4. Uptalk, Sing-song, sounding like everything is a question 5. Talking too fast 6. Minimizing words, like "sorry, just" and asking permission when it's not needed 7. Shoulders slouching or forward, chest caving in 8. Hiding behind hair, clothes, makeup, sunglasses 9. Not showing up at all Download the 9 Keys to Thinking and Playing Bigger worksheet here, so you can spot the places you are playing small and make choices for how to play bigger. What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow. Books: Tara Mohr: Playing Big Work with Geraldine: Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching If you find yourself knowing you could be playing a bigger game, but perhaps only vaguely aware of how you are thinking and playing small, this episode will help you step up and out. Here are 9 ways we think and play small, and what it looks like to play Entrepreneur No 007 Turning a Scientific Discovery into a Business with CEO of CarbonNutra Carrine Blank 7 7 007 Turning a Scientific Discovery into a Business with CEO of CarbonNutra Carrine Blank full ca9a77a8b51a42eea705ef65610395ef https://share.transistor.fm/s/dcaae137 If you forgot to pick up your copy of Algal Research, you might have missed that microbiologist Carrine Blank made an important discovery in 2016 - namely, that the genome sequences of certain cyanobacterial species contained predicted chitin metabolizing genes.  

That’s right.

In this episode I take you on a wild scientific ride. If you took molecular biology, it will come in handy today!

This discovery means allows Carrine to grow algae using products from 2 different waste streams:

  1. A polymer called chitin, which is a material used by crustaceans and mushrooms in their shells and cell wall structure.
  2. Waste water with dissolved phosphorus.

The algae turn all this into 2 viable market products:

  1. Astaxanthin, which can be used for it’s red dye or antioxidant properties.
  2. Biofuel - as a replacement for fossil fuel.

while cleaning the phosphorus from the water.

If you get lost in the science, don’t worry - I throw you a rescue line with a simple explanation of the whole system part-way through this conversation.

The implications of Carrine’s discovery are far-reaching -- I thoroughly enjoyed hearing about this discovery, where she might take it, and what other developments and technologies may eventually spring from it.

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

Connect with Guest

www.carbonnutra.com

carrine.blank@carbonnutra.com

Work With Me

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

]]> If you forgot to pick up your copy of Algal Research, you might have missed that microbiologist Carrine Blank made an important discovery in 2016 - namely, that the genome sequences of certain cyanobacterial species contained predicted chitin metabolizing genes.  

That’s right.

In this episode I take you on a wild scientific ride. If you took molecular biology, it will come in handy today!

This discovery means allows Carrine to grow algae using products from 2 different waste streams:

  1. A polymer called chitin, which is a material used by crustaceans and mushrooms in their shells and cell wall structure.
  2. Waste water with dissolved phosphorus.

The algae turn all this into 2 viable market products:

  1. Astaxanthin, which can be used for it’s red dye or antioxidant properties.
  2. Biofuel - as a replacement for fossil fuel.

while cleaning the phosphorus from the water.

If you get lost in the science, don’t worry - I throw you a rescue line with a simple explanation of the whole system part-way through this conversation.

The implications of Carrine’s discovery are far-reaching -- I thoroughly enjoyed hearing about this discovery, where she might take it, and what other developments and technologies may eventually spring from it.

What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow.

Connect with Guest

www.carbonnutra.com

carrine.blank@carbonnutra.com

Work With Me

Strategy Session

1:1 Coaching

]]> Thu, 25 Oct 2018 17:33:15 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2990 If you forgot to pick up your copy of Algal Research, you might have missed that microbiologist Carrine Blank made an important discovery in 2016 - namely, that the genome sequences of certain cyanobacterial species contained predicted chitin metabolizing genes.   That’s right. In this episode I take you on a wild scientific ride. If you took molecular biology, it will come in handy today! This discovery means allows Carrine to grow algae using products from 2 different waste streams: A polymer called chitin, which is a material used by crustaceans and mushrooms in their shells and cell wall structure. Waste water with dissolved phosphorus. The algae turn all this into 2 viable market products: Astaxanthin, which can be used for it’s red dye or antioxidant properties. Biofuel - as a replacement for fossil fuel. while cleaning the phosphorus from the water. If you get lost in the science, don’t worry - I throw you a rescue line with a simple explanation of the whole system part-way through this conversation. The implications of Carrine’s discovery are far-reaching -- I thoroughly enjoyed hearing about this discovery, where she might take it, and what other developments and technologies may eventually spring from it. What was your takeaway from this episode? Come share in the She Thinks Big private Facebook Group.  It’s free, and it’s the best place to be if your big ideas need airtime and support to grow. Connect with Guest www.carbonnutra.com carrine.blank@carbonnutra.com Work With Me Strategy Session 1:1 Coaching If you forgot to pick up your copy of Algal Research, you might have missed that microbiologist Carrine Blank made an important discovery in 2016 - namely, that the genome sequences of certain cyanobacterial species contained predicted chitin metabolizing Business,environment,sustainability No 006 Jodi Flynn Interviews Me on Thinking and Playing Big 6 6 006 Jodi Flynn Interviews Me on Thinking and Playing Big full d80657e429124ba9924c6fb3df6aefcf https://share.transistor.fm/s/b3e30c80 Today I pass the mic to Jodi Flynn of the Women Taking the Lead podcast. With this podcast I want to flesh out what it is to think and play big, so that women all around the world can step more fully into their authenticity and power.

We talk about adopting a mindset of moving your fear out of the way, or at least, befriending it; learning and practicing shifting into this space so that it becomes the default space to operate in, rather than spending most of our time pushing and dragging fear around.

My ask of the She Thinks Big community is to be willing to step forward again and again, even when you are scared. This world needs you to show up.

My vision is one where women around the world can speak and tell the truth - even if there may be reprisals. With #MeToo lifting us all, it has become abundantly clear that we can speak and be heard.

Listeners, please share your takeaways in the Facebook Group. I really do want to know what stood out to you from this episode.

You can connect with Jodi at

jodi@womentakingthelead.com

You can find her podcast on iTunes and on her website at womentakingthelead.com.

Here is the Women Taking the Lead Facebook Group

]]> Today I pass the mic to Jodi Flynn of the Women Taking the Lead podcast. With this podcast I want to flesh out what it is to think and play big, so that women all around the world can step more fully into their authenticity and power.

We talk about adopting a mindset of moving your fear out of the way, or at least, befriending it; learning and practicing shifting into this space so that it becomes the default space to operate in, rather than spending most of our time pushing and dragging fear around.

My ask of the She Thinks Big community is to be willing to step forward again and again, even when you are scared. This world needs you to show up.

My vision is one where women around the world can speak and tell the truth - even if there may be reprisals. With #MeToo lifting us all, it has become abundantly clear that we can speak and be heard.

Listeners, please share your takeaways in the Facebook Group. I really do want to know what stood out to you from this episode.

You can connect with Jodi at

jodi@womentakingthelead.com

You can find her podcast on iTunes and on her website at womentakingthelead.com.

Here is the Women Taking the Lead Facebook Group

]]> Fri, 19 Oct 2018 11:21:58 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2880 Today I pass the mic to Jodi Flynn of the Women Taking the Lead podcast. With this podcast I want to flesh out what it is to think and play big, so that women all around the world can step more fully into their authenticity and power. We talk about adopting a mindset of moving your fear out of the way, or at least, befriending it; learning and practicing shifting into this space so that it becomes the default space to operate in, rather than spending most of our time pushing and dragging fear around. My ask of the She Thinks Big community is to be willing to step forward again and again, even when you are scared. This world needs you to show up. My vision is one where women around the world can speak and tell the truth - even if there may be reprisals. With #MeToo lifting us all, it has become abundantly clear that we can speak and be heard. Listeners, please share your takeaways in the Facebook Group. I really do want to know what stood out to you from this episode. You can connect with Jodi at jodi@womentakingthelead.com You can find her podcast on iTunes and on her website at womentakingthelead.com. Here is the Women Taking the Lead Facebook Group Today I pass the mic to Jodi Flynn of the Women Taking the Lead podcast. With this podcast I want to flesh out what it is to think and play big, so that women all around the world can step more fully into their authenticity and power. We talk about adopt Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 005 How to Create a Movement Around Crowd Manufacturing with FranciePants Founder Francie Wasser 243 243 005 How to Create a Movement Around Crowd Manufacturing with FranciePants Founder Francie Wasser full 33057bcebc0b4aa38114e284b75182a8 https://share.transistor.fm/s/c6d680f1 Tue, 09 Oct 2018 17:59:19 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2180 Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 004 Tiny Business, Huge Impact with ECOBAGS Founder Sharon Rowe 243 243 004 Tiny Business, Huge Impact with ECOBAGS Founder Sharon Rowe full 667cf03687ed4ba588509a92ee0241c2 https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9393cd7 Tue, 09 Oct 2018 17:49:48 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 2510 Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 003 The Importance of Knowing Your Priorities 3 3 003 The Importance of Knowing Your Priorities full 7a39d3c045d2434bbadd2c19ee7028d4 https://share.transistor.fm/s/1e59dcc9 Thu, 20 Sep 2018 15:45:18 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 832 Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 002 [Coaching] Figuring Out a First Hire with Mallory Ottariano of KIND Apparel 2 2 002 [Coaching] Figuring Out a First Hire with Mallory Ottariano of KIND Apparel full ddf9e41684f0488e9b35ff4e95773446 https://share.transistor.fm/s/232dd9b3 Who should you hire first as your company grows? Should you hire an assistant to take the low-level projects? Or someone who works at your level? Or someone to do sales? It can be overwhelming to figure out who to hire, and where they are. Listen as your host, Geraldine Carter, coaches Mallory Ottariano of KIND Apparel about her first hire. 

]]> Who should you hire first as your company grows? Should you hire an assistant to take the low-level projects? Or someone who works at your level? Or someone to do sales? It can be overwhelming to figure out who to hire, and where they are. Listen as your host, Geraldine Carter, coaches Mallory Ottariano of KIND Apparel about her first hire. 

]]> Wed, 12 Sep 2018 21:55:10 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1912 Who should you hire first as your company grows? Should you hire an assistant to take the low-level projects? Or someone who works at your level? Or someone to do sales? It can be overwhelming to figure out who to hire, and where they are. Listen as your host, Geraldine Carter, coaches Mallory Ottariano of KIND Apparel about her first hire.  Who should you hire first as your company grows? Should you hire an assistant to take the low-level projects? Or someone who works at your level? Or someone to do sales? It can be overwhelming to figure out who to hire, and where they are. Listen as your Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No 001 [Coaching] Finding Time Where You Thought There Was None with Gretchen Carlson of Evolution through Vacation 1 1 001 [Coaching] Finding Time Where You Thought There Was None with Gretchen Carlson of Evolution through Vacation full ef6e33c02c674487843bab17205ff7a5 https://share.transistor.fm/s/f8df00e5 Getting better at time management is a challenge faced by almost every entrepreneur. Your host, Geraldine Carter coaches Gretchen Carlson of Evolution through Vacation on how to find 10 hours in her workweek, where she thought previously there "was no time". 

]]> Getting better at time management is a challenge faced by almost every entrepreneur. Your host, Geraldine Carter coaches Gretchen Carlson of Evolution through Vacation on how to find 10 hours in her workweek, where she thought previously there "was no time". 

]]> Wed, 12 Sep 2018 21:53:03 -0600 Geraldine Carter Geraldine Carter 1105 Getting better at time management is a challenge faced by almost every entrepreneur. Your host, Geraldine Carter coaches Gretchen Carlson of Evolution through Vacation on how to find 10 hours in her workweek, where she thought previously there "was no time".  Getting better at time management is a challenge faced by almost every entrepreneur. Your host, Geraldine Carter coaches Gretchen Carlson of Evolution through Vacation on how to find 10 hours in her workweek, where she thought previously there "was no tim Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo No